,manual of ,military ,training 7,,second1 ,,revised ,,edition7 ,,by ,,colonel ,,james ,a4 ,,moss ,,united ,,states ,,army 7,officially adopted by ,,one ,,hundred ,,and ,,five #aje of our military schools and colleges47 ,intended1 primarily1 for use in connection with the instruction and training of ,cadets in our military schools and colleges and of ,,company officers of the ,national ,army1 ,national ,guard1 and ,officers' ,reserve ,corps2 and secondarily1 as a guide for ,,company officers of the ,regular ,army1 the aim being to make efficient fighting ,,companies and to qualify our ,cadets and our ,national ,army1 ,national ,guard and ,reserve ,corps officers for the duties and responsibilities of ,,company officers in time of war4 ,illustration ,price #b4be ,,general ,,agents ,,george ,,banta ,,publishing ,,company ,army and ,college ,printers ,,menasha--,,wisconsin ,copyright #aiag ,by ,,jas4 ,a4 ,,moss ,,first ,,edition ,first impression 7,october1 #aiad7 #aj1jjj ,second impression 7,september1 #aiae7 #aj1jjj ,third impression 7,march1 #aiaf7 #aj1jjj ,fourth impression 7,july1 #aiaf7 #aj1jjj ,fifth impression 7,february1 #aiag7 #c1jjj ,sixth impression 7,april1 #aiag7 #d1jjj ,,second ,,edition ,first impression 7,may1 #aiag7 #dj1jjj ,second impression 7,august1 #aiag7 #cj1jjj ,third impression 7,november1 #aiag7 #ej1jjj ------- ,total #afg1jjj ,publishers and ,general ,distributers ,,george ,,banta ,,publishing ,,co41 ,,menasha1 ,,wis4 ,,other ,,distributers 7,order from nearest one7 ,boston1 ,mass4 ,the ,harding ,uniform and ,regalia ,co41 #bb ,school ,st4 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,a4 ,c4 ,mc,clurg ,co4 ,columbus1 ,ohio4 ,the ,m4 ,c4 ,lilley ,co4 ,fort ,leavenworth1 ,kan4 ,u4 ,s4 ,cavalry ,association4 ,book ,dept41 ,army ,service ,schools4 ,fort ,monroe1 ,va4 ,journal ,u4 ,s4 ,artillery4 ,kalamazoo1 ,mich4 ,henderson-,ames ,co4 ,new ,york4 ,baker ,taylor ,co41 #dth ,ave4 ,army and ,navy ,cooeperative ,co41 #af ,east #dbnd ,st4 ,ridabock ,co41 #adj ,west #cfth ,st4 ,warnock ,uniform ,co41 #af ,west #dfth ,st4 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,jacob ,reed's ,sons1 #adbd ,chestnut4 ,portland1 ,ore4 ,j4 ,k4 ,gill ,co4 ,san ,antonio1 ,tex4 ,frank ,brothers ,alamo ,plaza4 ,san ,francisco1 ,cal4 ,b4 ,pasquale ,co41 #aae-aag ,post ,st4 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,army and ,navy ,register1 #eaa ,eleventh ,st4 ,n4 ,w4 ,meyer's ,military ,shops1 #acca ,f4 ,st4 ,n4 ,w4 ,u4 ,s4 ,infantry ,association1 ,union ,trust ,bldg4 ,,philippine ,,islands3 ,philippine ,education ,co41 ,manila1 ,p4 ,i4 ,,hawaiian ,,islands3 ,hawaiian ,news ,co41 ,honolulu1 ,h4 ,t4 ,,canal ,,zone3 ,post ,exchange1 ,empire1 ,c4 ,z4 ,,note ,in order to learn thoroughly the contents of this manual it is suggested that you use in connection with your study of the book the pamphlet1 ,,questions ,,on ,,manual ,,of ,,military ,,training1 which1 by means of questions1 brings out and emphasizes every point mentioned in the manual4 ,,questions ,,on ,,manual ,,of ,,military ,,training is especially useful to students of schools and colleges using the manual1 as it enables them1 as nothing else will1 to prepare for recitations and examinations4 ,the pamphlet can be gotten from the publishers1 ,geo4 ,banta ,publishing ,co41 ,menasha1 ,wis41 or from any of the distributers of ,,manual ,,of ,,military ,,training4 ,price #ej cts41 postpaid4 ,,prefatory ,not only does this manual cover all the subjects prescribed by ,war ,department orders for the ,junior ,division1 and the ,basic ,course1 ,senior ,division1 of the ,reserve ,officers' ,training ,corps1 but it also contains considerable additional material which broadens its scope1 rounding it out and making it answer the purpose of a general1 all-around book1 complete in itself1 for training and instruction in the fundamentals of the art of war4 ,the ,company is the basic fighting tactical unit--it is the foundation rock upon which an army is built--and the fighting efficiency of a ,,company is based on systematic and thorough training4 ,this manual is a presentation of ,,military ,,training as manifested in the training and instruction of a ,,company4 ,the book contains all the essentials pertaining to the training and instruction of ,,company officers1 noncommissioned officers and privates1 and the officer who masters its contents and who makes his ,,company proficient in the subjects embodied herein1 will be in every way qualified1 without the assistance of a single other book1 to command with credit and satisfaction1 in peace and in war1 a ,,company that will be an efficient fighting weapon4 ,this manual1 as indicated below1 is divided into a ,prelude and nine ,parts1 subjects of a similar or correlative nature being thus grouped together4 ,,prelude4 ,,the ,,object ,,and ,,advantages ,,of ,,military ,,training4 ,,part ,i4 ,,drills1 ,,exercises1 ,,ceremonies1 ,,and ,,inspections4 ,,part ,,ii4 ,,company ,,command4 ,,part ,,iii4 ,,miscellaneous ,,subjects ,,pertaining ,,to ,,company ,,training ,,and ,,instruction4 ,,part ,,iv4 ,,rifle ,,training ,,and ,,instruction4 ,,part ,v4 ,,health ,,and ,,kindred ,,subjects4 ,,part ,,vi4 ,,military ,,courtesy ,,and ,,kindred ,,subjects4 ,,part ,,vii4 ,,guard ,,duty4 ,,part ,,viii4 ,,military ,,organization4 ,,part ,,ix4 ,,map ,,reading ,,and ,,sketching4 ,a schedule of training and instruction covering a given period and suitable to the local conditions that obtain in any given school or command1 can be readily arranged by looking over the ,,table ,,of ,,contents1 and selecting therefrom such subjects as it is desired to use1 the number and kind1 and the time to be devoted to each1 depending upon the time available1 and climatic and other conditions4 ,it is suggested that1 for the sake of variety1 in drawing up a program of instruction and training1 when practicable a part of each day or a part of each drill time1 be devoted to theoretical work and a part to practical work1 theoretical work1 when possible1 being followed by corresponding practical work1 the practice 7the doing of a thing7 thus putting a clincher1 as it were1 on the theory 7the explaining of a thing74 ,the theoretical work1 for example1 could be carried on in the forenoon and the practical work in the afternoon1 or the theoretical work could be carried on from1 say1 #h to #i3cj a4 m41 and the practical work from #i3cj to #aj3cj or #aa a4 m4 ,attention is invited to the completeness of the ,index1 whereby one is enabled to locate at once any point covered in the book4 ,,acknowledgment ,the author wishes to acknowledge the assistance received in the revision of this ,manual in the form of suggestions from a large number of officers on duty at our military schools and colleges1 suggestions that enabled him not only to improve the ,manual in subject-matter as well as in arrangement1 but that have also enabled him to give our military schools and colleges a textbook which1 in a way1 may be said to represent the consensus of opinion of our ,professors of ,military ,science and ,tactics as to what such a book should embody in both subject-matter and arrangement4 ,suggestions received from a number of ,professors of ,military ,science and ,tactics show conclusively that local conditions as to average age and aptitude of students1 interest taken in military training by the student body1 support given by the school authorities1 etc41 are so different in different schools that it would be impossible to write a book for general use that would1 in amount of material1 arrangement and otherwise1 just exactly fit1 in toto1 the conditions1 and meet the requirements of each particular school4 ,therefore1 the only practical1 satisfactory solution of the problem is to produce a book that meets all the requirements of the strictly military schools1 where the conditions for military training and instruction are the most favorable1 and the requirements the greatest1 and then let other schools take only such parts of the book as are necessary to meet their own particular local needs and requirements4 ,,manual ,,of ,,military ,,training is such a book4 ,illustration3 7,signature7 ,jas4 ,a4 ,moss ,camp ,gaillard1 ,c4 ,z41 ,march #d1 #aiag4 ,,table ,,of ,,contents ,,prelude ,,object ,,and ,,advantages ,,of ,,military ,,training ,par4 ,no4 ,object of3 ,setting-,up ,exercises1 ,calisthenics1 ,facings #a-bc and ,marchings1 ,saluting1 ,manual of ,arms1 ,school of the ,squad1 ,company ,drill1 ,close ,order1 ,extended ,order1 ,ceremonies1 ,discipline--,advantages3 ,handiness1 ,self-,control1 ,loyalty1 ,orderliness1 ,self-,confidence1 ,self-,respect1 ,training ,eyes1 ,teamwork1 ,heeding ,law and ,order1 ,sound ,body4 ,,part ,i ,,chapter ,i4 ,,infantry ,,drill ,,regulations--,definitions-- #bd-gaj ,general ,remarks--,general ,rules for ,drills and ,formations-- ,orders1 ,commands1 and ,signals--,school of the ,soldier-- ,school of the ,squad--,school of the ,company--,school of the ,battalion--,combat--,leadership--,comba t ,reconnaissance--,fire ,superiority--,fire ,direction and ,control--,deployment-- ,attack--,defense--,meeting ,engagements--,machine ,guns-- ,ammunition ,supply--,mounted ,scouts--,night ,operations-- ,infantry ,against ,cavalry--,infantry ,against ,artillery-- ,artillery ,supports--,minor ,warfare--,ceremonies--,inspections-- ,muster--,the ,color--,manual of the ,saber--,manual of ,tent ,pitching--,appendices ,a and ,b4 ,,chapter ,,ii4 ,,manual ,,of ,,the ,,bayonet--,nomenclature and #gaa-hbd ,description of the ,bayonet--,instruction without the ,rifle--,instruction with the ,rifle--,instruction without the ,bayonet--,combined ,movements--,fencing ,exercises--,fencing at ,will--,lessons of the ,european ,war--,the ,short point-- ,the ,jab4 ,,chapter ,,iii4 ,,manual ,,of ,,physical ,,training--,methods-- #hbe-hfj ,commands--,setting-,up ,exercises--,rifle ,exercises4 ,,chapter ,,iv4 ,,signaling--,general ,service ,code--,wigwag-- #hfa-hff ,the ,two-,arm ,semaphore ,code--,signaling with ,heliograph1 ,flash ,lanterns1 and ,searchlight--,sound ,signals--,morse ,code4 ,,part ,,ii ,,company ,,command ,,chapter ,i4 ,,government ,,and ,,administration ,,of ,a #hfg-iji ,,company--,duties and ,responsibilities of the ,captain and the ,lieutenants--,devolution of ,work and ,responsibility--,duties and ,responsibilities of the ,first ,sergeant and other ,noncommissioned ,officers--,contentment and ,harmony--,efficacious ,forms of ,company ,punishment--,property ,responsibility--,books and ,records4 ,,chapter ,,ii4 ,,discipline--,definition--,methods of #iaj-iaf ,attaining ,good ,discipline--,importance--,sound ,discipline-- ,punishment--,general ,principles4 ,,part ,,iii ,,miscellaneous ,,subjects ,,pertaining ,,to ,,company ,,training ,,and ,,instruction ,,chapter ,i4 ,,general ,,principles ,,of ,,company ,,training ,,and #iag-ida ,,instruction--,object of ,training and ,instruction--,method and ,progression--,individual ,initiative--,the ,human ,element-- ,art of ,instruction on the ,ground--,ocular ,demonstration4 ,,chapter ,,ii4 ,,general ,,common ,,sense ,,principles ,,of ,,applied #idb-iec ,,minor ,,tactics--,art of ,war ,defined--,responsibilities of ,officers and ,noncommissioned ,officers in ,war--,general ,rules and ,principles of ,map ,problems1 ,terrain ,exercises1 the ,war ,game1 and ,maneuvers--,estimating the ,situation-- ,mission4 ,,chapter ,,iii4 ,,general ,,plan ,,of ,,instruction ,,in ,,map ,,problems #ied-ieh ,,for ,,noncommissioned ,,officers ,,and ,,privates--,,instruction ,,in ,,delivering ,,messages4 ,,chapter ,,iv4 ,,the ,,service ,,of ,,information--,general #iei-ajai ,principles of ,patrolling--,sizes of ,patrols--,patrol ,leaders--,patrol ,formations--,messages and ,reports-- ,suggestions for ,gaining ,information about the ,enemy-- ,suggestions for the ,reconnaissance of ,various ,positions and ,localities--,demolitions--,problems in ,patrolling4 ,,chapter ,v4 ,,the ,,service ,,of ,,security--,general #ajbj-ajgi principles--,advance ,guard--,advance ,guard ,problems-- ,flank ,guards--,rear ,guard--,outposts--,formation of ,outposts--,outguards--,flags of ,truce--,detached ,posts-- ,examining ,posts--,establishing the ,outpost--,outpost ,order--,intercommunication--,outpost ,problems4 ,,chapter ,,vi4 ,,the ,,company ,,on ,,outpost--,establishing #ajhj the ,outpost4 ,,chapter ,,vii4 ,,the ,,company ,,in ,,scouting ,,and ,,patrolling #ajha-ajij --,requisites of a ,good ,scout--,eyesight and hearing-- ,finding ,way in ,strange ,country--,what to do when ,lost-- ,landmarks--,concealment and ,dodging--,tracking--,the ,mouse and ,cat ,contest--,flag ,stealing ,contest4 ,,chapter ,,viii4 ,,night ,,operations--,importance--,training #ajia-aajh of the ,company--,individual ,training--,collective ,training--,outposts4 ,,chapter ,,ix4 ,,field ,,engineering--,bridges--,corduroying-- #aaji-aaci ,tascines--,hurdles--,brush ,revetment--,gabions--,other ,revetments--,knots--,lashings4 ,,chapter ,x4 ,,field ,,fortifications--,object-- #aadj-aagb ,classification--,hasty ,intrenchments--,lying ,trench-- ,kneeling ,trench--,standing ,trench--,deliberate ,intrenchments--,fire ,trenches--,traverses--,trench recesses2 sortie steps--,parados--,head ,cover--,notches and ,loopholes--,cover ,trenches--,dugouts--,communicating ,trenches--,lookouts--,supporting ,points--,example of ,trench ,system--,location of ,trenches--,concealment of ,trenches-- ,dummy ,trenches--,length of ,trench--,preparation of ,foreground--,revetments--,drainage--,wa ter ,supply-- ,latrines--,illumination of the foreground--,telephones-- ,siege ,works4 ,,chapter ,,xi4 ,,obstacles--,object--,necessity for #aagc-aaic ,obstacles--,location--,abatis--,palisad es--,fraises-- ,cheveaux de ,frise--,obstacles against ,cavalry--,wire ,entanglements--,time and ,materials--,wire ,fence--,military ,pits or ,trous de ,loup--,miscellaneous ,barricades-- ,inundations--,obstacles in ,front of ,outguards--,lessons from the ,european ,war--,wire ,cheveaux de ,frise--,guarding ,obstacles--,listening ,posts--,automatic ,alarms--,search ,lights4 ,,chapter ,,xii4 ,,trench ,,and ,,mine ,,warfare--,asphyxiating #aaid-abaa ,gases--,protection against ,gases--,liquid ,fire-- ,grenades--,bombs--,aerial ,mines--,winged ,torpedoes--,bombs from ,air-,craft--,protection against ,hand ,grenades-- ,tanks--,helmets--,masks--,periscopes--, sniperscopes--,aids to ,firing--,mining--,countermining4 ,,chapter ,,xiii4 ,,marches--,marching ,principal ,occupation #abab-abbi of ,troops in ,campaign-,physical ,training ,hardening ,new ,troops--,long ,marches ,not to ,be ,made with ,untrained ,troops--,a ,successful ,march--,preparation--,starting-- ,conduct of ,march--,rate--,marching ,capacity--,halts-- ,crossing ,bridges and ,fords--,straggling and ,elongation of ,column--,forced ,marches--,night ,marches--,no ,compliments ,paid on ,march--,protection on ,march--,fitting of ,shoes and ,care of ,feet4 ,,chapter ,,xiv4 ,,camps--,selection of ,camp ,sites-- #abcj-abdj ,desirable ,camp ,sites--,undesirable ,camp ,sites--,form and ,dimensions of ,camps--,making ,camp--,retreat in ,camp-- ,parade ,ground--,windstorms--,making ,tent ,poles and ,pegs ,fast in ,loose ,soil--,trees4 ,,chapter ,,xv4 ,,camp ,,sanitation--,definition--,camp #abda-abee ,expedients--,latrines--,urinal ,tubs--,kitchens--,kitchen ,pits--,incinerators--,drainage--,avoidi ng ,old ,camp ,sites-- ,changing ,camp ,sites--,bunks--,wood--,water--,rules of ,sanitation--,your ,camp1 ,your ,home4 ,,chapter ,,xvi4 ,,individual ,,cooking--,making ,fire-- #abef-abge ,recipes--,meats--,vegetables--,drinks-- ,hot ,breads-- ,emergency ,ration4 ,,chapter ,,xvii4 ,,care ,,and ,,preservation ,,of ,,clothing ,,and #abgf-acbj ,,equipment--,clothing--,pressing--,remo ving ,stains-- ,shoes--,cloth ,equipment--,washing--,shelter ,tent--,mess ,outfit--,leather ,equipment--,points to ,be ,remembered4 ,,chapter ,,xviii4 ,,care ,,and ,,description ,,of ,,the ,,rifle #acba-acdc --,importance--,care of ,bore--,how to ,remove ,fouling--,care of ,mechanism and ,various ,parts--,how to ,apply ,oil--,army ,regulation ,paragraphs ,about ,rifle--,nomenclature of ,rifle4 ,,part ,,iv ,,rifle ,,training ,,and ,,instruction ,object and ,explanation of ,our ,system of ,instruction-- #acdd-adej ,individual ,instruction--,theory of ,sighting--,kinds of ,sights--,preliminary ,drills--,position and ,aiming ,drills-- ,deflection and ,elevation ,correction ,drills--,gallery ,practice--,range ,practice--,use of ,sling--,designation of ,winds--,zero of ,rifle--,estimating ,distances--,wind-- ,temperature--,light--,mirage--,combat ,practice--,fire ,discipline--,technical ,principles of ,firing--,ballistic ,qualities of the ,rifle--,cone of ,fire--,shot ,group--,center of ,impact--,beaten ,zone--,zone of ,effective ,fire-- ,effectiveness of ,fire--,influence of ,ground--,grazing ,fire--,ricochet ,shots--,occupation of ,ground--,adjustment of ,fire--,determination of ,range--,combined ,sights-- ,auxiliary ,aiming ,points--,firing at ,moving ,targets-- ,night ,firing--,fire ,direction and ,control--,distribution of ,fire--,individual ,instruction in ,fire ,distribution-- ,designation of ,targets--,exercises in ,ranging1 ,target ,designation ,communication1 etc4 ,,part ,v ,,care ,,of ,,health ,,and ,,kindred ,,subjects ,,chapter ,i4 ,,care ,,of ,,the ,,health--,importance of ,good #adea-adfi ,health--,germs--,the ,five ,ways of ,catching ,disease-- ,diseases ,caught by ,breathing in ,germs--,diseases ,caught by ,swallowing ,germs--,disease ,caught by ,touching ,germs-- ,diseases ,caught from ,biting ,insects4 ,,chapter ,,ii4 ,,personal ,,hygiene--,keep the ,skin ,clean-- #adgj-adgg ,keep the ,body ,properly ,protected against the ,weather-- ,keep the ,body ,properly ,fed--,keep the ,body ,supplied with ,fresh ,air--,keep the ,body well ,exercised--,keep the ,body ,rested by ,sufficient ,sleep--,keep the ,body ,free of ,wastes4 ,,chapter ,,iii4 ,,first ,,aid ,,to ,,the ,,sick ,,and ,,injured #adgh-aebb --,objectof ,teaching ,first ,aid--,asphyxiation by ,gas-- ,bite of ,dog--,bite of ,snake--,bleeding--,broken ,bones 7,fractures7--,burns--,bruises--,cuts--, dislocations-- ,drowning--,electric ,shock--,fainting--,foreign ,body in ,eye1 in ,ear--,freezing--,frost ,bite--,headache--,heat ,exhaustion-- ,poison--,sprains--,sunburn--,sunstroke- -,wounds--,improvised ,litters4 ,,part ,,vi ,,military ,,courtesy ,,and ,,kindred ,,subjects ,,chapter ,i4 ,,military ,,deportment ,,and ,,appearance-- #aebc-aeca ,,personal ,,cleanliness--,,forms ,,of ,,speech--,,delivery ,,of ,,messages4 ,,chapter ,,ii4 ,,military ,,courtesy--,its ,importance--,nature #aecb-aege of ,salutes and ,their ,origin--,whom to ,salute--,when and ,how to ,salute--,usual ,mistakes in ,saluting--,respect to ,be ,paid the ,national ,anthem1 the ,colors and ,standards4 ,,part ,,vii ,,guard ,,duty ,importance--,respect for ,sentinels--,classification of #aegf-aheg ,guards--,general ,rules--,the ,commanding ,officer--,the ,officer of the ,day--,the ,commander of the ,guard--,sergeant of the ,guard--,corporal of the ,guard--,musicians of the ,guard--,orderlies and ,color ,sentinels--,privates of the ,guard--,countersigns and ,paroles--,guard ,patrols-- ,compliments from ,guards--,general ,rules ,concerning ,guard ,duty--,stable ,guards--,troop ,stable ,guards--,reveille and ,retreat ,gun--,formal ,guard ,mounting--,informal ,guard ,mounting4 ,,part ,,viii ,,military ,,organization ,composition of ,infantry1 ,cavalry and ,field ,artillery #aheh ,units up to and ,including the ,regiment4 ,,part ,,ix ,,map ,,reading ,,and ,,sketching ,,chapter ,i4 ,,map ,,reading--,definition of ,map--,ability to #ahei-ahgg ,read a ,map--,scales--,methods of ,representing ,scales-- ,construction of ,scales--,scale ,problems--,scaling ,distances from a ,map--,contours--,map ,distances--,slopes-- ,meridians--,determination of ,positions of ,points on ,map-- ,orientation--,conventional ,signs--,visibility4 ,,chapter ,,ii4 ,,military ,,sketching--,the ,different ,methods #ahgh-ahic of ,sketching--,location of ,points by ,intersection-- ,location of points by ,resection--,location of ,points by ,traversing--,contours--,form ,lines--,scales--,position ,sketching--,outpost ,sketching--,road ,sketching--,combined ,sketching--,points for ,beginners to ,remember4 ,,prelude ,,the ,,object ,,and ,,advantages ,,of ,,military ,,training #a4 ,prelude4 ,we will first consider the object and advantages of military training1 as they are the natural and logical prelude to the subject of military training and instruction4 ,object #b4 ,the object of all military training is to win battles4 ,everything that you do in military training is done with some immediate object in view1 which1 in turn1 has in view the final object of winning battles4 ,for example3 #c4 ,setting-up exercises4 ,the object of the setting-up exercises1 as the name indicates1 is to give the new men the set-up1--the bearing and carriage1--of the military man4 ,in addition these exercises serve to loosen up his muscles and prepare them for his later experiences and development4 #d4 ,calisthenics4 ,calisthenics may be called the big brother1 the grown-up form1 of the setting-up exercise4 ,the object of calisthenics is to develop and strengthen all parts and muscles of the human body1--the back1 the legs1 the arms1 the lungs1 the heart and all other parts of the body4 ,first and foremost a fighting man's work depends upon his physical fitness4 ,to begin with1 a soldier's mind must always be on the alert and equal to any strain1 and no man's mind can be at its best when he is handicapped by a weak or ailing body4 ,the work of the fighting man makes harsh demands on his body4 ,it must be strong enough to undergo the strain of marching when every muscle cries out for rest2 strong enough to hold a rifle steady under fatigue and excitement2 strong enough to withstand all sorts of weather1 and the terrible nervous and physical strain of modern battle2 and more1 it must be strong enough to resist those diseases of campaign which kill more men than do the bullets of the enemy4 ,hence the necessity of developing and strengthening every part and muscle of the body4 #e4 ,facings and ,marchings4 ,the object of the facings and marchings is to give the soldier complete control of his body in drills1 so that he can get around with ease and promptness at every command4 ,the marchings1--the military walk and run1--also teach the soldier how to get from one place to another in campaign with the least amount of physical exertion4 ,every man knows how to walk and run1 but few of them how to do so without making extra work of it4 ,one of the first principles in training the body of the soldier is to make each set of muscles do its own work and save the strength of the other muscles for their work4 ,thus the soldier marches in quick time1--walks1--with his legs1 keeping the rest of his body as free from motion as possible4 ,he marches in double time1--runs1--with an easy swinging stride which requires no effort on the part of the muscles of the body4 ,the marchings also teach the soldier to walk and run at a steady gait4 ,for example1 in marching in quick time1 he takes #abj steps each minute2 in double time1 he takes #ahj per minute4 ,furthermore1 the marchings teach the soldier to walk and run with others1--that is1 in a body4 #f4 ,saluting4 ,the form of salutation and greeting for the civilian consists in raising the hat4 ,the form of salutation and greeting for the military man consists in rendering the military salute1--a form of salutation which marks you as a member of the ,fraternity of ,men-at-arms1 men banded together for national defense1 bound to each other by love of country and pledged to the loyal support of its symbol1 the ,flag4 ,for the full significance of the military salute see paragraph #aecd4 #g4 ,manual of ,arms4 ,the rifle is the soldier's fighting weapon and he must become so accustomed to the feel of it that he handles it without a thought1--just as he handles his arms or legs without a thought1--and this is what the manual of arms accomplishes4 ,the different movements and positions of the rifle are the ones that experience has taught are the best and the easiest to accomplish the object in view4 #h4 ,school of the ,squad4 ,the object of squad drill is to teach the soldier his first lesson in team-work1--and team-work is the thing that wins battles4 ,in the squad the soldier is associated with seven other men with whom he drills1 eats1 sleeps1 marches1 and fights4 ,the squad is the unit upon which all of the work of the company depends4 ,unless the men of each squad work together as a single man1--unless there is team-work1--the work of the company is almost impossible4 #i4 ,company ,drill4 ,several squads are banded together into a company1--the basic fighting unit4 ,in order for a company to be able to comply promptly with the will of its commander1 it must be like a pliable1 easily managed instrument4 ,and in order to win battles a company on the firing line must be able to comply promptly with the will of its commander4 ,the object of company drill is to get such team-work amongst the squads that the company will at all times move and act like a pliable1 easily managed whole4 #aj4 ,close ,order4 ,in close order drill the strictest attention is paid to all the little details1 all movements being executed with the greatest precision4 ,the soldiers being close together1--in close order1--they form a compact body that is easily managed1 and consequently that lends itself well to teaching the soldier habits of attention1 precision1 team-work and instant obedience to the voice of his commander4 ,in order to control and handle bodies of men quickly and without confusion1 they must be taught to group themselves in an orderly arrangement and to move in an orderly manner4 ,for example1 soldiers are grouped or formed in line1 in column of squads1 column of files1 etc4 ,in close order drill soldiers are taught to move in an orderly manner from one group or formation to another2 how to stand1 step off1 march1 halt and handle their rifles all together4 ,this practice makes the soldier feel perfectly at home and at ease in the squad and company4 ,he becomes accustomed to working side by side with the man next to him1 and1 unconsciously1 both get into the habit of working together1 thus learning the first principles of team-work4 #aa4 ,extended ,order4 ,this is the fighting drill4 ,modern fire arms have such great penetration that if the soldiers were all bunched together a single bullet might kill or disable several men and the explosion of a single shell might kill or disable a whole company4 ,consequently1 soldiers must be scattered1--extended out1--to fight4 ,in extended order not only do the soldiers furnish a smaller target for the enemy to shoot at1 but they also get room in which to fight with greater ease and freedom4 ,the object of extended order drill is to practice the squads in team-work by which they are welded into a single fighting machine that can be readily controlled by its commander4 #ab4 ,parades1 reviews1 and other ceremonies4 ,parades1 reviews and other ceremonies1 with their martial music1 the presence of spectators1 etc41 are intended to stimulate the interest and excite the military spirit of the command4 ,also1 being occasions for which the soldiers dress up and appear spruce and trim1 they inculcate habits of tidiness1--they teach a lesson in cleanliness of body and clothes4 ,while it is true it may be said that parades1 reviews and other ceremonies form no practical part of the fighting man's training for battle1 they nevertheless serve a very useful purpose in his general training4 ,in these ceremonies in which soldiers march to martial music with flags flying1 moving and going through the manual of arms with perfect precision and unison1 there results a concerted movement that produces a feeling such as we have when we dance or when we sing in chorus4 ,in other words1 ceremonies are a sort of get-together exercise which pulls men together in spite of themselves1 giving them a shoulder-to-shoulder feeling of solidity and power that helps to build up that confidence and spirit which wins battles4 #ac4 ,discipline4 ,by discipline we mean the habit of observing all rules and regulations and of obeying promptly all orders4 ,by observing day after day all rules and regulations and obeying promptly all orders1 it becomes second nature1--a fixed habit1--to do these things4 ,of course1 in the ,army1 like in any other walk of life1 there must be law and order1 which is impossible unless everyone obeys the rules and regulations gotten up by those in authority4 ,when a man has cultivated the habit of obeying1--when obedience has become second nature with him1--he obeys the orders of his leaders instinctively1 even when under the stress of great excitement1 such as when in battle1 his own reasoning is confused and his mind is not working4 ,in order to win a battle the will of the commander as expressed through his subordinates down the line from the second in command to the squad leaders1 must be carried out by everyone4 ,hence the vital importance of prompt1 instinctive obedience on the part of everybody1 and of discipline1 which is the mainspring of obedience and also the foundation rock of law and order4 ,and so could we go on indefinitely pointing out the object of each and every requirement of military training1 for there is none that has no object and that answers no useful purpose1 although the object and purpose may not always be apparent to the young soldier4 ,and remember that the final object of all military training is to win battles4 ,advantages of ,military ,training ,the following are the principal advantages of military training3 #ad4 ,handiness4 ,the average man does one thing well4 ,he is more or less apt to be clumsy about doing other things4 ,the soldier is constantly called upon to do all sorts of things1 and he has to do all of them well4 ,his hands thus become trained and useful to him1 and his mind gets into the habit of making his hands do what is required of them1--that is to say1 the soldier becomes handy4 ,handy arms are a valuable asset4 #ae4 ,self-control4 ,in the work of the soldier1 control does not stop with the hands4 ,the mind reaches out1--control of the body becomes a habit4 ,the feet1 legs1 arms and body gradually come under the sway of the mind4 ,in the position of the soldier1 for instance1 the mind holds the body motionless4 ,in marching1 the mind drives the legs to machine-like regularity4 ,in shooting1 the mind assumes command of the arms1 hands1 fingers and eye1 linking them up and making them work in harmony4 ,control of the body1 together with the habit of discipline that the soldier acquires1 leads to control of the mind1--that is1 to self-control4 ,self-control is an important factor in success in any walk of life4 #af4 ,loyalty4 ,loyalty to his comrades1 to his company1 to his battalion1 to his regiment becomes a religion with the soldier4 ,they are a part of his life4 ,their reputation is his2 their good name1 his good name2 their interests1 his interests1--so1 loyalty to them is but natural1 and this loyalty soon extends to loyalty in general4 ,when you say a man is loyal the world considers that you have paid him a high tribute4 #ag4 ,orderliness4 ,in the military service order and system are watchwords4 ,the smooth running of the military machine depends on them4 ,the care and attention that the soldier is required to give at all times to his clothes1 accouterments1 equipment and other belongings1 instill in him habits of orderliness4 ,orderliness increases the value of a man4 #ah4 ,self-confidence and self-respect4 ,self-confidence is founded on one's ability to do things4 ,the soldier is taught to defend himself with his rifle1 and to take care of himself and to do things in almost any sort of a situation1 all of which gives him confidence in himself1--self-confidence4 ,respect for constituted authority1 which is a part of the soldier's creed1 teaches him respect for himself1--self-respect4 ,self-confidence and self-respect are a credit to any man4 #ai4 ,eyes trained to observe4 ,guard duty1 outpost duty1 patrolling1 scouting and target practice1 train both the eye and the mind to observe4 ,power of observation is a valuable faculty for a man to possess4 #bj4 ,teamwork4 ,in drilling1 patrolling1 marching1 maneuvers and in other phases of his training and instruction1 the soldier is taught the principles of team-work1--cooeperation1--whose soul is loyalty1 a trait of every good soldier4 ,teamwork1--cooeperation1--leads to success in life4 #ba4 ,heeding law and order4 ,the cardinal habit of the soldier is obedience4 ,to obey orders and regulations is a habit with the soldier4 ,and this habit of obeying orders and regulations teaches him to heed law and order4 ,the man who heeds law and order is a welcome member of any community4 #bb4 ,sound body4 ,military training1 with its drills1 marches1 and other forms of physical exercise1 together with its regular habits and outdoor work1 keeps a man physically fit1 giving him a sound body4 ,a sound body1 with the physical exercise and outdoor life of the soldier1 means good digestion1 strength1 hardiness and endurance4 ,a sound body is1 indeed1 one of the greatest blessings of life4 ,the ,trained ,soldier #bc4 ,look at the trained soldier on the following page2 study him carefully from top to bottom1 and see what military training does for a man4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,trained ,,soldier ,,what ,,do ,,you ,,think ,,of ,,him1 ,,eh8 ,,part ,i ,,drills1 ,,exercises1 ,,ceremonies ,,and ,,inspections ,,chapter ,i ,,infantry ,,drill ,,regulations 7,to include ,changes ,no4 #bj1 ,aug4 #ah1 #aiag47 ,,definitions 7,the numbers following the paragraphs are those of the ,drill ,regulations1 and references in the text to certain paragraph numbers refer to these numbers and not to the numbers preceding the paragraphs47 7,,note4--,company drills naturally become monotonous4 ,the monotony1 however1 can be greatly reduced by repeating the drills under varying circumstances4 ,in the manual of arms1 for instance1 the company may be brought to open ranks and the officers and sergeants directed to superintend the drill in the front and rear ranks4 ,as the men make mistakes they are fallen out and drilled nearby by an officer or noncommissioned officer4 ,or1 the company may be divided into squads1 each squad leader drilling his squad1 falling out the men as they make mistakes1 the men thus fallen out reporting to a designated officer or noncommissioned officer for drill4 ,the men who have drilled the longest in the different squads are then formed into one squad and drilled and fallen out in like manner4 ,the variety thus introduced stimulates a spirit of interest and rivalry that robs the drill of much of its monotony4 ,it is thought the instruction of a company in drill is best attained by placing special stress on squad drill4 ,the noncommissioned officers should be thoroughly instructed1 practically and theoretically1 by one of the company officers and then be required to instruct their squads4 ,the squads are then united and drilled in the school of the company4--,author47 ,,definitions #bd4 ,alignment3 ,a straight line upon which several elements are formed1 or are to be formed2 or the dressing of several elements upon a straight line4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,,note4--,the line ,a-,b1 on which a body of troops is formed or is to be formed1 or the act of dressing a body of troops on the line1 is called an alignment4--,author4 #be4 ,base3 ,the element on which a movement is regulated4 #bf4 ,battle sight3 ,the position of the rear sight when the leaf is laid down4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c #bg4 ,center3 ,the middle point or element of a command4 7,see ,figs4 #b1 #c and #e47 7,the designation center company1 indicates the right center or the actual center company1 according as the number of companies is even or odd4--,par4 #bih47 #bh4 ,column3 ,a formation in which the elements are placed one behind another4 7,see ,figs4 #d1 #e1 #f47 #bi4 ,deploy3 ,to extend the front4 ,in general to change from column to line1 or from close order to extended order4 #cj4 ,depth3 ,the space from head to rear of any formation1 including the leading and rear elements4 ,the depth of a man is assumed to be #ab inches4 7,see ,figs4 #d1 #e1 #f47 #ca4 ,distance3 ,space between elements in the direction of depth4 ,distance is measured from the back of the man in front to the breast of the man in rear4 ,the distance between ranks is #dj inches in both line and column4 7,see ,figs4 #d1 #e1 #f47 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f #cb4 ,element3 ,a file1 squad1 platoon1 company1 or larger body1 forming part of a still larger body4 #cc4 ,file3 ,two men1 the front-rank man and the corresponding man of the rear rank4 ,the front-rank man is the file leader4 ,a file which has no rear-rank man is a blank file4 ,the term file applies also to a single man in a single-rank formation4 #cd4 ,file closers3 ,such officers and noncommissioned officers of a company as are posted in rear of the line4 ,for convenience1 all men posted in the line of file closers4 #ce4 ,flank3 ,the right or left of a command in line or in column2 also the element on the right or left of the line4 7,see ,figs4 #b1 #c and #d47 #cf4 ,formation3 ,arrangement of the elements of a command4 ,the placing of all fractions in their order in line1 in column1 or for battle4 #cg4 ,front3 ,the space1 in width1 occupied by an element1 either in line or in column4 ,the front of a man is assumed to be #bb inches4 ,front also denotes the direction of the enemy4 7,see ,figs4 #b1 #c and #e74 #ch4 ,guide3 ,an officer1 noncommissioned officer1 or private upon whom the command or elements thereof regulates its march4 #ci4 ,head3 ,the leading element of a column4 7,see ,figs4 #d1 #e and #f47 #dj4 ,interval3 ,space between elements of the same line4 ,the interval between men in ranks is #d inches and is measured from elbow to elbow4 ,between companies1 squads1 etc41 it is measured from the left elbow of the left man or guide of the group on the right1 to the right elbow of the right man or guide of the group on the left4 7,see ,fig4 #c47 #da4 ,left3 ,the left extremity or element of a body of troops4 #db4 ,line3 ,a formation in which the different elements are abreast of each other4 7,see ,figs4 #b and #c47 #dc4 ,order1 close3 ,the formation in which the units1 in double rank1 are arranged in line or in column with normal intervals and distances4 #dd4 ,order1 extended3 ,the formation in which the units are separated by intervals greater than in close order4 #de4 ,pace3 ,thirty inches2 the length of the full step in quick time4 #df4 ,point of rest3 ,the point at which a formation begins4 ,specifically1 the point toward which units are aligned in successive movements4 #dg4 ,rank3 ,a line of men placed side by side4 #dh4 ,right3 ,the right extremity or element of a body of troops4 #di4 ,,note4 ,in view of the fact that the word ,echelon is a term of such common usage1 the following definition is given3 ,by echelon we mean a formation in which the subdivisions are placed one behind another1 extending beyond and unmasking one another either wholly or in part4--,author4 ,illustration3 ,,battalion ,,in ,,echelon3 ,,companies ,,unmasking ,,wholly ,illustration3 ,,battalion ,,in ,,echelon3 ,,companies ,,unmasking ,,in ,,part ,,introduction #ej4 ,object of military training4 ,success in battle is the ultimate object of all military training2 success may be looked for only when the training is intelligent and thorough4 7#a7 #ea4 ,commanding officers accountable for proper training of organizations2 field efficiency2 team-work4 ,commanding officers are accountable for the proper training of their respective organizations within the limits prescribed by regulations and orders4 7#b7 ,the excellence of an organization is judged by its field efficiency4 ,the field efficiency of an organization depends primarily upon its effectiveness as a whole4 ,thoroughness and uniformity in the training of the units of an organization are indispensable to the efficiency of the whole2 it is by such means alone that the requisite team-work may be developed4 #eb4 ,simple movements and elastic formations4 ,simple movements and elastic formations are essential to correct training for battle4 7#c7 #ec4 ,drill ,regulations a ,guide2 their interpretation4 ,the ,drill ,regulations are furnished as a guide4 ,they provide the principles for training and for increasing the probability of success in battle4 7#d7 ,in the interpretation of the regulations1 the spirit must be sought4 ,quibbling over the minutiae of form is indicative of failure to grasp the spirit4 #ed4 ,combat principles4 ,the principles of combat are considered in ,pars4 #ej-cfc4 ,they are treated in the various schools included in ,part ,i of the ,drill ,regulations only to the extent necessary to indicate the functions of the various commanders and the division of responsibility between them4 ,the amplification necessary to a proper understanding of their application is to be sought in ,pars4 #cfd-fac4 7#e7 #ee4 ,drills at attention1 ceremonies1 extended order1 field exercises and combat exercises4 ,the following important distinctions must be observed3 7a7 ,drills executed at attention and the ceremonies are disciplinary exercises designed to teach precise and soldierly movement1 and to inculcate that prompt and subconscious obedience which is essential to proper military control4 ,to this end1 smartness and precision should be exacted in the execution of every detail4 ,such drills should be frequent1 but short4 7b7 ,the purpose of extended order drill is to teach the mechanism of deployment of the firing1 and1 in general1 of the employment of troops in combat4 ,such drills are in the nature of disciplinary exercises and should be frequent1 thorough1 and exact1 in order to habituate men to the firm control of their leaders4 ,extended order drill is executed at ease4 ,the company is the largest unit which executes extended order drill4 7c7 ,field exercises are for instruction in the duties incident to campaign4 ,assumed situations are employed4 ,each exercise should conclude with a discussion1 on the ground1 of the exercise and principles involved4 7d7 ,the combat exercise1 a form of field exercise of the company1 battalion1 and larger units1 consists of the application of tactical principles to assumed situations1 employing in the execution the appropriate formations and movements of close and extended order4 ,combat exercises must simulate1 as far as possible1 the battle conditions assumed4 ,in order to familiarize both officers and men with such conditions1 companies and battalions will frequently be consolidated to provide war-strength organizations4 ,officers and noncommissioned officers not required to complete the full quota of the units participating are assigned as observers or umpires4 ,the firing line can rarely be controlled by the voice alone2 thorough training to insure the proper use of prescribed signals is necessary4 ,the exercise should be followed by a brief drill at attention in order to restore smartness and control4 7#f7 #ef4 ,imaginary1 outlined and represented enemy4 ,in field exercises the enemy is said to be imaginary when his position and force are merely assumed2 outlined when his position and force are indicated by a few men2 represented when a body of troops acts as such4 7#g7 ,general ,rules for ,drills and ,formations #eg4 ,arrangement of elements of preparatory command4 ,when the preparatory command consists of more than one part1 its elements are arranged as follows3 7#a7 ,for movements to be executed successively by the subdivisions or elements of an organization3 7a7 ,description of the movement2 7b7 how executed1 or on what element executed4 7,for example3 #a4 ,column of ,companies1 first company1 squads right4 #b4 ,march4--,author47 7#b7 ,for movements to be executed simultaneously by the subdivisions of an organization3 7a7 ,the designation of the subdivisions2 7b7 ,the movement to be executed4 7,for example3 #a4 ,squads right4 #b4 ,march4--,author47 7#h7 #eh4 ,movements executed toward either flank explained toward but one flank4 ,movements that may be executed toward either flank are explained as toward but one flank1 it being necessary to substitute the word left for right1 and the reverse1 to have the explanation of the corresponding movement toward the other flank4 ,the commands are given for the execution of the movements toward either flank4 ,the substitute word of the command is placed within parentheses4 7#i7 #ei4 ,any movement may be executed from halt or when marching unless otherwise prescribed4 ,any movement may be executed either from the halt or when marching1 unless otherwise prescribed4 ,if at a halt1 the command for movements involving marching need not be prefaced by forward1 as #a4 ,column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 7#aj7 #fj4 ,any movement may be executed in double time unless specially excepted4 ,any movement not specially excepted may be executed in double time4 ,if at a halt1 or if marching in quick time1 the command double time precedes the command of execution4 7#aa7 #fa4 ,successive movements executed in double time4 ,in successive movements executed in double time the leading or base unit marches in quick time when not otherwise prescribed2 the other units march in double time to their places in the formation ordered and then conform to the gait of the leading or base unit4 ,if marching in double time1 the command double time is omitted4 ,the leading or base unit marches in quick time2 the other units continue at double time to their places in the formation ordered and then conform to the gait of the leading or base unit4 7#ab7 #fb4 ,to hasten execution of movement begun in quick time4 ,to hasten the execution of a movement begun in quick time1 the command3 #a4 ,double time1 #b4 ,,march1 is given4 ,the leading or base unit continues to march in quick time1 or remains at halt1 if already halted2 the other units complete the execution of the movement in double time and then conform to the gait of the leading or base unit4 7#ac7 #fc4 ,to stay execution of movement when marching1 for correction of errors4 ,to stay the execution of a movement when marching1 for the correction of errors1 the command3 #a4 ,in place1 #b4 ,,halt1 is given4 ,all halt and stand fast without changing the position of the pieces4 ,to resume the movement the command3 #a4 ,resume1 #b4 ,,march1 is given4 7#ad7 #fd4 ,to revoke preparatory command or begin anew movement improperly begun4 ,to revoke a preparatory command1 or1 being at a halt1 to begin anew a movement improperly begun1 the command1 ,,as ,,you ,,were1 is given1 at which the movement ceases and the former position is resumed4 7#ae7 #fe4 ,guide4 ,unless otherwise announced1 the guide of a company or subdivision of a company in line is right2 of a battalion in line or line of subdivisions or of a deployed line1 center2 of a rank in column of squads1 toward the side of the guide of the company4 ,to march with guide other than as prescribed above1 or to change the guide3 ,guide 7right1 left1 or center74 ,in successive formations into line1 the guide is toward the point of rest2 in platoons or larger subdivisions it is so announced4 ,the announcement of the guide1 when given in connection with a movement follows the command of execution for that4 ,exception3 #a4 ,as skirmishers1 guide right 7left or center71 #b4 ,,march4 7#af7 #ff4 ,turn on fixed and moving pivots4 ,the turn on the fixed pivot by subdivisions is used in all formations from line into column and the reverse4 ,the turn on the moving pivot is used by subdivisions of a column in executing changes of direction4 7#ag7 #fg4 ,partial changes of direction4 ,partial changes of direction may be executed3 ,by interpolating in the preparatory command the word half1 as ,column half right 7left71 or ,right 7left7 half turn4 ,a change of direction of #de deg4 is executed4 ,by the command3 ,,incline ,,to ,,the ,,right 7,,left74 ,the guide1 or guiding element1 moves in the indicated direction and the remainder of the command conforms4 ,this movement effects slight changes of direction4 7#ah7 #fh4 ,line of platoons1 companies1 etc4 ,the designations line of platoons1 line of companies1 line of battalions1 etc41 refer to the formations in which the platoons1 companies1 battalions1 etc41 each in column of squads1 are in line4 7#ai7 #fi4 ,full distance in column of subdivisions2 guide of leading subdivision charged with step and direction4 ,full distance in column of subdivisions is such that in forming line to the right or left the subdivisions will have their proper intervals4 ,in column of subdivisions the guide of the leading subdivision is charged with the step and direction2 the guides in rear preserve the trace1 step1 and distance4 7#bj7 #gj4 ,double rank1 habitual close order formation2 uniformity of interval between files obtained by placing hand on hip4 ,in close order1 all details1 detachments1 and other bodies of troops are habitually formed in double rank4 ,to insure uniformity of interval between files when falling in1 and in alignments1 each man places the palm of the left hand upon the hip1 fingers pointing downward4 ,in the first case1 the hand is dropped by the side when the next man on the left has his interval2 in the second case1 at the command front4 7#ba7 #ga4 ,posts of officers1 noncommissioned officers1 and special units2 duties of file closers4 ,the posts of officers1 noncommissioned officers1 special units 7such as band or machine-gun company71 etc41 in the various formations of the company1 battalion1 or regiment1 are shown in plates4 ,in all changes from one formation to another involving a change of post on the part of any of these1 posts are promptly taken by the most convenient route as soon as practicable after the command of execution for the movement2 officers and noncommissioned officers who have prescribed duties in connection with the movement ordered1 take their new posts when such duties are completed4 ,as instructors1 officers and noncommissioned officers go wherever their presence is necessary4 ,as file closers it is their duty to rectify mistakes and insure steadiness and promptness in the ranks4 7#bb7 #gb4 ,special units have no fixed posts except at ceremonies4 ,except at ceremonies1 the special units have no fixed places4 ,they take places as directed2 in the absence of directions1 they conform as nearly as practicable to the plates1 and in subsequent movements maintain their relative positions with respect to the flank or end of the command on which they were originally posted4 7#bc7 ,illustration #gc4 ,general1 field and staff officers habitually mounted2 formation of staff2 drawing and returning saber4 ,general1 field1 and staff officers are habitually mounted4 ,the staff of any officer forms in single rank1 #c paces in rear of him1 the right of the rank extending #a pace to the right of a point directly in rear of him4 ,members of the staff are arranged in order from right to left as follows3 ,general staff officers1 adjutant1 aids1 other staff officers1 arranged in each classification in order of rank1 the senior on the right4 ,the flag of the general officer and the orderlies are #c paces in rear of the staff1 the flag on the right4 ,when necessary to reduce the front of the staff and orderlies1 each line executes twos right or fours right1 as explained in the ,cavalry ,drill ,regulations1 and follows the commander4 ,when not otherwise prescribed1 staff officers draw and return saber with their chief4 7#bd7 #gd4 ,mounted officer turns to left in executing about2 when commander faces about to give commands1 staff and others stand fast4 ,in making the about1 an officer1 mounted1 habitually turns to the left4 ,when the commander faces to give commands1 the staff1 flag1 and orderlies do not change position4 7#be7 #ge4 ,saluting when making and receiving reports2 saluting on meeting4 ,when making or receiving official reports1 or on meeting out of doors1 all officers will salute4 ,military courtesy requires the junior to salute first1 but when the salute is introductory to a report made at a military ceremony or formation1 to the representative of a common superior 7as1 for example1 to the adjutant1 officer of the day1 etc471 the officer making the report1 whatever his rank1 will salute first2 the officer to whom the report is made will acknowledge by saluting that he has received and understood the report4 7#bf7 #gf4 ,formation of mounted enlisted men for ceremonies4 ,for ceremonies1 all mounted enlisted men of a regiment or smaller unit1 except those belonging to the machine-gun organizations1 are consolidated into a detachment2 the senior present commands if no officer is in charge4 ,the detachment is formed as a platoon or squad of cavalry in line or column of fours2 noncommissioned staff officers are on the right or in the leading ranks4 7#bg7 #gg4 ,post of dismounted noncommissioned staff officers for ceremonies4 ,for ceremonies1 such of the noncommissioned staff officers as are dismounted are formed #e paces in rear of the color1 in order of rank from right to left4 ,in column of squads they march as file closers4 7#bh7 #gh4 ,post of noncommissioned staff officers and orderlies other than for ceremonies4 ,other than for ceremonies1 noncommissioned staff officers and orderlies accompany their immediate chiefs unless otherwise directed4 ,if mounted1 the noncommissioned staff officers are ordinarily posted on the right or at the head of the orderlies4 7#bi7 #gi4 ,noncommissioned officer commanding platoon or company1 carrying of piece and taking of post4 ,in all formations and movements a noncommissioned officer commanding a platoon or company carries his piece as the men do1 if he is so armed1 and takes the same post as an officer in like situation4 ,when the command is formed in line for ceremonies1 a noncommissioned officer commanding a company takes post on the right of the right guide after the company has been aligned4 7#cj7 ,,orders1 ,,commands1 ,,and ,,signals #hj4 ,when commands1 signals1 and orders are used4 ,commands only are employed in drill at attention4 ,otherwise either a command1 signal1 or order is employed1 as best suits the occasion1 or one may be used in conjunction with another4 7#ca7 #ha4 ,instruction in use of signals2 use of headdress1 etc41 in making signals4 ,signals should be freely used in instruction1 in order that officers and men may readily know them4 ,in making arm signals1 the saber1 rifle1 or headdress may be held in the hand4 7#cb7 #hb4 ,fixing of attention2 a signal includes command of preparation and of execution4 ,officers and men fix their attention at the first word of command1 the first note of the bugle or whistle1 or the first motion of the signal4 ,a signal includes both the preparatory command and the command of execution2 the movement commences as soon as the signal is understood1 unless otherwise prescribed4 7#cc7 #hc4 ,repeating orders1 commands and signals2 officers1 platoon leaders1 guides and musicians equipped with whistles2 whistles with different tones4 ,except in movements executed at attention1 commanders or leaders of subdivisions repeat orders1 commands1 or signals whenever such repetition is deemed necessary to insure prompt and correct execution4 ,officers1 battalion noncommissioned staff officers1 platoon leaders1 guides1 and musicians are equipped with whistles4 ,the ,major and his staff will use a whistle of distinctive tone2 the captain and company musicians a second and distinctive whistle2 the platoon leaders and guides a third distinctive whistle4 7#cd7 #hd4 ,limitation of prescribed signals2 special prearranged signals4 ,prescribed signals are limited to such as are essential as a substitute for the voice under conditions which render the voice inadequate4 ,before or during an engagement special signals may be agreed upon to facilitate the solution of such special difficulties as the particular situation is likely to develop1 but it must be remembered that simplicity and certainty are indispensable qualities of a signal4 7#ce7 ,orders #he4 ,orders defined2 when employed4 ,in these regulations an order embraces instructions or directions given orally or in writing in terms suited to the particular occasion and not prescribed herein4 ,orders are employed only when the commands prescribed herein do not sufficiently indicate the will of the commander4 ,orders are more fully described in paragraphs #cgh to #chc1 inclusive4 7#cf7 ,commands #hf4 ,command defined4 ,in these regulations a command is the will of the commander expressed in the phraseology prescribed herein4 7#cg7 #hg4 ,kinds of commands2 how given4 ,there are two kinds of commands3 ,the preparatory command1 such as forward1 indicates the movement that is to be executed4 ,the command of execution1 such as ,,march1 ,,halt1 or ,,arms1 causes the execution4 ,preparatory commands are distinguished by italics2 those of execution by ,,capitals4 ,where it is not mentioned in the text who gives the commands prescribed1 they are to be given by the commander of the unit concerned4 ,the preparatory command should be given at such an interval of time before the command of execution as to admit of being properly understood2 the command of execution should be given at the instant the movement is to commence4 ,the tone of command is animated1 distinct1 and of a loudness proportioned to the number of men for whom it is intended4 ,each preparatory command is enunciated distinctly1 with a rising inflection at the end1 and in such manner that the command of execution may be more energetic4 ,the command of execution is firm in tone and brief4 7#ch7 #hh4 ,battalion and higher commanders repeat commands of superiors2 battalion largest unit executing movement at command of its commander4 ,majors and commanders of units larger than a battalion repeat such commands of their superiors as are to be executed by their units1 facing their units for that purpose4 ,the battalion is the largest unit that executes a movement at the command of execution of its commander4 7#ci7 #hi4 ,facing troops and avoiding indifference when giving commands4 ,when giving commands to troops it is usually best to face toward them4 ,indifference in giving commands must be avoided as it leads to laxity in execution4 ,commands should be given with spirit at all times4 7#dj7 ,bugle ,signals #ij4 ,bugle signals that may be used on and off the field of battle4 ,the authorized bugle signals are published in ,part ,v of these regulations4 ,the following bugle signals may be used off the battlefield1 when not likely to convey information to the enemy3 ,attention3 ,troops are brought to attention4 ,attention to orders3 ,troops to fix their attention4 ,forward1 march3 ,used also to execute quick time from double time4 ,double time1 march4 ,to the rear1 march3 ,in close order1 execute squads right about4 ,halt4 ,assemble1 march4 ,the following bugle signals may be used on the battlefield3 ,fix bayonets4 ,charge4 ,assemble1 march4 ,these signals are used only when intended for the entire firing line2 hence they can be authorized only by the commander of a unit 7for example1 a regiment or brigade7 which occupies a distinct section of the battlefield4 ,exception3 ,fix bayonet4 7,see par4 #cee47 ,the following bugle signals are used in exceptional cases on the battlefield4 ,their principal uses are in field exercises and practice firing4 ,commence firing3 ,officers charged with fire direction and control open fire as soon as practicable4 ,when given to a firing line1 the signal is equivalent to fire at will4 ,cease firing3 ,all parts of the line execute cease firing at once4 ,these signals are not used by units smaller than a regiment1 except when such unit is independent or detached from its regiment4 7#da7 ,whistle ,signals #ia4 ,attention to orders4 ,a short blast of the whistle4 ,this signal is used on the march or in combat when necessary to fix the attention of troops1 or of their commanders or leaders1 preparatory to giving commands1 orders1 or signals4 ,when the firing line is firing1 each squad leader suspends firing and fixes his attention at a short blast of his platoon leader's whistle4 ,the platoon leader's subsequent commands or signals are repeated and enforced by the squad leader4 ,if a squad leader's attention is attracted by a whistle other than that of his platoon leader1 or if there are no orders or commands to convey to his squad1 he resumes firing at once4 ,suspend firing4 ,a long blast of the whistle4 ,all other whistle signals are prohibited4 7#db7 ,arm ,signals #ib4 ,the following arm signals are prescribed4 ,in making signals either arm may be used4 ,officers who receive signals on the firing line repeat back at once to prevent misunderstanding4 ,illustration ,forward1 ,,march4 ,carry the hand to the shoulder2 straighten and hold the arm horizontally1 thrusting it in the direction of march4 ,this signal is also used to execute quick time from double time4 ,illustration ,halt4 ,carry the hand to the shoulder2 thrust the hand upward and hold the arm vertically4 ,double time1 ,,march4 ,carry the hand to the shoulder2 rapidly thrust the hand upward the full extent of the arm several times4 ,illustration ,squads right1 ,,march4 ,raise the arm laterally until horizontal2 carry it to a vertical position above the head and swing it several times between the vertical and horizontal positions4 ,illustration ,squads left1 ,,march4 ,raise the arm laterally until horizontal2 carry it downward to the side and swing it several times between the downward and horizontal positions4 ,illustration ,squads right about1 ,,march 7if in close order7 or1 ,to the rear1 ,,march 7if in skirmish line74 ,extend the arm vertically above the head2 carry it laterally downward to the side and swing it several times between the vertical and downward positions4 ,illustration ,change direction or ,column right 7left71 ,,march4 ,the hand on the side toward which the change of direction is to be made is carried across the body to the opposite shoulder1 forearm horizontal2 then swing in a horizontal plane1 arm extended1 pointing in the new direction4 ,illustration ,as skirmishers1 ,,march4 ,raise both arms laterally until horizontal4 ,illustration ,as skirmishers1 guide center1 ,,march4 ,raise both arms laterally until horizontal2 swing both simultaneously upward until vertical and return to the horizontal2 repeat several times4 ,illustration ,as skirmishers1 guide right 7left71 ,,march4 ,raise both arms laterally until horizontal2 hold the arm on the side of the guide steadily in the horizontal position3 swing the other upward until vertical and return it to the horizontal2 repeat several times4 ,illustration ,assemble1 ,march4 ,raise the arm vertically to full extent and describe horizontal circles4 ,illustration ,range or ,change elevation4 ,to announce range1 extend the arm toward the leaders or men for whom the signal is intended1 fist closed2 by keeping the fist closed battle sight is indicated2 ,illustration by opening and closing the fist1 expose thumb and fingers to a number equal to the hundreds of yards2 ,illustration to add yards describe a short horizontal line with forefinger4 ,illustration ,to change elevation1 indicate the amount of increase or decrease by fingers as above2 point upward to indicate increase and downward to indicate decrease4 ,illustration ,what range are you using8 or ,what is the range8 ,extend the arms toward the person addressed1 one hand open1 palm to the front1 resting on the other hand1 fist closed4 ,illustration ,are you ready8 or ,i am ready4 ,raise the hand1 fingers extended and joined1 palm toward the person addressed4 ,illustration ,commence firing4 ,move the arm extended in full length1 hand palm down1 several times through a horizontal arc in front of the body4 ,fire faster4 ,execute rapidly the signal1 ,commence ,firing4 ,fire slower4 ,execute slowly the signal1 ,commence ,firing4 ,illustration ,swing the cone of fire to the right1 or left4 ,extend the arm in full length to the front1 palm to the right 7left72 swing the arm to right 7left71 and point in the direction of the new target4 ,illustration ,illustration ,fix ,bayonet4 ,simulate the movement of the right hand in ,fix bayonet4 7,see par4 #adb47 ,illustration ,suspend firing4 ,raise and hold the forearm steadily in a horizontal position in front of the forehead1 palm of the hand to the front4 ,cease firing4 ,raise the forearm as in suspend firing and swing it up and down several times in front of the face4 ,illustration ,platoon4 ,extend the arm horizontally toward the platoon leader2 describe small circles with the hand4 7,see par4 #ic47 ,illustration ,squad4 ,extend the arm horizontally toward the platoon leader2 swing the hand up and down from the wrist4 7,see par4 #ic47 ,rush4 ,same as double time4 7#dc7 #ic4 ,use of signals platoon and squad4 ,the signals platoon and squad are intended primarily for communication between the captain and his platoon leaders4 ,the signal platoon or squad indicates that the platoon commander is to cause the signal which follows to be executed by platoon or squad4 ,note4--,the following signals1 while not prescribed1 are very convenient3 ,combined ,sights4 ,extend the arm toward the leaders for whom the signal is intended1 hand open and turn hand rapidly from right to left a number of times4 ,then indicate ranges in the manner prescribed1 giving the mean of the two ranges4 7,for example3 ,if the combined sights are #ajej and #aaej1 indicate a range of #aajj yards4 ,the leaders who give the oral commands1 give the command1 ,range #ajej and #aaej1 whereupon every man in the front rank1 before deployment1 fixes his sight at #aaej1 and every man in the rear rank1 before deployment1 fixes his sight at #ajej47 ,company4 ,bring the hand up near the shoulder and then thrust to the front1 snapping fingers in usual way2 repeat several times4 ,contract fire4 ,extend both arms horizontally1 fingers extended1 arms parallel1 palms facing each other2 bring hands together once1 and hold them so and look at the leader concerned4 ,disperse fire4 ,bring hands together1 fingers extended1 pointing in direction of leader concerned1 arms extended horizontally2 swing arms outward once1 and hold them so and look at the leader concerned4 ,platoon column4 ,raise both arms vertically1 full length1 arms parallel1 fingers joined and extended1 palms to the front4 ,prepare to rush4 ,cross the arms horizontally several times4 ,squad ,column4 ,raise both arms vertically from elbows1 elbows at side of body1 fingers joined and extended1 palms to the front4--,author4 7#dd7 ,flag ,signals #id4 ,signal flags carried by company musicians2 description of flags4 ,the signal ,hags described below are carried by the company musicians in the field4 ,in a regiment in which it is impracticable to make the permanent battalion division alphabetically1 the flags of a battalion are as shown2 flags are assigned to the companies alphabetically1 within their respective battalions1 in the order given below4 ,first battalion3 ,company ,a4 ,red field1 white square4 ,company ,b4 ,red field1 blue square4 ,company ,c4 ,red field1 white diagonals4 ,company ,d4 ,red field1 blue diagonals4 ,second battalion3 ,company ,e4 ,white field1 red square4 ,company ,f4 ,white field1 blue square4 ,company ,g4 ,white field1 red diagonals4 ,company ,h4 ,white field1 blue diagonals4 ,third battalion3 ,company ,i4 ,blue field1 red square4 ,company ,k4 ,blue field1 white square4 ,company ,l4 ,blue field1 red diagonals4 ,company ,m4 ,blue field1 white diagonals4 ,note4--,an analysis of the above system of signal flags will show3 #a4 ,the color of the field indicates the battalion and the colors run in the order that is so natural to us all1 viz3 ,red1 ,white and ,blue4 ,hence red field indicates the first battalion2 white field1 the second2 blue field1 the third4 #b4 ,the squares indicate the first two companies of each battalion1 and the diagonals1 the second two4 ,hence1 --------------------------- ,companies ,indicated by --------------------------- ,a ,e ,i ,squares ,b ,f ,k --------------------------- ,c ,g ,l ,diagonals ,d ,h ,m --------------------------- #c4 ,the colors of the squares and diagonals in combination with those of the fields1 run in the order that is so natural to us all1 viz43 ,red1 ,white and ,blue1 the color of any given field being1 of course1 omitted from the squares and diagonals1 as a white square for instance1 would not show on a white field1 nor would a blue diagonal show on a blue field4 ,for example1 with a red field we would have white and blue for the square and diagonal colors2 with a white field1 red and blue for the square and diagonal colors2 with a blue field1 red and white for the square and diagonal colors4 #d4 ,from what has been said1 the following table explains itself3 ---------------------------------------- --- ,battalion ,field ,co4 ,squares ,diagonals ---------------------------------------- --- ,first ,red ,a ,white ,b ,blue ,c ,white ,d ,blue ---------------------------------------- --- ,second ,white ,e ,red ,f ,blue ,g ,red ,h ,blue ---------------------------------------- --- ,third ,blue ,i ,red ,k ,white ,l ,red ,m ,white ---------------------------------------- --- ,note how the square and diagonal colors always follow in the natural order of red1 white1 and blue1 with the color of the field omitted4--,author4 7#de7 #ie4 ,signal flags used to mark assembly point of company1 etc4 ,in addition to their use in visual signaling1 these flags serve to mark the assembly point of the company when disorganized by combat1 and to mark the location of the company in bivouac and elsewhere1 when such use is desirable4 7#df7 #if4 ,signals used between firing line and reserve or commander in rear4 7#a7 ,for communication between the firing line and the reserve or commander in the rear1 the subjoined signals 7,signal ,corps codes7 are prescribed and should be memorized4 ,in transmission1 their concealment from the enemy's view should be insured4 ,in the absence of signal flags1 the headdress or other substitute may be used4 7,see par4 #hfc for the semaphore code and par4 #hfa for the ,general ,service1 or ,international ,morse ,code47 7#dg7 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ,letter of ,if signaled from the rear ,if signaled from the firing alphabet to the firing line line to the rear ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ,a ,m ,ammunition going forward4 ,ammunition required4 ,c ,c ,c ,charge 7mandatory at all ,am about to charge if no times74 instructions to the contrary4 ,c ,f ,cease firing4 ,cease firing4 ,d ,t ,double time or rush4 ,double time or rush4 ,f ,commence firing4 ,commence firing4 ,f ,b ,fix bayonets4 ,fix bayonets4 ,f ,l ,artillery fire is causing ,artillery fire is causing us losses4 us losses4 ,g ,move forward4 ,preparing to move forward4 ,h ,h ,h ,halt4 ,halt4 ,k ,negative4 ,negative4 ,l ,t ,left4 ,left4 ,o ,what is the 7,r4 ,n4 etc478 ,what is the 7,r4 ,n4 etc478 7,ardois and ,interrogatory4 ,interrogatory4 semaphore only47 --------------- 7,all methods ,what is the 7,r4 ,n4 etc478 ,what is the 7,r4 ,n4 etc478 but ardois ,interrogatory4 ,interrogatory4 and semaphore47 ,p ,affirmative4 ,affirmative4 ,r ,acknowledgment4 ,acknowledgment4 ,r ,n ,range4 ,range4 ,r ,t ,right4 ,right4 ,s ,s ,s ,support going forward4 ,support needed4 ,s ,u ,f ,suspend firing4 ,suspend firing4 ,t ,target4 ,target4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ,for the semaphore signals1 see par4 #hfc4 ,,school ,,of ,,the ,,soldier #ig4 ,duties of instructor4 ,the instructor explains briefly each movement1 first executing it himself if practicable4 ,he requires the recruits to take the proper positions unassisted and does not touch them for the purpose of correcting them1 except when they are unable to correct themselves4 ,he avoids keeping them too long at the same movement1 although each should be understood before passing to another4 ,he exacts by degrees the desired precision and uniformity4 7#dh7 #ih4 ,grouping of recruits according to proficiency4 ,in order that all may advance as rapidly as their abilities permit1 the recruits are grouped according to proficiency as instruction progresses4 ,those who lack aptitude and quickness are separated from the others and placed under experienced drill masters4 7#di7 ,instruction ,without ,arms #ih;a4 ,formation of squad for preliminary instruction4 ,for preliminary instruction a number of recruits1 usually not exceeding three or four1 are formed as a squad in single rank4 7#ej7 ,position of the ,soldier1 or ,attention #ii4 ,heels on the same line and as near each other as the conformation of the man permits4 ,feet turned out equally and forming an angle of about #de deg44 ,knees straight without stiffness4 ,hips level and drawn back slightly2 body erect and resting equally on hips2 chest lifted and arched2 shoulders square and falling equally4 ,arms and hands hanging naturally1 thumb along the seam of the trousers4 ,head erect and squarely to the front1 chin drawn in so that the axis of the head and neck is vertical2 eyes straight to the front4 ,weight of the body resting equally upon the heels and balls of the feet4 7#ea7 ,the ,rests #ajj4 ,being at a halt1 the commands are3 ,,fall ,,out2 ,,rest2 ,,at ,,ease2 and1 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,at the command fall out1 the men may leave the ranks1 but are required to remain in the immediate vicinity4 ,they resume their former places1 at attention1 at the command fall in4 ,at the command rest each man keeps one foot in place1 but is not required to preserve silence or immobility4 ,at the command at ease each man keeps one foot in place and is required to preserve silence but not immobility4 7#eb7 ,illustration #aja4 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,carry the right foot #f inches straight to the rear1 left knee slightly bent2 clasp the hands1 without constraint1 in front of the center of the body1 fingers joined1 left hand uppermost1 left thumb clasped by the thumb and forefinger of the right hand2 preserve silence and steadiness of position4 7#ec7 #ajb4 ,to resume the attention3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,attention4 ,the men take the position of the soldier4 7#ed7 ,eyes ,right or ,left #ajc4 #a4 ,eyes1 #b4 ,,right 7,,left71 #c4 ,,front4 ,illustration ,at the command right1 turn the head to the right oblique1 eyes fixed on the line of eyes of the men in1 or supposed to be in1 the same rank4 ,at the command front1 turn the head and eyes to the front4 7#ee7 ,facings #ajd4 ,to the flank3 #a4 ,right 7left71 #b4 ,,face4 ,raise slightly the left heel and right toe2 face to the right1 turning on the right heel1 assisted by a slight pressure on the ball of the left foot2 place the left foot by the side of the right4 ,left face is executed on the left heel in the corresponding manner4 ,right 7left7 half face is executed similarly1 facing #de deg44 ,to face in marching and advance1 turn on the ball of either foot and step off with the other foot in the new line of direction2 to face in marching without gaining ground in the new direction1 turn on the ball of either foot and mark time4 7#ef7 #aje4 ,to the rear3 #a4 ,about1 #b4 ,,face4 ,carry the toe of the right foot about a half foot-length to the rear and slightly to the left of the left heel without changing the position of the left foot2 face to the rear1 turning to the right on the left heel and right toe2 place the right heel by the side of the left4 7#eg7 ,salute with the ,hand #ajf4 #a4 ,hand1 #b4 ,,salute4 ,illustration ,raise the right hand smartly till the tip of the forefinger touches the lower part of the headdress or forehead above the right eye1 thumb and fingers extended and joined palm to the left1 forearm inclined at about #de deg41 hand and wrist straight2 at the same time look toward the person saluted4 7,,two7 ,drop the arm smartly by the side4 7#eh7 7,for rules governing salutes1 see ,military ,courtesy1 ,chapter ,,xi1 ,part ,,ii47 ,steps and ,marchings #ajg4 ,steps and marchings begin with left foot4 ,all steps and marchings executed from a halt1 except right step1 begin with the left foot4 7#ei7 #ajh4 ,length and cadence of full step2 indicating cadence4 ,the length of the full step in quick time is #cj inches1 measured from heel to heel1 and the cadence is at the rate of #abj steps per minute4 ,the length of the full step in double time is #cf inches2 the cadence is at the rate of #ahj steps per minute4 ,the instructor1 when necessary1 indicates the cadence of the step by calling one1 two1 three1 four1 or left1 right1 the instant the left and right foot1 respectively1 should be planted4 7#fj7 #aji4 ,steps and marchings and movements involving marchings habitually executed in quick time4 ,all steps and marchings and movements involving march are executed in quick time unless the squad be marching in double time1 or double time be added to the command2 in the latter case double time is added to the preparatory command4 ,example3 #a4 ,squad right1 double time1 #b4 ,,march 7,school of the ,squad74 7#fa7 ,quick ,time #aaj4 ,being at a halt1 to march forward in quick time3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command forward1 shift the weight of the body to the right leg1 left knee straight4 ,at the command march1 move the left foot smartly straight forward #cj inches from the right1 sole near the ground1 and plant it without shock2 next in like manner1 advance the right foot and plant it as above2 continue the march4 ,the arms swing naturally4 7#fb7 #aaa4 ,being at a halt1 or in march in quick time1 to march in double time3 #a4 ,double time1 #b4 ,,march4 ,if at a halt1 at the first command shift the weight of the body to the right leg4 ,at the command march1 raise the forearms1 fingers closed1 to a horizontal position along the waist line2 take up an easy run with the step and cadence of double time1 allowing a natural swinging motion to the arms4 ,if marching in quick time1 at the command march1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 take one step in quick time1 and then step off in double time4 7#fc7 ,to resume the quick time3 #a4 ,quick time1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the other foot in double time2 resume the quick time1 dropping the hands by the sides4 7#fd7 ,to ,mark ,time #aab4 ,being in march3 #a4 ,mark time1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the other foot2 bring up the foot in rear and continue the cadence by alternately raising each foot about #b inches and planting it on line with the other4 ,being at a halt1 at the command march1 raise and plant the feet as described above4 7#fe7 ,the ,half ,step #aac4 #a4 ,half step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,take steps of #ae inches in quick time1 #ah inches in double time4 7#ff7 ,forward1 half step1 halt1 and mark time may be executed one from the other in quick or double time4 ,to resume the full step from half step or mark time3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 7#fg7 ,side ,step #aad4 ,being at a halt or mark time3 #a4 ,right 7left7 step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,carry and plant the right foot #ae inches to the right2 bring the left foot beside it and continue the movement in the cadence of quick time4 ,the side step is used for short distances only and is not executed in double time4 ,if at order arms1 the side step is executed at trail without command4 7#fh7 ,back ,step #aae4 ,being at a halt or mark time3 #a4 ,backward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,take steps of #ae inches straight to the rear4 ,the back step is used for short distances only and is not executed in double time4 ,if at order arms1 the back step is executed at trail without command4 7#fi7 ,to ,halt #aaf4 ,to arrest the march in quick or double time3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,halt4 ,at the command halt1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 plant the other foot as in marching2 raise and place the first foot by the side of the other4 ,if in double time1 drop the hands by the sides4 7#gj7 ,to ,march by the ,flank #aag4 ,being in march3 #a4 ,by the right 7left7 flank1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as the right foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the left foot2 then face to the right in marching and step off in the new direction with the right foot4 7#ga7 ,to ,march to the ,rear #aah4 ,being in march3 #a4 ,to the rear1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march given as the right foot strikes the ground advance and plant the left foot2 turn to the right about on the balls of both feet and immediately step off with the left foot4 ,if marching in double time1 turn to the right about1 taking four steps in place1 keeping the cadence1 and then step off with the left foot4 7#gb7 ,change ,step #aai4 ,being in march3 #a4 ,change step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as the right foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the left foot2 plant the toe of the right foot near the heel of the left and step off with the left foot4 ,the change on the right foot is similarly executed1 the command march being given as the left foot strikes the ground4 7#gc7 ,,manual ,,of ,,arms #abj4 ,instruction of recruit in use of rifle1 manual of arms1 etc4 ,as soon as practicable the recruit is taught the use1 nomenclature1 and care of his rifle4 7,see ,the ,care1 ,description1 and ,management of the ,rifle1 ,chapter ,,xiv1 ,part ,,ii472 when fair progress has been made in the instruction without arms1 he is taught the manual of arms2 instruction without arms and that with arms alternate4 7#gd7 #aba4 ,rules governing carrying of piece4 ,the following rules governing the carrying of the piece3 ,first4 ,piece habitually carried without cartridges in chamber or magazine4 ,the piece is not carried with cartridges in either the chamber or the magazine except when specifically ordered4 ,when so loaded1 or supposed to be loaded1 it is habitually carried locked2 that is1 with the safety lock turned to the safe4 ,at all other times it is carried unlocked1 with the trigger pulled4 ,second4 ,inspection of pieces when troops are formed and when dismissed4 ,whenever troops are formed under arms1 pieces are immediately inspected at the commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,order 7,right shoulder port71 #d4 ,,arms1 which are executed as explained in pars4 #ade-adf4 ,a similar inspection is made immediately before dismissal4 ,if cartridges are found in the chamber or magazine they are removed and placed in the belt4 ,third4 ,cut-off habitually turned off4 ,the cut-off is kept turned off except when cartridges are actually used4 ,fourth4 ,bayonet habitually not carried fixed4 ,the bayonet is not fixed 7,see par4 #adb71 except in bayonet exercise1 on guard1 or for combat4 ,fifth4 ,fall in executed at order2 attention resumed at order4 ,fall in is executed with the piece at the order arms4 ,fall out1 rest1 and at ease are executed as without arms1 as explained in par4 #ajj4 ,on resuming attention the position of order arms is taken4 ,sixth4 ,if at order1 pieces brought to right shoulder at command march2 execution of movements at trail2 piece brought to trail in certain movements executed from order4 ,if at the order1 unless otherwise prescribed1 the piece is brought to the right shoulder at the command march1 the three motions corresponding with the first three steps4 ,movements may be executed at the trail by prefacing the preparatory command with the words at trail2 as1 #a4 ,at trail1 forward1 #b4 ,,march2 the trail is taken at the command march4 ,when the facings1 alignments1 open and close ranks1 taking interval or distance1 and assemblings are executed from the order1 raise the piece to the trail while in motion and resume the order on halting4 ,seventh4 ,piece brought to order on halting4 ,the piece is brought to the order on halting4 ,the execution of the order begins when the halt is completed4 ,eighth4 ,holding disengaged hand in double time4 ,a disengaged hand in double time is held as when without arms4 7#ge7 #abb4 ,rules governing manual of arms4 ,the following rules govern the execution of the manual of arms3 ,first4 ,position of left hand at balance4 ,in all positions of the left hand at the balance 7center of gravity1 bayonet unfixed7 the thumb clasps the piece2 the sling is included in the grasp of the hand4 ,second4 ,positions of piece diagonally across the body4 ,in all positions of the piece diagonally across the body the position of the piece1 left arm and hand are the same as in port arms4 7,see par4 #abe47 ,illustration ,third4 ,next to last motion in resuming order from any position2 piece to strike ground gently4 ,in resuming the order from any position in the manual1 the motion next to the last concludes with the butt of the piece about #c inches from the ground1 barrel to the rear1 the left hand above and near the right1 steadying the piece1 fingers extended and joined1 forearm and wrist straight and inclining downward1 all fingers of the right hand grasping the piece4 ,to complete the order1 lower the piece gently to the ground with the right hand1 drop the left quickly by the side1 and take the position of order arms4 ,allowing the piece to drop through the right hand to the ground1 or other similar abuse of the rifle to produce effect in executing the manual is prohibited4 ,fourth4 ,cadence of motions2 at first attention to be paid to details of motion4 ,the cadence of the motions is that of quick time2 the recruits are first required to give their whole attention to the details of the motions1 the cadence being gradually acquired as they become accustomed to handling their pieces4 ,the instructor may require them to count aloud in cadence with the motions4 ,fifth4 ,execution of manual by the numbers4 ,the manual is taught at a halt and the movements are for the purpose of instruction1 divided into motions and executed in detail2 in this case the command of execution determines the prompt execution of the first motion1 and the commands1 two1 three1 four1 that of the other motions4 ,to execute the movements in detail1 the instructor first cautions3 ,by the numbers2 all movements divided into motions are then executed as above explained until he cautions3 ,without the numbers2 or commands movements other than those in the manual of arms4 ,sixth4 ,regular positions assumed without regard to previous positions2 carrying rifle in any position4 ,whenever circumstances require1 the regular positions of the manual of arms and the firings may be ordered without regard to the previous position of the piece4 ,under the exceptional conditions of weather or fatigue the rifle may be carried in any manner directed4 7#gf7 ,illustration #abc4 ,position of order arms standing3 ,the butt rests evenly on the ground1 barrel to the rear1 toe of the butt on a line with toe of1 and touching1 the right shoe1 arms and hands hanging naturally1 right hand holding the piece between the thumb and fingers4 7#gg7 #abd4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,illustration ,with the right hand carry the piece in front of the center of the body1 barrel to the rear and vertical1 grasp it with the left hand at the balance1 forearm horizontal and resting against the body4 7,,two7 ,grasp the small of the stock with the right hand4 7#gh7 #abe4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,illustration ,with the right hand raise and throw the piece diagonally across the body1 grasp it smartly with both hands2 the right1 palm down1 at the small of the stock3 the left1 palm up1 at the balance2 barrel up1 sloping to the left and crossing opposite the junction of the neck with the left shoulder2 right forearm horizontal2 left forearm resting against the body2 the piece in a vertical plane parallel to the front4 7#gi7 #abf4 ,being at present arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,carry the piece diagonally across the body and take the position of port arms4 7#hj7 #abg4 ,being at port arms3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,carry the piece to a vertical position in front of the center of the body and take the position of present arms4 7#ha7 #abh4 ,being at present or port arms3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,let go with the right hand2 lower and carry the piece to the right with the left hand3 regrasp it with the right hand just above the lower band2 let go with the left hand1 and take the next to the last position in coming to the order4 7,,two7 ,complete the order4 7#hb7 #abi4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,right shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,illustration ,with the right hand raise and throw the piece diagonally across the body2 carry the right hand quickly to the butt1 embracing it1 the heel between the first two fingers4 7,,two7 ,without changing the grasp of the right hand1 place the piece on the right shoulder1 barrel up and inclined at an angle of about #de deg4 from the horizontal1 trigger guard in the hollow of the shoulder1 right elbow near the side1 the piece in a vertical plane perpendicular to the front2 carry the left hand1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 to the small of the stock1 tip of the forefinger touching the cocking piece1 wrist straight and elbow down4 7,,three7 ,drop the left hand by the side4 7#hc7 #acj4 ,being at right shoulder arms3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,press the butt down quickly and throw the piece diagonally across the body1 the right hand retaining the grasp of the butt4 7,,two71 7,,three7 ,execute order arms as described from port arms4 7#hd7 #aca4 ,being at port arms3 #a4 ,right shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,change the right hand to the butt4 7,,two71 7,,three7 ,as in right shoulder arms from order arms4 7#he7 #acb4 ,being at right shoulder arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,press the butt down quickly and throw the piece diagonally across the body1 the right hand retaining its grasp of the butt4 7,,two7 ,change the right hand to the small of the stock4 7#hf7 #acc4 ,being at right shoulder arms3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,execute port arms4 7,,three7 execute present arms4 7#hg7 #acd4 ,being at present arms3 #a4 ,right shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,execute port arms4 7,,two71 7,,three71 7,,four7 ,execute right shoulder arms as from port arms4 7#hh7 #ace4 ,being at port arms3 #a4 ,left shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,illustration ,carry the piece with the right hand and place it on the left shoulder1 barrel up1 trigger guard in the hollow of the shoulder2 at the same time grasp the butt with the left hand1 heel between first and second fingers1 thumb and fingers closed on the stock4 7,,two7 ,drop the right hand by the side4 #acf4 ,being at left shoulder arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,grasp the piece with the right hand at the small of the stock4 7,,two7 ,carry the piece to the right with the right hand1 regrasp it with the left1 and take the position of port arms4 ,left shoulder arms may be ordered directly from the order1 right shoulder or present1 or the reverse4 ,at the command arms execute port arms and continue in cadence to the position ordered4 7#hi7 #acg4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,illustration ,carry the right foot #f inches straight to the rear1 left knee slightly bent2 carry the muzzle in front of the center of the body1 barrel to the left2 grasp the piece with the left hand just below the stacking swivel1 and with the right hand below and against the left4 #ach4 ,being at parade rest3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,attention4 ,resume the order1 the left hand quitting the piece opposite the right hip4 7#ij7 #aci4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,trail1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,illustration ,raise the piece1 right arm slightly bent1 and incline the muzzle forward so that the barrel makes an angle of about #cj deg4 with the vertical4 ,when it can be done without danger or inconvenience to others1 the piece may be grasped at the balance and the muzzle lowered until the piece is horizontal2 a similar position in the left hand may be used4 7#ia7 #adj4 ,being at trail arms3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,lower the piece with the right hand and resume the order4 7#ib7 ,rifle ,salute #ada4 ,being at right shoulder arms3 #a4 ,rifle1 #b4 ,,salute4 ,illustration ,carry the left hand smartly to the small of the stock1 forearm horizontal1 palm of hand down1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 forefinger touching end of cocking piece2 look toward the person saluted4 7,,two7 ,drop left hand by the side2 turn head and eyes to the front4 7#ic7 ,being at order or trail arms3 #a4 ,rifle1 #b4 ,,salute4 ,illustration ,carry the left hand smartly to the right side1 palm of the hand down1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 forefinger against piece near the muzzle2 look toward the person saluted4 7,,two7 ,drop the left hand by the side2 turn the head and eyes to the front4 ,for rules governing salutes1 see ,military ,courtesy1 ,chapter ,,xi1 ,part ,,ii4 ,the ,bayonet #adb4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,fix1 #b4 ,,bayonet4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt3 ,execute parade rest2 grasp the bayonet with the right hand1 back of hand toward the body2 draw the bayonet from the scabbard and fix it on the barrel1 glancing at the muzzle2 resume the order4 ,if the bayonet is carried on the haversack3 ,draw the bayonet with the left hand and fix it in the most convenient manner4 7#ie7 #adc4 ,being at our arms3 #a4 ,unfix1 #b4 ,,bayonet4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt3 ,execute parade rest2 grasp the handle of the bayonet firmly with the right hand1 pressing the spring with the forefinger of the right hand2 raise the bayonet until the handle is about #ab inches above the muzzle of the piece2 drop the point to the left1 back of the hand toward the body1 and1 glancing at the scabbard1 return the bayonet1 the blade passing between the left arm and the body2 regrasp the piece with the right hand and resume the order4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the haversack3 ,take the bayonet from the rifle with the left hand and return it to the scabbard in the most convenient manner4 ,if marching or lying down1 the bayonet is fixed and unfixed in the most expeditious and convenient manner and the piece returned to the original position4 ,fix and unfix bayonet are executed with promptness and regularity but not in cadence4 7,for unfixing bayonet with ,krag rifle1 see ,par4 #fig47 7#if7 #add4 ,,charge ,,bayonet4 ,whether executed at halt or in motion1 the bayonet is held toward the opponent as in the position of guard in the ,manual for ,bayonet ,exercise4 ,exercises for instruction in bayonet combat are prescribed in the ,manual for ,bayonet ,exercise4 7#ig7 ,the ,inspection ,illustration #ade4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the second command take the position of port arms4 7,,two7 ,seize the bolt handle with the thumb and forefinger of the right hand1 turn the handle up1 draw the bolt back1 and glance at the chamber4 ,having found the chamber empty1 or having emptied it1 raise the head and eyes to the front4 7,for inspection of arms with ,krag rifle see par4 #fih47 7#ih7 #adf4 ,being at inspection arms3 #a4 ,order 7,right shoulder1 port71 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the preparatory command push the bolt forward1 turn the handle down1 pull the trigger1 and resume port arms4 ,at the command arms1 complete the movement ordered4 7,to execute with ,krag rifle see par4 #fii47 7#ii7 ,to ,dismiss the ,squad #adg4 ,being at halt3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,port1 #d4 ,,arms1 #e4 ,,dismissed4 7#ajj7 ,,school ,,of ,,the ,,squad #adh4 ,grouping into ,squads4 ,soldiers are grouped into squads for purposes of instruction1 discipline1 control1 and order4 7#aja7 #adi4 ,composition of squad2 object of squad movements4 ,the squad proper consists of a corporal and seven privates4 ,the movements in the ,school of the ,squad are designed to make the squad a fixed unit and to facilitate the control and movement of the company4 ,if the number of men grouped is more than #c and less than #ab1 they are formed as a squad of #d files1 the excess above #h being posted as file closers4 ,if the number grouped is greater than #aa1 #b or more squads are formed and the group is termed a platoon4 ,for the instruction of recruits1 these rules may be modified4 7#ajb7 #aej4 ,squad leader2 his post4 ,the corporal is the squad leader1 and when absent is replaced by a designated private4 ,if no private is designated1 the senior in length of service acts as leader4 ,the corporal1 when in ranks1 is posted as the left man in the front rank of the squad4 ,when the corporal leaves the ranks to lead his squad1 his rear rank man steps into the front rank1 and the file remains blank until the corporal returns to his place in ranks1 when his rear rank man steps back into the rear rank4 7#ajc7 #aea4 ,preservation of integrity of squads in battle4 ,in battle officers and sergeants endeavor to preserve the integrity of squads2 they designate new leaders to replace those disabled1 organize new squads when necessary1 and see that every man is placed in a squad4 ,men are taught the necessity of remaining with the squad to which they belong and1 in case it be broken up or they become separated therefrom1 to attach themselves to the nearest squad and platoon leaders1 whether these be of their own or of another organization4 7#ajd7 #aeb4 ,certain movements executed by squad as in ,school of the ,soldier4 ,the squad executes the halt 7,see par4 #aaf71 rests 7,see par4 #ajj-aja71 facings 7,see pars4 #ajd-aje71 steps and marchings 7,see pars4 #ajg-aai71 and the manual of arms 7,see pars4 #abj-adg71 as explained in the ,school of the ,soldier4 7#aje7 ,to ,form the ,squad #aec4 ,to form the squad the instructor places himself #c paces in front of where the center is to be and commands3 ,,fall ,,in4 ,the men assemble at attention1 pieces at the order1 and are arranged by the corporal in double rank1 as nearly as practicable in order of height from right to left1 each man dropping his left hand as soon as the man in his left has his interval4 ,the rear rank forms with distance of #dj inches4 ,the instructor then commands3 ,,count ,,off4 ,at this command all except the right file execute eyes right1 and beginning on the right1 the men in each rank count one1 two1 three1 four2 each man turns his head and eyes to the front as he counts4 ,pieces are then inspected4 7#ajf7 ,alignments #aed4 ,to align the squad1 the base file or files having been established3 #a4 ,right 7,left71 #b4 ,,dress1 #c4 ,,front4 ,at the command front1 given when the ranks are aligned1 each hip 7whether dressing to the right or left72 each man1 except the base file1 when on or near the new line executes eyes right1 and taking steps of #b or #c inches1 places himself so that his right arm rests lightly against the arm of the man on his right1 and so that his eyes and shoulders are in line with those of the men on his right2 the rear rank men cover in file4 ,the instructor verifies the alignment of both ranks from the right flank and orders up or back such men as may be in rear1 or in advance1 of the line2 only the men designated move4 ,at the command dress all men place the left hand upon the man turns his head and eyes to the front and drops his left hand by his side4 ,in the first drills the basis of the alignment is established on1 or parallel to1 the front of the squad2 afterwards1 in oblique directions4 ,whenever the position of the base file or files necessitates a considerable movement by the squad1 such movement will be executed by marching to the front or oblique1 to the flank or backward1 as the case may be1 without other command1 and at the trail4 7#ajg7 #aee4 ,to preserve the alignment when marching3 ,,guide ,,right 7,,left74 ,the men preserve their intervals from the side of the guide1 yielding to pressure from that side and resisting pressure from the opposite direction2 they recover intervals1 if lost1 by gradually opening out or closing in2 they recover alignment by slightly lengthening or shortening the step2 the rear-rank men cover their file leaders at #dj inches4 ,in double rank1 the front-rank man on the right1 or designated flank1 conducts the march2 when marching faced to the flank1 the leading man of the front rank is the guide4 7#ajh7 ,to ,take ,intervals and ,distances #aef4 ,being in line at a halt3 #a4 ,take interval1 #b4 ,to the right 7left71 #c4 ,,march1 #d4 ,squad1 #e4 ,,halt4 ,illustration ,being in line at a halt4 #a4 ,take interval1 #b4 ,to the right 7left7 ,illustration ,at the second command the rear-rank men march backward #d steps and halt2 #c4 ,,march ,illustration ,at the command march all face to the right and the leading man of each rank steps off2 the other men step off in succession1 each following the preceding man at #d paces1 rear-rank men marching abreast of their file leaders4 #d4 ,squad1 #e4 ,,halt ,illustration ,at the command halt1 given when all have their intervals1 all halt and face to the front4 7#aji7 ,illustration3 7,,at ,,intervals7 #aeg4 ,being at intervals1 to assemble the squad3 #a4 ,assemble1 to the right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 7,,assemble7 ,the front-rank man on the right stands fast1 the rear rank man on the right closes to #dj inches4 ,the other men face to the right1 close by the shortest line1 and face to the front4 7#aaj7 ,illustration3 7,,assembled7 #aeh4 ,being in line at a halt and having counted off3 #a4 ,take distance1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,illustration ,at the command ,march ,no4 #a of the front rank moves straight to the front2 ,nos4 #b1 #c1 and #d of the front rank and ,nos4 #a1 #b1 #c1 and #d of the rear rank1 in the order named1 move straight to the front1 each stepping off so as to follow the preceding man at #d paces4 ,the command halt is given when all have their distances4 ,in case more than one squad is in line1 each squad executes the movement as above4 ,the guide of each rank of numbers is right4 7#aaa7 #aei4 ,being at distances1 to assemble the squad3 #a4 ,assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,no4 #a of the front rank stands fast2 the other numbers move forward to their proper places in line4 7#aab7 ,to ,stack and ,take ,arms ,illustration #afj4 ,being in line at a halt3 ,,stack ,,arms4 ,each even number of the front rank grasps his piece with the left hand at the upper band ,illustration and rests the butt between his feet1 barrel to the front1 muzzle inclined slightly to the front and opposite the center of the interval on his right1 the thumb and forefinger raising the stacking swivel2 each even number of the rear rank then passes his piece1 barrel to the rear1 to his file leader1 who grasps it between the bands with his right hand ,illustration and throws the butt about #b feet in advance of that of his own piece and opposite the right of the interval1 the right hand slipping to the upper band1 the thumb and forefinger raising the stacking swivel1 which he engages with that of his own piece2 ,illustration each odd number of the front rank raises his piece with the right hand1 carries it well forward1 barrel to the front2 the left hand1 guiding the stacking swivel1 ,illustration engages the lower hook of the swivel of his own piece with the free hook of that of the even number of the rear rank2 he then turns the barrel outward into the angle formed by the other two pieces and lowers the butt to the ground1 to the right and against the toe of his right shoe4 ,the stacks made1 the loose pieces are laid on them by the even numbers of the front rank4 ,when each man has finished handling pieces1 he takes the position of the soldier4 7#aac7 #afa4 ,being in line behind the stacks3 ,,take ,,arms4 7,see preceding illustration47 ,the loose pieces are returned by the even numbers of the front rank2 each even number of the front rank grasps his own piece with the left hand1 the piece of his rear rank man with his right hand1 grasping both between the bands2 each odd number of the front rank grasps his piece in the same way with the right hand2 disengages it by raising the butt from the ground and then turning the piece to the right1 detaches it from the stack2 each even number of the front rank disengages and detaches his piece by turning it to the left1 ,illustration and1 then passes the piece of his rear-rank man to him1 and all resume the order4 7#aad7 ,should any squad have ,nos4 #b and #c blank files1 ,no4 #a rear rank takes the place of ,no4 #b rear rank in making and breaking the stack2 the stacks made or broken1 he resumes his post4 ,pieces not used in making the stacks are termed loose pieces4 ,pieces are never stacked with the bayonet fixed4 7#aae7 ,the ,oblique ,march #afb4 ,for the instruction of recruits1 the squad being in column or correctly aligned1 the instructor causes the squad to face half right or half left1 points out to the men their relative positions1 and explains that these are to be maintained in the oblique march4 7#aaf7 #afc4 ,right 7,left7 oblique1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,each man steps off in a direction #de deg4 to the right of his original front4 ,he preserves his relative position1 keeping his shoulders parallel to those of the guide 7the man on the right front of the line or column71 and so regulates his steps that the ranks remain parallel to their original front4 ,at the command halt the men halt faced to front4 ,to resume the original direction3 #a4 ,forward #b4 ,,march4 ,the men half face to the left in marching and then move straight to the front4 ,if at halfstep or mark time while obliquing1 the oblique march is resumed by the commands3 #a4 ,oblique1 #b4 ,,march4 7#aag7 ,to ,turn on ,moving ,pivot #afd4 ,being in line3 #a4 ,right 7,left7 turn1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,the movement is executed by each rank successively and on the same ground4 ,at the second command1 the pivot man of the front rank faces to the right in marching and takes the half step2 the other men of the rank oblique to the right until opposite their places in line1 then execute a second right oblique and take the half step on arriving abreast of the pivot man4 ,all glance toward the marching flank while at half step and take the full step without command as the last man arrives on the line4 ,right 7,left7 half turn is executed in a similar manner4 ,the pivot man makes a half change of direction to the right and the other men make quarter changes in obliquing4 7#aah7 ,to ,turn on ,fixed ,pivot #afe4 ,being in line1 to turn and march3 #a4 ,squad right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,at the second command1 the right flank man in the front rank faces to the right in marching and marks time2 the other front rank men oblique to the right1 place themselves abreast of the pivot1 and mark time4 ,in the rear rank the third man from the right1 followed in column by the second and first1 move straight to the front ,illustration until in rear of his front-rank man1 ,illustration when all face to the right in marching and mark time2 the other number of the rear rank moves straight to the front four paces and places himself abreast of the man on his right4 ,men on the new line glance toward the marching flank while marking time and1 as the last man arrives on the line1 both ranks execute forward1 ,,march1 without command4 7#aai7 #aff4 ,being in line1 to turn and halt3 #a4 ,squad right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,the third command is given immediately after the second4 ,the turn is executed as prescribed in the preceding paragraph except that all men1 on arriving on the new line1 mark time until the fourth command is given1 when all halt4 ,the fourth command should be given as the last man arrives on the line4 7#abj7 #afg4 ,being in line1 to turn about and march3 #a4 ,squad right 7left7 about1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the second command1 the front rank twice executes squad right initiating the second squad right when the man on the marching flank has arrived abreast of the rank4 ,in the rear rank the third man from the right1 followed by the second and first in column1 moves straight to the front until on the prolongation of the line to be occupied by the rear rank2 changes direction to the right2 moves in the new direction until in rear of his front-rank man1 when all face to the right in marching1 mark time1 and glance toward the marching flank4 ,the fourth man marches on the left of the third to his new position2 as he arrives on the line1 both ranks execute forward1 ,,march1 without command4 7#aba7 #afh4 ,being in line1 to turn about and halt3 #a4 ,squad right 7left7 about1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,the third command is given immediately after the second4 ,the turn is executed as prescribed in the preceding paragraph except that all men1 on arriving on the new line1 mark time until the fourth command is given1 when all halt4 ,the fourth command should be given as the last man arrives on the line4 7#abb7 ,to ,follow the ,corporal ,illustration3 7,,in ,,line7 #afi4 ,being assembled or deployed1 to march the squad without unnecessary commands1 the corporal places himself in front of it and commands3 ,,follow ,,me4 ,illustration3 7,,as ,,skirmishers7 ,if in line or skirmish line1 ,no4 #b of the front rank follows in the trace of the corporal at about #c paces2 the other men conform to the movements of ,no4 #b1 guiding on him and maintaining their relative positions4 ,illustration3 7,,in ,,column7 ,if in column1 the head of the column follows the corporal4 7#abc7 ,to ,deploy as ,skirmishers ,illustration #agj4 ,being in any formation1 assembled3 #a4 ,as skirmishers1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the corporal places himself in front of the squad1 if not already there4 ,moving at a run1 the men place themselves abreast of the corporal at half-pace intervals1 ,nos4 #a and #b on his right1 ,nos4 #c and #d on his left1 rear rank men on the right of their file leaders1 extra men on the left of ,no4 #d2 all then conform to the corporal's gait4 ,illustration ,when the squad is acting alone1 skirmish line is similarly formed on ,no4 #b of the front rank1 who stands fast or continues the march1 as the case may be2 the corporal places himself in front of the squad when advancing and in rear when halted4 ,illustration ,when deployed as skirmishers1 the men march at ease1 pieces at the trail unless otherwise ordered4 ,the corporal is the guide when in the line2 otherwise ,no4 #b front rank is the guide4 7#abd7 #aga4 ,the normal interval between skirmishers is one-half pace1 resulting practically in one man per yard of front4 ,the front of a squad thus deployed as skirmishers is about #aj paces4 7#abe7 ,to ,increase or ,diminish ,intervals #agb4 ,if assembled1 and it is desired to deploy at greater than the normal interval2 or if deployed1 and it is desired to increase or decrease the internal3 #a4 ,as skirmishers1 7so many7 paces1 #b4 ,,march4 ,intervals are taken at the indicated number of paces4 ,if already deployed1 the men move by the flank toward or away from the guide4 7#abf7 ,the ,assembly #agc4 ,being deployed3 #a4 ,assemble4 #b4 ,,march4 ,the men move toward the corporal and form in their proper places4 ,if the corporal continues to advance1 the men move in double time1 form1 and follow him4 ,the assembly while marching to the rear is not executed4 7#abg7 ,kneeling and ,lying ,down #agd4 ,if standing3 ,,kneel4 ,half face to the right2 carry the right toe about #a foot to the left rear of the left heel2 kneel on right knee1 sitting as nearly as possible on the right heel2 left forearm across left thigh2 piece remains in position of order arms1 right hand grasping it above lower band4 7#abh7 ,illustration #age4 ,if standing or kneeling3 ,,lie ,,down4 ,illustration ,kneel1 but with right knee against left heel3 ,illustration carry back the left foot and lie flat on the belly1 inclining body about #ce deg4 to the right ,illustration piece horizontal1 barrel up1 muzzle off the ground and pointed to the front2 elbows on the ground2 left hand at the balance1 right hand grasping the small of the stock opposite the neck4 ,this is the position of order arms1 lying down4 7#abi7 #agf4 ,if kneeling or lying down3 ,,rise4 ,if kneeling1 stand up1 faced to the front1 on the ground marked by the left heel4 ,if lying down1 raise body on both knees2 stand up1 faced to the front1 on the ground marked by the knees4 7#acj7 #agg4 ,if lying down3 ,,kneel4 ,raise the body on both knees2 take the position of kneel4 7#aca7 #agh4 ,in double rank1 the positions of kneeling and lying down are ordinarily used only for the better utilization of cover4 ,when deployed as skirmishers1 a sitting position may be taken in lieu of the position kneeling4 7#acb7 ,loadings and ,firings #agi4 ,the commands for loading and firing are the same whether standing1 kneeling1 or lying down4 ,the firings are always executed at a halt4 ,when kneeling or lying down in double rank1 the rear rank does not load1 aim1 or fire4 ,the instruction in firing will be preceded by a command for loading4 ,loadings are executed in line and skirmish line only4 7#acc7 #ahj4 ,pieces having been ordered loaded are kept loaded without command until the command unload1 or inspection arms1 fresh clips being inserted when the magazine is exhausted4 7,to execute with ,krag rifle see par4 #gjj47 7#acd7 #aha4 ,the aiming point or target is carefully pointed out4 ,this may be done before or after announcing the sight setting4 ,both are indicated before giving the command for firing1 but may be omitted when the target appears suddenly and is unmistakable2 in such case battle sight is used if no sight setting is announced4 7#ace7 #ahb4 ,the target or aiming point having been designated and the sight setting announced1 such designation or announcement need not be repeated until a change of either or both is necessary4 ,troops are trained to continue their fire upon the aiming point or target designated1 and at the sight setting announced1 until a change is ordered4 7#acf7 #ahc4 ,if the men are not already in the position of load1 that position is taken at the announcement of the sight setting2 if the announcement is omitted1 the position is taken at the first command for firing4 7#acg7 #ahd4 ,when deployed1 the use of the sling as an aid to accurate firing is discretionary with each man4 7#ach7 ,to ,load #ahe4 ,being in line or skirmish line at halt3 #a4 ,with dummy 7blank or ball7 cartridges1 #b4 ,,load4 ,illustration ,at the command load each front-rank man or skirmisher faces half right and carries the right foot to the right1 about #a foot1 to such position as will insure the greatest firmness and steadiness of the body2 raises1 or lowers1 the piece and drops it into the left hand at the balance1 the left thumb extended along the stock1 muzzle at the height of the breast1 and turns the cut-off up4 ,illustration ,with the right hand he turns and draws the bolt back1 ,illustration takes a loaded clip and inserts the end in the clip slots1 places the thumb on the powder space of the top cartridge1 the fingers extending around the piece and tips resting on the magazine floor plate2 forces the cartridges into the magazine by pressing down with the thumb2 without removing the clip1 thrusts the bolt home1 turning down the handle2 turns the safety lock to the safe1 ,illustration and carries the hand to the small of the stock4 ,illustration ,each rear rank man moves to the right front1 takes a similar position opposite the interval to the right of his front rank man1 muzzle of the piece extending beyond the front rank and loads4 ,a skirmish line may load while moving1 the pieces being held as nearly as practicable in the position of load4 ,illustration ,if kneeling or sitting1 the position of the piece is similar2 if kneeling1 the left forearm rests on the left thigh2 ,illustration if sitting the elbows are supported by the knees4 ,illustration ,if lying down1 the left hand steadies and supports the piece at the balance1 the toe of the butt resting on the ground1 the muzzle off the ground4 ,for reference1 these positions 7standing1 kneeling1 and lying down7 are designated as that of load4 7,for ,krag rifle as prescribed in #gja47 7#aci7 #ahf4 ,for instruction in loading3 #a4 ,simulate1 #b4 ,,load4 ,executed as above described except that the cut-off remains off and the handling of cartridges is simulated4 ,the recruits are first taught to simulate loading and firing2 after a few lessons dummy cartridges may be used4 ,later1 blank cartridges may be used4 7#adj7 ,the rifle may be used as a single loader by turning the magazine off4 ,the magazine may be filled in whole or in part while off or on by pressing cartridges singly down and back until they are in the proper place4 ,the use of the rifle as a single loader is1 however1 to be regarded as exceptional4 7,explained for ,krag rifle in par4 #gjb47 7#ada7 ,to ,unload #ahg4 ,,unload4 ,take the position of load1 turn the safety lock up and move bolt alternately back and forward until all the cartridges are ejected4 ,after the last cartridge is ejected the chamber is closed by first thrusting the bolt slightly forward to free it from the stud holding it in place when the chamber is open1 pressing the follower down and back to engage it under the bolt and then thrusting the bolt home2 the trigger is pulled4 ,the cartridges are then picked up1 cleaned1 and returned to the belt and the piece is brought to the order4 7,explained in par4 #gjc for ,krag rifle47 7#adb7 ,to ,set the ,sight #ahh4 ,,range1 ,,eleven ,,hundred 7,,eight-,,fifty1 etc471 or ,,battle ,,sight4 ,the sight is set at the elevation indicated4 ,the instructor explains and verifies sight settings4 7#adc7 ,to ,fire by ,volley #ahi4 #a4 ,ready1 #b4 ,,aim1 #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,fire4 ,illustration ,at the command ready turn the safety lock to the ready2 ,illustration at the command aim raise the piece with both hands and support the butt firmly against the hollow of the right shoulder1 right thumb clasping the stock1 barrel horizontal1 left elbow well under the piece1 right elbow as high as the shoulder2 incline the head slightly forward and a little to the right1 cheek against the stock1 ,illustration left eye closed1 right eye looking through the notch of the rear sight so as to perceive the object aimed at1 second joint of the forefinger resting lightly against the front of the trigger and taking up the slack2 top of front sight is carefully raised into1 and held in1 the line of sight4 ,illustration ,each rear-rank man aims through the interval to the right of his file leader and leans slightly forward to advance the muzzle of his piece beyond the front rank4 ,illustration ,in aiming kneeling1 the left elbow rests on the left knee1 point of elbow in front of kneecap4 ,illustration ,in aiming sitting1 the elbows are supported by the knees4 ,illustration ,in aiming1 lying down1 raise the piece with both hands2 rest on both elbows and press the butt firmly against the right shoulder4 ,at the command fire press the finger against the trigger2 fire without deranging the aim and without lowering or turning the piece2 lower the piece in the position of load and load4 7#add7 ,to continue the firing3 #a4 ,,aim1 #b4 ,squad1 #c4 ,,fire4 ,each command is executed as previously explained4 ,load 7from magazine7 is executed by drawing back and thrusting home the bolt with the right hand1 leaving the safety lock at the ready4 7#ade7 ,to ,fire at ,will #aij4 ,,fire ,,at ,,will4 ,each man1 independently of the others1 comes to the ready1 aims carefully and deliberately at the aiming point or target1 fires1 loads1 and continues the firing until ordered to suspend or cease firing4 7#adf7 #aia4 ,to increase 7decrease7 the rate of fire in progress the instructor shouts3 ,,faster 7,,slower74 ,men are trained to fire at the rate of about three shots per minute at effective ranges and five or six at close ranges1 devoting the minimum of time to loading and the maximum to deliberate aiming4 ,to illustrate the necessity for deliberation1 and to habituate men to combat conditions1 small and comparatively indistinct targets are designated4 7#adg7 ,to ,fire by ,clip #aib4 ,,clip ,,fire4 ,executed in the same manner as fire at will1 except that each man1 after having exhausted the cartridges then in the piece1 suspends firing4 7,for ,krag rifle see par4 #gjd47 7#adh7 ,to ,suspend ,firing #aic4 ,the instructor blows a long blast of the whistle and repeats same1 if necessary1 or commands3 ,,suspend ,,firing4 ,firing stops2 pieces are held1 loaded and locked1 in a position of readiness for instant resumption of firing1 rear sights unchanged4 ,the men continue to observe the target or aiming point1 or the place at which the target disappeared1 or at which it is expected to reappear4 ,this whistle signal may be used as a preliminary to cease firing4 7#adi7 ,to ,cease ,firing #aid4 ,,cease ,,firing4 ,firing stops2 pieces not already there are brought to the position of load2 those not loaded1 are loaded2 sights are laid1 pieces are locked and brought to the order4 ,cease firing is used for long pauses1 to prepare for changes of position1 or to steady the men4 7,for ,krag rifle see par4 #gje47 7#aej7 ,commands for suspending or ceasing fire may be given at any time after the preparatory command for firing whether the firing has actually commenced or not4 7#aea7 ,the ,use of ,cover #aie4 ,individual instruction2 things to be impressed upon the recruit4 ,the recruit should be given careful instruction in the individual use of cover4 7#aeb7 ,it should be impressed upon him that1 in taking advantage of natural cover1 he must be able to fire easily and effectively upon the enemy2 if advancing on an enemy1 he must do so steadily and as rapidly as possible2 he must conceal himself as much as possible while firing and while advancing4 ,while setting his sight he should be under cover or lying prone4 #aif4 ,practice in simulated firing from behind hillocks1 trees1 etc42 firing around right side of concealment4 ,to teach him to fire easily and effectively1 at the same time concealing himself from the view of the enemy1 he is practiced in simulated firing in the prone1 sitting1 kneeling1 and crouching positions1 from behind hillocks1 trees1 heaps of earth or rocks1 from depressions1 gullies1 ditches1 doorways1 or windows4 ,he is taught to fire around the right side of his concealment whenever possible1 or1 when this is not possible1 to rise enough to fire over the top of his concealment4 ,when these details are understood1 he is required to select cover with reference to an assumed enemy and to place himself behind it in proper position for firing4 7#aec7 #aig4 ,evil of remaining too long in one place2 advancing from cover to cover by running1 crawling1 etc4 ,the evil of remaining too long in one place1 however good the concealment1 should be explained4 ,he should be taught to advance from cover to cover1 selecting cover in advance before leaving his concealment4 ,it should be impressed upon him that a man running rapidly toward an enemy furnishes a poor target4 ,he should be trained in springing from a prone position behind concealment1 running at top speed to cover and throwing himself behind it4 ,he should also be practiced in advancing from cover to cover by crawling1 or by lying on the left side1 rifle grasped in the right hand1 and pushing himself forward with the right leg4 7#aed7 #aih4 ,action when fired on while acting independently4 ,he should be taught that1 when fired on while acting independently1 he should drop to the ground1 seek cover1 and then endeavor to locate his enemy4 7#aee7 #aii4 ,proper advance and effectiveness of fire of greater importance than cover4 ,the instruction of the recruit in the use of cover is continued in the combat exercises of the company1 but he must then be taught that the proper advance of the platoon or company and the effectiveness of its fire is of greater importance than the question of cover for individuals4 ,he should also be taught that he may not move about or shift his position in the firing line except the better to see the target4 7#aef7 ,observation #bjj4 ,importance of observation2 training of recruit4 ,the ability to use his eyes accurately is of great importance to the soldier4 ,the recruit should be trained in observing his surroundings from positions and when on the march4 ,he should be practiced in pointing out and naming military features of the ground2 in distinguishing between living beings2 in counting distant groups of objects or beings2 in recognizing colors and forms4 7#aeg7 #bja4 ,training in mechanism of firing line and estimating distance4 ,in the training of men in the mechanism of the firing line1 they should be practiced in repeating to one another target and aiming point designations and in quickly locating and pointing out a designated target4 ,they should be taught to distinguish1 from a prone position1 distant objects1 particularly troops1 both with the naked eye and with field glasses4 ,similarly1 they should be trained in estimating distances4 7#aeh7 ,,school ,,of ,,the ,,company #bjb4 ,captain responsible for instruction of officers and noncommissioned officers4 ,the captain is responsible for the theoretical and practical instruction of his officers and noncommissioned officers1 not only in the duties of their respective grades1 but in those of the next higher grades4 7#aei7 #bjc4 ,formation of company in double rank1 according to height2 division into squads4 ,the company in line is formed in double rank with the men arranged1 as far as practicable1 according to height from right to left1 the tallest on the right4 ,the original division into squads is effected by the command3 ,,count ,,off4 ,the squads1 successively1 from the right1 count off as in the ,school of the ,squad1 as explained in par4 #aec1 corporals placing themselves as ,nos4 #d of the front rank4 ,if the left squad contains less than six men1 it is either increased to that number by transfers from other squads or is broken up and its members assigned to other squads and posted in the line of file closers4 ,these squad organizations are maintained1 by transfers if necessary1 until the company becomes so reduced in numbers as to necessitate a new division into squads4 ,no squad will contain less than six men4 7#afj7 #bjd4 ,division of company into platoons4 ,the company is further divided into two1 three or four platoons1 each consisting of not less than two1 nor more than four squads4 ,in garrison or ceremonies the strength of platoons may exceed four squads4 7#afa7 #bje4 ,designation of squads and platoons4 ,at the formation of the company the platoons or squads are numbered consecutively from right to left and these designations do not change4 ,for convenience in giving commands and for reference1 the designations1 right1 center1 left1 when in line1 and leading1 center1 rear1 when in column1 are applied to platoons or squads4 ,these designations apply to the actual right1 left1 center1 head1 or rear1 in whatever direction the company may be facing4 ,the center squad is the middle or right middle squad of the company4 ,the designation ,so-and-so's squad or platoon may also be used4 7#afb7 #bjf4 ,assignment of platoons2 assignment of guides4 ,platoons are assigned to the lieutenants and noncommissioned officers1 in order of rank1 as follows3 #a1 right2 #b1 left2 #c1 center 7right center72 #d1 left center4 ,illustration3 ,plate ,,ii ,the noncommissioned officers next in rank are assigned as guides1 one to each platoon4 ,if sergeants still remain1 they are assigned to platoons as additional guides4 ,when the platoon is deployed1 its guide1 or guides1 accompany the platoon leader4 ,during battle1 these assignments are not changed2 vacancies are filled by noncommissioned officers of the platoon1 or by the nearest available officers or noncommissioned officers arriving with reenforcing troops4 7#afc7 #bjg4 ,post of first sergeant1 quartermaster sergeant and musicians4 ,the first sergeant is never assigned as a guide4 ,when not commanding a platoon1 he is posted as a file closer opposite the third file from the outer flank of the first platoon2 and when the company is deployed he accompanies the captain4 ,the quartermaster sergeant1 when present1 is assigned according to his rank as a sergeant4 ,enlisted men below the grade of sergeant1 armed with the rifle are in ranks unless serving as guides2 when not so armed they are posted in the line of file closers4 ,musicians1 when required to play1 are at the head of the column4 ,when the company is deployed1 they accompany the captain1 and perform the duties laid down in par4 #bgb4 7#afd7 #bjh4 ,certain movements executed by company and by platoon as prescribed in ,schools of the ,soldier and the ,squad4 ,the company executes the halt1 rests1 facings1 steps1 and marchings1 manual of arms1 loadings1 and firings1 takes intervals and distances and assembles1 increases and diminishes intervals1 resumes attention1 obliques1 resumes the direct march1 preserves alignments1 kneels1 lies down1 rises1 stacks1 and takes arms1 as explained in the ,schools of the ,soldier and the ,squad1 substituting in the commands company for squad4 ,the same rule applies to platoons1 detachments1 details1 etc41 substituting their designation for squad in the commands4 ,in the same manner these execute the movements prescribed for the company1 whenever possible1 substituting their designation for company in the commands4 7#afe7 #bji4 ,depleted company led as platoon4 ,a company so depleted as to make division into platoons impracticable is led by the captain as a single platoon1 but retains the designation of company4 ,the lieutenants and first sergeant assist in fire control2 the other sergeants place themselves in the firing line as skirmishers4 7#aff7 ,,close ,,order ,rules #baj4 ,platoon guides4 ,the guides of the right and left1 or leading and rear1 platoons1 are the right and left1 or leading and rear1 guides1 respectively1 of the company when it is in line or in column of squads4 ,other guides are in the line of file closers4 ,in platoon movements the post of the platoon guide is at the head of the platoon1 if the platoon is in column1 and on the guiding flank if in line4 ,when a platoon has two guides their original assignment to flanks of the platoon does not change4 7#afg7 #baa4 ,guides of a column of squads2 changing guides and file closers to opposite flank4 ,the guides of a column of squads place themselves on the flank opposite the file closers4 ,to change the guides and file closers to the other flank1 the captain commands3 #a4 ,file closers on left 7right7 flank2 #b4 ,,march4 ,the file closers dart through the column2 the captain and guides change4 ,in the column of squads1 each rank preserves the alignment toward the side of the guide4 7#afh7 #bab4 ,file closers do not execute loadings or firings2 execution of manual of arms and other movements4 ,men in the line of file closers do not execute the loadings or firings4 ,guides and enlisted men in the line of file closers execute the manual of arms during the drill unless specially excused1 when they remain at the order4 ,during ceremonies they execute all movements4 7#afi7 #bac4 ,action of guides in taking intervals and distances4 ,in taking intervals and distances1 unless otherwise directed1 the right and left guides1 at the first command1 place themselves in the line of file closers1 and1 with them1 take a distance of #d paces from the rear rank4 ,in taking intervals1 at the command march1 the file closers face to the flank and each steps off with the file nearest him4 ,in assembling the guides and file closers resume their position in line4 7#agj7 #bad4 ,repetition of commands by platoon leaders in platoon drill4 ,in movements executed simultaneously by platoons 7as platoons right or platoons1 column right71 platoon leaders repeat the preparatory command 7platoon right1 etc471 applicable to their respective platoons4 ,the command of execution is given by the captain only4 7#aga7 ,to ,form the ,company #bae4 ,at the sounding of the assembly the first sergeant takes position #f paces in front of where the center of the company is to be1 faces it1 draws saber1 and commands3 ,,fall ,,in4 ,the right guide of the company places himself1 facing to the front1 where the right of the company is to rest1 and at such point that the center of the company will be #f paces from and opposite the first sergeant2 the squads form in their proper places on the left of the right guide1 superintended by the other sergeants1 who then take their posts4 ,the first sergeant commands3 ,,report4 ,remaining in position at the order1 the squad leaders1 in succession from right1 salute and report3 ,all present2 or1 ,private7s7 ---- absent4 ,the first sergeant does not return the salutes of the squad leaders2 he then commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,order1 #d4 ,,arms1 faces about1 salutes the captain1 reports3 ,sir1 all present or accounted for1 or the names of the unauthorized absentees1 and1 without command1 takes his post4 ,if the company can not be formed by squads1 the first sergeant commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,right shoulder1 #d4 ,,arms1 and calls the roll4 ,each man1 as his name is called1 answers here and executes order arms4 ,the sergeant then effects the division into squads and reports the company as prescribed above4 ,the captain places himself #ab paces in front of the center of1 and facing1 the company in time to receive the report of the first sergeant1 whose salute he returns1 and then draws saber4 ,the lieutenants take their posts when the first sergeant has reported and draw saber with the captain4 ,the company1 if not under arms1 is formed in like manner omitting reference to arms4 7#agb7 #baf4 ,for the instruction of platoon leaders and guides1 the company1 when small1 may be formed in single rank4 ,in this formation close order movements only are executed4 ,the single rank executes all movements as explained for the front rank of a company4 7#agc7 ,to ,dismiss the ,company #bag4 ,being in line at a halt1 the captain directs the first sergeant3 ,dismiss the company4 ,the officers fall out2 the first sergeant places himself faced to the front1 #c paces to the front and #b paces from the nearest flank of the company1 salutes1 faces toward opposite flank of the company and commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,port1 #d4 ,,arms1 #e4 ,,dismissed4 7#agd7 ,alignments #bah4 ,the alignments are executed as prescribed in the ,school of the ,squad1 the guide being established instead of the flank file4 ,the rear-rank man of the flank file keeps his head and eyes to the front and covers his file leader4 ,at each alignment the captain places himself in prolongation of the line1 #b paces from and facing the flank toward which the dress is made1 verifies the alignment1 and commands3 ,,front4 ,platoon leaders take a like position when required to verify alignments4 7#age7 ,movements on the ,fixed ,pivot #bai4 ,being in line1 to turn the company3 #a4 ,company right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt2 or1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march4 ,at the second command the right-flank man#a in the front rank faces to the right in marching and marks time2 the other front-rank men oblique to the right1 place themselves abreast of the pivot1 and mark time2 in the rear rank the third man from the right1 followed in column by the second and first1 moves straight to the front until in rear of his front-rank man1 when all face to the right in marching and mark time2 the remaining men of the rear rank move straight to the front #d paces1 oblique to the right1 place themselves abreast of the third man1 cover their file leaders1 and mark time1 the right guide steps back1 takes post on the flank1 and marks time4 ,illustration ,the fourth command is given when the last man is #a pace in rear of the new line4 ,the command halt may be given at any time after the movement begins2 only those halt who are in the new position4 ,each of the others halts upon arriving on the line1 aligns himself to the right1 and executes front without command4 7#agf7 #bbj4 ,being in line1 to form column of platoons1 or the reverse3 #a4 ,platoons right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt2 or1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,line ,,to ,,column ,,of ,,platoons4 ,executed by each platoon as described for the company4 ,before forming line the captain sees that the guides on the flank toward which the movement is to be executed are covering4 ,this is effected by previously announcing the guide to that flank4 7#agg7 #bba4 ,being in line1 to form column of squads1 or the reverse2 or1 being in line of platoons1 to form column of platoons1 or the reverse3 #a4 ,squads right 7left71 #b4 ,,march2 or1 #a4 ,squads right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,line ,,to ,,column ,,of ,,squads4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,line ,,of ,,platoons ,,to ,,column ,,of ,,platoons4 ,executed by each squad as described in the ,school of the ,squad4 ,if the company or platoons be formed in line toward the side of the file closers1 they dart through the column and take posts in rear of the company at the second command4 ,if the column of squads be formed from line1 the file closers take posts on the pivot flank1 abreast of and #d inches from the nearest rank4 7#agh7 ,movements on the ,moving ,pivot #bbb4 ,being in line1 to change direction3 #a4 ,right 7,left7 turn1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,executed as described in the ,school of the ,squad1 except that the men do not glance toward the marching flank and that all take the full step at the fourth command4 ,the right guide is the pivot of the front rank4 ,each rear-rank man obliques on the same ground as his file leader4 7#agi7 #bbc4 ,being in column of platoons1 to change direction3 #a4 ,column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,at the first command the leader of the leading platoon commands3 ,right turn4 ,at the command march the leading platoon turns to the right on moving pivot2 its leader commands3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march1 on completion of the turn4 ,rear platoons march squarely up to the turning point of the leading platoons and turn at command of their leaders4 7#ahj7 #bbd4 ,being in column of squads1 to change direction3 #a4 ,column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,at the second command the front rank of the leading squad turns to the right on moving pivot as in the ,school of the ,squad2 the other ranks1 without command turn successively on the same ground and in a similar manner4 7#aha7 #bbe4 ,being in column of squads1 to form line of platoons or the reverse3 #a4 ,platoons1 column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,column ,,of ,,squads ,,to ,,line ,,of ,,platoons4 ,executed by each platoon as described for the company4 7#ahb7 #bbf4 ,being in line1 to form column of squads and change direction3 #a4 ,squads right 7left71 column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march2 or1 #a4 ,right 7,left7 by squads1 #b4 ,,march4 ,in the first case the right squad initiates the column right as soon as it has completed the squad right4 ,illustration3 ,,squads ,,right ,,column ,,right4 ,in the second case1 at the command march1 the right squad marches forward2 the remainder of the company executes squads right1 column left1 and follows the right squad4 ,the right guide1 when he has posted himself in front of the squad1 takes four short steps1 then resumes the full step2 the right quad conforms4 7#ahc7 ,illustration3 ,,right ,,by ,,squads4 #bbg4 ,being in line1 to form line of platoons3 #a4 ,squads right 7left71 platoons1 column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march2 or1 #a4 ,platoons1 right 7left7 by squads1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,line ,,to ,,line ,,of ,,platoons4 ,executed by each platoon as described for the company in the preceding paragraph4 7#ahd7 ,facing or ,marching to the ,rear #bbh4 ,being in line1 line of platoons1 or in column of platoons or squads1 to face or march to the rear3 #a4 ,squads right 7left7 about1 #b4 ,,march2 or1 #a4 ,squad right 7left7 about1 #b4 ,,march2 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,executed by each squad as described in the ,school of the ,squad4 ,if the company or platoons be in column of squads1 the file closers turn about toward the column1 and take their posts2 if in line1 each darts through the nearest interval between squads4 7#ahe74 #bbi4 ,to march to the rear for a few paces3 #a4 ,about1 #b4 ,,face1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march4 ,if in line1 the guides place themselves in the rear rank1 now the front rank2 the file closers1 on facing about1 maintain their relative positions4 ,no other movement is executed until the line is faced to the original front4 7#ahf7 ,on ,right 7,left7 ,into ,line #bcj4 ,being in column of platoons or squads1 to form line on right or left3 #a4 ,on right 7left7 into line1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt1 #e4 ,,front4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,column ,,of ,,platoons ,,to ,,line ,,on ,,right4 ,at the first command the leader of the leading unit commands3 ,right turn4 ,the leaders of the other units command3 ,forward1 if at a halt4 ,at the second command the leading unit turns to the right on moving pivot4 ,the command halt is given when the leading unit has advanced the desired distance in the new direction2 it halts2 its leader then commands3 ,right dress4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,column ,,of ,,squads ,,to ,,line ,,on ,,right4 ,the units in rear continue to march straight to the front2 each1 when opposite the right of its place in line1 executes right turn at the command of its leader2 each is halted on the line at the command of its leader1 who then commands3 ,right dress4 ,all dress on the first unit in line4 ,if executed in double time1 the leading squad marches in double time until halted4 7#ahg7 ,front ,into ,line #bca4 ,being in column of platoons or squads1 to form line to the front3 #a4 ,right 7,left7 front into line1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt1 #e4 ,,front4 ,at the first command the leaders of the units in rear of the leading one command3 ,right oblique4 ,if at a halt1 the leader of the leading unit commands3 ,forward4 ,at the second command the leading unit moves straight forward2 the rear units oblique as indicated4 ,the command halt is given when the leading unit has advanced the desired distance2 it halts2 its leader then commands3 ,left dress4 ,each of the rear units1 when opposite its place in line1 resumes the original direction at the command of its leader2 each is halted on the line at the command of its leader1 who then commands3 ,left dress4 ,all dress on the first unit in line4 7#ahh7 #bcb4 ,being in column of squads to form column of platoons1 or being line of platoons1 to form the company in line3 #a4 ,platoons1 right 7left7 front into line1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt1 #e4 ,,front4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,column ,,of ,,squads ,,to ,,line ,,to ,,the ,,front4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,column ,,of ,,platoons ,,to ,,line ,,to ,,the ,,front4 ,executed by each platoon as described for the company4 ,in forming the company in line1 the dress is on the left squad of the left platoon4 ,if forming column of platoons1 platoon leaders verify the alignment before taking their posts2 the captain commands front when the alignments have been verified4 ,when front into line is executed in double time the commands for halting and aligning are omitted and the guide is toward the side of the first unit in line4 7#ahi7 ,at ,ease and ,route ,step #bcc4 ,the column of squads is the habitual column of route1 but route step and at ease are applicable to any marching formation4 7#aij7 ,to march at route step3 #a4 ,route step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,sabers are carried at will or in the scabbard2 the men carry their pieces at will1 keeping the muzzles elevated2 they are not required to preserve silence1 nor to keep the step4 ,the ranks cover and preserve their distance4 ,if halted from route step1 the men stand at rest4 7#aia7 ,to march at ease3 #a4 ,at ease1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the company marches as in route step1 except that silence is preserved2 when halted1 the men remain at ease4 7#aib7 ,marching at route step or at ease3 #a4 ,company1 #b4 ,,attention4 ,at the command attention the pieces are brought to the right shoulder and the cadenced step in quick time is resumed4 7#aic7 ,to ,diminish ,the ,front of ,a ,column of ,squads #bcd4 ,being in column of squads3 #a4 ,right 7left7 by twos1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,at the command march all files except the two right files of the leading squad execute in place halt2 the two left files of the leading squad oblique to the right when disengaged and follow the right files at the shortest practicable distance4 ,the remaining squads follow successively in like manner4 7#aid7 #bce4 ,being in column of squads or twos3 #a4 ,right 7,left7 by file1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,at the command march1 all files execute in place halt except the right file of the leading two or squad4 ,the left file or files of the leading two or squad oblique successively to the right when disengaged and each follows the file on its right at the shortest practicable distance4 ,the remaining twos or squads follow successively in like manner4 7#aie7 ,being in column of files or twos1 to form column of squads2 or1 being in column of files1 to form column of twos3 #a4 ,squads 7,twos71 right 7left7 front into line1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 the leading file or files halt4 ,the remainder of the squad1 or two1 obliques to the right and halts on line with the leading file or files4 ,the remaining squads or twos close up and successively form in rear of the first in like manner4 ,illustration ,this diagram illustrates a squad executing ,,left front into line4 ,the movement described in this paragraph will be ordered right or left1 so as to restore the files to their normal relative positions in the two or squad4 7#aif7 ,the movements prescribed in the three preceding paragraphs are difficult of execution at attention and have no value as disciplinary exercises4 7#aig7 ,,extended ,,order ,rules for ,deployment #bcf4 ,designation of base squads4 ,the command guide right 7left or center7 indicates the base squad for the deployment2 if in line it designates the actual right 7left or center7 squad2 if in column the command guide right 7left7 designates the leading squad1 and the command guide center designates the center squad1 as laid down in par4 #bje4 ,after the deployment is completed1 the guide is center without command1 unless otherwise ordered4 7#aii7 #bcg4 ,action of squad leaders at preparatory command for forming skirmish line4 ,at the preparatory command for forming skirmish line1 from either column of squads or line1 each squad leader 7except the leader of the base squad1 when his squad does not advance7 cautions his squad1 follow me or by the right 7left7 flank1 as the case may be2 at the command march1 he steps in front of his squad and leads it to its place in line1 as explained in par4 #afi4 7#bjj7 #bch4 ,point on which base squad marches4 ,having given the command for forming skirmish line1 the captain1 if necessary1 indicates to the corporal of the base squad the point on which the squad is to march2 the corporal habitually looks to the captain for such directions4 7#bja7 #bci4 ,deployment of the squads4 ,the base squad 7par4 #aii7 is deployed as soon as it has sufficient interval4 ,the other squads are deployed as they arrive on the general line2 each corporal halts in his place in line and commands or signals1 as skirmishers 7executed as prescribed in par4 #agj72 the squad deploys and halts abreast of him4 ,if tactical considerations demand it1 the squad is deployed before arriving on the line4 7#bjb7 #bdj4 ,alignment of deployed lines2 deployed line faces to front on halting4 ,deployed lines preserve a general alignment toward the guide1 as prescribed in par4 #fe4 ,within their respective fronts1 individuals or units march so as best to secure cover or to facilitate the advance1 but the general and orderly progress of the whole is paramount4 ,on halting1 a deployed line faces to the front 7direction of the enemy7 in all cases and takes advantage of cover1 the men lying down if necessary4 7#bjc7 #bda4 ,certain movements in extended order executed by same commands as in close order4 ,the company in skirmish line advances1 halts1 moves by the flank1 or to the rear1 obliques1 resumes the direct march1 passes from quick to double time and the reverse by the same commands and in a similar manner as in close order2 if at a halt1 the movement by the flank or to the rear is executed by the same commands as when marching4 ,company right 7left1 half right1 half left7 is executed as explained for the front rank 7in par4 #afe7 skirmish intervals being maintained4 7,see par4 #aga47 7#bjd7 #bdb4 ,deployment of platoons and detachments4 ,a platoon or other part of the company is deployed and marched in the same manner as the company1 substituting in the commands1 platoon 7detachments1 etc471 for company4 7#bje7 ,deployments 7,see pars4 #agj-agb47 #bdc4 ,being in line1 to form skirmish line to the front3 #a4 ,as skirmishers1 guide right 7left or center71 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,if marching1 the corporal of the base squad moves straight to the front2 when that squad has advanced the desired distance1 the captain commands3 #a4 ,company1 #b4 ,,halt4 ,if the guide be right 7left71 the other corporals move to the left 7right7 front1 and1 in succession from the base1 place their squads on the line2 if the guide be center1 the other corporals move to the right or left front1 according as they are on the right or left of the center squad1 and in succession from the center squad place their squads on the line4 ,if at a halt1 the base squad is deployed without advancing2 the other squads may be conducted to their proper places by the flank2 interior squads may be moved when squads more distant from the base have gained comfortable marching distance4 7#bjf7 #bdd4 ,being in column of squads1 to form skirmish line to the front3 #a4 ,as skirmishers1 guide right 7left or center71 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,,guide ,,right4 ,illustration3 ,,guide ,,center 7,,marching74 ,illustration3 ,,guide ,,center 7,,at ,a ,,halt74 ,if marching1 the corporal of the base squad deploys it and moves straight to the front2 if at a halt1 he deploys his squad without advancing4 ,if the guide be right 7left71 the other corporals move to the left 7right7 front1 and1 in succession from the base1 place their squads on the line2 if the guide be center1 the corporals in front of the center squad move to the right 7if at a halt1 to the right rear71 the corporals in rear of the center squad move to the left front1 and each1 in succession from the base1 places his squad on the line4 ,the column of twos or files is deployed by the same commands and in like manner4 7#bjg7 #bde4 ,deployment in an oblique direction4 ,the company in line or in column of squads may be deployed in an oblique direction by the same commands4 ,the captain points out the desire direction2 the corporal of the base squad moves in the direction indicated2 the other corporals conform4 7#bjh7 #bdf4 ,deployment to flank or rear4 ,to form skirmish line to the flank or rear the line or the column of squads is turned by squads to the flank or rear and then deployed as described4 7#bji7 #bdg4 ,increasing or decreasing intervals4 ,the intervals between men are increased or decreased as described in the ,school of the ,squad1 as explained in par4 #agb1 adding to the preparatory command1 guide right 7left or center7 if necessary1 as explained in par4 #bcf4 7#baj7 ,the ,assembly #bdh4 ,the captain takes his post in front of1 or designates1 the element on which the company is to assemble and commands3 #a4 ,assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,if in skirmish line the men move promptly toward the designated point and the company is reformed in line4 ,if assembled by platoons1 these are conducted to the designated point by platoon leaders1 and the company is reformed in line4 ,platoons may be assembled by the command3 #a4 ,platoons1 assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,executed by each platoon as described for the company4 ,one or more platoons may be assembled by the command3 #a4 ,such platoon 7s71 assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,executed by the designated platoon or platoons as described for the company4 7#baa7 ,the ,advance #bdi4 ,methods of advancing4 ,the advance of a company into an engagement 7whether for attack or defense7 is conducted in close order1 preferably column of squads1 until the probability of encountering hostile fire makes it advisable to deploy4 ,after deployment1 and before opening fire1 the advance of the company may be continued in skirmish line or other suitable formation1 depending upon circumstances4 ,the advance may often be facilitated1 or better advantage taken of cover1 or losses reduced by the employment of the platoon or squad columns1 as laid down in pars4 #bej-bea1 or by the use of a succession of thin lines1 as explained in par4 #bee4 ,the selection of the method to be used is made by the captain or major1 the choice depending upon conditions arising during the progress of the advance4 ,if the deployment is found to be premature1 it will generally be best to assemble the company and proceed in close order4 ,patrols are used to provide the necessary security against surprise4 7#bab7 #bej4 ,being in skirmish line3 #a4 ,platoon columns1 #b ,,march4 ,illustration ,the platoon leaders move forward through the center of their respective platoons2 men to the right of the platoon leader march to the left and follow him in file2 those to the left march in like manner to the right2 each platoon leader thus conducts the march of his platoon in double column of files2 platoon guides follow in rear of their respective platoons to insure prompt and orderly execution of the advance4 7#bac7 #bea4 ,being in skirmish line3 #a4 ,squad columns1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,each squad leader moves to the front2 the members of each squad oblique toward and follow their squad leader in single file at easy marching distances4 7#bad7 #beb4 ,platoon columns are profitably used where the ground is so difficult or cover so limited as to make it desirable to take advantage of the few favorable routes2 no two platoons should march within the area of burst of a single shrapnel#b4 ,squad columns are of value principally in facilitating the advance over rough or brush-grown ground2 they afford no material advantage in securing cover4 7#bae7 #bec4 ,to deploy platoon or squad columns3 #a4 ,as skirmishers1 #b4 ,,march4 ,skirmishers move to the right or left front and successively place themselves in their original positions on the line4 7#baf7 ,illustration #bed4 ,being in platoon or squad columns3 #a4 ,assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,,assembly ,,made ,,on ,,right ,,platoon4 ,illustration3 ,,assembly ,,made ,,on ,,right ,,squad4 ,the platoon or squad leaders signal assemble4 ,the men of each platoon or squad1 as the case may be1 advance and1 moving to the right and left1 take their proper places in line1 each unit assembling on the leading element of the column and re-forming in line4 ,the platoon or squad leaders conduct their units toward the element or point indicated by the captain1 and to their places in line2 the company is reformed in line4 7#bag7 #bee4 ,being in skirmish line1 to advance by a succession of thin lines3 #a4 7,such numbers71 forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the captain points out in advance the selected position in front of the line occupied4 ,the designated number of each squad moves to the front2 the line thus formed preserves the original intervals as nearly as practicable2 when this line has advanced a suitable distance 7generally from #ajj to #bej yards1 depending upon the terrain and the character of the hostile fire71 a second is sent forward by similar commands1 and so on at irregular distances until the whole line has advanced4 ,upon arriving at the indicated position1 the first line is halted4 ,successive lines1 upon arriving1 halt on line with the first and the men take their proper places in the skirmish line4 ,ordinarily each line is made up of one man per squad and the men of a squad are sent forward in order from right to left as deployed4 ,the first line is led by the platoon leader of the right platoon1 the second by the guide of the right platoon1 and so on in order from right to left4 ,the advance is conducted in quick time unless conditions demand a faster gait4 ,the company having arrived at the indicated position1 a further advance by the same means may be advisable4 7#bah7 #bef4 ,use and purpose of advance in succession of thin lines4 ,the advance in a succession of thin lines is used to cross a wide stretch swept1 or likely to be swept1 by artillery fire or heavy1 long-range rifle fire which cannot profitably be returned4 ,its purpose is the building up of a strong skirmish line preparatory to engaging in a fire fight4 ,this method of advancing results in serious 7though temporary7 loss of control over the company4 ,its advantage lies in the fact that it offers a less definite target1 hence is less likely to draw fire4 7#bai7 #beg4 ,improvised formations4 ,the above are suggestions4 ,other and better formations may be devised to fit particular cases4 ,the best formation is the one which advances the line farthest with the least loss of men1 time1 and control4 7#bbj7 ,the ,fire ,attack #beh4 ,advance of firing line2 advance by rushes4 ,the principles governing the advance of the firing line in attack are considered in the ,school of the ,battalion4 7,see par4 #cdb-cef47 ,when it becomes impracticable for the company to advance as whole by ordinary means1 it advances by rushes4 7#bba7 #bei4 ,advancing by rushes4 ,being in skirmish line3 #a4 ,by platoon 7two platoons1 squad1 four men1 etc471 from the right 7left71 #b4 ,,rush4 ,the platoon leader on the indicated flank carefully arranges the details for a prompt and vigorous execution of the rush and puts it into effect as soon as practicable4 ,if necessary1 he designates the leader for the indicated fraction4 ,when about to rush1 he causes the men of the fraction to cease firing and to hold themselves flat1 but in readiness to spring forward instantly4 ,the leader of the rush 7at the signal of the platoon leader1 if the latter be not the leader of the rush7 commands3 ,follow me1 and running at top speed1 leads the fraction to the new line1 where he halts it and causes it to open fire4 ,the leader of the rush selects the new line if it has not been previously designated4 ,the first fraction having established itself on the new line1 the next like fraction is sent forward by its platoon leader1 without further command of the captain1 and so on successively1 until the entire company is on the line established by the first rush4 ,if more than one platoon is to join in one rush1 the junior platoon leader conforms to the action of the senior4 ,a part of the line having advanced1 the captain may increase or decrease the size of the fractions to complete the movement4 7#bbb7 #bfj4 ,rush of company as whole led by captain4 ,when the company forms a part of the firing line1 the rush of the company as a whole is conducted by the captain1 as described for a platoon in the preceding paragraph4 ,the captain leads the rush2 platoon leaders lead their respective platoons2 platoon guides follow the line to insure prompt and orderly execution of the advance4 7#bbc7 #bfa4 ,advance by crawling or otherwise4 ,when the foregoing method of rushing1 by running1 becomes impracticable1 any method of advance that brings the attack closer to the enemy1 such as crawling1 should be employed4 ,for regulations governing the charge1 see paragraphs #cee and #cef4 7#bbd7 7,all rushes should be made with life and ginger1 and all the men should start together4 ,all rushes should be made under covering fire1 and when a unit rushes forward the adjoining unit or units make up for the loss of fire thus caused by increasing the rate of their fire4 ,a unit commander about to rush forward1 will not do so until he sees that the adjoining unit or units have started to give him the protection of their covering fire and1 if necessary1 he will call to them to do so4 ,each unit must be careful not to advance until the last unit that rushed forward has had time to take up an effective fire4 ,when sights have to be adjusted at the conclusion of a rush1 the men should do so in the prone position even though it be necessary for the men to kneel for firing4 ,the same as the men who rush should start simultaneously from the prone position1 so should they stop simultaneously1 all men dropping down to the ground together1 wherever they may be1 at the command ,down1 given by the unit commander when the leading men have reached the new position4 ,the slower members who drop down in rear will crawl up to the line after the halt4 ,so that the slower members may not be crowded out of the line1 and also to prevent bunching1 the faster men should leave room for them on the line4--,author47 ,the ,company in ,support 7,being part of a battalion7 #bfb4 ,formations adopted by support4 ,to enable it to follow or reach the firing line1 the support adopts suitable formations1 following the principles explained in paragraphs #bdi-bee4 ,the support should be kept assembled as long as practicable4 ,if after deploying a favorable opportunity arises to hold it for some time in close formation1 it should be reassembled4 ,it is redeployed when necessary4 7#bbe7 #bfc4 ,support controlled by major3 size of reenforcement2 captain on look out for major's signals4 ,the movements of the support as a whole and the dispatch of reenforcements from it to the firing line are controlled by the major4 ,a reenforcement of less than one platoon has little influence and will be avoided whenever practicable4 7,see par4 #cec47 ,the captain of a company in support is constantly on the alert for the major's signals or commands4 7#bbf7 #bfd4 ,reenforcement to join firing line deployed as skirmishers and occupy existing intervals4 ,a reenforcement sent to the firing line joins it deployed as skirmishers4 ,the leader of the reenforcement places it in an interval in the line1 if one exists1 and commands it thereafter as a unit4 ,if no such suitable interval exists1 the reenforcement is advanced with increased intervals between skirmishers2 each man occupies the nearest interval in the firing line1 and each then obeys the orders of the nearest squad leader and platoon leader4 7#bbg7 #bfe4 ,promptness in reenforcing firing line4 ,a reenforcement joins the firing line as quickly as possible without exhausting the men4 7#bbh7 #bff4 ,original platoon divisions to be maintained2 duties of officers and sergeants upon joining firing line4 ,the original platoon division of the companies in the firing line should be maintained and should not be broken up by the mingling of reenforcements4 ,upon joining the firing line1 officers and sergeants accompanying a reenforcement take over the duties of others of like grade who have been disabled1 or distribute themselves so as best to exercise their normal functions4 ,conditions will vary and no rules can be prescribed4 ,it is essential that all assist in mastering the increasing difficulties of control4 7#bbi7 ,the ,company ,acting ,alone #bfg4 ,employed according to principles of battalion acting alone4 ,in general1 the company1 when acting alone1 is employed according to the principles applicable to the battalion acting alone as laid down in pars4 #cbg-cfc2 the captain employs platoons as the major employs companies1 making due allowance for the difference in strength4 ,the support may be smaller in proportion or may be dispensed with4 7#bcj7 #bfh4 ,protection against surprise4 ,the company must be well protected against surprise4 ,combat patrols on the flanks are especially important as explained in par4 #daj4 ,each leader of a flank platoon details a man to watch for the signals of the patrol or patrols on his flank4 7#bca7 ,,fire #bfi4 ,issuing of ammunition and loading of pieces before deployment2 firings in close order4 ,ordinarily pieces are loaded and extra ammunition is issued before the company deploys for combat4 ,in close order the company executes the firings1 as prescribed in pars4 #agi-aid1 at the command of the captain1 who posts himself in rear of the center of the company4 ,usually the firings in close order consist of saluting volleys only4 7,see par4 #ahi for volley firing47 7#bcb7 #bgj4 ,firing controlled by platoon leaders4 ,when the company is deployed1 the men execute the firings at the command of their platoon leaders2 the latter give such commands as are necessary to carry out the captain's directions1 and1 from time to time1 add such further commands as are necessary to continue1 correct1 and control1 the fire ordered4 7#bcc7 #bga4 ,use of signals during firing4 ,the voice is generally inadequate for giving commands during fire and must be replaced by signals of such character that proper fire direction and control is assured4 7,see par4 #ib for signals2 pars4 #bhe-bhf for fire direction and pars4 #bhg-bij for fire control47 ,to attract attention1 signals must usually be preceded by the whistle signal 7short blast74 ,a fraction of the firing line about to rush should1 if practicable1 avoid using the long blast signal as an aid to cease firing4 7,see par4 #ia47 ,officers and men behind the firing line can not ordinarily move freely along the line1 but must depend on mutual watchfulness and the proper use of the prescribed signals4 ,all should post themselves so as to see their immediate superiors and subordinates4 7#bcd7 #bgb4 ,duties of musicians4 ,the musicians assist the captain by observing the enemy1 the target1 and the fire-effect1 by transmitting commands or signals1 and by watching for signals4 7,for posts of musicians see par4 #bjg47 7#bce7 #bgc4 ,blank ,cartridges4 ,firing with blank cartridges at an outlined or represented enemy 7par4 #g7 at distances less than #ajj yards is prohibited4 7#bcf7 #bgd4 ,effect of fire and influence of ground4 ,the effect of fire and the influence of the ground in relation thereto1 and the individual and collective instruction in marksmanship1 are treated in the ,small-,arms ,firing ,manual4 7#bcg7 ,ranges #bge4 ,classification4 ,for convenience of reference1 ranges are classified as follows3 #j to #fjj yards1 close range4 #fjj to #a1bjj yards1 effective range4 #a1bjj to #b1jjj yards1 long range4 #b1jjj yards and over1 distant range4 7#bch7 #bgf4 ,determination of distance to target4 ,the distance to the target must be determined as accurately as possible and the sights set accordingly4 ,aside from training and morale1 this is the most important single factor in securing effective fire at the longer ranges4 7#bci7 #bgg4 ,method of determining the range2 estimators4 ,except in a deliberately prepared defensive position1 the most accurate and only practicable method of determining the range will generally be to take the mean of several estimates4 ,five or six officers or men1 selected from the most accurate estimators in the company1 are designated as range estimators and are specially trained in estimating distances4 ,whenever necessary and practicable1 the captain assembles the range estimators1 points out the target to them1 and adopts the mean of their estimates4 ,the range estimators then take their customary posts4 7#bdj7 ,classes of ,firing #bgh4 ,volley firing1 as explained in par4 #ahi1 has limited application4 ,in defense it may be used in the early stages of the action if the enemy presents a large compact target4 ,it may be used by troops executing fire of position1 as set forth in par4 #dch4 ,when the ground near the target is such that the strike of bullets can be seen from the firing line1 ranging volleys may be used to correct the sight setting4 ,in combat1 volley firing is executed habitually by platoon4 7#bda7 #bgi4 ,fire at will1 as explained in par4 #aij1 is the class of fire normally employed in attack or defense4 7#bdb7 #bhj4 ,clip fire 7see par4 #aib47 has limited application4 ,it is principally used3 #a4 ,in the early stages of combat1 to steady the men by habituating them to brief pauses in firing4 #b4 ,to produce a short burst of fire4 7#bdc7 ,the ,target #bha4 ,assignment of target by major2 change of target to be avoided2 hostile firing line usual target4 ,ordinarily the major will assign to the company an objective in attack or sector in defense2 the company's target will lie within the limits so assigned4 ,in the choice of target1 tactical considerations are paramount2 the nearest hostile troops within the objective or sector will thus be the usual target4 ,this will ordinarily be the hostile firing line2 troops in rear are ordinarily proper targets for artillery1 machine guns1 or1 at times1 infantry employing fire of position1 as set forth in par4 #dch4 ,change of target should not be made without excellent reasons therefor1 such as the sudden appearance of hostile troops under conditions which make them more to be feared than the troops comprising the former target4 7#bdd7 #bhb4 ,distribution of fire2 allotment of target to platoon leaders4 ,the distribution of fire over the entire target is of special importance4 ,the captain allots a part of the target to each platoon1 or each platoon leader takes as his target that part which corresponds to his position in the company4 ,men are so instructed that each fires on that part of the target which is directly opposite him4 7#bde7 #bhc4 ,all ,parts of target equally important4 ,all parts of the target are equally important4 ,care must be exercised that the men do not slight its less visible parts4 ,a section of the target not covered by fire represents a number of the enemy permitted to fire coolly and effectively4 7#bdf7 #bhd4 ,use of aiming points in case of invisible targets4 ,if the target can not be seen with the naked eye1 platoon leaders select an object in front of or behind it1 designate this as the aiming target1 and direct a sight setting which will carry the cone of fire into the target4 7#bdg7 ,fire ,direction#c #bhe4 ,impracticability in combat of commanding company directly4 ,when the company is large enough to be divided into platoons1 it is impracticable for the captain to command it directly in combat4 ,his efficiency in managing the firing line is measured by his ability to enforce his will through the platoon leaders4 ,having indicated clearly what he desires them to do1 he avoids interfering except to correct serious errors or omissions4 7#bdh7 #bhf4 ,captain directs the fire4 ,the captain directs the fire of the company or of designated platoons4 ,he designates the target1 and1 when practicable1 allots a part of the target to each platoon1 as prescribed in par4 #cdj4 ,before beginning the fire action he determines the range1 as explained in par4 #bgg1 announces the sight setting1 as prescribed in par4 #ahh1 and indicates the class of fire to be employed 7,see par4 #bgh7 and the time to open fire4 ,thereafter1 he observes the fire effect 7,see pars4 #dbh-dbi71 corrects material errors in sight setting1 prevents exhaustion of the ammunition supply1 as explained in par4 #dcb-dcc1 and causes the distribution of such extra ammunition as may be received from the rear4 7#bdi7 ,fire ,control #bhg4 ,platoon the fire unit4 ,in combat1 the platoon is the fire unit4 ,from #bj to #ce rifles are as many as one leader can control effectively4 7#bej7 #bhh4 ,special duties of platoon leaders4 ,each platoon leader puts into execution the commands or directions of the captain1 having first taken such precautions to insure correct sight setting and clear description of the target or aiming target as the situation permits or requires2 thereafter1 he gives such additional commands or directions as are necessary to exact compliance with the captain's will4 ,he corrects the sight setting when necessary4 ,he designates an aiming target when the target can not be seen with the naked eye4 7#bea7 #bhi4 ,general duties of platoon leaders2 duties of platoon guides and squad leaders4 ,in general1 platoon leaders observe the target and the effect of their fire and are on the alert for the captain's commands or signals2 they observe and regulate the rate of fire1 as laid down in par4 #aia4 ,the platoon guides watch the firing line and check every breach of fire discipline4 7,see pars4 #bia-bid47 ,squad leaders transmit commands and signals when necessary1 observe the conduct of their squads and abate excitement1 assist in enforcing fire discipline and participate in the firing4 7#beb7 #bij4 ,importance of fire control4 ,the best troops are those that submit longest to fire control4 ,loss of control is an evil which robs success of its greatest results4 ,to avoid or delay such loss should be the constant aim of all4 ,fire control implies the ability to stop firing1 change the sight setting and target1 and resume a well directed fire4 7#bec7 ,fire ,discipline #bia4 ,what fire discipline implies4 ,fire discipline implies1 besides a habit of obedience1 a control of the rifle by the soldier1 the result of training1 which will enable him in action to make hits instead of misses4 ,it embraces taking advantage of the ground2 care in setting the sight and delivery of fire2 constant attention to the orders of the leaders1 and careful observation of the enemy2 an increase of fire when the target is favorable1 and a cessation of fire when the enemy disappears2 economy of ammunition4 7,see pars4 #dcb-dcc47 7,small-,arms ,firing ,manual47 ,in combat1 shots which graze the enemy's trench or position and thus reduce the effectiveness of his fire have the approximate value of hits2 such shots only1 or actual hits1 contribute toward fire superiority4 ,fire discipline implies that1 in a firing line without leaders1 each man retains his presence of mind and directs effective fire upon the proper target4 7#bed7 #bib4 ,rate of fire4 ,to create a correct appreciation of the requirements of fire discipline1 men are taught that the rate of fire1 as prescribed in par4 #aia1 should be as rapid as is consistent with accurate aiming2 that the rate will depend upon the visibility1 proximity1 and size of the target2 and that the proper rate will ordinarily suggest itself to each trained man1 usually rendering cautions or commands unnecessary4 ,in attack the highest rate of fire is employed at the halt preceding the assault1 and in pursuing fire4 7,see pars4 #dij-did47 7#bee7 #bic4 ,position fire in advance by rushes4 ,in an advance by rushes1 as explained in par4 #bei1 leaders of troops in firing positions are responsible for the delivery of heavy fire to cover the advance of each rushing fraction4 ,troops are trained to change slightly the direction of fire so as not to endanger the flanks of advanced portions of the firing line4 7#bef7 #bid4 ,action in defense1 when target disappears4 ,in defense1 when the target disappears behind cover1 platoon leaders suspend fire1 as prescribed in par4 #aic1 prepare their platoons to fire upon the point where it is expected to reappear1 and greet its reappearance instantly with vigorous fire4 7#beg7 ,,school ,,of ,,the ,,battalion #bie4 ,battalion a tactical unit2 duties and responsibilities of major4 ,the battalion being purely a tactical unit1 the major's duties are primarily those of an instructor in drill and tactics and of a tactical commander4 ,he is responsible for the theoretical and practical training of the battalion4 ,he supervises the training of the companies of the battalion with a view to insuring the thoroughness and uniformity of their instruction4 ,in the instruction of the battalion as a whole1 his efforts will be directed chiefly to the development of tactical efficiency1 devoting only such time to the mechanism of drill and to the ceremonies as may be necessary in order to insure precision1 smartness1 and proper control4 7#beh7 #bif4 ,movements explained for battalion of four companies4 ,the movements explained herein are on the basis of a battalion of four companies2 they may be executed by a battalion of two or more companies1 not exceeding six4 7#bei7 #big4 ,arrangement of companies in formations4 ,the companies are generally arranged from right to left according to the rank of the captains present at the formation4 ,the arrangement of the companies may be varied by the major or higher commander4 ,after the battalion is formed1 no cognizance is taken of the relative order of the companies4 7#bfj7 #bih4 ,designation of companies4 ,in whatever direction the battalion faces1 the companies are designated numerically from right to left in line1 and from head to rear in column1 first company1 second company1 etc4 ,the terms right and left apply to actual right and left as the line faces2 if the about by squads be executed when in line1 the right company becomes the left company and the right center becomes the left center company4 ,the designation center company indicates the right center or the actual center company according as the number of companies is even or odd4 7#bfa7 #bii4 ,post of special units4 ,the band and other special units1 when attached to the battalion1 take the same post with respect to it as if it were the nearest battalion4 7#bfb7 ,,close ,,order ,rules #cjj4 ,repetition of commands by captains4 ,captains repeat such preparatory commands as are to be immediately executed by their companies1 as forward1 squads right1 etc42 the men execute the commands march1 halt1 etc41 if applying to their companies1 when given by the major4 ,in movements executed in route step or at ease the captains repeat the command of execution1 if necessary4 ,captains do not repeat the major's commands in executing the manual of arms1 nor those commands which are not essential to the execution of a movement by their companies1 as column of squads1 first company1 squads right1 etc4 ,in giving commands or cautions captains may prefix the proper letter designations of their companies1 as ,a ,company1 ,,halt2 ,b ,company1 squads right1 etc4 7#bfc7 #cja4 ,captains repeating command for guide4 ,at the command guide center 7right or left71 captains command3 ,guide right or left1 according to the positions of their companies4 ,guide center designates the left guide of the center company1 as explained in #c;d ,sec4 par4 #bih4 7#bfd7 ,illustration3 ,plate ,,iii #cjb4 ,position of captains in dressing companies2 action of guides in dressing4 ,when the companies are to be dressed1 captains place themselves on that flank toward which the dress is to be made1 as follows3 ,the battalion in line3 ,besides the guide 7or the flank file of the front rank1 if the guide is not in line7 and facing to the front4 ,the battalion in column of companies3 ,two paces from the guide1 in prolongation of and facing down the line4 ,each captain1 after dressing his company1 commands3 ,,front1 and takes his post4 ,the battalion being in line and unless otherwise prescribed1 at the captain's command dress or at the command halt1 when it is prescribed that the company shall dress1 the guide on the flank away from the point of rest with his piece at right shoulder1 dresses promptly on the captain and the companies beyond4 ,during the dress he moves1 if necessary1 to the right and left only2 the captain dresses the company on the line thus established4 ,the guide takes the position of order arms at the command front4 7#bfe7 #cjc4 ,certain movements executed as in ,schools of the ,soldier1 ,squad and ,company4 ,the battalion executes the halt 7,see par4 #aaf71 rests 7,see pars4 #ajj-aja71 facings 7,see par4 #ajd71 steps and marchings 7,see pars4 #ajg-aji71 manual of arms 7,see pars4 #abj-adg71 resumes attention 7,see par4 #ajb71 kneels 7,see pars4 #agd-agg71 lies down 7,see par4 #age71 rises 7,see par4 #agf71 stacks and takes arms 7,see pars4 #afj-afa71 as explained in the ,schools of the ,soldier and ,squad1 substituting in the commands battalion for squad4 ,the battalion executes squads right 7left7 7,see par4 #bba71 squads right 7left7 about 7,see par4 #bbh71 route step and at ease 7,see par4 #bcc71 and obliques and resumes the direct march 7,see pars4 #afb-afc71 as explained in the ,school of the ,company4 7#bff7 #cjd4 ,certain movements executed as in ,school of the ,company4 ,the battalion in column of platoons1 squads1 twos1 or files changes direction4 7,see pars4 #bbc-bbd72 in column of squads1 forms column of twos or files and re-forms columns of twos or squads1 as explained in the ,school of the ,company4 7,see pars4 #bcd-bce47 7#bfg7 #cje4 ,simultaneous execution by companies or platoons of movements in ,school of the ,company4 ,when the formation admits of the simultaneous execution by companies or platoons of movements in the ,school of the ,company the major may cause such movement to be executed by prefixing1 when necessary1 companies 7platoons7 to the commands prescribed therein3 ,as #a4 ,companies1 right front into line1 #b4 ,,march4 ,to complete such simultaneous movements1 the commands halt or march1 if prescribed1 are given by the major4 ,the command front1 when prescribed1 is given by the captains4 7,see par4 #cjb47 7#bfh7 #cjf4 ,execution of loadings and firings by battalion4 ,the battalion as a unit executes the loadings and firings only in firing saluting volleys4 ,the commands are as for the company1 substituting battalion for company4 ,at the first command for loading1 captains take post in rear of the center of their respective companies4 ,at the conclusion of the firing1 the captains resume their posts in line4 ,on other occasions1 when firing in close order is necessary1 it is executed by company or other subdivision1 under instructions from the major1 as prescribed in pars4 #agi-aid4 7#bfi7 ,to ,form the ,battalion #cjg4 ,for purposes other than ceremonies3 ,the battalion is formed in column of squads4 ,the companies having been formed1 the adjutant posts himself so as to be facing the column1 when formed1 and #f paces in front of the place to be occupied by the leading guide of the battalion2 he draws saber2 adjutant's call is sounded or the adjutant signals assemble4 ,the companies are formed1 at attention1 in column of squads in their proper order4 ,each captain1 after halting his company1 salutes the adjutant2 the adjutant returns the salute and1 when the last captain has saluted1 faces the major and reports3 ,sir1 the battalion is formed4 ,he then joins the major4 7#bgj7 #cjh4 ,for ceremonies or when directed3 ,the battalion is formed in line4 ,the companies having been formed1 the adjutant posts himself so as to be #f paces to the right of the right company when line is formed1 and faces in the direction in which the line is to extend4 ,he draws saber2 adjutant's call is sounded2 the band plays if present4 ,the right company is conducted by its captain so as to arrive from the rear1 parallel to the line2 its right and left guides precede it on the line by about #bj paces1 taking post facing to the right at order arms1 so that their elbows will be against the breasts of the right and left files of their company when it is dressed4 ,the guides of the other companies successively prolong the line to the left in like manner and the companies approach their respective places in line as explained for the right company4 ,the adjutant1 from his post1 causes the guides to cover4 ,when about #a pace in rear of the line1 each company is halted and dressed to the right against the arms of the guides4 7,see par4 #cjb47 ,the band1 arriving from the rear1 takes its place in line when the right company is halted2 it ceases playing when the left company has halted4 ,when the guides of the left company have been posted1 the adjutant1 moving by the shortest route1 takes post facing the battalion midway between the post of the major and the center of the battalion4 ,the major1 staff1 noncommissioned staff1 and orderlies take their posts1 as prescribed in pars4 #gc2 #gf-gh4 ,when all parts of the line have been dressed1 and officers and others have reached their posts1 the adjutant commands3 #a4 ,guides1 #b4 ,,posts1 #c4 ,present1 #d4 ,,arms4 ,at the second command guides take their places in the line4 7,plate ,,ii1 page #fi47 ,the adjutant then turns about as explained in par4 #gd1 and reports to the major3 ,sir1 the battalion is formed1 as prescribed in par4 #ge2 the major directs the adjutant3 ,take your post1 ,sir2 draws saber and brings the battalion to the order4 ,the adjutant takes his post1 passing to the right of the major4 7#bga7 ,to ,dismiss the ,battalion #cji4 ,dismiss your companies4 ,staff and noncommissioned staff officers fall out2 each captain marches his company off and dismisses it1 as laid down in par4 #bag4 7#bgb7 ,to ,rectify the ,alignment #caj4 ,being in line at a halt1 to align the battalion3 #a4 ,center 7right or left71 #b4 ,,dress4 ,the captains dress their companies successively toward the center 7right or left7 guide of the battalion1 each as soon as the captain next toward the indicated guide commands3 ,,front4 ,the captains of the center companies 7if the dress is center7 dress them without waiting for each other4 7#bgc7 #caa4 ,to give the battalion a new alignment3 #a4 ,guides center 7right or left7 company on the line1 #b4 ,guides on the line1 #c4 ,center 7right or left71 #d4 ,,dress1 #e4 ,guides1 #f4 ,,posts4 ,at the first command1 the designated guides place themselves on the line1 as prescribed in par4 #cjh1 facing the center 7right or left74 ,the major establishes them in the direction he wishes to give the battalion4 ,at the second command1 the guides of the other companies take posts1 facing the center 7right or left71 so as to prolong the line4 ,at the command dress1 each captain dresses his company to the flank toward which the guides of his company face1 taking the positions prescribed in par4 #cjb4 ,at the command posts1 given when all companies have completed the dress1 the guides return to their posts4 7,plate ,,ii1 page #fi47 7#bgd7 ,to ,rectify the ,column #cab4 ,being in column of companies1 or in close column1 at a halt1 if the guides do not cover or have not their proper distances1 and it is desired to correct them1 the major commands3 #a4 ,right 7left71 #b4 ,,dress4 ,captains of companies in rear of the first place their right guides so as to cover at the proper distance2 each captain aligns his company to the right and commands3 ,,front4 7,see par4 #cjb47 7#bge7 ,on ,right 7,left7 ,into ,line #cac4 ,being in column of squads or companies3 #a4 ,on right 7left7 into line1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,battalion1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,being in column of squads3 ,at the first command1 the captain of the leading company commands2 ,squads right4 ,if at a halt each captain in rear commands3 ,forward4 ,at the second command1 the leading company marches in line to the right2 the companies in rear continue to march to the front and form successively on the left1 each1 when opposite its place1 being marched in line to the right4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,column ,,of ,,squads ,,to ,,line ,,on ,,right4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,column ,,of ,,companies ,,to ,,line ,,on ,,right4 ,the fourth command is given when the first company has advanced the desired distance in the new direction2 it halts and is dressed to the right by its captain 7par4 #bfe72 the others complete the movement1 each being halted #a pace in rear of the line established by the first company1 and then dressed to the right4 ,being in column of companies3 ,at the first command1 the captain of the first company commands3 ,right turn4 ,if at a halt1 each captain in rear commands3 ,forward4 ,each of the captains in rear of the leading company gives the command3 #a4 ,right turn1 in time to add1 #b4 ,,march1 when his company arrives opposite the right of its place in line4 ,the fourth command is given and the movement completed as explained above4 ,whether executed from column of squads or column of companies1 each captain places himself so as to march beside the right guide after his company forms line or changes direction to the right4 ,if executed in double time1 the leading company marches in double time until halted4 7#bgf7 ,front into ,line #cad4 ,being in column of squads or companies3 #a4 ,right 7left7 front into line1 #b4 ,,march4 ,being in column of squads3 ,at the first command1 the captain of the leading company commands3 ,column right2 the captain of the companies in rear3 column half right4 ,at the second command the leading company executes column right1 and1 as the last squad completes the change of direction1 is formed in line to the left1 as prescribed in par4 #bba1 halted and dressed to the left4 7,see par4 #cjb47 ,each of the companies in rear is conducted by the most convenient route to the rear of the right of the preceding company1 thence to the right1 parallel to and #a pace in rear of the new line2 when opposite its place1 it is formed in line to the left1 halted1 and dressed to the left4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,column ,,of ,,squads ,,to ,,line ,,to ,,the ,,front4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,column ,,of ,,companies ,,to ,,line ,,to ,,the ,,front4 ,being in column of companies3 ,if marching1 the captain of the leading company gives the necessary commands to halt his company at the second command2 if at a halt the leading company stands fast4 ,at the first command1 the captain of each company in rear commands3 ,squads right1 or ,right by squads1 and after the second command conducts his company by the most convenient route to its place in line1 as described above4 ,whether executed from column of squads or column of companies1 each captain halts when opposite1 or at the point1 where the left of his company is to rest4 7#bgg7 ,to ,form ,column of ,companies ,successively to the ,right or ,left #cae4 ,being in column of squads3 #a4 ,column of companies1 first company1 squads right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,the leading company executes squads right and moves forward4 ,the other companies move forward in column of squads and successively march in line the right on the same ground as the leading company and in such manner that the guide covers the guide of the preceding company4 7#bgh7 ,to ,form ,column of ,squads ,successively to the ,right or ,left #caf4 ,being in column of companies 7,plate ,,iii1 page #ij73 #a4 ,column of squads1 first company1 squads right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,the leading company executes squads right and moves forward4 ,the other companies move forward in column of companies and successively march in column of squads to the right on the same ground as the leading company4 7#bgi7 ,to ,change ,direction #cag4 ,being in column of companies or close column4 7,plate ,,iii1 page #ij72 #a4 ,column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,the captain of the first company commands3 ,right turn4 ,the leading company turns to the right on moving pivot1 the captain adding3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march1 upon its completion4 ,the other companies march squarely up to the turning point2 each changes direction by the same commands and means as the first and in such manner that the guide covers the guide of the preceding company4 7#bhj7 #cah4 ,being in line of companies or close line4 7,plate ,,iii1 page #ij73 #a4 ,battalion right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,battalion1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,illustration ,the right company changes direction to the right1 as prescribed in par4 #bbd2 the other companies are conducted by the shortest line to their places abreast of the first4 ,the fourth command is given when the right company has advanced the desired distance in the new direction2 that company halts2 the others halt successively upon arriving on the line4 7#bha7 #cai4 ,being in column of squads1 the battalion changes direction by the same commands and in the manner prescribed for the company1 as explained in par4 #bbd4 7#bhb7 ,mass ,formations ,illustration3 ,,from ,,line4 #cai;a4 ,being in column of squads1 to form a line of columns of companies or company subdivisions1 facing in any desired direction1 at any desired interval1 on the right or left of the leading element of the battalion3 #a4 ,line of companies 7half companies1 platoons71 at 7so many7 paces1 guide right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,battalion1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,line ,,of ,,companies4 ,the leading company 7or subdivision7 marches in the direction previously indicated by the major until the command halt is given and then halts4 ,each succeeding company 7or subdivision7 marches by the most direct route to its place at the prescribed intervals on the left 7right7 of the next preceding company 7or subdivision71 halting when it is abreast of the leading element of the battalion4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,column ,,of ,,squads4 ,if the battalion be in any formation other than column of squads1 the major indicates the desired direction to the leading element4 ,the entire command forms column of squads and executes a movement in conformity with the principles indicated above4 7#bhb-a_/b7 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,column ,,of ,,companies4 #cbj4 ,being in line1 line of companies1 or column of companies4 7,plate ,,iii1 page #ij73 #a4 ,close on first 7fourth7 company1 #b4 ,,march4 ,if at a halt1 the indicated company stands fast2 if marching1 it is halted2 each of the other companies is conducted toward it and is halted in proper order in close column4 ,if the battalion is in line1 companies form successively in rear of the indicated company2 if in column of squads1 companies in rear of the leading company form on the left of it4 ,in close column formed line on the first company1 the left guides cover2 formed on the fourth company1 right guides cover4 ,if formed on the leading company1 the guide remains as before the formation4 ,in close line1 the guides are halted abreast of the guide of the leading company4 ,the battalion in column closes on the leading company only4 7#bhc7 7,in closing from line of companies and in extending from close line1 the companies other than the base one1 may be moved either by the commands1 7a7 #a4 ,squads1 right 7left71 #b4 ,,march2 7b7 #a4 ,right 7left7 oblique1 #b4 ,,march2 7c7 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march2 7d7 #a4 ,squads left 7right7 #b4 ,,march2 7e7 #a4 ,company1 #b4 ,,halt2 or1 7a7 #a4 ,by the right 7left7 flank1 #b4 ,,march2 7b7 #a4 ,company1 #b4 ,,halt2 7c7 #a4 ,left 7right71 #b4 ,,face2 or if at a halt by the commands1 7a7 #a4 ,right 7left71 #b4 ,,face2 7b7 #a4 ,at ,trail1 #b4 ,forward1 #c4 ,,march2 7c7 #a4 ,company1 #b4 ,,halt2 7d7 #a4 ,left 7right71 #b4 ,,face4 ,in some commands it is customary to use one method while in other commands another is used4 ,for the sake of uniformity all companies of a given command should use the same method4--,author47 ,to ,extend the ,mass #cba4 ,being in close column or in close line2 #a4 ,extend on first 7fourth7 company1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,close ,,column4 ,being in close line3 if at a halt1 the indicated company stands fast2 if marching1 it halts2 each of the other companies is conducted away from the indicated company and is halted in its proper order in line of companies4 ,being in close column1 the extension is made on the fourth company only4 ,if marching1 the leading company continues to march2 companies in rear are halted and successively resume the march in time to follow at full distance4 ,if at halt1 the leading company marches2 companies in rear successively march in time to follow at full distance4 ,close column is not extended in double time4 7,see author's note1 par4 #cbj47 7#bhd7 #cbb4 ,being in close column3 #a4 ,right 7left7 front into line1 #b4 ,,march4 ,executed as from column of companies1 as explained in par4 #cad4 7#bhe7 #cbc4 ,being in close column3 #a4 ,column of squads1 first 7fourth7 company1 squads right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,the designated company marches in column of squads to the right4 ,each of the other companies executes the same movement in time to follow the preceding company in column4 7#bhf7 #cbd4 ,being in close line3 #a4 ,column of squads1 first 7fourth7 company1 forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,,from ,,close ,,line4 ,the designated company moves forward4 ,the other companies 7halting if in march7 successively take up the march and follow in column4 7#bhg7 ,route ,step and at ,ease #cbe4 ,the battalion marches in route step and at ease as prescribed in the ,school of the ,company4 7,see par4 #bcc47 ,when marching in column of companies or platoons1 the guides maintain the trace and distance4 ,in route marches the major marches at the head of the column2 when necessary1 the file closers may be directed to march at the head and rear of their companies4 7#bhh7 ,assembly #cbf4 ,the battalion being wholly or partially deployed1 or the companies being separated3 #a4 ,assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the major places himself opposite to or designates the element or point on which the battalion is to assemble4 ,companies are assembled1 as explained in par4 #bdh1 and marched to the indicated point4 ,as the companies arrive the major or adjutant indicates the formation to be taken4 7#bhi7 ,,combat ,,principles ,orders #cbg4 ,the following references to orders are applicable to attack or defense3 7#bij7 #cbh4 ,use of prescribed commands2 tactical orders1 orders and commands4 ,in extended order1 the company is the largest unit to execute movements by prescribed commands or means4 ,the major1 assembling his captains if practicable1 directs the disposition of the battalion by means of tactical orders4 ,he controls its subsequent movements by such orders or commands as are suitable to the occasion4 7#bia7 #cbi4 ,major's order making disposition of battalion for combat2 base company in attack4 ,in every disposition of the battalion for combat the major's order should give subordinates sufficient information of the enemy1 of the position of supporting and neighboring troops1 and of the object sought to enable them to conform intelligently to the general plan4 ,the order should then designate the companies which are to constitute the firing line and those which are to constitute the support4 ,in attack1 it should designate the direction or the objective1 the order and front of the companies on the firing line1 and should designate the right or left company as base company4 ,in defense1 it should describe the front of each company and1 if necessary1 the sector to be observed by each1 as prescribed in #bha-bhd4 7#bib7 #ccj4 ,reconnaissance and protection of flanks4 ,when the battalion is operating alone1 the major provides for the reconnaissance and protection of his flanks2 if part of a larger force1 the major makes similar provisions1 when necessary1 without orders from higher authority1 unless such authority has specifically directed other suitable reconnaissance and protection4 7#bic7 #cca4 ,issue of extra ammunition when battalion is deployed4 ,when the battalion is deployed upon the initiative of the major1 he will indicate whether extra ammunition shall be issued2 if deployed in pursuance of orders of higher authority1 the major will cause the issue of extra ammunition1 unless such authority has given directions to the contrary4 7,for ammunition supply see pars4 #efi-ege47 7#bid7 ,deployment 7,see pars4 #def-dfb2 #dfc-dff47 #ccb4 ,the following principles of deployment are applicable to attack or defense4 7#bie7 #ccc4 ,avoiding premature deployment4 ,a premature deployment involves a long1 disorganizing and fatiguing advance of the skirmish line1 and should be avoided4 ,a greater evil is to be caught by heavy fire when in dense column or other close order formation2 hence advantage should be taken of cover in order to retain the battalion in close order formation until exposure to heavy hostile fire may reasonably be anticipated4 7#bif7 #ccd4 ,depth of deployment and density of firing line2 companies and detachments conducted to their places by their commanders4 ,the major regulates the depth of the deployment and the extent and density of the firing line1 subject to such restrictions as a senior may have imposed4 ,companies or designated subdivisions and detachments are conducted by their commanders in such manner as best to accomplish the mission assigned to them under the major's orders4 ,companies designated for the firing line march independently to the place of deployment1 form skirmish line1 and take up the advance4 ,they conform1 in general1 to the base company1 as prescribed in ,par4 #cbi4 7#big7 #cce4 ,division of battalion into firing line and support4 ,the commander of a battalion1 whether it is operating alone or as part of a larger force1 should hold a part of his command out of the firing line4 ,by the judicious use of this force1 the major can exert an influence not otherwise possible over his firing line and can control1 within reasonable limits1 an action once begun4 ,so1 if his battalion be assigned to the firing line1 the major will cause one1 two1 or three companies to be deployed on the firing line1 retaining the remaining companies or company as a support for that firing line4 ,the division of the battalion into firing line and support will depend upon the front to be covered and the nature and anticipated severity of the action4 7#bih7 #ccf4 ,size of support4 ,if the battalion be part of a larger command1 the number of companies in the firing line will generally be determinable from the regimental commander's order2 the remainder constitutes the support1 as prescribed in par4 #cce4 ,if the battalion is acting alone1 the support must be strong enough to maintain the original fire power of the firing line1 to protect the flanks1 and to perform the functions of a reserve1 whatever be the issue of the action1 as explained in par4 #dde4 7#bii7 #ccg4 ,position of support4 ,if the battalion is operating alone1 the support may1 according to circumstances1 be held in one or two bodies and placed behind the center1 or one or both flanks of the firing line1 or echeloned beyond a flank4 ,if the battalion is part of a larger force1 the support is generally held in one body4 7#cjj7 #cch4 ,distance between firing line and support4 ,the distance between the firing line and the supporting group or groups will vary between wide limits2 it should be as short as the necessity for protection from heavy losses will permit4 ,when cover is available1 the support should be as close as #ej to #ajj yards2 when such cover is not available1 it should not be closer than #cjj yards4 ,it may be as far as #ejj yards in rear if good cover is there obtainable and is not obtainable at a lesser distance4 7#cja7 #cci4 ,placing entire battalion or regiment in firing line at beginning4 ,in exceptional cases1 as in a meeting engagement1 it may be necessary to place an entire battalion or regiment in the firing line at the initial deployment1 the support being furnished by other troops4 ,such deployment causes the early mingling of the larger units1 thus rendering leadership and control extremely difficult4 ,the necessity for such deployment will increase with the inefficiency of the commander and of the service of information4 7#cjb7 ,fire #cdj4 ,major apportions target4 ,fire direction and fire control are functions of company and platoon commanders1 as laid down in pars4 #bhe-bij4 ,the major makes the primary apportionment of the target--in defense1 by assigning sectors of fire1 in attack1 by assigning the objective4 ,in the latter case each company in the firing line takes as its target that part of the general objective which lies in its front4 7#cjc7 #cda4 ,major indicates where or when fire fight begins4 ,the major should indicate the point or time at which the fire fight is to open4 ,he may do this in his order for deployment or he may follow the firing line close enough to do so at the proper time4 ,if it be impracticable for him to do either1 the senior officer with the firing line1 in each battalion1 selects the time for opening fire4 7#cjd7 ,attack 7,see pars4 #def-ejb47 #cdb4 ,battalion the attack unit4 ,the battalion is the attack unit1 whether operating alone or as part of a larger unit4 7#cje7 #cdc4 ,advance of battalion acting as one of several in firing line4 ,if his battalion be one of several in the firing line1 the major1 in executing his part of the attack1 pushes his battalion forward as vigorously as possible within the front1 or section1 assigned to it4 ,the great degree of independence allowed to him as to details demands1 in turn1 the exercise of good judgment on his part4 ,better leadership1 better troops1 and more favorable terrain enable one battalion to advance more rapidly in attack than another less fortunate1 and such a battalion will insure the further advance of the others4 ,the leading battalion should not1 however1 become isolated2 isolation may lead to its destruction4 7#cjf7 #cdd4 ,close in on enemy as much as possible before opening fire4 ,the deployment having been made1 the firing line advances without firing4 ,the predominant idea must be to close with the enemy as soon as possible without ruinous losses4 ,the limited supply of ammunition and the uncertainty of resupply1 the necessity for securing fire superiority in order to advance within the shorter ranges1 and the impossibility of accomplishing this at ineffective ranges1 make it imperative that fire be not opened as long as the advance can be continued without demoralizing losses4 ,the attack which halts to open fire at extreme range 7over #a1bjj yards7 is not likely ever to reach its destination4 ,every effort should be made1 by using cover or inconspicuous formations1 or by advancing the firing line as a whole1 to arrive within #hjj yards of the enemy before opening fire4 7,for expenditure of ammunition see pars4 #dcb-dcc2 for advancing the attack see par4 #dfg47 7#cjg7 #cde4 ,fire to be directed against the hostile infantry4 ,except when the enemy's artillery is able to effect an unusual concentration of fire1 its fire upon deployed infantry causes losses which are unimportant when compared with those inflicted by his infantry2 hence the attacking infantry should proceed to a position as described above1 and from which an effective fire can be directed against the hostile infantry with a view to obtaining fire superiority4 ,the effectiveness of the enemy's fire must be reduced so as to permit further advance4 ,the more effective the fire to which the enemy is subjected the less effective will be his fire4 7#cjh7 #cdf4 ,the further advance of the firing line2 size of rushing units4 ,occasionally the fire of adjacent battalions1 or of infantry employing fire of position1 as explained in par4 #dch1 or of supporting artillery1 as explained in pars4 #dcd-dch1 will permit the further advance of the entire firing line from this point1 but it will generally be necessary to advance by rushes1 as laid down in par4 #bei1 of fractions of the line4 ,the fraction making the rush should be as large as the hostile fire and the necessity for maintaining fire superiority will permit4 ,depending upon circumstances1 the strength of the fraction may vary from a company to a few men4 ,the advance is made as rapidly as possible without losing fire superiority4 ,the smaller the fraction which rushes1 the greater the number of rifles which continue to fire upon the enemy4 ,on the other hand1 the smaller the fraction which rushes the slower will be the progress of the attack4 7#cji7 #cdg4 ,size of rushing units4 ,enough rifles must continue in action to insure the success of each rush4 ,frequently the successive advances of the firing line must be effected by rushes of fractions of decreased size2 that is1 advances by rushes may first be made by company1 later by half company or platoon1 and finally by squads or files2 but no subsequent opportunity to increase the rate of advance1 such as better cover or a decrease of the hostile fire1 should be overlooked4 7#caj7 #cdh4 ,the rush begun by a flank unit4 ,whenever possible1 the rush is begun by a flank fraction of the firing line4 ,in the absence of express directions from the major1 each captain of a flank company determines when an advance by rushes 7par4 #bbb7 shall be attempted4 ,a flank company which inaugurates an advance by rushes becomes the base company1 if not already the base4 ,an advance by rushes having been inaugurated on one flank1 the remainder of the firing line conforms2 fractions rush successively from that flank and halt on the line established by the initial rush4 ,the fractions need not be uniform in size2 each captain indicates how his company shall rush1 having due regard to the ground and the state of the fire fight4 7#caa7 #cdi4 ,fractions to advance under covering fire4 ,a fraction about to rush is sent forward when the remainder of the line is firing vigorously2 otherwise the chief advantage of this method of advancing is lost4 ,the length of the rush will vary from #cj to #hj yards1 depending upon the existence of cover1 positions for firing1 and the hostile fire4 7#cab7 #cej4 ,subsequent advances4 ,when the entire firing line of the battalion has advanced to the new line1 fresh opportunities to advance are sought as before4 7#cac7 #cea4 ,prearranged methods of advancing by rushes prohibited4 ,two identical situations will never confront the battalion2 hence at drill it is prohibited to arrange the details of an advance before the preceding one has been concluded1 or to employ a fixed or prearranged method of advancing by rushes4 7#cad7 #ceb4 ,post of the major4 ,the major posts himself so as best to direct the reenforcing of the firing line from the support4 ,when all or nearly all of the support has been absorbed by the firing line1 he joins1 and takes full charge of1 the latter4 7#cae7 #cec4 ,size of reenforcements4 ,the reenforcing of the firing line by driblets of a squad or a few men has no appreciable effect4 ,the firing line requires either reenforcement or a strong one4 ,generally one or two platoons will be sent forward under cover of a heavy fire of the firing line4 7#caf7 #ced4 ,two methods of reenforcing the firing line4 ,to facilitate control and to provide intervals in which reenforcements may be placed1 the companies in the firing line should be kept closed in on their centers as they become depleted by casualties during the advance4 ,when this is impracticable reenforcements must mingle with and thicken the firing line4 ,in battle the latter method will be the rule rather than the exception1 and to familiarize the men with such conditions the combat exercises of the battalion should include both methods of reenforcing4 ,occasionally1 to provide the necessary intervals for reenforcing by either of these methods1 the firing line should be thinned by causing men to drop out and simulate losses during the various advances4 ,under ordinary conditions the depletion of the firing line for this purpose will be from one-fifth to one-half of its strength4 7#cag7 #cee4 ,fixing bayonets4 ,the major or senior officer in the firing line determines when bayonets shall be fixed and gives the proper command or signal4 ,it is repeated by all parts of the firing line4 ,each man who was in the front rank prior to deployment1 as soon as he recognizes the command or signal1 suspends firing1 quickly fixes his bayonet1 and immediately resumes firing2 after which the other men suspend firing1 fix bayonets1 and immediately resume firing4 ,the support also fixes bayonets4 ,the concerted fixing of the bayonet by the firing line at drill does not simulate battle conditions and should not be required4 ,it is essential that there be no marked pause in the firing4 ,bayonets will be fixed generally before or during the last1 or second last1 advance preceding the charge4 7#cah7 #cef4 ,the charge4 ,subject to orders from higher authority1 the major determines the point from which the charge is to be made4 7,see ,pars4 #dgh-dhi regarding the charge47 ,the firing line having arrived at that point and being in readiness1 the major causes the charge to be sounded4 ,the signal is repeated by the musicians of all parts of the line4 ,the company officers lead the charge4 ,the skirmishers spring forward shouting1 run with bayonets at charge1 and close with the enemy4 ,the further conduct of the charging troops will depend upon circumstances2 they may halt and engage in bayonet combat or in pursuing fire1 as explained in par4 #dhf2 they may advance a short distance to obtain a field of fire or to drive the enemy from the vicinity2 they may assemble or reorganize1 etc4 ,if the enemy vacates his position every effort should be made to open fire at once on the retreating mass1 reorganization of the attacking troops being of secondary importance to the infliction of further losses upon the enemy and to the increase of his confusion1 as set forth in pars4 #dij-did4 ,in combat exercises the major will assume a situation and terminate the assault accordingly4 7#cai7 ,defense #ceg4 ,tactical unit best suited to defensive action4 ,in defense1 as in attack1 the battalion is the tactical unit best suited to independent assignment4 ,defensive positions are usually divided into sections and a battalion assigned to each4 7#cbj7 #ceh4 ,trenches4 ,the major locates such fire1 communicating1 and cover trenches and obstacles as are to be constructed4 ,he assigns companies to construct them and details the troops to occupy them4 7,see ,field ,fortifications1 ,chapter ,,xvi1 ,part ,,iii47 7#cba7 #cei4 ,reenforcement of firing line4 ,the major reenforces the firing line in accordance with the principles applicable to and explained in connection with1 the attack1 in pars4 #ceb-ced1 maintaining no more rifles in the firing line than are necessary to prevent the enemy's advance4 7#cbb7 #cfj4 ,opening fire4 ,the supply of ammunition being usually ample1 fire is opened as soon as it is possible to break up the enemy's formation1 stop his advance or inflict material loss1 but this rule must be modified to suit the ammunition supply4 7#cbc7 #cfa4 ,fixing bayonets4 ,the major causes the firing line and support to fix bayonets when an assault by the enemy is imminent4 ,captains direct this to be done if they are not in communication with the major and the measure is deemed advisable4 ,fire alone will not stop a determined1 skillfully conducted attack4 ,the defender must have equal tenacity2 if he can stay in his trench or position and cross bayonets1 he will at least have neutralized the hostile first line1 and the combat will be decided by reserves4 7#cbd7 #cfb4 ,support to cover withdrawal4 ,if ordered or compelled to withdraw under hostile infantry fire or in the presence of hostile infantry1 the support will be posted so as to cover the retirement of the firing line 7#cbe7 #cfc4 ,support in case of battalion acting alone4 ,when the battalion is operating alone1 the support must be strong and must be fed sparingly into the firing line1 especially if a counter-attack is planned4 ,opportunities for counter-attack should be sought at all times1 as explained in pars4 #ebe-ecj4 7#cbf7 ,,combat ,,introduction #cfd4 ,scope of subject of combat tactics in this book4 ,part ,,ii of these regulations treats only of the basic principles of combat tactics as applied to infantry and to the special units1 such as machine guns and mounted scouts1 which form a part of infantry regiments and battalions4 ,the combat tactics of the arms combined are considered in ,field ,service ,regulations4 7#cej7 #cfe4 ,demands of modern combat upon infantry2 complicated maneuvers impracticable2 success dependent upon leadership1 etc4 ,modern combat demands the highest order of training1 discipline1 leadership1 and morale on the part of the infantry4 ,complicated maneuvers are impracticable2 efficient leadership and a determination to win by simple and direct methods must be depended upon for success4 7#cea7 #cff4 ,duties and quality of infantry4 ,the duties of infantry are many and difficult4 ,all infantry must be fit to cope with all conditions that may arise4 ,modern war requires but one kind of infantry--good infantry4 7#ceb7 #cfg4 ,offensive necessary for decisive results2 use of ground1 fire efficiency1 etc42 local success4 ,the infantry must take the offensive to gain decisive results4 ,both sides are therefore likely to attempt it1 though not necessary at the same time or in the same part of a long battle line4 ,in the local combats which make up the general battle the better endurance1 use of ground1 fire efficiency1 discipline1 and training will win4 ,it is the duty of the infantry to win the local successes which enable the commanding general to win the battle4 7#cef7 #cfh4 ,requisites of infantry2 trained to bear heaviest burdens2 good infantry can defeat vastly superior infantry of poor quality4 ,the infantry must have the tenacity to hold every advantage gained1 the individual and collective discipline and skill needed to master the enemy's fire1 the determination to close with the enemy in attack1 and to meet him with the bayonet in defense4 ,infantry must be trained to bear the heaviest burdens and losses1 both of combat and march4 ,good infantry can defeat an enemy greatly superior in numbers1 but lacking in training1 discipline1 leadership1 and morale4 7#ced7 #cfi4 ,fixed forms and instructions covering all cases impossible2 study and practice necessary2 purposes of practical and theoretical instruction4 ,it is impossible to establish fixed forms or to give general instructions that will cover all cases4 ,officers and noncommissioned officers must be so trained that they can apply suitable means and methods to each case as it arises4 ,study and practice are necessary to acquire proper facility in this respect4 ,theoretical instruction can not replace practical instruction2 the former supplies correct ideas and gives to practical work an interest1 purpose1 and definiteness not otherwise obtainable4 7#cee7 #cgj4 ,exercises in extended order to be in nature of combat exercises2 all combat exercises to be conducted under assumed tactical situations4 ,after the mechanism of extended order drill has been learned with precision in the company1 every exercise should be1 as far as practicable1 in the nature of a maneuver 7combat exercise7 against an imaginary1 outlined1 or represented enemy4 ,company extended order drill may be conducted without reference to a tactical situation1 but a combat exercise1 whatever may be the size of the unit employed1 should be conducted under an assumed tactical situation4 7#cef7 #cga4 ,effective method of conducting combat exercises4 ,an effective method of conducting a combat exercise is to outline the enemy with a few men equipped with flags4 ,the umpire or inspector states the situation1 and the commander leads his troops with due regard to the assumptions made4 ,changes in situation1 the results of reconnaissance1 the character of artillery fire1 etc41 are made known to the commander when necessary by the umpire or inspector1 who1 in order to observe and influence the conduct of the exercise1 remains in rear of the firing line4 ,from this position he indicates1 with the aid of prearranged signals1 the character of the fire and movements of the hostile infantry4 ,these signals are intended for the men outlining the enemy4 ,these men repeat the signals2 all officers and men engaged in the exercise and in sight of the outlined enemy are thus informed of the enemy's action1 and the exercise is conducted accordingly4 ,assistant umpires1 about one for each company in the firing line1 may assist in indicating hostile fire and movements and in observing the conduct of the exercise4 ,an outlined enemy may be made to attack or defend4 ,situations should be simple and natural4 ,during or after the exercise the umpire or inspector should call attention to any improper movements or incorrect methods of execution4 ,he will prohibit all movements of troops or individuals that would be impossible if the enemy were real4 ,the slow progress of events to be expected on the battlefield can hardly be simulated1 but the umpire or inspector will prevent undue haste and will attempt to enforce a reasonably slow rate of progress4 ,the same exercise should not be repeated over the same ground and under the same situation4 ,such repetitions lead to the adoption of a fixed mode of attack or defense and develop mere drill masters4 ,fixed or prearranged systems are prohibited4 7#ceg7 ,,leadership ,general ,considerations #cgb4 ,what constitutes art of leadership4 ,the art of leadership consists of applying sound tactical principles to concrete cases on the battlefield4 ,self-reliance1 initiative1 aggressiveness1 and a conception of team-work are the fundamental characteristics of successful leadership4 7#ceh7 #cgc4 ,basis of success2 adherence to original plan4 ,a correct grasp of the situation and a definite plan of action form the soundest basis for a successful combat4 ,a good plan once adopted and put into execution should not be abandoned unless it becomes clear that it can not succeed4 ,afterthoughts are dangerous1 except as they aid in the execution of details in the original plans4 7#cei7 #cgd4 ,avoid combats offering no chance of valuable results4 ,combats that do not promise success or some real advantage to the general issue should be avoided2 they cause unnecessary losses1 impair the morale of one's own troops1 and raise that of the enemy4 7#cfj7 #cge4 ,avoid complicated maneuvers4 ,complicated maneuvers are not likely to succeed in war4 ,all plans and the methods adopted for carrying them into effect must be simple and direct4 7#cfa7 #cgf4 ,order and cohesion necessary4 ,order and cohesion must be maintained within the units if success is to be expected4 7#cfb7 #cgg4 ,officers to be true leaders4 ,officers must show themselves to be true leaders4 ,they must act in accordance with the spirit of their orders and must require of their troops the strictest discipline on the field of battle4 7#cfc7 #cgh4 ,units not to be broken up4 ,the best results are obtained when leaders know the capacity and traits of those whom they command2 hence in making detachments units should not be broken up1 and a deployment that would cause an intermingling of the larger units in the firing line should be avoided4 7#cfd7 #cgi4 ,leading deployed troops difficult2 necessity for training1 discipline and close order4 ,leading is difficult when troops are deployed4 ,a high degree of training and discipline and the use of close order formations to the fullest extent possible are therefore required4 7#cfe7 #chj4 ,avoidance of unnecessary hardship2 limit of endurance exacted when necessary4 ,in order to lighten the severe physical strain inseparable from infantry service in campaign1 constant efforts must be made to spare the troops unnecessary hardship and fatigue2 but when necessity arises1 the limit of endurance must be exacted4 7#cff7 #cha4 ,fighting troops not to carry back wounded4 ,when officers or men belonging to fighting troops leave their proper places to carry back1 or to care for1 wounded during the progress of the action1 they are guilty of skulking4 ,this offense must be repressed with the utmost vigor4 7#cfg7 #chb4 ,complete equipment usually carried into action4 ,the complete equipment of the soldier is carried into action unless the weather or the physical condition of the men renders such measure a severe hardship4 ,in any event1 only the pack#d will be laid aside4 ,the determination of this question rests with the regimental commander4 ,the complete equipment affords to men lying prone considerable protection against shrapnel4 7#cfh7 #chc4 ,post of commander2 use of reserve in case of victory2 when firing line is controlled by commander4 ,the post of the commander must be such as will enable him to observe the progress of events and to communicate his orders4 ,subordinate commanders1 in addition1 must be in position to transmit the orders of superiors4 ,before entering an action1 the commander should be as far to the front as possible in order that he personally may see the situation1 order the deployment1 and begin the action strictly in accordance with his own wishes4 ,during the action1 he must1 as a rule1 leave to the local leaders the detailed conduct of the firing line1 posting himself either with his own reserve or in such a position that he is in constant1 direct1 and easy communication with it4 ,a commander takes full and direct charge of his firing line only when the line has absorbed his whole command4 ,when their troops are victorious1 all commanders should press forward in order to clinch the advantage gained and to use their reserves to the best advantage4 7#cfi7 #chd4 ,latitude allowed subordinates4 ,the latitude allowed to officers is in direct proportion to the size of their commands4 ,each should see to the general execution of his task1 leaving to the proper subordinates the supervision of details1 and interfering only when mistakes are made that threaten to seriously prejudice the general plan4 7#cgj7 ,teamwork #che4 ,latitude allowed subordinates2 success depends on cooerdination of subordinates4 ,the comparatively wide fronts of deployed units increase the difficulties of control4 ,subordinates must therefore be given great latitude in the execution of their tasks4 ,the success of the whole depends largely upon how well each subordinate cooerdinates his work with the general plan4 ,a great responsibility is necessarily thrown upon subordinates1 but responsibility stimulates the right kind of an officer4 7#cga7 #chf4 ,initiative of subordinates2 general plan to be furthered4 ,in a given situation it is far better to do any intelligent thing consistent with the aggressive execution of the general plan1 than to search hesitatingly for the ideal4 ,this is the true rule of conduct for subordinates who are required to act upon their own initiative4 ,a subordinate who is reasonably sure that his intended action is such as would be ordered by the commander1 were the latter present and in possession of the facts1 has enough encouragement to go ahead confidently4 ,he must possess the loyalty to carry out the plans of his superior and the keenness to recognize and to seize opportunities to further the general plan4 7#cgb7 #chg4 ,but one supreme will in a battle2 subordinates to cooeperate4 ,independence must not become license4 ,regardless of the number of subordinates who are apparently supreme in their own restricted spheres1 there is but one battle and but one supreme will to which all must conform4 ,every subordinate must therefore work for the general result4 ,he does all in his power to insure cooeperation between the subdivisions under his command4 ,he transmits important information to adjoining units or to superiors in rear and1 with the assistance of information received1 keeps himself and his subordinates duly posted as to the situation4 7#cgc7 #chh4 ,deviation from orders4 ,when circumstances render it impracticable to consult the authority issuing an order1 officers should not hesitate to vary from such order when it is clearly based upon an incorrect view of the situation1 is impossible of execution1 or has been rendered impracticable on account of changes which have occurred since its promulgation4 ,in the application of this rule the responsibility for mistakes rests upon the subordinate1 but unwillingness to assume responsibility on proper occasions is indicative of weakness4 ,superiors should be careful not to censure an apparent disobedience where the act was done in the proper spirit and to advance the general plan4 7#cgd7 #chi4 ,intermingling of units2 duties of officers and guides4 ,when the men of two or more units intermingle in the firing line1 all officers and men submit at once to the senior4 ,officers and platoon guides seek to fill vacancies caused by casualties4 ,each seizes any opportunity to exercise the functions consistent with his grade1 and all assist in the maintenance of order and control4 ,every lull in the action should be utilized for as complete restoration of order in the firing line as the ground or other conditions permit4 7#cge7 #cij4 ,separated officers and noncommissioned officers placing themselves under nearest higher commander4 ,any officer or noncommissioned officer who becomes separated from his proper unit and can not rejoin must at once place himself and his command at the disposal of the nearest higher commander4 7#cgf7 ,anyone having completed an assigned task must seek to rejoin his proper command4 ,failing in this1 he should join the nearest troops engaged with the enemy4 #cia4 ,duty of separated soldiers4 ,soldiers are taught the necessity of remaining with their companies1 but those who become detached must join the nearest company and serve with it until the battle is over or reorganization is ordered4 7#cgg7 ,orders #cib4 ,orders for deployment2 combat orders of divisions and brigades usually written4 ,commands are deployed and enter the combat by the orders of the commander to the subordinate commanders4 ,the initial combat orders of the division are almost invariably written2 those of the brigade are generally so4 ,the written order is preferable and is used whenever time permits4 ,if time permits1 subsequent orders are likewise written1 either as field orders or messages4 7#cgh7 #cic4 ,combat orders of regiments and smaller units2 verbal messages4 ,the initial combat orders of regiments and smaller units are given verbally4 ,for this purpose the subordinates for whom the orders are intended are assembled1 if practicable1 at a place from which the situation and plan can be explained4 ,subsequent orders are verbal or in the form of verbal or written messages4 ,verbal messages should not be used unless they are short and unmistakable4 7#cgi7 #cid4 ,initial combat orders2 personal reconnaissance4 ,the initial combat order of any commander or subordinate is based upon his definite plan for executing the task confronting him4 ,whenever possible the formation of the plan is preceded by a personal reconnaissance of the terrain and a careful consideration of all information of the enemy4 7#chj7 #cie4 ,composition of combat orders4 ,the combat order gives such information of the enemy and of neighboring or supporting friendly troops as will enable subordinates to understand the situation4 ,the general plan of action is stated in brief terms1 but enough of the commander's intentions is divulged to guide the subsequent actions of the subordinates4 ,clear and concise instructions are given as to the action to be taken in the combat by each part of the command4 ,in this way the commander assigns tasks1 fronts1 objectives1 sectors or areas1 etc41 in accordance with his plan4 ,if the terms employed convey definite ideas and leave no loopholes1 the conduct of subordinates will generally be correspondingly satisfactory4 ,such miscellaneous matter relating to special troops1 trains1 ammunition1 and future movements of the commander is added as concerns the combat itself4 ,combat orders should prescribe communication1 reconnaissance1 flank protection1 etc41 when some special disposition is desired or when an omission on the part of a subordinate may reasonably be feared4 7#cha7 #cif4 ,encroaching upon functions of subordinates prohibited2 orders to be definite4 ,when issuing orders1 a commander should indicate clearly what is to be done by each subordinate1 but not how it is to be done4 ,he should not encroach upon the functions of a subordinate by prescribing details of execution unless he has good reason to doubt the ability or judgment of the subordinate1 and cannot substitute another4 ,although general in its terms1 an order must be definite and must be the expression of a fixed decision4 ,ambiguity or vagueness indicates either a vacillation or the inability to formulate orders4 7#chb7 #cig4 ,orders generally given subordinates through their immediate superiors4 ,usually the orders of a commander are intended for1 and are given to1 the commanders of the next lower units1 but in an emergency commander should not hesitate to give orders directly to any subordinate4 ,in such case he should promptly inform the intermediate commander concerned4 7#chc7 ,communication #cih4 ,communication1 how maintained4 ,communication is maintained by means of staff officers1 messengers1 relay systems1 connecting files1 visual signals1 telegraph1 or telephone4 7#chd7 #cii4 ,lines of communication established by signal corps4 ,the signal corps troops of the division establish lines of information from division to brigade headquarters4 ,the further extension of lines of information in combat by signal troops is exceptional4 7#che7 #djj4 ,lines of communication established by regiment2 orderlies carry signal flags4 ,each regiment1 employing its own personnel1 is responsible for the maintenance of communication from the colonel back to the brigade and forward to the battalions4 ,for this purpose the regiment uses the various means which may be furnished it4 ,the staff and orderlies1 regimental and battalion1 are practiced in the use of these means and in messenger service4 ,orderlies carry signal flags4 7#chf7 #dja4 ,communication between firing line and major or colonel2 company musicians carry signal flags4 ,connection between the firing line and the major or colonel is practically limited to the prescribed flag1 arm1 and bugle signals4 ,other means can only be supplemental4 ,company musicians carry company flags and are practiced in signaling4 7#chg7 #djb4 ,communication by artillery with firing line by means of staff officers or through agents4 ,the artillery generally communicates with the firing line by means of its own staff officers or through an agent who accompanies some unit in or near the front4 ,the infantry keeps him informed as to the situation and affords any reasonable assistance4 ,when the infantry is dependent upon the artillery for fire support1 perfect cooerdination through this representative is of great importance4 7#chh7 ,,combat ,,reconnaissance #djc4 ,importance of combat reconnaissance2 avoidance of deployment on wrong lines4 ,combat reconnaissance is of vital importance and must not be neglected4 ,by proper preliminary reconnaissance1 deployments on wrong lines1 or in a wrong direction1 and surprises may generally be prevented4 7#chi7 #djd4 ,protection of troops by proper reconnaissance4 ,troops deployed and under fire can not change front1 and thus they suffer greatly when enfiladed4 ,troops in close order formation may suffer heavy losses in a short time if subjected to hostile fire4 ,in both formations troops must be protected by proper reconnaissance and warning4 7#cij7 #dje4 ,difficulty of reconnaissance depends on extent of enemy's screen2 strength of reconnoitering parties4 ,the difficulty of reconnaissance increases in proportion to the measures adopted by the enemy to screen himself4 ,the strength of the reconnoitering party is determined by the character of the information desired and the nature of the hostile screen4 ,in exceptional cases as much as a battalion may be necessary in order to break through the hostile screen and enable the commander or officer in charge to reconnoiter in person4 ,a large reconnoitering party is conducted so as to open the way for small patrols1 to serve as a supporting force or rallying point for them1 and to receive and transmit information4 ,such parties maintain signal communication with the main body if practicable4 7#cia7 #djf4 ,each separate column to protect itself by reconnaissance4 ,each separate column moving forward to deploy must reconnoiter to its front and flank and keep in touch with adjoining columns4 ,the extent of the reconnaissance to the flank depends upon the isolation of the columns4 7#cib7 #djg4 ,reconnaissance before attacking4 ,before an attack a reconnaissance must be made to determine the enemy's position1 the location of his flanks1 the character of the terrain1 the nature of the hostile field works1 etc41 in order to prevent premature deployment and the resulting fatigue and loss of time4 ,it will frequently be necessary to send forward a thin skirmish line in order to induce the enemy to open fire and reveal his position4 7#cic7 #djh4 ,extent of reconnaissance4 ,it will frequently be impossible to obtain satisfactory information until after the action has begun4 ,the delay that may be warranted for the purpose of reconnaissance depends upon the nature of the attack and the necessity for promptness4 ,for example1 in a meeting engagement1 and sometimes in a holding attack1 the reconnaissance may have to be hasty and superficial1 whereas in an attack against an enemy carefully prepared for defense there will generally be both time and necessity for thorough reconnaissance4 7#cid7 #dji4 ,reconnaissance in defense4 ,in defense1 reconnaissance must be kept up to determine the enemy's line of advance1 to ascertain his dispositions1 to prevent his reconnaissance1 etc4 ,patrols or parties posted to prevent hostile reconnaissance should relieve the main body of the necessity of betraying its position by firing on small bodies of the enemy4 7#cie7 #daj4 ,duration of reconnaissance2 protection of flanks4 ,reconnaissance continues throughout the action4 ,a firing or skirmish line can take care of its front1 but its flanks are especially vulnerable to modern firearms4 ,the moral effect of flanking fire is as great as the physical effect4 ,hence1 combat patrols to give warning or covering detachments to give security are indispensable on exposed flanks4 ,this is equally true in attack or defense4 7#cif7 #daa4 ,responsibility of infantry commanders for reconnaissance2 surprise unpardonable4 ,the fact that cavalry patrols are known to be posted in a certain direction does not relieve infantry commanders of the responsibility for reconnaissance and security4 ,to be surprised by an enemy at short range is an unpardonable offense4 7#cig7 #dab4 ,commander of flank battalion responsible for security of his flank4 ,the commander of a battalion on a flank of a general line invariably provides for the necessary reconnaissance and security on that flank unless higher authority has specifically ordered it4 ,in any event1 he sends out combat patrols as needed4 ,where his battalion is on a flank of one section of the line and a considerable interval lies between his battalion and the next section1 he makes similar provision4 7#cih7 #dac4 ,patrols established by battalion commanders4 ,battalion commanders in the first line establish patrols to observe and report the progress or conduct of adjoining troops when these can not be seen4 7#cii7 ,,fire ,,superiority ,,purpose ,,and ,,nature 7,see par4 #dbg7 #dad4 ,success in battle dependent upon fire superiority4 ,in a decisive battle success depends on gaining and maintaining fire superiority4 ,every effort must be made to gain it early and then to keep it4 ,attacking troops must first gain fire superiority in order to reach the hostile position4 ,over open ground attack is possible only when the attacking force has a decided fire superiority4 ,with such superiority the attack is not only possible1 but success is probable and without ruinous losses4 ,defending troops can prevent a charge only when they can master the enemy's fire and inflict heavy losses upon him4 7#djj7 #dae4 ,volume and accuracy necessary to obtain fire superiority4 ,to obtain fire superiority it is necessary to produce a heavy volume of accurate fire4 ,every increase in the effectiveness of the fire means a corresponding decrease in the effectiveness of the enemy's fire4 ,the volume and accuracy of fire will depend upon several considerations3 7a7 ,the number of rifles employed4 ,on a given front the greatest volume of fire is produced by a firing line having only sufficient intervals between men to permit the free use of their rifles4 ,the maximum density of a firing line is therefore about one man per yard of front4 7b7 ,the rate of fire affects its volume2 an excessive rate reduces its accuracy4 7c7 ,the character of the target influences both volume and accuracy4 ,larger dimensions1 greater visibility1 and shorter range increase the rate of fire2 greater density increases the effect4 7d7 ,training and discipline have an important bearing on the rate or volume of fire1 but their greatest influence is upon accuracy4 ,the firing efficiency of troops is reduced by fatigue and adverse psychological influences4 7e7 ,fire direction and control improve collective accuracy4 ,the importance of fire direction increases rapidly with the range4 ,control exerts a powerful influence at all ranges4 7#dja7 ,,fire ,,direction ,,and ,,control ,opening ,fire #daf4 ,long range fire1 when effective4 ,beyond effective ranges important results can be expected only when the target is large and distinct and much ammunition is used4 ,long range fire is permissible in pursuit on account of the moral effect of any fire under the circumstances4 ,at other times such fire is of doubtful value4 7#djb7 #dag4 ,opening fire in attack4 ,in attack1 the desire to open fire when losses are first felt must be repressed4 ,considerations of time1 target1 ammunition1 and morale make it imperative that the attack withhold its fire and press forward to a first firing position close to the enemy4 ,the attacker's target will be smaller and fainter than the one he presents to the enemy4 7#djc7 #dah4 ,opening fire in defense4 ,in defense1 more ammunition is available1 ranges are more easily determined1 and the enemy usually presents a larger target4 ,the defender may therefore open fire and expect results at longer ranges than the attacker1 and particularly if the defenders intend a delaying action only4 ,if the enemy has a powerful artillery1 it will often be best for the defending infantry to withhold its fire until the enemy offers a specially favorable target4 ,vigorous and well-directed bursts of fire are then employed4 ,the troops should therefore be given as much artificial protection as time and means permit1 and at an agreed signal expose themselves as much as necessary and open fire4 7#djd7 #dai4 ,opening fire in unexpected1 close encounters4 ,in unexpected1 close encounters a great advantage accrues to the side which first opens rapid and accurate fire with battle sight4 7#dje7 ,use of ,ground #dbj4 ,requisites of ground for cover4 ,the position of the firers must afford a suitable field of fire4 ,the ground should permit constant observation of the enemy1 and yet enable the men to secure some cover when not actually firing4 ,troops whose target is for the moment hidden by unfavorable ground1 either move forward to better ground or seek to execute cross fire on another target4 7#djf7 #dba4 ,skillful use of ground reduces visibility4 ,the likelihood of a target being hit depends to a great extent upon its visibility4 ,by skillful use of ground1 a firing line may reduce its visibility without loss of fire power4 ,sky lines are particularly to be avoided4 7#djg7 ,choice of ,target #dbb4 ,target to be chosen4 ,the target chosen should be the hostile troops most dangerous to the firers4 ,these will usually be the nearest hostile infantry4 ,when no target is specially dangerous1 that one should be chosen which promises the most hits4 7#djh7 #dbc4 ,target not to be changed except for good reason4 ,frequent changes of target impair the fire effect4 ,random changes to small1 unimportant targets impair fire discipline and accomplish nothing4 ,attention should be confined to the main target until substantial reason for change is apparent4 7#dji7 #dbd4 ,flanking fire to be delivered when opportunity offers4 ,an opportunity to deliver flanking fire1 especially against artillery protected in front by shields1 is an example warranting change of target and should never be overlooked4 ,such fire demoralizes the troops subjected to it1 even if the losses inflicted are small4 ,in this manner a relatively small number of rifles can produce important results4 7#daj7 ,the ,range #dbe4 ,importance of correct sight setting4 ,beyond close range1 the correct setting of the rear sight is of primary importance1 provided the troops are trained and well in hand4 ,the necessity for correct sight setting increases rapidly with the range4 ,its importance decreases as the quality of the troops decrease1 for the error in sight setting1 except possibly at very long ranges1 becomes unimportant when compared with the error in holding and aiming4 7#daa7 #dbf4 ,determination of ranges4 ,in attack1 distances must usually be estimated and corrections made as errors are observed4 ,mechanical range finders and ranging volleys are practicable at times4 ,in defense1 it is generally practicable to measure more accurately the distances to visible objects and to keep a record of them for future use4 7#dab7 ,distribution of ,fire and ,target #dbg4 ,purpose of fire superiority2 distribution of fire and target4 ,the purpose of fire superiority is to get hits whenever possible1 but at all events to keep down the enemy's fire and render it harmless4 ,to accomplish this the target must be covered with fire throughout its whole extent4 ,troops who are not fired upon will fire with nearly peacetime accuracy4 ,the target is roughly divided and a part is assigned to each unit4 ,no part of the target is neglected4 ,in attack1 by a system of overlapping in assigning targets to platoons1 the entire hostile line can be kept under fire even during a rush4 7,pars4 #djj-dja47 7#dac7 ,observation #dbh4 ,observation of target4 ,the correctness of the sight setting and the distribution of fire over the target can be verified only by careful observation of the target1 the adjacent ground1 and the effect upon the enemy4 7#dad7 #dbi4 ,observation determines whether fire fight is being properly conducted4 ,observation only can determine whether the fire fight is being properly conducted4 ,if the enemy's fire is losing in accuracy and effect1 the observer realizes that his side is gaining superiority4 ,if the enemy's fire remains or becomes effective and persistent1 he realizes that corrective measures are necessary to increase either volume or accuracy1 or both4 7#dae7 ,discipline #dcj4 ,what discipline accomplishes4 ,discipline makes good direction and control possible and is the distinguishing mark of trained troops4 7#daf7 #dca4 ,communication on firing line by means of signals4 ,the discipline necessary in the firing line will be absent unless officers and noncommissioned officers can make their will known to the men4 ,in the company1 therefore1 communication must be by simple signals which1 in the roar of musketry1 will attract the attention and convey the correct meaning4 7#dag7 ,expenditure of ,ammunition #dcb4 ,use of ammunition in attack4 ,in attack the supply is more limited than in defense4 ,better judgment must be exercised in expenditure4 ,ordinarily1 troops in the firing line of an attack can not expect to have that day more ammunition than they carry into the combat1 except such additions as come from the distribution of ammunition of dead and wounded and the surplus brought by reenforcements4 7#dah7 #dcc4 ,true economy in expenditure of ammunition4 ,when a certain fire effect is required1 the necessary ammunition must be expended without hesitation4 ,several hours of firing may be necessary to gain fire superiority4 ,true economy can be practiced only by closing on the enemy1 as explained in par4 #cdd1 before first opening fire1 and thereafter suspending fire when there is nothing to shoot at4 7#dai7 ,supporting ,artillery #dcd4 ,artillery fire principal aid of infantry4 ,artillery fire is the principal aid to the infantry in gaining and keeping fire superiority1 not only by its hits1 but by the moral effect it produces on the enemy4 7#dbj7 #dce4 ,functions of artillery fire in attack and defense4 ,in attack1 artillery assists the forward movement of the infantry4 ,it keeps down the fire of the hostile artillery and seeks to neutralize the hostile infantry by inflicting losses upon it1 destroying its morale1 driving it to cover1 and preventing it from using its weapons effectively4 ,in defense1 it ignores the hostile artillery when the enemy's attack reaches a decisive stage and assists in checking the attack1 joining its fire power to that of the defending infantry4 7#dba7 #dcf4 ,fire of artillery over friendly troops4 ,troops should be accustomed to being fired over by friendly artillery and impressed with the fact that the artillery should continue firing upon the enemy until the last possible moment4 ,the few casualties resulting from shrapnel bursting short are trifling compared with those that would result from the increased effectiveness of the enemy's infantry fire were the friendly artillery to cease firing4 ,casualties inflicted by supporting artillery are not probable until the opposing infantry lines are less than #bjj yards apart4 7#dbb7 #dcg4 ,when no longer safe for artillery to fire over friendly troops4 ,when the distance between the hostile infantry lines becomes so short as to render further use of friendly artillery inadvisable1 the commander of the infantry firing line1 using a preconcerted signal1#e informs the artillery commander4 ,the latter usually increases the range in order to impede the strengthening of the enemy's foremost line1 as explained in pars4 #cde-cdf4 7#dbc7 ,fire of ,position #dch4 ,fire of position1 when used4 ,infantry is said to execute fire of position when it is posted so as to assist an attack by firing over the heads1 or off the flank1 of the attacking troops and is not itself to engage in the advance2 or when1 in defense1 it is similarly posted to augment the fire of the main firing line4 ,machine guns serve a like purpose1 as set forth in par4 #eee4 ,in a decisive action1 fire of position should be employed whenever the terrain permits and reserve infantry is available4 7#dbd7 ,,deployment #dci4 ,formation of troops before and during deployment4 ,troops are massed preparatory to deployment when the nature of their deployment can not be foreseen or it is desirable to shorten the column or to clear the road4 ,otherwise1 in the deployment of large commands1 whether in march column1 in bivouac1 or massed1 and whether forming1 for attack or for defense1 they are ordinarily first formed into a line of columns to facilitate the extension of the front prior to deploying4 ,the rough line or lines of columns thus formed enable troops to take advantage of the terrain in advancing and shorten the time occupied in forming the firing line4 7#dbe7 #ddj4 ,action of brigade and regimental commanders in deployment of division4 ,in deploying the division1 each brigade is assigned a definite task or objective4 ,on receipt of his orders1 the brigade commander conducts his brigade in column or in line of regiments1 until it is advisable that it be broken into smaller columns4 ,he then issues his order1 assigning to each regiment its task1 if practicable4 ,in a similar manner the regimental commanders lead their regiments forward in column1 or in line of columns1 until the time arrives for issuing the regimental order4 ,it is seldom advisable to break up the battalion before issuing orders for its deployment4 7#dbf7 #dda4 ,personal reconnaissance before deployment4 ,each subordinate commander1 after receiving his order for the action1 should precede his command as far as possible1 in order to reconnoiter the ground personally1 and should prepare to issue his orders promptly4 7#dbg7 #ddb4 ,each commander to guard his command against surprise4 ,each commander of a column directs the necessary reconnaissance to front and flanks2 by this means and by a judicious choice of ground he guards against surprise4 7#dbh7 #ddc4 ,premature formation of firing line to be avoided4 ,the premature formation of the firing line causes unnecessary fatigue and loss of time1 and may result in a faulty direction being taken4 ,troops once deployed make even minor changes of direction with difficulty1 and this difficulty increases with the length of the firing line4 7#dbi7 #ddd4 ,rectification of deployment in wrong direction4 ,in the larger units1 when the original deployment is found to be in the wrong direction1 it will usually be necessary to deploy the reserve on the correct front and withdraw and assemble the first line4 7#dcj7 #dde4 ,number of troops to be deployed in beginning4 ,to gain decisive results1 it will generally be necessary to use all the troops at some stage of the combat4 ,but in the beginning1 while the situation is uncertain1 care should be taken not to engage too large a proportion of the command4 ,on the other hand1 there is no greater error than to employ too few and to sacrifice them by driblets4 7,for division of the battalion in attack see #cce-cci47 7#dca7 #ddf4 ,dense1 well-directed1 and controlled line of heavy fire gives fire superiority4 ,when it is intended to fight to a decision1 fire superiority is essential4 ,to gain this1 two things are necessary3 ,a heavy fire and a fire well-directed and controlled4 ,both of these are best obtained when the firing line is as dense as practicable1 while leaving the men room for the free use of their rifles4 ,if the men are too widely separated1 direction and control are very difficult1 often impossible1 and the intensity of fire is slight in proportion to the front occupied4 7#dcb7 #ddg4 ,density of #a man per yard2 occupation of only sections of long lines4 ,in an attack or stubborn defense the firing line should have a density of one man per yard of front occupied4 ,where the tactical situation demands the holding of a line too long to be occupied throughout at this density1 it is generally better to deploy companies or platoons at one man per yard1 leaving gaps in the line between them1 than to distribute the men uniformly at increased intervals4 7#dcc7 #ddh4 ,use of thin firing line4 ,a relatively thin firing line may be employed when merely covering the movements of other forces2 when on the defensive against poor troops2 when the final action to be taken has not yet been determined2 and1 in general1 when fire superiority is not necessary4 7#dcd7 #ddi4 ,length of firing line employed by whole force2 strength of supports and reserves2 density of charging line4 ,the length of the firing line that the whole force may employ depends upon the density of the line and the strength in rear required by the situation4 ,supports and reserves constitute the strength in rear4 ,in a decisive attack they should be at least strong enough to replace a heavy loss in the original firing line and to increase the charging line to a density of at least one and one-half men per yard and still have troops in rear for protection and for the other purposes mentioned above4 7#dce7 #dej4 ,strength of reserve2 troops deployed varying from #a to #aj men per yard4 ,in the original deployment the strength of the reserve held out by each commander comprises from one-sixth to two-thirds of his unit1 depending upon the nature of the service expected of the reserve4 ,a small force in a covering or delaying action requires very little strength in rear1 while a large force fighting a decisive battle requires much4 ,therefore1 depending upon circumstances1 the original deployment1 including the strength in rear1 may vary from #a to #aj men per yard4 ,against an enemy poorly disciplined and trained1 or lacking in morale1 a thinner deployment is permissible4 7#dcf7 #dea4 ,density of whole deployment varies with size of command4 ,the density of the whole deployment increases with the size of the command1 because the larger the command the greater the necessity for reserves4 ,thus1 battalion acting alone may attack two men per yard of front1 but a regiment1 with three battalions1 may only double the front of the one battalion4 7#dcg7 #deb4 ,division of battle line into battle districts and density of deployment therein4 ,by the assignment of divisions or larger units to parts of a line of battle several miles long1 a series of semi-independent battle1 or local combat1 districts are created4 ,the general deployment for a long line of battle comprising several battle districts is not directly considered in these regulations4 ,the deployments treated of herein are those of the infantry within such districts4 ,the density of deployment in these districts may vary greatly1 depending upon the activity expected in each4 ,within these battle districts1 as well as in smaller forces acting alone1 parts of the line temporarily of less importance may be held weakly1 in order to economize troops and to have more at the decisive point4 7#dch7 #dec4 ,extent of front occupied by a unit depends upon security of flanks4 ,the front that a unit may occupy when deployed depends also upon whether its flanks are secured4 ,if both flanks are secured by other troops1 the unit may increase its front materially by reducing its reserve or supports4 ,if only one flank is so secured1 the front may still be somewhat increased1 but the exposed flank must be guarded by posting the supports or reserve toward that flank4 ,natural obstacles that secure the flanks have practically the same effect upon deployment4 7#dci7 #ded4 ,regiments1 battalions1 and companies deployed side by side4 ,except when assigned as supports or reserve1 regiments in the brigade1 battalions in the regiment1 and companies in the battalion are1 when practicable1 deployed side by side4 7#ddj7 #dee4 ,battalions furnish firing line and supports2 larger units furnish reserves2 employment of reserve4 ,in the deployment1 battalions establish the firing line1 each furnishing its own support4 ,in each unit larger than the battalion a reserve is held out1 its strength depending upon circumstances4 ,in general1 the reserve is employed by the commander to meet or improve conditions brought about by the action of the firing line4 ,it must not be too weak or too split up4 ,it must be posted where the commander believes it will be needed for decisive action1 or where he desires to bring about such action4 ,when necessary1 parts of it reenforce or prolong the firing line4 7#dda7 ,,attack 7,for the battalion in ,attack1 see pars4 #cdb-cdf7 #def4 ,fire superiority means success2 how to obtain fire superiority4 ,an attack is bound to succeed if fire superiority is gained and properly used4 ,to gain this superiority generally requires that the attack employ more rifles than the defense2 this in turn means a longer line1 as both sides will probably hold a strong firing line4 7#ddb7 #deg4 ,when frontal attack may be successful4 ,with large forces1 a direct frontal attack gives the attacker little opportunity to bring more rifles to bear4 ,however1 if the enemy is unduly extended1 a frontal attack may give very decisive results4 7#ddc7 #deh4 ,when turning movements are allowable4 ,owing to the difficulty of control and the danger of the parts being defeated in detail1 wide turning movements are seldom allowable except in large forces4 7#ddd7 #dei4 ,advantages of enveloping attack4 ,if the attack can be so directed that1 while the front is covered1 another fraction of the command strikes a flank more or less obliquely 7an enveloping attack71 the advantages gained are a longer line and more rifles in action2 also a converging fire opposed to the enemy's diverging fire4 7#dde7 #dfj4 ,envelopment of both flanks4 ,an envelopment of both flanks should never be attempted without a very decided superiority in numbers4 7#ddf7 #dfa4 ,enveloping attacks result in local frontal attacks2 advantage of envelopment4 ,the enveloping attack will nearly always result locally in a frontal attack1 for it will be met by the enemy's reserve4 ,the advantage of envelopment lies in the longer concentric line1 with its preponderance of rifles and its converging fire4 7#ddg7 #dfb4 ,cooeperation between frontal and enveloping attacks2 the two attacks to be deployed considerable distance from hostile positions4 ,cooeperation between the frontal and enveloping attacks is essential to success4 ,both should be pushed vigorously and simultaneously1 and ordinarily both should move simultaneously to the charge2 but at the final stage of the attack conditions may sometimes warrant one in charging while the other supports it with fire4 ,the envelopment of a flank is brought about with difficulty when made by troops already deployed in another direction or by their reserves4 ,the two attacks should be deployed at a suitable distance apart1 with the lines of attack converging in rear of the hostile position4 ,the troops that are to make the enveloping attack should deploy in the proper direction at the start and should be given orders which enable them to gain their point of deployment in the most direct and practical manner4 ,the enveloping attack is generally made the stronger1 especially in small forces4 7#ddh7 ,,deployment ,,for ,,attack #dfc4 ,distance from hostile position at which deployment is made2 foreground to be cleared of hostile detachments before deployment4 ,where open terrain exposes troops to hostile artillery fire it may be necessary to make the deployment #b miles or more from the hostile position4 ,the foreground should be temporarily occupied by covering troops4 ,if the enemy occupies the foreground with detachments1 the covering troops must drive them back4 7#ddi7 #dfd4 ,moving well forward and deploying at night4 ,to enable large forces to gain ground toward the enemy1 it may sometimes be cheaper and quicker in the end to move well forward and to deploy at night4 ,in such case the area in which the deployment is to be made should1 if practicable1 be occupied by covering troops before dark4 ,the deployment will be made with great difficulty unless the ground has been studied by daylight4 ,the deployment gains little unless it establishes the firing line well within effective range of the enemy's main position4 7,see ,night ,operations1 par4 #ehj-eij47 7#dej7 #dfe4 ,each unit deploys on its direction line2 intervals between battalions on firing line4 ,each unit assigned a task deploys when on its direction line1 or opposite its objective1 and when it has no longer sufficient cover for advancing in close order4 ,in the firing line1 intervals of #be to #ej yards should be maintained as long as possible between battalions4 ,in the larger units it may be necessary to indicate on the map the direction or objective1 but to battalion commanders it should be pointed out on the ground4 7#dea7 #dff4 ,post of reserve2 reserve charged with flank protection4 ,the reserve is kept near enough to the firing line to be on hand at the decisive stage4 ,it is posted with reference to the attack1 or to that part of the attacking line1 from which the greater results are expected2 it is also charged with flank protection1 but should be kept intact4 ,supports are considered in paragraphs #bfb to #bfe1 inclusive1 and #cce to #cci1 inclusive4 7#deb7 ,,advancing ,,the ,,attack #dfg4 ,firing line to advance as far as possible before opening fire4 ,the firing line must ordinarily advance a long distance before it is justified in opening fire4 ,it can not combat the enemy's artillery1 and it is at a disadvantage if it combats the defender's long-range rifle fire4 ,hence it ignores both and1 by taking full advantage of cover and of the discipline of the troops1 advances to a first firing position at the shortest range possible1 as explained in par4 #cdd4 ,formations for crossing this zone with the minimum loss are considered in paragraphs #bdi to #beg1 inclusive4 ,these and other methods of crossing such zones should be studied and practiced4 7#dec7 #dfh4 ,invisibility best protection while advancing4 ,the best protection against loss while advancing is to escape the enemy's view4 7#ded7 #dfi4 ,advance of battalions4 ,each battalion finds its own firing position1 conforming to the general advance as long as practicable and taking advantage of the more advanced position of an adjacent battalion in order to gain ground4 ,the position from which the attack opens fire is further considered in paragraphs #cdc-cde1 inclusive4 7#dee7 #dgj4 ,infantry moving to the attack passing through deployed artillery4 ,it will frequently become necessary for infantry moving to the attack to pass through deployed artillery4 ,this should be done so as to interfere as little as possible with the latter's fire1 and never so as to cause that fire to cease entirely4 ,as far as practicable1 advantage should be taken of intervals in the line1 if any4 ,an understanding between artillery and infantry commanders should be had1 so as to effect the movement to the best advantage4 7#def7 #dga4 ,advanced elements of firing line not to open fire on main hostile position4 ,in advancing the attack1 advanced elements of the firing line or detachments in front of it should not open fire except in defense or to clear the foreground of the enemy4 ,fire on the hostile main position should not be opened until all or nearly all of the firing line can join in the fire4 7#deg7 ,,the ,,fire ,,attack 7,see pars4 #dad-dch47 #dgb4 ,fire superiority sought at first firing position1 and to be maintained until charging point is reached2 size of rushing units4 ,at the first firing position the attack seeks to gain fire superiority4 ,this may necessitate a steady1 accurate fire a long time4 ,the object is to subdue the enemy's fire and keep it subdued so that the attacking troops may advance from this point to a favorable place near the enemy from which the charge may be made4 ,hence1 in the advance by rushes1 sufficient rifles must be kept constantly in action to keep down the enemy's fire2 this determines the size of the fraction rushing4 7#deh7 #dgc4 ,futility of advancing without fire superiority4 ,to advance without fire superiority against a determined defense would result in such losses as to bring the attack to a standstill or to make the apparent success barren of results4 7#dei7 #dgd4 ,signs that fire superiority has been gained4 ,diminution of the enemy's fire and a pronounced loss in effectiveness are the surest signs that fire superiority has been gained and that a part of the firing line can advance4 7#dfj7 #dge4 ,retiring under fire in daylight suicidal2 intrenching4 ,the men must be impressed with the fact that1 having made a considerable advance under fire and having been checked1 it is suicidal to turn back in daylight4 ,if they can advance no farther1 they must intrench and hold on until the fall of darkness or a favorable turn in the situation develops4 ,intrenching is resorted to only when necessary4 ,troops who have intrenched themselves under fire are moved forward again with difficulty4 7#dfa7 #dgf4 ,supports and reserves occupying trenches vacated by firing line1 to improve same4 ,supports and reserves occupying intrenchments vacated by the firing line should improve them1 but they must not be held back or diverted from their true missions on this account4 7#dfb7 #dgg4 ,greater detail of conduct of fire attack4 ,paragraphs #cdf to #ced1 inclusive1 deal more in detail with the conduct of the fire attack4 7#dfc7 ,,the ,,charge 7,see pars4 #cee-cef7 #dgh4 ,what fire superiority accomplishes2 psychological moment for charge determined by tactical instinct4 ,fire superiority beats down the enemy's fire1 destroys his resistance and morale1 and enables the attacking troops to close on him1 but an actual or threatened occupation of his position is needed to drive him out and defeat him4 ,the psychological moment for the charge can not be determined far in advance4 ,the tactical instinct of the responsible officer must decide4 7#dfd7 #dgi4 ,when1 and distance over which charge should be made4 ,the defenders1 if subjugated by the fire attack1 will frequently leave before the charge begins4 ,on the other hand1 it may be necessary to carry the fire attack close to the position and follow it up with a short dash and a bayonet combat4 ,hence the distance over which the charge may be made will vary between wide limits4 ,it may be from #be to #djj yards4 ,the charge should be made at the earliest moment that promises success2 otherwise the full advance of victory will be lost4 7#dfe7 #dhj4 ,charge to be made with approval of commander of attacking line2 battalion commanders signal commander of line when ready to charge2 charge to be made simultaneously4 ,the commander of the attacking line should indicate his approval1 or give the order1 before the charge is made4 ,subordinate commanders1 usually battalion commanders1 whose troops are ready to charge1 signal that fact to the commander4 ,it may be necessary for them to wait until other battalions or other parts of the line are ready or until the necessary reserves arrive4 ,at the signal for the charge the firing line and nearby supports and reserves rush forward4 7,see pars4 #cee and #cef47 ,the charge is made simultaneously1 if possible1 by all the units participating therein1 but once committed to the assault1 battalions should be pushed with the utmost vigor and no restraint placed on the ardor of charging troops by an attempt to maintain alignment4 7#dff7 #dha4 ,charge not to be made without sufficient troops2 reserves give impetus2 avoiding too dense a mass4 ,before ordering the charge the commander should see that enough troops are on hand to make it a success4 ,local reserves joining the firing line in time to participate in the charge give it a strong impetus4 ,too dense a mass should be avoided4 7#dfg7 #dhb4 ,line to be strengthened by prolongation4 ,the line should be strengthened by prolongation1 if practicable1 and remaining troops kept in formation for future use2 but rather than that the attack should fail1 the last formed body will be sent in1 unless it is very apparent that it can do no good4 7#dfh7 #dhc4 ,additional force for pursuit4 ,to arrive in the hostile position with a very compact firing line and a few formed supports is sufficient for a victory1 but an additional force kept well in hand for pursuit is of inestimable value4 7#dfi7 #dhd4 ,premature charge to be avoided2 charging without authority from the rear4 ,a premature charge by a part of the line should be avoided1 but if begun1 the other parts of the line should join at once if there is any prospect of success4 ,under exceptional conditions a part of the line may be compelled to charge without authority from the rear4 ,the intention to do so should be signaled to the rear4 7#dgj7 #dhe4 ,confidence in ability to use bayonet4 ,confidence in their ability to use the bayonet gives the assaulting troops the promise of success4 7#dga7 #dhf4 ,pursuing fire2 disordered units not to pursue4 ,if the enemy has left the position when the charging troops reach it1 the latter should open a rapid fire upon the retreating enemy1 if he is in sight4 ,it is not advisable for the mixed and disordered units to follow him1 except to advance to a favorable firing position or to cover the reorganization of others4 7#dgb7 #dhg4 ,pursuing troops2 reorganization of charging line2 preparations to meet counter-attack4 ,the nearest formed bodies accompanying or following the charge are sent instantly in pursuit4 ,under cover of these troops order is restored in the charging line4 ,if the captured position is a part of a general line or is an advanced post1 it should be intrenched and occupied at once4 ,the exhaustion of officers and men must not cause the neglect of measures to meet a counter-attack4 7#dgc7 #dhh4 ,steps to be taken when attack receives temporary setback4 ,if the attack receives a temporary setback and it is intended to strengthen and continue it1 officers will make every effort to stop the rearward movement and will reestablish the firing line in a covered position as close as possible to the enemy4 7#dgd7 #dhi4 ,steps to be taken if attack is abandoned4 ,if the attack must be abandoned1 the rearward movement should continue with promptness until the troops reach a feature of the terrain that facilitates the task of checking and reorganizing them4 ,the point selected should be so far to the rear as to prevent interference by the enemy before the troops are ready to resist4 ,the withdrawal of the attacking troops should be covered by the artillery and by reserves1 if any are available4 7,see ,night ,operations1 pars4 #ehj-eij47 7#dge7 ,,pursuit #dij4 ,full fruits of victory reaped by pursuit4 ,to reap the full fruits of victory a vigorous pursuit must be made4 ,the natural inclination to be satisfied with a successful charge must be overcome4 ,the enemy must be allowed no more time to reorganize than is positively unavoidable4 7#dgf7 #dia4 ,parts played in pursuit by reserve1 artillery1 and charging troops4 ,the part of the reserve that is still formed or is best under control is sent forward in pursuit and vigorously attacks the enemy's main body or covering detachments wherever found4 ,the artillery delivers a heavy fire upon the retreating enemy2 the disordered attacking troops secure the position1 promptly reform and become a new reserve4 7#dgg7 #dib4 ,strengthening of position captured1 if section of general line4 ,if the captured position is a section of the general line1 the breach should be heavily occupied1 made wider1 and strongly secured by drawing on all reserves in the vicinity4 7#dgh7 #dic4 ,pursuit by parallel roads4 ,after the pursuit from the immediate battlefield1 pursuit by parallel roads is especially effective where large commands are concerned4 7#dgi7 #did4 ,artillery and cavalry in pursuit4 ,artillery and cavalry are very effective in pursuit4 7#dhj7 ,,attack ,,of ,,fortifications #die4 ,modifications of attack in case of fortifications4 ,few modifications enter into the problem of attacking fortifications4 ,such as are to be considered relate chiefly to the greater time and labor of advancing1 the more frequent use of darkness and the use of hand grenades to augment the fire4 7#dha7 #dif4 ,approaching charging point under cover of darkness4 ,if the enemy is strongly fortified and time permits1 it may be advisable to wait and approach the charging point under cover of darkness4 ,the necessary reconnaissance and arrangements should be made before dark4 ,if the charge is not to be made at once1 the troops intrench the advanced position1 using sand bags if necessary4 ,before daylight the foreground should be cleared of obstacles4 7#dhb7 #dig4 ,charging without fire preparation4 ,if the distance is short and other conditions are favorable1 the charge may be made without fire preparation4 ,if made1 it should be launched with spirit and suddenness at the break of day4 7,see ,night ,operations pars4 #ehj-eij47 7#dhc7 #dih4 ,advancing to charging point by sapping4 ,in siege operations troops are usually advanced to the charging point by sapping4 ,this method1 however1 presupposes that an early victory is not necessary1 or that it is clearly inadvisable to attempt more direct methods4 7#dhd7 ,,holding ,,attack #dii4 ,requisites of the holding attack4 ,the holding attack must be vigorous enough to hold the enemy in position and must present a front strong enough to conceal the secondary nature of the attack4 ,the holding attack need have comparatively little strength in rear1 but conceals the fact by a firing line not distinguishable from that of a decisive attack4 7#dhe7 #ejj4 ,post and strength of supports and reserves4 ,supports and reserves are kept at short distances4 ,their strength is less if the object is merely to hold the enemy fast than if the object is1 in addition1 to compel him to use up reserves4 7#dhf7 #eja4 ,holding attacks developing into decisive attacks4 ,holding attacks which may later develop into decisive attacks should be correspondingly strong in rear4 7#dhg7 #ejb4 ,feint attacks4 ,all feint attacks should employ dense firing lines4 ,their weakness is in rear and is concealed4 7#dhh7 ,,defense ,,positions ,,and ,,intrenchments #ejc4 ,requirements of a good defensive position4 ,the first requirement of a good position is a clear field of fire and view to the front and exposed flanks to a distance of #fjj to #hjj yards or more4 ,the length of front should be suitable to the size of the command and the flanks should be secure4 ,the position should have lateral communication and cover for supports and reserves4 ,it should be one which the enemy can not avoid1 but must attack or give up his mission4 ,a position having all these advantages will rarely1 if ever1 be found4 ,the one should be taken which conforms closest to the description4 7#dhi7 #ejd4 ,utilization of natural cover2 construction of fieldworks and obstacles4 ,the natural cover of the position should be fully utilized4 ,in addition1 it should be strengthened by fieldworks and obstacles4 ,the best protection is afforded by deep1 narrow1 inconspicuous trenches4 ,if little time is available1 as much as practicable must be done4 ,that the fieldworks may not be needed should not cause their construction to be omitted1 and the fact that they have been constructed should not influence the action of a commander1 if conditions are found to be other than expected4 7#dij7 #eje4 ,construction of communicating and cover trenches1 head cover1 etc4 ,when time and troops are available the preparations include the necessary communicating and cover trenches1 head cover1 bombproofs1 etc4 ,the fire trenches should be well supplied with ammunition4 ,the supports are placed close at hand in cover trenches when natural cover is not available4 7#dia7 #ejf4 ,dummy trenches4 ,dummy trenches frequently cause the hostile artillery to waste time and ammunition and to divert its fire4 7#dib7 #ejg4 ,location1 extent1 garrison1 etc41 of fieldworks4 ,the location1 extent1 profile1 garrison1 etc41 of fieldworks are matters to be decided by the infantry commanders4 ,officers must be able to choose ground and properly intrench it4 7,see ,field ,fortifications1 ,chapter ,,xvi1 ,part ,,iii47 7#dic7 #ejh4 ,outlining trace of trenches in combat exercises4 ,in combat exercises1 when it is impracticable to construct the trenches appropriate to the exercise1 their trace may be outlined by bayonets1 sticks1 or other markers1 and the responsible officers required to indicate the profile selected1 method and time of construction1 garrisons1 etc4 7#did7 ,,deployment ,,for ,,defense #eji4 ,density of whole deployment4 ,the density of the whole deployment depends upon the expected severity of the action1 the character of the enemy1 the condition of the flanks1 the field of fire1 the terrain1 and the available artificial or natural protection for the troops4 7#die7 #eaj4 ,density of firing line4 ,if exposed1 the firing line should be as dense in defense as in attack4 ,if the firing line is well intrenched and has a good field of fire1 it may be made thinner4 ,weaker supports are permissible4 ,for the same number of troops the front occupied on the defensive may therefore be longer than on the offensive1 the battalions placing more companies in the firing line4 7#dif7 #eaa4 ,strength in rear to be increased when change from defensive to offensive is contemplated4 ,if it is intended only to delay the enemy1 a fairly strong deployment is sufficient1 but if decisive results are desired1 a change to the offensive must be contemplated and the corresponding strength in rear provided4 ,this strength is in the reserve1 which should be as large as the demands of the firing line and supports permit4 ,even in a passive defense the reserve should be as strong as in the attack2 unless the flanks are protected by other means4 7#dig7 #eab4 ,post of supports2 cover for supports4 ,supports are posted as close to the firing line as practicable and reinforce the latter according to the principles explained in the attack4 ,when natural cover is not sufficient for the purpose1 communicating and cover trenches are constructed4 ,if time does not permit their construction1 it is better to begin the action with a very dense firing line and no immediate supports than to have supports greatly exposed in rear4 7#dih7 #eac4 ,post of reserve4 ,the reserve should be posted so as to be entirely free to act as a whole1 according to the developments4 ,the distance from firing line to reserve is generally greater than in the attack4 ,by reason of such a location the reserve is best able to meet a hostile enveloping attack2 it has a better position from which to make a counter attack2 it is in a better position to cover a withdrawal and permit an orderly retreat4 ,the distance from firing line to reserve increases with the size of the reserve4 7#dii7 #ead4 ,post of reserve when situation is no longer in doubt4 ,when the situation is no longer in doubt1 the reserve should be held in rear of the flank which is most in danger or offers the best opportunity for counter attack4 ,usually the same flank best suits both purposes4 7#ejj7 #eae4 ,detaching part of reserve to protect opposite flank4 ,in exceptional cases1 on broad fronts1 it may be necessary to detach a part of the reserve to protect the opposite flank4 ,this detachment should be the smallest consistent with its purely protective mission4 7#eja7 #eaf4 ,assignment of front to units4 ,the commander assigns to subordinates the front to be occupied by them4 ,these1 in turn1 subdivide the front among their next lower units in the firing line4 7#ejb7 #eag4 ,division of extended position into sections4 ,an extended position is so divided into sections that each has1 if practicable1 a field of fire naturally made distinct by the terrain4 ,unfavorable and unimportant ground will ordinarily cause gaps to exist in the line4 7#ejc7 #eah4 ,size of units occupying sections2 battalions to be kept intact4 ,the size of the unit occupying each section depends upon the latter's natural strength1 front1 and importance4 ,if practicable1 battalions should be kept intact and assigned as units to sections or parts of sections4 7#ejd7 #eai4 ,adjoining sections or machine guns to cover dead space4 ,where important dead space lies in front of one section1 an adjoining section should be instructed to cover it with fire when necessary1 or machine guns should be concealed for the like purpose4 7#eje7 #ebj4 ,advanced posts and other dispersion to be avoided4 ,advanced posts1 or any other form of unnecessary dispersion1 should be avoided4 7#ejf7 #eba4 ,position itself not fully occupied until infantry attack begins4 ,unless the difficulty of moving the troops into the position be great1 most of the troops of the firing line are held in rear of it until the infantry attack begins4 ,the position itself is occupied by a small garrison only1 with the necessary outguards or patrols in front4 7#ejg7 #ebb4 ,fire alone unable to stop attack4 ,fire alone can not be depended upon to stop the attack4 ,the troops must be determined to resort to the bayonet1 if necessary4 7#ejh7 #ebc4 ,steps to be taken if night attack is expected4 ,if a night attack or close approach by the enemy is expected1 troops in a prepared position should strengthen the outguards and firing line and construct as numerous and effective obstacles as possible4 ,supports and local reserves should move close to the firing line and should1 with the firing line1 keep bayonets fixed4 ,if practicable1 the front should be illuminated1 preferably from the flanks of the section4 7#eji7 #ebd4 ,short range fire and bayonet in night attack4 ,only short range fire is of any value in resisting night attacks4 ,the bayonet is the chief reliance4 7,see ,night ,operations pars4 #ehj-eij47 7#eaj7 ,,counter ,,attack #ebe4 ,passive defense2 only offensive wins4 ,the passive defense should be assumed only when circumstances force it4 ,only the offensive wins4 7#eaa7 #ebf4 ,active defense seeks favorable decision2 counter attack necessary4 ,an active defense seeks a favorable decision4 ,a favorable decision can not be expected without counter attack4 7#eab7 #ebg4 ,protection of flanks by natural obstacles necessary in passive defense position4 ,a passive defense in a position whose flanks are not protected by natural obstacles is generally out of the question4 7#eac7 #ebh4 ,post of troops for counter attack4 ,where the defense is assumed with a view to making a counter attack1 the troops for the counter attack should be held in reserve until the time arrives for such attack4 ,the defensive line should be held by as few troops as possible in order that the force for the offensive may be as large as possible4 ,the force for the counter attack should be held echeloned in rear of the flank which offers it the greatest advantage for the proposed attack4 7#ead7 #ebi4 ,manner of making counter attack4 ,the counter attack should be made vigorously and at the proper time4 ,it will usually be made3 ,by launching the reserve against the enemy's flank when his attack is in full progress4 ,this is the most effective form of counter attack4 ,straight to the front by the firing line and supports after repulsing the enemy's attack and demoralizing him with pursuing fire4 ,or1 by the troops in rear of the firing line when the enemy has reached the defensive position and is in disorder4 7#eae7 #ecj4 ,minor counter attacks4 ,minor counter attacks are sometimes necessary in order to drive the enemy from important positions gained by him4 7#eaf7 ,,delaying ,,action #eca4 ,the important considerations in a delaying action4 ,when a position is taken merely to delay the enemy and to withdraw before becoming closely engaged1 the important considerations are3 ,the enemy should be forced to deploy early4 ,the field of fire should therefore be good at distances from #ejj to #a1bjj yards or more2 a good field of fire at close range is not necessary4 ,the ground in rear of the position should favor the withdrawal of the firing line by screening the troops from the enemy's view and fire as soon as the position is vacated4 7#eag7 #ecb4 ,thin firing line answers purpose2 purposes of supports and reserve4 ,a thin firing line using much ammunition will generally answer the purpose4 ,supports are needed chiefly to protect the flanks4 ,the reserve should be posted well in rear to assist in the withdrawal of the firing line4 7#eah7 #ecc4 ,value of artillery4 ,artillery is especially valuable to a delaying force4 7#eai7 ,,meeting ,,engagements #ecd4 ,characteristics of meeting engagements4 ,meeting engagements are characterized by the necessity for hasty reconnaissance1 or the almost total absence of reconnaissance2 by the necessity for rapid deployment1 frequently under fire2 and usually by the absence of trenches or other artificial cover4 ,these conditions give further advantages to the offensive4 7#ebj7 #ece4 ,general action on meeting enemy4 ,the whole situation will usually indicate beforehand the proper general action to be taken on meeting the enemy4 7#eba7 #ecf4 ,meagerness of information2 qualities of commander to be relied upon4 ,little fresh information can be expected4 ,the boldness1 initiative1 and determination of the commander must be relied upon4 7#ebb7 #ecg4 ,meeting engagement affords ideal opportunity to certain commanders4 ,a meeting engagement affords an ideal opportunity to the commander who has intuition and quick decision and who is willing to take long chances4 ,his opponent is likely to be overcautious4 7#ebc7 #ech4 ,the mission determines method of attack4 ,the amount of information that the commander is warranted in awaiting before taking final action depends entirely upon his mission4 ,one situation may demand a blind attack2 another may demand rapid1 partial deployment for attack1 but careful and time-consuming reconnaissance before the attack is launched4 7#ebd7 #eci4 ,advantage accrues to side deploying the faster4 ,a great advantage accrues to the side which can deploy the faster4 ,the advantage of a close-order formation1 favoring rapid deployment1 becomes more pronounced with the size of the force4 7#ebe7 #edj4 ,advantages of first troops to deploy4 ,the first troops to deploy will be able to attack with longer firing lines and weaker supports than are required in the ordinary case4 ,but if the enemy succeeds in deploying a strong defensive line1 the attack must be strengthened accordingly before it is wasted4 7#ebf7 #eda4 ,things to be done by the leading troops4 ,if the situation warrants the advance1 the leading troops seek to deploy faster than the enemy1 to reach his flanks1 check his deployment1 and get information4 ,in any event1 they seek to cover the deployment of their own troops in rear--especially the artillery--and to seize important ground4 7#ebg7 #edb4 ,post of commander of long column meeting enemy2 function of advance guard2 action of column4 ,the commander of a long column which meets the enemy should be with the advance guard to receive information promptly and to reconnoiter4 ,if he decides to fight1 the advance guard must hold the enemy while the commander formulates a plan of action1 issues the necessary orders1 and deploys the main body4 ,meantime1 the column should be closing up1 either in mass or to form line of columns1 so that the deployment1 when determined upon1 may be made more promptly4 7#ebh7 #edc4 ,action of advance guard prior to receipt of orders4 ,the action of the advance guard1 prior to the receipt of orders1 depends upon the situation4 ,whether to attack determinedly or only as a feint1 or to assume the defensive1 depends upon the strength of the advance guard1 the terrain1 the character of the hostile force encountered1 and the mission and intentions of the commander of the whole4 7#ebi7 #edd4 ,main body should be used as a whole and not put into action piecemeal4 ,if the enemy is beforehand or more aggressive1 or if the advance guard is too weak1 it may be necessary to put elements of the main body into action as fast as they arrive1 in order to check him4 ,this method should be avoided2 it prevents the formation and execution of a definite plan and compels piecemeal action4 ,the best results are obtained when the main body is used as a whole4 7#ecj7 ,,withdrawal ,,from ,,action #ede4 ,withdrawal generally effected at heavy cost2 rear guard and distance to be placed between enemy and defeated troops4 ,the withdrawal of a defeated force can generally be effected only at a heavy cost4 ,when it is no longer possible to give the action a favorable turn and the necessity for withdrawal arises1 every effort must be made to place distance and a rear guard between the enemy and the defeated troops4 7#eca7 #edf4 ,use of artillery1 machine guns1 and cavalry4 ,artillery gives especially valuable assistance in the withdrawal4 ,the long-range fire of machine guns should also be employed4 ,cavalry assists the withdrawal by charging the pursuing troops or by taking flank positions and using fire action4 7#ecb7 #edg4 ,use of reserve to check the pursuit4 ,if an intact reserve remains1 it should be placed in a covering position1 preferably on a flank1 to check the pursuit and thus enable the defeated troops to withdraw beyond reach of hostile fire4 ,the covering position of the reserve should be at some distance from the main action1 but close enough to bring the withdrawing troops quickly under the protection of its fire4 ,it should have a good field of fire at effective and long ranges and should facilitate its own safe and timely withdrawal4 7#ecc7 #edh4 ,part of line to be withdrawn first2 retreating troops to be gotten under control as soon as possible4 ,if the general line is divided1 by terrain or by organization1 into two or more parts1 the firing line of the part in the least danger from pursuit should be withdrawn first4 ,a continuous firing line1 whose parts are dependent upon one another for fire support1 should be withdrawn as a whole1 retiring by echelon at the beginning of the withdrawal4 ,every effort must be made to restore the organizations1 regain control1 and form column of march as soon as the troops are beyond the reach of hostile fire4 ,as fast as possible without delaying the march1 companies1 and the larger units should be reformed1 so that the command will again be well in hand4 7#ecd7 #edi4 ,action taken by commander2 selection of rendezvous point4 ,the commander of the whole1 having given orders for withdrawal1 should go to the rear1 select a rendezvous point1 and devote himself to the reorganization of his command4 ,the rendezvous point is selected with regard to the natural channels of movement approximately straight to the rear4 ,it should be distant from the battlefield and should facilitate the gathering and protection of the command4 7#ece7 ,,summary #eej4 #a4 ,avoid combats that offer no chance of victory or other valuable results4 #b4 ,make every effort for the success of the general plan and avoid spectacular plays that have no bearing on the general result4 #c4 ,have a definite plan and carry it out vigorously4 ,do not vacillate4 #d4 ,do not attempt complicated maneuvers4 #e4 ,keep the command in hand2 avoid undue extension and dispersion4 #f4 ,study the ground and direct the advance in such a way as to take advantage of all available cover and thereby diminish losses4 #g4 ,never deploy until the purpose and the proper direction are known4 #h4 ,deploy enough men for the immediate task in hand2 hold out the rest and avoid undue haste in committing them to the action4 #i4 ,flanks must be protected either by reserves1 fortifications1 or the terrain4 #aj4 ,in a decisive action1 gain and keep fire superiority4 #aa4 ,keep up reconnaissance4 #ab4 ,use the reserve1 but not until needed or a very favorable opportunity for its use presents itself4 ,keep some reserve as long as practicable4 #ac4 ,do not hesitate to sacrifice the command if the result is worth the cost4 #ad4 ,spare the command all unnecessary hardship and exertion4 7#ecf7 ,,machine ,,guns #eea4 ,machine guns are weapons of emergency4 ,machine guns must be considered as weapons of emergency4 ,their effectiveness combined with their mobility renders them of great value at critical1 though infrequent1 periods of an engagement4 7#ecg7 #eeb4 ,machine guns to be used for short periods1 when opportunities present themselves4 ,when operating against infantry only1 they can be used to a great extent throughout the combat as circumstances may indicate1 but they are quickly rendered powerless by efficient field artillery and will promptly draw artillery fire whenever they open4 ,hence their use in engagements between large commands must be for short periods and at times when their great effectiveness will be most valuable4 7#ech7 #eec4 ,machine guns attached to advance guard2 use in meeting engagements4 ,machine guns should be attached to the advance guard4 ,in meeting engagements they will be of great value in assisting their own advance1 or in checking the advance of the enemy1 and will have considerable time to operate before hostile artillery fire can silence them4 ,care must be taken not to leave them too long in action4 7#eci7 #eed4 ,use of machine guns with rear guard4 ,they are valuable to a rear guard which seeks to check a vigorous pursuit or to gain time4 7#edj7 #eee4 ,machine guns in attack2 fire of position4 ,in attack1 if fire of position is practicable1 they are of great value4 ,in this case fire should not be opened by the machine guns until the attack is well advanced4 ,at a critical period in the attack1 such fire1 if suddenly and unexpectedly opened1 will greatly assist the advancing line4 ,the fire must be as heavy as possible and must be continued until masked by friendly troops or until the hostile artillery finds the machine guns4 7#eda7 #eef4 ,machine guns in defense4 ,in the defense1 machine guns should be used in the same general manner as described above for the attack4 ,concealment and patient waiting for critical moments and exceptional opportunities are the special characteristics of the machine-gun service in decisive actions4 7#edb7 #eeg4 ,machine guns as part of reserve2 use in covering withdrawal4 ,as part of the reserve1 machine guns have special importance4 ,if they are with the troops told off to protect the flanks1 and if they are well placed1 they will often produce decisive results against a hostile turning movement4 ,they are especially qualified to cover a withdrawal or make a captured position secure4 7#edc7 #eeh4 ,machine guns not to form part of firing line of attack4 ,machine guns should not be assigned to the firing line of an attack4 ,they should be so placed that fire directed upon them is not likely to fall upon the firing line4 7#edd7 #eei4 ,effectiveness of machine guns against skirmish line1 except when lying down or crawling4 ,a skirmish line can not advance by walking or running when hostile machine guns have the correct range and are ready to fire4 ,machine-gun fire is not specially effective against troops lying on the ground or crawling4 7#ede7 #efj4 ,silencing of machine guns by infantry4 ,when opposed by machine guns without artillery to destroy them1 infantry itself must silence them before it can advance4 ,an infantry command that must depend upon itself for protection against machine guns should concentrate a large number of rifles on each gun in turn and until it has silenced it4 7#edf7 ,in addition to the above1 which the ,infantry ,drill ,regulations gives on the subject of machine guns1 the following1 based on the use of machine guns in the ,european ,war1 is given3 #efa4 ,machine guns essentially automatic rifles4 ,they are essentially automatic rifles1 designed to fire the ordinary rifle cartridge and capable of delivering a stream of small bullets at a rate of as high as #fjj per minute4 ,experience in the ,european war has determined that the rate of #djj shots per minute is the desirable maximum4 ,their ranges are the same as for the rifle4 ,the fire of a machine gun has been estimated as equal to that of #cj men4 #efb4 ,mounts4 ,machine guns are usually mounted on tripods or wheels4 ,the weight of certain types is such that they can readily be carried by the soldier from one point to another4 #efc4 ,methods of transportation4 ,while machine guns are usually designed to be carried or packed1 they are easily adapted to various methods of transportation4 ,in the ,european war we find them mounted on sleds during the winter campaign2 on specially designed motor cycles with side cars and accompanied by other motor cycles carrying ammunition2 on wheels2 on wagons2 on armored automobiles2 aeroplanes2 and finally in the powerful tanks of the ,english4 #efd4 ,concealment4 ,machine guns while usually considered as weapons of emergency have been used in attack and defense in the ,european war in all stages4 ,their mobility and deadly effect have made them of great value4 ,once their position is discovered they are quickly put out of action by artillery4 ,owing to this fact the armies in ,europe have used alternative positions and have used every means to conceal the guns4 ,hedges1 walls1 and pits are used and every effort is used to conceal the flame of discharge4 ,this is usually accomplished by keeping the muzzle well in rear of its cover or loop hole4 ,machine guns almost invariably betray their positions as soon as they enter into action4 ,the present tendency seems to be to hold them concealed and place them into position in the trenches or emplacements at the moment of combat4 ,extraordinary means have been resorted to in hiding the guns until they are needed4 ,in the ,german line1 dugouts underground were constructed to conceal the machine guns and crews4 ,often they permitted the first line of the attack to pass over them and then appeared in rear and opened a deadly fire on the backs of the troops4 #efe4 ,use in villages4 ,in villages1 machine guns were used with terrible effect1 firing from cellars or windows4 ,the only successful method of destroying them was with hand grenades and even this was costly4 #eff4 ,location on the defense4 ,on the defense machine guns should be mounted in salients and at points where cross fire can be obtained4 ,this makes it more difficult for the enemy to locate the guns4 ,frontal fire is not so often successful4 #efg4 ,location in attack4 ,in the attack it is accepted that machine guns must cover the ,infantry at short and long ranges while other machine guns must accompany the attacking troops to hold the positions or trenches gained4 ,the second or third line would seem to be the best position for machine guns when accompanying troops4 ,illustration3 ,machine ,gun ,emplacement3 ,section aa ,illustration3 ,machine ,gun ,emplacement3 ,plan with ,cover ,removed #efh4 ,economy of men4 ,owing to its rapid and effective fire1 and the comparative ease with which it can be concealed1 the machine gun permits a great economy of men on a front and the concentrating of the forces thus freed for use in other parts of the field4 ,this was done on a large scale on the ,russian front by the ,germans in #aiae4 ,they constructed miles of wire entanglements in front of positions occupied with an enormous number of machine guns and comparatively few men4 ,the main forces were thus free to be transported wherever danger threatened4 ,in this manner the ,germans replaced men by machine guns and wire and were able to cope successfully with the immense ,russian ,armies4 ,the above plate shows a typical machine gun emplacement1 constructed in the field4 ,many elaborate emplacements have been constructed in the ,european war1 using steel and concrete1 but for a hasty cover in the field the simple emplacement shown in the figure is recommended4 7,,note4--,for a more detailed study of machine guns1 see ,subject ,,xi1 ,machine ,guns in ,action1 ,school of ,musketry1 ,fort ,sill1 ,oklahoma1 and ,combined ,cavalry and ,infantry ,drill ,regulations for ,automatic ,machine ,rifle1 cal4 #cj1 #aiji1 ,war ,department1 #aiae47 ,,ammunition ,,supply #efi4 ,method of supplying ammunition to combat train4 ,the method of supply of ammunition to the combat trains is explained in ,field ,service ,regulations4 7#edg7 #egj4 ,combat train and the major's responsibility for its proper use2 a rendezvous for each brigade4 ,the combat train is the immediate reserve supply of the battalion1 and the major is responsible for its proper use4 ,he will take measures to insure the maintenance of the prescribed allowance at all times4 ,in the absence of instructions1 he will cause the train to march immediately in rear of his battalion1 and1 upon separating from it to enter an engagement1 will cause the ammunition therein to be issued4 ,when emptied1 he will direct that the wagons proceed to the proper rendezvous to be refilled4 ,ordinarily a rendezvous is appointed for each brigade and the necessary number of wagons sent forward to it from the ammunition column4 7#edh7 #ega4 ,destination of combat wagons when refilled4 ,when refilled1 the combat wagons will rejoin their battalions1 or1 if the latter be engaged1 will join or establish communication with the regimental reserve4 7#edi7 #egb4 ,company commanders' responsibility for ammunition in belts2 ammunition of dead and wounded4 ,company commanders are responsible that the belts of the men in their companies are kept filled at all times1 except when the ammunition is being expended in action4 ,in the firing line the ammunition of the dead and wounded should be secured whenever practicable4 7#eej7 #egc4 ,ammunition in bandoleers and #cj rounds in right pocket section4 ,ammunition in the bandoleers will ordinarily be expended first4 ,thirty rounds in the right pocket section of the belt will be held as a reserve1 to be expended only when ordered by an officer4 7#eea7 #egd4 ,ammunition sent forward with reenforcements2 men not to be sent back from firing line for ammunition4 ,when necessary to resupply the firing line1 ammunition will be sent forward with reenforcements1 generally from the regimental reserve4 7#eeb7 ,men will never be sent back from the firing line for ammunition4 ,men sent forward with ammunition remain with the firing line4 #ege4 ,replenishment of ammunition after engagement4 ,as soon as possible after an engagement the belts of the men and the combat wagons are resupplied to their normal capacities4 ,ammunition which can not be reloaded on combat wagons will be piled up in a convenient place and left under guard4 7#eec7 ,,mounted ,,scouts #egf4 ,scouts to be trained in patrolling and reconnaissance2 their use4 ,the mounted scouts should be thoroughly trained in patrolling and reconnaissance4 ,they are used for communication with neighboring troops1 for patrolling off the route of march1 for march outposts1 outpost patrols1 combat patrols1 reconnaissance ahead of columns1 etc4 ,their further use is1 in general1 confined to escort and messenger duty4 ,they should be freely used for all these purposes1 but for these purposes only4 7#eed7 #egg4 ,use of mounted scouts for reconnoitering4 ,when infantry is acting alone1 or when the cavalry of a mixed command has been sent to a distance1 the mounted scouts are of special importance to covering detachments and should be used to make the reconnaissance which would otherwise fall to cavalry4 7#eee7 #egh4 ,scouts to be used in reconnaissance in preference to other troops2 use for dismounted patrolling4 ,in reconnaissance1 scouts should be used in preference to other troops as much as possible4 ,when not needed for mounted duty1 they should be employed for necessary dismounted patrolling4 7#eef7 #egi4 ,training of battalion staff officers in patrolling4 ,battalion staff officers should be specially trained in patrolling and reconnaissance work in order that they may be available when a mounted officer's patrol is required4 7#eeg7 ,,night ,,operations #ehj4 ,purposes of night operations4 ,by employing night operations troops make use of the cover of darkness to minimize losses from hostile fire or to escape observation4 ,night operations may also be necessary for the purpose of gaining time4 ,control is difficult and confusion is frequently unavoidable4 ,it may be necessary to take advantage of darkness in order to assault from a point gained during the day1 or to approach a point from which a daylight assault is to be made1 or to effect both the approach and the assault4 7#eeh7 #eha4 ,practice in offensive and defensive operations2 simple formations4 ,offensive and defensive night operations should be practiced frequently in order that troops may learn to cover ground in the dark and arrive at a destination quietly and in good order1 and in order to train officers in the necessary preparation and reconnaissance4 ,only simple and well-appointed formations should be employed4 ,troops should be thoroughly trained in the necessary details--e4 g41 night patrolling1 night marching1 and communication at night4 7#eei7 #ehb4 ,ground to be studied by day and night1 cleared of hostile detachments1 etc42 preparation of orders2 distinctive badges4 ,the ground to be traversed should be studied by daylight and1 if practicable1 at night4 ,it should be cleared of hostile detachments before dark1 and1 if practicable1 should be occupied by covering troops4 ,orders must be formulated with great care and clearness4 ,each unit must be given a definite objective and direction1 and care must be exercised to avoid collision between units4 ,whenever contact with the enemy is anticipated1 a distinctive badge should be worn by all4 7#efj7 #ehc4 ,secrecy of preparations2 unfriendly guides2 fire action to be avoided1 relying upon bayonet4 ,preparations must be made with secrecy4 ,when the movement is started1 and not until then1 the officers and men should be acquainted with the general design1 the composition of the whole force1 and should be given such additional information as will insure cooeperation and eliminate mistakes4 ,during the movement every precaution must be taken to keep secret the fact that troops are abroad4 ,unfriendly guides must frequently be impressed4 ,these should be secured against escape1 outcry1 or deception4 ,fire action should be avoided in offensive operations4 ,in general1 pieces should not be loaded4 ,men must be trained to rely upon the bayonet and to use it aggressively4 7#efa7 #ehd4 ,night marches2 advance and rear guards4 ,long night marches should be made only over well-defined routes4 ,march discipline must be rigidly enforced4 ,the troops should be marched in as compact a formation as practicable1 with the usual covering detachments4 ,advance and rear guard distances should be greatly reduced4 ,they are shortest when the mission is an offensive one4 ,the connecting files are numerous4 7#efb7 #ehe4 ,night advance followed by attack by day4 ,a night advance made with a view to making an attack by day usually terminates with the hasty construction of intrenchments in the dark4 ,such an advance should be timed so as to allow an hour or more of darkness for intrenching4 ,an advance that is to terminate in an assault at the break of day should be timed so that the troops will not arrive long before the assault is to be made2 otherwise1 the advantage of partial surprise will be lost1 and the enemy will be allowed to reenforce the threatened point4 7#efc7 #ehf4 ,night attacks1 when employed2 they require trained troops2 compact formations2 value of bayonet4 ,the night attack is ordinarily confined to small forces1 or to minor engagements in a general battle1 or to seizure of positions occupied by covering or advanced detachments4 ,decisive results are not often obtained4 ,poorly disciplined and untrained troops are unfit for night attacks or for night operations demanding the exercise of skill and care4 ,troops attacking at night can advance close to the enemy in compact formations and without suffering loss from hostile artillery or infantry fire4 ,the defender is ignorant of the strength or direction of the attack4 ,a force which makes a vigorous bayonet charge in the dark will often throw a much larger force into disorder4 7#efd7 #ehg4 ,reconnaissance2 attack to be a surprise4 ,reconnaissance should be made to ascertain the position and strength of the enemy and to study the terrain to be traversed4 ,officers who are to participate in the attack should conduct this reconnaissance4 ,reconnaissance at night is especially valuable4 ,features that are distinguishable at night should be carefully noted1 and their distances from the enemy1 from the starting point of the troops1 and from other important points should be made known4 ,preparations should have in view as complete a surprise as possible4 ,an attack once begun must be carried to its conclusion1 even if the surprise is not as complete as was planned or anticipated4 7#efe7 #ehh4 ,time of making attack depends upon object sought4 ,the time of night at which the attack should be made depends upon the object sought4 ,if a decisive attack is intended1 it will generally yield the best results if made just before daylight4 ,if the object is merely to gain an intrenched position for further operations1 an earlier hour is necessary in order that the position gained may be intrenched under cover of darkness4 7#eff7 #ehi4 ,formation2 use of bayonet2 preparations to repel counter attack4 ,the formation for attack must be simple4 ,it should be carefully effected and the troops verified at a safe distance from the enemy4 ,the attacking troops should be formed in compact lines and with strong supports at short distances4 ,the reserve should be far enough in rear to avoid being drawn into the action until the commander so desires4 ,bayonets are fixed1 pieces are not loaded4 ,darkness causes fire to be wild and ineffective4 ,the attacking troops should march steadily on the enemy without firing1 but should be prepared and determined to fight vigorously with the bayonet4 ,in advancing to the attack the aim should be to get as close as possible to the enemy before being discovered1 then trust to the bayonet4 ,if the assault is successful1 preparations must be made at once to repel a counter attack4 7#efg7 #eij4 ,measures taken by defense to resist night attacks4 ,on the defense1 preparations to resist night attacks should be made by daylight whenever such attacks are to be feared4 ,obstacles placed in front of a defensive position are especially valuable to the defense at night4 ,many forms of obstacles which would give an attacker little concern in the daytime become serious hindrances at night4 ,after dark the foreground should be illuminated whenever practicable and strong patrols should be pushed to the front4 ,when it is learned that the enemy is approaching1 the trenches are filled and the supports moved close to the firing line4 ,supports fix bayonets1 but do not load4 ,whenever practicable and necessary1 they should be used for counter attacks1 preferably against a hostile flank4 ,the defender should open fire as soon as results may be expected4 ,this fire may avert or postpone the bayonet combat1 and it warns all supporting troops4 ,it is not likely that fire alone can stop the attack4 ,the defender must be resolved to fight with the bayonet4 ,ordinarily fire will not be effective at ranges exceeding #ej yards4 ,a white rag around the muzzle of the rifle will assist in sighting the piece when the front sight is not visible4 ,see pars4 #dfd1 #dif1 #dig1 #ebc1 #ebd4 7#efh7 ,,infantry ,,against ,,cavalry #eia4 ,cavalry charge against infantry usually futile4 ,a cavalry charge can accomplish little against infantry1 even in inferior numbers1 unless the latter are surprised1 become panic-stricken1 run away1 or can not use their rifles4 7#efi7 #eib4 ,measures to check charges from front and flank4 ,a charge from the front is easily checked by a well directed and sustained fire4 ,if the charge is directed against the flank of the firing line1 the supports1 reserves1 or machine guns should stop it4 ,if this disposition is impracticable1 part of the line must meet the charge by a timely change of front4 ,if the flank company1 or companies1 in the firing line execute platoons right1 the successive firing lines can ordinarily break a charge against the flank4 ,if the cavalry line passes through the firing line1 the latter will be little damaged if the men retain their presence of mind4 ,they should be on the watch for succeeding cavalry lines and leave those that have passed through to friendly troops in rear4 7#egj7 #eic4 ,standing position best to meet charge4 ,men standing are in the best position to meet a charge1 but other considerations may compel them to meet it lying prone4 7#ega7 #eid4 ,rifle fire main dependence of infantry4 ,in a melee1 the infantryman with his bayonet has at least an even chance with the cavalryman1 but the main dependence of infantry is rifle fire4 ,any formation is suitable that permits the free use of the necessary number of rifles4 ,ordinarily there will be no time to change or set sights4 ,fire at will at battle sight should be used1 whatever the range may be4 ,it will usually be unwise to open fire at long ranges4 7#egb7 #eie4 ,meeting of cavalry charge by infantry in column4 ,an infantry column that encounters cavalry should deploy at once4 ,if attacked from the head or rear of the column1 and if time is pressing1 it may form a succession of skirmish lines4 ,infantry1 by deploying #ej or #ajj yards in rear of an obstacle1 may check cavalry and hold it under fire beyond effective pistol range4 ,in any situation1 to try to escape the issue by running is the worst and most dangerous course the infantry can adopt4 7#egc7 #eif4 ,infantry attacking dismounted cavalry4 ,in attacking dismounted cavalry1 infantry should close rapidly and endeavor to prevent remounting4 ,infantry which adopts this course will not be seriously checked by delaying cavalry4 ,every effort should be made to locate and open fire on the led horses4 7#egd7 ,,infantry ,,against ,,artillery #eig4 ,frontal attack against artillery usually futile2 use of machine guns4 ,a frontal attack against artillery has little chance of succeeding unless it can be started from cover at comparatively short range4 ,beyond short range1 the frontal fire of infantry has little effect against the artillery personnel because of their protective shields4 ,machine guns1 because their cone of fire is more compact1 will have greater effect1 but on the other hand they will have fewer opportunities1 and they are limited to fire attack only4 ,as a rule1 one's own artillery is the best weapon against hostile artillery4 7#ege7 #eih4 ,flank attack against artillery effective4 ,artillery attacked in flank by infantry can be severely damaged4 ,oblique or flank fire will begin to have decisive effect when delivered at effective range from a point to one side of the artillery's line of fire and distant from it by about half the range4 ,artillery is better protected on the side of the caisson4 7#egf7 #eii4 ,action against guns out of ammunition4 ,guns out of ammunition1 but otherwise secure against infantry attack1 may be immobilized by fire which will prevent their withdrawal1 or by locating and driving off their limbers4 ,or they may be kept out of action by fire which will prevent the receipt of ammunition4 7#egg7 #fjj4 ,action against artillery limbering or coming into action2 wheel horses best targets4 ,artillery when limbered is helpless against infantry fire4 ,if caught at effective range while coming into action or while limbering1 artillery can be severely punished by infantry fire4 ,in attacking artillery that is trying to escape1 the wheel horses are the best targets4 7#egh7 ,,artillery ,,supports #fja4 ,purpose of artillery support1 usually consisting of infantry4 ,the purpose of the artillery support is to guard the artillery against surprise or attack4 ,artillery on the march or in action is ordinarily so placed as to be amply protected by the infantry4 ,infantry always protects artillery in its neighborhood4 7#egi7 #fjb4 ,detailing of supports4 ,the detail of a support is not necessary except when the artillery is separated from the main body or occupies a position in which its flanks are not protected4 ,the detail of a special support will be avoided whenever possible4 7#ehj47 #fjc4 ,formation of support on march4 ,the formation of an artillery support depends upon circumstances4 ,on the march it may often be necessary to provide advance1 flank1 and rear protection4 ,the country must be thoroughly reconnoitered by patrols within long rifle range4 7#eha7 #fjd4 ,formation and location of support in action4 ,in action1 the formation and location of the support must be such as to gain and give timely information of the enemy's approach and to offer actual resistance to the enemy beyond effective rifle range of the artillery's flanks4 ,it should not be close enough to the artillery to suffer from fire directed at the artillery4 ,in most cases a position somewhat to the flank and rear best fulfills these conditions4 7#ehb7 #fje4 ,support charged only with protection of artillery4 ,the support commander is charged only with the protection of the artillery4 ,the tactical employment of each arm rests with its commander4 ,the two should cooeperate4 7#ehc7 ,,minor ,,warfare #fjf4 ,what minor warfare embraces2 regular operations4 ,minor warfare embraces both regular and irregular operations4 ,regular operations consist of minor actions involving small bodies of trained and organized troops on both sides4 ,the tactics employed are in general those prescribed for the smaller units4 7#eif7 #fjg4 ,irregular operations4 ,irregular operations consist of actions against unorganized or partially organized forces1 acting independent or semi independent bodies4 ,such bodies have little or only crude training and are under nominal and loose leadership and control4 ,they assemble1 roam about1 and disperse at will4 ,they endeavor to win by stealth or by force of superior numbers1 employing ambuscades1 sudden dashes or rushes1 and hand-to-hand fighting4 7#eig7 ,troops operating against such an enemy usually do so in small units1 such as platoons1 detachments1 or companies1 and the tactics employed must be adapted to meet the requirements of the situation4 ,frequently the enemy's own methods may be employed to advantage4 ,in general1 such operations should not be undertaken hastily2 every preparation should be made to strike suddenly and to inflict the maximum punishment4 #fjh4 ,march and bivouac formations to admit of rapid action in any direction4 ,in general1 the service of information will be insufficient2 adequate reconnaissance will rarely be practicable4 ,march and bivouac formations must be such as to admit of rapid deployment and fire action in any direction4 7#eih7 #fji4 ,formation in open country4 ,in the open country1 where surprise is not probable1 troops may be marched in column of squads preceded1 within sight1 by a squad as an advance party4 7#eii7 #faj4 ,formation in close country4 ,in close country1 where surprise is possible1 the troops must be held in a close formation4 ,the use of flank patrols becomes difficult4 ,occasionally1 an advance party--never less than a squad--may be sent out4 ,in general1 however1 such a party accomplishes little1 since an enemy intent on surprise will permit it to pass unmolested and will fall upon the main body4 ,under such conditions1 especially when the road or trail is narrow1 the column of twos or files is a convenient formation1 the officers placing themselves in the column so as to divide it into nearly equal parts4 ,if rushed from a flank1 such a column will be in readiness to face and fire toward either or both flanks1 the ranks being back to back2 if rushed from the front1 the head of the column may be deployed1 the rest of the column closing up to support it and to protect its flanks and rear4 ,in any event1 the men should be taught to take some form of a closed back to back formation4 7#fjj7 #faa4 ,dividing column on march into two or more separate detachments4 ,the column may often be broken into two or more approximately equal detachments separated on the march by distances of #ej to #ajj yards4 ,as a rule the detachments should not consist of less than #be men each4 ,with this arrangement of the column1 it will rarely be possible for an enemy to close simultaneously with all of the detachments1 one or more being left unengaged and under control to support those engaged or to inflict severe punishment upon the enemy when he is repulsed4 7#fja7 #fab4 ,selection of site for camp or bivouac2 protection4 ,the site for camp or bivouac should be selected with special reference to economical and effective protection against surprise4 ,double sentinels are posted on the avenues of approach1 and the troops sleep in readiness for instant action4 ,when practicable1 troops should be instructed in advance as to what they are to do in case of attack at night4 7#fjb7 #fac4 ,night operations frequently advisable4 ,night operations are frequently advisable4 ,with the small forces employed1 control is not difficult4 ,irregular troops rarely provide proper camp protection1 and they may frequently be surprised and severely punished by a properly conducted night march and attack4 7#fjc7 ,,ceremonies ,general ,rules for ,ceremonies #fad4 ,order in which troops are arranged for ceremonies2 commander faces command2 subordinates face to front4 ,the order in which the troops of the various arms are arranged for ceremonies is prescribed by ,army ,regulations4 ,when forming for ceremonies the companies of the battalion and the battalions of the regiment are posted from right to left in line and from head to rear in column1 in the order of rank of their respective commanders present in the formation1 the senior on the right or at the head4 ,the commander faces the command2 subordinate commanders face to the front4 7#gjh7 #fae4 ,saluting by lieutenant colonel and staffs4 ,at the command present arms1 given by the colonel1 the lieutenant colonel1 and the colonel's staff salute2 the major's staff salute at the major's command4 ,each staff returns to the carry or order when the command order arms is given by its chief4 7#gji7 #faf4 ,formation of companies1 battalion and regiment4 ,at the assembly for a ceremony companies are formed on their own parades and informally inspected1 as prescribed in par4 #fdf4 ,at adjutant's call1 except for ceremonies involving a single battalion1 each battalion is formed on its own parade1 reports are received1 and the battalion presented to the major1 as laid down in par4 #cjh4 ,at the second sounding of adjutant's call the regiment is formed4 7#gaj7 ,,reviews ,general ,rules #fag4 ,indication of points where column changes direction2 flank to pass #ab paces from reviewing officer2 post of reviewing officer and others4 ,the adjutant posts men or otherwise marks the points where the column changes direction in such manner that its flank in passing will be about #ab paces from the reviewing officer4 ,the post of the reviewing officer1 usually opposite the center of the line1 is indicated by a marker4 ,officers of the same or higher grade1 and distinguished personages invited to accompany the reviewing officer1 place themselves on his left2 their staffs and orderlies place themselves respectively on the left of the staff and orderlies of the reviewing officer2 all others who accompany the reviewing officer place themselves on the left of his staff1 their orderlies in rear4 ,a staff officer is designated to escort distinguished personages and to indicate to them their proper positions1 as prescribed in par4 #gc4 7#gaa7 #fah4 ,riding around the troops2 saluting the color2 reviewing officer returns only salute of commanding officer of troops4 ,while riding around the troops1 the reviewing officer may direct his staff1 flag and orderlies to remain at the post of the reviewing officer1 or that only his personal staff and flag shall accompany him2 in either case the commanding officer alone accompanies the reviewing officer4 ,if the reviewing officer is accompanied by his entire staff1 the staff officers of the commander place themselves on the right of the staff of the reviewing officer4 ,the reviewing officer and others at the reviewing stand salute the color as it passes2 when passing around the troops1 the reviewing officer and those accompanying him salute the color when passing in front of it4 ,the reviewing officer returns the salute of the commanding officer of the troops only4 ,those who accompany the reviewing officer do not salute4 7#gab7 #fai4 ,saluting by staffs4 ,in passing in review1 each staff salutes with its commander4 7#gac7 #fbj4 ,turning out of column by commanding officer of troops and staff4 ,after saluting the reviewing officer1 the commanding officer of the troops turns out of the column1 takes post on the right of the reviewing officer1 and returns saber2 the members of his staff accompanying him take post on the right of the reviewing officer's staff and return saber4 ,when the rear element of his command has passed1 without changing his position1 the commanding officer of the troops salutes the reviewing officer2 he and the members of his staff accompanying him then draw saber and rejoin his command4 ,the commanding officer of the troops and the members of his staff are the only ones who turn out of the column4 7#gad7 #fba4 ,turning out of column by commanding officer of troops and staff4 ,if the person reviewing the command is not mounted1 the commanding officer and his staff on turning out of the column after passing the reviewing officer dismount preparatory to taking post4 ,in such case1 the salute of the commanding officer1 prior to rejoining his command1 is made with the hand before remounting4 7#gae7 #fbb4 ,salute by regimental color4 ,when the rank of the reviewing officer entitles him to the honor1 each regimental color salutes at the command present arms1 given or repeated by the major of the battalion with which it is posted2 and again in passing in review4 7#gaf7 #fbc4 ,the band4 ,the band of an organization plays while the reviewing officer is passing in front of and in rear of the organization4 ,each band1 immediately after passing the reviewing officer1 turns out of the column1 takes post in front of and facing him1 continues to play until its regiment has passed1 then ceases playing and follows in rear of its regiment2 the band of the following regiment commences to play as soon as the preceding band has ceased4 ,while marching in review but one band in each brigade plays at a time1 and but one band at a time when within #ajj paces of the reviewing officer4 7#gag7 #fbd4 ,the national air1 to the color1 march1 flourishes or ruffles1--when played4 ,if the rank of the reviewing officer entitles him to the honor1 the band plays the prescribed national air1 or the field music sounds to the color1 march1 flourishes or ruffles when arms are presented4 ,when passing in review at the moment the regimental color salutes1 the musicians halted in front of the reviewing officer1 sound to the color1 march1 flourishes or ruffles4 7#gah7 #fbe4 ,modifications of the review4 ,the formation for review may be modified to suit the ground1 and the present arms and the ride around the line by the reviewing officer may be dispensed with4 7#gai7 #fbf4 ,when post of reviewing officer is on left of column4 ,if the post of the reviewing officer is on the left of the column1 the troops march in review with the guide left2 the commanding officer and his staff turn out of the column to the left1 taking post as prescribed above1 but to the left of the reviewing officer2 in saluting1 the captains give the command3 #a4 ,eyes1 #b4 ,,left4 7#gbj7 #fbg4 ,cadence at which troops pass in review4 ,except in the review of a single battalion1 the troops pass in review in quick time only4 7#gba7 #fbh4 ,reviews of brigades or larger commands2 action of battalions after passing reviewing officer4 ,in reviews of brigades or larger commands1 each battalion1 after the rear has passed the reviewing officer #ej paces1 takes the double time for #ajj yards in order not to interfere with the march of the column in rear2 if necessary1 it then turns out of the column and returns to camp by the most practicable route2 the leading battalion of each regiment is followed by the other units of the regiment4 7#gbb7 #fbi4 ,standing at ease1 rest1 etc41 in review of brigade or larger command4 ,in a brigade or larger review a regimental commander may cause his regiment to stand at ease1 rest1 or stack arms and fall out and resume attention1 so as not to interfere with the ceremony4 7#gbc7 #fcj4 ,review by inspector junior to commanding officer4 ,when an organization is to be reviewed before an inspector junior in rank to the commanding officer1 the commanding officer receives the review and is accompanied by the inspector1 who takes post on his left4 7#gbd7 ,battalion ,review #fca4 ,presenting battalion to reviewing officer2 passing around battalion2 battalion passing in review at quick time4 ,the battalion having been formed in line1 the major faces to the front2 the reviewing officer moves a few paces toward the major and halts2 the major turns about and commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms1 and again turns about and salutes4 ,the reviewing officer returns the salute2 the major turns about1 brings the battalion to order arms1 and again turns to the front4 ,the reviewing officer approaches to about #f paces from the major1 the latter salutes1 takes post on his right1 and accompanies him around1 the battalion4 ,the band plays4 ,the reviewing officer proceeds to the right of the band1 passes in front of the captain to the left of the line and returns to the right1 passing in rear of the file closers and the band4 7,see par4 #fbe47 ,on arriving again at the right of the line1 the major salutes1 halts1 and when the reviewing officer and staff have passed1 moves directly to his post in front of the battalion1 faces it1 and commands3 #a4 ,pass in review1 #b4 ,squads right1 #c4 ,,march4 ,at the first command the band changes direction if necessary1 and halts4 ,at the third command1 given when the band has changed direction1 the battalion moves off1 the band playing2 without command from the major the column changes direction at the points indicated1 and column of companies at full distance is formed successively to the left at the second change of direction2 the major takes his post #bj paces in front of the band immediately after the second change2 the band having passed the reviewing officer1 turns to the left of the column1 takes post in front of and facing the reviewing officer1 and remains there until the review terminates4 ,the major and staff salute1 turn the head as in eyes right1 and look toward the reviewing officer when the major is #f paces from him2 they return to the carry and turn the head and eyes to the front when the major has passed #f paces beyond him4 ,without facing about1 each captain or special unit commander1 except the drum major1 commands3 #a4 ,eyes1 in time to add1 #b4 ,,right1 when at #f paces from the reviewing officer1 and commands front when at #f paces beyond him4 ,at the command eyes the company officers armed with the saber execute the first motion of present saber2 at the command right all turn head and eyes to the right1 the company officers complete present saber1 and the noncommissioned officers armed with the saber execute the first motion of present saber2 at the command front all turn head and eyes to the front1 and officers and noncommissioned officers armed with the saber resume the carry saber2 without arms in hand1 the first motion of the hand salute is made at the command right1 and the second motion not made until the command front4 ,noncommissioned staff officers1 noncommissioned officers in command of subdivisions1 and the drum major salute1 turn the head and eyes1 return to the front1 resume the carry or drop the hand1 at the points prescribed for the major4 ,officers and dismounted noncommissioned officers in command of subdivisions1 with arms in hand1 render the rifle or saber salute4 ,guides charged with the step1 trace1 and direction do not execute eyes right4 ,if the reviewing officer is entitled to a salute from the color the regimental color salutes when at #f paces from him1 and is raised when at #f paces beyond him4 ,the major1 having saluted1 takes post on the right of the reviewing officer1 returns saber and remains there until the rear of the battalion has passed1 then salutes and rejoins his battalion4 ,the band ceases to play when the column has completed its second change of direction after passing the reviewing officer4 7#gbe7 #fcb4 ,passing in review at double time4 ,when the battalion arrives at its original position in column1 the major commands3 #a4 ,double time1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the band plays in double time4 ,the battalion passes in review as before1 except that in double time the command eyes right is omitted and there is no saluting except by the major when he leaves the reviewing officer4 ,the review terminates when the rear company has passed the reviewing officer3 the band then ceases to play1 and1 unless otherwise directed by the major1 returns to the position it occupied before marching in review1 or is dismissed2 the major rejoins the battalion and brings it to quick time4 ,the battalion then executes such movements as the reviewing officer may have directed1 or is marched to its parade ground and dismissed4 ,marching past in double time may1 in the discretion of the reviewing officer1 be omitted2 the review terminates when the major rejoins his battalion4 7#gbf7 #fcc4 ,major and staff may be dismounted4 ,at battalion review the major and his staff may be dismounted in the discretion of the commanding officer4 7#gbg7 ,,parades ,general ,rules #fcd4 ,position assumed by reviewing officer and staff while band is sounding off4 ,if dismounted1 the officer reviewing the parade1 and his staff1 stand at parade rest1 with arms folded1 while the band is sounding off2 they resume attention with the adjutant4 ,if mounted1 they remain at attention4 7#gcb7 #fce4 ,reports by captains and majors4 ,at the command report1 given by a battalion adjutant1 the captains in succession from the right salute and report3 ,a 7or other7 company1 present or accounted for2 or ,a 7or other7 company1 7so many7 officers or enlisted men absent1 and resume the order saber2 at the same command given by the regimental adjutant1 the majors similarly report their battalions4 7#gcc7 ,battalion ,parade #fcf4 ,at adjutant's call the battalion is formed in line1 as explained in par4 #cjh1 but not presented4 ,lieutenants take their posts in front of the center of their respective platoons at the captain's command for dressing his company on the line1 as explained in par4 #cjb4 ,the major takes post at a convenient distance in front of the center and facing the battalion4 ,the adjutant from his post in front of the center of the battalion1 after commanding3 #a4 ,guides1 #b4 ,,posts1 adds3 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest2 the battalion executes parade rest4 ,the adjutant directs the band3 ,,sound ,,off4 ,the band1 playing in quick time1 passes in front of the line of officers to the left of the line and back to its post on the right1 when it ceases playing4 ,at evening parade1 when the band ceases playing1 retreat is sounded by the field music and1 following the last note and while the flag is being lowered1 the band plays the ,star ,spangled ,banner4 ,just before the last note of retreat1 the adjutant comes to attention and1 as the last note ends commands3 #a4 ,battalion1 #b4 ,attention1 #c4 ,present1 #d4 ,arms1 and salutes retaining that position until the last note of the ,national ,anthem4 ,he then turns about and reports3 ,sir1 the parade is formed4 ,the major directs the adjutant3 ,take your post1 ,sir4 ,the adjutant moves at a trot 7if dismounted1 in quick time71 passes by the major's right1 and takes his post4 ,the major draws saber and commands3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms1 and adds such exercises in the manual of arms as he may desire4 ,officers1 noncommissioned officers commanding companies or armed with the saber1 and the color guard1 having once executed order arms1 remain in that position during the exercises in the manual4 ,the major then directs the adjutant3 ,receive the reports1 ,sir4 ,the adjutant1 passing by the major's right1 advances at a trot 7if dismounted1 in quick time7 toward the center of the line1 halts midway between it and the major1 and commands3 ,,report4 7,see par4 #fce47 ,the reports received1 the adjutant turns about1 and reports3 ,sir1 all are present or accounted for2 or ,sir1 7so many7 officers or enlisted men are absent1 including in the list of absentees those from the band and field music reported to him by the drum major prior to the parade4 ,the major directs3 ,publish the orders1 ,sir4 ,the adjutant turns about and commands3 ,attention to orders2 he then reads the orders1 and commands3 #a4 ,officers1 #b4 ,,center1 #c4 ,,march4 ,at the command center1 the company officers carry saber and face to the center4 ,at the command march1 they close to the center and face to the front2 the adjutant turns about and takes his post4 ,the officers having closed and faced to the front1 the senior commands3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the officers advance1 the band playing2 the left officer of the center or right center company is the guide1 and marches on the major2 the officers are halted at #f paces from the major by the senior1 who commands3 #a4 ,officers1 #b4 ,,halt4 ,they halt and salute1 returning to the carry saber with the major4 ,the major then gives such instructions as he deems necessary1 and commands3 #a4 ,officers1 #b4 ,,posts1 #c4 ,,march4 ,at the command posts1 company officers face about4 ,at the command march1 they step off with guide as before1 and the senior commands3 #a4 ,officers1 #b4 ,,halt1 so as to halt #c paces from the line2 he then adds3 #a4 ,,posts1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command posts1 officers face outward and1 at the command march1 step off in succession at #d paces distance1 resume their posts and order saber2 the lieutenants march directly to their posts in rear of their companies4 ,the music ceases when all officers have resumed their posts4 ,the major then commands3 #a4 ,pass in review1 #b4 ,squads right1 #c4 ,,march1 and returns saber4 ,the battalion marches according to the principles of review2 when the last company has passed1 the ceremony is concluded1 as explained in pars4 #fag2 #fca4 ,the band continues to play while the companies are in march upon the parade ground4 ,companies are formed in column of squads1 without halting1 and are marched to their respective parades by their captains4 ,when the company officers have saluted the major1 he may direct them to form line with the staff1 in which case they individually move to the front1 passing to the right and left of the major and staff1 halt on the line established by the staff1 face about1 and stand at attention4 ,the music ceases when the officers join the staff4 ,the major causes the companies to pass in review under the command of their first sergeants by the same commands as before4 ,the company officers return saber with the major and remain at attention4 7#gcd7 ,,escorts ,escort of the ,color #fcg4 ,by a company4 ,the regiment being in line or line of masses1 the colonel details a company1 other than the color company1 to receive and escort the national color to its place4 ,during the ceremony the regimental color remains with the color guard at its post with the regiment4 ,the band moves straight to its front until clear of the line of field officers1 changes direction to the right1 and is halted2 the designated company forms column of platoons in rear of the band1 the color bearer or bearers between the platoons4 ,the escort then marches without music to the colonel's office or quarters and is formed in line facing the entrance1 the band on the right1 the color bearer in the line of file closers4 ,the color bearer1 preceded by the first lieutenant and followed by a sergeant of the escort1 then goes to obtain the color4 ,when the color bearer comes out1 followed by the lieutenant and sergeant1 he halts before the entrance1 facing the escort2 the lieutenant places himself on the right1 the sergeant on the left of the color bearer2 the escort presents arms1 and the field music sounds to the color2 the first lieutenant and sergeant salute4 ,arms are brought to the order2 the lieutenant and sergeant return to their posts2 the company is formed in column of platoons1 the band taking post in front of the column2 the color bearer places himself between the platoons2 the escort marches in quick time1 with guide left1 back to the regiment1 the band playing2 the march is so conducted that when the escort arrives at #ej paces in front of the right of the regiment1 the direction of the march shall be parallel to its front2 when the color arrives opposite its place in line1 the escort is formed in line to the left2 the color bearer1 passing between the platoons1 advances and halts #ab paces in front of the colonel4 ,the color bearer having halted1 the colonel1 who has taken post #cj paces in front of the center of the regiment1 faces about1 commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms1 resumes his front1 and salutes2 the field music sounds to the color2 and the regimental color bearer executes the color salute at the command present arms4 ,the colonel then faces about1 brings the regiment to the order1 at which the color bearer resumes the carry and takes his post with the color company4 ,the escort presents arms and comes to the order with the regiment1 at the command of the colonel1 after which the captain forms it again in column of platoons1 and1 preceded by the band1 marches it to its place1 passing around the left flank of the regiment4 ,the band plays until the escort passes the left of the line1 when it ceases playing and returns to its post on the right1 passing in rear of the regiment4 ,the regiment may be brought to a rest when the escort passes the left of the line4 7#gcf7 #fch4 ,by a battalion4 ,escort of the color is executed by a battalion according to the same principles4 7#gcg7 ,escorts of ,honor #fci4 ,escorts of honor are detailed for the purpose of receiving and escorting personages of high rank1 civil or military4 ,the troops for this purpose are selected for their soldierly appearance and superior discipline4 ,the escort forms in line1 opposite the place where the personage presents himself1 the band on the flank of the escort toward which it will march4 ,on the appearance of the personage1 he is received with the honors due to his rank4 ,the escort is formed into column of companies1 platoons or squads1 and takes up the march1 the personage and his staff or retinue taking positions in rear of the column2 when he leaves the escort1 line is formed and the same honors are paid as before4 ,when the position of the escort is at a considerable distance from the point where the personage is to be received1 as for instance1 where a courtyard or wharf intervenes1 a double line of sentinels is posted from that point to the escort1 facing inward2 the sentinels successively salute as he passes and are then relieved and join the escort4 ,an officer is appointed to attend him and bear such communication as he may have to make to the commander of the escort4 7#gch7 ,funeral ,escort #fdj4 ,composition and strength1 formation1 presenting arms1 marching1 etc4 ,the composition and strength of the escort are prescribed in ,army ,regulations4 ,the escort is formed opposite the quarters of the deceased2 the band on that flank of the escort toward which it is to march4 ,upon the appearance of the coffin1 the commander commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms1 and the band plays an appropriate air2 arms are then brought to the order4 ,the escort is next formed into column of companies1 platoons1 or squads4 ,if the escort be small1 it may be marched in line4 ,the procession is formed in the following order3 #a4 ,music1 #b4 ,escort1 #c4 ,clergy1 #d4 ,coffin and pallbearers1 #e4 ,mourners1 #f4 ,members of the former command of the deceased1 #g4 ,other officers and enlisted men1 #h4 ,distinguished persons1 #i4 ,delegations1 #aj4 ,societies1 #aa4 ,civilians4 ,officers and enlisted men 7,nos4 #f and #g71 with side arms1 are in the order of rank1 seniors in front4 ,the procession being formed1 the commander of the escort puts it in march4 ,the escort marches slowly to solemn music2 the column having arrived opposite the grave1 line is formed facing it4 ,the coffin is then carried along the front of the escort to the grave2 arms are presented1 the music plays an appropriate air2 the coffin having been placed over the grave1 the music ceases and arms are brought to the order4 ,the commander next commands3 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,the escort executes parade rest1 officers and men inclining the head4 ,when the funeral services are completed and the coffin lowered into the grave1 the commander causes the escort to resume attention and fire three rounds of blank cartridges1 the muzzles of the pieces being elevated4 ,when the escort is greater than a battalion1 one battalion is designated to fire the volley4 ,a musician then sounds taps4 ,the escort is then formed into column1 marched in quick time to the point where it was assembled1 and dismissed4 ,the band does not play until it has left the inclosure4 ,when the distance to the place of interment is considerable1 the escort1 after having left the camp or garrison1 may march at ease in quick time until it approaches the burial ground1 when it is brought to attention4 ,the music does not play while marching at ease4 ,in marching at attention1 the field music may alternate with the band in playing4 7#gci7 #fda4 ,funeral of general officer2 playing national air1 sounding ruffles1 etc41 as honor4 ,when arms are presented at the funeral of a person entitled to any of the following honors1 the band plays the prescribed national air1 or the field music sounds to the color1 march1 flourishes1 or ruffles1 according to the rank of the deceased1 after which the band plays an appropriate air4 ,the commander of the escort1 in forming column1 gives the appropriate commands for the different arms4 7#gdj7 #fdb4 ,funeral of mounted officer or soldier4 ,at the funeral of a mounted officer or enlisted man1 his horse1 in mourning caparison1 follows the hearse4 7#gda7 #fdc4 ,when hearse1 cavalry1 and artillery are unable to enter cemetery4 ,should the entrance of the cemetery prevent the hearse accompanying the escort till the latter halts at the grave1 the column is halted at the entrance long enough to take the coffin from the hearse1 when the column is again put in march4 ,the ,cavalry and ,artillery1 when unable to enter the inclosure1 turn out of the column1 face the column1 and salute the remains as they pass4 7#gdb7 #fdd4 ,escorting remains from quarters to church before funeral services4 ,when necessary to escort the remains from the quarters of the deceased to the church before the funeral service1 arms are presented upon receiving the remains at the quarters and also as they are borne into the church4 7#gdc7 #fde4 ,instructions to clergyman and pallbearers4 ,the commander of the escort1 previous to the funeral1 gives the clergyman and pallbearers all needful directions4 7#gdd7 ,company ,inspection #fdf4 ,being in line at a halt3 #a4 ,open ranks1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march the front rank executes right dress2 the rear rank and the file closers march backward #d steps1 halt1 and execute right dress2 the lieutenants pass around their respective flanks and take post1 facing to the front1 #c paces in front of the center of their respective platoons4 ,the captain aligns the front rank1 rear rank1 and file closers1 takes post #c paces in front of the right guide1 facing to the left1 and commands3 #a4 ,,front1 #b4 ,,prepare ,,for ,,inspection4 ,at the second command the lieutenants carry saber2 the captain returns saber and inspects them1 after which they face about1 order saber1 and stand at ease2 upon the completion of the inspection they carry saber1 face about1 and order saber4 ,the captain may direct the lieutenants to accompany or assist him1 in which case they return saber and1 at the close of the inspection1 resume their posts in front of the company1 draw and carry saber4 ,having inspected the lieutenants1 the captain proceeds to the right of the company4 ,each man1 as the captain approaches him1 executes inspection arms4 ,the captain takes the piece1 grasping it with his right hand just above the rear sight1 the man dropping his hands4 ,the captain inspects the piece1 and1 with the hand and piece in the same position as in receiving it1 hands it back to the man1 who takes it with the left hand at the balance and executes order arms4 ,as the captain returns the piece1 the next man executes inspection arms1 and so on through the company4 ,should the piece be inspected without handling1 each man executes order arms as soon as the captain passes to the next man4 ,illustration3 ,plate ,,vi ,the inspection is from right to left in front1 and from left to right in the rear1 of each rank and of the line of file closers4 ,when approached by the captain1 the first sergeant executes inspection saber4 ,enlisted men armed with the pistol execute inspection pistol by drawing the pistol from the holster and holding it diagonally across the body1 barrel up1 and #f inches in front of the neck1 muzzle pointing up and to the left4 ,the pistol is returned to the holster as soon as the captain passes4 ,upon completion of the inspection1 the captain takes post facing to the left in front of the right guide and on line with the lieutenants and commands3 #a4 ,close ranks1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march the lieutenants resume their posts in line2 the rear rank closes to #dj inches1 each man covering his file leader2 the file closers close to #b paces from the rear rank4 7#gde7 #fdg4 ,inspection of quarters or camp4 ,if the company is dismissed1 rifles are put away4 ,in quarters1 headdress and accouterments are removed1 and the men stand near their respective bunks2 in camp1 they stand covered1 but without accouterments1 in front of their tents4 ,if the personal field equipment has not been inspected in ranks and its inspection in quarters or camp is ordered1 each man will arrange the prescribed articles on his bunk1 if in quarters or permanent camp1 or in front of his half of the tent1 if in shelter tent camp1 in the same relative order as directed in paragraph #fdh4 ,the captain1 accompanied by the lieutenants1 then inspects the quarters or camp4 ,the first sergeant precedes the captain and calls the men to attention on entering each squad room or on approaching the tents2 the men stand at attention1 but do not salute4 7#gdf7 #fdh4 ,when inspection includes examination of equipment4 ,if the inspection is to include an examination of the equipment while in ranks1 the captain1 after closing ranks1 causes the company to stack arms1 to march backward until #d paces in rear of the stacks and to take intervals4 ,he then commands3 #a4 ,,unsling ,,equipment1 #b4 ,,open ,,packs4 ,at the first command each man unslings his equipment and places it on the ground at his feet1 haversack to the front1 end of the pack #a foot in front of toes4 ,at the second command1 pack carriers are unstrapped1 packs removed and unrolled1 the longer edge of the pack along the lower edge of the cartridge belt4 ,each man exposes shelter-tent pins2 removes meat can1 knife1 fork1 and spoon from the meat-can pouch1 and places them on the right of the haversack1 knife1 fork1 and spoon in the open meat can2 removes the canteen and cup from the cover and places them on the left side of the haversack2 unstraps and spreads out haversack so as to expose its contents2 folds up the carrier to uncover the cartridge pockets2 opens same2 unrolls toilet articles and places them on the outer flap of the haversack2 places underwear carried in pack on the left half of the open pack1 with round fold parallel with front edge of pack2 opens first-aid pouch and exposes contents to view4 ,special articles carried by individual men1 such as flag kit1 field glasses1 compass1 steel tape1 notebook1 etc41 will be arranged on the right half of the open pack4 ,each man then resumes the attention4 ,plate ,,vi 7,page #aea7 shows the relative position of all articles except underwear and special articles4 ,the captain then passes along the ranks and file closers1 as before1 inspects the equipment1 returns to the right1 and commands3 ,,close ,,packs4 ,each man rolls up his toilet articles and underwear1 straps up his haversack and its contents1 replaces the meat can1 knife1 fork1 and spoon1 and the canteen and cup2 closes cartridge pockets and first-aid pouch2 restores special articles to their proper receptacles2 rolls up and replaces pack in carrier1 and1 leaving the equipment in its position on the ground1 resumes the attention4 ,all equipments being packed1 the captain commands3 ,,sling ,,equipment4 ,the equipments are slung and belts fastened4 ,the captain then causes the company to assemble and take arms4 ,the inspection is completed as already explained4 7#gdg7 #fdi4 ,when the inspector is other than the captain4 ,should the inspector be other than the captain1 the latter1 after commanding front1 adds ,,rest1 and faces to the front4 ,when the inspector approaches1 the captain faces to the left1 brings the company to attention1 faces to the front1 and salutes4 ,the salute acknowledged1 the captain carries saber1 faces to the left1 commands3 ,,prepare ,,for ,,inspection1 and again faces to the front4 ,the inspection proceeds as before2 the captain returns saber and accompanies the inspector as soon as the latter passes him4 7#gdh7 ,battalion ,inspection #fej4 ,inspection may precede or follow review2 the inspection up to time the companies are inspected4 ,if there be both inspection and review1 the inspection may either precede or follow the review4 ,the battalion being in column of companies at full distance1 all officers dismounted1 the major commands3 #a4 ,prepare for inspection1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the first command each captain commands3 ,open ranks4 ,at the command march the ranks are opened in each company1 as in the inspection of the company1 as prescribed in par4 #fdf4 ,the field musicians join their companies4 ,the drum major conducts the band to a position #cj paces in rear of the column1 if not already there1 and opens ranks4 ,the major takes post facing to the front and #bj paces in front of the center of the leading company4 ,the staff takes post as if mounted4 ,the color takes post #e paces in rear of the staff4 ,field and staff officers senior in rank to the inspector do not take post in front of the column1 but accompany him4 ,the inspector inspects the major1 and1 accompanied by the latter1 inspects the staff officers4 ,the major then commands3 ,,rest1 returns saber1 and1 with his staff1 accompanies the inspector4 ,if the major is the inspector he commands3 ,,rest1 returns saber1 and inspects his staff1 which then accompanies him4 ,the inspector1 commencing at the head of the column1 then makes a minute inspection of the color guard1 the noncommissioned staff1 and the arms1 accouterments1 dress and ammunition of each soldier of the several companies in succession1 and inspects the band4 ,the adjutant gives the necessary commands for the inspection of the color guard1 noncommissioned staff1 and band4 ,the color guard and noncommissioned staff may be dismissed as soon as inspected4 7#gdi7 #fea4 ,inspection of the companies4 ,as the inspector approaches each company1 its captain commands3 #a4 ,company1 #b4 ,,attention1 #c4 ,,prepare ,,for ,,inspection1 and faces to the front2 as soon as inspected he returns saber and accompanies the inspector4 ,the inspection proceeds as in company inspection1 as explained in pars4 #fdf-fdi4 ,at its completion the captain closes ranks and commands3 ,,rest4 ,unless otherwise directed by the inspector1 the major directs that the company be marched to its parade and dismissed4 7#gej7 #feb4 ,when inspection lasts long time4 ,if the inspection will probably last a long time the rear companies may be permitted to stack arms and fall out2 before the inspector approaches1 they fall in and take arms4 7#gea7 #fec4 ,the band4 ,the band plays during the inspection of the companies4 ,when the inspector approaches the band the adjutant commands3 ,,prepare ,,for ,,inspection4 ,as the inspector approaches him each man raises his instrument in front of the body1 reverses it so as to show both sides1 and then returns it4 ,company musicians execute inspection similarly4 7#geb7 #fed4 ,inspection of quarters or camp4 ,at the inspection of quarters or camp the inspector is accompanied by the captain1 followed by the other officers or by such of them as he may designate4 ,the inspection is conducted as described in the company inspection1 as laid down in pars4 #fdf-fdi4 ,,muster ,regimental1 ,battalion1 or ,company ,muster #fee4 ,inspection and review2 muster rolls2 lists of absentees4 ,muster is preceded by an inspection1 and1 when practicable1 by a review4 ,the adjutant is provided with the muster roll of the field1 staff1 and band1 the surgeon with the hospital roll2 each captain with the roll of his company4 ,a list of absentees1 alphabetically arranged1 showing cause and place of absence1 accompanies each roll4 7#gee7 #fef4 ,calling the names2 verifying presence of absentees4 ,being in column of companies at open ranks1 each captain1 as the mustering officer approaches1 brings his company to right shoulder arms1 and commands3 ,,attention ,,to ,,muster4 ,the mustering officer or captain then calls the names on the roll2 each man1 as his name is called1 answers ,here and brings his piece to order arms4 ,after muster1 the mustering officer1 accompanied by the company commanders and such other officers as he may designate1 verifies the presence of the men reported in hospital1 on guard1 etc4 7#gef7 #feg4 ,muster of company on company parade4 ,a company may be mustered in the same manner on its own parade ground1 the muster to follow the company inspection4 7#geg7 ,,the ,,color #feh4 ,meaning of ,color2 ,army ,regulations4 ,the word color implies the national color2 it includes the regimental color when both are present4 ,the rules prescribing the colors to be carried by regiments and battalions on all occasions are contained in ,army ,regulations4 7#gff7 #fei4 ,where the colors are kept2 cased defined4 ,in garrison the colors1 when not in use1 are kept in the office or quarters of the colonel1 and are escorted thereto and therefrom by the color guard4 ,in camp the colors1 when not in use1 are in front of the colonel's tent4 ,from reveille to retreat1 when the weather permits1 they are displayed uncased2 from retreat to reveille and during inclement weather they are cased4 ,colors are said to be cased when furled and protected by the oil cloth covering4 7#gfg7 #ffj4 ,regimental and national colors--salutes by4 ,the regimental color salutes in the ceremony of escort of the color1 and when saluting an officer entitled to the honor1 but in no other case4 ,if marching1 the salute is executed when at #f paces from the officer entitled to the salute2 the carry is resumed when #f paces beyond him4 ,the national color renders no salute4 7#gfh7 ,the ,color ,guard #ffa4 ,composition of color guard2 carrying of regimental and national colors4 ,the color guard consists of two color sergeants1 who are the color bearers1 and two experienced privates selected by the colonel4 ,the senior color sergeant carries the national color2 the junior color sergeant carries the regimental color4 ,the regimental color1 when carried1 is always on the left of the national color1 in whatever direction they may face4 7#gfi7 #ffb4 ,formation and marching of color guard4 ,the color guard is formed and marched in one rank1 the color bearers in the center4 ,it is marched in the same manner and by the same commands as a squad1 substituting1 when necessary1 guard for squad4 7#ggj7 #ffc4 ,color company defined2 color guard remains with it4 ,the color company is the center or right center company of the center or right center battalion4 ,the color guard remains with that company unless otherwise directed4 7#gga7 #ffd4 ,post of color guard in various formations4 ,in line1 the color guard is in the interval between the inner guides of the right and left center companies4 ,in line of columns or in close line1 the color guard is midway between the right and left center companies and on line with the captains4 ,in column of companies or platoons1 the color guard is midway between the color company and the company in rear of the color company and equidistant from the flanks of the column4 ,in close column1 the color guard is on the flank of the color company4 ,in column of squads1 the color guard is in the column between the color company and the company originally on its left4 ,when the regiment is formed in line of masses for ceremonies1 the color guard forms on the left of the leading company of the center 7right center7 battalion4 ,it rejoins the color company when the regiment changes from line of masses4 7#ggb7 #ffe4 ,in battle color guard joins reserve4 ,the color guard1 when with a battalion that takes the battle formation1 joins the regimental reserve1 whose commander directs the color guard to join a certain company of the reserve4 7#ggc7 #fff4 ,loadings1 firings1 manual of arms1 and movements by color guard4 ,the color guard executes neither loadings nor firings2 in rendering honors1 it executes all movements in the manual2 in drill1 all movements unless specially excused4 7#ggd7 ,to ,receive the ,color #ffg4 ,receiving the color by color guard4 ,the color guard1 by command of the senior color sergeant1 presents arms on receiving and parting with the color4 ,after parting with the color1 the color guard is brought to order arms by command of the senior member1 who is placed as the right man of the guard4 7#gge7 #ffh4 ,receiving the color by color company4 ,at drills and ceremonies1 excepting escort of the color1 the color1 if present1 is received by the color company after its formation4 ,the formation of the color company completed1 the captain faces to the front2 the color guard1 conducted by the senior sergeant1 approaches from the front and halts at a distance of #aj paces from the captain1 who then faces about1 brings the company to the present1 faces to the front1 salutes1 again faces about and brings the company to the order4 ,the color guard comes to the present and order at the command of the captain1 and is then marched by the color sergeant directly to its post on the left of the color company4 7#ggf7 #ffi4 ,escorting color to office or quarters of colonel4 ,when the battalion is dismissed the color guard escorts the color to the office or quarters of the colonel4 7#ggg7 ,manual of the ,color #fgj4 ,at the carry1 the heel of the pike rests in the socket of the sling2 the right hand grasps the pike at the height of the shoulder4 ,at the order1 the heel of the pike rests on the ground near the right toe1 the right hand holding the pike in a vertical position4 ,at parade rest1 the heel of the pike is on the ground1 as at the order2 the pike is held with both hands in front of the center of the body1 left hand uppermost4 ,the order is resumed at the command attention4 ,the left hand assists the right when necessary4 ,the carry is the habitual position when the troops are at a shoulder1 port1 or trail4 ,the order and parade rest are executed with the troops4 ,the color salute3 ,being at a carry1 slip the right hand up the pike to the height of the eye1 then lower the pike by straightening the arm to the front4 7#ggh7 ,manual of the ,saber #fga4 ,drawing saber2 position of carry saber dismounted2 unhooking scabbard before mounting2 on foot carrying scabbard hooked up4 #a4 ,draw1 #b4 ,,saber4 ,at the command draw1 unhook the saber with the thumb and first two fingers of the left hand1 thumb on the end of the hook1 fingers lifting the upper ring2 grasp the scabbard with the left hand at the upper band1 bring the hilt a little forward1 seize the grip with the right hand1 and draw the blade #f inches out of the scabbard1 pressing the scabbard against the thigh with the left hand4 ,at the command saber1 draw the saber quickly1 raising the arm to its full extent1 to the right front1 at an angle of about #de deg4 with the horizontal1 the saber1 edge down1 in a straight line with the arm2 make a slight pause and bring the back of the blade against the shoulder1 edge to the front1 arm nearly extended1 hand by the side1 elbow back1 third and fourth fingers back of the grip2 at the same time hook up the scabbard with the thumb and first two fingers of the left hand1 thumb through the upper ring1 fingers supporting it2 drop the left hand by the side4 ,this is the position of carry saber dismounted4 ,officers and noncommissioned officers armed with the saber unhook the scabbard before mounting2 when mounted1 in the first motion of draw saber they reach with the right hand over the bridle hand and without the aid of the bridle hand draw the saber as before2 the right hand at the carry rests on the right thigh4 ,on foot the scabbard is carried hooked up4 7#ghb7 #fgb4 ,holding of saber in publishing orders1 etc42 use of saber knot4 ,when publishing orders1 calling the roll1 etc41 the saber is held suspended from the right wrist by the saber knot2 when the saber knot is used it is placed on the wrist before drawing saber and taken off after returning saber4 7#ghc7 #fgc4 ,presenting saber from carry or order2 execution of the salute in rendering honors4 ,being at the order or carry3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,saber 7or ,,arms74 ,at the command present1 raise and carry the saber to the front1 base of the hilt as high as the chin and #f inches in front of the neck1 edge to the left1 point #f inches farther to the front than the hilt1 thumb extended on the left of the grip1 all fingers grasping the grip4 ,at the command saber1 or arms1 lower the saber1 point in prolongation of the right foot and near the ground1 edge to the left1 hand by the side1 thumb on left of grip1 arm extended4 ,if mounted1 the hand is held behind the thigh1 point a little to the right and front of the stirrup4 ,in rendering honors with troops1 officers execute the first motion of the salute at the command present1 the second motion at the command arms2 enlisted men with the saber execute the first motion at the command arms and omit the second motion4 7#ghd7 #fgd4 ,coming to order from carry2 executing order or carry from present1 depending upon command2 coming to order saber when arms are brought to order4 ,being at a carry3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,saber 7or ,,arms74 ,drop the point of the saber directly to the front1 point on or near the ground1 edge down1 thumb on back of grip4 ,being at the present saber1 should the next command be order arms1 officers and noncommissioned officers armed with the saber order saber2 if the command be other than order arms1 they execute carry saber4 ,when arms are brought to the order1 the officers or enlisted men with saber drawn order saber4 7#ghe7 #fge4 ,position of saber in giving commands1 etc42 bringing saber to carry from order4 ,the saber is held at the carry while giving commands1 marching at attention1 or changing position in quick time4 ,when at the order1 sabers are brought to the carry when arms are brought to any position except the present or parade rest4 7#ghf7 #fgf4 ,parade rest from order4 ,being at the order3 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,take the position of parade rest except that the left hand is uppermost and rests on the right hand1 point of saber on or near the ground in front of the center of the body1 edge to the right4 ,at the command attention1 resume the order saber and the position of the soldier4 7#ghg7 #fgg4 ,position of saber at double time4 ,in marching in double time the saber is carried diagonally across the breast1 edge to the front2 the left hand steadies the scabbard4 7#ghh7 #fgh4 ,on duty under arms sabers to be drawn and returned without command2 commands given with saber drawn4 ,officers and noncommissioned officers armed with the saber1 on all duties under arms draw and return saber without waiting for command4 ,all commands to soldiers under arms are given with the saber drawn4 7#ghi7 #fgi4 ,returning saber from carry4 ,being at a carry3 #a4 ,return1 #b4 ,,saber4 ,at the command return1 carry the right hand opposite to and #f inches from the left shoulder1 saber vertical1 edge to the left2 at the same time unhook and lower the scabbard with the left hand and grasp it at the upper band4 ,at the command saber drop the point to the rear and pass the blade across and along the left arm2 turn the head slightly to the left1 fixing the eyes on the opening of the scabbard1 raise the right hand1 insert and return the blade2 free the wrist from the saber knot 7if inserted in it71 turn the head to the front1 drop the right hand by the side2 hook up the scabbard with the left hand1 drop the left hand by the side4 ,officers and noncommissioned officers armed with the saber1 when mounted1 return saber without using the left hand2 the scabbard is hooked up on dismounting4 7#gij7 #fhj4 ,enlisted men with saber drawn at inspection4 ,at inspection enlisted men with the saber drawn execute the first motion of present saber and turn the wrist to show both sides of the blade1 resuming the carry when the inspector has passed4 7#gia7 ,illustration ,shelter ,tents #fha4 ,being in line or in column of platoons1 the captain commands3 ,,form ,,for ,,shelter ,,tents4 ,the officers1 first sergeant1 and guides fall out2 the cooks form a file on the flank of the company nearest the kitchen1 the first sergeant and right guide fall in1 forming the right file of the company2 blank files are filled by the file closers1 or by men taken from the front rank2 the remaining guide1 or guides1 and file closers form on a convenient flank4 ,before forming column or platoons1 preparatory to pitching tents1 the company may be redivided into two or more platoons1 regardless of the size of each4 7#gib7 #fhb4 ,the captain then causes the company to take intervals as described in the ,school of the ,squad 7,see par4 #aef471 and commands3 ,,pitch ,,tents4 ,at the command pitch tents1 each man steps off obliquely to the right with the right foot and lays his rifle on the ground1 the butt of the rifle near the toe of the right foot1 muzzle to the front1 barrel to the left1 and steps back into his place2 each front-rank man then draws his bayonet and sticks it in the ground by the outside of the right heel4 ,equipments are unslung1 packs opened1 shelter half and pins removed2 each man then spreads his shelter half1 small triangle to the rear1 flat upon the ground the tent is to occupy1 the rear-rank man's half on the right4 ,the halves are then buttoned together2 the guy loops at both ends of the lower half are passed through the buttonholes provided in the lower and upper halves2 the whipped end of the guy rope is then passed through both guy loops and secured1 this at both ends of the tent4 ,each front-rank man inserts the muzzle of his rifle under the front end of the ridge and holds the rifle upright1 sling to the front1 heel of butt on the ground1 beside the bayonet4 ,his rear-rank man pins down the front corners of the tent on the line of bayonets1 stretching the tent taut2 he then inserts a pin in the eye of the front guy rope and drives the pin at such a distance in front of the rifle as to held the rope taut2 both men go to the rear of the tent1 each pins down a corner1 stretching the sides and rear of the tent before securing2 the rear-rank man then inserts an intrenching tool1 or a bayonet in its scabbard1 under the rear end of the ridge inside the tent1 the front-rank man pegging down the end of the rear guy ropes2 the rest of the pins are then driven by both men1 the rear-rank man working on the right4 ,the front flaps of the tent are not fastened down1 but thrown back on the tent4 ,as soon as the tent is pitched each man arranges his equipment and the contents of his pack in the tent and stands at attention in front of his own half on line with the front guy-rope pin4 ,to have a uniform slope when the tents are pitched1 the guy ropes should all be of the same length4 ,in shelter-tent camps1 in localities where suitable material is procurable1 tent poles may be improvised and used in lieu of the rifle and bayonet or intrenching tool as supports for the shelter tent4 7#gic7 #fhc4 ,when the pack is not carried1 the company is formed for shelter tents1 as prescribed in par4 #fha1 intervals are taken1 arms are laid aside or on the ground1 the men are dismissed and proceed to the wagon1 secure their packs1 return to their places1 and pitch tents as heretofore described1 in par4 #fhb4 7#gid7 #fhd4 ,double shelter tents may be pitched by first pitching one tent as heretofore described1 then pitching a second tent against the opening of the first1 using one rifle to support both tents1 and passing the front guy ropes over and down the sides of the opposite tents4 ,the front corner of one tent is not pegged down1 but is thrown back to permit an opening into the tent4 7#gie7 ,single ,sleeping ,bag #fhe4 ,spread the poncho on the ground1 buttoned end at the feet1 buttoned side to the left2 fold the blanket once across its short dimension and lay it on the poncho1 folded side along the right side of the poncho2 tie the blanket together along the left side by means of the tapes provided2 fold the left half of the poncho over the blanket and button it together along the side and bottom4 7,for the position1 number1 and length of tapes with which blankets should be provided1 see ,par4 ,,ii1 ,g4 ,o4 #aa2 ,w4 ,d4 '#ab--;,author47 7#gif7 ,double ,sleeping ,bag #fhf4 ,spread one poncho on the ground1 buttoned end at the feet1 buttoned side to the left2 spread the blankets on top of the poncho2 tie the edges of the blankets together with the tapes provided2 spread a second poncho on top of the blankets1 buttoned end at the feet1 buttoned side to the right2 button the two ponchos together along both sides and across the end4 7#gig7 ,to ,strike ,shelter ,tents #fhg4 ,the men standing in front of their tents3 ,,strike ,,tents4 ,equipments and rifles are removed from the tent2 the tents are lowered1 packs made up1 and equipments slung1 and the men stand at attention in the places originally occupied after taking intervals4 7#gih7 ,to ,pitch ,all ,types of ,tents1 ,except ,shelter and ,conical ,wall #fhh4 ,to pitch all types of ,army tents1 except shelter and conical wall tents3 ,mark line of tents by driving a wall pin on the spot to be occupied by the right 7or left7 corner of each tent4 ,for pyramidal tents the interval between adjacent pins should be about #cj feet1 which will give a passage of two feet between tents4 ,spread tripod on the ground where the center of tent is to be1 if tripod is used4 ,spread the tent on the ground to be occupied1 door to the front1 and place the right 7or left7 front wall loop over the pin4 ,the door 7or doors1 if more than one7 being fastened and held together at the bottom1 the left 7or right7 corner wall loop is carried to the left 7or right7 as far as it will go and a wall pin driven through it1 the pin being placed in line with the right 7or left7 corner pins already driven4 ,at the same time the rear corner wall loops are pulled to the rear and outward so that the rear wall of the tent is stretched to complete the rectangle4 ,wall pins are then driven through these loops4 ,each corner pin should be directly in rear of the corresponding front corner pin1 making a rectangle4 ,unless the canvas be wet1 a small amount of slack should be allowed before the corner pins are driven4 ,according to the size of the tent one or two men1 crawling under the tent if necessary1 fit each pole or ridge or upright into the ring or ridge pole holes1 and such accessories as hood1 fly1 and brace ropes are adjusted4 ,if a tripod be used an additional man will go under the tent to adjust it4 ,the tent steadied by the remaining men1 one at each corner guy rope1 will then be raised4 ,if the tent is a ward or storage type1 corner poles will now be placed at the four corners4 ,the four corner guy ropes are then placed over the lower notches of the large pins driven in prolongation of the diagonals at such distance as to hold the walls and ends of the tent vertical and smooth when the guy ropes are drawn taut4 ,a wall pin is then driven through each remaining wall loop and a large pin for each guy rope is driven in line with the corner guy pins already driven4 ,the guy ropes of the tent are placed over the lower notches1 while the guy ropes of the fly are placed over the upper notches1 and are then drawn taut4 ,brace ropes when used1 are then secured to stakes or pins suitably placed4 7#gji7 ,conical ,wall ,tent #fhi4 ,drive the door pin and center pin #h feet #c inches apart4 ,using the hood lines1 with center pin as center1 describe two concentric circles with radii #h feet #c inches and #aa feet #c inches4 ,in the outer circle drive two door guy pins #c feet apart4 ,at intervals of about #c feet drive the other guy pins4 ,in other respects conical tents are erected practically as in the case of pyramidal tents1 as explained in par4 #fhh4 7#hja7 ,to ,strike ,common1 ,wall1 ,pyramidal1 and ,conical ,wall ,tents #fij4 ,,strike ,,tents4 ,the men first remove all pins except those of the four corner guy ropes1 or the four quadrant guy ropes in the case of the conical wall tent4 ,the pins are neatly piled or placed in their receptacle4 ,one man holds each guy1 and when the ground is clear the tent is lowered1 folded1 or rolled and tied1 the poles or tripod and pole fastened together1 and the remaining pins collected4 7#hjb7 ,to ,fold ,tents #fia4 ,for folding common1 wall1 hospital1 and storage tents3 ,spread the tent flat on the ground1 folded at the ridge so that bottoms of side walls are even1 ends of tents forming triangles to the right and left2 fold the triangular ends of the tent in toward the middle1 making it rectangular in shape2 fold the top over about #i inches2 fold the tent in two by carrying the top fold over clear to the foot2 fold again in two from the top to the foot2 throw all guys on tent except the second from each end2 fold the ends in so as to cover about two-thirds of the second cloths2 fold the left end over to meet the turned-in edge of the right end1 then fold the right end over the top1 completing the bundle2 tie with two exposed guys4 ,for folding pyramidal tents3 ,the tent is thrown toward the rear and the back wall and roof canvas pulled out smooth4 ,this may be most easily accomplished by leaving the rear corner wall pins in the ground with the wall loops attached1 one man at each rear-corner guy1 and one holding the square iron in a perpendicular position and pulling the canvas to its limit away from the former front of the tent4 ,this leaves the three remaining sides of the tent on top of the rear side1 with the door side in the middle4 ,now carry the right-front corner over and lay it on the left-rear corner4 ,pull all canvas smooth1 throw guys toward square iron1 and pull bottom edges even4 ,then take the right-front corner and return to the right1 covering the right-rear corner4 ,this folds the right side of the tent on itself1 with the crease in the middle and under the front side of the tent4 ,next carry the left-front corner to the right and back as described above2 this1 when completed1 will leave the front and rear sides of the tent lying smooth and flat and the two side walls folded inward1 each on itself4 ,place the hood in the square iron which has been folded downward toward the bottom of tent1 and continue to fold around the square iron as a core1 pressing all folds down flat and smooth1 and parallel with the bottom of the tent4 ,if each fold is compactly made and the canvas kept smooth1 the last fold will exactly cover the lower edge of the canvas4 ,lay all exposed guys along the folded canvas except the two on the center-width1 which should be pulled out and away from bottom edge to their extreme length for tying4 ,now1 beginning at one end1 fold toward the center on the first seam 7that joining the first and second widths7 and fold again toward the center so that the already folded canvas will come to within about three inches of the middle width4 ,then fold over to the opposite edge of middle width of canvas4 ,then begin folding from opposite end1 folding the first width in half1 then making a second fold to come within about #d or #e inches of that already folded1 turn this fold entirely over that already folded4 ,take the exposed guys and draw them taut across each other1 turn bundle over on the under guy1 cross guys on top of bundle drawing tight4 ,turn bundle over on the crossed guys and tie lengthwise4 ,when properly tied and pressed together this will make a package #aa by #bc by #cd inches1 requiring about #h1hee cubic inches to store or pack4 ,stencil the organization designation on the lower half of the middle width of canvas in the back wall4 7#hjc7 ,warning ,calls #fib4 ,first call1 guard mounting1 full dress1 overcoats1 drill1 stable1 water1 and boots and saddles precede the assembly by such interval as may be prescribed by the commanding officer4 ,mess1 church1 and fatigue1 classed as service calls1 may also be used as warning calls4 ,first call is the first signal for formation for roll call and for all ceremonies except guard mounting4 ,guard mounting is the first signal for guard mounting4 ,the field music assembles at first call and guard mounting4 ,in a mixed command1 boots and saddles is the signal to mounted troops that their formation is to be mounted2 for mounted guard mounting or mounted drill1 it immediately follows the signal guard mounting or drill4 ,when full dress or overcoats are to be worn1 the full dress or overcoat call immediately follows first call1 guard mounting1 or boots and saddles4 7#hjd7 ,formation ,calls #fic4 ,assembly3 ,the signal for companies or details to fall in4 ,adjutant's call3 ,the signal for companies to form battalion2 also for the guard details to form for guard mounting on the camp or garrison parade ground2 it follows the assembly at such interval as may be prescribed by the commanding officer4 ,it is also used as a signal for the battalions to form regiment1 following the first adjutant's call at such interval as the commanding officer may prescribe4 ,to the color3 ,is sounded when the color salutes4 7#hje7 ,alarm ,calls #fid4 ,fire call3 ,the signal for the men to fall in1 without arms1 to extinguish fire4 ,to arms3 ,the signal for the men to fall in1 under arms1 on their company's parade grounds as quickly as possible4 ,to horse3 ,the signal for mounted men to proceed under arms to their horses1 saddle1 mount and assemble at a designated place as quickly as possible4 ,in extended order this signal is used to remount troops4 7#hjf7 ,service ,calls #fie4 ,tattoo1 taps1 mess1 sick1 church1 recall1 issue1 officers'1 captains'1 first sergeants'1 fatigue1 school1 and the general4 ,the general is the signal for striking tents and loading wagons preparatory to marching4 ,reveille precedes the assembly for roll call2 retreat follows the assembly1 the interval between being only that required for formation and roll call1 except when there is parade4 ,taps is the signal for extinguishing lights2 it is usually preceded by call to quarters by such interval as prescribed by ,army ,regulations4 ,assembly1 reveille1 retreat1 adjutant's call1 to the color1 the flourishes1 ruffles1 and the marches are sounded by all the field music united2 the other calls1 as a rule1 are sounded by the musician of the guard or orderly musician2 he may also sound the assembly when the musicians are not united4 ,the morning gun is fired at the first note of reveille1 or1 if marches be played before reveille1 it is fired at the commencement of the first march4 ,the evening gun is fired at the last note of retreat4 7#hjg7 ,,appendix ,a ,war ,department1 ,office of the ,chief of ,staff1 ,washington1 ,december #b1 #aiaa4 ,the ,infantry ,drill ,regulations1 #aiaa1 have been prepared for the use of troops armed with the ,united ,states magazine rifle1 model #aijc4 ,for the guidance of organizations armed with the ,united ,states magazine rifle1 model #ahih1 the following alternative paragraphs are published and will be considered as substitute paragraphs for the corresponding paragraphs in the text3 #ge 7in part71 #if1 #ih1 #ii1 #acd1 #aci1 #ada1 #adb1 #adh and #aej4 ,by order of the ,secretary of ,war3 ,,leonard ,,wood1 ,major ,general1 ,chief of ,staff4 ,note4 ,the paragraph numbers #ge1 #if1 #ih1 etc41 given above1 follow the paragraphs below4 #fif4 99 99 99 ,third4 ,the cut-off is kept turned down1 except when using the magazine4 7#ge7 99 99 99 99 99 #fig4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,unfix1 ,,bayonet4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt3 ,take the position of parade rest1 grasp the handle on the bayonet firmly with the right hand1 press the spring with the forefinger of the left hand1 raise the bayonet until the handle is about #f inches above the muzzle of the piece1 drop the point to the left1 back of hand toward the body1 and glancing at the scabbard1 return the bayonet1 the blade passing between the left arm and body2 regrasp the piece with the right hand and resume the order4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the haversack3 ,take the bayonet from the rifle with the left hand and return it to the scabbard in the most convenient manner4 ,if marching or lying down1 the bayonet is fixed and unfixed in the most expeditious and convenient manner and the piece returned to the original position4 ,fix and unfix bayonet are executed with promptness and regularity1 but not in cadence4 7#if7 #fih4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the second command1 take the position of port arms4 7,,two47 ,with the right hand open the magazine gate1 turn the bolt handle up1 draw the bolt back and glance at the magazine and chamber4 ,having found them empty1 or having emptied them1 raise the head and eyes to the front4 7#ih7 #fii4 ,being at inspection arms3 #a4 ,order 7,right shoulder1 port71 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the preparatory command1 push the bolt forward1 turn the handle down1 close the magazine gate1 pull the trigger1 and resume port arms4 ,at the command arms1 complete the movement ordered4 7#ii7 #gjj4 ,pieces being loaded and in the position of load1 to execute other movements with the pieces loaded3 #a4 ,lock1 #b4 ,,pieces4 ,at the command pieces turn the safety lock fully to the right4 ,the safety lock is said to be at the ready when turned to the left1 and at the safe when turned to the right4 ,the cut-off is said to be on when turned up and off when turned down4 7#acd7 #gja4 ,being in line or skirmish line at halt3 #a4 ,with dummy 7blank or ball7 cartridges1 #b4 ,,load4 ,at the command load each front-rank man or skirmisher faces half right and carries the right foot to the right1 about one foot1 to such position as will insure the greatest firmness and steadiness of the body2 raises or lowers the piece and drops it into the left hand at the balance1 left thumb extended along the stock1 muzzle at the height of the breast4 ,with the right hand he turns and draws the bolt back1 takes a cartridge between the thumb and first two fingers and places it in the receiver2 places palm of the hand against the back of the bolt handle2 thrusts the bolt home with a quick motion1 turning down the handle1 and carries the hand to the small of the stock4 ,each rear-rank man moves to the right front1 takes a similar position opposite the interval to the right of his front-rank man1 muzzle of the piece extending beyond the front rank1 and loads4 ,a skirmish line may load while moving1 the pieces being held as nearly as practicable in the position of load4 ,if kneeling or sitting1 the position of the piece is similar2 if kneeling1 the left forearm rests on the left thigh2 if sitting1 the elbows are supported by the knees4 ,if lying down1 the left hand steadies and supports the piece at the balance1 the toe of the butt resting on the ground1 the muzzle off the ground4 ,for reference1 these positions 7standing1 kneeling1 and lying down7 are designated as that of load4 7#aci7 #gjb4 ,,fill ,,magazine4 ,take the position of load1 if not already there1 open the gate of the magazine with the right thumb1 take five cartridges from the box or belt1 and place them1 with the bullets to the front1 in the magazine1 turning the barrel slightly to the left to facilitate the insertion of the cartridges2 close the gate and carry the right hand to the small of the stock4 ,to load from the magazine the command from magazine will be given preceding that of load2 the cut-off will be turned up on coming to the position of load4 ,to resume loading from the belt the command from belt will be given preceding the command load2 the cut-off will be turned down on coming to the position of load4 ,the commands from magazine and from belt1 indicating the change in the manner of loading1 will not be repeated in subsequent commands4 ,the words from belt apply to cartridge box as well as belt4 ,in loading from the magazine care should be taken to push the bolt fully forward and turn the handle down before drawing the bolt back1 as otherwise the extractor will not catch the cartridge in the chamber1 and jamming will occur with the cartridge following4 ,to fire from the magazine1 the command magazine fire may be given at any time4 ,the cut-off is turned up and an increased rate of fire is executed4 ,after the magazine is exhausted the cut-off is turned down and the firing continued1 loading from the belt4 ,magazine fire is employed only when1 in the opinion of the platoon leader or company commander1 the maximum rate of fire becomes necessary4 7#ada7 #gjc4 ,,unload4 ,all take the position of load1 turn the cut-off up1 if not already there1 turn the safety lock to the left1 and alternately open and close the chamber until all the cartridges are ejected4 ,after the last cartridge is ejected the chamber is closed and the trigger pulled4 ,the cartridges are then picked up1 cleaned1 and returned to the box or belt1 and the piece brought to the order4 7#adb7 #gjd4 ,,clip ,,fire4 ,turn the cut-off up2 fire at will 7reloading from the magazine7 until the cartridges in the piece are exhausted2 turn the cut-off down2 fill magazine2 reload and take the position of suspend firing4 7#adh7 #gje4 ,,cease ,,firing4 ,firing stops2 pieces not already there are brought to the position of load1 the cut-off turned down if firing from magazine1 the cartridge is drawn or the empty shell is ejected1 the trigger is pulled1 sights are laid down1 and the piece is brought to the order4 ,cease firing is used for long pauses to prepare for changes of position or to steady the men4 7#aej7 ,,appendix ,b ,war ,department1 ,office of the ,chief of ,staff1 ,washington1 ,december #b1 #aiaa4 ,paragraphs #gdg1 #gib1 #gic1 #gid1 #gie1 #gif1 #gig1 and #gih1 ,infantry ,drill ,regulations1 #aiaa1 apply only to troops equipped with the ,infantry ,equipment1 model #aiaj4 ,for troops equipped under ,general ,orders1 ,no4 #bc1 ,war ,department1 #aijf1 and orders amendatory thereof1 the alternative paragraphs published herewith will govern4 ,by order of the ,secretary of ,war3 ,,leonard ,,wood1 ,major ,general1 ,chief of ,staff4 ,note4 ,the paragraph numbers #gdg1 #gib1 etc41 given above1 follow the paragraphs below4 #gjf4 ,if the inspection is to include an examination of the blanket rolls1 the captain1 before dismissing the company and after inspecting the file closers1 directs the lieutenants to remain in place1 closes ranks1 stacks arms1 dresses the company back to four paces from the stacks1 takes intervals1 and commands3 #a4 ,unsling1 #b4 ,,packs1 #c4 ,open1 #d4 ,,packs4 ,at the second command1 each man unslings his roll and places it on the ground at his feet1 rounded end to the front1 square end of shelter half to the right4 ,at the fourth command1 the rolls are untied1 laid perpendicular to the front with the triangular end of the shelter half to the front1 opened1 and unrolled to the left2 each man prepares the contents of his roll for inspection and resumes the attention4 ,the captain then returns saber1 passes along the ranks and file closers as before1 inspects the rolls1 returns to the right1 draws saber and commands3 #a4 ,close1 #b4 ,,packs4 ,at the second command each man1 with his shelter half smoothly spread on the ground with buttons up and triangular end to the front1 folds his blanket once across its length and places it upon the shelter half1 fold toward the bottom edge one-half inch from the square end1 the same amount of canvas uncovered at the top and bottom4 ,he then places the parts of the pole on the side of the blanket next the square end of shelter half1 near and parallel to the fold1 end of pole about #f inches from the edge of the blanket2 nests the pins similarly near the opposite edge of the blanket and distributes the other articles carried in the roll2 folds the triangular end and then the exposed portion of the bottom of the shelter half over the blanket4 ,the two men in each file roll and fasten first the roll of the front and then of the rear rank man4 ,the file closers work similarly two and two1 or with the front rank man of a blank file4 ,each pair stands on the folded side1 rolls the blanket roll closely and buckles the straps1 passing the end of the strap through both keeper and buckle1 back over the buckle and under the keeper4 ,with the roll so lying on the ground that the edge of the shelter half can just be seen when looking vertically downward1 one end is bent upward and over to meet the other1 a clove hitch is taken with the guy rope first around the end to which it is attached and then around the other end1 adjusting the length of rope between hitches to suit the wearer4 ,as soon as a file completes its two rolls each man places his roll in the position it was in after being unslung and stands at attention4 ,all the rolls being completed1 the captain commands3 #a4 ,sling1 #b4 ,,packs4 ,at the second command the rolls are slung1 the end containing the pole to the rear4 ,the company is assembled1 takes arms1 and the captain completes the inspection as before4 7#gdg7 #gjg4 ,being in line or in column of platoons1 the captain commands3 ,,form ,,for ,,shelter ,,tents4 ,the officers1 first sergeant1 and guides fall out2 the cooks form a file on the flank of the company nearest the kitchen1 the first sergeant and right guide fall in1 forming the right file of the company2 blank files are filled by the file closers or by men taken from the front rank2 the remaining guide or guides1 and file closers form on a convenient flank4 ,before forming column of platoons1 preparatory to pitching tents1 the company may be redivided into two or more platoons1 regardless of the size of each4 7#gib7 #gjh4 ,the captain then causes the company to take intervals as described in the ,school of the ,squad1 and commands3 ,,pitch ,,tents4 ,at the command pitch tents1 each man steps off obliquely to the right with the right foot and lays his rifle on the ground1 the butt of the rifle near the toe of the right foot1 muzzle to the front1 barrel to the left1 and steps back into his place2 each front-rank man then draws his bayonet and sticks it in the ground by the outside of the right heel4 ,all unsling and open the blanket rolls and take out the shelter half1 poles1 and pins4 ,each then spreads his shelter half1 triangle to the rear1 flat upon the ground the tent is to occupy1 rear-rank man's half on the right4 ,the halves are then buttoned together4 ,each front-rank man joins his pole1 inserts the top in the eyes of the halves1 and holds the pole upright beside the bayonet placed in the ground2 his rear-rank man1 using the pins in front1 pins down the front corners of the tent on the line of bayonets1 stretching the canvas taut2 he then inserts a pin in the eye of the rope and drives the pin at such distance in front of the pole as to hold the rope taut4 ,both then go to the rear of the tent2 the rear-rank man adjusts the pole and the front-rank man drives the pins4 ,the rest of the pins are then driven by both men1 the rear-rank man working on the right4 ,as soon as the tent is pitched each man arranges the contents of the blanket roll in the tent and stands at attention in front of his own half on line with the front guy rope pin4 ,the guy ropes1 to have a uniform slope when the shelter tents are pitched1 should all be of the same length4 7#gic7 #gji4 ,when the blanket roll is not carried1 intervals are taken as described above2 the position of the front pole is marked with a bayonet and equipments are laid aside4 ,the men then proceed to the wagon1 secure their rolls1 return to their places1 and pitch tents as heretofore described4 7#gid7 #gaj4 ,to pitch double shelter tent1 the captain gives the same commands as before1 except ,take half interval is given instead of ,take interval4 ,in taking interval1 each man follows the preceding man at #b paces4 ,the captain then commands3 ,,pitch ,,double ,,tents4 ,the first sergeant places himself on the right of the right guide and with him pitches a single shelter tent4 ,only the odd numbers of the front rank mark the line with the bayonet4 ,the tent is formed by buttoning together the square ends of two single tents4 ,two complete tents1 except one pole1 are used4 ,two guy ropes are used at each end1 the guy pins being placed in front of the corner pins4 ,the tents are pitched by numbers #a and #b1 front and rear rank2 and by numbers #c and #d1 front and rear rank2 the men falling in on the left are numbered1 counting off if necessary4 ,all the men spread their shelter halves on the ground the tent is to occupy4 ,those of the front rank are placed with the triangular ends to the front4 ,all four halves are then buttoned together1 first the ridges and then the square ends4 ,the front corners of the tent are pinned by the front-rank men1 the odd number holding the poles1 the even number driving the pins4 ,the rear-rank men similarly pin the rear corners4 ,while the odd numbers steady the poles1 each even number of the front rank takes his pole and enters the tent1 where1 assisted by the even number of the rear rank1 he adjusts the pole to the center eyes of the shelter halves in the following order3 7#a7 ,the lower half of the front tent2 7#b7 the lower half of the rear tent2 7#c7 the upper half of the front tent2 7#d7 the upper half of the rear tent4 ,the guy ropes are then adjusted4 ,the tents having been pitched1 the triangular ends are turned back1 contents of the rolls arranged1 and the men stand at attention1 each opposite his own shelter half and facing out from the tent4 7#gie7 ,,footnotes3 #a ,no4 #a of the first squad4 #b ,ordinarily about #bj yards wide4 #c ,by ,fire ,direction is meant prescribing and generally directing the firing4--,author4 #d ,the pack includes blanket1 poncho1 and shelter tent4 #e ,with a #d-;foot white and red regimental signal flag4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,manual ,,of ,,the ,,bayonet 7,the numbers following the paragraphs are those of the ,manual of the ,bayonet1 ,u4 ,s4 ,army47 #gaa4 ,the infantry soldier relies mainly on fire action to disable the enemy1 but he should know that personal combat is often necessary to obtain success4 ,therefore1 he must be instructed in the use of the rifle and bayonet in hand-to-hand encounters4 7#a7 #gab4 ,the object of this instruction is to teach the soldier how to make effective use of the rifle and bayonet in personal combat2 to make him quick and proficient in handling his rifle2 to give him an accurate eye and a steady hand2 and to give him confidence in the bayonet in offense and defense4 ,when skill in these exercises has been acquired1 the rifle will still remain a most formidable weapon at close quarters should the bayonet be lost or disabled4 7#b7 #gac4 ,efficiency of organizations in bayonet fighting will be judged by the skill shown by individuals in personal combat4 ,for this purpose pairs or groups of opponents1 selected at random from among recruits and trained soldiers1 should engage in assaults1 using the fencing equipment provided for the purpose4 7#c7 #gad4 ,officers and specially selected and thoroughly instructed noncommissioned officers will act as instructors4 7#d7 #gae4 ,instruction in bayonet combat should begin as soon as the soldier is familiar with the handling of his rifle and will progress1 as far as practicable1 in the order followed in the text4 7#e7 #gaf4 ,instruction is ordinarily given on even ground1 but practice should also be had on uneven ground1 especially in the attack and defense of intrenchments4 7#f7 #gag4 ,these exercises will not be used as a calisthenic drill4 7#g7 #gah4 ,the principles of the commands are the same as those given in paragraphs #eh1 #fd1 and #hg4 ,intervals and distances will be taken as in paragraphs #aef and #aeh1 except that1 in formations for bayonet exercises1 the men should be at least four paces apart in every direction4 7#h7 #gai4 ,before requiring soldiers to take a position or execute a movement for the first time1 the instructor executes the same for the purpose of illustration1 after which he requires the soldiers to execute the movement individually4 ,movements prescribed in this manual will not be executed in cadence as the attempt to do so results in incomplete execution and lack of vigor4 ,each movement will be executed correctly as quickly as possible by every man4 ,as soon as the movements are executed accurately1 the commands are given rapidly1 as expertness with the bayonet depends chiefly upon quickness of motion4 7#i7 #gbj4 ,the exercises will be interrupted at first by short and frequent rests4 ,the rests will be less frequent as proficiency is attained4 ,fatigue and exhaustion will be specially guarded against as they prevent proper interest being taken in the exercises and delay the progress of the instruction4 ,rests will be given from the position of order arms in the manner prescribed in ,infantry ,drill ,regulations4 7#aj7 ,,the ,,bayonet ,,nomenclature ,,and ,,description #gba4 ,the bayonet is a cutting and thrusting weapon consisting of three principal parts1 viz1 the blade1 guard1 and grip4 7#aa7 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a #gbb4 ,the blade has the following parts3 ,edge1 false edge1 back1 grooves1 point1 and tang4 ,the length of the blade from guard to point is #af inches1 the edge #ad4e inches1 and the false edge #e4f inches4 ,length of the rifle1 bayonet fixed1 is #ei4d inches4 ,the weight of the bayonet is #a pound2 weight of rifle without bayonet is #h4fi pounds4 ,the center of gravity of the rifle1 with bayonet fixed1 is just in front of the rear sight4 7#ab7 ,i4 ,,instruction ,,without ,,the ,,rifle #gbc4 ,the instructor explains the importance of good footwork and impresses on the men the fact that quickness of foot and suppleness of body are as important for attack and defense as is the ability to parry and deliver a strong point or cut4 7#ac7 #gbd4 ,all foot movements should be made from the position of guard4 ,as far as practicable1 they will be made on the balls of the feet to insure quickness and agility4 ,no hard and fast rule can be laid down as to the length of the various foot movements2 this depends entirely on the situations occurring in combat4 7#ad7 #gbe4 ,the men having taken intervals or distances1 the instructor commands3 #a4 ,bayonet exercise1 #b4 ,,guard4 ,at the command guard1 half face to the right1 carry back and place the right foot about once and a half its length to the rear and about #c inches to the right1 the feet forming with each other an angle of about #fj deg41 weight of the body balanced equally on the balls of the feet1 knees slightly bent1 palms of hands on hips1 fingers to the front1 thumbs to the rear1 head erect1 head and eyes straight to the front4 7#ae7 #gbf4 ,to resume the attention1 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,attention4 ,the men take the position of the soldier and fix their attention4 7#af7 #gbg4 ,,advance4 ,advance the left foot quickly about once its length follow immediately with the right foot the same distance4 7#ag7 #gbh4 ,,retire4 ,move the right foot quickly to the rear about once its length1 follow immediately with the left foot the same distance4 7#ah7 #gbi4 #a4 ,front1 #b4 ,,pass4 ,place the right foot quickly about once its length in front of the left1 advance the left foot to its proper position in front of the right4 7#ai7 #gcj4 #a4 ,rear1 #b4 ,,pass4 ,place the left foot quickly about once its length in rear of the right1 retire the right foot to its proper position in rear of the left4 ,the passes are used to get quickly within striking distance or to withdraw quickly therefrom4 7#bj7 #gca4 #a4 ,right1 #b4 ,,step4 ,step to the right with the right foot about once its length and place the left foot in its proper relative position4 7#ba7 #gcb4 #a4 ,left1 #b4 ,,step4 ,step to the left with the left foot about once its length and place the right foot in its proper relative position4 ,these steps are used to circle around an enemy1 to secure a more favorable line of attack1 or to avoid the opponent's attack4 ,better ground or more favorable light may be gained in this way4 ,in bayonet fencing and in actual combat the foot first moved in stepping to the right or left is the one which at the moment bears the least weight4 7#bb7 ,,ii4 ,,instruction ,,with ,,the ,,rifle #gcc4 ,the commands for and the execution of the foot movements are the same as already given for movements without the rifle4 7#bc7 #gcd4 ,the men having taken intervals or distances1 the instructor commands3 #a4 ,bayonet exercise1 #b4 ,,guard4 ,at the second command take the position of guard 7see par4 #ae72 at the same time throw the rifle smartly to the front1 grasp the rifle with the left hand just below the lower band1 fingers between the stock and gun sling1 barrel turned slightly to the left1 the right hand grasping the small of the stock about #f inches in front of the right hip1 elbows free from the body1 bayonet point at the height of the chin4 7#bd7 7,see ,fig4 #b7 #gce4 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,bring the right foot up to the left and the rifle to the position of order arms1 at the same time resuming the position of attention4 7#be7 #gcf4 ,during the preliminary instruction1 attacks and defenses will be executed from guard until proficiency is attained1 after which they may be executed from any position in which the rifle is held4 7#bf7 ,,attacks #gcg4 #a4 ,,thrust4 ,thrust the rifle quickly forward to the full length of the left arm1 turning the barrel to the left1 and direct the point of the bayonet at the point to be attacked1 butt covering the right forearm4 ,at the same time straighten the right leg vigorously and throw the weight of the body forward and on the left leg1 the ball of the right foot always on the ground4 ,guard is resumed immediately without command4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c ,the force of the thrust is delivered principally with the right arm1 the left being used to direct the bayonet4 ,the points at which the attack should be directed are1 in order of their importance1 stomach1 chest1 head1 neck1 and limbs4 7#bg7 #gch4 #a4 ,,lunge4 ,executed in the same manner as the thrust1 except that the left foot is carried forward about twice its length4 ,the left heel must always be in rear of the left knee4 ,guard is resumed immediately without command4 ,guard may also be resumed by advancing the right foot if1 for any reason1 it is desired to hold the ground gained in lunging4 ,in the latter case1 the preparatory command forward will be given4 ,each method should be practiced4 7#bh7 #gci4 #a4 ,butt1 #b4 ,,strike4 ,straighten right arm and right leg vigorously and swing butt of rifle against point of attack1 pivoting the rifle in the left hand at about the height of the left shoulder1 allowing the bayonet to pass to the rear on the left side of the head4 ,guard is resumed without command4 ,the points of attack in their order of importance are1 head1 neck1 stomach1 and crotch4 7#bi7 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e #gdj4 #a4 ,cut1 #b4 ,,down4 ,execute a quick downward stroke1 edge of bayonet directed at point of attack4 ,guard is resumed without command4 7#cj7 #gda4 #a4 ,cut1 #b4 ,,right 7,,left74 ,with a quick extension of the arms execute a cut to the right 7left71 directing the edge toward the point attacked4 ,guard is resumed without command4 ,the cuts are especially useful against the head1 neck1 and hands of an enemy4 ,in executing left cut it should be remembered that the false1 or back edge1 is only #e4f inches long4 ,the cuts can be executed in continuation of strokes1 thrusts1 lunges1 and parries4 7#ca7 #gdb4 ,to direct an attack to the right1 left1 or rear the soldier will change front as quickly as possible in the most convenient manner1 for example3 #a4 ,to the right rear1 #b4 ,cut1 #c4 ,,down2 #a4 ,to the right1 #b4 ,,lunge2 #a4 ,to the left1 #b4 ,,thrust1 etc4 ,whenever possible the impetus gained by the turning movement of the body should be thrown into the attack4 ,in general this will be best accomplished by turning on the ball of the right foot4 ,these movements constitute a change of front in which the position of guard is resumed at the completion of the movement4 7#cb7 #gdc4 ,good judgment of distance is essential4 ,accuracy in thrusting and lunging is best attained by practicing these attacks against rings or other convenient openings1 about #c inches in diameter1 suitably suspended at desired heights4 7#cc7 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f4 #gdd4 ,the thrust and lunges at rings should first be practiced by endeavoring to hit the opening looked at4 ,this should be followed by directing the attack against one opening while looking at another4 7#cd7 #gde4 ,the soldier should also experience the effect of actual resistance offered to the bayonet and the butt of the rifle in attacks4 ,this will be taught by practicing attacks against a dummy4 7#ce7 #gdf4 ,dummies should be constructed in such a manner as to permit the execution of attacks without injury to the point or edge of the bayonet or to the barrel or stock of the rifle4 ,a suitable dummy can be made from pieces of rope about #e feet in length plaited closely together into a cable between #f and #ab inches in diameter4 ,old rope is preferable4 ,bags weighted and stuffed with hay1 straw1 shavings1 etc41 are also suitable4 7#cf7 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g4 ,,defenses #gdg4 ,in the preliminary drills in the defenses the position of guard is resumed1 by command1 after each parry4 ,when the men have become proficient1 the instructor will cause them to resume the position of guard instantly without command after the execution of each parry4 7#cg7 #gdh4 #a4 ,parry1 #b4 ,,right4 ,keeping the right hand in the guard position1 move the rifle sharply to the right with the left arm1 so that the bayonet point is about #f inches to the right4 7#ch7 #gdi4 #a4 ,parry1 #b4 ,,left4 ,move the rifle sharply to the left front with both hands so as to cover the point attacked4 7#ci7 #gej4 #a4 ,parry1 #b4 ,,high4 ,raise the rifle with both hands high enough to clear the line of vision1 barrel downward1 point of the bayonet to the left front4 ,when necessary to raise the rifle well above the head1 it may be supported between the thumb and forefinger of the left hand4 ,this position will be necessary against attacks from higher elevations1 such1 as men mounted or on top of parapets4 7#dj7 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i #gea4 #a4 ,low parry1 #b4 ,,right 7,,left74 ,carry the point of the bayonet down until it is at the height of the knee1 moving the point of the bayonet sufficiently to the right 7left7 to keep the opponent's attacks clear of the point threatened4 #geb4 ,these parries are rarely used1 as an attack below the waist leaves the head and body exposed4 7#da7 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa #gec4 ,parries must not be too wide or sweeping1 but sharp1 short motions1 finished with a jerk or quick catch4 ,the hands should1 as far as possible1 be kept in the line of attack4 ,parries against butt strike are made by quickly moving the guard so as to cover the point attacked4 7#db7 #ged4 ,to provide against attack from the right1 left1 or rear the soldier will change front as quickly as possible in the most convenient manner1 for example1 #a4 ,to the left rear1 #b4 ,parry1 #c4 ,,high2 #a4 ,to the right1 #b4 ,parry1 #c4 ,,right1 etc4 ,these movements constitute a change of front in which the position of guard is resumed at the completion of the movement4 ,in changing front for the purpose of attack or defense1 if there is danger of wounding a comrade1 the rifle should first be brought to a vertical position4 7#dc7 ,,iii4 ,,instruction ,,without ,,the ,,bayonet #gee4 #a4 ,club rifle1 #b ,,swing4 ,being at order arms at the preparatory command quickly raise and turn the rifle1 regrasping it with both hands between the rear sight and muzzle1 barrel down1 thumbs around the stock and toward the butt2 at the sane time raise the rifle above shoulder farthest from the opponent1 butt elevated and to the rear1 elbows slightly bent and knees straight4 ,each individual takes such position of the feet1 shoulders1 and hands as best accords with his natural dexterity4 ,,swing4 ,tighten the grasp of the hands and swing the rifle to the front and downward1 directing it at the head of the opponent and immediately return to the position of club rifle by completing the swing of the rifle downward and to the rear4 ,repeat by the command4 ,,swing4 ,the rifle should be swung with sufficient force to break through any guard or parry that may be interposed4 ,being at club rifle1 order arms is resumed by command4 ,the use of this attack against dummies or in fencing is prohibited4 7#dd7 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab #gef4 ,the position of club rifle may be taken from any position of the rifle prescribed in the ,manual of ,arms4 ,it will not be taken in personal combat unless the emergency is such as to preclude the use of the bayonet4 7#de7 ,,iv4 ,,combined ,,movements #geg4 ,the purpose of combined movements is to develop more vigorous attacks and more effective defenses than are obtained by the single movements2 to develop skill in passing from attack to defense and the reverse4 ,every movement to the front should be accompanied by an attack1 which is increased in effectiveness by the forward movement of the body4 ,every movement to the rear should ordinarily be accompanied by a parry and should always be followed by an attack4 ,movements to the right or left may be accompanied by attacks or defenses4 7#df7 #geh4 ,not more than three movements will be used in any combination4 ,the instructor should first indicate the number of movements that are to be combined as two movements or three movements4 ,the execution is determined by one command of execution1 and the position of guard is taken upon the completion of the last movement only4 ,,examples ,front pass and ,,lunge4 ,right step and ,,thrust4 ,left step and low parry ,,right4 ,rear pass1 parry left and ,,lunge4 ,lunge and cut ,,right4 ,parry right and parry ,,high4 ,butt strike and cut ,,down4 ,thrust and parry ,,high4 ,parry high and ,,lunge4 ,advance1 thrust and cut ,,right4 ,right step1 parry left and cut ,,down4 ,to the left1 butt strike and cut ,,down4 ,to the right rear1 cut down and butt ,,strike4 7#dg7 #gei4 ,attacks against dummies will be practiced4 ,the approach will be made against the dummies both in quick time and double time4 7#dh7 ,v4 ,,practical ,,bayonet ,,combat #gfj4 ,the principles of practical bayonet combat should be taught as far as possible during the progress of instruction in bayonet exercises4 7#di7 #gfa4 ,the soldier must be continually impressed with the extreme importance of the offensive due to its moral effect4 ,should an attack fail1 it should be followed immediately by another attack before the opponent has an opportunity to assume the offensive4 ,keep the opponent on the defensive4 ,if1 due to circumstances1 it is necessary to take the defensive1 constantly watch for an opportunity to assume the offensive and take immediate advantage of it4 7#ej7 #gfb4 ,observe the ground with a view to obtaining the best footing4 ,time for this will generally be too limited to permit more than a single hasty glance4 7#ea7 #gfc4 ,in personal combat watch the opponent's eyes if they can be plainly seen1 and do not fix the eyes on his weapon nor upon the point of your attack4 ,if his eyes can not be plainly seen1 as in night attacks1 watch the movements of his weapon and of his body4 7#eb7 #gfd4 ,keep the body well covered and deliver attacks vigorously4 ,the point of the bayonet should always be kept as nearly as possible in the line of attack4 ,the less the rifle is moved upward1 downward1 to the right1 or to the left1 the better prepared the soldier is for attack or defense4 7#ec7 #gfe4 ,constantly watch for a chance to attack the opponent's left hand4 ,his position of guard will not differ materially from that described in paragraph #bd4 ,if his bayonet is without a cutting edge1 he will be at a great disadvantage4 7#cd7 #gff4 ,the butt is used for close and sudden attacks4 ,it is particularly useful in riot duty4 ,from the position of port arms a sentry can strike a severe blow with the butt of the rifle4 7#ee7 #gfg4 ,against a man on foot1 armed with a sword1 be careful that the muzzle of the rifle is not grasped4 ,all the swordsman's energies will be directed toward getting past the bayonet4 ,attack him with short stabbing thrusts1 and keep him beyond striking distance of his weapon4 7#ef7 #gfh4 ,the adversary may attempt a greater extension in the thrust and lunge by quitting the grasp of his piece with the left hand and advancing the right as far as possible4 ,when this is done1 a sharp parry may cause him to lose control of his rifle1 leaving him exposed to a counter-attack1 which should follow promptly4 7#eg7 #gfi4 ,against odds a small number of men can fight to best advantage by grouping themselves so as to prevent their being attacked from behind4 7#eh7 #ggj4 ,in fighting a mounted man armed with a saber every effort must be made to get on his near or left side1 because here his reach is much shorter and his parries much weaker4 ,if not possible to disable such an enemy1 attack his horse and then renew the attack on the horseman4 7#ei7 #gga4 ,in receiving night attacks the assailant's movements can be best observed from the kneeling or prone position1 as his approach generally brings him against the sky line4 ,when he arrives within attacking distance rise quickly and lunge well forward at the middle of his body4 7#fj7 ,,vi4 ,,fencing ,,exercises #ggb4 ,fencing exercises in two lines consist of combinations of thrusts1 parries1 and foot movements executed at command or at will1 the opponent replying with suitable parries and returns4 7#fa7 #ggc4 ,the instructor will inspect the entire fencing equipment before the exercise begins and assure himself that everything is in such condition as will prevent accidents4 7#fb7 #ggd4 ,the men equip themselves and form in two lines at the order1 facing each other1 with intervals of about #d paces between files and a distance of about #b paces between lines4 ,one line is designated as number #a2 the other1 number #b4 ,also as attack and defense4 7#fc7 #gge4 ,the opponents being at the order facing each other1 the instructor commands3 ,,salute4 ,each man1 with eyes on his opponent1 carries the left hand smartly to the right side1 palm of the hand down1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 forearm horizontal1 forefinger touching the bayonet4 7,two7 ,drop the arm smartly by the side4 ,this salute is the fencing salute4 ,all fencing exercises and all fencing at will between individuals will begin and terminate with the formal courtesy of the fencing salute4 7#fd7 #ggf4 ,after the fencing salute has been rendered the instructor commands3 #a4 ,fencing exercise1 #b4 ,,guard4 ,at the command guard each man comes to the position of guard1 heretofore defined1 bayonets crossed1 each man's bayonet bearing lightly to the right against the corresponding portion of the opponent's bayonet4 ,the position is known as the engage or engage right4 7#fe7 #ggg4 ,being at the engage right3 ,,engage ,,left4 ,the attack drops the point of his bayonet quickly until clear of his opponent's rifle and describes a semicircle with it upward and to the right2 bayonets are crossed similarly as in the engaged position1 each man's bayonet bearing lightly to the left against the corresponding portion of the opponent's bayonet4 7#ff7 #ggh4 ,being at engage left3 ,,engage ,,right4 ,the attack quickly drops the point of his bayonet until clear of his opponent's rifle and describes a semicircle with it upward and to the left and engages4 7#fg7 #ggi4 ,being engaged3 ,,engage ,,left ,,and ,,right4 ,the attack engages left and then immediately engages right4 7#fh7 #ghj4 ,being engaged left3 ,,engage ,,right ,,and ,,left4 ,the attack engages right and then immediately engages left4 7#fi7 #gha4 #a4 ,number one1 ,,engage ,,right 7,,left72 #b4 ,number two1 ,,counter4 ,number one executes the movement ordered1 as above2 number two quickly drops the point of his bayonet and circles it upward to the original position4 7#gj7 #ghb4 ,in all fencing while maintaining the pressure in the engage1 a certain freedom of motion of the rifle is allowable1 consisting of the play1 or up-and-down motion1 of one bayonet against the other4 ,this is necessary to prevent the opponent from divining the intended attack4 ,it also prevents his using the point of contact as a pivot for his assaults4 ,in changing from one engage to the other the movement is controlled by the left hand1 the right remaining stationary4 7#ga7 #ghc4 ,after some exercise in engage1 engage left1 and counter1 exercises will be given in the assaults4 7#gb7 ,,assaults #ghd4 ,the part of the body to be attacked will be designated by name as head1 neck1 chest1 stomach1 legs4 ,no attacks will be made below the knees4 ,the commands are given and the movements for each line are first explained thoroughly by the instructor2 the execution begins at the command assault4 ,number one executes the attack1 and number two parries2 conversely1 at command1 number two attacks and number one parries4 7#gc7 #ghe4 ,for convenience in instruction assaults are divided into simple attacks1 counter-attacks1 attack on the rifle1 and feints4 7#gd7 ,,simple ,,attacks #ghf4 ,success in these attacks depends on quickness of movement4 ,there are three simple attacks--the straight1 the disengagement1 and the counter disengagement4 ,they are not preceded by a feint4 7#ge7 #ghg4 ,in the straight the bayonet is directed straight at an opening from the engaged position4 ,contact with the opponent's rifle may1 or may not1 be abandoned while making it4 ,if the opening be high or low1 contact with the rifle will usually be abandoned on commencing the attack4 ,if the opening be near his guard1 the light pressure used in the engage may be continued in the attack4 ,example3 ,being at the engage right1 #a4 ,number one1 at neck 7head1 chest1 right leg1 etc471 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 parry right2 #c4 ,,assault4 7#gf7 #ghh4 ,in the disengagement contact with the opponent's rifle is abandoned and the point of the bayonet is circled under or over his bayonet or rifle and directed into the opening attacked4 ,this attack is delivered by one continuous spiral movement of the bayonet from the moment contact is abandoned4 ,example3 ,being at the engage right1 #a4 ,number one1 at stomach 7left chest1 left leg1 etc471 thrust1 #b4 ,number two1 parry left 7etc472 #c4 ,,assault4 7#gg7 #ghi4 ,in the counter disengagement a swift attack is made into the opening disclosed while the opponent is attempting to change the engagement of his rifle4 ,it is delivered by one continuous spiral movement of the bayonet into the opening4 ,example3 ,being at the engage right1 #a4 ,number two1 engage left2 #b4 ,number one1 at chest1 thrust2 #c4 ,number two1 parry left2 #d4 ,,assault4 ,number two initiates the movement1 number one thrusts as soon as the opening is made1 and number two then attempts to parry4 7#gh7 #gij4 ,a counter-attack or return is one made instantly after or in continuation of a parry4 ,the parry should be as narrow as possible4 ,this makes it more difficult for the opponent to recover and counter parry4 ,the counter-attack should also be made at1 or just before1 the full extension of the opponent's attack1 as when it is so made1 a simple extension of the arms will generally be sufficient to reach the opponent's body4 ,example3 ,being at engage1 #a4 ,number two1 at chest1 lunge2 #b4 ,number one1 parry right1 and at stomach 7chest1 head1 etc471 thrust2 #c4 ,,assault4 7#gi7 ,,attacks ,,on ,,the ,,rifle #gia4 ,these movements are made for the purpose of forcing or disclosing an opening into which an attack can be made4 ,they are the press1 the beat1 and the twist4 7#hj7 #gib4 ,in the press the attack quickly presses against the opponent's bayonet or rifle with his own and continues the pressure as the attack is delivered4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 press1 and at chest1 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 parry right2 #c4 ,,assault4 7#ha7 #gic4 ,the attack by disengagement is particularly effective following the press4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 press1 and at stomach1 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 low parry left2 #c4 ,,assault4 7#hb7 #gid4 ,the beat is an attack in which a sharp blow struck against the opponent's rifle for the purpose of forcing him to expose an opening into which an attack immediately follows4 ,it is used when there is but slight opposition or no contact of rifles4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 beat and at stomach 7chest1 etc471 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 parry left2 #c4 ,,assault4 7#hc7 #gie4 ,in the twist the rifle is crossed over the opponent's rifle or bayonet and his bayonet forced downward with a circular motion and a straight attack made into the opening4 ,it requires superior strength on the part of the attack4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 twist1 and at stomach1 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 low parry1 left2 #c4 ,,assault4 7#hd7 ,,feints #gif4 ,feints are movements which threaten or simulate attacks and are made with a view to inducing an opening or parry that exposes the desired point of attack4 ,they are either single or double1 according to the number of such movements made by the attack4 7#he7 #gig4 ,in order that the attack may be changed quickly1 as little force as possible is put into a feint4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 feint head thrust at stomach1 lunge2 #b4 ,number two1 parry right and low parry right2 #c4 ,,assault4 ,number one executes the feint and then the attack4 ,number two executes both parries4 7#hf7 #gih4 ,in double feints first one part of the body and then another is threatened and a third attacked4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 feint straight thrust at chest2 disengagement at chest2 at stomach1 lunge2 #b4 ,number two1 parry right1 parry left1 and low parry left2 #c4 ,,assault4 7#hg7 #gii4 ,an opening may be offered or procured by opposition1 as in the press or beat4 7#hh7 #hjj4 ,in fencing exercises every feint should at first be parried4 ,when the defense is able to judge or divine the character of the attack the feint is not necessarily parried1 but may be nullified by a counter feint4 7#hi7 #hja4 ,a counter feint is a feint following the opponent's feint or following a parry of his attack and generally occurs in combined movements4 7#ij7 ,,combined ,,movements #hjb4 ,when the men have become thoroughly familiar with the various foot movements1 parries1 guards1 attacks1 feints1 etc41 the instructor combines several of them and gives the commands in quick succession1 increasing the rapidity and number of movements as the men become more skillful4 ,opponents will be changed frequently4 #a4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 by disengagement at chest1 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 parry left1 right step 7left foot first71 and lunge2 #c4 ,,assault4 #b4 ,example3 ,being at engage left1 #a4 ,number one1 press and lunge2 #b4 ,number two1 parry right1 left step1 and thrust2 #c4 ,,assault4 #c4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 by disengagement at chest1 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 parry left1 front pass1 and at head butt strike2 #c4 ,number one1 right step2 #d4 ,,assault4 7#ia7 #hjc4 ,examples #a and #b are typical of movements known as cross counters1 and example ,no4 #c of movements known as close counters4 7#ib7 #hjd4 ,a chancery is an attack by means of which the opponent is disarmed1 which causes him to lose control of his rifle1 or which disables his weapon4 7#ic7 #hje4 ,when the different combinations are executed with sufficient skill the instructor will devise series of movements to be memorized and executed at the command assault4 ,the accuracy and celerity of the movements will be carefully watched by the instructor1 with a view to the correction of faulty execution4 7#id7 #hjf4 ,it is not intended to restrict the number of movements1 but to leave to the discretion of company commanders and the ingenuity of instructors the selection of such other exercises as accord with the object of the drill4 7#ie7 ,,vii4 ,,fencing ,,at ,,will #hjg4 ,as satisfactory progress is made the instructor will proceed to the exercises at will1 by which is meant assaults between two men1 each endeavoring to hit the other and to avoid being hit himself4 ,fencing at will should not be allowed to degenerate into random attacks and defenses4 7#if7 #hjh4 ,the instructor can supervise but one pair of combatants at a time4 ,frequent changes should be made so that the men may learn different methods of attack and defense from each other4 7#ig7 #hji4 ,the contest should begin with simple1 careful movements1 with a view to forming a correct opinion of the adversary2 afterwards everything will depend on coolness1 rapid and correct execution of the movements and quick perception of the adversary's intentions4 7#ih7 #haj4 ,continual retreat from the adversary's attack and frequent dodging to escape attacks should be avoided4 ,the offensive should be continually encouraged4 7#ii7 #haa4 ,in fencing at will1 when no commands are given1 opponents facing each other at the position of order arms1 salute4 ,they then immediately and simultaneously assume the position of guard1 rifles engaged4 ,neither man may take the position of guard before his opponent has completed his salute4 ,the choice of position is decided before the salute4 7#ajj7 #hab4 ,the opponents being about two paces apart and the fencing salute having been rendered1 the instructor commands1 #a4 ,at will1 #b4 ,,assault1 after which either party has the right to attack4 ,to interrupt the contest the instructor will command ,,halt1 at which the combatants will immediately come to the order4 ,to terminate the contest the instructor will command1 #a4 ,halt1 #b4 ,,salute1 at which the combatants will immediately come to the order1 salute1 and remove their masks4 7#aja7 #hac4 ,when men have acquired confidence in fencing at will1 one opponent should be required to advance upon the other in quick time at charge bayonet1 from a distance not to exceed #aj yards1 and deliver an attack4 ,as soon as a hit is made by either opponent the instructor commands1 ,,halt1 and the assault terminates4 ,opponents alternate in assaulting4 ,the assailant is likewise required to advance at double time from a distance not exceeding #bj yards and at a run from a distance not exceeding #cj yards4 7#ajb7 #had4 ,the instructor will closely observe the contest and decide doubtful points4 ,he will at once stop the contest upon the slightest indication of temper4 ,after conclusion of the combat he will comment on the action of both parties1 point out errors and deficiencies and explain how they may be avoided in the future4 7#ajc7 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac #hae4 ,as additional instruction1 the men may be permitted to wield the rifle left handed1 that is on the left side of the body1 left hand at the small of the stock4 ,many men will be able to use this method to advantage4 ,it is also of value in case the left hand is wounded4 7#ajd7 #haf4 ,after men have fenced in pairs1 practice should be given in fencing between groups1 equally and unequally divided4 ,when practicable1 intrenchments will be used in fencing of this character4 ,in group fencing it will be necessary to have a sufficient number of umpires to decide hits4 ,an individual receiving a hit is withdrawn at once from the bout1 which is decided in favor of the group having the numerical superiority at the end4 ,the fencing salute is not required in group fencing4 7#aje7 ,,rules ,,for ,,fencing ,,at ,,will #hag4 #a4 ,hits on the legs below the knees will not be counted4 ,no hit counts unless1 in the opinion of the instructor1 it has sufficient force to disable4 #b4 ,upon receiving a hit1 call out hit4 #c4 ,after receiving a fair hit a counter-attack is not permitted4 ,a position of engage is taken4 #d4 ,a second or third hit in a combined attack will be counted only when the first hit was not called4 #e4 ,when it is necessary to stop the contest--for example1 because of breaking of weapons or displacement of means of protection--take the position of the order4 #f4 ,when it is necessary to suspend the assault for any cause1 it will not be resumed until the adversary is ready and in condition to defend himself4 #g4 ,attacks directed at the crotch are prohibited in fencing4 #h4 ,stepping out of bounds1 when established1 counts as a hit4 7#ajf7 ,,suggestions ,,for ,,fencing ,,at ,,will #hah4 ,when engaging in an assault1 first study the adversary's position and proceed by false attacks1 executed with speed1 to discover1 if possible1 his instinctive parries4 ,in order to draw the adversary out and induce him to expose that part of the body at which the attack is to be made1 it is advisable to simulate an attack by a feint and then make the real attack4 7#ajg7 #hai4 ,return attacks should be frequently practiced1 as they are difficult to parry1 and the opponent is within easier reach and more exposed4 ,the return can be made a continuation of the parry1 as there is no previous warning of its delivery1 although it should always be expected4 ,returns are made without lunging if the adversary can be reached by thrusts or cuts4 7#ajh7 #hbj4 ,endeavor to overcome the tendency to make a return without knowing where it will hit4 ,making returns blindly is a bad habit and leads to instinctive returns--that is1 habitual returns with certain attacks from certain parries--a fault which the skilled opponent will soon discover4 7#aji7 #hba4 ,do not draw the rifle back preparatory to thrusting and lunging 7#aaj7 #hbb4 ,the purpose of fencing at will is to teach the soldier as many forms of simple1 effective attacks and defenses as possible4 ,complicated and intricate movements should not be attempted4 7#aaa7 ,,hints ,,for ,,instructors #hbc4 ,the influence of the instructor is great4 ,he must be master of his weapon1 not only to show the various movements1 but also to lead in the exercises at will4 ,he should stimulate the zeal of the men and arouse pleasure in the work4 ,officers should qualify themselves as instructors by fencing with each other4 7#aab7 ,,lessons ,,of ,,the ,,european ,,war #hbd4 ,modification of our system of bayonet combat suggested4 ,the above gives1 in toto1 the system of bayonet exercises and combat at present prescribed by the ,war ,department in the ,manual of the ,bayonet4 ,however1 the use of the bayonet in the present ,european war1 which has given that weapon an importance and prominence heretofore unheard of1 suggests1 as indicated below1 certain modifications of our system4 7a7 ,attack not to be directed against chest4 ,the attack should be directed at the adversary's neck or stomach1 and not against his chest2 for1 if the bayonet is driven into the chest1 there will probably be difficulty in withdrawing it1 and while your bayonet is being so held1 imbedded in your adversary's chest1 you are at the mercy of any other enemy soldier free to strike you4 7b7 ,melee on parapet4 ,when the first wave of an attacking line reaches the enemy's trench1 it is usually met outside the trench1 the melee taking place on the parapet1 and fortunate is the man who is skilled in handling his bayonet4 ,such a man has a much greater chance to live through the melee than the one who is not skillful in using his bayonet4 ,in the excitement and confusion of this melee the greatest possible care must be taken not to stab some of your own men in the back4 7c7 ,position of feet4 ,the ,british have been teaching their men to keep both feet pointing toward the enemy instead of having the right foot turned to the right1 as in our system4 ,note the position of the feet in ,figs4 #ae-ah4 7d7 ,the ,short point 7or ,short thrust7 and the ,jab4 ,there are two attacks used by ,european troops which we might learn with profit4 ,they are the ,short point 7or ,short thrust7 and the ,jab4 ,,position ,,of ,,guard ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ad 7e7 ,the short point 7or short thrust74 ,the short point 7or short thrust7 is taken from the position of guard 7,fig4 #ad71 by slipping the left hand up to the grip of the bayonet1 grasping it and the barrel1 as shown in this figure3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ae ,the rifle is then drawn back to the fullest extent of the right arm1 thus3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #af and a vigorous thrust is made at the objective 7,fig4 #ae71 immediately after which the bayonet is withdrawn vigorously1 the left hand relaxed and the position of guard 7,fig4 #ad7 is resumed by pushing the rifle smartly forward until the left hand is in its proper place4 ,it should be practiced on sand bags or other targets in positions at the height of the rifle1 above it and below it4 7f7 ,the jab4 ,the jab is taken from the first position of the ,short point 7,fig4 #ae71 by slipping the right hand up to the left as the rifle is drawn back to make the ,short thrust 7,fig4 #ag74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ag ,then make a vigorous upward thrust 7,fig4 #ah7 which should be aimed at the adversary's throat4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ah ,this may be practiced combined with the short thrust or the ordinary thrust4 ,it may also be practiced with a run toward the target4 ,it is a useful attack at close quarters4 7g7 ,the butt4 ,the rifle butt is used with great effect at close quarters1 the blows being directed against an adversary's jaw or in the region of the heart4 7h7 ,tripping adversary4 ,the men are taught how to trip up an enemy and how to use their knees in throwing their opponents off their balance4 7i7 ,withdrawing the bayonet4 ,after driving the bayonet into an opponent1 then the first consideration is to get it out of his body4 ,this may be done by slipping the left hand up to the bayonet grip and exerting a vigorous pull1 which is immediately followed by a return to the position of guard4 7j7 ,points in training4 ,in the first stages of training1 special attention is paid to a firm grip and proper handling of arms2 then the greatest attention is given to direction when thrusting1 lunging1 and parrying4 ,until these essentials have been thoroughly mastered1 quickness should not be insisted upon4 ,confidence comes after continued practice1 and quickness and vigor will come with confidence4 ,after the men are taught to make all the attacks as individuals they should be given practice in them as groups4 ,sandbags with discs marked on them to provide targets are used in instructing the ,british armies4 ,these bags are suspended from trees or trestles1 or are put into trenches or pits1 and are also placed on the ground4 ,an excellent scheme is used in teaching the men what the shock of a charge is like4 ,the men are divided into two or more groups and are equipped with fencing outfits4 ,one group is designated as the defense and is placed in trenches4 ,the other groups are the attackers4 ,they may be sent forward in waves or in one line4 ,to make their advance more realistic they have to get over or around obstacles4 ,to take in all phases the attackers are made stronger than the defense and the defense retires--whereupon the attackers endeavor to disable them by thrusting at the kidneys4 ,likewise the defense is made strong enough to drive off the offense4 ,in the charge the men are taught to run at the ,high ,port 7the rifle is held as in ,port arms1 but is carried well above the head74 ,the rifle is brought down to guard just before the enemy is met4 ,,appendix ,d ,,september #ae1 #aiag ,,infantry ,,drill ,,regulations1 #aiaa4 ,paragraphs #abj1 #adc1 #adf1 #ahe1 #ahg1 #ahi1 #aid1 #fdf1 ,infantry ,drill ,regulations1 #aiaa1 apply only to troops armed with the ,united ,states rifle1 ,model #aijc4 ,for troops armed with the ,united ,states rifle1 ,model #aiag 7,enfield71 the alternative paragraphs published herewith will govern4 ,by order of the ,secretary of ,war3 #abj4 ,the following rules govern the carrying of the piece3 ,first4 ,the piece is not carried with cartridges in either the chamber or the magazine except when especially ordered4 ,when so loaded1 or supposed to be loaded1 it is habitually carried locked2 that is1 with safety lock turned to the ,safe4 ,at all other times it is carried unlocked1 with the trigger pulled4 ,second4 ,whenever troops are formed under arms1 pieces are immediately inspected at the commands3 #a4 ,,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,,order 7,right shoulder port71 #d4 ,,arms4 ,a similar inspection is made immediately before dismissal4 ,if cartridges are found in the chamber or magazine they are removed and placed in the belt4 ,third4 ,the bayonet is not fixed except in bayonet exercise1 on guard1 or for combat4 ,fourth4 ,fall in is executed with the piece at the order arms4 ,fall out1 rest1 and at ease are executed as without arms4 ,on resuming attention the position of order arms is taken4 ,fifth4 ,if at the order1 unless otherwise prescribed1 the piece is brought to the right shoulder1 at the command ,,march1 the three motions corresponding with the first three steps4 ,movements may be executed at the trail by prefacing the preparatory command with the words at trail2 as #a4 ,,at ,,trail1 ,,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the trail is taken at the command ,,march4 ,when the facings1 alignments1 open and close ranks1 taking interval or distance1 and assemblings are executed from the order1 raise the piece to the trail while in motion and resume the order on halting4 ,sixth4 ,the piece is brought to the order on halting4 ,the execution of the order begins when the halt is completed4 ,seventh4 ,a disengaged hand in double time is held as when without arms4 #adc4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,,unfix1 #b4 ,,bayonet4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt3 ,execute parade rest2 grasp the handle of the bayonet firmly with the right hand1 pressing the spring with the forefinger of the left hand2 raise the bayonet until the handle is about #ab inches above the muzzle of the piece2 the point to the left1 back of the hand toward the body1 and glancing at the scabbard1 return the bayonet1 the blade passing between the left arm and the body2 regrasp the piece with the right hand and resume the order4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the haversack3 ,take the bayonet from the rifle with the left hand and return it to the scabbard in the most convenient manner4 ,if marching or lying down1 the bayonet is fixed and unfixed in the most expeditious and convenient manner and the piece returned to the original position4 ,fix and unfix bayonet are executed with promptness and regularity1 but not in cadence4 #adf4 ,being at inspection arms3 #a4 ,,order 7,right shoulder1 port71 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the preparatory command press the follower down with the fingers of the left hand1 then push the bolt forward just enough to engage the follower1 raise the fingers of the left hand1 push the bolt forward1 turn the handle down1 pull the trigger1 and resume port arms4 ,at the command ,,arms1 complete the movement ordered4 ,to ,load #ahe4 ,being in line or skirmish line at halt3 #a4 ,,with ,,dummy 7,blank or ball7 ,,cartridges1 #b4 ,,load4 ,at the command load each front rank man or skirmisher faces half right and carries the right foot to the right1 about #a foot1 to such a position as will insure the greatest firmness and steadiness of the body2 raises or lowers the piece and drops it into the left hand at the balance1 left thumb extended along the stock and muzzle at the height of the breast4 ,with the right hand he turns and draws the bolt back1 takes a loaded clip and inserts the end in the clip slots1 places the thumb on the powder space at the top cartridge1 the fingers extending around the piece and tips resting on the magazine floor plate2 forces the cartridges into the magazine by pressing down with the thumb2 without removing the clip1 thrusts the bolt home1 turning down the handle2 turns the safety lock to the ,safe and carries the hand to the small of the stock4 ,each rear rank man moves to the right front1 takes a similar position opposite the interval to the right of his front rank man1 muzzle of the piece extending beyond the front rank1 and loads4 ,a skirmish line may load while moving1 the pieces being held as nearly as practicable in the position of load4 ,if kneeling or sitting1 the position of the piece is similar2 if kneeling1 the left forearm rests on the left thigh2 if sitting1 the elbows are supported by the knees4 ,if lying down1 the left hand steadies and supports the piece at the balance1 the toe of the butt resting on the ground1 the muzzle off the ground4 ,for reference1 these positions 7standing1 kneeling1 and lying down7 are designated as that of load4 #ahf4 ,for purposes of simulating firing1 #a4 ,,simulate1 #b4 ,,load1 raise the bolt handle as in the preceding paragraph1 draw the bolt back until the cocking piece engages1 then close the bolt1 and turn the bolt handle down4 ,the recruits are first taught to simulate loading and firing2 after a few lessons dummy cartridges are used4 ,later1 blank cartridges may be used4 ,omit last paragraph4 #ahg4 ,unload3 ,take the position of load1 turn the safety lock up and move the bolt alternately backward and forward until all the cartridges are ejected4 ,after the last cartridge is ejected the chamber is closed by pressing the follower down with the fingers of the left hand1 to engage it under the bolt1 and then thrusting the bolt home4 ,the trigger is pulled4 ,the cartridges are then picked up1 cleaned1 and returned to the belt and the piece is brought to the order4 #ahi4 ,last paragraph4 ,to continue the firing3 #a4 ,,aim1 #b4 ,,squad1 #c4 ,,fire4 ,each command is executed as previously explained4 ,load is executed by drawing back and thrusting home the bolt with the right hand1 leaving the safety lock at the ,ready4 #aid4 ,cease firing3 ,firing stops2 pieces are loaded and locked2 the sights are laid down and the piece is brought to the order4 ,cease firing is used for long pauses to prepare for changes of position or to steady the men4 ,company ,inspection #fdf4 ,being in line at halt3 #a4 ,,open ,,ranks1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march the front rank executes right dress2 the rear rank and the file closers march backward #d steps1 halt1 and execute right dress2 the lieutenants pass around their respective flanks and take post1 facing to the front1 #c paces in front of the center of their respective platoons4 ,the captain aligns the front rank1 rear rank1 and file closers1 takes post #c paces in front of the right guide1 facing to the left and commands3 #a4 ,,front1 #b4 ,,prepare ,,for ,,inspection4 ,at the second command the lieutenants carry saber2 the captain returns saber and inspects them1 after which they face about1 order saber1 and stand at ease2 upon the completion of the inspection they carry saber1 face about1 and order saber4 ,the captain may direct the lieutenants to accompany or assist him1 in which case they return saber and1 at the close of the inspection1 resume their posts in front of the company1 draw and carry saber4 ,having inspected the lieutenants1 the captain proceeds to the right of the company4 ,each man1 as the captain approaches him executes inspection arms4 ,the captain takes the piece1 grasping it with his right hand just below the lower band1 the man dropping his hands2 the captain inspects the piece1 and1 with the hand and piece in the same position as in receiving it1 hands it back to the man1 who takes it with the left hand at the balance and executes order arms4 ,as the captain returns the piece the next man executes inspection arms1 and so on through the company4 ,should the piece be inspected without handling1 each man executes order arms as soon as the captain passes to the next man4 ,the inspection is from right to left in front1 and from left to right in rear of each rank and of the line of file closers4 ,when approached by the captain the first sergeant executes inspection saber4 ,enlisted men armed with the pistol execute inspection pistol by drawing the pistol from the holster and holding it diagonally across the body1 barrel up1 and #f inches in front of the neck1 muzzle pointing up and to the left4 ,the pistol is returned to the holster as soon as the captain passes4 ,upon completion of the inspection the captain takes post facing to the left in front of the right guide and on line with the lieutenants and commands3 #a4 ,,close ,,ranks1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march the lieutenants resume their posts in line2 the rear rank closes to #dj inches1 each man covering his file leader2 the file closers close to #b paces from the rear rank4 ,,chapter ,,iii ,,manual ,,of ,,physical ,,training 7,,extracts7 ,,methods #hbe4 ,in the employment of the various forms of physical training it is necessary that well-defined methods should be introduced in order that the object of this training may be attained in the most thorough and systematic manner4 ,whenever it is possible this work should be conducted out of doors4 ,in planning these methods the following factors must be considered3 7a7 ,the condition and physical aptitude of the men4 7b7 ,the facilities4 7c7 ,the time4 ,the question of the physical aptitude and general condition1 etc41 of the men is a very important one1 and it should always determine the nature and extent of the task expected of them2 never should the work be made the determining factor4 ,in general1 it is advisable to divide the men into three classes1 viz41 the recruit class1 the intermediate class1 and the advanced class4 ,the work for each class should fit the capabilities of the members of that class and in every class it should be arranged progressively4 ,facilities are necessarily to be considered in any plan of instruction1 but as most posts are now equipped with better than average facilities the plan laid down in this ,manual will answer all purposes4 ,time is a decidedly important factor1 and no plan can be made unless those in charge of this work know exactly how much time they have at their disposal4 ,during the suspension of drills five periods a week1 each of #de minutes duration1 should be devoted to physical training2 during the drill period a #ae-minute drill in setting-up exercises should be ordered on drill days4 ,the time of day1 too1 is important4 ,when possible1 these drills should be held in the morning about two hours after breakfast1 and at no time should they be held immediately before or after a meal4 ,insist upon accurate and precise execution of every movement4 ,by doing so those other essential qualities1 besides strength and endurance--activity1 agility1 gracefulness1 and accuracy--will also be developed4 ,exercises which require activity and agility1 rather than those that require strength only1 should be selected4 ,it should be constantly borne in mind that these exercises are the means and not the end2 and if there be a doubt in the mind of the instructor as to the effect of an exercise1 it is always well to err upon the side of safety4 ,underdoing is rectifiable2 overdoing is often not4 ,the object of this work is not the development of expert gymnasts1 but the development of physically sound men by means of a system in which the chances of bodily injury are reduced to a minimum4 ,when individuals show a special aptitude for gymnastics they may be encouraged1 within limits1 to improve this ability1 but never at the expense of their fellows4 ,the drill should be made as attractive as possible1 and this can best be accomplished by employing the mind as well as the body4 ,the movements should be as varied as possible1 thus constantly offering the men something new to make them keep their minds on their work4 ,a movement many times repeated presents no attraction and is executed in a purely mechanical manner1 which should always be discountenanced4 ,short and frequent drills should be given in preference to long ones1 which are liable to exhaust all concerned1 and exhaustion means lack of interest and benefit4 ,all movements should be carefully explained1 and1 if necessary1 illustrated by the instructor4 ,the lesson should begin with the less violent exercises1 gradually working up to those that are more so1 then gradually working back to the simpler ones1 so that the men at the close of the drill will be in as nearly a normal condition as possible4 ,when one portion of the body is being exercised1 care should be taken that the other parts remain quiet as far as the conformation of the body will allow4 ,the men must learn to exercise any one part of the body independent of the other part4 ,everything in connection with physical training should be such that the men look forward to it with pleasure1 not with dread1 for the mind exerts more influence over the human body than all the gymnastic paraphernalia that was ever invented4 ,exercise should be carried on as much as possible in the open air2 at all times in pure1 dry air4 ,never exercise the men to the point of exhaustion4 ,if there is evidence of panting1 faintness1 fatigue1 or pain1 the exercise should be stopped at once1 for it is nature's way of saying too much4 ,by constant practice the men should learn to breathe slowly through the nostrils during all exercises1 especially running4 ,a fundamental condition of exercise is unimpeded respiration4 ,proper breathing should always be insisted upon2 holding the breath and breathing only when it can no longer be held is injurious4 ,every exercise should be accompanied by an unimpeded and1 if possible1 by an uninterrupted act of respiration1 the inspiration and respiration of which depends to a great extent upon the nature of the exercise4 ,inhalation should always accompany that part of an exercise which tends to elevate and distend the thorax--as raising arms over head laterally1 for instance2 while that part of an exercise which exerts a pressure against the walls of the chest should be accompanied by exhalation1 as for example1 lowering arms laterally from shoulders or overhead4 ,if after exercising1 the breathing becomes labored and distressed1 it is an unmistakable sign that the work has been excessive4 ,such excessiveness is not infrequently the cause of serious injury to the heart and lungs or to both4 ,in cases where exercise produces palpitation1 labored respiration1 etc41 it is advisable to recommend absolute rest1 or to order the execution of such exercises as will relieve the oppressed and overtaxed organ4 ,leg exercises slowly executed will afford great relief4 ,by drawing the blood from the upper to the lower extremities they equalize the circulation1 thereby lessening the heart's action and quieting the respiration4 ,never exercise immediately after a meal2 digestion is more important at this time than extraneous exercise4 ,never eat or drink immediately after exercise2 allow the body to recover its normal condition first1 and the most beneficial results will follow4 ,if necessary1 pure water1 not too cold1 may be taken in small quantities1 but the exercise should be continued1 especially if in a state of perspiration4 ,never1 if at all possible1 allow the underclothing to dry on the body4 ,muscular action produces an unusual amount of bodily heat2 this should be lost gradually1 otherwise the body will be chilled2 hence1 after exercise1 never remove clothing to cool off1 but1 on the contrary1 wear some wrap in addition4 ,in like manner1 be well wrapped on leaving the gymnasium4 ,cold baths1 especially when the body is heated1 as in the case after exercising violently1 should be discouraged4 ,in individual instances such baths may appear apparently beneficial1 or at least not injurious2 in a majority of cases1 however1 they can not be used with impunity4 ,tepid baths are recommended4 ,when impossible to bathe1 the flannels worn while exercising should be stripped off2 the body sponged with tepid water1 and then rubbed thoroughly with coarse towels4 ,after such a sponge the body should be clothed in clean1 warm clothing4 ,flannel is the best material to wear next to the body during physical drill1 as it absorbs the perspiration1 protects the body against drafts and1 in a mild manner1 excites the skin4 ,when the conditions permit it the men may be exercised in the ordinary athletic costume1 sleeveless shirt1 flappers1 socks1 and gymnasium shoes4 ,,commands--,,setting-,,up ,,exercises ,,commands #hbf4 ,there are two kinds of commands3 ,the preparatory indicates the movement to be executed4 ,the command of execution causes the execution4 ,in the command3 #a4 ,arms forward1 #b4 ,,raise1 the words ,arms forward constitute the preparatory command1 and ,,raise the command of execution4 ,preparatory commands are printed in bold face1 and those of execution in ,,capitals4 ,the tone of command is animated1 distinct1 and of a loudness proportioned to the number of men for whom it is intended4 ,the various movements comprising an exercise are executed by commands and1 unless otherwise indicated1 the continuation of an exercise is carried out by repeating the command1 which usually takes the form of numerals the numbers depending upon the number of movements1 that an exercise comprises4 ,thus1 if an exercise consists of two movements1 the counts will be one1 two2 or if it consists of eight movements1 the counts will be correspondingly increased2 thus every movement is designated by a separate command4 ,occasionally1 especially in exercises that are to be executed slowly1 words rather than numerals are used1 and these must be indicative of the nature of the various movements4 ,in the continuation of an exercise the preparatory command is explanatory1 the command of execution causes the execution and the continuation is caused by a repetition of numerals denoting the number of movements required1 or of words describing the movements if words are used4 ,the numerals or words preceding the command halt should always be given with a rising inflection on the first numeral or word of command of the last repetition of the exercise in order to prepare the men for the command halt4 ,for example3 #a4 ,arms to thrust1 #b4 ,,raise1 #c4 ,thrust arms upward1 #d4 ,,exercise1 ,,one1 ,,two1 ,,one1 ,,two1 ,,one1 ,,halt2 the rising inflection preparatory to the command halt being placed on the one preceding the halt4 ,each command must indicate1 by its tone1 how that particular movement is to be executed2 thus1 if an exercise consists of two movements1 one of which is to be energized1 the command corresponding to that movement must be emphasized4 ,judgment must be used in giving commands1 for rarely is the cadence of two movements alike2 and a command should not only indicate the cadence of an exercise1 but also the nature of its execution4 ,thus1 many of the arm exercises are short and snappy2 hence the command should be given in a smart tone of voice1 and the interval between the commands should be short4 ,the leg exercises can not be executed as quickly as those of the arms2 therefore1 the commands should be slightly drawn out and follow one another in slow succession4 ,the trunk exercises1 owing to the deliberateness of execution1 should be considerably drawn out and follow one another in slow succession4 ,the antagonistic exercises1 where one group of muscles is made to antagonize another1 tensing exercises1 the commands are drawn still more4 ,in these exercises words are preferable to numerals4 ,in fact it should be the object of the instructor to convey to the men1 by the manner of his command1 exactly the nature of the exercise4 ,all commands should be given in a clear and distinct tone of voice1 articulation should be distinct1 and an effort should be made to cultivate a voice which will inspire the men with enthusiasm and tend to make them execute the exercises with willingness1 snap1 and precision4 ,it is not the volume1 but the quality1 of the voice which is necessary to successful instruction4 ,,the ,,position ,,of ,,attention #hbg4 ,this is the position an unarmed dismounted soldier assumes when in ranks4 ,during the setting-up exercises1 it is assumed whenever the command attention is given by the instructor4 ,having allowed his men to rest1 the instructor commands3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,attention4 ,figs4 ,a and ,b4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 ,a ,illustration3 ,fig4 ,b ,the words class1 section1 or company may be substituted for the word squad4 ,at the command attention1 the men will quickly assume and retain the following position3 ,heels on same line and as near each other as the conformation of the man permits4 ,feet turned out equally and forming an angle of about #de degrees4 ,knees straight without stiffness4 ,the body erect on the hips1 the spine extended throughout its entire length4 ,the shoulders falling naturally1 are forced back until they are square4 ,chest arched and slightly raised4 ,the arms hang naturally2 thumbs along seams of trousers2 back of hands out and elbows turned back4 ,head erect1 chin drawn in so that the axis of the head and neck is vertical2 eyes straight to the front and1 when the nature of the terrain permits it1 fixed on an object at their own height4 ,too much attention can not be given to this position1 and instructors are cautioned to insist that the men accustom themselves to it4 ,as a rule1 it is so exaggerated that it not only becomes ridiculous1 but positively harmful4 ,the men must be taught to assume a natural and graceful position1 one from which all rigidity is eliminated and from which action is possible without first relaxing muscles that have been constrained in an effort to maintain the position of attention4 ,in other words1 cooerdination rather than strength should be depended upon4 ,in the position described the weight rests principally upon the balls of the feet1 the heels resting lightly upon the ground4 ,the knees are extended easily1 but never locked4 ,the body is now inclined forward until the front of the thighs is directly over the point of the toes2 the hips are square and the waist is extended by the erection of the entire spine1 but never to such a degree that mobility of the waist is lost4 ,in extending the spine1 the chest is naturally arched and the abdomen is drawn in1 but never to the extent where it interferes with respiration4 ,in extending the spinal column1 the shoulders must not be raised1 but held loosely in normal position and forced back until the points of the shoulders are at right angles with an anterior-posterior plane running through the shoulders4 ,the chin should be square2 i4 e41 horizontal and forced back enough to bring the neck in a vertical plane2 the eyes fixed to the front and the object on which they are fixed must be at their own height whenever the nature of the terrain permits it4 ,when properly assumed1 a vertical line drawn from the top of the head should pass in front of the ear1 just in front of the shoulder and of the thigh1 and find its base at the balls of the feet4 ,all muscles should be contracted only enough to maintain this position1 which at all times should be a lithesome one1 that can be maintained for a long period without fatigue--one that makes for activity and that is based upon a correct anatomical and physiological basis4 ,instructors will correct the position of attention of every man individually and they will ascertain1 when the position has been properly assumed1 whether the men are on their toes1 i4 e41 carrying the weight on the balls of the feet1 whether they are able to respire properly1 and whether they find a strain across the small of the back1 which should be as flat as possible4 ,this should be repeated until the men are able to assume the position correctly without restraint or rigidity4 ,at the command rest or at ease the men1 while carrying out the provisions of the drill regulations1 should be cautioned to avoid assuming any position that has a tendency to nullify the object of the position of attention2 standing on leg for instance2 allowing the shoulders to slope forward2 drooping the head2 folding arms across chest1 etc4 ,the weight should always be distributed equally upon both legs2 the head1 trunk1 and shoulders remain erect and the arms held in a position that does not restrict the chest or derange the shoulders4 ,the positions illustrated here have been found most efficacious4 ,figs4 ,c4 and ,d4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 ,c ,illustration3 ,fig4 ,d ,,formations #hbh4 ,the men form in a single or double rank1 the tallest men on the right4 ,the instructor commands3 #a4 ,count off4 ,at this command1 all except the right file execute eyes right and1 beginning on the right1 the men in each rank count #a1 #b1 #c1 #d2 each man turns his head and eyes to the front as he counts4 ,the instructor then commands3 #a4 ,take distance1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,at the command march1 ,no4 #a of the front rank moves straight to the front2 ,nos4 #b1 #c1 and #d of the front and ,nos4 #a1 #b1 #c1 and #d of the rear rank in the order named move straight to the front1 each stepping off1 so as to follow the preceding man at four paces2 the command halt is given when all have their distances4 ,if it is desired that a less distance than four paces be taken1 the distance desired should be indicated in the preparatory command4 ,the men of the squad may be caused to cover ,no4 #a front rank by command cover4 ,the instructor then commands3 #a4 ,right 7left71 #b4 ,,face1 #c4 ,,cover4 ,at these commands the men face in the direction indicated and cover in file4 ,to assemble the squad the instructor commands3 #a4 ,right 7left71 #b4 ,,face1 #c4 ,assemble1 #d4 ,,march4 ,after facing and at command march1 ,no4 #a of the front rank stands fast1 the other members of both ranks resuming their original positions1 or for convenience in the gymnasium they may be assembled to the rear1 in which case the assemblage is made on ,no4 #d of the rear rank4 ,unless otherwise indicated1 the guide is always right4 ,,special ,,training #hbi4 ,in addition to the regular squad or class work instructors should1 when they notice a physical defect in any man1 recommend some exercise which will tend to correct it4 ,the most common physical defects and corresponding corrective exercises are noted here4 ,,drooping ,,head #hcj4 ,exercise the muscles of the neck by bending1 turning1 and circling the head1 muscles tense4 ,,round ,,and ,,stooped ,,shoulders #hca4 ,stretch arms sideward from front horizontal1 turning palms upward1 muscles tense4 ,swing arms forward and backward1 muscles relaxed4 ,circle arms forward and backward slowly1 energize backward motion1 muscles tense2 forward motion with muscles relaxed4 ,circle shoulders backward1 move them forward first1 then raise them1 then move them backward as far as possible in the raised position1 muscles tense1 and then lower to normal position1 muscles relaxed4 ,,weak ,,back #hcb4 ,bend trunk forward as far as possible and erect it slowly4 ,bend trunk forward1 back arched and head thrown back4 ,bend trunk sideward1 without moving hips out of normal position1 right and left4 ,lie on floor1 face down1 and raise head and shoulders4 ,,weak ,,abdomen #hcc4 ,circle trunk right or left4 ,bend trunk backward or obliquely backward4 ,bend head and trunk backward without moving hips out of normal plane4 ,lie on floor1 face up1 and raise head and shoulders slightly2 or to sitting position or raise legs slightly2 or to a vertical position4 ,to increase depth and width of chest ,arm stretchings1 sideward and upward1 muscles tense4 ,same1 with deep inhalations4 ,arm swings and arm circles outward1 away from the body4 ,raise extended arms over head laterally and cross them behind the head4 ,breathing exercises in connection with arm and shoulder exercises4 ,,starting ,,positions #hcd4 ,in nearly all the arm exercises it is necessary to hold the arms in some fixed position from which the exercises can be most advantageously executed1 and to which position the arms are again returned upon completing the exercise4 ,these positions are termed starting positions2 and though it may not be absolutely necessary to assume one of them before or during the employment of any other portion of the body1 it is advisable to do so1 since they give to the exercise a finished1 uniform1 and graceful appearance4 ,in the following positions1 at the command down1 resume the attention4 ,practice in assuming the starting position may be had by repeating the commands of execution1 such as raise1 down4 #hce4 ,while the exercises given below have been grouped for convenient reference1 into arm exercises1 trunk exercises1 leg exercises1 etc41 one entire group must not be given and then the next and so on4 ,always bear in mind that the best results are obtained when those exercises which affect the extensor muscles chiefly are followed by those affecting the flexors2 i4 e41 flexion should always be followed by extension1 or vice versa4 ,it is also advisable that a movement requiring a considerable amount of muscular exertion should be followed by one in which this exertion is reduced to a minimum4 ,as a rule1 especially in the setting-up exercises1 one portion of the body should not be exercised successively2 thus1 arm exercises should be followed by a trunk exercise1 and that in turn by a leg1 shoulder1 and neck exercise4 ,,arm ,,exercises #hcf4 ,intervals having been taken and attention assumed1 the instructor commands3 #a4 ,arms forward1 #b4 ,,raise1 #c4 ,arms1 #d4 ,,down4 ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,at the command raise1 raise the arms to the front smartly1 extended to their full length1 till the hands are in front of and at the height of the shoulders1 palms down1 fingers extended and joined1 thumbs under forefingers4 ,at ,arms1 ,,down1 resume position of attention4 #a4 ,arms upward #b4 ,,raise1 #c4 ,arms1 #d4 ,,down4 ,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,at the command raise1 raise the arms from the sides1 extended to their full length1 with the forward movement1 until they are vertically overhead1 backs of hands turned outward1 fingers as in #a4 ,this position may also be assumed by raising the arms laterally until vertical4 ,the instructor cautions which way he desires it done4 #a4 ,arms backward1 #b4 ,,cross1 #c4 ,arms1 #d4 ,,down4 ,fig4 #c4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c ,at the command cross1 the arms are folded across the back2 hands grasping forearms4 #a4 ,arms to thrust1 #b4 ,,raise1 #c4 ,arms1 #d4 ,,down4 ,fig4 #d4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,at the command raise1 raise the forearms to the front until horizontal1 elbow forced back1 upper arms against the chest1 hands tightly closed1 knuckles down4 #a4 ,hands on hips1 #b4 ,,place1 #c4 ,arms1 #d4 ,,down4 ,fig4 #e4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,at the command place1 place the hands on the hips1 the finger tips in line with trouser seams2 fingers extended and joined1 thumbs to the rear1 elbows pressed back4 ,combination of arm exercises #a4 ,arms to thrust1 #b4 ,,raise1 #c4 ,,thrust ,,arms ,,forward2 ,,swing ,,them ,,sideward1 ,,forward1 ,,and ,,back ,,to ,,position4 ,four counts2 repeat #h to #aj times4 ,the arms are thrust forward1 then relaxed and swung sideward1 then forward and finally brought back to position1 pressing elbows well to the rear2 execute moderately fast2 exhale on the first and third and inhale on the second and fourth counts4 ,,setting-,,up ,,exercises #hcg4 ,as has been stated previously1 the setting-up exercises form the basis upon which the entire system of physical training in the service is founded4 ,therefore too much importance can not be attached to them4 ,through the number and variety of movements they offer it is possible to develop the body harmoniously with little if any danger of injurious results4 ,they develop the muscles and impart vigor and tone to the vital organs and assist them in their functions2 they develop endurance and are important factors in the development of smartness1 grace1 and precision4 ,they should be assiduously practiced4 ,the fact that they require no apparatus of any description makes it possible to do this out of doors or even in the most restricted room1 proper sanitary conditions being the only adjunct upon which their success is dependent4 ,no physical training drill is complete without them4 ,they should always precede the more strenuous forms of training1 as they prepare the body for the greater exertion these forms demand4 ,at the discretion of instructors these exercises may be substituted by others of a similar character4 ,instructors are cautioned1 however1 to employ all the parts of the body in every lesson and to suit the exercise as far as practicable to the natural function of the particular part of the body which they employ4 ,in these lessons only the preparatory command is given here2 the command of execution1 which is invariably ,exercise1 and the commands of continuance1 as well as the command to discontinue1 having been explained are omitted4 ,every preparatory command should convey a definite description of the exercise required2 by doing so long explanations are avoided and the men will not be compelled to memorize the various movements4 ,,recruit ,,instruction ,first ,series ,position of attention1 from at ease and rest4 ,starting position1 ,figs4 #a to #e4 ,,trunk ,,exercises #hch4 #a4 ,hands on hips1 #b4 ,,place1 #c4 ,,quarter ,,bend ,,trunk ,,forward4 ,two counts2 repeat #h to #aj times1 ,fig4 #f4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f ,the trunk is inclined forward at the waist about #de deg4 and then extended again2 the hips are as perpendicular as possible2 execute slowly2 exhale on first and inhale and raise chest on second count4 ,by substituting the words half or full for the word quarter in the command1 the half bend1 ,fig4 #g1 and full bend exercise can be given4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g #a4 ,hands on hips1 #b4 ,,place1 #c4 ,,bend ,,trunk ,,backward4 ,two counts2 repeat #f to #h times1 ,fig4 #h4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h ,the trunk is bent backward as far as possible2 head and shoulders fixed2 knees extended2 feet firmly on the ground2 hips as nearly perpendicular as possible2 in recovering care should be taken not to sway forward2 execute slowly2 inhale on first and exhale on second count4 #a4 ,hands on hips1 #b4 ,,place1 #c4 ,,bend ,,trunk ,,sideward1 ,,right ,,or ,,left4 ,two counts2 repeat #f to #h times1 ,fig4 #i4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i ,the trunk1 stretched at the waist1 is inclined sideward as far as possible2 head and shoulders fixed2 knees extended and feet firmly on the ground2 execute slowly2 inhale on first and exhale on second count4 ,if an additional exercise is desired1 by commanding3 ,,circle ,,trunk ,,right or ,,left a combination of the above trunk exercises is obtained4 ,,leg ,,exercises #hci4 #a4 ,hands on hips1 #b4 ,,place1 #c4 ,,quarter ,,bend ,,knees4 ,two counts2 repeat #h to #aj times1 ,fig4 #aj4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj ,the knees are flexed until the point of the knee is directly over the toes2 whole foot remains on ground2 heels closed2 head and body erect2 execute moderately fast1 emphasizing the extension2 breathe naturally4 ,by substituting the words half or full for the word quarter in the command the half bend and full bend1 ,fig4 #aa1 exercises can be given4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa #a4 ,hands on hips1 #b4 ,,place1 #c4 ,,raise ,,knee4 ,two counts2 repeat #aj to #ab times4 ,fig4 #ab4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab ,the thigh and knee are flexed until they are at right angles1 thigh horizontal3 toes depressed2 the right knee is raised at one and the left at two2 trunk and head erect2 execute in cadence of quick time2 breathe naturally4 ,,shoulder ,,exercise #hdj4 #a4 ,arms to thrust1 #b4 ,,raise1 #c4 ,,move ,,shoulders ,,forward1 ,,up1 ,,back1 ,,and ,,down4 ,four counts2 repeat #h to #aj times4 ,the shoulders are relaxed and brought forward2 in that position they are raised3 then they are forced back without lowering them2 and then they are dropped back to position2 execute slowly2 exhale on the first2 inhale on the second and third and exhale on the last count4 ,,neck ,,exercise #hda4 #a4 ,arms to thrust1 #b4 ,,raise1 #c4 ,,turn ,,head ,,right1 ,,or ,,left4 ,two counts2 repeat #f to #aj times1 ,fig4 #ac4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac ,the head1 chin square1 is turned to the right1 or left as far as possible1 muscles of the neck being stretched2 shoulders remain square2 execute slowly3 breathe naturally4 ,to vary this exercise the head may be bent forward and to the rear by substituting the proper commands4 ,,breathing ,,exercise #hdb4 #a4 ,breathing exercise1 #b4 ,,inhale1 #c4 ,,exhale4 ,at inhale the arms are stretched forward overhead and the lungs are inflated2 at exhale the arms are lowered laterally and the lungs deflated2 execute slowly2 repeat four times4 ,,toe ,,exercise #hdc4 #a4 ,arms backward1 #b4 ,,cross1 #c4 ,,rise ,,on ,,toes4 ,two counts2 repeat #h to #aj times1 ,fig4 #ad4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ad ,the body is raised smartly until the toes and ankles are extended as much as possible2 heels closed2 head and trunk erect2 in recovering position heels are lowered gently2 breathe naturally4 ,,combination ,,exercise #hdd4 ,this exercise brings into play practically all of the muscles that have been used in the preceding exercises4 #a4 ,,leaning ,,rest ,,in ,,four ,,counts4 ,repeat #f to #h times1 ,figs4 #ae1 #af4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ae ,illustration3 ,fig4 #af ,at one knees are bent to squatting position1 hands on the ground between knees2 at two the legs are extended backward to the leaning rest2 at three the first position is resumed1 and at four the position of attention2 hands should be directly under shoulders2 back arched2 knees straight2 head fixed2 execute moderately fast2 breathe naturally4 ,,walking ,,and ,,marching #hde4 ,the length of the full step in quick time is #cj inches1 measured from heel to heel1 and the cadence is at the rate of #abj steps per minute4 ,proper posture and carriage have ever been considered very important in the training of soldiers4 ,in marching1 the head and trunk should remain immobile1 but without stiffness2 as the left foot is carried forward the right forearm is swung forward and inward obliquely across the body until the thumb1 knuckles being turned out1 reaches a point about the height of the belt plate4 ,the upper arm does not move beyond the perpendicular plane while the forearm is swung forward1 though the arm hangs loosely from the shoulder joint4 ,the forearm swing ends precisely at the moment the left heel strikes the ground2 the arm is then relaxed and allowed to swing down and backward by its own weight until it reaches a point where the thumb is about the breadth of a hand to the rear of the buttocks4 ,as the right arm swings back1 the left arm is swung forward with the right leg4 ,the forward motion of the arm assists the body in marching by throwing the weight forward and inward upon the opposite foot as it is planted4 ,the head is held erect2 body well stretched from the waist2 chest arched2 and there should be no rotary motion of the body about the spine4 ,as the leg is thrown forward the knee is smartly extended1 the heel striking the ground first4 ,the instructor having explained the principles and illustrated the step and arm swing1 commands3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march--and to halt the squad he commands3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,halt4 ,in executing the setting-up exercises on the march the cadence should at first be given slowly and gradually increased as the men become more expert2 some exercises require a slow and others a faster pace2 it is best in these cases to allow the cadence of the exercise to determine the cadence of the step4 ,the men should march in a single file at proved intervals4 ,the command that causes and discontinues the execution should be given as the left foot strikes the ground4 ,on the march1 to discontinue the exercise1 command3 #a4 ,quick time1 #b4 ,,march1 instead of ,,halt1 as when at rest4 ,all of the arm1 wrist1 finger1 and shoulder exercises1 and some of the trunk and neck1 may be executed on the march by the same commands and means as when at rest4 ,the following leg and foot exercises are executed at the command march2 the execution always beginning with the left leg or foot4 #a4 #a4 ,on toes1 #b4 ,,march4 #b4 #a4 ,on heels1 #b4 ,,march4 #c4 #a4 ,on right heel and left toe1 #b4 ,,march4 #d4 #a4 ,on left heel and right toe1 #b4 ,,march4 #e4 #a4 ,on toes with knees stiff1 #b4 ,,march4 #f4 #a4 ,swing extended leg forward1 ankle high1 #b4 ,,march4 #g4 #a4 ,swing extended leg forward1 knee high1 #b4 ,,march4 #h4 #a4 ,swing extended leg forward1 waist high1 #b4 ,,march4 #i4 #a4 ,swing extended leg forward1 shoulder high1 #b4 ,,march4 #aj4 #a4 ,raise heels1 #b4 ,,march4 #aa4 #a4 ,raise knees1 thigh horizontal1 #b4 ,,march4 #ab4 #a4 ,raise knees1 chest high1 #b4 ,,march4 #ac4 #a4 ,circle extended leg forward1 ankle high1 #b4 ,,march4 #ad4 #a4 ,circle extended leg forward1 knee high1 #b4 ,,march4 #ae4 #a4 ,circle extended leg forward1 waist high1 #b4 ,,march4 #af4 #a4 ,swing extended leg backward1 #b4 ,,march4 #ag4 #a4 ,swing extended leg sideward1 #b4 ,,march4 #ah4 #a4 ,raise knee and extend leg forward1 #b4 ,,march4 #ai4 #a4 ,raise heels and extend leg forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,,double ,,timing #hdf4 ,the length of the step in double time is #cf inches2 the cadence is at the rate of #ahj steps per minute4 ,to march in double time the instructor commands3 #a4 ,double time1 #b4 ,,march4 ,if at a halt1 at the first command shift the weight of the body to the right leg4 ,at the command march raise the forearms1 fingers closed2 to a horizontal position along the waist line2 take up an easy run with the step and cadence of double time1 allowing a natural swinging motion to the arms inward and upward in the direction of the opposite shoulder4 ,in marching in quick time1 at the command march1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 take one step in quick time1 and then step off in double time4 ,when marching in double time and in running the men breathe as much as possible through the nose1 keeping the mouth closed4 ,a few minutes at the beginning of the setting-up exercises should be devoted to double timing4 ,from lasting only a few minutes at the start it may be gradually increased1 so that daily drills should enable the men at the end of five or six months to double time #ae or #bj minutes without becoming fatigued or distressed4 ,after the double time the men should be marched for several minutes at quick time2 after this the instructor should command3 #a4 ,route step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,in marching at route step1 the men are not required to preserve silence nor keep the step2 if marching at proved intervals1 the latter is preserved4 ,to resume the cadence step in quick time1 the instructor commands3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,attention4 ,great care must be exercised concerning the duration of the double time and the speed and duration of the run4 ,the demands made ,upon the men should be increased gradually4 ,when exercise rather than distance is desired1 the running should be done on the balls of the feet1 heels raised from the ground4 ,,double ,,timing ,,exercises ,while the men are double timing the instructor may vary the position of the arms by commanding3 #a4 #a4 ,arms forward1 #b4 ,,raise4 #b4 #a4 ,arms sideward1 #b4 ,,raise4 #c4 #a4 ,arms upward1 #b4 ,,raise4 #d4 #a4 ,hands on hips1 #b4 ,,place4 #e4 #a4 ,hands on shoulders1 #b4 ,,place4 #f4 #a4 ,arms forward1 #b4 ,,cross4 #g4 #a4 ,arms backward1 #b4 ,,cross4 ,at the command down1 the double-time position for the arms and hands is resumed4 ,,rifle ,,exercises #hdg4 ,the object of these exercises1 which may also be performed with wands or bar bells1 is to develop the muscles of the arms1 shoulders1 and back so that the men will become accustomed to the weight of the piece and learn to wield it with that handiness so essential to its successful use4 ,when these exercises are combined with movements of the various other parts of the body1 they serve as a splendid1 though rather strenuous1 method for the all-round development of the men4 ,as the weight of the piece is considerable1 instructors are cautioned to be reasonable in their demands4 ,far better results are obtained if these exercises are performed at commands than when they are grouped and performed for spectacular purposes4 ,all the exercises start from the starting position1 which is the low extended arm horizontal position in front of the body1 arms straight2 the right hand grasping the small of the stock and the left hand the barrel2 the knuckles turned to the front and the distance between the hands slightly greater than the width of the shoulders4 ,fig4 #ag4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ag ,this position is assumed at the command3 #a4 ,starting1 #b4 ,,position2 at the command position the piece is brought to the port and lowered to the front horizontal snappily4 ,to recover the position of order1 command3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,arms2 the piece is first brought to the port and then to the order4 ,,rifle ,,drill ,,combination ,the following exercises consist of four movements1 the third position always corresponding to the first position and the fourth to the starting position4 ,when performed as a musical drill1 the instructions laid down in that lesson are applicable here4 ,all exercises begin and end with the first or starting position4 ,fig4 #ag4 ,the form of command is1 for example3 7,being at the starting position7 #a4 ,first group1 #b4 ,,first1 ,,exercise2 #a4 ,second group1 #b4 ,,third1 ,,exercise2 ,etc41 ,etc4 ,,first ,,group #hdh4 ,first ,exercise ,counts #a-b4 ,raise piece to bent arm front horizontal1 shoulder high1 and stride forward right1 ,fig4 #ah2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ah #c-d4 ,face to the left on both heels and extend piece upward1 ,fig4 #ai2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ai #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 #hdi4 ,second ,exercise #a-b4 ,raise piece to extended high horizontal1 and stride sideward right1 ,fig4 #bj2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bj #c-d4 ,bend right knee and lower piece to left horizontal1 ,fig4 #ba2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ba #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 #hej4 ,third ,exercise #a-b4 ,raise piece to high side perpendicular on the left1 left hand up1 and stride backward right1 ,fig4 #bb2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bb #c-d4 ,face about on heels and swing piece down and up to high side perpendicular on the right1 ,fig4 #bc2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bc #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 #hea4 ,fourth ,exercise #a-b4 ,raise piece to extended high horizontal1 and stride obliquely forward right1 ,fig4 #bd2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bd #c-d4 ,face about on heels and lower piece to horizontal on shoulders2 ,fig4 #be2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #be #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 ,,second ,,group #heb4 ,first ,exercise #a-b4 ,lower piece to front extended horizontal and bend trunk forward1 ,fig4 #bf2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bf #c-d4 ,lunge obliquely forward right and raise piece to right oblique1 left hand at shoulder1 ,fig4 #bg2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bg #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 #hec4 ,second ,exercise #a-b4 ,raise piece to high perpendicular on the left1 left hand up1 and bend trunk sideward right1 ,fig4 #bh2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bh #c-d4 ,lunge sideward right and swing piece down and up to right high perpendicular1 right hand up1 ,fig4 #bi2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bi #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 #hed4 ,third ,exercise #a-b4 ,raise piece to high extended arm horizontal and bend trunk backward1 ,fig4 #cj2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cj #c-d4 ,lunge forward right1 and swing piece to side horizontal1 left hand to the rear1 ,fig4 #ca2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ca #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 #hee4 ,fourth ,exercise #a-b4 ,raise piece to right high perpendicular and side step position left1 ,fig4 #cb2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cb #c-d4 ,lunge sideward left and swing piece to left high perpendicular1 ,fig4 #cc2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cc #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 ,,third ,,group #hef4 ,first ,exercise #a-b4 ,raise piece to front bent horizontal1 arms crossed1 left over right2 lunge sideward right and bend trunk sideward right1 ,fig4 #cd2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cd #c-d4 ,extend right knee and bend trunk to the left1 bending left knee and recrossing arms1 left over right1 ,fig4 #ce2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ce #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 #heg4 ,second ,exercise #a-b4 ,raise piece to bent arm horizontal2 face right and lunge forward right and bend trunk forward1 ,fig4 #cf2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cf #c-d4 ,raise trunk and turn to the left on both heels and extend piece overhead1 ,fig4 #cg2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cg #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 #heh4 ,third ,exercise #a-b4 ,raise piece to left high horizontal2 lunge forward right1 ,fig4 #ch2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ch #c-d4 ,bend trunk forward and swing piece to extended low horizontal1 ,fig4 #ci2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ci #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 #hei4 ,fourth ,exercise #a-b4 ,raise piece to high extended horizontal and hop to side straddle position1 ,fig4 #dj2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dj #c-d4 ,bend trunk forward and swing piece to extended low horizontal1 left hand between legs1 right hand forward1 ,fig4 #da2 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #da #e-f4 ,resume first position2 #g-h4 ,resume starting position4 ,repeat left1 right1 left4 ,,gymnastic ,,contests #hfj4 ,these exercises are those in which the benefits are lost sight of in the pleasure their attainment provides1 which in the case of these contests is the vanquishing of an opponent4 ,the men are pitted against each other in pairs2 age1 height1 weight1 and general physical aptitude being the determining factors in the selection4 ,in the contests in which superiority is dependent upon skill and agility no restrictions need be placed upon the efforts of the contestants2 but in those that are a test of strength and endurance it is well to call a contest a draw1 when the men are equally matched and the contest is likely to be drawn out to the point of exhaustion of one or both contestants4 ,it is recommended that these contests be indulged in once or twice a month and then at the conclusion of the regular drill4 ,contests that require skill and agility should alternate with those that depend upon force and endurance4 ,in order to facilitate the instruction a number of pairs should be engaged at the same time4 #a4 ,cane wrestling3 ,the cane to be about an inch in diameter and a yard long1 ends rounded4 ,it is grasped with the right hand at the end1 knuckles down1 and with the left hand1 knuckles up1 inside of and close to the opponent's right hand4 ,endeavor is then made to wrest the cane from the opponent4 ,loss of grip with either hand loses the bout4 #b4 ,cane twisting4 ,same cane as in #a4 ,contestants grasp it as in #a1 only the knuckles of both hands are up1 and the arms are extended overhead4 ,object3 ,the contestants endeavor to make the cane revolve in their opponent's hand without allowing it to do so in their own4 ,the cane must be forced down4 #c4 ,cane pulling3 ,contestants sit on the ground1 facing each other1 legs straight and the soles of the feet in contact4 ,the cane is grasped as in #b but close to the feet4 ,object3 ,to pull the opponent to his feet4 ,the legs throughout the contest must be kept rigid4 #d4 ,bucked contest3 ,contestants sit on the ground bucked2 i4 e41 the cane is passed under the knees1 which are drawn up1 and the arms passed under the cane with the fingers laced in front of the ankles4 ,object3 ,to get the toes under those of the opponent and roll him over4 #e4 ,single pole pushing3 ,contestants grasp end of pole1 #f feet long and #b inches thick1 and brace themselves4 ,object3 ,to push the opponent out of position4 #f4 ,double pole pushing3 ,the poles are placed under the arms close to the arm pits1 ends projecting4 ,object3 ,same as in #e4 #g4 ,double pole pulling3 ,position as in #f but standing back to back4 ,object3 ,to pull the opponent out of position4 #h4 ,cock fight3 ,contestants hop on one leg with the arms folded closely over the chest4 ,object3 by butting with the fleshy part of the shoulder without raising the arms1 or by dodging to make the opponent change his feet or touch the floor with his hand or other part of his body4 #i4 ,one-legged tug of war3 ,contestants hop on one leg and grasp hands firmly4 ,object3 ,to pull the opponent forward or make him place the raised foot on the floor4 #aj4 ,the siege3 ,one contestant stands with one foot in a circle #ad inches in diameter1 the other foot outside1 and the arms folded as in #h4 ,two other contestants1 each hopping on one leg1 endeavor to dislodge the one in the circle by butting him with the shoulder4 ,the besieged one is defeated in case he raises the foot in the circle1 or removes it entirely from the circle4 ,the besiegers are defeated in case they change feet or touch the floor as in #h4 ,as soon as either of the latter is defeated his place is immediately filled1 so that there are always two of them4 ,the besieged should resort to volting1 ducking1 etc41 rather than to depend upon his strength4 #aa4 ,one-armed tug3 ,contestants stand facing each other2 right hands grasped1 feet apart4 ,object3 ,without moving feet1 to pull the opponent forward4 ,shifting the feet loses the bout4 #ab4 ,tug royal3 ,three contestants stand facing inward and grasp each other's wrists securely with their feet outside a circle about three feet in diameter4 ,object3 by pulling or pushing to make one of the contestants step inside of the circle4 #ac4 ,indian wrestling3 ,contestants lie upon the ground face up1 right shoulders in close contact1 right elbows locked2 at one the right leg is raised overhead and lowered1 this is repeated at two1 and at three the leg is raised quickly and locked with the opponent's right leg4 ,object3 to roll him over by forcing his leg down4 #ad4 ,medicine ball race4 ,teams of five or six men are organized and a track for each team is marked out4 ,this track consists of marks on the floor or ground at distances of #d yards4 ,on each of these marks stands a man with legs apart1 the team forming a column of files4 ,at ready1 get set1 the contestants prepare for the race1 and at go1 the first man in the column rolls a medicine ball1 which he has on the floor in front of him1 through his legs to ,no4 #b1 he in turn rolls it to #c1 etc41 when it reaches the last man he picks it up and runs to the starting place with it and1 the others all having shifted back one mark1 the rolling is repeated4 ,this continues until the first man brings the ball back to the starting place and every man is in his original position4 ,the ball should be kept rolling3 each man1 as it comes to him1 pushing it on quickly4 ,any ball about #i inches in diameter will answer2 it may be made of strong cloth and stuffed with cotton waste4 ,,chapter ,,iv ,,signaling ,signals and ,codes ,general ,service ,code4 7,international ,morse ,code47 #hfa4 ,used for all visual and sound signaling1 radiotelegraphy1 and on cables using siphon recorders1 used in communicating with ,navy4 ,a 4 - ,b - 4 4 4 ,c - 4 - 4 ,d - 4 4 ,e 4 ,f 4 4 - 4 ,g - - 4 ,h 4 4 4 4 ,i 4 4 ,j 4 - - - ,k - 4 - ,l 4 - 4 4 ,m - - ,n - 4 ,o - - - ,p 4 - - 4 ,q - - 4 - ,r 4 - 4 ,s 4 4 4 ,t - ,u 4 4 - ,v 4 4 4 - ,w 4 - - ,x - 4 4 - ,y - 4 - - ,z - - 4 4 ,,numerals #a 4 - - - - #b 4 4 - - - #c 4 4 4 - - #d 4 4 4 4 - #e 4 4 4 4 4 #f - 4 4 4 4 #g - - 4 4 4 #h - - - 4 4 #i - - - - 4 #j - - - - - ,,punctuation ,period 4 4 4 4 4 4 ,comma 4 - 4 - 4 - 4 ,interrogation 4 4 - - 4 4 ,,the ,,more ,,important ,,conventional ,,flag ,,signals ,for communication between the firing line and the reserve or commander in rear4 ,in transmission1 their concealment from the enemy's view should be insured4 ,in the absence of signal flags the headdress or other substitute may be used4 7,see par4 #if for the signals47 ,wigwag ,signaling by flag1 torch1 hand lantern1 or beam of searchlight 7without shutter7#f #hfb4 #a4 ,there is one position and there are three motions4 ,the position is with flag or other appliance held vertically1 the signalman facing directly toward the station with which it is desired to communicate4 ,the first motion 7the dot7 is to the right of the sender1 and will embrace an arc of #ij deg41 starting with the vertical and returning to it1 and will be made in a plane at right angles to the line connecting the two stations4 ,the second motion 7the dash7 is a similar motion to the left of the sender4 ,the third motion 7front7 is downward directly in front of the sender and instantly returned upward to the first position4 ,this is used to indicate a pause or conclusion4 #b4 ,the beam of the searchlight1 though ordinarily used with the shutter like the heliograph1 may be used for long-distance signaling1 when no shutter is suitable or available1 in a similar manner to the flag or torch1 the first position being a vertical one4 ,a movement of the beam #ij deg4 to the right of the sender indicates a dot1 a similar movement to the left indicates a dash2 the beam is lowered vertically for front4 #c4 ,to use the torch or hand lantern1 a footlight must be employed as a point of reference to the motion4 ,the lantern is more conveniently swung out upward to the right of the footlight for a dot1 to the left for a dash1 and raised vertically for front4 #d4 ,to call a station1 make the call letter until acknowledged1 at intervals giving the call or signal of the calling station4 ,if the call letter of a station is unknown1 wave flag until acknowledged4 ,in using the searchlight without shutter throw the beam in a vertical position and move it through an arc of #ahj deg4 in a plane at right angles to the line connecting the two stations until acknowledged4 ,to acknowledge a call1 signal ,acknowledgment 7or7 ,i understand 7----front7 followed by the call letter of the acknowledging station4 ,notes on ,wig-wagging #e4 ,in order to avoid the flag wrapping itself about the staff1 stand facing the receiving station1 with feet apart4 ,hold the staff with the left hand at butt and right hand #bd inches from end4 ,in moving flag to the right1 bring it down with an outward and inward sweep1 and then return it to the vertical4 ,when the tip is farthest down the staff inclines to the right front and as the flag is brought upward it is swept inward and upwards and as it approaches the vertical position it sweeps forward slightly4 ,in moving to the left the motion is similar1--at the lowest point the staff inclines to the left front4 ,a combination of right and left is made with a figure-of-eight motion4 ,in making front the flag is lowered and moved very slightly to the left front and then swept slightly to the right front1 making a figure-of-eight4 ,the body should be twisted and bent at the waist in making the light and left motions4 ,care should be exercised in keeping the flag in front of the body in making front1 the figure-of-eight is necessarily very flat4 ,do not make letters in a careless slipshod manner4 ,the ,two-arm ,semaphore ,code 7,see ,plates ,i and ,,ii7 #hfc4 ,semaphore signaling may be done with or without flags4 ,without flags it is rarely dependable beyond #fjj yards4 ,in sending stand with feet apart1 squarely facing the receiver4 ,in making letters which require the use of both arms on the same side of body1 twist the body to that side and bend at waist1 so as to throw both arms well away from body4 ,but be careful to keep arms in plane of original position of body4 ,when a letter repeats--bring both hands 7if a two-armed letter7 to chest after first1 then make second4 ,do not try to send rapidly so as to exhibit your ability4 ,remember that the receiver's ability determines the speed to be used4 ,anyone can send faster than he himself can receive4 ,if you want to display your skill have some one send rapidly to you4 ,in receiving1 if you miss a letter--let it go and get the others4 ,if you miss a word signal--,o 7waving flags or arms7 and signal the last word you have received4 ,rapidity is secondary to accuracy4 ,take the positions for the various letters accurately4 ,the horizontal position should not incline upward nor downward4 ,in making an ,l1 for example1 if the left arm is midway between its proper position and the horizontal it is difficult to tell whether it is ,l or ,m4 ,in making ,d1 ,j1 ,k1 ,p1 ,t1 and ,v1 the arm in the vertical position should be brought exactly in front of the body by carrying the shoulder in almost under the chin1 twisting the elbow in until it is directly before the eyes1 and the forearm held in the vertical position with the palm to the rear4 ,when so done there is no possibility of this position being mistaken for any other4 ,manila ,milkman may be sent without changing the position of the right hand4 ,in making ,i1 be sure to twist body well to the right in order that the left arm may be seen in the upper slanting position to the right4 ,city and similar words may be so made4 ,d may be made with either hand4 ,be sure how next letter is made before moving hands4 ,make no false motions4 ,acquire accuracy2 then try for speed4 ,,chop-,,chop4 ,the chop-chop signal is made by placing both arms at the right horizontal 7that is1 by bringing the left arm up to the position of the right arm as in the figure for letter ,b71 and then moving each up and down1 several times1 in opposite direction1 making a cutting motion4 ,,end ,,of ,,word4 ,after each word the ,interval signal is made4 ,,end ,,of ,,sentence4 ,after each sentence the chop signal is made twice4 ,,end ,,of ,,message4 ,at the end of a message the chop signal is made three times4 ,,error4 ,signal ,a several times quickly1 followed by interval2 then repeat the word4 ,,to ,,break ,,in4 ,signal ,attention4 ,,numerals4 ,numbers are always preceded by the signal1 ,numerals4 ,after ,numerals has been signaled1 everything that follows will be numbers until ,interval is signaled1 after which what follows will be letters4 ,illustration3 ,the ,two-arm ,semaphore ,code ,plate ,i ,illustration3 ,the ,two-arm ,semaphore ,code ,plate ,,ii ,signaling with heliograph1 flash lantern1 and searchlight 7with shutter7#g #hfd4 #a4 ,the first position is to turn a steady flash on the receiving station4 ,the signals are made by short and long flashes4 ,use a short flash for dot and a long steady flash for dash4 ,the elements of a letter should be slightly longer than in sound signals4 #b4 ,to call a station1 make the call letter until acknowledged1 at intervals the call or signal of the calling station4 #c4 ,if the call letter of a station be unknown1 signal a series of dots rapidly made until acknowledged4 ,each station will then turn on a steady flash and adjust4 ,when the adjustment is satisfactory to the called station1 it will cut off its flash1 and the calling station will proceed with its message4 #d4 ,if the receiver sees that the sender's mirror needs adjustment1 he will turn on a steady flash until answered by a steady flash4 ,when the adjustment is satisfactory1 the receiver will cut off his flash and the sender will resume his message4 #e4 ,to break the sending station for other purposes1 turn on a steady flash4 ,sound ,signals#g #hfe4 #a4 ,sound signals made by the whistle1 foghorn1 bugle1 trumpet1 and drum may be used in a fog1 mist1 falling snow1 or at night4 ,they may be used with the dot and dash code4 #b4 ,in applying the code to whistle1 foghorn1 bugle1 or trumpet1 one short blast indicates a dot and one long blast a dash4 ,with the drum1 one tap indicates a dot and two taps in rapid succession a dash4 ,although these signals can be used with a dot and dash code1 they should be so used in connection with a preconcerted or conventional code4 ,morse ,code4 7,american ,morse ,code7#g #hff4 ,used only by the army on telegraph lines1 on short cables1 and on field lines1 and on all commercial lines in the ,united ,states4 ,a 4 - ,b - 4 4 4 ,c 4 4 4 ,d - 4 4 ,e 4 ,f 4 - 4 ,g - - 4 ,h 4 4 4 4 ,i 4 4 ,j - 4 - 4 ,k - 4 - ,l -- ,m - - ,n - 4 ,o 4 4 ,p 4 4 4 4 4 ,q 4 4 - 4 ,r 4 4 4 ,s 4 4 4 ,t - ,u 4 4 - ,v 4 4 4 - ,w 4 - - ,x 4 - 4 4 ,y 4 4 4 4 ,z 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ,,numerals #a 4 - - 4 #b 4 4 - 4 4 #c 4 4 4 - 4 #d 4 4 4 4 - #e - - - #f 4 4 4 4 4 4 #g - - 4 4 #h - 4 4 4 4 #i - 4 4 - #j --- ,,punctuation ,period 4 4 - - 4 4 ,comma 4 - 4 - ,interrogation - 4 4 - 4 ,,footnotes3 #f ,extracts from ,signal ,book1 ,united ,states ,army4 #g ,extracts from ,signal ,book1 ,united ,states ,army4 ,,part ,,ii ,,company ,,command ,,chapter ,i ,,the ,,government ,,and ,,administration ,,of ,a ,,company #hfg4 ,the proper performance of the duty of ,,company ,,commander1 like the proper performance of any other duty1 requires work and attention to business4 ,the command of a company divides itself into two kinds of duty3 government and administration4 ,the government includes the instruction1 discipline1 contentment1 and harmony of the organization1 involving1 as it does1 esprit de corps1 rewards1 privileges1 and punishments4 ,the administration includes the providing of clothing1 arms1 ammunition1 equipage1 and subsistence2 the keeping of records1 including the rendition of reports and returns2 and the care and accountability of ,government and company property1 and the disbursement of the company fund4 ,system and care are prerequisites of good administration4 ,the efficient administration of a company greatly facilitates its government4 ,,the ,,captain #hfh4 ,with regard to his company the captain stands in the same light as a father to a large family of children4 ,it is his duty to provide for their comfort1 sustenance1 and pleasure2 enforce strict rules of obedience1 punish the refractory and reward the deserving4 ,he should be considerate and just to his officers and men and should know every soldier personally and make him feel that he so knows him4 ,he should by word and act make every man in the company feel that the captain is his protector4 ,the captain should not be indifferent to the personal welfare of his men1 and when solicited1 being a man of greater experience1 education1 and information1 he should aid and counsel them in such a way as to show he takes an interest in their joys and sorrows4 ,when any men are sick he should do everything possible for them until they can be taken care of by the surgeon4 ,he can add much to the comfort and pleasure of men in the hospital by visiting them from time to time and otherwise showing an interest in their condition4 ,in fact1 one of the officer's most important duties is to look after the welfare of his men--to see that they are well fed1 well clothed and properly cared for in every other way--to see that they are happy and contented4 ,the officer who does not look after the welfare of his men to the best of his ability1 giving the matter his earnest personal attention1 neglects one of the principal things that the ,government pays him to do4 ,the soldier usually has a decided feeling for his captain1 even though it be one of hatred4 ,with regard to the higher grade of officers1 he has respect for them according to regulations2 otherwise1 for the most part1 he is indifferent4 ,at the very most1 he knows whether his post or regimental commander keeps him long at drill1 and particularly whether he has any peculiar habits4 ,the average soldier looks upon his captain as by far the most important personage in the command4 ,there is no other position in the ,army that will give as much satisfaction in return for an honest1 capable and conscientious discharge of duty1 as that of captain4 ,there is a reward in having done his full duty to his company that no disappointment of distinction1 no failure1 can deprive him of2 his seniors may overlook him in giving credits1 unfortunate circumstances may defeat his fondest hopes1 and the crown of laurel may never rest upon his brow1 but the reward that follows upon the faithful discharge of his duty to his company he can not be deprived of by any disaster1 neglect or injustice4 ,he is a small sovereign1 powerful and great1 within his little domain4 #hfi4 ,devolution of ,work and ,responsibility4 ,the company commander should not attempt to do all the work--to look after all the details in person--he should not try to command directly every squad and every platoon4 ,the successful company commander is the one who distributes work among his subordinates and organizes the help they are supposed to give him4 ,by ,war ,department orders1 ,army ,regulations and customs of the service1 the lieutenants and noncommissioned officers are charged with certain duties and responsibilities4 ,let every one of them carry the full load of their responsibility4 ,the company commander should not usurp the functions of his subordinates--he should not relieve them of any of their prescribed or logical work and responsibility4 ,on the contrary1 he should give them more1 and he should see that they deliver the goods4 ,skill in distributing work among subordinates is one of the first essentials of leadership1 as is the ability to get work out of them so that they will fill their functions to the full within the limits of their responsibility4 ,not only does devolution of work and responsibility cause subordinates to take more interest in their work 7it makes them feel less like mere figure-heads71 but it also teaches them initiative and gives them valuable experience in the art of training and handling men4 ,furthermore1 it enables the company commander to devote more time to the larger and more important matters connected with the discipline1 welfare1 training1 instruction and administration of the company4 ,the captain who allows his lieutenants to do practically nothing makes a mistake--he is doing something that will rob his lieutenants of all initiative1 cause them to lose interest in the company1 and make them feel like nonentities--like a kind of fifth wheel--it will make them feel they are not1 in reality1 a part of the company--it will prevent them from getting a practical1 working knowledge of the government and administration of a company4 ,by allowing his lieutenants to participate to the greatest extent possible in the government and administration of the company1 and by not hampering and pestering them with unnecessary instructions about details1 the captain will get out of his lieutenants the very best that there is in them4 ,the captain should require ,,results from his lieutenants1 and the mere fact that a lieutenant is considered inefficient and unable to do things properly1 is no reason why he should not be required to do them4 ,the captain is by ,army ,regulations responsible for the efficiency and instruction of his lieutenants regarding all matters pertaining to the company1 and he should require them to perform all their duties properly1 resorting to such disciplinary measures as may be considered necessary4 ,the lieutenant who can not1 or who will not1 perform his duties properly is a drag on the company1 and such a man has no business in the ,army1 or in the ,organized ,militia4 ,,the ,,lieutenant #hgj4 ,to be able to perform well the duties of captain when the responsibility falls upon him1 should be the constant study and ambition of the lieutenant4 ,he is the assistant of the captain and should be required by the captain to assist in the performance of all company duties1 including the keeping of records and the preparation of the necessary reports1 returns1 estimates and requisitions4 ,the captain should give him lots to do1 and should throw him on his own responsibility just as much as possible4 ,he should be required to drill the company1 attend the daily inspection of the company quarters1 instruct the noncommissioned officers1 brief communications1 enter letters in the ,correspondence ,book1 make out ration returns1 reports1 muster and pay rolls1 etc41 until he shows perfect familiarity therewith4 ,whenever told to do a thing by your captain1 do it yourself or see personally that it is done4 ,do not turn it over to some noncommissioned officer and let it go at that4 ,if your captain wants some noncommissioned officer to do the thing1 he himself will tell him to do it--he will not ask you to do it4 ,it is customary in the ,army to regard the company as the property of the captain4 ,should the lieutenant1 therefore1 be in temporary command of the company he should not make any changes1 especially in the reduction or promotion of noncommissioned officers without first having consulted the captain's wishes in the matter4 ,it is somewhat difficult to explain definitely the authority a lieutenant exercises over the men in the company when the captain is present4 ,in general terms1 however1 it may be stated the lieutenant can not make any changes around the barracks1 inflict any punishment or put men on1 or relieve them from1 any duty without the consent of the captain4 ,it is always better if there be a definite understanding between the captain and his lieutenants as to what he expects of them1 how he wishes to have certain things done and to what extent he will sustain them4 ,if the lieutenant wants anything from the company in the way of working parties1 the services of the company artificer or company clerk1 the use of ordnance stores or quartermaster articles1 he should always speak to the captain about the matter4 ,,the ,,captain ,,and ,,the ,,lieutenants #hga4 ,the company officers should set an example to their men in dress1 military bearing1 system1 punctuality and other soldierly qualities4 ,it should be remembered that the negligence of superiors is the cue for juniors to be negligent4 ,if the men of a company are careless and indifferent about saluting and if they are shabby and lax in their dress1 the company commander is to blame for it--company officers can always correct defects of this kind1 if they will only try4 ,the character and efficiency of officers and the manner in which they perform their duties are reflected in the conduct and deportment of their men4 ,of course1 courage is a prerequisite quality for a good officer1 and every officer should seek to impress his men that he would direct them to do nothing involving danger that he would not himself be willing to do under similar circumstances4 ,if a company officer be ignorant of his duties1 his men will soon find it out1 and when they do they will have neither respect for1 nor confidence in1 him4 ,company officers should take an active interest in everything that affects the amusement1 recreation1 happiness and welfare of their men4 ,an officer just joining a company should learn without delay the names of all the men4 ,a roll of the organization should be gotten and studied4 ,while an officer can gruffly order a soldier to do a thing and have his orders obeyed1 it should be remembered that1 as a rule1 human nature1 especially ,american human nature1 responds best to an appeal to pride1 fairness1 justice1 reason1 and the other nobler instincts of man4 ,it is only in rare instances that the average man will give the best there is in him under coercion or pressure of authority4 ,there are but few men who have not some good in them1 and this good can generally be gotten at1 if one only goes about it in the right way4 ,study your men and try to arouse in them pride and interest in their work4 ,the soldier first learns to respect1 then to honor and finally to love the officer who is strict but just2 firm but kind--and this is the officer who will draw out of his men the very best there is in them4 #hgb4 ,treat your men like men1 and remember there is nothing that will so completely take the spirit out of a man as to find fault with him when he is doing his best4 ,young officers sometimes run to one of two extremes in the treatment of their men--they either1 by undue familiarity1 or otherwise1 cultivate popularity with the men2 or they do not treat them with sufficient consideration--the former course will forfeit their esteem2 the latter1 ensure their dislike1 neither of which result is conducive to commanding their respect4 ,treat your soldiers with proper consideration1 dignity1 and justice--remember they are members of your profession1 the difference being one of education1 rank1 command1 and pay--but they are men1 like yourself1 and should be treated as such4 ,under no circumstances should you ever swear at a soldier--not only is this taking a mean1 unfair advantage of your position1 but it is also undignified1 ungentlemanly1 and unmilitary4 ,it is even more improper for you to swear at a soldier than it is for a superior to swear at you--in the latter case the insult can be properly resented2 in the former1 it must be borne in humiliating silence4 ,remember1 that if by harsh or unfair treatment you destroy a man's self-respect1 you at the same time destroy his usefulness4 ,familiarity is1 of course1 most subversive of discipline1 but you can treat your men with sympathetic consideration without being familiar with them4 ,in dealing with enlisted men1 do not use the same standard of intellect and morals that apply in the case of officers4 ,and remember1 too1 that a thing that may appear small and trivial to an officer may mean a great deal to an enlisted man--study your men1 learn their desires1 their habits1 their way of thinking1 and then in your dealings with them try to look at things from their standpoint also4 ,in other words in your treatment of your men be just as human as possible4 ,the treatment of soldiers should be uniform and just1 and under no circumstances should a man be humiliated unnecessarily or abused4 ,reproof and punishment must be administered with discretion and judgment1 and without passion2 for the officer who loses his temper and flies into a tantrum has failed to obtain his first triumph in discipline4 ,he who can not control himself can not control others4 ,every officer should study himself carefully1 he should analyze himself1 he should place himself under a microscopic glass1 so as to discover his weak points--and he should then try with his whole might and soul to make these weak points strong points4 ,if1 for instance1 you realize that you are weak in applied minor tactics1 or that you have no bump of locality1 or that you have a poor memory1 or that you have a weak will1 do what you can to correct these defects in your make-up4 ,remember ,stonewall ,jackson's motto3 ,a man can do anything he makes up his mind to do4 ,the ,progress ,company1 ,chicago1 ,ill41 publishes ,mind ,power1 ,memory1 ,the ,will1 ,the ,art of ,logical ,thinking 7all by ,w4 ,w4 ,atkinson71 and several other books of a similar nature1 that are both interesting and instructive4 ,the ,power of the ,will1 by ,haddock1 for sale by ,albert ,lewis ,pelton1 ,meriden1 ,conn41 is an excellent book of its kind4 ,,the ,,first ,,sergeant #hgc4 ,it has been said the captain is the proprietor of the company and the first sergeant is the foreman4 ,under supervision of the captain1 he has immediate charge of all routine matters pertaining to the company4 ,in some companies in the ,regular ,army1 it is customary for soldiers1 except in cases of emergency1 to get permission from the first sergeant to speak to the company commander at any time4 ,in other organizations soldiers who wish to speak to the company commander away from the company quarters must first obtain the first sergeant's permission1 but it is not necessary to get this permission to speak to the company commander when he is at the barracks4 ,the first sergeant is sometimes authorized to place noncommissioned officers in arrest in quarters and privates in confinement in the guardhouse1 assuming such action to be by order of the captain1 to whom he at once reports the facts4 ,however1 with regard to the confinement of soldiers by noncommissioned officers1 attention is invited to the ,army ,regulations on the subject4 ,,the ,,noncommissioned ,,officers 7,the status1 duties1 etc41 of noncommissioned officers are covered in greater detail in ,noncommissioned ,officers' ,manual1 by the author4 ,general agents3 ,george ,banta ,publishing ,co41 ,menasha1 ,wis47 #hgd4 ,the efficiency and discipline of a company depend to such an extent on the noncommissioned officers that the greatest care and judgment should be exercised in their selection4 ,they should be men possessing such soldierly qualities as a high sense of duty1 cheerful obedience to orders1 force of character1 honesty1 sobriety and steadiness1 together with an intelligent knowledge of drills1 regulations1 and orders4 ,they should exact prompt obedience from those to whom they give orders1 and should see that all soldiers under them perform their military duties properly4 ,they must not hesitate to reprove them when necessary1 but such reproof must not be any more severe than the occasion demands4 ,the company officers must sustain the noncommissioned officers in the exercise of their authority1 except1 of course1 when such authority is improperly or unjustly exercised4 ,if they do wrong1 they should be punished the same as the privates1 but if it be simply an error of judgment they should merely be admonished4 ,a noncommissioned officer should never be admonished in the presence of privates4 ,judicious praising of noncommissioned officers in the presence of privates is not only gratifying to the noncommissioned officer1 but it also tends to enhance the respect and esteem of the privates for him4 ,in addition to dividing the company into squads1 each squad being under a noncommissioned officer as required by the ,army ,regulations1 the company should also be divided into sections1 each section being in charge of a sergeant4 ,the squads and sections should1 as far as possible1 be quartered together in barracks1 and the chiefs of squads and the chiefs of sections should be held strictly responsible for the conduct1 dress1 cleanliness1 and the care of arms of the members of their respective squads and sections4 ,not only does this throw the corporals and the sergeants upon their own responsibility to a certain extent1 but it also impresses upon them the importance of their position1 and gets the privates in the habit of realizing and appreciating the authority exercised by noncommissioned officers4 ,when practicable1 the noncommissioned officers should have separate rooms or tents1 and should mess together at tables separate from the privates2 for1 everything that conduces to familiarity with inferiors tends to lower the dignity of the noncommissioned officers' position4 ,throw your noncommissioned officers upon their own responsibility--throw them into deep water1 so to speak1 where they will either have to swim or sink4 ,you can never tell what a man can really do until you have given him a chance to show you--until you have put him on his mettle--until you have tried him out4 ,and very often men who seem to have nothing in them1 men who have never before been thrown upon their own responsibility1 will surprise you4 ,do all you can to make your noncommissioned officers realize and appreciate the importance of their position4 ,consult them about different matters--get their opinions about various things4 ,when going through the barracks at ,saturday morning inspection1 for instance1 as you come to the different squads1 have the squad leaders step to the front and follow you while you are inspecting their respective squads4 ,if you find anything wrong with a man's bunk1 speak to the squad leader about it4 ,also ask the squad leaders various questions about their squads4 ,not only does such treatment of noncommissioned officers make them appreciate the importance1 responsibility and dignity of their position1 but it also gives them more confidence in themselves and raises them in the eyes of the privates4 ,noncommissioned officers should always be addressed by their titles1 by both officers and soldiers4 ,noncommissioned officers are forbidden by regulations to act as barbers1 or as agents for laundries1 or in any other position of a similar character4 ,everything possible should be done by the company officers to instruct the noncommissioned officers properly in their duties4#h ,so far as the company is concerned1 the noncommissioned officers are expected to assist the company commander in carrying out his own orders and those of his superiors--they should see that all company orders are obeyed and that the known wishes of the captain are carried out4 ,if1 for instance1 the captain should tell the first sergeant that the men in the company may play cards among themselves1 but that noncommissioned officers are not to play with privates and that men from other companies are not allowed to take part in1 or to be present at the games1 then it is the duty of the first sergeant to see that these instructions are carried out--it is his duty to make frequent inspections of the tables at which the men may be playing to see that no noncommissioned officers are playing and that no outsiders are present4 ,the first sergeant who confined himself to publishing the order to the company and then doing nothing more1 would be neglectful of his proper duty4 ,noncommissioned officers clothed in the proper uniform of their grade are on duty at all times and places for the suppression of disorderly conduct on the part of members of the company in public places4 ,men creating disorder will be sent to their quarters in arrest and the facts reported to the company commander without delay4 ,noncommissioned officers can do much to prevent the commission of offenses by members of their commands1 both when on and when off duty1 and such prevention is as much their duty as reporting offenses after they are committed2 in fact1 it is much better to prevent the offense than to bring the offender to trial4 ,company commanders should drill their noncommissioned officers thoroughly in the principles of discipline4 #hge4 ,noncommissioned ,officers ,authorized to ,confine ,enlisted ,men4 ,a company or detachment commander may delegate to his noncommissioned officers the authority to confine enlisted men in the guardhouse and to place them in arrest in quarters1 provided the case is immediately reported to the company or detachment commander1 who confirms the act of the noncommissioned officer and adopts it as his own4--,w4 ,d4 decision1 ,december1 #aije4 #hgf4 ,reduction and ,resignation4 ,a noncommissioned officer should never be reduced to ranks1 except for grave and sufficient reasons4 ,nothing demoralizes the noncommissioned officers of a company so much and upsets discipline to such an extent as the feeling that upon the slightest pretext or fancy one is to be sent back to the ranks1 to associate with the privates he has been required to discipline4 ,in some regiments noncommissioned officers are permitted to send in formal resignations1 while in other regiments they are not1 but1 with the approval of the company commander1 they may ask for reduction1 giving proper1 satisfactory and specific reasons4 ,of course1 resignations submitted in a spirit of accepted insubordination or pique should not be considered1 nor should they ever be in substitution for deserved disciplinary punishment4 ,if a noncommissioned officer has good reasons for requesting reduction and the granting of the request would not result in detriment to the company1 there is no reason why his application should not be favorably considered4 ,however1 in such a case1 the noncommissioned officer should consult his company commander before submitting his request in writing4 ,it is thought the preponderance of custom is against considering formal resignations4 ,contentment and ,harmony #hgg4 ,the officers of the company should do everything possible to make the organization contented and harmonious4 ,contentment and harmony are not only conducive to good discipline and efficiency1 but they also make the government of the company easy and reduce desertions to a minimum4 ,the showing of favoritism on the part of the captain is always a cause of great dissatisfaction amongst the soldiers in the company4 ,soldiers do not care how strict the captain is1 just so he is fair and impartial1 treating all men alike4 #hgh4 ,the ,mess4 ,the captain should give the mess his constant personal attention1 making frequent visits to the kitchen and dining-room while the soldiers are at meals so as to see for himself what they are getting1 how it is served1 etc4 ,it is not saying too much to state that1 in time of peace1 a good mess is the real basis of the contentment of a company4 ,ascertain what the soldiers like to eat and then gratify their appetites as far as practicable4 ,be careful that the cook or the mess sergeant doesn't fall into a rut and satiate the soldiers day after day with the same dishes4 ,give the ration your personal attention--know yourself what the company is entitled to1 how much it is actually getting1 what the savings amount to1 etc4 #hgi4 ,library and ,amusement ,room4 ,a library and an amusement room1 supplied with good books1 magazines1 papers1 a billiard or pool table1 and a phonograph1 are a source of much pleasure and contentment4 #hhj4 ,athletic ,apparatus4 ,a judicious investment of the company fund in baseballs1 bats1 dumb bells1 ,indian clubs1 boxing gloves and other athletic goods1 and the encouragement of baseball1 basketball1 quoits1 etc41 are in the interest of harmony and happiness4 ,rewards and ,privileges #hha4 #a4 ,deny all passes and requests for privileges of men whose conduct is not good1 and on the other hand grant to men whose conduct is good1 as many indulgences as is consistent with discipline4 #b4 ,judicious praise in the presence of the first sergeant1 a few noncommissioned officers1 or the entire company1 depending upon circumstances1 very often accomplishes a great deal4 ,after the according of such praise1 let your action toward the man show that his good conduct is appreciated and that it has raised him in your estimation1 and make him feel you are keeping your eye on him to see whether he will continue in his well doing4 #c4 ,publication of commendatory orders1 desirable special duty details1 etc4 #d4 ,promotion1 and extra duty details which carry extra pay4 #e4 ,meritorious conduct of importance should be noted in the soldier's military record and also on his discharge4 #f4 ,at the weekly company inspection1 each chief of squad picks out the neatest and cleanest man in his squad--the captain then inspects the men so selected1 the neatest and cleanest one being excused from one or two tours of kitchen police1 or some other disagreeable duty2 or given a two days' pass4 ,,note3 ,some officers do not think that good conduct should be especially rewarded1 but that if all soldiers be held strictly accountable for their actions by a system of strict discipline1 good conduct attains its own reward in the immunities it enjoys4 #hhb4 ,company punishment4 ,it is neither necessary nor desirable to bring every dereliction of duty before a court-martial for trial4 ,in fact1 the invariable preferring of charges for minor#i offenses will1 as a rule1 injure rather than help the discipline of a command4 ,the #ajdth ,article of ,war states1 ,the commanding officer of any detachment1 company1 or higher command may1 for minor offenses not denied by the accused1 impose disciplinary punishments upon persons of his command without the intervention of a court-martial1 unless the accused demands trial by court-martial4 ,the disciplinary punishments authorized may include admonition1 reprimand1 withholding of privileges1 extra fatigue1 and restriction to certain specified limits1 but shall not include forfeiture of pay or confinement under guard4 7,par4 #ccc1 ,manual for ,courts-,martial47 ,some ,efficacious ,forms of ,company ,punishment #hhc4 #a4 ,extra fatigue under the ,company ,supply ,sergeant or the noncommissioned officer in charge of quarters1 cleaning up around and in the company quarters1 scrubbing pots1 scouring tin pans1 polishing stoves1 cutting wood1 policing the rears1 cutting grass1 pulling weeds1 polishing the brass and nickel parts in the water closets and bath rooms1 washing and greasing leather1 cleaning guns1 boiling greasy haversacks1 and in camp1 digging drains and working around slop holes4 ,if the work be done well the offender may be let off sooner--if the work be not done well1 he may be tried for it4 #b4 ,men may not be allowed to leave the immediate vicinity of the barracks for periods ranging from one to ten days1 during which time they are subject to all kinds of disagreeable fatigue1 and required to report to the ,n4 ,c4 ,o4 in charge of quarters at stated hours4 #c4 ,breaking rocks for a given number of days4 ,for every man so punished1 a private of the same company is detailed as a sentinel and for every four men a corporal is detailed in addition--the idea being to cause every man in each organization to take an interest in preventing his own comrades from violating rules and regulations4 #d4 ,when two soldiers get into a row that is not of a serious nature1 a good plan is to set them at work scrubbing the barrack windows--one on the outside and one on the inside1 making them clean the same pane at the same time4 ,they are thus constantly looking in each other's faces and before the second window is cleaned they will probably be laughing at each other and part friends rather than nursing their wrath4 #e4 ,confinement to barracks1 reporting to the noncommissioned officer in charge of quarters once every hour1 from reveille to1 say1 #i ,p4 ,m4 ,,note3 ,some company commanders follow1 for moral effect1 the practice of publishing to their companies all summary court convictions of soldiers belonging to the organization4 ,withholding of ,privileges #a4 ,withholding of passes and of credit at the post exchange4 #b4 ,withholding of furloughs4 #hhd4 ,control of ,drunken and ,obscene ,men4 ,in order to control drunken and obscene men1 they have been bucked and gagged until sufficiently sober to regain self-control and quiet down4 ,the use of a cold water hose in such cases has been known to accomplish good results4 ,great care and judgment1 however1 should be exercised and no more force used than is absolutely necessary4 ,it may also be said that persistently filthy men have been washed and scrubbed4 #hhe4 ,saturday morning and other company inspections are intended to show the condition of the organization regarding its equipment1 military appearance and general fitness for service1 and the condition of the quarters as regards cleanliness1 order1 etc4 ,usually everyone except the guard1 one cook1 and others whose presence elsewhere can not be spared1 are required to attend inspections1 appearing in their best clothes1 their arms and accouterments being shipshape and spick and span in every respect4 ,a man appearing at inspection with arms and equipments not in proper shape1 especially if he be a recruit or if it be his first offense1 may be turned out again several hours later1 fully armed and equipped1 for another inspection1 instead of being tried by summary court4 ,property ,responsibility #hhf4 ,special attention should be given to the care and accountability of all company property4 #a4 ,all property 7tents1 axes1 spades1 chairs1 hatchets1 etc47 should be plainly marked with the letter of the company4 #b4 ,keep a duplicate copy of every memorandum receipt given for property1 and when such property is turned in or another officer's memorandum receipt is given covering the property1 don't fail to get your original memorandum from the quartermaster4 #c4 ,see that the quartermaster gives you credit for all articles turned in1 or property accounted for on statement of charges1 proceedings of a surveying officer or otherwise4 #d4 ,have a settlement with the quartermaster at the end of every quarter as required by ,army ,regulations1 taking an inventory of all property held on memorandum receipt and submitting to the quartermaster a statement of charges and a certified list of the china and glassware unavoidably broken during the quarter4 #e4 ,keep an account of all articles issued to the men1 turned in to the quartermaster1 condemned1 expended1 lost1 stolen or destroyed4 #f4 ,worn out and unserviceable1 property that is beyond repair in the company should be submitted to the action of a surveying officer1 the ,survey ,reports 7,form ,no4 #aif1 ,a4 ,g4 ,o47 being prepared in triplicate1 and submitted to the commanding officer1 who will appoint a surveying officer4 ,no property that can be repaired in the company should ever be submitted to the action of a surveying officer or inspector4 ,in this connection company commanders and supply sergeants should be thoroughly familiar with ,ordnance ,department pamphlet ,no4 #aife and ,g4 ,o4 #bf1 #aiag1 the two covering the care1 repair and disposition of unserviceable ,ordnance equipment4 #g4 ,property that is to be submitted to the action of a surveying officer or an inspector should always first be carefully examined by the responsible officer in person1 who should be prepared to give all necessary information in regard to it4 ,the property should be arranged in the order of enumeration in the survey or the inventory report1 and should be arranged in rows of five1 ten1 or some other number1 so that the numbers of the various articles can be counted at a glance4 ,the ,army ,regulations require that the responsible officer shall be present at the inspection of property by a regular inspector4 ,he should also be present when property is acted on by a surveying officer4 #h4 ,all company property 7,ordnance1 ,quartermaster1 ,signal and ,engineer7 except the litter 7,medical ,department7 is gotten from the unit supply officer on memorandum receipt4 ,the litter is gotten from the surgeon on memorandum receipt4 ,settlements are required to be made quarterly with the officers concerned1 and also when relinquishing command4 ,company ,paperwork #hhg4 ,scope of subject4 ,to cover in full the subject of company paperwork would require more space than it is practicable to spare in a manual of this nature1 and consequently only brief reference is made herein to the principal books1 records and papers connected with the administration of a company4 ,the subject of company paperwork1 as well as ,army administration in general1 is covered in full in ,army ,paperwork1 published by ,geo4 ,banta ,publishing ,co41 ,menasha1 ,wis4 ,price #b4jj1 postpaid4 ,in connection with company paperwork1 it may be remarked that now-a-days no company office is complete without a typewriter4 ,for all-around field and garrison work the ,,corona1 which is used throughout the ,army1 is recommended4 ,not only is it less bulky and lighter than other machines1 but it is simpler of construction and will stand harder usage4 ,the ,corona ,folding ,stand adds very much to the convenience of the machine for field use4 #hhh4 ,morning ,report4 ,which shows1 at the hour the report is submitted1 the exact condition of the company as to the number of officers and men present for duty1 sick1 absent1 etc4 ,all changes since the last report 7the day before7 are shown by name1 under ,remarks1 on the right-hand page1 and by number on the left-hand page4 ,in case of no change since last report1 note1 ,no change1 under1 ,remarks1 and also on the left-hand page4 7,see model given below47 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,,note4 ,the numbers #aj1 #i1 #h1 #g1 #f1 etc41 entered by hand on the left in model1 and which show the number of days from each printed number 7date7 to the end of the month1 are entered the beginning of each month1 and are a convenience in showing at once the number of rations to be added or deducted in the case of men joining or leaving the company4 #hhi4 ,daily ,sick ,report4 ,on which are entered the names of all enlisted men requiring medical attention and such of the company officers as may be excused from duty because of illness4 ,the report is signed each day by the surgeon and the company commander1 and shows whether or not the sickness was incurred in line of duty4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c #hij4 ,duty ,roster4 ,on which is kept a record of all details for guard duty1 kitchen police1 and other details for service in garrison and in the field1 except the authorized special and extra duty details4 ,for instructions regarding the keeping of roster1 see1 ,details and ,rosters1 ,manual of ,interior ,guard ,duty and the ,model and instructions on the form itself4 #hia4 ,files of ,orders4 ,a file will be kept of all orders issued by the company commander4 ,files will also be kept of all orders and instructions received from higher authority4 #hib4 ,company ,fund ,book4 ,in which are entered all receipts to1 and expenditures from1 the company fund1 together with the monthly proceeding of the ,company ,council of ,administration1 and a list of property1 with cost thereof1 purchased from the company fund4 ,the model in the front of the book shows how the account is to be kept4 #hic4 ,correspondence ,book1 with index4 ,in which is entered a brief of each item of correspondence in respect to which a record is necessary1 and a notation of the action taken thereon4 #hid4 ,document ,file1 being the original documents or communications when these are retained1 and carbon1 letter press1 or other copies of letters1 indorsements1 or telegrams sent in regard to the same1 all of which are filed according to serial numbers4 #hie4 ,delinquency ,record1 in which are noted the disciplinary punishments awarded by the company commander in compliance with the provisions of ,army ,regulations4 #hif4 ,property ,responsibility4 ,two loose-leaf books in which are listed1 in one all articles of quartermaster property1 and in the other1 all articles of ordnance property1 issued each soldier for his personal use4 #hig4 ,service ,record4 7,formerly known as ,descriptive ,list47 ,one for each member of the company1 in which is kept a full description of him1 including date of enlistment1 personnel description1 record of deposits1 trial by court-martial1 record of vaccination1 clothing account1 etc4 #hih4 ,descriptive ,card of ,public ,animals4 ,to be kept in organizations supplied with public animals4 #hii4 ,retained ,copies of ,rolls1 ,returns1 etc4 ,retained copies of the various rolls1 reports1 and returns 7property and other7 that are required by orders and regulations4 #ijj4 ,memorandum ,receipts1 showing all articles of ordnance quartermaster1 and other property that may be held on memorandum receipt1 with date of receipt1 from whom received1 etc4 ,the company commander has a quarterly settlement with the staff officers concerned4 #ija4 ,abstract ,record of ,memorandum ,receipts4 ,for keeping a record of property issued on memorandum receipt1 in connection with the unit accountability equipment4 #ijb4 ,record of ,rifles1 showing the number of the rifle1 the ,arsenal where made1 date of receipt1 to whom issued1 and number of shots fired each target season4 7,note4 ,geo4 ,banta ,publishing ,co41 ,menasha1 ,wis41 print an excellent card for this purpose47 #ijc4 ,summary ,court ,records4 ,commanding officers are required to furnish organization commanders with true copies of all summary court records relating to men of their organizations1 which papers form a part of the records of the organization4 #ijd4 ,statement of ,clothing ,charged to ,enlisted ,men4 ,when clothing is drawn individually from the quartermaster1 the ,individual ,clothing ,slips are entered on the ,statement of ,clothing ,charged to ,enlisted ,men1 which is filed with the requisition to which it pertains4 #ije4 ,abstract of ,clothing4 ,all individual clothing slips are entered on this abstract as the issues are made1 the total quantities and money values being determined and the abstract completed at the end of month or when the organization leaves the vicinity of the issuing quartermaster for an extended period4 ,at the close of period covered1 the organization commander compares his copy of the abstract with the quartermaster's copy1 and it is then filed with the ,individual ,clothing ,slips and ,statement of ,clothing ,charged to ,enlisted men4 #ijf4 ,record of ,size of ,clothing4 ,a record of the sizes of clothing of every man in the company as ascertained by measurement4 #ijg4 ,company ,target ,records4 ,an individual record is kept for each man of the company and for every officer firing1 on which are entered the record rifle practice and the qualification for each target season4 ,a similar record is kept in the case of those required to fire with the pistol4 ,records are also kept of the company combat firing and the proficiency test1 and of the combat practice4 ,the combat practice records are kept until the close of the following target season1 when they may be destroyed4 #ijh4 ,company ,return4 ,on the first day of each month a ,company ,return for the preceding month is submitted to regimental headquarters4 ,the return gives by name all changes since rendition of last return in the case of officers1 and by number all changes in the case of enlisted men1 and shows the condition of the company at midnight of the last day of the month for which rendered4 ,all officers1 present and absent1 are accounted for by name1 and under ,record of ,events1 is given a brief statement of the duties performed by the company during the month1 including marches made1 actions in which engaged1 etc4 ,see next page for a ,model ,company ,return4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e #iji4 ,ration return4 ,in addition to rations1 on this form are obtained soap1 candles1 matches1 toilet paper1 rock salt1 vinegar for animals1 flour for paste in target practice1 towels1 and ice1 the allowances of which are prescribed in the ,army ,regulations4 ,the best way to show how a ration return is prepared is to give a model and then explain how the figures thereon were obtained4 ,the figures in the above model were obtained as follows3 7a7 ,the enlisted strength of ,co4 ,h1 #ejth ,inf41 present and absent according to the morning report of ,feb4 #bi_/af1 was #ig 7b7 ,deduct from the above the number of men absent according to the morning report of ,feb4 #bi_/af1 and for whom rations will not1 therefore1 be drawn for any part or for the whole of the month of ,march1 the number of men absent being 7assumed7 as follows3 ,on furlough #c ,on detached service #b ,absent sick #b ,absent in confinement #a ,present sick in hospital #d ,attached to and rationed with the band #b #ad --------- ,balance #hc 7c7 ,add the number of men attached to the company for rations1 which 7it is assumed7 consists of two general prisoners #b --------- ,,total #he ,that is to say1 we have #he men for whom one ration per day must be drawn for the month of ,march1 that is to say1 #ca days4 ,hence1 the total number of rations will be1 #he x #ca #bfce rations4 7d7 ,additions and deductions must be made as follows3 ,additions ,for the men who were attached to the company for rations and who joined during the month of ,february1 from absent sick1 furlough1 detached service1 etc41 and which 7let us assume7 the ,plus column of ,rations on the company morning report for ,february shows to be #aej ,deductions ,for the men who left the company during the month of ,february1 on account of being sent to the hospital sick1 going on furlough1 etc41 and which 7let us assume7 the ,minus column of ,rations on the company morning report for ,february shows to be #bjj ,leaving us 7a ,net correction7 to be added of #ej --------- ,and making the total number due the company for the month of ,march #behe ,,extra ,,issues ,the ,army ,regulations fixes the maximum allowance of soap1 toilet paper1 matches1 etc41 the commanding officer being authorized1 if he so desires1 to determine the allowances1 with the prescribed maximum4 ,the allowances are based either on so much per ration1 per so many rations1 or per organization4 ,in the case of candles and matches the allowance is left entirely to the commanding officer4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f3 ,model ,ration ,return ,example 7,see model ration return above7 ,soap4 ,allowance is #j4fd for each ration or #d lbs4 to #ajj rations4 #be4he x #d #ajc4dj1 i4 e41 the company is entitled to #ajc lbs4 of soap for the month of ,march4 ,toilet paper4 ,allowance is #ajjj sheets for every #fj rations1 #behe _/ #fj #dc1 that is1 the company is entitled to #dc packages of toilet paper4 ,matches4 ,allowance of matches for lighting fires and lights1 for which fuel and the illumination supplies are issued1 is such as the commanding officer may order as necessary4 ,flour4 ,allowance of flour for paste used in target practice is #ej lbs4 for each troop or company for the practice season4 ,,footnotes3 #h ,silicate ,roll ,blackboards1 which are perfectly flexible and can be rolled tightly1 like a map1 without injury1 may be obtained from the ,new ,york ,silicate ,book ,slate ,co41 #bj ,vesey ,st41 ,new ,york4 ,they are made in various sizes1 about the most convenient for use in noncommissioned officers' schools is ,no4 #c1 three by four feet--price #b4 #i ,for example1 noisy or disorderly conduct in quarters1 failure to salute officers1 slovenly dressed at formations1 rifle equipments not properly cleaned at inspection or other formations1 overstaying pass1 short absences without leave and absences from formations 7especially for first offense74 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,discipline #iaj4 ,definition4 ,discipline is not merely preservation of order1 faithful performance of duty1 and prevention of offenses--in other words1 discipline is not merely compliance with a set of rules and regulations drawn up for the purpose of preserving order in an organization4 ,this is only one phase of discipline4 ,in its deeper and more important sense discipline may be defined as the habit of instantaneous and instinctive obedience under any and all circumstances--it is the habit whereby the very muscles of the soldier instinctively obey the word of command1 so that under whatever circumstances of danger or death the soldier may hear that word of command1 even though his mind be too confused to work1 his muscles will obey4 ,it is toward this ultimate object that all rules of discipline tend4 ,in war1 the value of this habit of instantaneous and instinctive obedience is invaluable1 and during the time of peace everything possible should be done to ingrain into the very blood of the soldier this spirit1 this habit1 of instantaneous1 instinctive obedience to the word of command4 #iaa4 ,methods of ,attaining ,good ,discipline4 ,experience shows that drill1 routine1 military courtesy1 attention to details1 proper rewards for good conduct1 and invariable admonition or punishment of all derelictions of duty1 are the best methods of attaining good discipline--that they are the most effective means to that end4 #iab4 ,importance4 ,history shows that the chief factor of success in war is discipline1 and that without discipline no body of troops can hold their own against a well-directed1 well-disciplined force4 #iac4 ,sound ,system4 ,we must bear in mind that what may be considered a sound system of discipline at one epoch or for one nation1 may be inapplicable at another epoch or for another nation4 ,in other words1 sound discipline depends upon the existing state of civilization and education1 the political institutions of the country1 the national trait and the national military system4 ,for example1 the system of discipline that existed in the days of ,frederick the ,great1 and which1 in modified form1 exists today in certain ,european armies1 whereby the soldier was so inured to a habit of subjection that he became a sort of machine--a kind of automaton4 ,such a system of discipline1 while answering admirably well its purpose at that time and for those nations1 would not do at all in this day and generation1 and with a people like ours1 in whom the spirit of personal freedom and individual initiative are born4 ,of course1 the discipline that will insure obedience under any and all conditions--the discipline that will insure prompt and unhesitating obedience to march1 to attack1 to charge--is just as important today as it was a thousand years ago1 but we can not attain it by the machine-making methods of former times4 ,the system we use must be in keeping with the national characteristics of our people and the tactical necessities of the day1 the latter requiring individual initiative4 ,according to the old system1 the company commander imposed his will upon a body of submissive units2 under the new system the company commander1 backed by authority and greater knowledge1 leads obedient1 willing units1 exacting ready obedience and loyal cooeperation4 ,the company commander used to drive2 now he leads4 #iad4 ,means of attaining and maintaining such discipline4 #a4 ,explain to the men the importance of discipline and its value on the field of battle1 and give the reasons that makes it necessary to subject soldiers to restrictions that they were not subjected to in civil life4 #b4 ,do not impose unnecessary restrictions or hardships on your men1 nor issue orders that have no bearing on their efficiency1 health1 cleanliness1 orderliness1 etc4 #c4 ,demand a high standard of excellence in the performance of all duties whatsoever1 and exact the utmost display of energy4 ,a system of discipline based on the above principles develops habits of self-control1 self-reliance1 neatness1 order1 and punctuality1 and creates respect for authority and confidence in superiors4 #iae4 ,punishment4 ,in maintaining discipline1 it must be remembered the object of punishment should be two-fold3 7a7 ,to prevent the commission of offenses1 and 7b7 to reform the offender4 ,punishment should1 therefore1 in degree and character depend upon the nature of the offense4 ,punishment should not be debasing or illegal1 and the penalty should be proportionate to the nature of the offense4 ,if too great1 it tends to arouse sympathy1 and foster friends for the offender1 thus encouraging a repetition of the offense4 ,a distinction1 therefore1 should be made between the deliberate disregard of orders and regulations1 and offenses which are the result of ignorance or thoughtlessness4 ,in the latter case the punishment should be for the purpose of instruction and should not go to the extent of inflicting unnecessary humiliation and discouragement upon the offender4 ,general ,principles #iaf4 ,in the administration of discipline the following principles should be observed4 #a4 ,everyone1 officers and soldiers1 should be required and made to perform their full duty4 ,if the post commander1 for instance1 requires the company commanders to do their full duty1 they will require their noncommissioned officers to do their full duty1 and the noncommissioned officers will in turn require the men to do the same4 #b4 ,subordinates should be held strictly responsible for the proper government and administration of their respective commands1 and all changes or corrections should be made through them4 #c4 ,subordinates should have exclusive control of their respective commands1 and all orders1 instructions and directions affecting their commands should be given through them4 #d4 ,if1 in case of emergency1 it be not practicable to make certain changes or corrections1 or to give certain orders1 instructions or directions1 through the subordinates1 they should be notified at once of what has been done4 #e4 ,after a subordinate has been placed in charge of a certain duty1 all instructions pertaining thereto should be given through him1 and all meddling and interfering should be avoided4 ,interference by superiors relieves the subordinate of responsibility1 and causes him to lose interest1 become indifferent1 and do no more than he is obliged to do4 #f4 ,the certainty of reward for1 and appreciation of1 meritorious conduct1 should equal the certainty of punishment for dereliction of duty4 #g4 ,it is the duty of an officer or noncommissioned officer who gives an order to see that it is obeyed2 carrying out orders received by him does not end with their perfunctory transmission to subordinates--this is only a small part of his duty4 ,he must personally see that the orders so transmitted are made effective4 #h4 ,the treatment of soldiers should be uniform and just1 and under no circumstances should a man be humiliated unnecessarily or abused4 ,reproof and punishment must be administered with discretion and judgment1 and without passion2 for an officer or noncommissioned officer who loses his temper and flies into a tantrum has failed to obtain his first triumph in discipline4 ,he who can not control himself can not control others4 #i4 ,punishment should invariably follow dereliction of duty1 for the frequency of offenses depends1 as a general rule1 on the degree of certainty with which their commission is attended with punishment4 ,when men know that their derelictions and neglects will be observed and reproved1 they will be much more careful than they would be otherwise--that's human nature4 ,a strict adherence to the above general principles will instill into the minds of those concerned1 respect for authority and a spirit of obedience4 ,,part ,,iii ,,miscellaneous ,,subjects ,,pertaining ,,to ,,company ,,training ,,and ,,instruction ,,chapter ,i ,,general ,,principles ,,of ,,company ,,training ,,and ,,instruction#aj #iag4 ,object of ,training and ,instruction4 ,the object of training and instructing a company is to thoroughly knit together its different parts1 its various elements 7individuals1 squads and platoons71 into a complete1 homogeneous mass1 a cohesive unit1 that will under any and all conditions and circumstances respond to the will of the captain--a cohesive unit that knows how to march1 that knows how to live properly in camp1 that knows how to fight and that can be readily handled tactically on the field of battle4 ,in short1 the object of training and instruction is to make out of the company an efficient1 wieldy fighting weapon1 to be manipulated by the captain4 ,there is but one way this object can be obtained1 and that is by work1 work1 work--and then more work--by constant care1 attention and pains--by cooeperation1 by team work1 among the officers1 the noncommissioned officers and the privates4 #iah4 ,method and ,progression4 ,arrangement is an essential of sound teaching4 ,training and instruction in order to be easily understood and readily assimilated--in order to give the greatest results in the shortest time--must be carried on according to a methodical and progressive plan4 ,each subject or subjects upon a knowledge of which depend the proper understanding and mastering of another1 should be studied and mastered before taking up the other subject1 and the elementary and simpler aspects of a given subject must be mastered before taking up the higher and more difficult phases of the subject1 which means that individual training and instruction must precede1 and provide a sound foundation for1 collective training and instruction--that is to say1 for the higher tactical training and instruction of the company as a unit4 ,these basic1 fundamental principles of successful training and instruction apply to practical as well as theoretical training4 ,for instance1 in the subject of entrenchments we would first instruct the men individually in the use of the tools and in the construction and use of the trenches1 after which we would pass on to the tactical use of entrenchments by the company4 ,also1 in training and instructing the company in fire discipline1 we would first explain to the men the power and tactical value of the rifle1 and instruct them in their duties on the firing line as regards adjustment of sights1 attention to commands1 economy of ammunition1 etc42 we would explain to the platoon commanders and guides their duties as regards control of fire1 enforcement of fire discipline1 etc41 after which we would practice the company as a unit in fire action1 and fire control1 ending up with an exercise showing the tactical application of the rules and principles explained4 ,and again1 in the training and instruction of the company in the attack1 we would first train and instruct the company in all the formations and operations that naturally precede an attack 7patrolling1 outposts1 advance guard1 rear guard71 and also in those that form an inherent part of an attack 7extended order1 field firing1 use of cover1 etc474 #iai4 ,program4 ,the training and instruction of a company1 whether practical or theoretical1 should be carried on in accordance with a fixed1 definite program1 in which the subjects are arranged in a natural1 progressive order4 #ibj4 ,simultaneous ,instruction and ,training4 ,the next question that presents itself is3 ,should instruction and training in each branch be completed before proceeding to the next1 or should instruction and training be carried on simultaneously in two or more different subjects1 as one1 for example1 are taught mathematics1 ,french and history at the same time1 a different hour of the day being devoted to each subject8 ,in other words1 should we1 for instance1 devote one hour of the day to attack1 one hour to defense1 and one hour to the service of security1 thus preventing the soldier from getting weary of doing the same thing that whole day8 ,our answer is3 #ast4 ,if the instruction and training is being given on the ground where the application of the principles of any given subject is varied so much by the type of the ground and the nature of the situation1 each type of ground affording a different solution of the problem1 it is thought the best results can be obtained by finishing each subject before proceeding to the next1 thus not losing the atmosphere of one subject by switching to the next1 and also confusing the minds of the men with different principles4 #bnd4 ,however1 if the instruction and training be theoretical and the time available each day be several hours1 better results can be obtained by studying two or more subjects simultaneously4 ,this would also be the case if the work be practical1 but if it be such that the type of the ground and the nature of the situation will not of themselves afford variety in the application of the same principles4 #iba4 ,responsibility4 ,the ,army ,regulations and ,war ,department orders hold the company commander responsible for the training and instruction of the company4 ,the subject is a most important one and should receive serious thought and study4 ,before admonishing one of your men for not knowing a subject1 always ask yourself1 ,have ,i made an effort to teach it to him8 #ibb4 ,interest4 ,special effort should be made to make the training and instruction of the company interesting1 so that the work will not become monotonous and irksome1 and thus cause the men to lose interest and get stale4 ,to accomplish this1 these points should be borne in mind3 ,variety4 ,inject variety into the work4 ,do not keep the men too long at one thing4 ,clearness4 ,every exercise1 lesson or lecture should have in view a well-defined object1 the meaning and importance of which must be explained to1 and understood by1 the men at the beginning of the exercise1 lesson or lecture4 ,in other words1 at the beginning1 explain the main1 governing idea of the subject1 and then take pains to explain in a simple1 conversational way each phase as you come to it4 ,give the reasons for everything4 ,you can not expect men to take an interest in things the meaning of which they do not understand and the reason for which they do not see4 ,make sure by asking questions of different ones as you go along that your explanations are understood4 ,thoroughness4 ,every lecture1 talk1 drill or exercise should be carefully planned and arranged beforehand4 ,remember1 that the men who are going to listen to your talk--the men who are going to go through the exercise--have the right to expect this of you1 and you have no right to compel them to listen to lots of disconnected1 half-baked statements1 or make them go through a disjointed exercise or drill4 ,in the case of tactical exercises always1 if practicable1 visit and examine the terrain beforehand4 ,of course1 all this will mean work--additional work--but remember the government pays you to work4 ,reality4 ,make all practical work as real as possible--do not permit the commission of absurdities--do not let men do things which manifestly they would not be able to do in actual practice--and you yourself be sure to make your exercises and tactical scheme as like real conditions of warfare as possible4 #ibc4 ,individual ,initiative4 ,the effective range and great power of modern firearms cause troops in battle to be spread out over large areas1 thus decentralizing control over men and operations1 and consequently increasing the value and importance of individual initiative4 ,the company commander should1 therefore1 practice1 accustom and encourage the privates1 noncommissioned officers and lieutenants in the development and exercise of individual initiative and responsibility4 ,this should be borne in mind in all training and instruction4 ,officers1 noncommissioned officers and privates must not lay down just because they have no specific orders4 ,remember1 the one thing above all others that counts in war1 is action1 initiative4 ,indeed1 'tis better to have acted and lost than never to have acted at all4 ,listen to what the ,chief of ,staff of the ,army has to say about this in the preface to the ,field ,service ,regulations3 ,officers and men of all ranks and grades are given a certain independence in the execution of the tasks to which they are assigned and are expected to show initiative in meeting the different situations as they arise4 ,every individual1 from the highest commander to the lowest private1 must always remember that inaction and neglect of opportunities will warrant more severe censure than an error in the choice of means4 #ibd4 ,determination and ,individual ,intelligence4 ,while the value of discipline can hardly be overestimated1 there are two other factors in battle that are fully as important1 if not more so1 and they are1 determination to win1 and individual intelligence1 which1 in war1 as in all other human undertakings1 almost invariably spell success4 ,therefore1 make these two factors one of the basic principles of the instruction and training of the company1 and do all you can to instill into your men a spirit of determination1 and to develop in them individual intelligence4 ,every human being has in his soul a certain amount of determination1 even though it be only enough to determine upon the small things of life4 ,some people are born with more determination than others1 but it is a mistake to suppose that a man must remain through life with the same amount of determination that he brought into it4 ,the attributes of the human mind1 such as determination1 bravery1 ambition1 energy1 etc41 are all capable of improvement and also of deterioration4 ,it is essential therefore1 for us to endeavor by all means in our power to improve our strength of character--our determination4 ,it is1 of course1 useless for us to learn the art of war if we have not sufficient determination1 when we meet the enemy1 to apply the principles we have studied4 ,there is no reason1 however1 why every officer1 noncommissioned officer and private should not improve his determination of character by careful training in peace4 ,it can only be done by facing the difficulties1 thoroughly understanding the dangers1 and asking ourselves repeatedly whether we are prepared to face the ordeal in war4 ,let us not think1 in a vague sort of a way1 that in war we shall be all right and do as well as most people4 ,we know that we are not gifted with tremendous personal courage1 and we know that1 whatever happens1 we shall not run away4 ,but that is not enough4 ,we must train ourselves to understand that in the hour of trial we can harden our hearts1 that we can assume the initiative1 and retain it by constant advance and constant attack2 unless we can fill our hearts with the determination to win1 we can not hope to do our full duty on the field of battle and acquit ourselves with credit4 #ibe4 ,the ,human ,element4 ,no system of training and instruction that does not take into account human nature1 can be thoroughly effective4 ,the human element probably enters into war more than it does into any other pursuit4 ,the old idea of turning a human being into a machine1 by means of discipline1 and making him dread his captain more than the enemy1 died long ago1 especially with the ,american people4 ,in modern war success depends to a great extent upon the initiative1 the individual action of the soldier and this action is greatly influenced by the soldier's state of mind at the moment1 by the power that can be exercised over his mind by his comrades and those leading him4 ,the company commander should1 therefore1 study the characteristics of the human mind with the object of ascertaining how he can influence the men under his command1 so that in battle those human attributes which are favorable to success1 may be strengthened and those which are favorable to defeat may be weakened4 ,of the former1 courage1 determination1 initiative1 respect1 cheerfulness1 comradeship1 emulation and esprit de corps1 are the principal ones2 of the latter1 fear1 surprise1 disrespect1 and dejection1 are the leading ones4 ,by means of good1 sound discipline1 we can create1 improve and foster the qualities mentioned that are favorable to success1 and we can eliminate to a considerable extent1 if not entirely1 those that are detrimental to success4 #ibf4 ,fear4 ,the emotion of fear acts more powerfully upon the feelings of the individual soldier than any other emotion1 and it is also probably the most infectious4 ,fear in a mild form is present in every human being4 ,nature wisely put it there1 and society could not very well get along without it4 ,for example1 we stop and look up and down a crowded street before starting to cross1 for fear of being run over2 in going out in the cold we put on our overcoats1 for fear of catching cold4 ,in fact1 we hardly do anything in life without taking a precaution of some kind4 ,these are all examples of reasonable fear1 which1 within bounds is a perfectly legitimate attribute of a soldier in common with other human beings4 ,for example1 we teach the men to take advantage of cover when attacking1 and we dig trenches when on the defense1 in both cases for fear of being shot by the enemy4 ,it is the unreasoning type of fear that plays havoc in war1 and the most deadly and common form of it is a vague1 indefinite1 nameless dread of the enemy4 ,if the average man was to analyze his feelings in war and was to ask himself if he were actually afraid of being killed1 he would probably find that he was not4 ,the ordinary soldier is prepared to take his chance1 with a comfortable feeling inside him1 that1 although no doubt a number of people will be killed and wounded1 he will escape4 ,if1 then1 a man is not unreasonably afraid of being killed or wounded1 is it not possible by proper training and instruction to overcome this vague fear of the enemy8 ,experience shows that it is4 ,if a soldier is suffering from this vague fear of the enemy1 it will at least be a consolation to him to know that a great many other soldiers1 including those belonging to the enemy1 are suffering in a similar manner1 and that they are simply experiencing one of the ordinary characteristics of the human mind4 ,if the soldier in battle will only realize that the enemy is just as much afraid of him as he is of the enemy1 reason is likely to assert itself and to a great extent overcome the unpleasant feelings inside him4 ,general ,grant1 in his ,memoirs1 relates a story to the effect that in one of his early campaigns he was seized with an unreasonable fear of his enemy1 and was very much worried as to what the enemy was doing1 when1 all at once1 it dawned upon him that his enemy was probably worrying equally as much about what he1 ,grant1 was doing1 and was probably as afraid as he was1 if not even more so1 and the realization of this promptly dispelled all of his1 ,grant's1 fear4 ,confidence in one's ability to fight well will also do much to neutralize fear1 and if a soldier knows that he can shoot better1 march better1 and attack better1 than his opponent1 the confidence of success that he will1 as a result1 feel will do much to dispel physical fear4 ,by sound and careful training and instruction make your men efficient and this efficiency will give them confidence in themselves1 confidence in their rifles1 confidence in their bayonets1 confidence in their comrades and confidence in their officers4 ,the physical methods of overcoming fear in battle are simply to direct the men's minds to other thoughts by giving them something for their bodies and limbs to do4 ,it is a well-known saying that a man in battle frequently regains his lost courage by repeatedly firing off his rifle1 which simply means that his thoughts are diverted by physical movements4 ,this is no doubt one of the reasons why the attack is so much more successful in war than the defense1 because in the attack the men are generally moving forward and having their minds diverted by physical motion from this vague dread of the enemy4 #ibg4 ,courage4 ,courage1 like all other human characteristics1 is very infectious1 and a brave leader who has no fear of the enemy will always get more out of his men than one who is not so well equipped in that respect4 ,however1 it is a well-known fact that a man may be brave far above his fellows in one calling or occupation1 and extremely nervous in another4 ,for example1 a man may have greatly distinguished himself in the capture of a fort1 who would not get on a horse for fear of being kicked off4 ,courage of this kind is induced chiefly by habit or experience--the man knows the dangers and how to overcome them1 he has been through similar experiences before and he has come out of them with a whole skin4 ,this type of courage can be developed by careful training during peace1 and it can be increased by self-confidence--by so training the soldier that he knows and feels he will know what to do in any emergency which may arise1 and how to do it2 he will not be surprised by the unexpected event1 which invariably occurs1 and he will understand others besides himself are being troubled by unpleasant feelings1 which it is his duty as a man and a soldier to overcome4 #ibh4 ,surprise4 ,surprise may be said to be the mother of a panic1 which is the worst form of fear4 ,in such a case unreasoning fear sometimes turns into temporary insanity4 ,panic is most infectious1 but1 on the other hand1 a panic can often be averted or stayed by the courageous action of one or more individuals1 who can thus impose their will on the mass and bring the people to a reasonable state of mind4 ,teach every man in the company that when surprised the only hope of success is to obey at once and implicitly the orders of his immediate commander4 ,surprises in war are not limited to the ordinary acceptance of the term1 such as a sudden attack from an unexpected direction4 ,the soldier who goes into battle1 for instance1 and hears the whiz of a bullet1 or sees a shell burst in front of him1 is surprised if he has not been taught in peace that these things have to be faced1 and that for one bullet that hurts anyone thousands have to be fired4 ,similarly1 a man sees a comrade knocked over2 the horrors of war are immediately brought to him1 and his courage begins to ebb--he has been surprised1 because he has not realized in peace that men are bound to be killed in war4 ,the whole atmosphere of the battlefield is a surprise to the average soldier with no previous experience--the enemy is everywhere1 behind every bush1 and lurking in every bit of cover1 the air is full of bullets1 and any advance towards the formidable-looking position held by the enemy is suicidal4 ,however1 if the soldier is properly trained and instructed in peace1 he will not be greatly surprised at his novel surroundings2 he will know that the enemy is not everywhere1 and that one bullet sounds much more dangerous than it really is4 ,a bullet sounds quite close when it is fifty yards away1 and there is a popular saying that a man's weight in lead is fired for every man that is killed in war4 #ibi4 ,respect4 ,it is a mistake to imagine that all that is required from a soldier is respect to his officers and noncommissioned officers4 ,self-respect is fully as important4 ,a soldier is a human being2 if he possesses self-respect he will respect all that is good in his comrades1 and they will respect all that is good in him4 ,a man who respects himself knows how to respect other people4 ,these are the men that form the backbone of the company1 and are the best material on which to work in order to raise the general standard of courage in ,battle4 ,from a purely military point of view1 it is absolutely necessary for an officer1 noncommissioned officer1 or private to possess some marked military qualifications in order to gain respect from others4 ,this respect engenders confidence in others4 ,self-respect in the individual can be encouraged1 not by fulsome praise1 but by a quiet appreciation of the good military qualities displayed by him1 and by making use of those qualities whenever an opportunity occurs4 ,for example1 if a soldier is seen to do a good piece of scouting or patrolling1 the first opportunity should be taken to give him a similar task1 if possible in a more responsible position or on a more important occasion4 ,knowledge is a powerful factor in creating respect1 and is probably second only to determination of character4 ,it is essential1 therefore1 that all officers and noncommissioned officers should have a thorough knowledge of their duties--that they should be on to their jobs4 #icj4 ,cheerfulness4 ,cheerfulness is a valuable military asset in war1 and like all other characteristics of the human being1 is very infectious1 and in times of depression1 such as during a long siege1 or after the failure of an attack1 it does more than anything else to restore the fighting power of the men4 #ica4 ,contentment4 ,contentment amongst troops in war is dependent upon these main factors3 good leading1 good food1 and sufficient shelter and sleep4 ,of these1 good leading is by far the most important1 because it has been proved time and again that badly fed and badly quartered troops1 who have suffered great hardships1 will still be content and will fight in the most gallant and vigorous manner1 provided they are well led4 ,although good leading emanates in the first instance from the highest military authorities1 a great deal depends upon the company officers and noncommissioned officers4 ,a good leader as a rule is careful of the comforts of his men2 he obtains the best food and best shelter available1 he does not wear out the men by unnecessary movements or unnecessary work1 either in the field or in camp1 and consequently when he does order them to do anything they know at once that it is necessary and they do it cheerfully4 #icb4 ,comradeship4 ,comradeship is a very valuable military characteristic4 ,what a world of meaning there is in the words1 ,me and my bunkie4 ,a soldier may have many acquaintances and a number of friends1 but he has but one bunkie4 ,in times of great danger two men who are bunkies will not shirk so easily as two independent men4 ,the best in one man comes out to the surface and dominates any bad military points in the other4 ,they can help each other in countless ways in war1 and if one is unfortunately killed or wounded1 the other will probably do his best to get even with the enemy at the earliest possible opportunity4 ,this spirit may not be very ,christianlike1 but it is very human and practical1 and helps to win battles1 and to win battles is the only reason why soldiers go to war4 ,,art ,,of ,,instruction ,,on ,,the ,,ground #icc4 ,advantages4 ,whenever practicable1 training and instruction should1 in whole or in part1 be imparted on the ground1 as this gives the instruction a practical aspect that is most valuable1 and enables the soldier to grasp and apply principles that he would not otherwise understand4 ,knowledge that a man can not apply has no value4 #icd4 ,different ,methods4 ,instruction on the ground may be given according to one of these three methods3 #ast ,method4 ,by means of a talk or lecture prepare the minds of the men for the reception and retention of the subject to be explained later on the ground4 ,in other words1 first explain the principles of the subject and then put a clincher on the information thus imparted by taking the men to some suitable ground1 assuming certain situations and then by quizzing different men see how they would apply the principles just explained in the talk or lecture4 ,for example1 after a lecture on the selection of fire-positions take the men to some suitable nearby place and explain to them that the company is attacking toward that house and is being fired upon from that direction4 ,then continue3 ,captain3 ,remember what ,i told you about the selection of good fire-positions during the advance4 ,we want to use our rifles with effect1 so we must be able to see the position of the enemy4 ,on the other hand1 we want to avoid being hit ourselves1 if possible2 so1 we would like to get as much cover as possible4 ,now1 ,smith1 do you think where we are at present standing is a good place for a fire-position8 ,smith3 ,no1 sir4 ,captain3 ,why not8 ,smith3 ,we can see the enemy from here1 but he can see us better than we can see him1 and can hit us easier than we can hit him4 ,captain3 ,jones1 can you choose a better place1 either to the front or rear of where we are now standing8 ,jones3 ,i would choose a position along that row of bushes1 about fifty yards to the front4 ,captain3 ,why8 ,jones3 ,because1 etc41 etc4 ,twenty minutes' instruction in this manner1 after a lecture1 will firmly fix in the brains of the men the principles explained in the lecture4 ,it is a good plan to repeat the salient points of the lecture in the questions1 as was done in the first question asked above1 or to do so in some other way4 ,if a man can not give an answer1 or choose a suitable place1 explain the requirements again and help him to use his common sense4 #b;d ,method4 ,by practicing the men on the ground in the subject about which the talk or lecture was delivered4 #c;d ,method4 ,this may be called the ocular demonstration method1 which consists in having a part of the company go through the exercise or drill1 while the rest of the company observes what is being done4 ,this method is illustrated by the following example3 #ice4 ,attack4 ,the company commander has just delivered a talk to the company on the second stage of the attack1 and has marched the company to a piece of ground suitable for practicing this particular operation1 and which the company commander has himself visited beforehand 7,the ground should always be visited beforehand by the company commander1 who should be thoroughly familiar with it4 ,if possible1 ground suitable for practicing the operation in question should always be selected47 ,the operation should begin about #abjj yards from the enemy's position4 ,after pointing out the enemy's position to the company1 the particular part of his line it is intended to assault and the direction the company is to advance1 the company commander would then proceed something like this3 ,we are part of a battalion taking part in a battle1 and there are companies to our right and left1 with a support and reserve in our rear4 ,so far we have been advancing over ground that is exposed to hostile artillery fire 7or not exposed to hostile artillery fire1 according to the actual country74 ,we have just come under the enemy's infantry fire also1 and consequently we must change our method of advancing4 ,our immediate object is to get forward1 without expending more ammunition than is absolutely necessary1 to a position close enough to the enemy to enable us to use our rifles with such deadly effect that we will be able to gain a superiority of fire4 ,now1 is this place sufficiently close for the purpose8 ,no1 it is not--it's entirely too far away4 ,is that next ridge just in front of us close enough8 ,no1 it is not2 it is at least #a1jjj yards from the enemy's position4 ,as a rule1 we must get from eight to six hundred yards from the enemy's position before the real struggle for superiority of fire begins4 ,the following are the main points to which attention must be paid during this part of the advance3 #a4 ,we must halt in good fire position from which we can see and fire at the enemy1 and from which we can not be seen very clearly4 #b4 ,we must advance very rapidly over any open ground that is exposed to the enemy's artillery or rifle fire4 #c4 ,we must find halting places1 if possible under cover1 or under the best cover available1 so as to avoid making our forward rushes so long that the men will get worn out1 and begin to straggle long before they get close enough to the enemy to use their rifles with deadly effect4 #d4 ,whenever possible1 company scouts should be sent on ahead to select fire-positions4 ,of course1 the above points will have been explained already in the lecture1 but this short summary is given in order to focus the minds of the men upon the action that must be taken by the privates1 and squad leaders and the platoon commanders4 ,we now take one platoon and the remainder of the company looks on4 ,the platoon commander is reminded that he is under artillery and infantry fire1 and is then directed to advance1 in proper formation1 to the first fire-position available4 ,we will suppose there is a gentle slope up to the next ridge or undulation of the ground1 and that there are no obstructions to the view except those afforded by the ground itself4 ,the platoon now advances1 the captain remaining with the rest of the company1 pointing out mistakes as well as good points1 and asking the men questions1 such as3 ,captain3 ,corporal ,smith1 should the whole platoon have gone forward together1 or would it have been better to advance by squads8 ,corporal ,smith3 ,i think it should have advanced by squads4 ,captain3 ,no1 it was all right to advance as they did4 ,at this distance the enemy's infantry fire would not be very deadly1 the platoon is well extended as skirmishers1 it would take considerably longer to go forward to the next position by successive squads and we want to advance at this stage as rapidly as possible2 for1 the longer we took1 the longer would the men be exposed to fire1 and consequently the greater would be the number of casualties4 ,captain3 ,sergeant ,jones1 why did the platoon advance at a run when moving down the slope1 and begin to walk just before reaching the foot of the slope8 ,sergeant ,jones3 ,because the slope is exposed and it was necessary to get over it as quickly as possible4 ,they began to walk just before reaching the foot of the slope1 because they struck dead ground and were covered from the enemy's fire by the ridge in front4 ,captain3 ,corporal ,adams1 shouldn't the platoon have halted when it reached cover1 so as to give the men a rest8 ,corporal ,adams3 ,no1 sir2 the men had not run very far and walking gave them sufficient rest4 ,it would have been an unnecessary loss of time to halt4 ,captain3 ,harris1 why did that man run on ahead as soon as the platoon halted8 ,pvt4 ,harris3 ,so he could creep up the crest of the ridge and lie down in exactly the spot that is the best fire-position--that is1 where he can just see to fire over the crest and where the enemy can not see him4 ,captain3 ,yes1 that's right4 ,all the men in the platoon might not stop at the best fire-position and in the hurry and excitement of the moment the platoon commander might also fail to do so1 but if a man goes forward and lies down1 the whole platoon knows that they must not go beyond him4 ,individual men who1 owing to slight undulations of ground1 may not be able to fire when they halt in line with this man1 can creep up until they can see4 ,others who1 for the same reason as regards the ground1 find that if they get up on a line with the man they will be unduly exposed1 will halt before that time4 ,captain3 ,sergeant ,roberts1 is it necessary for another platoon to provide covering fire during the advance of the platoon8 ,sergeant ,roberts3 ,no sir4 ,at this range the enemy's infantry fire would not be very effective1 and it is important to husband our ammunition for the later stages of the attack4 ,having asked any other questions suggested by the situation or the ground1 the captain will then take the rest of the company forward over the ground covered by the platoon1 halting at the place where the platoon changed its pace from a rush to a walk1 so that the men can see for themselves that cover from fire has been reached4 ,he will then move the rest of the company forward and tell them to halt and lie down in what each man considers to be the best fire-position1 not necessarily adopting the same position as that chosen by the leading platoon4 ,the platoon commanders will then go along their platoons and point out any mistakes4 ,the leading platoon will now join the company and another platoon will be deployed in the fire position1 the platoon commander being directed to advance to the next fire-position4 ,as we are now about #a1jjj yards from the enemy's position the question will again arise as to whether covering fire is necessary4 ,if the enemy's rifle fire were heavy and accurate it might be necessary1 but it should be avoided if possible1 on account of the expenditure of ammunition4 ,we will suppose that the ground falls gently towards the enemy and is very exposed to view for about #cjj yards1 and half this distance away there is a low bank running parallel to the front of the attack and with a small clump of three or four trees on the bank directly in front of the platoon4 ,four hundred yards away is the bottom of the valley covered with bushes and shrubs4 ,on the far side the ground rises with small undulations and low foot hills to the high ground occupied by the enemy4 ,there appears to be no marked fire-position which will afford any cover except the bank #aej yards away4 ,the second platoon advances in the same manner as did the first and the captain with the commanders of the remaining platoons will continue to ask questions and point out what has been done right or wrong by the leading platoon4 ,the first question which will arise is whether the platoon can reach the fire position offered by the bank in one rush1 and secondly1 whether the bank is a good fire-position4 ,a former question will again crop up as to whether the whole platoon should go forward at once or whether the advance should be made by squads4 ,a hundred and fifty yards is a long way to advance without a halt1 and if a halt is made on such exposed ground fire must be opened4 ,probably three advances1 each of about fifty yards1 would be made1 covering fire being provided by the other platoons1 which will be occupying the fire-position which the leading platoon has just left4 ,this covering fire would not endanger the leading platoon as it would be delivered from just behind the crest and the leading platoon would be over the crest and out of sight and therefore out of fire from the platoon in rear4 ,the selection of a fire-position during this advance would depend upon very minute folds of the ground1 or very low bushes1 grass1 etc41 which might give a certain amount of cover from view1 and therefore make it difficult for the enemy to aim or range accurately4 ,we will suppose that the leading platoon has halted to fire about fifty yards in front1 the remaining platoons1 in turn1 should then be taken forward1 examining the ground very carefully as they go1 and each platoon commander asked to halt his platoon in what he considers to be the best place4 ,the possibility of using a scout to select a fire-position would be considered1 and a fire-position selected by one platoon would be compared with that selected by another4 ,the third platoon would then lead during the advance to the next fire-position1 and so on with the fourth platoon1 if necessary1 until the bank was reached4 ,the bank will afford a good deal of material for discussion4 ,is it a good fire-position or is it not1 should it be occupied as such or should it be avoided altogether8 ,if we ask an artillery officer his opinion about the matter1 he will tell us that by means of the clump of trees the defenders' artillery will be able to range with absolute accuracy on that bank4 ,the direction of the bank is parallel to their front1 and therefore they can fire at any part of it for some distance right and left of the clump without materially altering their range1 and if any infantry occupy the bank they can bring a very deadly fire to bear against them4 ,there appears to be no doubt1 from an artillery point of view1 that our platoon should avoid occupying it and get out of its neighborhood as rapidly as possible4 ,there is another drawback as regards the bank3 it is some #hej yards from the enemy's position and may be expected to be under an effective rifle fire4 ,it is no doubt a good mark for the enemy1 and1 now we come to the crux of the whole matter2 his artillery and infantry fire might not do us much damage so long as we remain behind the bank1 but they might make it very unpleasant for us directly we try to leave this cover and advance further4 ,before finally deciding what to do we must consider human nature1 which is entirely in favor of halting behind the bank1 and if allowed to remain there long1 will be opposed to leaving it4 ,we cannot hope to gain superiority of fire over the enemy at a range of #hej yards1 so that a long halt at the bank is out of the question4 ,but it appears to be an extraordinary thing1 when we are searching everywhere for cover1 that we should be doubtful about occupying such good cover when we find it4 ,if we decide not to occupy it1 the logical conclusion is that1 when preparing a position for defense1 we should construct a good fire-position for the attack some #hej yards away1 which is the last thing we should think of doing4 ,there is no doubt about it1 that with badly-trained troops such a fire-position would be liable to become a snare1 and that if they once occupied it1 there would be great difficulty in getting them forward again1 and probably the attack would be brought to a standstill at a critical time4 ,the answer appears to be found in the simple solution of good training4 ,we must teach our men that when they get into such positions they must use the cover afforded1 but for no longer than any other fire-position1 and that they must get into the habit in peace of looking upon such localities with suspicion1 and with the knowledge that they are not suitable for lengthy occupation in war1 if the battle is to be won4 ,we now come to a still more difficult question of training1 namely1 how far can the company get forward from the bank without being compelled to stop in order to gain superiority of fire over the defense8 ,in war we want to get as close as possible2 the moral effect on the defense is greater1 our fire is more effective1 and we are likely to gain our object more rapidly4 ,in peace there is no fire to stop us1 and we move forward to ridiculous positions which we could not possibly reach in war without first gaining superiority of fire4 ,the result of this is that we try to do the same thing when first we go to war1 and we are stopped1 probably much further back than we should have been if we had studied the question in peace4 ,even on the most open ground we must get to within #fjj yards of the enemy1 and if the ground affords any cover in front1 the exposed space must be rushed and the more forward position gained4 ,having pointed out this difficulty to the company during the previous lecture1 and reminded them of it on the ground1 we can now extend the whole company and move forward from the bank1 using covering fire and letting each platoon commander decide how far he can get to the front after a series of rushes1 the company acting as a whole4 ,the captain can then go down the line and discuss with each platoon the position it has reached4 ,whilst he is doing this1 the remaining platoons can be trained in fire direction and control1 which should be carefully watched and criticized by the platoon commanders4 ,one platoon1 owing to the nature of the ground in front of it1 can get forward further than other platoons1 and this should be brought home to each platoon1 so as to avoid the possibility of playing the game of follow your leader1 and one platoon halting merely because another has halted4 ,if there is still time available1 and the ground is suitable1 the company can be moved to a flank to choose a similar fire-position where the ground is more favorable to an advance1 and where the company could get within #cjj yards of the enemy1 or even less1 before it would be absolutely necessary to stop in order to gain superiority of fire4 ,if there is still time available1 and the ground is suitable1 the whole operation can be carried out in the opposite direction or in some other direction1 and the platoons can thus be trained to appreciate that fire-positions which are good in one place are bad in another4 #icf4 ,defense4 ,demonstrations in defense can be carried out in a similar manner1 the captain explaining to the company the general line of defense to be taken up1 the portion allotted to the company1 and the probable direction of the enemy's attack4 ,the cooeperation of the artillery and infantry will have been pointed out in the previous lecture3 how some part of the enemy's advance will be dealt with by artillery alone1 some part by both artillery and infantry1 and some part by infantry alone4 ,this can now be pointed out to the men on the ground4 ,having considered the assistance provided by the artillery1 the next point to decide upon is the exact position of the fire trench4 ,the best way to proceed is to allot a certain portion of the front occupied by the company to each platoon and to let the platoon commanders take charge of the operations4 ,the platoon commander can direct one of his squads to select a position for the trench1 and that squad can lie down there4 ,the remaining squads will then select a position in turn4 ,if two squads select the same they can lie down together4 ,the platoon commander will then fall in his platoon1 and make them lie down in the most retired position chosen2 he will ask the squad leader why the squad chose that locality in preference to any other1 why they did not go ten yards further forward or ten yards further back2 and he will explain to the whole platoon the advantages and disadvantages of selecting this locality4 ,he will then move the whole platoon forward to the next position chosen by another squad and deal with that locality4 ,finally1 he will select the position he thinks the best1 giving his reasons why he has decided upon it1 and place the whole platoon on it4 ,when all the platoons have decided upon their line of defense1 the captain will move the whole company in turn from the ground occupied by one platoon to that occupied by another1 asking the platoon commander in each case to explain why the position was chosen in preference to any other4 ,he will give his decision as regards each platoon1 and he will finally arrange for the position to be occupied by the whole company4 ,one platoon1 for some good reason1 may have chosen a place which it would not be safe to occupy1 owing to the fire of another platoon on the flank4 ,another platoon may have chosen a place which was very good as regards the field of fire in a direction which was already adequately defended by another platoon1 but which had a bad field of fire over ground which no other platoon could fire upon4 ,the company commander would adjust all these matters1 and in the end one or more platoons might not be placed in the best position as regards their own particular front1 but in the best as regards the whole company4 ,having decided upon the exact site of the trenches and the general distribution of fire1 the next matter to consider is the amount of clearing that is necessary1 and the position and nature of any obstacles which may be required4 ,each platoon commander having been allotted a definite fire zone1 can point out to his platoon what clearance is necessary2 he can then ask each squad1 as before1 to choose the position for the obstacle4 ,the company commander can then take the whole company to the position occupied by each platoon and tell the platoon commander to explain what ground they propose to clear1 where they propose to place their obstacle1 the material available for its construction1 and in every case the reason why the decision has been arrived at4 ,if digging is permitted1 the trenches will now be constructed1 and care will be taken that they are actually finished4 ,it is far better to work overtime than to construct trenches which would be of little use in war and could not be properly defended4 ,it is the exception rather than the rule to see trenches properly finished1 fit for occupation1 and capable of resisting a heavy attack4 ,if the trenches cannot be dug the company can be taken to another part of the same position1 where the ground in front is totally different1 and the exercise can be repeated1 the platoon and company commanders pointing out why a fire trench which was well sited in the first case would be badly sited if a similar position was selected in the second case4 #icg4 ,outpost4 ,we can now turn to the method of training the company in outpost duty1 making use of the same system of demonstration4 ,having pointed out to the company the locality where the main body is bivouacked1 the fighting position which the main body will occupy in case a heavy attack is made against the outposts1 and the general line of the outposts1 the company commander will indicate on the ground the extent of front which is to be guarded by his company1 stating whether imaginary companies continue the position on one or both flanks4 ,he will point out the possible avenues of approach from the direction of the enemy to that portion of the position to be occupied by the company1 and state from which direction the enemy is most likely to advance and why4 ,the first point to decide is the number of outguards and their exact position4 ,in war this would always be done by the company commander1 but if it is desired to give the junior officers of the company some instruction in this important detail1 they should be sent out before the company arrives on the ground to reconnoiter the position and make their decisions4 ,the exact siting of the trenches for the outguards1 the construction of obstacles1 and the clearance of the foreground having been decided upon and the positions selected for each outguard discussed1 and a definite site selected1 the next question to decide is the number and position of the sentries4 ,the platoon commander would then take each scheme in turn1 visit with the whole platoon each position selected for the sentry1 and decide finally what it would be best to do1 giving1 as usual1 his reasons4 ,having decided upon the positions of the sentries1 and their line of retreat1 so as not to mask the fire of the outguard1 the next matter to consider would be the number of patrols that are required1 and the particular areas of ground that must be examined by them periodically4 ,the necessary trenches1 obstacles1 etc41 would then be constructed4 ,finally1 the whole company should be assembled1 marched to the position chosen for each outguard and the reasons for selecting the position explained by the company commander4 ,the company should then be told off as an outpost company1 and divided into outguards1 supports1 if any1 and the necessary sentries over arms1 patrols1 etc41 and marched to their respective posts4 ,if there is still time available each platoon commander can reconnoiter the ground for suitable positions for his outguards by night1 take the outguards there1 explain why the change of position is desirable1 and direct the outguard commanders with their outguards to select positions for the sentries1 following the same procedure as by day4 ,although it is quite correct to select positions for night outposts during daylight1 when possible1 they should never be definitely occupied by the company before dark1 when the forward movement could not be observed by the enemy4 ,to practice night outposts by day is bad instruction1 outguards and sentries are placed in positions which appear ridiculous to the ordinary mind1 and the men get confused ideas on the subject4 ,when it is desired to practice day and night outposts as an advanced exercise it is advisable to commence work in the afternoon1 establish the day outposts1 reconnoiter for the night outposts1 make the change after dark and construct the necessary trenches1 obstacles1 etc41 after dark4 ,it is1 however1 extremely important that the patrols should get to know their way about the country in front during the daylight1 when possible1 so that they will have some practice in recognizing land marks by night4 ,it frequently occurs1 when training the company in outpost duties1 that periods elapse during which the outguards are doing nothing4 ,these opportunities should be taken to instruct the men in their duties when ordered to patrol to the front1 the same system of demonstration being employed4 ,for instance1 the officer or noncommissioned officer commanding a piquet can select three men1 point out certain ground in front which the sentries cannot see and which must be examined by a patrol1 and proceed to instruct the whole picket in the best manner of carrying out this work4 ,we will suppose that the patrol is working by day and that the ground to be visited is behind a small hill some #ejj yards in front of the sentry4 ,the commander of the picket will then explain to the men that the first object of the patrol is to reach the ground to be examined without being seen by any hostile patrols which may be moving about in front4 ,before proceeding further it is necessary for the patrol to decide upon the best line of advance4 ,the various lines of advance will be discussed and the patrol asked to decide which they would select4 ,three other men can then be asked to give their opinion1 and so on until all the men of the picket have expressed their views4 ,the commander of the picket will then state which he considers the best line and give his reasons4 ,the next matter to decide is the method of advance to be adopted by the patrol4 ,are the three men to march past the sentry in one body and walk straight over the hill in front8 ,if they do this there may be a hostile patrol hiding just behind the crest1 watching the movements of our patrol1 and directly the latter reach the hill they will be covered by the rifles of the hostile patrol at a few yards' range and will be captured or shot4 ,if the patrol is not to advance in one body how is it to act8 ,there is plenty of time available1 so that there are no objections to deliberate methods4 ,the patrol should advance from cover to cover with one man always going forward protected by the rifles of the remaining two men who have halted in a good position to fire on any enemy that can fire on the leading man4 ,the leading man having readied the cover in front will signal back all clear1 and the two men in the rear will join him4 ,they will then make their next advance in a similar manner4 ,by looking at the hill the patrol can make a good guess at the locality which a hostile patrol would select if it was on the hill4 ,it would be a place where it could get a good view towards our outpost line1 and where the patrol could not be seen itself from the outpost line4 ,if the hill was quite bare with nothing but grass on it and flat round top1 the best place for the enemy's patrol would be exactly on the top just behind the crest4 ,in such a position he could not be seen by any sentry to the right or left of our picket4 ,for example1 if the hostile patrol chose a place on the side of the bare slope of the hill and looked over the crest line it would not be seen by our sentry1 but it might be seen by another one on the flank4 ,the object of our patrol would be to approach the hill1 not direct from the outguard1 but either from the left or right of the hill and thus come on the flank of the enemy's patrol if he was there4 ,the whole picket can then be taken out to the front and follow the movements of the patrol from cover to cover until the hill is reached4 ,the next step will be to ascertain if there is any one on the top of the hill4 ,if the hill is perfectly bare with a somewhat convex slope1 it would be best for the three men to extend to about twenty yards interval and move forward together1 prepared to drop on the first sign of the enemy1 so that they can creep up and open fire on him without exposing themselves4 ,three men with magazine rifles extended in this manner1 opposed to a hostile patrol collected in one party1 should be able to deal with the latter without much difficulty4 ,their fire would be converging1 and coming from different directions would confuse the hostile patrol1 especially if the advance was made from a flank4 ,the men of the patrol when creeping up the hill should avoid exposing themselves in the direction of the ground behind the hill1 if possible1 because they want to examine that ground later on1 and if seen by the enemy they might fall into an ambuscade4 ,if it is impossible to avoid being seen from the ground beyond1 it would be best for the patrol to retire as though they were going back to the outposts1 and then move round the flank of the hill and advance to the ground beyond from an unexpected direction4 ,all this would be considered by the officer or noncommissioned officer commanding the picket1 together with many other points4 ,sufficient has been said to explain how this system of demonstration can be worked in connection with any class of operation in the field4 ,it is certainly slow1 and takes a long time1 but no one is ever idle and every one is constantly learning something fresh1 for the simple reason that1 although one may know every detail of the subject1 the ground constantly differs and requires to be dealt with in a common sense and skillful manner4 ,the men are interested throughout1 and one morning spent on this kind of work is worth several days of practice in the ordinary manner4 ,it should be remembered that this system of demonstration is only required to teach the men their work2 when they have once learned it and thoroughly understand the necessary details they must be practiced in it1 the company or platoon commander indicating what has been well done1 what has been badly done1 and what requires improvement4 7,see ,outposts1 ,par4 #ajea47 ,,other ,,examples ,,of ,,the ,,ocular ,,demonstration ,,method #ich4 ,the following illustrations will suggest other examples of the employment of the ocular demonstration method of instruction3 ,the advantages and disadvantages of close and extended order4 ,send a lieutenant or a noncommissioned officer with two or three squads of the older soldiers some distance to the front of the company1 and have them advance toward the company1 first in close order and then in extended order4 ,by ocular demonstration show the men who are watching the approach of the company how easy it would be even for the poorest shots to land bullets in the thick of a closed body1 but how much of a less distinct target the extended order offers and how many spaces there are in the skirmish line for the bullets to pass through2 also1 how much more easily cover can be employed and the rifle used in the extended order4 ,let them see also how much more difficult it is for the officers and noncommissioned officers to maintain control over the movements of troops in extended order1 and the consequent necessity and duty of every soldier1 when in extended order1 doing all he can1 by attention and exertion1 to keep order and help his officers and noncommissioned officers to gain success4 #ici4 ,the ,use of ,cover4 ,send a lieutenant or noncommissioned officer with a couple of squads of old soldiers a few hundred yards to the front and have them advance on the company as if attacking1 first without taking advantage of cover and then taking advantage of all available cover1 the part of the company that is supposed to be attacked lying down and aiming and snapping at the approaching soldiers4 ,then reverse the operation--send the defenders out and have them advance on the former attackers4 ,explain that the requisites of good cover are3 ,ability to see the enemy2 concealment of your own body2 ability to use the rifle readily4 ,then have a number of men take cover and snap at an enemy in position1 represented by a few old soldiers4 ,point out the defects and the good points in each case4 #idj4 ,practice in ,commanding ,mixed ,squads4 ,in order to practice noncommissioned officers in commanding mixed firing squads1 and in order to drill the privates in banding themselves together and obeying the orders of anyone who may assume command1 it is good training for two or more companies to practice reenforcing each other by one company assuming a given fire-position and the other sending up reenforcements by squads1 the men being instructed to take positions anywhere on the firing line where they may find an opening4 ,however1 explain to the men that whenever possible units should take their positions on the firing line as a whole1 but that in practice it is very often impossible to do this1 and that the drill is being given so as to practice the noncommissioned officers in commanding mixed units on the firing line and also to give the privates practice in banding themselves into groups and obeying the command of any noncommissioned officer who may be over them4 #ida4 ,operating ,against ,other ,troops4 ,there is no better way of arousing interest1 enthusiasm1 and pride in training troops than by creating a feeling of friendly rivalry and competition amongst the men1 and the best way to do this is to have one part of the company operate against the other in all such practical work as scouting1 patrolling1 attacking1 etc4 ,whenever practicable1 blank ammunition should be used4 ,one of the sides should wear a white handkerchief around the hat or some other distinguishing mark4 ,the troops that are sent out must be given full and explicit instructions as to just exactly what they are to do1 so that the principles it is intended to illustrate may be properly brought out4 ,,footnotes3 #aj ,this chapter is based on ,company ,training1 by ,general ,haking1 ,british ,army1 which is the best book the author has ever seen on the subject of company training4 ,field ,training of a ,company of ,infantry1 by ,major ,craufurd1 ,british ,army1 an excellent little book1 was also consulted4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,general ,,common ,,sense ,,principles ,,of ,,applied ,,minor ,,tactics#aa #idb4 ,to begin with1 you want to bear in mind that there is nothing difficult1 complicated or mysterious about applied minor tactics--it is just simply the application of plain1 every-day1 common horse sense--the whole thing consists in familiarizing yourself with certain general principles based on common sense and then applying them with common sense4 ,whatever you do1 don't make the mistake of following blindly rules that you have read in books4 #idc4 ,one of the ablest officers in the ,army has recently given this definition of the ,art of ,war3 ,one-fifth is learned from books2 ,one-fifth is common sense2 ,three-fifths is knowing men and how to lead them4 ,the man who would be successful in business must understand men and apply certain general business principles with common sense2 the man who would be a successful hunter must understand game and apply certain general hunting principles with common sense1 and even the man who would be a successful fisherman must understand fish and apply certain general fishing principles with common sense4 ,and so likewise the man who would lead other men successfully in battle must understand men and apply certain general tactical principles with common sense4 ,of course1 the only reason for the existence of an army is the possibility of war some day1 and everything the soldier does--his drills1 parades1 target practice1 guard duty1 schools of instruction1 etc4--has in view only one end3 ,the preparation of the soldier for the field of battle4 #idd4 ,while the responsibilities of officers and noncommissioned officers in time of peace are important1 in time of battle they are much more so3 for then their mistakes are paid for in human blood4 ,what would you think of a pilot who was not capable of piloting a boat trying to pilot a boat loaded with passengers2 or1 of an engineer who was not capable of running a locomotive trying to run a passenger train8 ,you would1 of course1 think him a criminal--but do you think he would be more criminal than the noncommissioned officer who is not capable of leading a squad in battle but who tries to do so1 thereby sacrificing the lives of those under him8 ,you can1 therefore1 appreciate the importance1 the necessity1 of every officer and noncommissioned officer doing everything that he possibly can during times of peace to qualify himself for his duties and responsibilities during times of war4 ,if we are going to have a good army we must have good regiments2 to have good regiments we must have good battalions2 to have good battalions we must have good companies--but to have good companies we must have efficient company officers and noncommissioned officers4 ,as stated before1 everything in the life of the soldier leads to the field of battle4 ,and so it is that in the subject of minor tactics all instruction leads to the battle4 ,first we have map problems2 then terrain exercises2 next the war game2 after that maneuvers1 and finally the battle4 #ide4 ,map ,problems and ,terrain ,exercises4 ,in the case of map problems you are given tactical problems to solve on a map2 in the case of terrain exercises you are given problems to solve on the ground4 7,the word ,terrain1 means earth1 ground47 ,these are the simplest forms of tactical problems1 as you have only one phase of the action1 your information is always reliable and your imaginary soldiers always do just exactly what you want them to do4 #idf4 ,war ,game4 ,next comes the war game1 which consists of problems solved on maps1 but you have an opponent who commands the enemy--the phases follow one another rapidly and the conditions change--your information is not so complete and reliable4 ,however1 your men being slips of cardboard or beads1 they will1 as in the case of your imaginary soldiers in the map problems and terrain exercises1 go where you wish them to and do what you tell them to do--they can't misunderstand your instructions and go wrong--they don't straggle and get careless as real soldiers sometimes do4 ,map problems1 terrain exercises and war games are but aids to maneuvers--their practice makes the maneuvers better2 for you thus learn the principles of tactics and in the simplest and quickest way4 #idg4 ,maneuvers4 ,in the case of the maneuver the problem is the same as in the war game1 except that you are dealing with real1 live men whom you can not control perfectly1 and there is1 therefore1 much greater chance for mistakes4 #idh4 ,the battle4 ,a battle is only a maneuver to which is added great physical danger and excitement4 ,general rules and principles that must be applied in map problems1 terrain exercises1 the war game and maneuvers #idi4 ,everything that is done must conform in principle to what should be done in battle--otherwise your work is wasted--your time is thrown away4 ,in solving map problems and in the war game1 always form in your mind a picture of the ground where the action is supposed to be taking place--imagine that you see the enemy1 the various hills1 streams1 roads1 etc41 that he is firing at you1 etc4--and don't do anything that you would not be able to do if you were really on the ground and really in a fight4 ,whether it be a corporal in command of a squad or a general in command of an army1 in the solution of a tactical problem1 whether it be a map problem1 a terrain exercise1 a war game1 maneuver or battle1 he will have to go through the same operation3 #ast4 ,estimate the situation2 #b;d4 ,decide what he will do2 #c;d4 ,give the necessary orders to carry out his decision4 ,at first these three steps of the operation may appear difficult and laborious1 but after a little practice the mind1 which always works with rapidity in accustomed channels1 performs them with astonishing quickness4 ,the child beginning the study of arithmetic1 for example1 is very slow in determining the sum of #g and #h1 but later the answer is announced almost at sight4 ,the same is true in tactical problems--the process may be slow at first1 but with a little practice it becomes quick and easy4 #iej4 ,estimating the ,situation4 ,this is simply sizing up the situation1 finding out what you're up against1 and is always the first thing to be done4 ,it is most important1 and in doing it the first step is to determine your ,,mission--what you are to do1 what you are to accomplish--the most important consideration in any military situation4 ,consider next your own forces and that of the enemy--that is1 his probable strength and how it compares with yours4 ,consider the enemy's probable ,,mission#ab and what he will probably do to accomplish it4 ,consider the geography of the country so far as it affects the problem--the valleys to cross1 defiles to pass through1 shortest road to follow1 etc4 ,now1 consider the different courses open to you with the advantages and disadvantages of each4 ,you must1 of course1 in every case know what you're up against before you can decide intelligently what you're going to do4 ,in making your plan always bear in mind not only your own ,,mission1 but also the general mission of the command of which you form a part1 and this is what nine men out of ten forget to do4 #iea4 ,the ,decision4 ,it is important that you should come to a clear and correct decision--that you do so promptly and then execute it vigorously4 ,the new ,japanese ,field ,service ,regulations tell us that there are two things above all that should be avoided--inaction and hesitation4 ,to act resolutely even in an erroneous manner is better than to remain inactive and irresolute--that is to say do something4 ,you are now ready to come to a decision1 which is nothing more or less than a clear1 concise determination of what you're going to do and how you're going to do it4 ,frederick the ,great1 expressed the same idea in fewer words3 ,don't haggle4 ,having settled on a plan1 push it through--don't vacillate1 don't waver4 ,make your plan simple4 ,no other has much show4 ,complicated plans look well on paper1 but in war they seldom work out4 ,they require several people to do the right thing at the right time and this under conditions of excitement1 danger and confusion1 and1 as a result1 they generally fail4 #ieb4 ,the ,order4 ,having completed your estimate of the situation and formed your plan1 you are now ready to give the orders necessary to carry it out4 ,you must first give your subordinates sufficient information of the situation and your plan1 so that they may clearly understand their mission4 ,the better everyone understands the whole situation the better he can play his part4 ,unexpected things are always happening in war--a subordinate can act intelligently only if he knows and understands what his superior wants to do4 ,always make your instructions definite and positive--vague instructions are sometimes worse than none4 ,your order1 your instructions1 must be clear1 concise and definite--everyone should know just exactly what he is to do4 ,a ,few ,general ,principles #iec4 ,the man who hunts deer1 moose1 tigers and lions1 is hunting big game1 but the soldier operating in the enemy's territory is hunting bigger game--he's hunting for human beings--but you want to remember that the other fellow is out hunting for you1 too2 he's out gunning for you4 ,so1 don't fail to be on the alert1 on the lookout1 all the time1 if you do he'll get the drop on you4 ,remember what ,frederick the ,great said3 ,it is pardonable to be defeated1 but never to be taken by surprise4 ,do not separate your force too much2 if you do1 you weaken yourself--you take the chance of being defeated in detail--that is1 of one part being defeated after another4 ,remember the old saying3 ,in union there is strength4 ,undue extension of your line 7a mistake1 by the way1 very often made7 is only a form of separation and is equally as bad4 ,while too much importance can not be attached to the proper use of cover1 you must not forget that sometimes there are other considerations that outweigh the advantages of cover4 ,good sense alone can determine4 ,a certain direction of attack1 for instance1 may afford excellent cover but it may be so situated as to mean ruin if defeated1 as where it puts an impassable obstacle directly in your rear4 ,and don't forget that you should always think in advance of what you would do in case of defeat4 ,what is it1 after all1 that gives victory1 whether it be armies or only squads engaged8 ,it's just simply inflicting on the enemy a loss which he will not stand before he can do the same to you4 ,now1 what is this loss that he will not stand8 ,what is the loss that will cause him to break8 ,well1 it varies2 it is subject to many conditions--different bodies of troops1 like different timbers1 have different breaking points4 ,however1 whatever it may be in any particular case it would soon come if we could shoot on the battlefield as we do on the target range1 but we can not approximate it4 ,there are many causes tending to drag down our score on the battlefield1 one of the most potent being the effect of the enemy's fire4 ,it is cited as a physiological fact that fear and great excitement cause the pupil of the eye to dilate and impair accuracy in vision and hence of shooting4 ,it is well established that the effectiveness of the fire of one side reduced proportionately to the effectiveness of that of the other4 ,bear in mind then these two points--we must get the enemy's breaking point before he gets ours1 and the more effective we make our fire the less effective will be his4 ,expressed in another way--to win you must gain and keep a fire superiority4 ,this generally means more rifles in action1 yet a fire badly controlled and directed1 though great in volume1 may be less effective than a smaller volume better handled4 ,the firing line barring a few exceptional cases1 then1 should be as heavy as practicable consistent with the men's free use of their rifles4 ,this has been found to be about one man to the yard4 ,in this way you get volume of fire and the companies do not cover so much ground that their commanders lose their power to direct and control4 ,if it becomes necessary to hold a line too long for the force available1 it is then better to keep the men close together and leave gaps in the line4 ,the men are so much better controlled1 the fire better directed1 the volume the same1 and the gaps are closed by the cross fire of parties adjacent4 ,,footnotes3 #aa ,in the preparation of the first part of this chapter1 extracts of words and of ideas1 were made from a paper on ,applied ,minor ,tactics read before the ,st4 ,louis convention of the ,national ,guard of the ,united ,states in #aiaj1 by ,major ,j4 ,f4 ,morrison1 ,general ,staff1 ,u4 ,s4 ,army4 #ab ,the word mission is used a great deal in this text4 ,by your mission is meant your business1 what you have been told to do1 what you are trying to accomplish4 ,,chapter ,,iii ,,general ,,plan ,,of ,,instruction ,,in ,,map ,,problems ,,for ,,noncommissioned ,,officers ,,and ,,privates--,,instruction ,,in ,,delivering ,,messages 7,the large wall map to be used for this instruction can be obtained from the ,george ,banta ,publishing ,co41 ,menasha1 ,wis41 at a cost of #a4ej47 ,illustration3 ,elementary ,map #ied4 ,the noncommissioned officers and the privates of the squad1 section1 platoon or company are seated in front of the instructor1 who1 with pointer in hand1 is standing near the map on the wall4 ,the instructor assumes certain situations and designates various noncommissioned officers to take charge of squads for the purpose of accomplishing certain missions2 he places them in different situations1 and then asks them what they would do4 ,he1 or the noncommissioned officer designated to perform certain missions1 designates certain privates to carry messages1 watch for signals1 take the place of wounded noncommissioned officers1 etc4 ,for example1 the instructor says3 ,the battalion is marching to ,watertown 7see ,elementary ,map in pocket at back of book7 along this road 7indicating road73 our company forms the advance guard2 we are now at this point 7indicating point74 ,corporal ,smith1 take your squad and reconnoiter the woods on the right to see if you can find any trace of the enemy there1 and rejoin the company as soon as you can4 ,corporal ,jones1 be on the lookout for any signals that ,corporal ,smith may make4 ,corporal ,smith then gives the command1 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,march1 and such other commands as may be necessary4 ,instructor3 ,now1 when you reach this point 7indicating point71 what do you see8 7,corporal ,smith holds his rifle horizontally above his head47 ,corporal ,jones3 ,captain1 ,corporal ,smith signals that he sees a small body of the enemy4 ,corporal ,smith3 ,lie down4 ,range1 #gjj4 #a4 ,ready2 #b4 ,,aim2 #c4 ,squad2 #d4 ,,fire4 #a4 ,forward2 ,double time2 #b4 ,,march1 etc4 ,the noncommissioned officers and the privates who are thus designated to do certain things must use their imagination as much as possible4 ,they must look at the map and imagine that they are right on the ground1 in the hostile territory2 they must imagine that they see the streams1 hills1 woods1 roads1 etc41 represented on the map1 and they must not do anything that they could not do if in the hostile territory1 with the assumed conditions actually existing4 #iee4 ,the general idea of this system of instruction is to make the noncommissioned officers and the privates think1 to make them use common sense and initiative in handling men in various situations1 in getting out of difficulties4 ,by thus putting men on their mettle in the presence of their comrades and making them bring into play their common sense and their powers of resourcefulness1 it is comparatively easy to hold the attention of a whole squad1 section1 platoon or company1 for those who are not actually taking part in the solution of a particular problem are curious to see how those who are taking part will answer different questions and do different things--how they will pan out4 #ief4 ,everything that is said1 everything that is done1 should1 as far as practicable1 be said and done just as it would be said and done in the field4 ,the commands should be actually given1 the messages actually delivered1 the reports actually made1 the orders and instructions actually given1 the signals actually made1 etc41 just the same as they would be if the operations were real4 ,of course1 sometimes it is not practicable to do this1 and again at other times it would be advisable not to do so4 ,if1 for instance1 in the solution of a problem there were a great many opportunities to give commands to fire1 to make signals1 to deliver messages1 etc41 and if these things were actually done every time1 it would not only become tiresome but it would also delay the real work and instruction4 ,common sense must be used4 ,just bear this in mind3 ,in the solution of map problems the noncommissioned officers and the privates are to be given proper and sufficient instruction in giving commands1 making signals1 sending and delivering messages1 making reports1 etc41 the instructor using his common sense in deciding what is proper and sufficient instruction4 ,in carrying out this feature of the instruction it would be done thus1 for instance3 ,instead of a platoon leader saying1 ,i would give the order for the platoon 7two1 three or four squads7 to fire on them1 he would say1 for instance1 ,i would then give the command1 ',,at ,,line ,,of ,,men4 ,,range1 #fjj4 ,,fire ,,at ,,will1' and would continue the firing as long as necessary4 ,should the instructor then say1 for instance1 ,very well2 the enemy's fire has slackened2 what will you do now8 ,the platoon leader would answer1 for instance1 ,i would signal3 #a4 ,by squads from the right2 #b4 ,,rush4 ,instead of saying1 for instance1 ,i would advance my squad to the top of this hill at double time1 the squad leader should say1 ,i would give the command3 '#a4 ,forward1 double time2 #b4 ,,march1' and upon reaching the top of this hill1 ,i would command1 '#a4 ,squad2 #b4 ,,halt1' cautioning the men to take advantage of cover4 ,instead of saying1 ,i would signal back that we see the enemy in force1 the squad leader should take a rifle and make the signal1 and if a man has been designated to watch for signals1 the man would say to the captain 7or other person for whom he was watching for signals73 ,captain1 ,corporal ,smith has signaled that he sees the enemy in force4 ,instead of saying1 ,i would send a message back that there are about twenty mounted men just in rear of the ,jones' house2 they are dismounted and their horses are being held by horseholders1 say1 ,smith1 go back and tell the captain 7or other person7 there are about twenty mounted men just in rear of the ,jones' house4 ,they are dismounted and their horses are being held by horseholders4 ,private ,smith would then say to the captain 7or other person71 ,captain1 ,corporal ,harris sends word there are about twenty men just in the rear of the ,jones' house4 ,they are dismounted and their horses are being held by horse holders4 #ieg4 ,for problems exemplifying this system of instruction1 see ,par4 #ajag4 ,the instruction may be varied a little by testing the squad leaders in their knowledge of map reading by asking1 from time to time during the solution of the problem1 such questions as these3 ,captain3 ,corporal ,smith1 you are standing on ,lone ,hill 7,see ,elementary ,map71 facing north4 ,tell me what you see8 ,corporal3 ,the hill slopes off steeply in front of me1 about eighty feet down to the bottom land4 ,a spur of the hill runs off on my right three-fourths of a mile to the north4 ,another runs off on my left the same distance to the west4 ,between these two spurs1 down in front of me1 is an almost level valley1 extending about a mile to my right front1 where a hill cuts off my view4 ,to my left front it is level as far as ,i can see4 ,a quarter of a mile in front of me is a big pond1 down in the valley1 and ,i can trace the course of a stream that drains the pond off to the northwest1 by the trees along its bank4 ,just beyond the stream a railroad runs northwest along a fill and crosses the stream a mile and a half to the northwest1 where ,i can see the roofs of a group of houses4 ,a wagon road runs north across the valley1 crossing the western spur of this hill #fjj yards from ,lone ,hill4 ,it is bordered by trees as far as the creek4 ,another road parallels the railroad1 the two roads crossing near a large orchard a mile straight to my front4 ,captain3 ,can you see the ,chester ,pike where the railroad crosses it8 ,corporal3 ,no1 sir4 ,captain3 ,why8 ,corporal3 ,because the hill #fb1 about #hjj yards from ,lone ,hill1 is so high that it cuts off my view in that direction of everything closer to the spur #fb than the point in the ,salem-,boling road1 where the private lane runs off east to the ,gray house4 ,captain3 ,sergeant ,jones1 in which direction does the stream run that you see just south of the ,twin ,hills8 ,sergeant3 ,it runs south through ,york1 because ,i can see that the northern end starts near the head of a valley and goes down into the open plain4 ,also it is indicated by a very narrow line near the ,twin ,hills which becomes gradually wider or heavier the further south it goes4 ,furthermore1 the fact that three short branch streams are shown joining together and forming one1 must naturally mean that the direction of flow is towards the one formed by the three4 ,captain3 ,sergeant ,harris1 does the road from the ,mason farm to the ,welsh farm run up or down hill8 ,sergeant3 ,it does both1 sir4 ,it is almost level for the first half mile west of the ,mason farm2 then1 as it crosses the contour marked #bj and a second marked #dj1 it runs up hill1 rising to forty feet above the valley1 #ijj yards east of the ,mason farm4 ,then1 as it again crosses a contour marked #dj and a second marked #bj1 it goes down hill to the ,welsh farm4 ,that portion of the road between the points where it crosses the two contours marked #dj1 is the highest part of the road4 ,it crosses this hill in a saddle1 for both north and south of this summit on the road are contours marked #fj and even higher4 ,captain3 ,corporal ,wallace1 you are in ,salem with a patrol with orders to go to ,oxford4 ,there is no one to tell you anything about this section of the country and you have never been there before4 ,you have this map and a compass4 ,what would you do8 ,corporal3 ,i would see from my map and by looking around me that ,salem is situated at the crossing of two main roads4 ,from the map ,i would see that one leads to ,boling and the other was the one to take for ,oxford4 ,also1 ,i would see that the one to ,boling started due north out of ,salem and the other1 the one ,i must follow1 started due west out of ,salem4 ,taking out my compass1 ,i would see in what direction the north end of the needle pointed2 the road running off in that direction would be the one to ,boling1 so ,i would start off west on the other4 ,captain3 ,suppose you had no compass8 ,corporal3 ,i would look and see on which side of the base of the trees the moss grew4 ,that side would be north4 ,or1 in this case1 ,i would probably not use a compass even if ,i had it2 for1 from the map1 ,i know that the road ,i wish to start off on crosses a railroad track within sight of the crossroads and on the opposite side of the crossroads from the church shown on the map2 also1 that the ,boling road is level as far as ,i could see on the ground1 while the ,chester ,pike crosses the spur of ,sandy ,ridge1 about a half mile out of the village4 ,captain3 ,go ahead1 corporal1 and explain how you would follow the proper route to ,oxford4 ,corporal3 ,i would proceed west on the ,chester ,pike1 knowing ,i would cross a good sized stream1 on a stone bridge1 about a mile and a half out of ,salem2 then ,i would pass a crossroad and find a swamp on my right1 between the road and the stream4 ,about a mile and a half from the crossroad ,i just mentioned1 ,i would cross a railroad track and then ,i would know that at the fork of the roads one-quarter of a mile further on ,i must take the left fork4 ,this road would take me straight into ,oxford1 about a mile and three-quarters beyond the fork4 ,captain3 ,sergeant ,washington1 do the contours about a half mile north of the ,maxey farm1 on the ,salem-,boling road1 represent a hill or a depression8 ,sergeant3 ,they represent a hill1 because the inner contour has a higher number #db1 than the outer1 marked #bj4 ,they represent sort of a leg-of-mutton shaped hill about #db feet higher than the surrounding low ground4 ,variety and interest may be added to the instruction by assuming that the squad leader has been killed or wounded and then designate some private to command the squad2 or that a man has been wounded in a certain part of the body and have a soldier actually apply his first aid packet2 or that a soldier has fainted or been bitten by a rattlesnake and have a man actually render him first aid4 #ieh4 ,the privates may be given practical instruction in delivering messages by giving them messages in one room and having them deliver them to someone else in another room4 ,it is a good plan to write out a number of messages in advance on slips of paper or on cards1 placing them in unsealed envelopes4 ,an officer or a noncommissioned officer in one room reads one of the messages to a soldier1 then seals it in an envelope and gives it to the soldier to hand to the person in another room to whom he is to deliver the message4 ,the latter checks the accuracy of the message by means of the written message4 ,of course1 this form of instruction should not be given during the solution of map problems by the men4 7,for model messages1 see par4 #ihj47 ,the same slips or cards may be used any number of times with different soldiers4 ,a soldier should never start on his way to deliver a message unless he understands thoroughly the message he is to deliver4 ,,chapter ,,iv ,,the ,,service ,,of ,,information 7,based on the ,field ,service ,regulations47 ,,patrolling #iei4 ,patrols are small bodies of infantry or cavalry1 from two men up to a company or troop1 sent out from a command at any time to gain information of the enemy and of the country1 to drive off small hostile bodies1 to prevent them from observing the command or for other stated objects1 such as to blow up a bridge1 destroy a railroad track1 communicate or keep in touch with friendly troops1 etc4 ,patrols are named according to their objects1 reconnoitering1 visiting1 connecting1 exploring1 flanking patrols1 etc4 ,these names are of no importance1 however1 because the patrol's orders in each case determine its duties4 #ifj4 ,the size of a patrol depends upon the mission it is to accomplish2 if it is to gain information only1 it should be as small as possible1 allowing two men for each probable message to be sent 7this permits you to send messages and still have a working patrol remaining72 if it is to fight1 it should be strong enough to defeat the probable enemy against it4 ,for instance1 a patrol of two men might be ordered to examine some high ground a few hundred yards off the road4 ,on the other hand1 during the recent war in ,manchuria a ,japanese patrol of #ej mounted men1 to accomplish its mission marched #a1afj miles in the enemy's country and was out for #fb days4 #ifa4 ,patrol ,leaders4 7a7 ,patrol leaders1 usually noncommissioned officers1 are selected for their endurance1 keen eyesight1 ability to think quickly and good military judgment4 ,they should be able to read a map1 make a sketch and send messages that are easily understood4 ,very important patrols are sometimes lead by officers4 ,the leader should have a map1 watch1 field glass1 compass1 message blank and pencils4 7b7 ,the ability to lead a patrol correctly without a number of detailed orders or instructions1 is one of the highest and most valuable qualifications of a noncommissioned officer4 ,since a commander ordering out a patrol can only give general instructions as to what he desires1 because he cannot possibly forsee just what situations may arise1 the patrol leader will be forced to use his own judgment to decide on the proper course to pursue when something of importance suddenly occurs4 ,he is in sole command on the spot and must make his decisions entirely on his own judgment and make them instantly4 ,he has to bear in mind first of all his mission--what his commander wants him to do4 ,possibly something may occur that should cause the patrol leader to undertake an entirely new mission and he must view the new situation from the standpoint of a higher commander4 7c7 ,more battles are lost through lack of information about the enemy than from any other cause1 and it is the patrols led by noncommissioned officers who must gather almost all of this information4 ,a battalion or squadron stands a very good chance for defeating a regiment if the battalion commander knows all about the size1 position and movements of the regiment and the regimental commander knows but a little about the battalion2 and this will all depend on how efficiently the patrols of the two forces are led by the noncommissioned officers4 #ifb4 ,patrols are usually sent out from the advance party of an advance guard1 the rear party of a rear guard1 the outguards of an outpost1 and the flank 7extreme right or left7 sections1 companies or troops of a force in a fight1 but they may be sent out from any part of a command4 ,the commander usually states how strong a patrol shall be4 #ifc4 ,orders or ,instructions--7a7 ,the orders or instructions for a patrol must state clearly whenever possible3 #a4 ,where the enemy is or is supposed to be4 #b4 ,where friendly patrols or detachments are apt to be seen or encountered and what the plans are for the body from which the patrol is sent out4 #c4 ,what object the patrol is sent out to accomplish2 what information is desired2 what features are of special importance2 the general direction to be followed and how long to stay out in case the enemy is not met4 #d4 ,where reports are to be sent4 7b7 ,it often happens that1 in the hurry and excitement of a sudden encounter or other situation1 there is no time or opportunity to give a patrol leader anything but the briefest instructions1 such as ,take three men1 corporal1 and locate their 7the enemy's7 right flank4 ,in such a case the patrol leader through his knowledge of the general principles of patrolling1 combined with the exercise of his common sense1 must determine for himself just what his commander wishes him to do4 #ifd4 ,inspection of a ,patrol ,before ,departure4 ,whenever there is time and conditions permit1 which most frequently is not the case1 a patrol leader carefully inspects his men to see that they are in good physical condition2 that they have the proper equipment1 ammunition and ration2 that their canteens are full1 their horses 7if mounted7 are in good condition1 not of a conspicuous color and not given to neighing1 and that there is nothing about the equipment to rattle or glisten4 ,the patrol leader should also see that the men have nothing with them 7maps1 orders1 letters1 newspapers1 etc47 that1 if captured1 would give the enemy valuable information4 ,this is a more important inspection than that regarding the condition of the equipment4 ,whenever possible the men for a patrol should be selected for their trustworthiness1 experience and knack of finding their way in a strange country4 #ife4 ,preparing a ,patrol for the ,start4 ,the patrol leader having received his orders and having asked questions about anything he does not fully understand1 makes his estimate of the situation 7,see ,par4 #iej47 ,he then selects the number of men he needs1 if this has been left to him1 inspects them and carefully explains to them the orders he has received and how he intends to carry out these orders1 making sure the men understand the mission of the patrol4 ,he names some prominent place along the route they are going to follow where every one will hasten if the patrol should become scattered4 ,for example3 ,an infantry company has arrived at the town of ,york 7,see ,elementary ,map74 ,captain ,a1 at #b ,p4 ,m41 calls up ,corporal ,b and three men of his squad4 ,captain ,a3 ,corporal1 hostile infantry is reported to be at ,oxford4 ,nothing else has been heard of the enemy4 ,the company remains here tonight4 ,you will take these three men and reconnoiter about two miles north along this road 7indicates the ,valley ,pike7 for signs of a hostile advance in this direction4 ,stay out until dusk4 ,corporal ,c has been sent out that road 7points east along the county road74 ,send messages here4 ,do you understand8 ,corporal ,b3 ,yes1 sir2 ,i am to--7here he practically repeats ,captain ,a's orders1 the three men listening74 ,is ,corporal ,c to cover that hill 7points toward ,twin ,hills78 ,captain ,a3 ,no2 you must cover that ground4 ,move out at once1 corporal4 7,corporal ,b quickly glances at the men and sees that they have their proper equipment47 ,corporal ,b 7to his men73 ,you heard the captain's orders4 ,we will make for that hill 7points to ,twin ,hills74 ,jones1 ,i want you to go #aej yards in advance of me2 ,williams1 follow me at #ajj yards2 ,smith1 you'll stay with me4 ,jones1 you'll leave this road after crossing the creek and march on that clump of trees4 ,i want both you and ,williams to be on the alert and watch me every minute for signals4 ,in case we become scattered1 make for that hill 7points to ,twin ,hills74 ,private ,jones3 ,corporal1 shall ,i keep #aej yards from you or will you keep the correct distance8 ,corporal ,b3 ,you keep the correct distance from me4 ,forward1 ,jones4 ,of course1 the patrol leader makes all these preparations if he has time2 but1 as we have said before1 there will be a great many occasions when he is required to start out so promptly that he will not have any time for the inspection described and he will have to make an estimate of the situation and give his detailed orders to the members of his patrol as they start off4 #iff4 ,co-ordination ,before ,departure4 ,every member of a patrol should notice for himself the direction taken and all landmarks that are passed1 and every man should keep his eyes and ears open all the time4 ,before leaving an outpost position or other place to which it is to return1 the patrol commander should co-ordinate himself--he should see where he is with respect to certain mountains1 high buildings and other prominent objects1 and after the patrol has left1 he should frequently turn his head around and see what the starting point looks like from where he is4 ,this will help him to find his way back without difficulty4 ,,the ,,principles ,,of ,,patrolling #ifg4 ,paragraphs #ifg to #ajae describe the methods of leading a patrol--the points a patrol leader should fully understand4 ,in other words1 they state the principles of patrolling4 ,when you first study this chapter1 simply read over these principles without trying to memorize any of them4 ,whenever one of the principles is applied in the solution of any of the problems on patrolling given in this book you will generally find the number of the paragraph which states that principle enclosed in brackets4 ,turn back and study the paragraph referred to until you thoroughly understand its meaning and you feel sure that you know how to apply that principle whenever the occasion might arise in actual patrolling4 ,try to impress its common sense meaning 7never the mere words7 on your mind1 so that when a situation arises requiring the sort of action indicated in the principle1 ,,you ,,will ,,not ,,fail ,,to ,,recognize ,,it4 ,illustration3 ,figure #a #ifh4 ,formation of ,patrols4 7a7 ,figure #a gives some examples of various ways of forming patrols4 ,these are merely examples for the purpose of giving a general idea of the arrangement of the men4 ,in practice common sense must dictate to the patrol leader the best formation in each case4 7b7 ,in very small patrols the leader is usually in advance where he can easily lead the patrol1 though not always 7,see ,e1 ,figure #a47 ,the distance between men depends upon the character of the country and the situation4 ,in ,l1 ,figure #a1 it might be anywhere from #aej to #djj yards from the leading man to the last1 the distance being greater in level or open country4 ,some such formation as ,g1 ,figure #a1 could be used in going through high brush1 woods1 or over very open country4 7c7 ,the men must be so arranged that each man will be within signaling distance of some member of the patrol and the escape of at least one man1 in case of surprise1 is certain4 ,it must be remembered that the patrol may have to march a long distance before it is expected that the enemy will be encountered1 or it may have a mission that requires it to hurry to some distant point through very dangerous country4 ,in such cases the patrol will probably have to follow the road in order to make the necessary speed1 and it will not be possible for flankers to keep up this rate marching off the road4 ,the formation in such cases would be something like those shown in ,f1 ,,ii and ,o4 ,marching off the road is always slow work1 so when rapidity is essential1 some safe formation for road travel is necessary1 as in ,f1 ,l and ,o4 ,if1 from the road the country for1 say one-half mile on each side1 can be seen1 there is absolutely no use in sending out flankers a few hundred yards from the road4 ,use common sense4 #ifi4 ,rate of ,march4 7a7 ,patrols should advance quickly and quietly2 be vigilant and make all practicable use of cover4 ,if rapid marching is necessary to accomplish the mission1 then little attention can be paid to cover4 7b7 ,returning patrols1 near their own lines1 march at a walk1 unless pressed by the enemy4 ,a patrol should not1 if possible1 return over its outgoing route1 as the enemy may have observed it and be watching for its return4 #igj4 ,halts4 ,a patrol should be halted once every hour for about ten minutes1 to allow the men to rest and relieve themselves4 ,whenever a halt is made one or two members of the patrol must advance a short distance ahead and keep a sharp lookout to the front and flanks4 #iga4 ,action ,upon ,meeting ,hostile ,patrol4 ,if a patrol should see a hostile patrol1 it is generally best to hide and let it go by1 and afterwards look out for and capture any messenger that may be sent back from it with messages for the main body4 ,and when sent back yourself with a message1 be careful that the enemy does not play this trick on you--always keep your ears and eyes open4 #igb4 ,scattered ,patrols4 ,a scattered patrol reassembles at some point previously selected2 if checked in one direction1 it takes another2 if cut off1 it returns by a detour or forces its way through4 ,as a last resort it scatters1 so that at least one man may return with information4 ,occasionally it is advisable for the leader to conceal his patrol and continue the reconnaissance with one or two men2 in case of cavalry the leader and men thus detached should be well mounted4 ,if no point of assembly was previously agreed upon1 it is a good general rule to reassemble1 if possible1 at the last resting place4 #igc4 ,return by ,different ,route4 ,a patrol should always make it a rule to return by a different route1 as this may avoid its being captured by some of the enemy who saw it going out and are lying in wait for it4 #igd4 ,guard ,against ,being ,cut off4 ,when out patrolling always guard against being cut off4 ,always assume that any place that affords good cover is held by the enemy until you know that it is not1 and be careful not to advance beyond it without first reconnoitering it2 for1 if you do1 you may find yourself cut off when you try to return4 #ige4 ,night ,work4 ,patrols far from their commands or in contact with the enemy1 often remain out over night4 ,in such cases they seek a place of concealment unknown to the inhabitants1 proceeding thereto after nightfall or under cover4 ,opportunities for watering1 feeding and rest must not be neglected1 for there is no assurance that further opportunities will present themselves4 ,when necessary the leader provides for subsistence by demand or purchase4 #igf4 ,civilians3 ,in questioning civilians care must be taken not to disclose information that may be of value to the enemy4 ,strangers must not be allowed to go ahead of the patrol1 as they might give the enemy notice of its approach4 ,patrol leaders are authorized to seize telegrams and mail matter1 and to arrest individuals1 reporting the facts as soon as possible4 #igg4 ,patrol ,fighting4 7a7 ,a patrol sent out for information never fights unless it can only get its information by fighting or is forced to fight in order to escape4 ,this principle is the one most frequently violated by patrol leaders1 particularly in peace maneuvers4 ,they forget their mission--the thing their commander sent them out to do--and begin fighting1 thus doing harm and accomplishing no important results4 7b7 ,a patrol sent out to drive off hostile detachments has to fight to accomplish its mission4 ,sometimes a patrol has orders both to gain information and to drive back hostile patrols4 ,in this case it may be proper to avoid a fight at one moment and to seek a fight at another4 ,the patrol leader must always think of his mission when deciding on the proper course to follow1 and then use common sense4 #igh4 ,signals4 ,the following should be clearly understood by members of a patrol3 ,enemy in sight in small numbers3 ,hold the rifle above the head horizontally4 ,enemy in force3 ,same as preceding1 raising and lowering the rifle several times4 ,take cover3 ,a downward motion of the hand4 ,other signals may be agreed upon before starting1 but they must be simple and familiar to the men2 complicated signals must be avoided4 ,signals must be used cautiously1 so as not to convey information to the enemy4 ,the patrol leader should see that all his men thoroughly understand that whenever they are away from the center of the patrol they must look to the nearest man for signals at least once every minute4 ,it should never be necessary for the patrol leader to call to a man in order to get his attention4 ,all movements of men at a distance should be regulated by signals and the men should constantly be on the lookout for these signals4 #igi4 ,messages4 7a7 ,the most skillful patrol leading is useless unless the leader fully understands when to send a message and how to write it4 7b7 ,a message1 whether written or verbal1 should be short and clear1 resembling a telegram4 ,if it is a long account it will take too much time to write1 be easily misunderstood1 and if verbal1 the messenger will usually forget parts of it and confuse the remainder4 7c7 ,always state when and where things are seen or reported4 ,if haste is required1 do not use up valuable moments writing down the day of the month1 etc4 ,these data are essential as a matter of future record for formal telegrams and should be put in patrol messages only when time is abundant1 but never slight the essential points of information that will give valuable help to your chief4 ,always try to put yourself in his place--not seeing what you see and read your message--and then ask yourself1 ,what will he want to know8 7d7 ,the exact location of the enemy should be stated2 whether deployed1 marching or in camp1 his strength1 arm of the service 7cavalry1 infantry or artillery71 and any other detail that you think would be valuable information for your chief4 ,in giving your location do not refer to houses1 streets1 etc41 that your chief in the rear has no knowledge of4 ,give your direction and distance from some point he knows of or1 if you have a map like his1 you can give your map location4 7e7 ,be sure your message is accurate4 ,this does not mean that something told you should not be reported1 but it should be reported1 not as a fact1 but as it is--a statement by somebody else4 ,it is well to add any information about your informant1 such as his apparent honesty1 the probability of his having correct information1 etc4--this may help your chief4 7f7 ,a message should always end with a short statement of what you are going to do next4 ,for example3 ,will remain in observation1 ,will continue north1 ,will work around to their rear1 etc4 ,time permitting1 the bearer of a verbal message should always be required to repeat it before leaving4 7g7 ,the following is a reproduction of a message blank used in field service4 ,the instructions on the envelope are also given4 ,a patrol leader will usually be furnished with a pad of these blanks3 ,illustration ,the heading ,from is filled in with the name of the detachment sending the information1 as ,officer's ,patrol1 #gth ,cav4 ,messages sent on the same day from the same source to the same person are numbered consecutively4 ,the address is written briefly1 thus1 ,commanding ,officer1 ,outpost1 #ast ,brigade4 ,in the signature the writer's surname only and rank are given4 ,this blank is four and a half by eight inches1 including the margin on the left for binding4 ,the back is ruled in squares and provided with scales for use in making simple sketches explanatory of the message4 ,it is issued by the ,signal ,corps in blocks of forty with duplicating sheets4 ,the regulation envelope is three by five and one fourth inches and is printed as follows3 ,illustration ,,model ,,messages #ihj4 #a4 ,verbal4 ,four hostile infantrymen one mile north of our camp1 moving south4 ,i will continue north4 #b4 ,verbal4 ,about one hundred hostile infantrymen two miles north of our camp at two o'clock1 marching south4 ,will observe them4 #c4 ,verbal4 ,long column of troops marching west in ,sandy ,creek ,valley at two o'clock4 ,will report details later4 #d4 ,verbal4 ,just fired on by cavalry patrol near ,baker's ,pond4 ,will work to their rear4 #e4 ,written4 ,patrol from ,support ,no #b4 ,lone ,hill1 #bf ,mch4 #aa1 #h-ae ,a4 ,m41 ,no4 #a4 ,c4 ,o41 ,support ,no4 #b4 ,see hostile troop of cavalry halted at x-roads1 one mile ,s4 of our outguards4 ,nothing else in sight4 ,will remain here in observation4 ,james1 ,corporal4 #f4 ,written 7very hurriedly74 ,lone ,hill1 #h-cj1 ,no #b4 ,c4 ,o41 ,support ,no4 #b4 ,column of about #cjj hostile cavalry trotting north towards hostile troop of cavalry now halted at x-roads one mile south of our outguards4 ,will remain here4 ,james1 ,cpl4 #g4 ,written4 ,patrol from #eth ,inf41 ,s4 ,e4 corner ,boling ,woods1 #c ,apl4 #aa1 #b-aj ,p4 ,m41 ,no4 #b4 ,adjutant1 #eth ,inf41 near ,baker ,house4 ,extreme right of hostile line ends at ,r4 ,r4 cut ,n4 ,e4 of ,,baker',s ,,pond4 ,entrenchments run ,s4 from cut along crest of ridge4 ,line appears to be strongly held4 ,can see no troops in rear of line4 ,will reconnoiter their rear4 ,smith1 ,sergeant4 #h4 ,written 7from cavalry patrol far to front74 ,patrol from ,tr4 ,b1 #gth ,cav41 ,boling1 #ad ,june1 #ab1 #aj ,a4 ,m41 ,no4 #c4 ,to ,c4 ,o41 ,tr4 ,b1 #gth ,cav41 ,s4 on ,chester ,pike4 ,no traces of enemy up to this point4 ,telegraph operator here reports wires running north from ,boling were cut somewhere at #h-cj ,a4 ,m4 ,inhabitants appear friendly4 ,will proceed north4 ,jones1 ,sergeant4 #i4 ,written 7from cavalry patrol far to front74 ,patrol from ,tr ,b1 #gth ,cav41 ,oxford1 #h ,july1 #ab1 #aj-ae ,a4 ,m41 ,no4 #b4 ,to ,c4 ,o41 #ast ,sq4 #gth ,cav41 ,on ,valley ,pike1 ,s4 of ,york4 ,bearer has canteen found in road here1 marked #he ,,cav4--,,iii ,,corps4 ,inhabitants say no enemy seen here4 ,they appear hostile and unreliable4 ,no telegraph operator or records remain here4 ,roads good macadam4 ,water and haystacks plentiful4 ,will move rapidly on towards ,,chester4 ,lewis1 ,sergeant4 ,patrol from ,support ,no4 #c1 ,on ,ry4 #c_/d mi4 ,n4 of ,county ,road1 #b ,aug4 #ab1 #i-ae ,p4 ,m41 ,no4 #a4 ,c4 ,o41 ,support ,no4 #b1 ,near ,maxey ,house4 ,r4 ,r4 crosses creek here on #hj-;foot steel trestle4 ,hostile detachment is posted at ,n4 end4 ,strength unknown4 ,creek #e ft4 deep by #fj ft4 wide1 with steep banks1 #e ft4 high4 ,flows through meadow land4 ,scattered trees along banks4 ,r4 ,r4 approaches each end of trestle on #aj-;foot fill4 ,r4 ,r4 switch to ,n4 ,e4 #gjj yds4 ,s4 of bridge4 7,see sketch on back47 ,i will cross creek to ,n4 of bridge4 ,brown1 ,corporal4 #iha4 ,a message should be sent as soon as the enemy is first seen or reported4 ,of course1 if the enemy is actually known to be in the vicinity and his patrols have been seen1 etc41 you must by all means avoid wasting your men by sending them back with information about small hostile patrols or other things you know your chief is already aware of and did not specifically tell you to hunt for4 ,if you have properly determined in your own mind what your mission is then you will have no trouble in deciding when to send messages4 ,for example1 suppose your orders are ,to reconnoiter along that ridge and determine if the enemy is present in strength1 and you sight a patrol of eight men4 ,you would waste no time or men sending back any message about the patrol1 for your mission is to find out if strong bodies of the enemy are about4 ,but suppose that while working under the above orders you located a hostile battalion of infantry--a large body of troops4 ,in this case you would surely send a detailed message1 as your mission is to determine if the enemy was present in strength4 ,again1 suppose that while moving towards the ridge indicated by your chief in his orders1 you saw his force suddenly and heavily fired on from a new and apparently unexpected quarter1 not a great distance from you1 but not on the ridge referred to4 ,you know or believe none of your patrols are out in that neighborhood4 ,in this case you should realize instantly1 without any order1 that your mission had changed and you should hasten to discover the size and position of this new enemy and send the information back to your chief1 first notifying him of your intended change of direction4 ,never forget your mission in the excitement of leading your own little force4 #ihb4 ,absence of the ,enemy4 ,it is frequently just as important to send a message to your chief that the enemy is not in a certain locality as it is to report his actual whereabouts4 ,you must determine from your mission when this is the case4 ,for example1 if you were ordered ,to patrol beyond that woods and see if any hostile columns are moving in that direction1 and on reaching the far side of the woods you had a good view of the country for some distance beyond1 it would be very important to send a message back telling your chief that you could see1 say1 one-half mile beyond the woods and there was no enemy in sight4 ,this information would be of the greatest importance to him4 ,he might feel free to move troops immediately from that vicinity to some more dangerous place4 ,you would then continue your reconnaissance further to the front4 ,suggestions for ,gaining ,information ,about the ,enemy #ihc4 ,enemy on the ,march4 7a7 ,the patrol should observe the march of the column from a concealed position that hostile patrols or flankers are not apt to search 7avoid conspicuous places74 ,always try to discover if one hostile detachment is followed by another--if what can be seen appears to be an advance guard of a larger body not yet in view4 ,the distance between the detachments1 their relative size1 etc41 is always important4 7b7 ,estimating ,strength of ,column4 ,the strength of a column may be estimated from the length of time it takes to pass a selected point4 ,as infantry in column of squads occupies half a yard per man1 cavalry one yard per horse and artillery in single file twenty yards per gun or caisson 7ammunition wagon71 a selected point would be passed in one minute by #age infantry2 #aaj cavalry 7at a walk72 #bjj cavalry at a trot and #e guns or caissons4 ,if marching in columns of twos1 take one-half of the above figures4 7c7 ,dust4 ,the direction of march1 strength and composition 7infantry1 cavalry or artillery7 of a column can be closely estimated from the length and character of the cloud of dust that it makes4 ,dust from infantry hangs low2 from cavalry it is higher1 disperses more quickly1 and1 if the cavalry moves rapidly1 the upper part of the cloud is thinner2 from artillery and wagons1 it is of unequal height and disconnected4 ,the effect of the wind blowing the dust must be considered4 7d7 ,trail of ,column4 ,evenly trodden ground indicates infantry2 prints of horseshoes mean cavalry and deep and wide wheel tracks indicate artillery4 ,if the trail is fresh1 the column passed recently2 if narrow1 the troops felt secure and were marching in column of route2 if broad they expected an action and were prepared to deploy4 ,a retreating army makes a broad trail across fields1 especially at the start4 ,always remember that the smallest or most insignificant things1 such as the number of a regiment or a discarded canteen or collar ornament1 may give the most valuable information to a higher commander4 ,for example1 the markings on a discarded canteen or knapsack might prove to a general commanding an army that a certain hostile division1 corps1 or other force was in front of him when he thought it had not been sent into the field4 ,the markings on the canteen would convey little or no meaning to the patrol leader1 but if he realized his duty he would take care to report the facts4 ,cavalry patrols working far ahead of the foot troops should be most careful to observe and report on such details4 7e7 ,reflection of ,weapons4 ,if brilliant1 the troops are marching toward you1 otherwise they are probably marching away from you4 ,enemy in ,position4 7a7 ,if an outpost line1 the patrol locates the line of sentinels1 their positions1 the location and strength of the outguards and1 as far as possible1 all troops in rear4 ,the location of the flanks of the line1 whether in a strong or weak position1 is of the utmost importance4 ,places where the line may be most easily penetrated should be searched for and the strength and routes of the hostile patrols observed4 ,as outposts are usually changed at dawn this is the best time to reconnoiter their positions4 7b7 ,a hostile line of battle is usually hard to approach1 but its extent1 where the flanks rest and whether or not other troops are in rear of these flanks1 should be most carefully determined4 ,information as to the flanks of any force1 the character of the country on each flank1 etc41 is always of the greatest importance1 because the flanks are the weakest portions of a line4 ,in attacking an enemy an effort is almost always made to bring the heaviest fire or blow to bear on one of his flanks4 ,naturally all information about this most vulnerable part of an enemy is of great importance4 #ihd4 ,prisoners4 ,when a patrol is ordered to secure prisoners they should be questioned as soon as captured1 while still excited and their replies can in a way be verified4 ,their answers should be written down 7unknown to them7 and sent back with them as a check on what they may say on second thought4 ,prisoners should always be questioned as to the following points3 ,what regiment1 brigade1 division1 etc41 they belong to2 how long they have been in position1 on the march1 etc42 how much sickness in their organization2 whether their rations are satisfactory2 who commands their troops1 etc4 ,always try to make the prisoners think the questions are asked out of mere curiosity4 #ihe4 ,camp ,noises4 ,the rumble of vehicles1 cracking of whips1 neighing of horses1 braying of mules and barking of dogs often indicate the arrival or departure of troops4 ,if the noise remains in the same place and new fires are lighted1 it is probable that reenforcements have arrived4 ,if the noise grows more indistinct1 the troops are probably withdrawing4 ,if1 added to this1 the fires appear to be dying out1 and the enemy seems to redouble the vigilance of the outposts1 the indications of retreat are strong4 #ihf4 ,abandoned ,camps4 7a7 ,indications are found in the remains of camp fires4 ,they will show1 by their degree of freshness1 whether much or little time elapsed since the enemy left the place1 and the quantity of cinders will give an indication of the length of time he occupied it4 ,they will also furnish a means of estimating his force approximately1 ten men being allowed to each fire4 7b7 ,other valuable indications in regard to the length of time the position was occupied and the time when it was abandoned may be found in the evidence of care or haste in the construction of huts or shelters1 and in the freshness of straw1 grain1 dung or the entrails of slaughtered animals4 ,abandoned clothing1 equipments or harness will give a clue to the arms and regiments composing a retreating force4 ,dead horses lying about1 broken weapons1 discarded knapsacks1 abandoned and broken-down wagons1 etc41 are indications of the fatigue and demoralization of the command4 ,bloody bandages lying about1 and many fresh graves1 are evidences that the enemy is heavily burdened with wounded or sick4 #ihg4 ,flames or ,smoke4 ,if at night the flames of an enemy's camp fires disappear and reappear1 something is moving between the observer and the fires4 ,if smoke as well as flame is visible1 the fires are very near4 ,if the fires are very numerous and lighted successively1 and if soon after being lighted they go out it is probable the enemy is preparing a retreat and trying to deceive us4 ,if the fires burn brightly and clearly at a late hour1 the enemy has probably gone1 and has left a detachment to keep the fires burning4 ,if1 at an unusual time1 much smoke is seen ascending from an enemy's camp1 it is probable that he is engaged in cooking preparatory to moving off4 ,if lines of smoke are seen rising at several points along a railway line in the enemy's rear1 it may be surmised that the railroad is being destroyed by burning the crossties1 and that a retreat is planned4 #ihh4 ,limits of vision4 7a7 ,on a clear day a man with good vision can see3 ,at a distance of #i to #ab miles1 church spires and towers2 ,at a distance of #e to #g miles1 windmills2 ,at a distance of #b-a_/b miles1 chimneys of light color2 ,at a distance of #b1jjj yards1 trunks of large trees2 ,at a distance of #a1jjj yards1 single posts2 ,at #ejj yards the panes of glass may be distinguished in a window4 7b7 ,troops are visible at #b1jjj yards1 at which distance a mounted man looks like a mere speck2 at #a1bjj yards infantry can be distinguished from cavalry2 at #a1jjj yards a line of men looks like a broad belt2 at #fjj yards the files of a squad can be counted1 and at #djj yards the movements of the arms and legs can be plainly seen4 7c7 ,the larger1 brighter or better lighted an object is1 the nearer it seems4 ,an object seems nearer when it has a dark background than when it has a light one1 and closer to the observer when the air is clear than when it is raining1 snowing1 foggy or the atmosphere is filled with smoke4 ,an object looks farther off when the observer is facing the sun than when he has his back to it4 ,a smooth expanse of snow1 grain fields or water makes distances seem shorter than they really are4 ,suggestions for the ,reconnaissance of ,various ,positions and ,localities #ihi4 ,cross roads should be reconnoitered in each direction for a distance depending on how rapidly the patrol must continue on1 how far from the main road the first turn or high point is1 etc4 ,the main body of the patrol usually remains halted near the crossroads1 while flankers do the reconnoitering4 #iij4 ,heights4 ,in reconnoitering a height1 if the patrol is large enough to admit of detaching them1 one or two men climb the slope on either flank1 keeping in sight of the patrol1 if possible4 ,in any case1 one man moves cautiously up the hill1 followed by the others in the file at such distance that each keeps his predecessor in view4 #iia4 ,defiles4 ,on approaching a defile1 if time permits1 the heights on either side are reconnoitered by flankers before the patrol enters4 ,if the heights are inaccessible or time is urgent1 the patrol passes through1 in single file at double time4 ,the same method is adopted in reconnoitering a railroad cut or sunken road4 #iib4 ,bridges and ,fords4 ,at a bridge or ford1 the front of the patrol is contracted so as to bring all the men to the passage4 ,the leading patrolers cross first and reconnoiter the far side to prevent the possibility of the enemy surprising the main body of the patrol as it is crossing the bridge4 ,the patrol then crosses rapidly1 and takes up a proper formation4 ,a bridge is first examined to see that it is safe and has not been tampered with by the enemy4 #iic4 ,woods4 ,the patrol enters a wood in skirmishing order1 the intervals being as great as may be consistent with mutual observation and support on the part of the members of the patrol4 ,on arriving at the farther edge of the wood1 the patrol remains concealed and carefully looks about before passing out to open ground4 ,when there is such a growth of underbrush as to make this method impracticable1 and it is necessary to enter a wood by a road1 the road is reconnoitered as in case of defile1 though not usually at double time4 #iid4 ,enclosures4 ,in reconnoitering an enclosure1 such as a garden1 park or cemetery1 the leading patrolers first examine the exterior1 to make sure that the enemy is not concealed behind one of the faces of the enclosure4 ,they then proceed to examine the interior4 ,great care is taken in reconnoitering and entering an enclosure to avoid being caught in a confined or restricted space by the enemy4 #iie4 ,positions4 ,in approaching a position1 but one man advances 7one is less liable to be detected than two or more71 and he crawls cautiously toward the crest of the hill or edge of the wood or opening of the defile1 while the others remain concealed in the rear until he signals them to advance4 #iif4 ,houses4 ,when a house is approached by a patrol1 it is first reconnoitered from a distance1 and if nothing suspicious is seen1 it is then approached by one or two men1 the rest of the party remaining concealed in observation4 ,if the patrol is large enough to admit of it1 four men approach the house1 so as to examine the front and back entrances at the same time4 ,only one man enters the door1 the others remaining outside to give the alarm1 should a party of the enemy be concealed in the house4 ,the patrol does not remain in the vicinity of the house any longer than necessary1 as information relative to its numbers and movements might be given to the enemy1 if a hostile party should subsequently visit the place4 ,farmhouses are searched for newspapers and the inhabitants questioned4 ,if necessary to go up to a building1 wood or hill1 where an enemy is likely to be concealed1 run for the last couple of hundred yards1 having your rifle ready for instant use1 and make for some point that will afford you cover when you get close up4 ,in the case of a building1 for instance1 you would make for one of the corners4 ,such a maneuver would probably be disconcerting to anyone who might be lying in wait for you1 and would be quite likely to cause them to show themselves sooner than they intended1 and thus give you a chance to turn around and get away4 ,if they fired on you while you were approaching at a run1 they would not be very likely to hit you4 #iig4 ,villages4 7a7 ,in approaching a small village one or two men are sent in to reconnoiter and one around each flank1 but the main body does not enter until the scouts have reported4 ,in small patrols of three to six men so much dispersion is not safe and only one section of the village can be reconnoitered at a time4 7b7 ,if the presence of the enemy is not apparent1 the patrol enters the village4 ,a suitable formation would be in single file at proper distance1 each man being on the opposite side of the street from his predecessor1 thus presenting a more difficult target for hostile fire and enabling the men to watch all windows4 7c7 ,if the patrol is strong enough1 it seizes the postoffice1 telegraph office and railroad stations1 and secures all important papers1 such as files of telegrams sent and received1 instructions to postmasters1 orders of town mayor1 etc41 that may be there4 ,if the patrol is part of the advance guard1 it seizes the mayor and postmaster of the place and turns them over to the commander of the vanguard with the papers seized4 7d7 ,while searching a village sentinels are placed at points of departure to prevent any of the inhabitants from leaving4 ,tall buildings and steeples are ascended and an extensive view of the surrounding country obtained4 7e7 ,at night a village is more cautiously approached by a small party than by day4 ,the patrol glides through back alleys1 across gardens1 etc41 rather than along the main street4 ,if there are no signs of the enemy1 it makes inquiry4 ,if no light is seen1 and it seems imprudent to rouse any of the people1 the patrol watches and captures one of the inhabitants1 and gets from him such information as he may possess4 7f7 ,the best time for the patrol to approach a village is at early dawn1 when it is light enough to see1 but before the inhabitants are up4 ,it is dangerous in the extreme for a small patrol to enter a village unless it is certain that it is not occupied by the enemy1 for the men could be shot down by fire from the windows1 cellarways1 etc41 or entrapped and captured4 ,as a rule large towns and cities are not entered by small patrols1 but are watched from the outside1 as a small force can not effectively reconnoiter and protect itself in such a place4 ,facts ,which ,should ,be ,obtained by ,patrols ,regarding ,certain ,objects #iih4 ,roads4 ,their direction1 their nature 7macadamized1 corduroy plank1 dirt1 etc471 their condition of repair1 their grade1 the nature of crossroads1 and the points where they leave the main roads2 their borders 7woods1 hedges1 fences or ditches71 the places at which they pass through defiles1 cross heights or rivers1 and where they intersect railroads1 their breadth 7whether suitable for column of fours or platoons1 etc474 #iii4 ,railroads4 ,their direction1 gauge1 the number of tracks1 stations and junctions1 their grade1 the length and height of the cuts1 embankments and tunnels4 #ajjj4 ,bridges4 ,their position1 their width and length1 their construction 7trestle1 girder1 etc471 material 7wood1 brick1 stone or iron71 the roads and approaches on each bank4 #ajja4 ,rivers and ,other ,streams4 ,their direction1 width and depth1 the rapidity of the current1 liability to sudden rises and the highest and lowest points reached by the water1 as indicated by drift wood1 etc41 fords1 the nature of the banks1 kinds1 position and number of islands at suitable points of passage1 heights in the vicinity and their command over the banks4 #ajjb4 ,woods4 ,their situation1 extent and shape2 whether clear or containing underbrush2 the number and extent of clearings 7open spaces72 whether cut up by ravines or containing marshes1 etc42 nature of roads passing through them4 #ajjc4 ,canals4 ,their direction1 width and depth2 condition of tow-paths2 locks and means of protecting or destroying them4 #ajjd4 ,telegraphs4 ,whether they follow railroads or common roads2 stations1 number of wires4 #ajje4 ,villages4 ,their situation 7on a height1 in a valley or on a plain72 nature of the surrounding country2 construction of the houses1 nature 7straight or crooked7 and width of streets2 means of defense4 #ajjf4 ,defiles4 ,their direction2 whether straight or crooked2 whether heights on either side are accessible or inaccessible2 nature of ground at each extremity2 width 7frontage of column that can pass through74 #ajjg4 ,ponds and ,marshes4 ,means of crossing2 defensive use that might be made of them as obstacles against enemy2 whether the marshy grounds are practicable for any or all arms4 #ajjh4 ,springs and ,rivulets4 ,nature of approaches2 whether water is drinkable and abundant4 #ajji4 ,valleys4 ,extent and nature2 towns1 villages1 hamlets1 streams1 roads and paths therein2 obstacles offered by or in the valley1 to the movement of troops4 #ajaj4 ,heights4 ,whether slopes are easy or steep2 whether good defensive positions are offered2 whether plateau is wide or narrow2 whether passages are easy or difficult2 whether the ground is broken or smooth1 wooded or clear4 ,suggestions for ,patrols ,employed in ,executing ,demolition 7,destruction or blocking of bridges1 railroads1 etc47 #ajaa4 ,patrols never execute any demolition unless specifically ordered to do so4 ,demolition may be of two different characters3 ,temporary demolition1 such as cutting telegraph wires in but a few places or merely burning the flooring of bridges1 removing a few rails from a track1 etc41 and permanent demolition1 such as cutting down an entire telegraph line1 completely destroying bridges1 blowing in tunnels1 etc4 ,only temporary demolition will be dealt with in this book4 #ajab4 ,telegraph ,line4 ,to temporarily disable telegraph lines1 connect up different wires close to the glass insulators1 wrap a wire around all the wires and bury its ends in the ground 7this grounds or short circuits the wire71 or cut all the wires in one or two places4 #ajac4 ,railroads4 ,to temporarily disable railroads remove the fish plates 7the plates that join the rails together at the ends7 at each end of a short section of track1 preferably upon an embankment1 then have as many men as available raise the track on one side until the ties stand on end and turn the section of track so that it will fall down the embankment2 or1 cut out rails by a charge of dynamite or gun cotton placed against the web and covered up with mud or damp clay4 ,eight to twelve ounces of explosive is sufficient4 ,or blow in the sides of deep cuts or blow down embankments4 ,bridges1 culverts1 tunnels1 etc41 are never destroyed except on a written order of the commander-in-chief4 #ajad4 ,wagon ,road4 7a7 ,bridges can be rendered temporarily useless by removing the flooring1 or1 in the case of steel bridges1 by burning the flooring 7if obtainable1 pour tar or kerosene on flooring71 particularly if there is not time to remove it4 ,short culverts may sometimes be blown in4 ,a hastily constructed barricade across a bridge or in a cut of trees1 wagons1 etc1 may be sufficient in some cases where only the temporary check of hostile cavalry or artillery is desired4 7b7 ,the road bed may be blocked by digging trenches not less than thirty feet wide and six feet deep1 but as this would take a great deal of time patrols would rarely be charged with such work4 #ajae4 ,report on ,return of ,patrol4 ,on returning the patrol leaders should make a short verbal or written report1 almost always the former1 briefly recounting the movements of the patrol1 the information obtained of the enemy1 a description of the country passed over and of friendly troops encountered4 ,of course1 this is not practicable when the situation is changing rapidly and a returning patrol is immediately engaged in some new and pressing duty4 ,model ,reports of ,patrol ,leaders #ajaf4 #a4 ,verbal4 ,patrol ,leader 7,corporal ,b73 ,sir1 ,corporal ,b reports back with his patrol4 ,captain ,a3 ,i received two messages from you1 corporal4 ,what else did you discover8 ,corporal ,b3 ,that was a regiment of infantry1 sir1 with one battalion thrown out as advance guard4 ,the main body of two battalions went into bivouac at the crossroads and the advance guard formed an outpost line along the big creek two miles south of here4 ,captain ,a3 ,give me an account of your movements4 ,corporal ,b3 ,we followed this main road south to the creek1 where we avoided a mounted patrol moving north on the road at #a-de ,p4 ,m41 and then reconnoitered the valley from a ridge west of the road4 ,we followed the ridge south for half a mile to a point where we could see a road crossing the valley and the main road at right angles1 three miles south of here4 ,there we halted1 and at #b3bj what seemed to be the point and advance party 7about forty men7 of an infantry advance guard appeared1 marching north up this road1 the head at the crossroad4 ,i then sent you message ,no4 #a by ,private ,brown4 ,in fifteen minutes three companies had appeared #fjj yards in rear of the advance party1 and ,i could see a heavy1 low column of dust about one-half mile further to the rear4 ,message ,no4 #b was then sent in by ,privates ,baker and ,johnson1 and to avoid several hostile patrols1 ,i drew off further to the northwest4 ,the advance guard then halted and established an outpost line along the south of the creek1 two miles from here4 ,the cloud of dust proved to be two more battalions and a wagon train4 ,these two battalions went into bivouac on opposite sides of this road at the crossroads and sent out strong patrols east and west on the crossroad4 ,five wagons went forward to the outpost battalion and the reserve built cook fires4 ,as ,private ,rush1 here1 was the only man ,i had left1 we started back1 sketching the valley1 ridge and positions of the main body and outpost4 ,here is the sketch1 sir4 ,the fields are all cut crops or meadow4 ,we sighted two foot patrols from the outpost1 moving north about a mile from here1 one following the road and one further east4 ,i did not see any of our patrols4 ,that is all1 sir4 #b4 ,written4 ,report of ,sergeant ,wm4 ,james' ,patrol of ,five ,men ,support ,no4 #a1 ,outpost of #fth ,inf41 ,near ,dixon1 #bb ,aug4 #ab1 #b-cj to #e ,p4 ,m4 ,the patrol followed the timber along the creek for one mile ,s4 from our outguards and leaving the creek bottom moved #a_/b mile ,s4 ,e4 to the wooded hill 7about #hjj ft4 high71 visible from our lines4 ,from this hill top the valley to the east 7about one mile wide7 could be fairly well observed4 ,no signs of the enemy were seen and a message1 ,no4 #a1 was sent back by ,private ,russel4 ,a wagon road runs ,n4 and ,s4 through the valley1 bordered by four or five farms with numerous orchards and cleared fields4 ,both slopes of the valley are heavily wooded4 ,the patrol then moved ,s4 ,w41 until it struck the macadam pike which runs ,n4 and ,s41 through our lines4 ,proceeding ,s4 #djj yds4 on this pike to a low hill a farmer1 on foot1 was met4 ,said he lived one mile further ,s42 was looking for some loose horses2 that four hostile cavalrymen1 from the east1 stopped at his farm at noon1 drank some milk1 took oats for their horses1 inquired the way to ,dixon and rode off in that direction within fifteen minutes4 ,he said they were the first hostiles he had seen2 that they told nothing about themselves1 and they and their horses looked in good condition4 ,farmer appeared friendly and honest4 ,the patrol then returned to our lines following the pike about two miles4 ,road is in good condition1 low hedges and barbed wire fences1 stone culverts and no bridges in the two miles4 ,bordering country is open and gently rolling farming country and all crops are in4 ,a sketch is attached to this report4 ,none of our patrols was seen4 ,respectfully submitted1 ,wm4 ,james1 ,sergeant1 ,co4 ,a1 #fth ,infy4 ,problem in ,patrol ,leading and ,patrolling #ajag4 ,in studying or solving tactical problems on a map you must remember that unless you carefully work out your own solution to the problem before looking at the given solution1 you will practically make no progress4 ,it is best1 if your time permits1 to write out your solutions1 and when you read over the given solutions1 compare the solution of each point with what you thought of that same point when you were solving the problem1 and consider why you did just what you did4 ,without this comparison much of the lasting benefit of the work is lost4 ,in some of these problems both the problem and solutions are presented in dialogue form so as to give company officers examples of the best method of conducting the indoor instruction of their men in minor tactics4 ,it also gives an example of how to conduct a tactical walk out in the country1 simply looking at the ground itself1 instead of a map hanging on the wall4 ,the enlarged ,elementary ,map referred to in ,par4 #ied1 is supposed to be used in this instruction as well as in the war games4 ,problem ,no4 #a4 7,infantry7 #ajah4 ,the ,elementary ,map 7scale #ab inches to the mile7 being hung on the wall1 about two sergeants and two squads of the company are seated in a semicircle facing it1 and the captain is standing beside the map with a pointer 7a barrack cleaning rod makes an excellent pointer74 ,captain3 ,we will suppose that our company has just reached the village of ,york4 ,the enemy is reported to be in the vicinity of ,boling and ,oxford 7he points out on the map all places as they are mentioned74 ,we are in the enemy's country4 ,corporal ,james1 ,i call you up at #c ,p4 ,m4 and give you these orders3 ,nothing has been seen of the enemy yet4 ,our nearest troops are three miles south of here4 ,take four men from your squad and reconnoiter along this road 7,county ,road7 into the valley on the other side of that ridge over there 7points to the ridge just beyond the cemetery71 and see if you can discover anything about the enemy4 ,report back here by #e o'clock4 ,i am sending a patrol out the ,valley ,pike4 ,now1 ,corporal1 state just what you would do4 ,corporal ,james3 ,i would go to my squad1 fall in ,privates ,amos1 ,barlow1 ,sharp and ,brown2 see that they had full canteens2 that their arms were all right2 that they were not lame or sick and ,i would have them leave their blanket rolls1 haversacks and entrenching tools with the company4 7,par4 #ifd47 ,i would then give these orders 7,par4 #ifc72 ,we are ordered out on patrol duty4 ,nothing has been seen of the enemy yet4 ,our nearest troops are three miles south of here4 ,we are ordered to reconnoiter along this road into the valley on the other side of that ridge1 and see if we can discover anything about the enemy4 ,another patrol is going up the ,valley ,pike4 ,reports are to be sent here4 ,in case we are scattered we will meet at the woods on the hill over there 7indicates the clump of trees just west of ,mills' farm74 ,i will go ahead4 ,amos1 follow about fifty yards behind me4 ,barlow1 you and ,sharp keep about #ajj yards behind ,amos1 and ,brown will follow you at half that distance4 ,all keep on the opposite side of the road from the man ahead of you4 7,par4 #ifh47 ,captain3 ,all right1 ,corporal1 now describe what route you will follow4 ,corporal ,james3 ,the patrol will keep to the ,county ,road until the crest of the ridge near the stone wall is reached1 when what ,i see in the valley beyond will decide my route for me4 ,captain3 ,how about the woods west of the stone walls8 ,corporal ,james3 ,if ,i did not see anyone from our patrol on the ,valley ,pike reconnoitering there1 ,i would give ,barlow these orders just after we have examined the cemetery1 when the patrol would have temporarily closed up somewhat3 ,barlow1 take ,sharp and examine that little woods over there4 ,join us at the top of this hill4 ,i would then wave to ,brown to close up and would proceed to the hill top4 ,captain3 ,barlow what do you do8 ,private ,barlow3 ,i would say1 ,sharp1 out straight across for that woods4 ,i will follow you4 ,i would follow about #ajj yards behind him4 ,when he reached the edge of the woods ,i would signal him to halt by holding up my left hand4 ,after ,i had closed up to about fifty yards ,i would say to him1 ,go into the woods and keep me in sight4 ,i would walk along the edge of the woods where ,i could see ,sharp and the corporal's patrol on the road at the same time4 ,captain3 ,that is all right1 ,barlow4 ,corporal1 you should have instructed ,amos or ,brown to keep close watch on ,barlow for signals4 ,corporal ,james3 ,i intended to watch him myself4 ,captain3 ,no1 you would have enough to do keeping on the alert for what was ahead of you4 ,now describe how you lead the patrol to the top of the hill1 by the stone wall4 ,corporal ,james3 ,when ,i reached the crest ,i would hold up my hand for the patrol to halt and would cautiously advance and look ahead into the valley4 ,if ,i saw nothing suspicious ,i would wave to the men to close up and say1 ,amos1 go to that high ground about #bej yards over there 7indicates the end of the nose made by the #fj-;foot contour just north of the east end of the stone wall71 and look around the country4 ,i would keep ,brown behind the crest1 watching ,barlow's movements4 ,captain3 ,now1 ,corporal1 ,amos reaches the point you indicated and ,barlow and ,sharp join you4 ,what do you do8 ,corporal ,james3 ,can ,i see the ,steel ,bridge over ,sandy ,creek8 ,captain3 ,no1 it is three-fourths of a mile away and the trees along the road by ,smith's hide it4 ,you can see the cut in the road east of the bridge and the ,smith house1 but the crossroads are hidden by the trees bordering the roads4 ,you see nothing suspicious4 ,it is a clear1 sunny afternoon4 ,the roads are dusty and the trees in full foliage4 ,the valley is principally made up of fields of cut hay1 corn stubble and meadow land4 ,corporal ,james3 ,does ,private ,amos give me any information8 ,captain3 ,no1 he makes you no signals4 ,you see him sitting behind a bush looking northwest1 down the valley4 ,corporal ,james3 ,i would say1 ,barlow1 head straight across to where that line of trees meets the road 7indicates the point where the lane from ,mills' farm joins the ,chester ,pike74 ,sharp1 keep about fifty yards to my right rear4 ,i would follow ,barlow at #aej yards and when ,i had reached the bottom land ,i would wave to ,amos to follow us4 ,captain3 ,how about ,brown8 ,corporal ,james3 ,i had already given him his orders to follow as rear guard and he should do so without my telling him4 ,captain3 ,amos1 what do you do when you see the corporal wave to you8 ,private ,amos3 ,i would go down the hill and join him4 ,captain3 ,no1 you could do better than that4 ,you are too far from the corporal for him to signal you to do much of anything except stay there or join him4 ,you should join him1 but you should not go straight down to him4 ,you should head so as to strike the ,mills' ,lane about #ajj yards east of the house and then go down the lane1 first looking along the stone wall4 ,in this way you save time in reconnoitering the ground near the ,mills' farm and protect the patrol against being surprised by an enemy hidden by the line of trees1 or the wall along the lane4 ,you are not disobeying your orders but just using common sense in following them out and thinking about what the corporal is trying to do4 ,now1 ,corporal1 why didn't you go to the ,smith house and find out if the people there had seen anything of the enemy8 ,corporal ,james3 ,you said we were in the enemy's country1 sir1 so ,i thought it best to avoid the inhabitants until ,i found ,i could not get information in any other way4 ,i intended first to see if ,i could locate any enemy around here1 and if not1 to stop at houses on my return4 ,in this way ,i would be gone before the people could send any information to the enemy about my patrol4 ,captain3 ,barlow reaches the ,chester ,pike where the ,mills' lane leaves it4 ,you are about #aej yards in his rear4 ,sharp is #ej yards off to your right rear1 ,amos #ajj yards to your left rear and ,brown #ej yards behind you4 ,just as ,barlow starts to climb over the barbed wire fence into the ,chester ,pike you see him drop down on the ground4 ,he signals1 ,enemy in sight4 ,tell me quickly what would you do8 ,corporal ,james3 ,i would wave my hand for all to lie down1 and ,i would hasten forward1 stooping over as ,i ran1 until ,i was about twenty yards from him1 when ,i would crawl forward to the fence1 close by him4 ,just before ,i reached him ,i would ask him what he saw4 ,captain3 ,he replies1 ,there are some hostile foot soldiers coming up this road4 ,corporal ,james3 ,i would crawl forward and look4 ,captain3 ,you see three or four men1 about #ejj yards north of you1 coming up the ,chester ,pike4 ,they are scattered out4 ,corporal ,james3 ,i would say1 ,crawl into the lane1 keep behind the stone wall1 watch those fellows1 and work your way to that farm 7indicates the ,mills' farm74 ,i would start towards the ,mills' farm myself1 under cover of the trees along the lane and would wave to the other men to move rapidly west1 towards the hills4 ,captain3 ,why didn't you try to hide near where you were and allow the hostile men to pass8 ,corporal ,james3 ,there does not seem to be any place to hide near there that a patrol would not probably examine4 ,captain3 ,what is your plan now8 ,corporal ,james3 ,i want to get my patrol up to that small woods near the ,mills' farm1 but ,i hardly expect to be able to get them up to that point without their being seen4 ,in any event1 ,i want them well back from the road where they can lie down and not be seen by the enemy when he passes4 ,captain3 ,you succeed in collecting your patrol in the woods without their being seen1 and you see four foot soldiers in the road at the entrance to the land4 ,one man starts up the lane1 the others remaining on the road4 ,corporal ,james3 ,i say1 ,brown1 go through these woods and hurry straight across to ,york4 ,you should be able to see the village from the other side of the woods4 ,report to the captain that a hostile patrol of four foot men is working south up the valley1 two miles northeast of ,york4 ,we will go further north4 ,repeat what ,i have told you4 7,par4 #igi47 ,captain3 ,why didn't you send this message before8 ,corporal ,james3 ,because we were moving in the same direction that the messenger would have had to go1 and1 by waiting a very few minutes1 ,i was able to tell whether it was a mere patrol or the point of an advance guard4 ,captain3 ,do you think it correct to send a messenger back with news about a small patrol8 ,corporal ,james3 ,ordinarily it would be wrong1 but as nothing has been seen of the enemy until now1 this first news is important because it proves to the ,captain that the enemy really is in this neighborhood1 which it seems to me is a very important thing for him to know and what my mission required me to do4 7,par4 #iha47 ,captain3 ,what are you going to do now1 ,corporal8 ,corporal ,james3 ,we have traveled about two miles and stopped frequently1 so it must be about #d o'clock4 ,it is one and one-third miles back to ,york1 where ,i should arrive about #e o'clock4 ,it would take me twenty-five minutes to go from here to ,york1 so ,i have about thirty-five minutes left before #e o'clock4 ,this will permit me to go forward another mile and still be able to reach ,york on time4 ,it is two-thirds of a mile to the ,mason farm1 and if the hostile patrol appears to be going on1 ,i will start for that point4 ,did anyone at the ,mills' farm see us8 ,captain3 ,no1 but tell me first why you do not go along this high ground that overlooks the valley8 ,corporal ,james3 ,because our patrol that started out the ,valley ,pike is probably near ,twin ,hills and ,i want to cover other country4 ,the orchard at ,mason's would obstruct my view from the hills4 ,captain3 ,the hostile patrol goes on south4 ,describe briefly your next movements4 ,corporal ,james3 ,i lead my patrol over to ,mason's and1 concealing two of the men so that both roads and the house can be watched1 ,i take one man and reconnoiter around the farm yard and go up to the house to question the inhabitants4 7,par4 #iif47 ,captain3 ,you find one woman there who says some other soldiers1 on foot1 passed there a few minutes ago1 marching south4 ,she gives you no other information about the enemy or country4 ,corporal ,james3 ,i would send ,amos over to see how deep and wide ,sandy ,creek is 7,par4 #ajja47 ,when he returned ,i would take the patrol over to ,twin ,hills1 follow the ridge south to the stone wall on the ,county ,road1 watching the valley for signs of the hostile patrol1 and follow the road back to ,york2 then make my report to the ,captain1 telling him where ,i had gone1 all ,i had seen1 including a description of the country4 ,if ,i had not been hurried1 ,i would have made a sketch of the valley4 ,i can make a rough one after ,i get in4 7,par4 #ajae47 ,captain3 ,suppose on your way back you saw hostile troops appearing on the ,county ,road1 marching west over ,sandy ,ridge4 ,would you stay out longer or would you consider that you should reach ,oxford by #e o'clock8 ,corporal ,james3 ,i would send a message back at once1 and remain out long enough to find out the strength and probable intention of the new enemy4 ,captain 7to one platoon of his troop of cavalry73 ,we will suppose that this troop has just 7#i ,a4 ,m47 arrived in ,boling 7,elementary ,map7 on a clear1 dry1 summer day4 ,the enemy is supposed to be near ,salem and we have seen several of his patrols this morning on our march south to ,boling4 ,sergeant ,allen1 ,i call you up and give you these instructions3 ,take ,corporal ,burt's squad 7eight men7 and reconnoiter south by this road 7indicates the ,boling-,morey house road7 to ,salem4 ,i will take the troop straight south to ,salem and you will join it there about #aj3ae4 ,it is four and one-half miles to ,salem4 ,start at once4 7,you have no map47 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would like to know just what the ,captain wishes my patrol to do4 7,par4 #ife47 ,captain3 ,we will suppose that this is one of the many occasions in actual campaign where things must be done quickly4 ,where there is no time for detailed orders4 ,you know that the troop has been marching south towards ,salem where the enemy is supposed to be4 ,you also know we have seen several of his patrols4 ,i have told you what the troop is going to do1 and from all this you should be able to decide what your mission is in this case4 ,we will1 therefore1 consider that there is no time to give you more detailed orders1 and you have to decide for yourself4 ,of course1 if you had failed to hear just what ,i said1 then1 in spite of the necessity for haste1 ,i would repeat my instructions to you4 7,par4 #ifc47 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would ride over to ,corporal ,burt's squad and lead it out of the column to the road leading to the ,morey house1 and say1 ,the troop is going on straight south to ,salem1 four and one-half miles away4 ,this squad will reconnoiter south to ,salem by this road1 joining the troop there about #aj3ae4 ,in case we become separated1 make for ,salem4 ,corporal1 take ,brown and form the point4 ,i will follow with the squad about #cjj yards in rear4 ,regulate your gait on me after you get your distance4 ,move out now at a trot4 7,par4 #ifc47 ,after ,corporal ,burt had gotten #aej yards out ,i would say1 ,carter1 move out as connecting file4 ,i would then say1 ,downs1 you will follow about #aej yards behind us as rear guard4 ,when ,carter had gone #aej yards down the road ,i would order1 #a4 ,forward2 #b4 ,trot2 #c4 ,march1 and ride off at the head of the four remaining men 7in column of twos47 7,par4 #ifh47 ,captain3 ,sergeant1 tell me briefly what is your estimate of the situation--that is1 what sort of a proposition you have before you and how you have decided to handle it4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,as the enemy is supposed to be near ,salem and we have already seen his patrols1 ,i expect to encounter more patrols and may meet a strong body of the enemy1 on my way to ,salem4 ,as ,i have no map1 ,i cannot tell anything about the road1 except that it is about four and one-half miles by the direct road the troop will follow1 therefore my route will be somewhat longer4 ,i have been given an hour and fifteen minutes in which to make the trip1 so1 if ,i move at a trot along the safer portions of the road4 ,i will have time to proceed very slowly and cautiously along the dangerous portions4 ,my patrol will be stretched out about #ejj yards on the road1 which should make it difficult for the enemy to surprise us and yet should permit my controlling the movements of the men4 7,par4 #ifh47 ,i consider that my mission is to start out on this road and find my way around to ,salem in about an hour and1 particularly1 to get word across to the ,captain on the other road of anything of importance about the enemy that ,i may learn4 ,captain3 ,very well4 ,when you reach the cut in the road across the south nose of ,hill #ch1 your point has almost reached the ,morey house4 ,do you make any change in your patrol8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i order1 #a4 ,walk1 #b4 ,,march1 and watch to see if the connecting file observes the change in gait and comes to a walk4 ,captain3 ,suppose he does not come to a walk8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would say1 ,smith1 gallop ahead and tell ,carter to walk and to keep more on the alert4 ,captain3 ,corporal ,burt1 you reach the road fork at ,morey's4 ,what do you do8 ,corporal ,burt3 ,i say1 ,brown1 wait here until ,carter is close enough to see which way you go and then trot up to me4 ,i would walk on down the road4 ,captain3 ,wouldn't you make any inspection of the ,morey house8 ,corporal ,burt3 ,not unless ,i saw something suspicious from the road4 ,i would expect the main body of the patrol to do that4 ,captain3 ,don't you make any change on account of the woods you are passing8 ,corporal ,burt3 ,no1 sir4 ,it has very heavy underbrush and we would lose valuable time trying to search through it4 ,a large force of the enemy would hardly hide in such a place4 ,captain3 ,sergeant ,allen1 you reach the road fork4 ,what do you do8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would have two men go into the ,morey house to question anyone they found there4 ,i would order one of the other two men to trot up 7north7 that road #bjj yards and wait until ,i signaled to him to return4 ,with the other man ,i would await the result of the inspection of the ,morey house4 ,corporal ,burt should have gone ahead without orders to the cut in the road across ,long ,ridge1 leaving ,brown half way between us4 7,pars4 #ihg to #iif47 ,captain3 ,you find no one at the ,morey house4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would signal the man to the north to come in4 ,i would then order two men to find a gate in the fence and trot up on that hill 7indicating ,long ,ridge71 and look around the country and join me down this road4 7,par4 #ifh47 ,i would then start south at a walk1 halting at the cut to await the result of the inspection on the country from the hill4 ,captain3 ,foster1 you and ,lacey are the two men sent up on ,long ,ridge4 ,when you reach the hilltop you see four hostile cavalrymen trotting north on the ,valley ,pike1 across the railroad track4 ,private ,foster3 ,i signal like this 7enemy in sight71 and wait to see if they go on north4 7,par4 #igh47 ,do ,i see anything else behind or ahead of them8 ,captain3 ,you see no other signs of the enemy on any road4 ,everything looks quiet4 ,the hostile cavalrymen pass the ,baker house and continue north4 ,private ,foster3 ,i would then take ,lacey1 trot down the ridge to ,sergeant ,allen1 keeping below the crest and report1 ,sergeant1 ,we saw four hostile mounted men trotting north on the road about three-quarters of a mile over there 7pointing71 and they kept on north1 across that road 7pointing to the ,brown-,baker-,oxford road74 ,there was nothing else in sight4 ,i would then tell him what the country to the south looked like1 if he wanted to know4 ,captain3 ,sergeant ,allen1 what do you do now8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would continue toward the ,brown house at a trot4 ,i would send no message to you as you already know there are hostile patrols about and therefore this information would be of little or no importance to you4 7,par4 #iha47 ,captain3 ,you arrive at ,brown's house4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would send two men in to question the people and ,i would continue on at a walk4 ,i would not send any one up the road towards ,oxford as ,foster has already seen that road4 ,captain3 ,you should have sent a man several hundred yards out the ,farm ,lane4 7,par4 #ihi47 ,if he moved at a trot it would only have taken a very short time4 ,continue to describe your movements4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would halt at the railroad track until ,i saw my two men coming on from the ,brown house4 ,i would then direct the other two men who were with me to go through the first opening in the fence to the west and ride south along that ridge 7#fb--,lone ,hill--,twin ,hills' ridge7 until ,i signaled them to rejoin4 ,i would tell them to look out for our troop over to the east4 ,if there were a great many fences ,i would not send them out until we were opposite the southern edge of that woods ahead of us4 ,there ,i would send them to the high ground to look over the country1 and return at once4 ,captain3 ,there are a great many fences west of the road and practically none east of the road to ,sandy ,creek4 ,just as you arrive opposite the southern edge of those woods and are giving orders for the two men to ride up the hill1 you hear firing in the direction of ,bald ,knob4 ,in the road at the foot of the south slope of ,bald ,knob1 where the trail to the quarry starts off1 you can see quite a clump of horses4 ,you see nothing to the west of your position or towards ,mason's4 ,what do you do8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i signal ,,rally to ,carter and ,downs4 ,if there is a gate nearby ,i lead my men through it4 ,if not1 ,i have them cut or break an opening in the fence and ride towards the railroad fill at a fast trot1 having one man gallop ahead as point4 ,when we reach the fill1 the point having first looked beyond it1 ,i order1 ,,dismount4 ,lacey1 hold the horses4 #a4 ,as skirmishers along that fill1 #b4 ,,march4 ,when ,corporal ,burt1 ,brown1 ,carter and ,downs come up ,lacey takes their horses and they join the line of skirmishers4 ,captain1 what do ,i see from the fill8 ,captain3 ,there appear to be about twenty or thirty horses in the group4 ,the firing seems to come from the cut in the road just north of the horses and from the clump of trees by the ,quarry4 ,you can also hear firing from a point further north on the road1 apparently your troop replying to the fire from ,bald ,knob4 ,you see nothing in the road south of the horses as far as ,hill #db1 which obstructs your view4 ,what action do you take8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i order1 ,,at ,,the ,,feet ,,of ,,those ,,horses4 ,,range1 #hej4 ,,clip ,,fire4 ,captain3 ,what is your object in doing as you have done8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i know the captain intended to go to ,salem with the troop4 ,from the fact that he is replying to the hostile fire ,i judge he still wishes to push south4 ,i was ordered to reconnoiter along this road1 but now a situation has arisen where the troop is being prevented or delayed in doing what was desired and ,i am in what appears to be a very favorable position from which to give assistance to the troop and enable them to push ahead4 ,i am practically in rear of the enemy and within effective range of their lead horses4 ,i therefore think my mission has at least temporarily changed and ,i should try and cause the twenty or thirty hostile troopers to draw off 7,par4 #ajaa74 ,besides1 ,i think it is my business to find out what the strength of this enemy is and whether or not he has reinforcements coming up from ,salem1 and send this information to the captain4 ,from my position ,i can still watch the ,chester ,pike4 ,captain3 ,after you have emptied your clips you see the enemy running down out of the cut and from among the trees mount their horses and gallop south4 ,what do you do8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would send ,foster across the creek above the trestle 7south of trestle71 to ride across to that road 7pointing towards the cut on ,bald ,hill7 and tell the captain1 who is near there1 that about thirty men were on the hill and they have galloped south1 and that ,i am continuing towards ,salem4 ,i would have ,foster repeat the message that ,i gave him4 ,i would then trot back to the ,chester ,pike and south to ,mason's1 taking up our old formation4 ,captain3 ,you see nothing unusual at ,mason's and continue south until you reach the cross roads by the ,smith farm4 ,corporal ,burt and ,private ,brown are near the stone bridge south of ,smith's2 ,private ,carter is half way between you and ,corporal ,burt2 and ,private ,downs is #ajj yards north of ,smith's4 ,you have three men with you4 ,what do you do8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,what time is it now8 ,captain3 ,it is now #i3de ,a4 ,m4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would say1 ,lacey1 take ,jackson and gallop as far as that cut in the road 7points east7 and see if you can locate the enemy or our troop in the valley beyond4 ,i will wave my hat over my head when ,i want you to return4 ,i would then say to ,private ,moore1 ,gallop down to ,corporal ,burt and tell him to fall back in this direction #ajj yards1 and then you return here bringing the other two men with you4 ,i would then await the result of ,private ,lacey's reconnaissance1 sending ,carter to the turn in the road #bjj yards west of the cross roads4 ,captain3 ,lacey1 what do you do8 ,private ,lacey3 ,i order ,jackson1 ,follow #ge yards behind me and watch for signals from ,sergeant ,allen1 and ,i then gallop across the steel bridge and half way up the hill4 ,i then move cautiously up to the cut and1 if the fences permit1 ,i ride up on the side of the cut1 dismounting just before reaching the crest of the ridge1 and walk forward until ,i can see into the valley beyond4 ,captain3 ,you see no signs of the enemy in the valley1 but you see your own troop on the road by the ,gibbs farm with a squad in advance in the road on ,hill #db4 ,private ,lacey3 ,i look towards ,sergeant ,allen to see if he is signaling4 ,i make no signals4 ,captain3 ,what do you do1 ,sergeant8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i wave my hat for ,private ,lacey to return4 ,i wave to ,private ,downs to join me and when ,private ,lacey arrives ,i signal ,,assemble to ,corporal ,burt and then say1 ,lacey1 join ,corporal ,burt and tell him to follow me as rear guard4 ,martin1 join ,carter and tell him to trot west4 ,we will follow4 ,you stay with him4 ,after he got started ,i would order1 ,follow me4 #a4 ,trot2 #b4 ,,march4 ,captain3 ,when ,private ,carter reaches the crest of the ridge about one-half mile west of ,smith's he signals1 ,enemy in sight in large numbers1 and he remains in the road with ,martin fifty yards in rear4 7,par4 #igh47 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i order1 #a4 ,walk2 #b4 ,,march4 #a4 ,squad2 #b4 ,,halt1 and gallop up to ,private ,carter1 dismount just before reaching the crest1 give my horse up to ,private ,martin1 and run forward4 ,captain3 ,carter points out what appears to be a troop of cavalry standing in the road leading north out of ,york1 just on the edge of the town4 ,you see about four mounted men #bjj yards out of ,york on your road1 halted1 and about the same number on the ,valley ,pike near where it crosses the first stream north of ,york4 ,what do you do8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i wait about three minutes to see if they are going to move4 ,captain3 ,they remain halted1 the men at ,york appear to be dismounted4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i write the following message3 ,hill #a_/b mile ,n4 ,e4 of ,york1 #aj ,a4 ,m4 ,captain ,x3 ,a hostile troop of cavalry is standing in road at ,,york 7west of ,,salem7 with squads halted on ,n4 and ,n4 ,e4 roads from ,,york4 ,nothing else seen4 ,will remain in observation for the present4 ,allen1 ,sgt4 7,pars4 #igi and #iha47 ,i would give the message to ,martin1 who had previously brought my horse up close in rear of the crest1 and would say to him1 ,take this message to the captain1 straight across to the road the troop is on1 and turn south towards ,salem if you do not see them at first4 ,take ,lacey with you4 ,tell him what you have seen4 ,he knows where the troop is4 ,i would have ,carter hold my horse1 and watch the remainder of the patrol for signals1 while ,i observed the enemy4 ,captain3 ,at the end of five minutes the hostile troop trots north on the ,valley ,pike1 the patrol on your road rides across to the ,valley ,pike and follows the troop4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would wait until the troops had crossed the creek north of ,york and would then face my patrol east and trot to the cross roads at ,smith's1 turn south and continue to ,salem1 sending one man to ride up on ,sandy ,ridge1 keeping the patrol in sight4 ,captain3 ,we have carried out the problem far enough4 ,it furnishes a good example of the varying situations a patrol leader has to meet4 ,good judgment or common sense must be used in deciding on the proper course to follow4 ,you must always think of what your chief is trying to do and then act in the way you think will best help him to accomplish his object4 ,if you have carefully decided just what mission you have been given to accomplish1 you cannot easily go wrong4 ,in handling a mounted patrol you must remember that if the men become widely separated in strange country1 or even in country they are fairly familiar with1 they are most apt to lose all contact with each other or become lost themselves4 ,problem ,no4 #b4 7,infantry7 #ajai4 ,captain 7to one platoon of his company73 ,we will suppose it is about half an hour before dawn4 ,one platoon of the company is deployed as skirmishers1 facing north1 in the cut where the ,county ,road crosses ,sandy ,ridge4 ,it is the extreme right of a line of battle extending west along the line of the ,county ,road4 ,the fight was not commenced4 ,this platoon is resting in a wheat field between the railroad and the foot of the slope of ,sandy ,ridge1 #bjj yards south of the ,county ,road4 ,sergeant ,allen1 ,i call you up and give you these instructions3 ,the enemy's line is off in that direction 7pointing northwest74 ,take six men and work north along the railroad until it is light enough to see2 then locate the hostile line and keep me informed of their movements4 ,i will be in this vicinity4 ,you have a compass4 ,start at once4 ,describe briefly the formation of your patrol while it is moving in the dark4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,one man will lead4 ,a second man will follow about fifteen yards in rear of him4 ,i will follow the second man at the same distance with three more men1 and the last man will be about twenty yards in rear of me4 ,all will have bayonets fixed1 loaded and pieces locked4 ,one short1 low whistle will mean1 ,halt1 two short whistles will mean1 ,forward1 and the word ,sandy will be the countersign by which we can identify each other4 ,captain3 ,very well4 ,we will suppose that you reach the steel trestle over ,sandy ,creek just at dawn and have met no opposition and heard nothing of the enemy4 ,on either side of ,sandy ,creek are fields of standing corn about six feet tall4 ,in the present dim light you can only see a few hundred yards off4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,the patrol being halted ,i would walk forward to the leading man 7,brown7 and say1 ,brown1 take ,carter and form the point for the patrol1 continuing along this railroad4 ,we will follow about #aej yards in rear4 ,i would then rejoin the main body of the patrol and order the man in rear to follow about #ge yards in rear of us4 ,when the point had gained its distance ,i would move forward with the main body1 ordering one man to move along the creek bank 7west bank71 keeping abreast of us until ,i signaled to him to come in4 ,captain3 ,just as you reach the northern end of the railroad fill your point halts and you detect some movement in the road to the west of you4 ,it is rapidly growing lighter4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would move the main body by the left flank into the corn1 signaling to the man following the creek to rejoin1 and for the rear guard to move off the track also4 ,i would expect ,brown to do the same1 even before he saw what we had done4 ,i would then close up on the point until ,i could see it and1 halting all the patrol1 ,i would order ,foster to take ,lacey and work over towards the road to see what is there and to report back to me immediately4 ,captain3 ,in a few minutes ,foster returns and reports1 ,the enemy is moving south in the road and in the field beyond1 in line of squads or sections4 ,a hostile patrol is moving southeast across the field behind us4 ,we were not seen4 7,note3 ,this situation could well have been led up to by requiring ,private ,foster to explain how he conducted his reconnaissance and having him formulate his report on the situation as given47 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would then work my patrol closer to the road1 keeping ,foster out on that flank1 and prepare to follow south in rear of the hostile movement4 ,captain3 ,the information you have gained is so important that you should have sent a man back to me with a verbal message1 particularly as you are in a very dangerous position1 and may not be able to send a message later4 ,while you have not definitely located the left of the enemy's line1 you have apparently discovered what appears to be a movement of troops forward to form the left of the attacking line4 ,your action in turning south to follow the troops just reported1 is proper1 as you now know you are partly in rear of the hostile movement and must go south to locate the hostile flank that your mission requires you to report on4 ,you men must picture in your minds the appearance of the country the sergeant is operating through4 ,his patrol is now in a field of high standing corn4 ,unless you are looking down between the regular rows of corn you can only see a few yards ahead of you4 ,the road has a wire fence and is bordered by a fairly heavy growth of high weeds and bushes4 ,the ground is dry and dusty4 ,sergeant1 how do you conduct your movement south8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,as my patrol is now in a very dangerous neighborhood and very liable to be caught between two hostile lines1 with a deep creek between our present position and our platoon1 ,i think it best to move cautiously southeast until ,i reach the creek bank 7,i cannot see it from where ,i now am71 and then follow the creek south4 ,i think ,i am very apt to find the enemy's left resting on this creek4 ,besides1 if ,i do not soon locate the enemy1 ,i can hold the main body of my patrol close to the creek and send scouts in towards the road to search for the enemy4 ,it will also be much easier to send information back to the platoon from the creek bank1 as a messenger can ford it and head southeast until he strikes the railroad and then follow that straight back to our starting point4 ,it would thus be very difficult for him to get lost4 ,captain3 ,you move southeast and strike the creek bank just south of the railroad trestle4 ,you now hear artillery fire off to the west and a rifle fire to the southwest which gradually increases in volume4 ,you see a high cloud of dust hanging over the road on the hill west of ,mason's and south of this road on the north slope of the northern-most knoll of the ,twin ,hills1 you can occasionally see the flash of a gun1 artillery being discharged4 ,there seems to be no rifle firing directly in your front4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i hurriedly write the following message3 ,at ,ry4 trestle #a mi4 ,n4 of ,platoon1 #e3ae ,a4 ,m4 ,captain ,x3 ,can see arty4 firing from position on ,n4 slope of knoll on high ridge to ,w4 of me1 and #a_/d mi4 ,s4 of ,e4 and ,w4 road4 ,hostile line is ,s4 of me4 ,have not located it4 ,will move ,s4 ,allen1 ,sgt4 7,par4 #dgd47 ,i hand this to ,private ,smith and say to him4 ,carry this quickly to the captain4 ,follow the railroad back until you cross a wagon road4 ,our platoon should be to the west of the track just beyond the road4 ,i also read the message to ,smith and point out the hostile artillery4 ,i have considered that ,i sent a message before telling about the hostile advance4 ,i then continue south1 moving slowly and with great caution4 ,i instruct the remaining four men that in case we are surprised to try to cross the creek and follow the railroad back to the platoon4 ,captain3 ,your information about the hostile artillery position was important and should have been sent in1 provided you think your description of the hostile position was sufficiently clear to be understood by an observer within your own lines4 ,there is some question as to the advisability of your remaining on the west bank of the creek4 ,still you would not be able to tell from where you were what direction the creek took1 so you probably would remain on the west bank for the present4 ,you continue south for about #aej yards and your leading man halts1 comes back to you1 and reports that the corn ahead is broken and trampled1 showing it has been passed over by foot troops4 ,about the same time you hear rifle fire to your immediate front4 ,it sounds very close4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i say1 ,cross this creek at once1 and when we reach the other bank and the patrol forms again1 we move slowly south1 all the men keeping away from the creek bank1 except myself1 and ,i march opposite the two men constituting the main body4 ,captain3 ,about this time you detect a movement in the corn across the creek in rear of the place you have just left4 ,you think it is a body of troops moving south4 ,the firing in front seems to be delivered from a point about two or three hundred yards south of you and you can hear heavy firing from off in the direction of your company1 a few bullets passing overhead4 ,there are scattered trees along the creek and some bushes close to the edge4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would conceal myself close to the bank1 the patrol being back1 out of sight from the opposite bank1 and await developments4 ,captain3 ,sergeant1 your patrol is in a dangerous position4 ,the enemy will very likely have a patrol or detachment in rear and beyond his flank4 ,this patrol would probably cross the railroad trestle and take you in rear4 ,you should have given the last men in your patrol particular instructions to watch the railroad to the north4 ,it would have been better if you had sent one man over to the railroad1 which is only a short distance away1 and had him look up and down the track and also make a hurried survey of the country from an elevated position on the fill4 ,i also think it would be better not to await developments where you now are1 but to push south and make sure of the position of the left of the enemy's firing line1 later you can devote more time to the movements in rear of the first line4 ,you are taking too many chances in remaining where you are4 ,i do not mean that you should leave merely because you might have some of your men killed or captured1 but because if this did occur you would probably not be able to accomplish your mission4 ,later you may have to run a big chance of sacrificing several of your men1 in order to get the desired information1 which would be entirely justifiable4 ,tell me how your men are arranged and what your next movement would be4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i have four men left1 ,i am close to the stream's bank1 under cover2 two men are about #be yards further away from the stream2 ,private ,brown is up stream as far off as he can get and still see the other two men1 and ,private ,foster is down stream the same distance4 ,both ,brown and ,foster are well back from the stream4 ,the two men in the middle1 the main body of the patrol1 make their movements conform to mine1 and ,brown and ,foster regulate their movements on the main body4 ,i will move south until ,i can locate the enemy's advance line4 ,captain3 ,when you are opposite the ,mason house1 ,brown comes back to you1 having signaled halt1 and reports he can see the enemy's firing line about #ajj yards ahead on the other side of the stream1 and that a small detachment is crossing the stream just beyond where he was4 ,what do you do8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i creep forward with ,brown to verify his report4 ,the remainder of the patrol remains in place4 ,captain3 ,you find everything as ,brown reported4 ,you see that the firing line extends along the southern edge of the cornfield1 facing an uncultivated field covered with grass and frequent patches of weeds two or three feet high4 ,you cannot determine how strong the line is1 but a heavy fire is being delivered4 ,you cannot see the detachment that crossed the creek south of you because of the standing corn4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i crawl back to the main body1 leaving ,brown1 and write the following message3 #e_/f mi4 ,n4 of ,platoon1 #e3cb ,a4 ,m4 ,captain ,x3 ,enemy's left rests on creek #c_/d mile to your front1 along ,s4 edge of cornfield4 ,creek is #e ft4 deep by #fj ft4 wide4 ,hostile patrols have crossed the creek4 ,will watch their rear4 ,allen1 ,sgt4 ,i give this to ,private ,james and say1 ,go over to the railroad 7pointing71 then turn to your right and follow the track until you cross a wagon road4 ,our platoon is just beyond that1 on this side of the track4 ,give this message to the captain4 ,hurry4 ,captain3 ,you should have either read the message to ,james or had him read it4 ,you should also have cautioned him to watch out for that hostile detachment4 ,it might be better to send another man off with a duplicate of the message1 as there is quite a chance that ,james may not get through and the message is all-important4 ,james1 you get back to the wagon road here 7pointing7 and find yourself in the right of your battle line1 but cannot locate me or the company right away4 ,private ,james3 ,i would show the note to the first officer ,i saw in any event1 and in this case1 ,i would turn it over to the officer who appeared to be in command of the battalion or regiment on the right of the line1 telling him what company the patrol belonged to1 when we went out1 etc4 ,captain3 ,what do you do1 sergeant8 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i start to move north a short distance in order to find out what reenforcements are in rear of the hostile line4 ,captain3 ,after you have moved about #ge yards you are suddenly fired into from across the creek1 and at the same time from the direction of the railroad trestle4 ,your men break and run east through the corn and you follow1 but lose sight of them4 ,when you cross the railroad fill you are fired on from the direction of the bridge4 ,you finally stop behind the railroad fill on the quarry switch1 where two of your men join you4 ,sergeant ,allen3 ,i would start south to rejoin the company and report4 ,captain3 ,that would be a mistake4 ,it would require a long time for a second patrol to make its way out over unknown ground1 filled with hostile patrols1 to a point where they could observe anything in rear of the hostile flank4 ,you are now fairly familiar with the ground1 you also know about where the hostile patrols are and you have two men remaining4 ,after a brief rest in some concealed place nearby1 you should start out again to make an effort to determine the strength of the troops in rear of the hostile flank near you1 or at least remain out where you could keep a sharp lookout for any attempted turning movement by the enemy4 ,should anything important be observed you can send back a message and two of you remain to observe the next developments before returning4 ,the information you might send back and the additional information you might carry back1 would possibly enable your own force to avoid a serious reverse or obtain a decided victory4 ,your work would be very hazardous1 but it is necessary1 and while possibly resulting in loss of one or two of your men1 it might prevent the loss of hundreds in your main force4 ,,chapter ,v ,,the ,,service ,,of ,,security 7,based on the ,field ,service ,regulations47 ,general ,principles #ajbj4 ,the ,service of ,security embraces all those measures taken by a military force to protect itself against surprise1 annoyance or observation by the enemy4 ,on the march1 that portion of a command thrown out to provide this security is called an advance1 flank or rear guard1 depending on whether it is in front1 to the flank or in rear of the main command2 in camp or bivouac1 it is called the outpost4 ,the principal duties of these bodies being much the same1 their general formations are also very similar4 ,there is 7#a7 the cavalry covering the front2 next 7#b7 a group 7#d men to a platoon7 or line of groups in observation2 then 7#c7 the support1 or line of supports1 whose duty is to furnish the men for the observation groups and check an enemy's attempt to advance until reinforcements can arrive2 still farther in rear is 7#d7 the reserve4 ,in small commands of an infantry regiment or less there usually will not be any cavalry to cover the front1 and the reserve is generally omitted4 ,even the support may be omitted and the observation group or line of groups be charged with checking the enemy1 in addition to its regular duties of observation4 ,but whatever the technical designation of these subdivisions1 the rearmost one is always in fact a reserve4 ,for example1 if the command is so small that the subdivision formally designated as the reserve is omitted1 the rear element 7squad or platoon or company1 etc47 is used as a reserve4 ,as this text deals principally with small commands and only those larger than a regiment usually have the subdivision termed the reserve1 this distinction between the element in the ,field ,service ,regulations called the reserve and the actual reserve1 must be thoroughly understood4 ,the arrangements or formations of all detachments thrown out from the main force to provide security against the enemy1 are very flexible1 varying with every military situation and every different kind of country4 ,the commander of such a detachment must1 therefore1 avoid blindly arranging his men according to some fixed plan and at certain fixed distances4 ,acquire a general understanding of the principles of the service of security and then with these principles as a foundation use common sense in disposing troops for this duty4 ,,advance ,,guard #ajba4 ,definition and ,duties4 ,an advance guard is a detachment of a marching column thrown out in advance to protect the main column from being surprised and to prevent its march from being delayed or interrupted4 7,the latter duty is generally forgotten and many irritating1 short halts result1 which wear out or greatly fatigue the main body1 the strength of which the advance guard is supposed to conserve47 ,in detail the duties of the advance guard are3 #a4 ,to guard against surprise and furnish information by reconnoitering to the front and flanks4 #b4 ,to push back small parties of the enemy and prevent their observing1 firing upon or delaying the main body4 #c4 ,to check the enemy's advance in force long enough to permit the main body to prepare for action4 #d4 ,when the enemy is met on the defenses1 seize a good position and locate his lines1 care being taken not to bring on a general engagement unless the advance guard commander is authorized to do so4 #e4 ,to remove obstacles1 repair the road1 and favor in every way possible the steady march of the column4 #ajbb4 ,strength3 ,the strength of the advance guard varies from one-ninth to one-third of the total command4 ,the larger the force the larger in proportion is the advance guard1 for a larger command takes relatively longer to prepare for action than a small one4 ,for example1 a company of #ajj men would ordinarily have an advance guard of from one to two squads1 as the company could deploy as skirmishers in a few seconds4 ,on the other hand1 a division of #bj1jjj men would ordinarily have an advance guard of about #d1ejj men1 all told1 as it would require several hours for a division to deploy and the advance guard must be strong enough to make a stubborn fight4 #ajbc4 ,composition4 ,the advance guard is principally composed of infantry1 preceded if possible1 by cavalry well to the front4 ,when there is only infantry1 much more patrolling is required of the front troops than when cavalry 7called ,advance cavalry7 is out in advance4 ,this book does not deal with large advance guards containing artillery and engineers4 ,machine guns1 however1 will be frequently used in small advance guards to hold bridges1 defiles1 etc4 #ajbd4 ,distance ,from ,main ,body4 ,the distance at which the advance guard precedes the main body or the main body follows the advance guard depends on the military situation and the ground4 ,it should always be great enough to allow the main body time to deploy before it can be seriously engaged4 ,for instance the advance guard of a company1 say #a squad1 should be #cej to #ejj yards in advance of the company4 ,the distance from the leading man back to the principal group of the squad should generally be at least #aej yards4 ,this1 added to the distance back to the main body or company1 makes a distance of from #ejj to #fej yards from the leading man to the head of the main body4 ,examples3 ,command4 ,advance ,guard4 ,distance 7yds474 ,patrol of #a squad #b men #ajj to #cjj ,section of #c squads #d men #bjj to #djj ,inf4 platoon of #ej men #a squad #cjj to #dej ,cav4 platoon of #bj men #d men #cjj to #dej ,inf4 company of #ajh men #a to #b squads #cej to #ejj ,cav4 troop of #hf men #a_/b platoon #dej to #fjj ,inf4 battalion #a_/b to #a company #ejj to #gjj ,cav4 squadron #a_/b to #a troop #fjj to #hjj ,these are not furnished as fixed numbers and distances1 but are merely to give the student an approximate1 concrete idea4 #ajbe4 ,connecting ,files4 ,it should be remembered that between the advance guard and the main body1 and between the several groups into which the advance guard is subdivided1 connecting files are placed so as to furnish a means of communicating1 generally by signals1 between the elements 7groups7 of the column4 ,there should be a connecting file for at least ever1 #cjj yards4 ,for example1 suppose the advance guard of a platoon is #cjj yards in front of the main body4 ,in ordinary rolling country1 not heavily wooded1 a connecting file would be placed half way between the two elements--#aej yards from each one4 ,it is generally wiser to use two men together instead of one1 because this leaves one man free to watch for signals from the front while the other watches the main body4 ,however1 in very small commands like a company1 this is not practicable1 as the extra man could not be spared4 ,,formation ,,of ,,advance ,,guards4 #ajbf4 ,subdivisions4 ,the advance guard of a large force like a brigade or division is subdivided into a number of groups or elements1 gradually increasing in size from front to rear4 ,the reason for this is that1 as has already been explained1 a larger group or force requires longer to deploy or prepare to fight than a smaller one1 therefore the small subdivisions are placed in front where they can quickly deploy and hold the enemy temporarily in check while the larger elements in rear are deploying4 ,the number of these subdivisions decreases as the strength of the advance guard decreases1 until we find the advance guard of a company consists of one or two squads1 which naturally cannot be subdivided into more than two groups2 and the advance guard of a squad composed of two men1 which admits of no subdivision4 ,distance to next element in rear4 ,advance ,cavalry #a to #e miles ,advance party ,point #aej to #cjj yds4 ,support 7furnishes patrols7 ,advance party proper #cjj to #fjj yds4 ,support proper #djj to #hjj yds4 ,reserve 7usually omitted in small commands7 #ejj yds4 to #a mile ,the distances vary principally with the size of the command--slightly with the character of the country4 ,the advance cavalry is that part of the advance guard going in front of all the foot troops4 ,it is generally one to five miles in advance of the infantry of the advance guard1 reconnoitering at least far enough to the front and flanks to guard the column against surprise by artillery fire--#d1ejj yards4 #ajbg4 ,support4 7a7 ,the support constitutes the principal element or group of all advance guards4 ,it follows the advance cavalry1 when there is any1 and leads the advance guard when there is no cavalry4 ,the support of a large command is subdivided within itself in much the same manner as the advance guard as a whole is subdivided4 ,it varies in strength from one-fourth to one-half of the advance guard4 #ajbh4 7b7 ,advance ,party4 ,as the support moves out it sends forward an advance party several hundred yards1 the distance varying with the nature of the country and size of the command4 ,for example1 the advance party of a support of one company of #ajh men1 would ordinarily be composed of one section of three squads1 and would march about #cjj yards in advance of the company in open country1 and about #bjj yards in wooded country4 ,the advance party sends out the patrols to the front and flanks to guard the main body of the support from surprise by effective rifle fire4 ,patrols are only sent out to the flanks to examine points that cannot be observed from the road4 ,as a rule they will have to rejoin some portion of the column in rear of the advance party4 ,as the advance party becomes depleted in strength in this manner1 fresh men are sent forward from the main body of the support to replace those who have fallen behind while patrolling4 ,when there is advance cavalry1 much less patrolling is required of the infantry4 7c7 ,the point is a patrol sent forward by the advance party #aej to #cjj yards4 ,when the advance party is large enough the point should ordinarily consist of a complete squad1 commanded by an officer or experienced noncommissioned officer4 ,it is merely a patrol in front of the column and takes the formation described for patrols4 7d7 ,the commander of the support ordinarily marches with the advance party4 ,he should have a map and control of the guide1 if any is present4 ,he sees that the proper road is followed2 that guides are left in towns and at crossroads2 that bridges1 roads1 etc41 are repaired promptly so as not to delay the march of the column and that information of the enemy is promptly sent back to the advance guard commander2 he verifies the correctness of this information1 if possible4 #ajbi4 7a7 ,a thorough understanding of the arrangement of the support and the duties of the leaders of its subdivisions--point1 flank patrols1 advance party and main body 7of the support7--is of the greatest importance to a noncommissioned officer4 ,for example1 the ignorance of one noncommissioned officer leading the advance party of a column of troops six miles long can cause the entire column to be delayed4 ,if he halts because a few shots are fired at his men1 and conducts a careful reconnaissance before attacking 7instead of pushing right in on the enemy1 forcing him to fall back quickly1 if a weak detachment2 or1 to disclose his strength1 if strong71 the entire column1 six miles long1 is halted1 the march interrupted1 valuable time lost1 and what is more important1 the men irritated and tired out4 7b7 ,the leader of the point must understand that as the principal duty of an advance guard is to secure the safe and uninterrupted march of the main body1 he is the first man to discharge this duty4 ,if1 for example1 his squad receives a volley of shots from some point to the front1 he cannot take the time and precautions the commander of a large body would take to reconnoiter the enemy's position1 determine something about his strength1 etc41 before risking an attack4 ,if he did he would not be securing the uninterrupted march of the main body4 ,he has to deploy instantly and press the enemy hard until the hostile opposition disappears or the advance party comes up and its commander takes charge4 ,the point will lose men in this way1 but it is necessary1 for otherwise one small combat patrol could delay the march time after time4 7c7 ,the same problem must be met in much the same manner by the leader of the advance party4 ,in this case there is more time to think1 as the point1 being in advance1 will have begun the fight before the advance party arrives2 but the leader of the advance party must use his men freely and quickly to force the enemy to show his hand1 thus preventing small harassing or combat detachments from delaying the march4 7d7 ,as the subdivisions of the advance guard become larger their leaders act with increasing caution1 for as soon as it develops that the enemy in front is really present in some strength1 then a halt becomes obligatory and a careful reconnaissance necessary4 7e7 ,the leader of every subdivision must always start a reconnaissance the instant the enemy develops4 ,he may1 as in the case of the point1 only send one man around to discover the enemy's strength2 or1 if the leader of the main body of the support1 he may send an entire squad4 ,in almost every case the instant he has given his orders for deploying and firing at or rushing the enemy1 he sends out his man or men to work around to a position permitting a view of the hostile force4 ,every noncommissioned officer should impress this on his memory so that he will not forget it in the excitement of a sudden engagement4 7f7 ,no attempt should be made to subdivide the advance guard of a small force into all the elements previously described4 ,for example1 the advance guard of a squad is simply a point of one or two men2 the advance guard of a company is usually no more than a squad acting as a point1 the squad actually having several men from #ajj to #aej yards in advance1 who really constitute a point for the squad2 the advance guard of a battalion would usually consist of a company or less distributed as an advance party proper and a point4 ,the advance guard of a regiment would have no reserve--if1 for example1 a battalion were used as the advance guard of a regiment1 there would be only a support1 which would be distributed about as follows3 ,a support proper of about three companies and an advance party 7point included7 of about one company4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a #ajcj4 ,reserve4 ,an advance guard large enough to have a reserve would be distributed as follows3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,the distance ,z would be greater than ,y and ,y would be greater than ,x4 ,for example1 a regiment acting as the advance guard of a brigade would1 under ordinary conditions1 be distributed about as follows3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c ,as only large commands have a reserve1 which would always be commanded by an officer1 noncommissioned officers need not give this much consideration1 but it must be understood that while this fourth subdivision of the advance guard is the only one officially termed reserve1 the last subdivision of any advance guard actually is a reserve1 no matter what its official designation4 ,the advance guard of a cavalry command adopts formations similar to those described above1 except that the distances are increased because of the rapidity with which the command can close up or deploy4 ,an advance party with a few patrols is usually enough for a squadron1 and precedes it from #fjj to #a1jjj yards4 #ajca4 ,reconnaissance4 ,in reconnaissance the patrols are1 as a rule1 small 7from two to six men74 ,the flanking patrols1 whether of the advance cavalry or of the advance party1 are sent out to examine the country wherever the enemy might be concealed4 ,if the nature of the ground permits1 these patrols march across country or along roads and trails parallel to the march of the column4 ,for cavalry patrols this is often possible2 but with infantry patrols and even with those that are mounted1 reconnaissance is best done by sending the patrols to high places along the line of march to overlook the country and examine the danger points4 ,these patrols signal the results of their observations and1 unless they have other instructions1 join the columns by the nearest routes1 other patrols being sent out as the march proceeds and as the nature of the country requires4 ,deserters1 suspicious characters and bearers of flags of truce 7the latter blindfolded71 are taken to the advance guard commander4 #ajcb4 ,advance ,guard ,order4 ,on receipt of the order for a march designating the troops for the advance guard1 the commander of the latter makes his estimate of the situation2 that is1 he looks at the map or makes inquiries to determine what sort of a country he must march through and the nature of the roads2 he considers what the chances are of encountering the enemy1 etc41 and then how he should best arrange his advance guard to meet these conditions1 and what time the different elements of his advance guard must start in order to take their proper place in the column4 ,he then issues his order at the proper time--the evening before if possible and he deems it best1 or the morning of the march4 ,the order for a large advance guard would ordinarily be written2 for a small command it would almost invariably be verbal1 except that the commander or leader of each element should always make written notes of the principal points1 such as the road to be followed1 time to start1 distances1 etc4 ,,advance ,,guard ,,problems ,problem ,no4 #a4 7,infantry7 #ajcc4 ,captain 7to one platoon of his company73 ,we will assume that our battalion camped last night at ,oxford 7,elementary ,map7 in the enemy's country4 ,it is now sunrise1 #e3cj ,a4 ,m42 camp has been broken and we are ready to march4 ,the officers have returned from reporting to the major for orders and ,i fall in the company and give the following orders3 ,a regiment of the enemy's cavalry is thought to be marching towards ,salem from the south4 ,our battalion will march at once towards ,salem to guard the railroad trestle over ,sandy ,creek1 following this road 7pointing southeast along the road out of ,oxford7 and the ,chester ,pike ,which is one and three-quarters miles from here4 ,this company will form the advance guard4 ,sergeant ,adams1 you will take ,corporal ,baker's squad and form the point1 followed by the remainder of the company at about #djj yards4 ,patrols and connecting files will be furnished by the company4 ,the company wagon will join the wagons of the battalion4 ,i will be with the company4 ,move out at once4 ,the weather is fine and the roads are good and free from dust4 ,it is ,august and nearly all the crops are harvested4 ,bushes and weeds form a considerable growth along the fences bordering the road4 ,sergeant1 give your orders4 ,sergeant ,adams3 #ast squad1 #a4 ,right1 #b4 ,,face1 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,corporal ,baker1 take ,carter 7,baker's rear rank man7 and go ahead of the squad about #bjj yards4 ,move out rapidly until you get your distance and then keep us in sight4 ,i would then have the two leading men of the rest of the squad follow on opposite sides of the road1 as close to the fence as possible for good walking4 ,this would put the squad in two columns of files of three men each1 leaving the main roadway clear and making the squad as inconspicuous as possible1 without interfering with ease of marching or separating the men4 ,par4 #ajbh 7c74 ,what sort of crops are in the fields on either side of the road8 ,captain3 ,the field on the right 7south7 is meadow land2 that on the left1 as far as the railroad1 is cut hay2 beyond the railroad there is more meadow land4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i would have told ,corporal ,baker to wait at the cross roads by the ,baker house for orders and-- ,captain3 ,if you were actually on the ground you probably could not see the cross roads from ,oxford4 ,in solving map problems like these do not take advantage of seeing on the map all the country that you are supposed to go over1 and then give orders about doing things at places concerning which you would not probably have any knowledge if actually on the ground without the map4 ,besides1 in this particular case1 it was a mistake to have your point wait at the cross roads4 ,if there was any danger of their taking the wrong road it would be a different matter1 but here your mission requires you to push ahead4 7,par4 #ajbi47 ,the major is trying to get south of the trestle towards ,salem before the cavalry can arrive and destroy it4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i would march steadily along the road1 ordering the last man to keep a lookout to the rear for signals from the connecting file 7,par4 #eaa;a71 and ,i would direct one of the leading men to watch for signals from ,corporal ,baker4 ,captain3 ,you should have given the direction about watching for signals earlier1 as this is very important4 ,you also should have ordered two men to follow along the timber by the creek to your south until you signaled for them to come in4 ,the trees along the creek would obstruct your view over the country beyond the creek4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,but ,i thought1 ,captain1 that the patrolling was to be done by the company4 ,captain3 ,yes1 the patrolling is to be done by the company1 but the creek is only a quarter of a mile1 about #djj yards1 from the road you are following and the men sent there are merely flankers1 not a patrol4 ,you have eight men under your command and you are responsible for the ground within several hundred yards on either side of your route of march4 ,long ,ridge is almost too far for you to send your men1 because they would fall far behind in climbing and descending its slopes1 but it would not be a great mistake if you sent two men there4 ,as ,long ,ridge affords an extended view of the valley through which the ,chester ,pike runs1 a patrol should go up on it and remain there until the battalion passes1 and this would be more than the leading squad could be expected to attend to4 ,the creek is almost too far from the road in places1 but as it is open meadow land you can keep the men within easy touch of you and recall them by signal at any moment you desire4 ,in this work you can see how much depends on good judgment and a proper understanding of one's mission4 ,corporal ,baker1 explain how you would move out with ,carter4 ,corporal ,baker3 ,we would alternate the walk and double time until we had gotten about #bjj yards ahead of the squad4 ,i would then say1 ,carter1 walk along this side of the road 7indicates side71 keeping on the lookout for signals from the squad4 ,i will go about fifty yards ahead of you4 ,i would keep to the opposite side of the road from ,carter1 trying to march steadily at the regular marching gait1 and keeping a keen watch on everything in front and to the flanks4 ,captain3 ,very good4 ,when you arrive at the cross roads you see a man standing in the yard of the ,baker house4 ,corporal ,baker3 ,i would not stop1 but would continue on by the cross roads1 as ,i have no time to question the man and the ,sergeant will want to do that4 ,i would call to him and ask him if he had seen any of the enemy about and how far it was to the ,chester ,pike4 ,if anything looked suspicious around the house or barnyard1 ,i would investigate4 ,captain3 ,sergeant1 you arrive at the cross roads1 and see the ,corporal and ,carter going on ahead of you4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i would have already signaled to the two men following the creek to come in and would send a man to meet them with the following order3 ,tell ,davis to move along the railroad fill with ,evans1 keeping abreast of us4 ,then you return to me4 ,i would then say1 ,fiske1 look in that house and around the barn and orchard and then rejoin me down this road 7pointing east74 ,i would have the civilian join me and walk down the road with me while ,i questioned him4 ,captain3 ,do you think you have made careful arrangements for searching the house1 etc41 by leaving only one man to do the work8 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i have not sufficient men nor time enough to do much more4 ,i simply want to make sure things are reasonably safe and ,i thought that a couple of men from the main body of the advance guard would do any careful searching1 questioning1 etc41 that might be deemed necessary4 ,i must not delay the march4 ,captain3 ,that is right4 ,you learn nothing from the civilian and he does not arouse any suspicion on your part4 ,you continue along the road4 ,the fields to the north of the road are in wheat stubble2 the ground to the south1 between your road and the railroad1 is rough1 rocky grass land with frequent clumps of bushes4 ,davis and ,evans1 your right flankers on the railroad fill1 are just approaching the cut2 ,fiske has rejoined2 ,corporal ,baker and his men are about #bjj yards from the road forks at ,brown's1 and you and your four men are #bjj yards in their rear1 at the turn of the road4 ,at this moment a half dozen shots are fired down the road in your direction from behind the wall along the edge of the orchard on the ,brown farm4 ,this firing continues and your two leading men are lying down at the roadside returning the fire4 ,tell me quickly just what you are going to do8 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i order my four men to deploy as skirmishers in that field 7pointing to the rough ground south of the road72 ,i go under the fence with the men and lead them forward at a fast run1 unless the fire is very heavy4 ,captain 7interrupting the ,sergeant73 ,davis1 you had just reached the cut on the railroad when this happened4 ,what do you do8 ,private ,davis3 ,i take ,evans forward with me at a run through the cut4 ,what do ,i see along the ,chester ,pike or ,sandy ,creek8 ,captain3 ,you see no sign of the enemy any place1 except the firing over the wall4 ,private ,davis3 ,i run down the south side of the fill and along towards the road with ,evans to open fire on the enemy from their flank1 and also to see what is in the orchard4 ,i will probably cross the road so that ,i can see behind the stone wall4 ,captain3 ,that's fine and shows how you should go ahead at such a time without any orders4 ,there is usually no time or opportunity at such a moment for sending instructions and you must use common sense and do something4 ,generally it would have been better to have tried to signal or send word back that there was nothing in sight along the road or in the valley1 but in this particular case you could probably do more good by going quickly around in rear as you did1 to discover what was there and assist in quickly dislodging whatever it was4 ,if there had been no nose of the ridge to hide you as you came up and a convenient railroad fill to hurry along behind as you made for the road1 your solution might have been quite different4 ,sergeant1 continue with your movements4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i would attempt to rush the wall4 ,if the fire were too heavy1 ,i would open fire 7at will7 with all my men1 and1 if ,i seemed to get a little heavier fire than the enemy's1 ,i would start half of my men forward on a rush while the others fired4 ,i would try to rush in on the enemy with as little delay as possible1 until it developed that he had more than a small detachment there4 ,i assumed it was a delaying patrol in front of me1 and as my mission requires me to secure the uninterrupted march of the main body1 ,i must not permit any small detachment to delay me4 ,if1 however1 it proves to be a larger force1 for instance1 the head of an advance guard1 ,i will lose some men by plunging in1 but as ,i understand it1 that is the duty of the point4 ,then again1 if it be the head of a hostile advance guard1 ,i will want to rush them out of their favorable position under cover of the stone wall1 buildings and orchard1 before any more of their force can come up4 ,this would give the favorable position to our force2 by acting too cautiously we would lose the valuable moments in which the enemy's reenforcements 7next elements of the advance guard7 were coming up1 with this desirable position being weakly held by a small part of the enemy4 ,captain3 ,that is all correct4 ,what messages would you have sent8 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,up to the present time ,i would not have sent any4 ,i could not have sent any4 ,i could not afford to take the time to send a man back1 nor could ,i spare the man4 ,besides1 all ,i could say was that we were fired on1 and you should be able to see and hear that from where the company is4 ,captain3 ,about the time you reached the position of ,corporal ,baker the firing ceases1 and when you reach the wall you see five mounted men galloping northeast up ,farm ,lane4 ,the ,brown farm appears to be deserted4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i would turn to one of the men and say1 ,run back to the ,captain and tell him we were fired on from this orchard by a mounted patrol of five men who are galloping off up a lane to the northeast4 ,i am going south4 ,when he had repeated the message ,i would start south down the ,chester ,pike1 directing ,corporal ,baker to follow this road south and to tell ,davis to follow the high ridge west of the road1 going through the clump of woods just ahead4 ,i would send one man as a left flanker to follow the west bank of ,sandy ,creek4 ,this would leave me with two men1 one watching for signals from the front and along ,sandy ,creek1 the other from ,davis and from the rear4 ,i would expect to see a patrol from the company moving across towards ,boling ,woods4 ,had ,i not been mixed up in a fight as ,i approached the ,brown farm ,i would have sent two men as left flankers across country to the cut on the ,chester ,pike on the western edge of the ,boling ,woods4 ,captain3 ,very good4 ,that is sufficient for this problem4 ,all of you should have caught the idea of the principal duties of the point and flankers of an advance guard4 ,you must watch the country to prevent being surprised and you must at the same time manage to push ahead with the least possible delay4 ,the point cannot be very cautious so far as concerns its own safety1 for this would mean frequent halts which would delay the troops in rear1 but it must be cautious about reconnoitering all parts of the ground near the road which might conceal large bodies of the enemy4 ,the leader of the point must be careful in using his men or he will get them so scattered that they will become entirely separated and he will lose all control of them4 ,as soon as the necessity for flankers on one side of the line of march no longer exists1 signal for them to rejoin and do not send them out again so long as you can see from the road all the country you should cover4 ,problem ,no4 #b4 7,infantry7 #ajcd4 ,captain 7to one platoon of his company73 ,let us assume that this platoon is the advance party of an advance guard1 marching through ,salem along the ,chester ,pike ,par4 #ajbh 7b74 ,one squad is #cej yards in front1 acting as the point4 ,the enemy is thought to be very near1 but only two mounted patrols have been seen during the day4 ,the command is marching for ,chester4 ,the day is hot1 the roads are good but dusty1 and the crops are about to be harvested4 ,sergeant ,adams1 explain how you would conduct the march of the advance party1 beginning with your arrival at the cross roads in ,salem4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,the platoon would be marching in column of squads and ,i would be at the head4 ,two pairs of connecting files would keep me in touch with the point4 7,par4 #ajbe47 ,i would now give this order3 ,corporal ,smith1 take two men from your squad and patrol north along this road 7pointing up the ,tracy-,maxey road7 for a mile and then rejoin the column on this road 7,chester ,pike71 to the west of you4 ,i would then say to ,private ,barker1 ,take ,carter and cut across to that railroad fill and go along the top of that 7,sandy7 ridge1 rejoining the column beyond the ridge4 ,corporal ,smith with a patrol is going up this road4 ,keep a lookout for him4 ,when we reached the point where the road crosses the south nose of ,sandy ,ridge and ,i saw the valley in front of me with the long high ridge west of ,sandy ,creek1 running parallel to the ,chester ,pike and about #hjj yards west of it1 ,i would give this order3 ,corporal ,davis1 take the three remaining men in ,corporal ,smith's squad1 cross the creek there 7pointing in the direction of the ,barton farm7 go by that orchard1 and move north along that high ridge1 keeping the column in sight4 ,make an effort to keep abreast of the advance guard1 which will continue along this road4 ,i gave ,corporal ,davis the remaining men out of ,corporal ,smith's squad because ,i did not want to break up another squad and as this is1 in my opinion1 a very important patrol1 ,i wanted a noncommissioned officer in charge of it4 ,unless something else occurs this will be all the patrols ,i intend sending out until we pass the steel railroad trestle over ,sandy ,creek4 ,captain3 ,your point about not breaking up a squad when you could avoid it by using the men remaining in an already broken squad1 is a very important one4 ,take this particular case4 ,you first sent out two pairs of connecting files between the advance party and your point--four men4 ,this leaves a corporal and three men in that squad4 ,if we assume that no patrols were out when we passed through ,salem1 this corporal and two of his men could have been sent up the ,tracy-,maxey road1 leaving one man to be temporarily attached to some squad4 ,from the last mentioned squad you would pick your two men for the ,sandy ,ridge patrol and also the corporal and three men for the ,barton farm1 etc41 patrol4 ,this would leave three men in this squad and you would have under your immediate command two complete squads and three men4 ,as the patrols return1 organize new squads immediately and constantly endeavor to have every man attached to a squad4 ,this is one of your most important duties1 as it prevents disorder when some serious situation suddenly arises4 ,also it is one of the duties of the detachment commander that is generally overlooked until too late4 ,the direction you sent your three patrols was good and their orders clear1 covering the essential points1 but as you have in a very short space of time1 detached nine men1 almost a third of your advance party1 don't you think you should have economized more on men8 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,the ,sandy ,ridge patrol is as small as you can make it--two men4 ,i thought the other two patrols were going to be detached so far from the column that they should be large enough to send a message or two and still remain out4 ,i suppose it would be better to send but two men with ,corporal ,davis1 but ,i think ,corporal ,smith should have two with him4 ,captain3 ,yes1 ,i agree with you1 for you are entering a valley which is1 in effect1 a defile1 and the ,tracy-,maxey road is a very dangerous avenue of approach to your main body4 ,but you must always bear in mind that it is a mistake to use one more man than is needed to accomplish the object in view4 ,the more you send away from your advance party1 the more scattered and weaker your command becomes1 and this is dispersion1 which constitutes one of the gravest1 and at the same time1 most frequent tactical errors4 ,to continue the problem1 we will suppose you have reached the stone bridge over ,sandy ,creek2 the point is at the cross roads by the ,smith house2 you can see the two men moving along ,sandy ,ridge2 and ,corporal ,davis' patrol is just entering the orchard by the ,barton farm4 ,firing suddenly commences well to the front and you hear your point reply to it4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i halt to await information from the point4 ,captain3 ,that is absolutely wrong4 ,you command the advance party of an advance guard2 your mission requires you to secure the uninterrupted march of the main body2 and at the first contact you halt1 thus interrupting the march 7,par4 #ajba74 ,the sooner you reach the point1 the better are your chances for driving off the enemy if he is not too strong1 or the quicker you find out his strength and give your commander in the rear the much desired information4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,then ,i push ahead with the advance party1 sending back the following message-- ,captain 7interrupting73 ,it is not time to send a message4 ,you know too little and in a few minutes you will be up with the point where you can hear what has happened and see the situation for yourself4 ,then you can send back a valuable message4 ,when but a few moments delay will probably permit you to secure much more detailed information1 it is generally best to wait for that short time and thus avoid using two messengers4 ,when you reach the cross roads you find six men of the point deployed behind the fence1 under cover of the trees along the ,county ,road1 just west of the ,chester ,pike1 firing at the stone wall along the ,mills' farm lane4 ,the enemy appears to be deployed behind this stone wall1 from the ,chester ,pike west for a distance of fifty yards1 and his fire is much heavier than that of your point4 ,you think he has at least twenty rifles there4 ,you cannot see down the ,chester ,pike beyond the enemy's position4 ,your patrol on ,sandy ,ridge is midway between the #fh and #ff knolls1 moving north4 ,the ground in your front1 west of the road1 is a potato field2 that east of the road as far as the swamp1 is rough grass land4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i give order1 ,corporal ,gibbs1 deploy your squad to the right of the ,pike and push forward between the ,pike and the swamp4 ,corporal ,hall 7commands the point71 continue a heavy fire4 ,here are six more men for your squad4 ,i give him the four connecting files and two of the three men in the advance party whose squad is on patrol duty4 ,corporal ,jackson1 get your squad under cover here4 ,lacey1 run back to the major and tell him the point has been stopped by what appears to be twenty of the enemy deployed behind a stone wall across the valley #ejj yards in our front4 ,i am attacking with advance party4 ,captain3 ,corporal ,davis 7commands patrol near ,barton farm71 you can hear the firing and see that the advance is stopped4 ,what do you do8 ,corporal ,davis3 ,i would head straight across for the clump of woods on the ridge just above the ,mills' farm1 moving as rapidly as possible4 ,captain3 ,that is all right4 ,sergeant1 ,corporal ,hall's squad keeps up a heavy fire2 ,corporal ,gibb's squad deploys to the right of the pike1 rushes forward about #ge yards1 but is forced to lie down by the enemy's fire1 and opens fire4 ,corporal ,gibbs1 what would your command for firing be8 ,corporal ,gibbs3 ,,at ,,the ,,bottom ,,of ,,that ,,wall4 ,,battle ,,sight4 ,,clip ,,fire4 ,captain3 ,why at the bottom of the wall8 ,corporal ,gibbs3 ,the men are winded and excited and will probably fire high1 so ,i gave them the bottom of the wall as an objective4 ,captain3 ,the enemy's fire seems as heavy as yours4 ,sergeant1 what do you do8 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i give this order4 ,corporal ,jackson1 deploy your squad as skirmishers on the left of ,corporal ,hall's squad and open fire4 ,what effect does this additional fire have on the enemy8 ,captain3 ,his bullets seem to go higher and wider4 ,you appear to be getting fire superiority over him4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,if ,i do not see any signs of the enemy being reenforced1 dust in the road behind his position1 etc41 ,i take immediate command of the squads of ,corporals ,hall and ,jackson1 and lead them forward on a rush across the potato field4 ,captain3 ,corporal ,gibbs1 what do you do when you see the other two squads rush8 ,corporal ,gibbs3 ,i order1 ,,fire ,,at ,,will1 and urge the men to shoot rapidly in order to cover the advance4 ,captain3 ,sergeant ,adams' squads are forced to halt after advancing about #aej yards4 ,corporal ,gibbs3 ,i keep up a hot fire until they can resume their firing1 when ,i lead my squad forward in a rush4 ,captain3 ,what do you do1 ,sergeant8 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i would have the ,corporals keep up a heavy fire4 ,by this time ,i should think the support would be up to the cross roads4 ,captain3 ,it is1 but have you given up your attack8 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,if it looks as if ,i could drive the enemy out on my next rush1 ,i do so1 but otherwise ,i remain where ,i am1 as ,i have no reserve under my control and the action has gotten too serious for me to risk anything more when my chief is practically on the ground to make the next decision4 ,he should have heard something about what is on the ,pike behind the enemy1 from the patrol on ,sandy ,ridge4 ,captain3 ,your solution seems correct to me4 ,why did you send ,corporal ,gibbs' squad up between the pike and the swamp8 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,it looked as if he would strike the enemy from a better quarter2 there appeared to be better cover that way1 afforded by the turn in the road1 which must have some weeds1 etc41 along it1 and the swamp would prevent him from getting too far separated from the remainder of the advance party4 ,captain3 ,the ,sergeant's orders for the attack were very good4 ,he gave his squad leaders some authority and attached his extra men to a squad4 ,he did not attempt to assume direct control of individual men1 but managed the three squads and made the squad leaders manage the individual men4 ,this is the secret of successful troop leading4 ,his orders were short1 plain and given in proper sequence4 ,problem ,no4 #c 7,infantry7 7,see ,fort ,leavenworth map in pocket at back of book47 ,illustration3 ,,map of ,,fort ,,leavenworth1 ,,kas4 and ,,vicinity #ajce4 ,situation4 ,a ,blue battalion1 in hostile country1 is in camp for the night1 ,august #e-f1 at ,sprong 7ja'74 ,at #i3jj ,p4 ,m41 ,august #eth1 ,lieutenant ,a1 ,adjutant gives a copy of the following order to ,sergeant ,b3 #ast ,battalion1 #ast ,infantry1 ,sprong1 ,kansas1 #e ,aug41 '#ji4 ,field ,orders ,no4 #e4 #a4 ,the enemy's infantry is six miles east of ,,fort ,,leavenworth4 ,his cavalry patrols were seen at ,f 7qg'7 today4 ,our regiment will reach ,,frenchman',s 7oc'7 at noon tomorrow4 #b4 ,the battalion will march tomorrow to seize the ,,rock ,,island ,,bridge 7q7 at ,,fort ,,leavenworth4 #c4 7a7 ,the advance guard1 consisting of #ast platoon ,co4 ,a and mounted orderlies ,b1 ,c1 and ,d1 under ,sergeant ,b1 will precede the main body at #djj yards4 7b7 ,the head of the main body will march at #f3cj ,a4 ,m41 from #ai via the #ag 7jc'7--#ae 7jg'7 #a--e 7lm'7--,,fort ,,leavenworth 7om'7 road4 #d4 ,the baggage will follow close behind the main body under escort of ,corporal ,d and one squad1 ,co4 ,b4 #e4 ,send reports to head of main body4 ,c1 ,major1 ,comdg4 ,copies to the company commanders1 to ,sergeant ,b and ,corporal ,d4 ,a4 ,required1 #a4 ,give ,sergeant ,b's estimate of the situation4 7,the estimate of the military situation includes the following points3 #a4 ,his orders or mission and how much discretion he is allowed4 #b4 ,the ground as it influences his duty4 #c4 ,the position1 strength and probable intentions of the enemy4 #d4 ,sergeant ,b's decision47 ,answer4 #a4 ,the size of the advance guard1 its route and the distance it is to move in front of the main body are prescribed by ,major ,c4 ,sergeant ,b is free to divide up the advance as he sees fit1 to use the various parts so as to best keep open the way of the main body1 maintain the distance of #djj yards in front of it1 and protect it from surprise by the enemy4 #b4 ,the ground may be such as to make easy or to hinder reconnaissance1 such as hills or woods2 to impede or hasten the march1 such as roads1 streams1 defiles2 to offer good or poor defensive positions2 to offer good or poor opportunities for an attack4 ,sergeant ,b sees from his map that the ground is rolling and open as far as ,kern 7ji'7 with good positions for reconnaissance and for defense or attack4 ,there is a bridge over ,salt ,creek 7ig'7 which has steep banks and will be a considerable obstacle if the bridge has been destroyed4 ,from this creek to ,kern the advance would be under effective fire from ,hancock ,hill 7ki'71 so that these heights must be seized before the main body reaches #ae 7jg'74 ,beyond ,kern the heavy woods make reconnaissance difficult and must be treated somewhat like a defile by the point4 7,par4 #iia47 #c4 ,there is little to fear from the main body of the enemy which is #a-a_/b miles farther from the ,rock ,island bridge than we are1 but we know the enemy has cavalry4 ,the size of the cavalry force is not known1 and may be sufficient to cause us considerable delay1 especially in the woods4 ,the enemy's evident intention is to keep us from seizing the bridge4 #d4 ,having considered all these points1 ,sergeant ,b comes to the following decision3 444 7,before reading the decision as contained in the following paragraph1 make one of your own47 ,answer3 ,to have only an advance party with which to throw forward a point of #e men #bjj yards to the front and send out flankers1 as needed 7,par4 #ihc72 to send the three mounted orderlies well to the front of the point to gain early information of the enemy1 especially on ,hancock ,hill 7ji'7 and the ridge to the north of #aa 7jj'74 ,required1 #b4 ,sergeant ,b's order4 7,par4 #ifc47 ,answer4 ,given verbally to the platoon and mounted orderlies1 at #i3cj ,p4 ,m4 ,the enemy's cavalry patrols were seen at ,f 7qh'7 today2 no hostile infantry is on this side of the ,missouri river4 ,the battalion will move tomorrow to ,fort ,leavenworth1 leaving #ai 7ja'7 at #f3cj ,a4 ,m4 ,this platoon and orderlies ,b1 ,c1 and ,d will form the advance guard1 and will start from the hedge #djj yards east of #ai at #f3cj ,a4 ,m4 via the #ag 7jc'7--#ae 7jg'7--#e 7lm'7 road4 ,the point1 ,corporal ,smith and #d men of his squad1 will precede the remainder of the advance guard at #bjj yards4 ,i will be with the advance party4 ,privates ,x and ,y will act as connecting files with the main body4 ,the flankers will be sent out from time to time by ,sergeant ,b as necessary4 ,required1 #c4 ,the flankers sent out by ,sergeant ,b between #ai 7ja'7 and #ae 7jg'74 ,answer4 ,a patrol of #c men is sent to ,hill #ijj southeast of #ai 7ja'71 thence by ,moss 7kc'7 and ,taylor 7lc'7 houses to ,hill #hdj east of ,taylor1 thence to join at #ae 7jg'74 ,two men are sent from the advance party as it passes ,hill #hge4e 7ie'7 to the top of this hill to reconnoiter to the front and northeast4 ,these men return to the road and join after the advance party has reached ,salt ,creek4 ,two men are sent ahead of the advance party at a double time take position on ,hill #hge northeast of ,j4 ,e4 ,daniels place 7jf'7 and reconnoiter to the northeast and east4 ,reasons4 ,the patrol sent out on the south moves out far enough to get a good view from the hills which an enemy could observe or fire into the column4 ,there is no necessity of sending out flankers north of the road at first1 because from the road itself a good view is obtained4 ,hills #hge4e and #hge give splendid points for observing all the ground to the north and east4 7,don't send flankers out unless they are necessary47 ,required1 #d4 ,when the advance party reaches ,j4 ,e4 ,daniels' house 7je'7 a civilian leaves the house and starts toward #ae4 ,what action does ,sergeant ,b take8 ,required1 #e4 ,when the advance party reaches ,salt ,creek bridge 7jg'7 the point signals enemy in sight1 and ,private ,h reports that he saw about #f or #h mounted men ride up to the edge of the woods at ,kern1 halt a moment1 and disappear4 ,what action does ,sergeant ,b take8 ,answer4 ,he at once sends a message back by ,private ,h stating the facts4 ,he then orders the advance party to move forward1 hastens up to the point and directs it to continue the march1 seeking cover of fences and ravines and hill top4 ,required1 #f4 ,when the point reaches ,schroeder 7jh'7 it receives fire from the orchard at ,kern4 ,what action is taken8 ,answer4 ,the men in the point are moved rapidly down the hill and gain shelter in the ravines leading toward ,kern4 ,two squads are rapidly placed in line along the ridge west of ,schroeder and under cover of their fire the remainder of the advance party run down the hill at #aj yards distance to join the point4 ,a squad of this force is then hurried forward to the ,kern house4 ,here the squad is stopped by fire and ,sergeant ,b deploys two more squads which advance by rushes and drive out the enemy1 found to be #aj cavalrymen4 ,the squads left at ,schroeder now join at double time and the advance party moves forward1 without having delayed the march of the main body4 ,problem ,no4 #d 7,infantry7 #ajcf4 ,situation3 ,a ,blue force of one regiment of infantry has outposts facing south on the line ,pope ,hill 7sm'7--,national cemetery 7pk'7--,e 7qh'74 ,a ,red force is reported to have reached ,soldiers' ,home 7#c miles south of ,leavenworth7 from the south at #g3jj o'clock this morning4 ,corporal ,a is directed by ,sergeant ,b1 in command of the left support at ,rabbit ,point 7tn'71 to take out a patrol toward the waterworks and south along the ,esplanade 7xo'7 to the ,terminal bridge4 ,required1 #a4 ,give ,sergeant ,b's orders to ,corporal ,a4 ,answer4 ,the enemy1 strength unknown1 was at ,soldiers' ,home at #g3jj o'clock this morning4 ,another patrol will advance along ,grant avenue 7tm'74 ,our outposts will remain here for the day4 ,select from the first section a patrol and reconnoiter this road 7,farragut avenue7 as far as the waterworks 7vn'71 thence by ,esplanade to the ,terminal bridge1 and report on the ground in our front4 ,when you reach the ,terminal bridge return if no enemy is seen4 ,send reports here4 ,required1 #b4 ,how many men does ,corporal ,a select1 and why8 7,par4 #def47 ,answer4 ,five men are taken because the patrol is to reconnoiter1 not to fight1 and on account of the distance to go and lack of information of the enemy1 #b or #c messages may have to be sent4 ,required1 #c4 ,what equipment should ,corporal ,a have8 7,par4 #deg47 ,required1 #d4 ,state the points to be noted by ,corporal ,a in selecting his patrol and what inspection does he make8 7,par4 #ifd47 ,answer4 ,he selects ,privates ,c1 ,d1 ,e1 ,f and ,g1 on account of their bravery1 attention to duty and discretion4 ,he directs them to carry one meal in their haversacks1 full canteen and fifty rounds of ammunition4 ,he then inspects them as to their physical condition1 sees that they have proper equipment and that nothing to rattle or glisten is carried4 ,required1 #e4 ,what does ,corporal ,a next do8 7,par4 #ife47 ,answer4 ,he gives them their instructions as follows3 ,the enemy1 strength unknown1 was at ,soldiers' ,home 7about three miles south of ,leavenworth7 at #g o'clock this morning4 ,there will be a friendly patrol along that road 7pointing to ,grant avenue74 ,we are to reconnoiter along this road and down toward that bridge 7pointing74 ,be very careful not to be seen1 take advantage of all cover1 and keep in touch with ,c and myself on this road at the point of the patrol4 ,in case we get separated meet at the waterworks 7vn'74 ,he then explains the signals to be used1 and moves the patrol in1 close order out along the road until it passes the sentinel at the bridge ,,xv 7un'71 to whom he gives the direction to be taken by the patrol4 ,required1 #f4 ,upon leaving ,,xv1 what formation would the patrol take1 and reasons for same4 7,par4 #ifh47 ,answer4 ,corporal ,a and ,private ,c form the point on the road leading southwest of the waterworks2 ,private ,d moves on the left overlooking the railroad2 ,private ,e moves promptly up ,corral creek 7um'7 to the top of ,grant ,hill 7um'7 to observe the country toward the southwest2 ,private ,f moves about #ej yards in rear of the point1 followed at #ej yards by ,private ,g4 ,corporal ,a forms his patrol as stated because of the necessity of getting a view from the hill on each side4 ,only one man is sent out on each side because they can be plainly seen by the patrol on the road1 and no connecting file is necessary4 ,the distances taken along the road assure at least one man's escape1 and ,corporal ,a is in front to get a good view and to signal the flankers4 ,problem ,no4 #e 7,infantry7 #ajcg4 ,situation3 ,the head of the patrol is now at the bridge1 ,,xvi 7un'7 northwest of the waterworks4 ,private ,e has reached the top of ,grant ,hill and signals the enemy in sight2 the patrol halts and ,corporal ,a moves out to meet ,private ,e who is coming down toward the patrol4 ,he says he saw three mounted men ride up to ,grant and ,metropolitan avenues 7wm'7 from the south and after looking north a moment move west4 ,required1 #a4 ,corporal ,a's action4 7,pars4 #igi and #iha47 ,answer4 ,corporal ,a at once writes the following message and sends it back by ,private ,e3 ,no4 #a ,patrol1 ,company ,b1 ,farragut ,avenue1 ,northwest of ,waterworks1 #aj ,may1 '#ji1 #h3cj ,a4 ,m4 ,to ,commander ,blue ,left ,support1 ,rabbit ,point4 ,three mounted ,reds1 seen by ,private ,e1 just now reconnoitered at ,grant and ,metropolitan avenues2 they are moving west on ,metropolitan avenue2 the patrol will continue toward the ,terminal bridge4 ,a1 ,corporal4 ,reasons4 ,the message is sent because this is the first time the enemy has been seen1 and they have not been reported north of ,soldiers' ,home before4 ,the message should state who saw the enemy1 and the man seeing them should always carry the message telling of the facts4 ,the patrol would not allow this small hostile patrol to stop its advance1 but would proceed on its route cautiously to avoid being seen1 and to see if the ,red cavalrymen are followed by others of the enemy4 ,required1 #b4 ,give the method of reconnoitering the buildings at the waterworks and coal mine4 7,par4 #iif47 ,answer4 ,private ,d carefully examines the east side of the enclosures and buildings1 while ,private ,c examines the west side4 ,the remainder of the patrol halts concealed in the cut west of the north enclosure1 until ,c and ,d signal no enemy in sight1 whereupon the patrol moves forward along the road 7,,xv--#crd ,st471 ,c and ,d advancing rapidly between the buildings to the town where they join the patrol4 ,required1 #c4 ,give the route followed by ,e from ,grant ,hill to edge of ,leavenworth4 ,answer4 ,he moves down the east slope of ,grant ,hill to the ravine just east of the old ,r4 ,r4 bed 7um'71 being careful to keep concealed from the direction of ,leavenworth4 ,he moves up the ravine1 keeping a sharp lookout to the front1 and moving rapidly until abreast1 if he has fallen behind4 ,he takes the branch ravine lying just west of ,circus ,hill 7vm'71 and moves up to its end4 ,here he halts and makes careful inspection of ,metropolitan avenue and the street south into the city4 ,being sure the coast is clear1 he darts across the narrow ridge south of ,circus ,hill to the ravine to the east and then joins the patrol4 ,he reports to ,corporal ,a any indication of the enemy he may have seen4 ,problem ,no4 #f 7,infantry7 #ajch4 ,situation3 ,a ,blue force holds ,fort ,leavenworth 7om'7 in hostile country4 ,outposts occupy the line ,salt ,creek ,hill 7gh'7--#ac 7ij'7--,sheridan's ,drive1 7mi'7 against the ,reds advancing from the northwest4 ,at #d3cj ,p4 ,m41 ,june #beth1 ,sergeant ,a is given the following orders by ,captain ,b1 commanding the support3 ,the enemy will probably reach ,kickapoo late today4 ,our outposts extend as far north as ,salt ,creek ,hill4 ,there were six of our men prisoners at #de 7de'7 this afternoon at #a o'clock1 being held by #ae home guards at ,kickapoo4 ,take ---- men from the company and move to ,kickapoo1 recapture the prisoners and gain all the information you can of the enemy north of there4 ,required1 #a4 ,how many men does ,captain ,b name1 and why8 7,par4 #ifj47 ,answer4 ,thirty men are assigned4 ,reason4 ,this is twice as many as the enemy holding the prisoners1 and to secure secrecy no larger force than is absolutely necessary should be taken4 ,this force will allow men to surround the enemy while the remainder rush them4 ,required1 #b4 ,give the order of ,sergeant ,a to his patrol4 7,see #fth requirement4 ,problem #d47 ,required1 #c4 ,what route will the patrol take8 ,answer1 #aa 7jj'7--#ac 7ij'7--,salt ,creek ,hill 7gh'7--and along the edge of the woods east of the ,m4 ,p4 ,r4 ,r4 7fg'7 as far as the bridge opposite ,kickapoo ,hill--thence up ,kickapoo ,hill toward #de 7de'74 ,reasons4 ,since the patrol's orders do not require any reconnaissance before reaching ,kickapoo the shortest and most practical route is chosen4 ,the route as far as ,salt ,creek ,hill lies behind our outpost line and is thus protected4 ,the main roads are avoided because they will be carefully watched by the enemy4 ,the edge of the woods east of the ,m4 ,p4 ,ry4 7beginning about ff'7 gives good cover and by moving to the bridge the patrol can probably sneak close in on the enemy and capture them by surprise4 ,problem ,no4 #g 7,infantry7 #ajci4 ,situation3 ,the patrol reaches the top of ,kickapoo ,hill 7cd'74 ,sergeant ,a and ,private ,c move cautiously to the top and see the six prisoners in the cemetery 7cd'7 just west of ,kickapoo ,hill1 and a ,red sentinel at each corner4 ,just west of the cemetery are about #aj more ,reds4 ,no others are visible4 ,required1 #a4 ,what decision does ,sergeant ,a make and what does he do8 ,answer4 ,he decides to capture the enemy by surprise4 ,he leaves ,private ,c to watch and1 moving cautiously back to his patrol1 makes the following dispositions3 ,corporal ,d with #aj men to move up to ,private ,c and cover the enemy1 remaining concealed4 ,he takes the remainder of the patrol with fixed bayonets around the northeast slope of ,kickapoo ,hill in the woods and moves up the ravine toward #bi4 ,when his detachment arrives within about #ajj yards of the enemy1 they charge bayonet and rush them4 ,corporal ,d's party at the same time rush in from the opposite side4 7,note3 ,the enemy are demoralized by the surprise and are captured without a shot being fired47 ,required1 #b4 ,what action does ,sergeant ,a now take8 ,answer4 ,he causes the enemy to be kept apart while he and his noncommissioned officers question them separately4 ,he then questions the ,blue prisoners1 and furnishing them the guns taken from the ,reds1 sends them and the captured ,reds back to our line under ,corporal ,d1 with a written message giving the information secured from his questions4 7,par4 #ihd47 ,required1 #c4 ,what does he then do8 ,answer4 ,places his main body in concealment at the ,cemetery 7cd'7 and sends a patrol under ,corporal ,h via #ce-da-dc and one under ,corporal ,f via #bi-bg-bc west to learn further of the enemy in execution of the second part of his orders4 ,the patrol under ,corporal ,h sends back the following message3 ,no4#a ,patrol1 ,company ,a1 #ast ,infantry1 #ba ,june1 '#ji2 #e3cj ,p4 ,m4 ,commander ,expeditionary ,patrol at #de3 ,a column of infantry is moving east about #a mile west of ,schweizer 7aa'72 about #hjj yards in front of this body is another small body with #h to #aj men #cjj yards still farther east4 ,it took the main body #b min41 #de sec4 to pass a point on the road4 ,i remain in observation4 ,h1 ,corporal4 ,required1 #c4 ,the size of the command reported by ,corporal ,h and its formation4 7,par4 #ihc47 ,answer4 ,one battalion infantry 7#eab men71 preceded by #a section at advance guard4 ,the advance guard having only advance party and point1 #b-c_/d minutes x #age #dha men in the main body1 leaving about #cb men for the advance men for the advance guard4 ,problem ,no4 #h 7,infantry7 #ajdj4 ,general ,situation3 ,a ,blue force of one regiment of infantry has outposts facing south on the line ,pope ,hill 7sm'71 ,national ,cemetery 7qk'7--,e 7qi'74 ,a ,red force moving north reached ,soldiers' ,home at #g o'clock this morning4 ,special ,situation3 ,corporal ,b is chosen by ,sergeant ,a1 commander of the right support at the ,national ,cemetery1 to take a patrol south as far as #bjth street 7yf'7 and ,metropolitan avenue 7wh'71 to report on the ground along the route1 and to reconnoiter the enemy4 ,a friendly patrol moves along ,sheridan's ,drive 7i7--,atchison ,hill 7rg'7--,southwest ,hill 7ue'71 and one on ,prison ,lane 7rk'74 ,required1 #a4 ,sergeant ,a's orders1 verbatim 7that is1 word for word74 #b4 ,give the various details attended to by ,corporal ,b before he moves out with his patrol4 #c4 ,what is the formation of the patrol when its point is at ,e 7qh'78 #d4 ,when the patrol reaches #ad 7ug'71 how are the intersecting roads reconnoitered8 #e4 ,four mounted men are seen riding west at a walk at #fd 7wb'74 ,what action does ,corporal ,a take8 #f4 ,describe the ground passed over by the patrol4 ,problem ,no4 #i 7,infantry7 #ajda4 ,situation3 ,the enemy is moving east toward ,frenchman 7oc'7 and is expected to reach there early tomorrow4 ,a company at #gb 7uj'7 forms the left support of an outpost in hostile country1 on the line #gj 7vj'7--,national ,cemetery 7qj'74 ,at #d ,p4 ,m4 ,sergeant ,a is ordered to take a patrol of #ab men and go to ,frenchman and destroy the bridge there1 and remain in observation in that vicinity all night4 ,required1 #a4 ,his orders to the patrol4 #b4 ,the route the patrol will follow1 and its formation crossing the ,atchison ,hill--,government ,hill ridge4 #c4 ,give the conduct of the patrol from ,atchison ,hill 7rg'7--,government ,hill 7tf'7 to its position at the bridge at ,frenchman4 ,general ,situation3 ,a ,blue squadron is camped for the night at ,waterworks 7vn'71 ,fort ,leavenworth1 and has outposts on the line ,,xiv 7un'7--,grant ,hill 7um'7--,prison ,hill 7wk'74 ,a ,red force is reported to be advancing from the north on ,kickapoo 7cb'74 ,problem ,no4 #aj 7,cavalry7 #ajdb4 ,special ,situation3 ,lieutenant ,a1 commanding the left support on ,prison ,hill1 at #e ,p4 ,m41 directs ,sergeant ,jones to take a patrol of #e men from his platoon and move via ,atchison ,cross 7ug'7 to the vicinity of ,kickapoo and secure information of any enemy that may be in that locality4 ,another patrol is to go via ,fort ,leavenworth 7ol'74 ,required1 #a4 ,the order given by ,lieutenant ,a1 verbatim4 7,pars4 #ifc and #ife47 ,answer4 ,sergeant ,jones1 the enemy is north of ,kickapoo1 moving on that place4 ,this squadron will remain here tonight2 ,sergeant ,b will take a patrol through ,fort ,leavenworth4 ,select a patrol of #e men from your platoon and move out via ,frenchman's 7oc'7 toward ,kickapoo4 ,secure any information you can of the enemy in that locality4 ,report on the condition of the bridges between here and #dg 7fd'74 ,you may have to stay out over night4 ,send messages here4 ,sergeant ,jones selects five good men1 directs them to take one cooked ration each and canteen full of water4 ,he inspects the men and horses carefully2 sees that no horse of conspicuous color or that neighs is taken4 ,explains the orders to his men1 etc41 as was done in the infantry patrol4 ,required1 #b4 ,what route does the patrol take1 and why8 ,answer4 ,metropolitan avenue 7w7--#gj 7vj'7--#gb 7vj'7--#ad 7ug'7--,frenchman 7oc'7--#ag 7jc'7--#dg 7ec'74 ,reasons4 ,the enemy is distant and ,kickapoo1 the objective of the patrol1 is seen from the map1 which ,sergeant ,jones has1 to be over an hour's ride at a walk and trot4 ,it is not at all probable that the enemy will be met until the patrol reaches the vicinity of ,kickapoo and ,sergeant ,jones decides to take the shortest and best road though it is a main highway1 instead of ,sheridan's ,drive 7j7 of the ,f 7qg'7--#ae 7jg'7 lane4 ,it is always well for a patrol to avoid main highways when the enemy is near1 especially in hostile country1 but here the time saved more than justifies the use of the direct route4 ,problem ,no4 #aa 7,cavalry7 #ajdc4 ,same situation as ,problem #a4 ,required1 #a4 ,the formation and conduct of the patrol as far as ,frenchman's4 ,answer4 ,sergeant ,jones determines to move at a walk and trot 7#e miles per hour7 in order to reach the vicinity of ,kickapoo and take up a position of observation before night4 ,sergeant ,jones and ,private ,b are in the lead1 #b men about #ajj yards to the rear1 the remaining #b men about #ge yards in the rear of these4 ,they move out at a trot along the road until ,atchison ,cross is reached4 ,the two cross roads are reconnoitered without halting the patrol1 inasmuch as from the cross roads a good view is had north and south4 ,from ,atchison ,cross to #af 7sf'7 the patrol moves at a walk1 being up a slope from #d to #f degrees4 ,usually such a place would be rushed through1 but the distance of the enemy makes this unnecessary4 ,no scouting is done off the road through the woods1 because of the distance of the enemy4 ,on reaching the top of the hill the patrol is halted while ,sergeant ,jones moves up to the high ground south of the road at the crest1 and in concealment searches with his glasses the road as far as ,frenchman's1 especially the village beyond ,g 7qf'74 ,seeing no signs of the enemy he moves the patrol down the hill at a walk until the cut is passed and there takes a fast trot1 so as to avoid being long in a position where they could be seen from the direction of ,kickapoo4 ,the same formation and gait are maintained as far as ,gauss' 7pd'71 where a walk is taken to rest the horses and to gain opportunity to see if any enemy are holding the bridge at ,frenchman's4 ,situation3 ,just as the patrol comes to a walk ,sergeant ,jones sees what appears to be a dismounted patrol moving south over the ridge about #fej yards north of ,frenchman's4 ,he can see three men4 ,required1 #b4 ,action taken by ,sergeant ,jones4 ,answer4 ,the patrol is moved into the orchard just off the road1 while ,sergeant ,jones moves quickly to the top of the hill and1 concealed by the trees1 examines the road north to see if the #c men are followed by others forming a part of a larger patrol or column4 ,he finds the three men are not followed4 ,required1 #c4 ,what does he do next8 ,answer4 ,he determines to capture the patrol by surprise4 ,he has the horses led over south of the orchard hill so as not to be visible to the enemy4 ,he then distributes his men along the north edge of the orchard1 himself nearest the bridge1 #b men #ge yards back along the road toward ,g 7qf'71 then #b men #ge yards farther along toward ,g4 ,as the third man comes opposite him1 ,sergeant ,jones cries ,halt1 which is the signal for the other parties to similarly hold up their men4 ,reasons4 ,sergeant ,jones might either capture the hostile patrol or let it pass1 and then proceed on his road4 ,since they are the first enemy seen and there is such a good chance to capture them1 and as they may furnish definite information of the enemy's main force1 he decides as stated4 ,there is an objection in capturing them that he will have to send one or two men to take them to camp4 ,the patrol is placed as described above so as to have the two men opposite each of the enemy1 except for ,sergeant ,jones1 who is alone4 ,by thus covering each man of the hostile patrol by two of our men1 they will at once see the folly of an effort to escape and no shot need be fired4 ,one man is holding the horses4 ,problem ,no4 #ab 7,cavalry7 #ajdd4 ,same situation as ,problem #aj4 ,required3 #a4 ,what action does ,sergeant ,jones take before leaving the vicinity of ,frenchman's8 #b4 ,give the formation and conduct of the patrol after leaving here4 #c4 ,give the report submitted by ,sergeant ,jones under his instructions in regard to bridges4 7,par4 #ajjj47 ,at #f3cj ,p4 ,m4 7it is dark at #g3cj7 the patrol reaches #ag 7jc'74 #d4 ,give the route followed from here and the disposition of the patrol made for the night4 ,problem ,no4 #ac 7,cavalry7 #ajde4 ,situation3 ,the ,missouri river is the boundary between hostile countries4 ,a ,blue separate brigade 7#c regiments infantry1 #a squadron cavalry1 #a battery field artillery7 is moving from ,winchester 7#ai miles west of ,leavenworth7 to seize the ,rock ,island bridge 7q7 across the ,missouri river at ,fort ,leavenworth4 ,the cavalry squadron is camped at ,lowemont1 #h miles west of ,leavenworth1 for night ,june #d-e4 ,at #c ,p4 ,m4 ,sergeant ,jones is directed to take a patrol of six men and move via the ,rock ,island bridge into ,missouri and gain information of the enemy reported to be now just east of the river4 ,required1 #a4 ,give the formation of the patrol when it first comes on the map4 ,required1 #b4 ,give the conduct of the patrol from ,mottin's 7oa'7 to ,g 7qf'74 ,at ,frenchman's1 ,sergeant ,jones met a farmer coming from ,fort ,leavenworth1 who said about #bjj hostile cavalry were seen just east of the ,missouri about #b ,p4 ,m41 moving towards the ,terminal ,bridge 7z74 ,required1 #c4 ,action of ,sergeant ,jones4 7,does he hold the man8 ,does he send a message8 ,does he change his plans or direction of march87 ,the patrol reaches the top of the hill1 ,sheridan's ,drive--,government ,hill 7tf'74 ,required1 #d4 ,what action does ,sergeant ,jones take before proceeding east8 ,,flank ,,guards #ajdf4 ,the flanks of a column are ordinarily protected by the advance guard1 which sends out patrols to carefully examine the country on both sides of the line of march4 ,in some cases1 however1 the direction of march of the column is such that there is a great danger of the enemy's striking it in flank and some special provision is necessary to furnish additional security on the threatened flank4 ,this is done by having a detachment1 called a flank guard1 march off the exposed flank4 ,the flank guard usually follows a road1 parallel to the one on which the column is marching and at least #a1jjj yards 7effective rifle range7 beyond it4 ,if hostile artillery is feared this distance is much greater4 ,the flank guard regulates its march so as to continue abreast of the advance guard of the main column4 ,it takes a formation similar to an advance guard1 does most of its patrolling to the front and on the exposed flank1 and keeps in constant touch with the main column by means of mounted or dismounted messengers4 ,in case the enemy is encountered the flank guard drives him off if practicable or takes up a defensive position1 protecting the march of the main column1 and preventing the enemy from disturbing the latter's march4 ,,rear ,,guard #ajdg4 ,definition and ,duties4 ,a rear guard is a detachment of a marching column following in rear to protect the main column from being surprised and to prevent the march from being delayed or interrupted4 ,when the main column is marching toward the enemy the rear guard is very small and its duties relatively unimportant4 ,it is principally occupied in gathering up stragglers4 ,when the main column is marching away from the enemy 7retreating7 the rear guard is all important4 ,it covers the retreat of the main body1 preventing the enemy from harassing or delaying its march4 #ajdh4 ,strength4 ,the strength of a rear guard is slightly greater than that of an advance guard1 as it cannot expect1 like the latter1 to be reinforced in case it is attacked1 as the main column is marching away from it and avoiding a fight4 #ajdi4 ,form of ,order4 ,the rear guard commander1 on the receipt of the retreat order1 issues a rear guard order1 according to the form given in the ,field ,service ,regulations4 ,the distance of a rear guard from the main body and its formation are similar to those of an advance guard4 ,the elements corresponding to the advance cavalry1 the point1 and the advance party of an advance guard are termed the rear cavalry1 rear point and rear party1 respectively4 ,the support and reserve retain the same designations4 ,a rear guard formed during an engagement to cover the withdrawal or retreat of the main body1 may first be compelled to take up a defensive position behind which the main body forms up and moves off4 ,it may be forced to withdraw from this position by successive skirmish lines1 gradually forming up in column on the road as it clears itself from fighting contact with the enemy4 ,the rate of march of the rear guard depends upon that of the main body4 ,the main body may be much disorganized and fatigued1 necessitating long halts and a slow marching rate4 #ajej4 ,action of the ,rear ,guard4 ,the withdrawal of defeated troops is delayed1 if possible1 until night4 ,if it becomes necessary to begin a retreat while an engagement is in progress1 the rear guard is organized and takes up a defensive position generally behind the fighting line2 the latter then falls back and assembles under cover of the rear guard4 ,the rear cavalry gives away before the enemy's pursuit only when absolutely necessary1 maintains communication with and sends information to the rear guard commander1 and pays special attention to the weak points in the retreat1 namely1 the flanks4 ,it makes use of every kind of action of which it is capable1 according to the situation1 and unless greatly outnumbered by hostile cavalry1 it causes considerable delay to the enemy4 ,when the enemy is conducting an energetic pursuit the rear guard effects its withdrawal by taking up a succession of defensive positions 7that is1 where the nature of the ground enables the rear guard to defend itself well7 and compelling the enemy to attack or turn them4 7,it should be understood that these successive defensive positions must1 in the case of a large force1 be from two to four miles apart and in the case of a small force at least one-half mile apart--not a few hundred yards as is frequently attempted in peace maneuvers47 ,when the enemy's dispositions for attack are nearly completed1 the rear guard begins to fall back1 the cavalry on the flanks being usually the last to leave4 ,the commander designates a part of the rear guard to cover the withdrawal of the remainder2 the latter then falls back to a new position in rear1 and in turn covers the withdrawal of the troops in front4 ,these operations compel the enemy continually to deploy or make turning movements1 and constantly retard his advance4 ,the pursuit may be further delayed by obstacles placed in the enemy's path2 bridges are burned or blown up2 boats removed or destroyed2 fords and roads obstructed2 tracks torn up2 telegraph lines cut1 and houses1 villages1 woods and fields fired4 ,demolitions and obstructions are prepared by engineers1 assisted1 if necessary1 by other troops detailed from the reserve1 and are completed by the mounted engineers of the rear party at the last moment4 ,the instructions of the supreme commander govern in the demolition of important structures4 ,,outposts 7,see ,outpost1 ,par4 #hhg7 #ajea4 ,definition and ,duties4 ,outposts are detachments thrown out to the front and flanks of a force that is in camp or bivouac1 to protect the main body from being surprised and to insure its undisturbed rest4 ,in fact1 an outpost is merely a stationary advance guard4 ,its duties1 in general1 are to observe and resist--to observe the enemy1 and to resist him in case of attack4 ,specifically its duties are3 7a7 ,to observe toward the front and flanks by means of stationary sentinels and patrols1 in order to locate the enemy's whereabouts and learn promptly of his movements1 thus making it impossible for him to surprise us4 7b7 ,to prevent the main body from being observed or disturbed4 7c7 ,in case of attack1 to check the enemy long enough to enable the main body to prepare for action and make the necessary dispositions4 #ajeb4 ,size4 ,the size of the outpost will depend upon many circumstances1 such as the size of the whole command1 the nearness of the enemy1 the nature of the ground1 etc4 ,a suitable strength for an outpost may vary from a very small fraction to one-third of the whole force4 ,however1 in practice it seldom exceeds one-sixth of the whole force--as a rule1 if it be greater1 the efficiency of the troops will be impaired4 ,for a single company in bivouac a few sentinels and patrols will suffice2 for a large command1 a more elaborate outpost system must be provided4 ,the most economical form of outpost is furnished by keeping close contact with the enemy by means of outpost patrols1 in conjunction with resisting detachments on the avenues of approach4 ,troops at a halt are supposed to be resting1 night or day1 and the fewer on outpost the more troops will there be resting1 and thus husbanding their strength for approaching marches and encounters with the enemy4 ,outpost duty is about the most exhausting and fatiguing work a soldier performs4 ,it is1 therefore1 evident that not a man or horse more than is absolutely necessary should be employed1 and that the commander should use careful judgment in determining the strength of the outpost1 and the chiefs of the various outpost subdivisions should be equally careful in disposing their men so as to permit the greatest possible number to rest and sleep undisturbed1 but at the same time always considering the safety of the main body as the chief duty4 #ajec4 ,composition4 ,the composition of the outpost will1 as a rule1 depend upon the size and composition of the command1 but a mixed outpost is composed principally of infantry1 which is charged with the duty of local observation1 especially at night1 and with resisting the enemy1 in case of attack1 long enough for the main body to prepare for action4 ,the cavalry is charged with the duty of reconnaissance1 and is very useful in open country during the day4 ,artillery is useful to outposts when its fire can sweep defiles or large open spaces and when it commands positions that might be occupied by hostile artillery4 ,machine guns are useful to command approaches and check sudden advances of the enemy4 ,engineers are attached to an outpost to assist in constructing entrenchments1 clearing the field of fire1 opening communication laterally and to the rear4 ,the outpost should be composed of complete organizations4 ,for example1 if the outpost is to consist of one company1 do not have some of the platoons from one company and the others from another1 and if it is to consist of one battalion1 do not have some of the companies from one battalion and others from another1 etc4 ,,formation ,,of ,,outposts #ajed4 ,subdivisions4 ,as in the case of an advance guard1 the outpost of a large force is divided into elements or parts1 that gradually increase in size from front to rear4 ,these1 in order from the main body1 are the reserve1 the line of supports1 the line of outguards1 and the advance cavalry1 and their formation1 as shown by the drawing on the preceding page1 may be likened to an open hand1 with the fingers apart and extended1 the wrist representing the main body1 the knuckles the line of supports1 the first joints the line of outguards1 the second joints the line of sentinels and the finger tips the advance cavalry4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,in case of attack each part is charged with holding the enemy in check until the larger element1 next in rear1 has time to deploy and prepare for action4 #ajee4 ,distances ,between the ,subdivisions4 ,the distances separating the main body1 the line of supports1 the line of outguards1 the line of sentries and the advance cavalry1 will depend upon circumstances4 ,there can be no uniformity in the distance between supports and reserves1 nor between outguards and supports1 even in the same outpost4 ,the avenues of approach and the important features of the ground will largely control the exact positions of the different parts of the outposts4 ,the basic principle upon which the distances are based1 is3 ,the distance between any two parts of the outpost must be great enough to give the one in rear time to deploy and prepare for action in case of attack1 and the distance of the whole outpost from the main body must1 in the case of small commands1 be sufficiently great to hold the enemy beyond effective rifle range until the main body can deploy1 and1 in case of large commands1 it must be sufficiently great to hold the enemy beyond effective artillery range until the main body can deploy4 ,it is1 therefore1 evident that the distances will be materially affected not only by the size of the main body1 but also by the nature of the cover afforded by the ground4 ,the following is given merely as a very general guide1 subject to many changes3 ,distance to next element in rear4 ,advance cavalry #b to #f miles ,supports ,sentinels 7furnished by outguard7 #bj to #dj yds4 7,generally ,outguards 7furnished by support7 #bjj to #ejj yds4 two or ,support proper furnishes majority #djj to #hjj yds4 more7 of patrols4 ,reserve 7usually omitted in small commands7 #a_/b to #b miles #ajef4 ,advance ,cavalry4 ,the advance cavalry is that part of the outpost sent out in front of all foot troops4 ,it generally operates two to six miles beyond the outpost infantry1 reconnoitering far to the front and flanks in order to guard the camp against surprise by artillery fire and to give early information of the enemy's movements4 ,after dusk the bulk of the cavalry usually withdraws to a camp in rear of the outpost reserve1 where it can rest securely after the day's hard work and the horses can be fresh for the next day4 ,several mounted patrols are usually left for the night at junctions or forks on the principal roads to the front1 from one to four miles beyond the infantry line of observation4 #ajeg4 ,supports4 ,the supports constitute a line of supporting and resisting detachments1 varying in size from a half a company to a battalion4 ,in outposts consisting of a battalion or more the supports usually comprise about one-half of the infantry4 ,supports are numbered numerically consecutively from right to left and are placed at the more important points on the outpost line1 on or near the line on which resistance is to be made in case of attack4 ,as a rule1 roads exercise the greatest influence on the location of supports1 and a support will generally be placed on or near a road4 ,each support has assigned to it a definite1 clearly-defined section of front that it is to cover1 and the support should be located as centrally as possible thereto4 #ajeh4 ,outguards4 ,the outguards constitute the line of small detachments farthest to the front and nearest to the enemy1 and their duty is to maintain uninterrupted observation of the ground in front and on the flanks2 to report promptly hostile movements and other information relating to the enemy2 to prevent unauthorized persons from crossing the line of observation2 to drive off small parties of the enemy1 and to make temporary resistance to larger bodies4 ,for convenience outguards are classified as pickets1 sentry squads1 and cossack posts4 ,they are numbered consecutively from right to left in each support4 #ajei4 ,a picket is a group consisting of two or more squads1 ordinarily not exceeding half a company1 posted in the line of outguards to cover a given sector4 ,it furnishes patrols and one or more sentinels1 double sentinels1 sentry1 squads1 or cossack posts for observation4 ,pickets are placed at the more important points in the line of outguards1 such as road forks4 ,the strength of each depends upon the number of small groups required to observe properly its sector4 #ajfj4 ,a sentry squad is a squad posted in observation at an indicated point4 ,it posts a double sentinel in observation1 the remaining men resting near by and furnishing the reliefs of sentinels4 ,in some cases it may be required to furnish a patrol4 #ajfa4 ,a cossack post consists of four men4 ,it is an observation group similar to a sentry squad2 but employs a single sentinel4 ,at night1 it will sometimes be advisable to place some of the outguards or their sentinels in a position different from that which they occupy in the daytime4 ,in such case the ground should be carefully studied before dark and the change made at dusk4 ,however1 a change in the position of the outguard will be exceptional4 #ajfb4 ,sentinels are generally used singly in daytime1 but at night double sentinels will be required in most cases4 ,sentinels furnished by cossack posts or sentry squads are kept near their group4 ,those furnished by pickets may be as far as #ajj yards away4 ,every sentinel should be able to communicate readily with the body to which he belongs4 ,sentinel posts are numbered consecutively from right to left in each outguard4 ,sentry squads and cossack posts furnished by pickets are counted as sentinel posts4 ,if practicable1 troops on outpost duty are concealed and all movements made so as to avoid observation by the enemy2 sentinels are posted so as to have a clear view to the front and1 if practicable 7though it is rarely possible71 so as to be able1 by day1 to see the sentinels of the adjoining outguards4 ,double sentinels are posted near enough to each other to be able to communicate easily in ordinary voice4 ,sentinels are generally on duty two hours out of six4 ,for every sentinel and for every patrol there should be at least three reliefs2 therefore1 one-third the strength of the outguards gives the greatest number of men that should be on duty as sentinels and patrols at one time4 ,skillful selection of the posts of sentinels increases their field of observation4 ,high points1 under cover1 are advantageous by night as well as by day2 they increase the range of vision and afford greater facilities for seeing lights and hearing noises4 ,observers with good field glasses may be placed on high buildings1 on church steeples or in high trees4 ,glittering objects on uniform or equipment should be concealed4 ,it is seldom necessary to fix bayonets1 except at night1 in dense fog1 or in very close country4 ,reliefs1 visiting patrols1 and inspecting officers1 approach sentinels from the rear1 remaining under cover if possible4 #ajfc4 ,reserve4 ,the reserve forms a general support for the line of resistance4 ,it is1 therefore1 centrally located near the junction of roads coming from the direction of the enemy1 and in concealment if practicable4 ,of the troops detailed for outpost duty1 about one-half of the infantry1 generally all of the artillery1 and the cavalry not otherwise employed1 are assigned to the reserve4 ,if the outpost consists of less than two companies the reserve may be omitted altogether4 ,the arms are stacked and the equipments 7except cartridge belts7 may be removed4 ,roads communicating with the supports are opened4 ,when necessary1 the outpost order states what is to be done in case of attack1 designates places of assembly and provides for interior guards4 ,interior guards are posted in the camp of the reserve or main body to maintain order1 and furnish additional security4 ,additional instructions may be given for messing1 feeding1 watering1 etc4 ,in the vicinity of the enemy or at night a portion of the infantry may be required to remain under arms1 the cavalry to hold their horses 7cinches loosened71 and the artillery to remain in harness1 or take up a combat position4 ,in case of alarm1 the reserve prepares for action without delay1 and word is sent to the main body4 ,in combat1 the reserve reinforces the line of resistance1 and if unable to check the enemy until the arrival of the main body1 delays him as much as possible4 ,the distance of the reserve from the line of resistance varies1 but is generally about half a mile2 in outposts of four companies or less this distance may be as small as #djj yards4 #ajfd4 ,patrols4 ,instead of using outguards along the entire front of observation1 part of this front may be covered by patrols only4 ,these should be used to cover such sections of the front as can be crossed by the enemy only with difficulty and over which he is not likely to attempt a crossing after dark4 ,in daylight much of the local patrolling may be dispensed with if the country can be seen from the posts of the sentinels4 ,however1 patrols should frequently be pushed well to the front unless the ground in that direction is exceptionally open4 ,patrols must be used to keep up connection between the parts of the outpost except when1 during daylight1 certain fractions or groups are mutually visible4 ,after dark this connection must be maintained throughout the outpost except where the larger subdivisions are provided with wire communication4 ,the following patrols are usually sent out from the main bodies of the supports3 7a7 ,patrols of from three men to a squad are sent along the roads and trails in the direction of the enemy1 for a distance of from one to five miles1 depending on how close the enemy is supposed to be1 whether or not there is any advance cavalry out1 and how long the outpost has been in position4 ,the extreme right and left supports send patrols well out on the roads to the flanks4 ,these patrols generally operate continuously as soon as one returns from the front1 or possibly even before it returns1 another goes out in the same general direction to cover the same country4 ,frequently a patrol is sent out along a road to the front for two or three miles with orders to remain out until some stated time--for example1 #d ,p4 ,m41 dusk or dawn4 ,it sends in important information1 and remains out near the extremity of its route1 keeping a close watch on the surrounding country4 ,an effort should always be made to secure and maintain contact with the enemy1 if within a reasonable distance1 in order that his movements or lack of movement may be constantly watched and reported on4 ,the usual tendency is towards a failure to send these patrols far enough to the front and for the patrol leader to overestimate the distance he has traveled4 ,a mile through strange country with the ever-present possibility of encountering the enemy seems three miles to the novice4 ,at night the patrols generally confine their movements to the roads1 usually remaining quietly on the alert near the most advanced point of their route to the front4 ,the majority of such patrols are sent out to secure information of the enemy--reconnoitering patrols--and they avoid fighting and hostile patrols1 endeavoring to get in touch with the enemy's main force4 ,other patrols are sometimes sent out to prevent hostile detachments from approaching the outposts2 they endeavor to locate the hostile patrols1 drive them back1 preventing them from gaining any vantage point from which they can observe the outpost line4 ,these are called combat patrols and have an entirely different mission from reconnoitering patrols4 7b7 ,patrols of from two men to a squad1 usually two men1 are sent from the support around the line of its outguards1 connecting with the outguards of the adjacent supports1 if practicable4 ,these are visiting patrols1 and they serve to keep the outguards of a support in touch with it and with each other2 to keep the commander of a support in touch with his outguards and the adjacent supports2 and to reconnoiter the ground between the outguards4 ,since a hostile force of any size is practically forced to keep to the roads1 there are rarely ever any supports and very few outguards posted off the roads1 the intervals being covered by patrols1 as just described4 ,when going out a patrol will always inform the nearest sentinel of the direction it will take and its probable route and hour of return4 #ajfe4 ,detail for ,patrols4 ,since for every patrol of four men1 twelve are required 7#c reliefs of #d men each71 the importance of sending out just enough men and not one more than is actually needed1 can readily be understood4 ,as fast as one visiting patrol completes its round1 another should usually be sent out1 possibly going the rounds by a slightly different route or in the reverse direction4 ,the same generally applies to the reconnoitering and combat patrols1 though frequently they are sent out for the entire day1 afternoon or night1 and no #b;d and #c;d relief is required4 ,three reliefs are required for the sentinel or sentinels at the post of the supports1 so care should be taken to establish but one post1 if it can do all that is required4 ,it should not be considered that every man in the support should be on duty or on a relief for an outguard1 a patrol or sentinel post4 ,there should be as many men as possible in the main body of a support 7this term is used to distinguish this body from the support proper1 which includes the outguards and their sentinels7 who only have no duty other than being instantly available in case of attack4 #ajff4 ,flags of ,truce4 ,upon the approach of a flag of truce1 the sentry will at once notify the commander of the outguard1 who will in turn send word to the commander of the outpost and ask for instructions4 ,one or more men will advance to the front and halt the party at such distance as to prevent any of them from overlooking the outposts4 ,as soon as halted1 the party will be ordered to face in the opposite direction4 ,if permission is given to pass the party through the outpost line1 they will be blindfolded and led under escort to the commander of the outpost4 ,no conversation1 except by permission of the outpost commander1 is to be allowed on any subject1 under any pretext1 with the persons bearing the flag of truce4 #ajfg4 ,entrenchments and ,obstacles4 ,the positions held by the subdivisions of an outpost should generally be strengthened by the construction of entrenchments and obstacles1 but conditions may render this unnecessary4 #ajfh4 ,concealment4 ,troops on outpost must keep concealed as much as is consistent with the proper performance of their duties2 especially should they avoid the sky line4 #ajfi4 ,detached ,posts4 ,in addition to ordinary outguards1 the outpost commander may detail from the reserve one or more detached posts to cover roads or areas not in general line assigned to the supports4 ,in like manner the commander of the whole force may order detached posts to be sent from the main body to cover important roads or localities not included in the outpost line4 ,detached posts may be sent out to hold points which are of importance to the outpost cavalry1 such as a ford or a junction of roads2 or to occupy positions especially favorable for observation1 but too far to the front to be included in the line of observation2 or to protect flanks of the outpost position4 ,such posts are generally established by the outpost commander1 but a support commander might find it necessary to establish a post practically detached from the rest of his command4 ,they usually vary in strength from a squad to a platoon4 ,the number and strength of detached posts are reduced to the absolute needs of the situation4 #ajgj4 ,examining ,posts4 ,an examining post is a small detachment1 under the command of an officer or a noncommissioned officer1 stationed at some convenient point to examine strangers and to receive bearers ,of flags of truce brought in by the outguards or patrols4 ,though the employment of examining posts is not general in field operations1 there are many occasions when their use is important2 for example3 ,when the outguards do not speak the language of the country or of the enemy2 when preparations are being made for a movement and strict scrutiny at the outguards is ordered3 at sieges1 whether in attack or defense4 ,when such posts1 are used1 strangers approaching the line of observation are passed along the line to an examining post4 ,no one except the commander is allowed to speak to persons brought to an examining post4 ,prisoners and deserters are at once sent under guard to the rear4 #ajga4 ,cavalry ,outpost4 ,independent cavalry covering a command or on special missions1 and occasionally the advance cavalry of a mixed command1 bivouac when night overtakes them1 and in such cases furnish their own outposts4 ,the outposts are established1 in the main1 in accordance with the foregoing principles1 care being taken to confine outpost work to the lowest limits consistent with safety4 ,no precaution1 however1 should be omitted1 as the cavalry is generally in close proximity to the enemy1 and often in territory where the inhabitants are hostile4 ,the line of resistance is occupied by the supports1 the latter sending out the necessary outguards and patrols4 ,each outguard furnishes its own vedettes 7mounted sentinels71 or sentinels4 ,due to the mobility of cavalry1 the distances are generally greater than in an outpost for a mixed command4 ,an outguard of four troopers is convenient for the day time1 but should be doubled at night1 and at important points made even stronger4 ,the sentinels are generally dismounted1 their horses being left with those of the outguards4 ,mounted cavalry at night can offer little resistance2 the supports and outguards are therefore generally dismounted1 the horses being under cover in rear1 and the positions are strengthened by intrenchments and obstacles4 ,by holding villages1 bridges1 defiles1 etc41 with dismounted rifle fire1 cavalry can greatly delay a superior force4 ,there should always be easy communication along the line of resistance to enable the cavalry to concentrate at a threatened point4 ,a support of one squadron covers with its outposts a section rarely longer than two miles4 ,as such a line is of necessity weak1 the principal reliance is placed on distant patrolling4 ,if threatened by infantry1 timely information enables the threatened point to be reinforced1 or the cavalry to withdraw to a place of safety4 ,if there is danger from hostile cavalry1 the roads in front are blocked at suitable points1 such as bridges1 fords1 defiles1 etc41 by a succession of obstacles and are defended by a few dismounted men4 ,when compelled to fall back these men mount and ride rapidly to the next obstacle in rear and there take up a new position4 ,as the march of cavalry at night is1 as a rule1 confined to roads1 such tactics seriously delay its advance4 ,in accordance with the situation and the orders they have received1 the support commanders arrange for feeding1 watering1 cooking1 resting and patrolling4 ,during the night the horses of the outguards remain saddled and bridled4 ,during the day time cinches may be loosened1 one-third of the horses at a time4 ,feeding and watering are done by reliefs4 ,horses being fed are removed a short distance from the others4 ,independent cavalry generally remains in outpost position for the night only1 its advance being resumed on the following day2 if stopped by the enemy1 it is drawn off to the flanks upon the approach of its own infantry4 ,,establishing ,,the ,,outpost #ajgb4 ,the outpost is posted as quickly as possible1 so that the troops can the sooner obtain rest4 ,until the leading outpost troops are able to assume their duties1 temporary protection1 known as the march outpost1 is furnished by the nearest available troops4 ,upon receipt of the halt order from the commander of the main column1 the outpost commander issues the outpost order with the least practicable delay4 ,the halt order1 besides giving the necessary information and assigning camp sites to the parts of the command1 details the troops to constitute the outpost1 assigns a commander therefor1 designates the general line to be occupied1 and1 when practicable1 points out the position to be held in case of attack4 ,the outpost order gives such available information of the situation as is necessary to the complete and proper guidance of subordinates2 designates the troops to constitute the supports2 assigns their location and the sector each is to cover2 provides for the necessary detached posts2 indicates any special reconnaissance that is to be made2 orders the location and disposition of the reserve2 disposes of the train if the same is ordered to join the outpost2 and informs subordinates where information will be sent4 ,in large commands it may often be necessary to give the order from the map1 but usually the outpost commander will have to make some preliminary reconnaissance1 unless he has an accurate and detailed map4 ,generally it is preferable for the outpost commander to give verbal orders to his support commanders from some locality which overlooks the terrain4 ,the time and locality should be so selected that the support commanders may join their commands and conduct them to their positions without causing unnecessary delay to their troops4 ,the reserve commander should1 if possible1 receive his orders at the same time as the support commanders4 ,subordinates to whom he gives orders separately should be informed of the location of other parts of the outpost4 #ajgc4 ,after issuing the initial orders1 the outpost commander inspects the outpost1 orders the necessary changes or additions1 and sends his superior a report of his dispositions4 ,the reserve is marched to its post by its commander1 who then sends out such detachments as have been ordered and places the rest in camp or bivouac1 over which at least one sentinel should be posted4 ,connection must be maintained with the main body1 the supports1 and nearby detached posts4 ,the supports march to their posts1 using the necessary covering detachments when in advance of the march outpost4 ,a support commander's order should fully explain the situation to subordinates1 or to the entire command1 if it be small4 ,it should detail the troops for the different outguards and1 when necessary1 define the sector each is to cover4 ,it should provide the necessary sentinels at the post of the support1 the patrols to be sent therefrom1 and should arrange for the necessary intrenching4 ,in posting his command the support commander must seek to cover his sector 7the front that he is to look after7 in such manner that the enemy can not reach1 in dangerous numbers and unobserved1 the position of the support or pass by it within the sector intrusted to the support4 ,on the other hand1 he must economize men on observation and patrol duty1 for these duties are unusually fatiguing4 ,he must practice the greatest economy of men consistent with the requirements of practical security4 ,as soon as the posting of the support is completed1 its commander carefully inspects the dispositions and corrects defects1 if any1 and reports the disposition of his support1 including the patrolling ordered1 to the outpost commander4 ,this report is preferably made by means of a sketch4 ,by day the outpost will stack arms and the articles of equipment1 except the cartridge belt and canteen1 will be placed by the arms4 ,at night the men will invariably sleep with their arms and equipment near them4 ,in addition to the sentinel posted over the support1 a part of the support1 say one-third or one-fourth1 should always be awake at night4 ,each outguard is marched by its commander to its assigned station1 and especially in the case of a picket1 is covered by the necessary patrolling to prevent surprise4 ,having reached the position1 the commander explains the situation to his men and establishes reliefs for each sentinel1 and1 if possible1 for each patrol to be furnished4 ,besides these sentinels and patrols1 a picket must have a sentinel at its post4 ,the commander then posts the sentinels and points out to them the principal features1 such as towns1 roads1 and streams1 and gives their names4 ,he gives the direction and location of the enemy1 if known1 and of adjoining parts of the outpost4 ,he gives to patrols the same information and the necessary orders as to their routes and the frequency with which the same shall be covered4 ,each patrol should go over its route once before dark4 ,each picket should maintain connection by patrols with the outguards on its right and left4 #ajgd4 ,intercommunication4 ,it is most important that communication should be maintained at all times between all parts of the outpost1 and between the outpost and the main body4 ,this may be done by patrols1 messengers1 wire or signal4 ,the commander of the outpost is responsible that proper communication be maintained with the main body1 and the support commanders keep up communication with the outguards1 with the adjoining supports and with the reserve4 ,the commander of a detached post will maintain communication with the nearest outguard4 #ajge4 ,changes for the ,night4 ,in civilized warfare1 it is seldom necessary to draw the outpost closer to the main body at night in order to diminish the front2 nor is it necessary to strengthen the line of observation1 as the enemy's advance in force must be confined to the roads4 ,the latter are therefore strongly occupied1 the intervening ground being diligently patrolled4 ,in very open country or in war with savage or semi-civilized people familiar with the terrain1 special precautions are necessary4 #ajgf4 ,relieving the ,outpost4 ,ordinarily outposts are not kept on duty longer than twenty-four hours4 ,in temporary camps or bivouac they are generally relieved every morning4 ,after a day's advance the outpost for the night is usually relieved1 the following morning when the support of the new advance guard passes the line of resistance4 ,in retreat the outpost for the night usually forms the rear guard for the following day1 and is relieved when it passes the line of observation of the new outpost4 ,outguards that have become familiar with the country during the day time should remain on duty that night4 ,sentinels are relieved once in two hours1 or oftener1 depending on the weather4 ,the work of patrols is regulated by the support commander4 ,commanders of the various fractions of an outpost turn over their instructions and special orders1 written and verbal1 to their successors1 together with the latest information of the enemy1 and a description of the important features of the country4 ,when practicable the first patrols sent out by the new outposts are accompanied by members of the old outpost who are familiar with the terrain4 ,when relieved the old outguards return to their supports1 the supports to the reserve and the latter to the main body2 or1 if more convenient1 the supports and reserves return to the main body independently1 each by the shortest route4 ,when relieved by an advance guard1 the outpost troops ordinarily join their units as the column passes4 ,evening and shortly before dawn are hours of special danger4 ,the enemy may attack late in the day in order to establish himself on captured ground by intrenching during the night2 or he may send forward troops under cover of darkness in order to make a strong attack at early dawn4 ,special precaution is therefore taken at those hours by holding the outpost in readiness1 and by sending patrols in advance of the line of observation4 ,if a new outpost is to be established in the morning it should arrive at the outpost position at daybreak1 thus doubling the outpost strength at that hour4 ,,outpost ,,problems ,problem ,no4 #a 7,infantry7 #ajgg4 ,lieutenant 7to two squads of his company73 ,two battalions of our regiment have camped by ,baker's ,pond 7,elementary ,map7 for the night4 ,it is now #c ,p4 ,m4 on a rainy day in ,august4 ,the enemy is thought to be about five miles to the south of us4 ,our platoon is the left support of the outpost and is stationed at the road fork on the ,chester ,pike1 by the ,mason house4 ,the ,twin ,hills-,lone ,hill ridge is taken care of by other troops4 ,corporal ,baker1 where do you think ,i should place outguards8 ,corporal ,baker3 ,one at the junction of the ,mills farm lane and the ,chester ,pike1 and one at the steel railroad trestle over ,sandy ,creek4 ,lieutenant3 ,those positions are both too far from the support1 almost a half mile1 but they cover the two main avenues of approach and there is no good place for a position nearer the support4 ,a position farther north of the ,mill's farm lane would have its view obstructed by the wall and trees along the lane and the wall would be a bad thing to leave unoccupied such a short distance to your front4 ,so in this case1 in spite of the excessive distances from the support1 ,i think the two positions are well chosen4 ,each should be an outguard of a squad1 for in the day time1 in addition to furnishing a sentinel to observe to the front1 they should have some power of resistance1 particularly at the trestle4 ,at night they should each have one double sentinel post4 ,this requires three reliefs of two men each1 which1 with the corporal1 only leaves one extra man1 who can be used as a messenger4 ,corporal ,baker1 ,i order you to take your squad and post it as ,outguard ,no4 #a1 at the junction of this 7,chester7 pike and that farm lane 7,mills farm7 in front4 ,corporal ,davis' squad will be ,outguard ,no4 #b1 at the railroad trestle over there 7pointing74 ,friendly troops will be on the ridge to the east of your position4 ,your meals will be cooked here and sent to you4 ,explain how you post your squad4 ,corporal ,baker3 ,i order ,smith to double time #aej yards to the front and act as point for the squad4 ,i then march the squad down to its position1 keeping ,smith about #bjj yards in front until ,i have arranged everything4 ,i then post ,brown under cover of the trees along the lane where he can look down the road as far as possible and ,i tell him1 ,brown1 you are to take post here1 keeping a sharp lookout to the front and flanks4 ,the enemy is thought to be about five miles south 7pointing7 of us4 ,this is the ,chester ,pike4 ,that creek over there is ,sandy ,creek4 ,salem is about a mile and three-quarters down this pike in that 7,s4 ,e47 direction4 ,york is a mile and a half in that 7,s4 ,w47 direction4 ,our troops are on that ridge 7,twin ,hills7 and a squad is at the trestle over there4 ,it is ,outguard ,no4 #b4 ,you are in ,outguard ,no4 #a4 ,you know where we left our platoon4 ,it is our support4 ,signal ,smith to come in4 ,i then have the squad pitch their shelter tents along the northern side of the wall1 where they will be hidden to view from the front by the trees along the lane and the wall4 ,i want the men to get shelter from the rain as soon as possible4 ,i then instruct the men of the squad1 in the same manner that ,i did ,brown2 ,i notice the time1 and detail ,davis as second relief and ,carter as third relief for ,brown's post4 ,i then direct two men to take all the canteens and go over to that farm 7,mills7 and fill them1 first questioning the people about the enemy and about the country around here4 ,i also direct these two men to get some straw or hay for bedding in the shelter tents1 and instruct them to return with as little delay as possible4 ,i wait until they return and order two other men to go down to the cross roads1 question the people there1 look the ground over and return here4 ,i caution them not to give any information about our force or the outguard4 ,i would see that the sentinel's position was the best available and that the men had as comfortable quarters as possible1 without being unduly exposed to view and without interfering with their movements in case of attack4 ,they would keep their rifles at their sides at all times and not remove their equipments4 ,after dark ,i put two men on post at the same time4 ,to do this ,i arrange three reliefs of two men each4 ,they are posted in pairs for two hours at a time4 ,if no patrol from the support appeared within a half hour after ,i first took position ,i would send a messenger back to you to see if everything was all right and tell you what ,i had done4 ,lieutenant3 ,i think the two men sent to the crossroads should have been started out before sending anyone to the ,mills house as this was a more important point4 ,the ,field ,service ,regulations state that outguards do not patrol to the front1 but what you did was entirely correct4 ,you were securing yourself in your position and should be familiar with your immediate surroundings4 ,you should have told the crossroads patrol to determine how much of an obstacle ,sandy ,creek was4 ,i suppose you assumed the swamp was impassable4 ,the sentinel in this case is1 ,i suppose1 across the lane from the outguard about ten or fifteen yards in advance4 ,after dark the double sentinel post should be posted on the pike about thirty yards in advance of the outguard4 ,very frequently it would not be wise to put up your shelter tents on outguard4 ,but here1 considering the rain and the protection the trees and wall furnish1 it was wise to do so4 ,the noncommissioned officer in charge of an outguard should be very precise in giving his orders and in making his arrangements1 details1 etc4 ,the discipline must be strict2 that is1 the men must be kept under absolute control1 so that in case of sudden attack there will be no chance of confusion and the outguard commander will have his men absolutely in hand and not permit any independent action on their part4 ,this is often not the case1 owing to the familiar relations that usually exist in our army between a corporal and the members of his squad4 ,we will not have time to go into the arrangements for ,outguard ,no4 #b other than to say that the conditions there are somewhat different from those ,corporal ,baker has had to deal with4 ,the outguard should be posted on the west bank of ,sandy ,creek and the sentinel at the southeastern end of the trestle4 ,a skirmish trench should be dug down the western slope of the fill west of the creek1 and extended across the track by throwing up a parapet about two and one-half feet high1 slightly bent back towards the northeast so as to furnish cover from fire from the east bank of the creek1 north of the trestle4 ,the shelter tents could be pitched as lean tos against the western slope of the fill1 and hidden by bushes and branches of trees4 7,note3 ,the details of commanding this outguard1 its action in case of attack1 what should be done with a passing countryman1 etc41 can be profitably worked out in great detail47 ,problem ,no4 #b #ajgh4 ,lieutenant 7to six squads73 ,we will take the same situation as we had in ,problem #a1 with squad outguards as before4 ,sergeant ,adams1 you have command of the platoon and have sent out the two outguards4 ,explain your arrangements for the support4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i have the men fall out by squads and rest on the side of the road while ,i look the ground over4 ,i then tell ,sergeant ,barnes1 ,you will have immediate charge of the guard1 cooking1 visiting patrols1 etc41 here at the support4 ,detail three men from ,corporal ,evan's squad as first1 second and third relief for the sentinel over the support ,post your sentinel at the road fork and give him the necessary instructions as to the outguards1 the adjacent support which is on this road 7pointing west7 on top of that ridge1 etc4 ,i will give you further instructions later4 ,i then fall in the remainder of the support 7one sergeant1 one cook1 four corporals and twenty-seven privates1 three squads being intact and one man on duty as sentinel7 and have shelter tents pitched under cover of the orchard and ,mason house4 ,while this is being completed ,i select a line for a trench1 about thirty-five yards long1 behind the fence on the east and west road and extending east of the ,chester ,pike about fifteen yards1 slightly bent back towards the northeast4 ,no trench in the road4 ,i then say to ,sergeant ,foss1 ,take ,graves' squad and construct a shelter trench along this line 7indicating7 having the parapet concealed4 ,cut the fences so as to furnish easy access4 ,i then say to ,corporal ,evans1 ,take three men from your squad and1 as a reconnoitering patrol1 cross the trestle there 7pointing71 and follow that road 7pointing to the ,boling-,salem road7 into ,salem1 reconnoitering that village4 ,then take up a position on that ridge 7pointing to ,sandy ,ridge7 and remain out until dusk4 ,send me a message from ,sandy ,ridge with a sketch and description of the country4 ,i assume that ,corporal ,evans is familiar with the information about the enemy1 the location of our outguards1 etc4 ,selecting five men from ,corporal ,geary's squad and the remaining man of ,corporal ,evans' squad 7three having been detailed for sentinel duty1 and three sent out on patrol duty with ,corporal ,evans71 ,i turn them over to ,sergeant ,barnes1 saying1 ,here are six men to furnish three reliefs for a visiting patrol of two men4 ,have this patrol visit ,outguard ,no4 #b and cross the trestle1 going south down the east bank of the creek2 thence recross the creek at the road bridge1 visiting ,outguard ,no4 #a2 thence across to the adjacent outguard of the support on our left1 which is somewhere on that ridge 7pointing to the ,twin ,hills-,lone ,hill ,ridge72 and thence to the starting point4 ,have them locate that support on their first trip4 ,you can reverse the route and make such minor changes from time to time as you think best4 ,report to me after they have completed the first round4 ,make arrangements for sending supper to the outguards4 ,take two men from ,corporal ,jackson's squad to carry it out4 ,be careful that the cook fire is not visible4 ,i am going out to visit ,outguard ,no4 #a and then ,no4 #b4 ,you will have charge until ,i return4 ,the men have stacked arms in front of the tents and have removed all equipment but their belts4 ,i would now visit the outguards1 taking a man with me1 and see if they are properly located4 ,i would instruct the outguard commanders as to what to do in case of attack1 in case strangers approach1 point out their line of retreat in case of necessity1 etc4 ,i would make a sketch of the position and send it1 with a description of my dispositions1 to the commander of the outpost4 ,lieutenant3 ,your arrangements and dispositions appear satisfactory4 ,you should have been more prompt in sending ,corporal ,evans out with his patrol4 ,why didn't you send a patrol towards ,york1 or south along the ,chester ,pike8 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,i considered that the support on my right would cover that ridge 7,twin ,hills-,lone ,hill71 and that the route ,i laid out for ,corporal ,evans would cover the ,chester ,pike and the country east of ,sandy ,creek at the same time1 thus avoiding the necessity for two patrols4 ,lieutenant3 ,that seems reasonable1 but you should have given some specific orders about reporting on the width1 depth1 etc41 of ,sandy ,creek1 which might prove a very valuable or dangerous obstacle4 ,you can readily see how quickly a command becomes broken up and depleted in strength1 and how important it is to make only such detachments as are necessary4 ,it looks as if your outguards might have been made smaller considering the size of your platoon 7#f squads71 but ,i think the squad outpost is so much better than one not composed of a complete unit1 that it is correct in this case4 ,with ,corporal ,evans' patrol of three men1 the visiting patrol requiring six men1 the sentinel post requiring three men1 ,sergeant ,barnes1 and the two outguards1 you have thirty men actually on duty or detailed for duty1 out of fifty-one4 ,of course1 the men constituting the outguards1 the man detailed for the visiting patrol and support sentinel1 have approximately two hours on duty and four hours off duty1 so they get some rest4 ,furthermore1 you should have a three-man patrol watching the crossroads at ,salem during the night1 ,corporal ,evans' patrol having returned4 ,this patrol should be relieved once during the night1 at a previously stated hour1 which means six more men who do not get a complete night's rest4 ,sergeant ,adams3 ,isn't ,salem rather far to the front to send a patrol at night8 ,lieutenant3 ,yes1 it is1 but unless you touch the crossroads there you would have to have two patrols out1 one near ,maxey's farm and one on the ,chester ,pike4 ,as it is you are leaving the road from ,york to the crossroads in front of ,outguard ,no4 #a uncovered1 but you should find that this is covered by a patrol from the adjacent support4 ,the cross roads in front of ,outguard ,no4 #a is the natural place for a stationary1 night patrol1 but it is so close to the outguard that the benefit derived from a patrol there would be too small to justify the effort4 7,note3 ,further details of the duties of this support can be gone into4 ,the messages should be written1 and patrols carried through their tour of duty with the resulting situations to be dealt with2 the sentinels tested as to their knowledge of their duties1 etc4 ,also note carefully the manner in which the support commander uses his noncommissioned officers for carrying out his intentions1 and thus avoids the most objectionable and inefficient practice of dealing directly with the privates47 ,problem ,no4 #c 7,infantry7 #ajgi4 7,see ,fort ,leavenworth map in pocket at back of book47 ,situation3 ,a ,blue force1 ,companies ,a and ,b1 #ast ,infantry1 under ,captain ,a1 in hostile country1 is covering the ,rock ,island ,bridge and camped for the night1 ,april #bj-ba1 on the south slope of ,devin ridge 7rm'74 ,the enemy is moving northward from ,kansas ,city 7#cj miles south of ,leavenworth74 ,at #c3cj ,p4 ,m4 ,captain ,a receives a message from ,colonel ,x at ,beverly 7#b miles east of ,rock ,island ,bridge1 7qo'771 stating that two or three companies of hostile infantry are reported five miles south of ,leavenworth at #b3cj ,p4 ,m4 ,no enemy is west of ,leavenworth4 ,captain ,a decides to place one platoon on outpost4 ,required1 #a4 ,captain ,a's order4 ,answer4 ,verbally3 ,two or three ,red companies were five miles south of ,leavenworth at #b3cj ,p4 ,m4 today4 ,no enemy is west of ,leavenworth4 ,we will camp here4 #ast ,platoon1 ',a' company1 under ,sergeant ,a1 will form the outpost1 relieving the advance guard 7#b;d ,platoon ,co4 ,a74 ,the line1 ,pope ,hill 7sm'7--,rabbit ,point 7tn'7 will be held4 ,detached posts will be placed on ,hill #hhj1 west of ,merritt ,hill 7rl'71 and on ,engineer ,hill 7ql'74 ,in case of attack the outpost line will be held4 ,the baggage will be at the main camp4 ,messages will reach me on ,devin ,ridge 7rm'74 ,issued verbally to officers and ,sergeant ,a4 ,required1 #b4 ,give verbatim 7word for word7 the order issued by ,sergeant ,a4 ,answer4 ,two companies of the enemy were five miles south of ,leavenworth at #b3cj ,p4 ,m4 today4 ,our camp is to be here4 ,this platoon will be the outpost on the line1 ,rabbit ,point 7im'7--,pope ,hill 7sm'74 ,the right support1 #ast section1 less #a squad1 under ,sergeant ,b1 will take position north of ,pope ,hill and cover the following front3 the ravine 7,,xix--,merritt ,hill7 west of ,grant avenue to the ravine about midway between ,grant ,avenue and ,rabbit ,point 7tn'74 ,the left support1 #b;d section1 less #a squad under ,sergeant ,h1 will take position on north slope of ,rabbit ,point and will cover the following front3 ,the ravine midway between ,grant ,avenue and ,rabbit ,point to ,missouri ,river4 ,corporal ,d1 you will take the eight men of your squad and form a detached post on ,engineer ,hill 7qk'74 ,corporal ,e1 take your squad and form a detached post on ,hill #hhj west of ,merritt ,hill 7rl'74 ,if attacked hold your front4 ,each support and detached post will entrench4 ,send messages to me at right support4 ,the outpost moves out1 each support and detached post separately1 without throwing out covering patrols1 because the advance guard is now holding the front4 ,there is no reserve4 ,required1 #c4 ,what does ,sergeant ,a do now8 ,required1 #d4 ,what does ,sergeant ,b do as soon as he reaches ,pope ,hill8 7,note3 ,during the remainder of the afternoon one man up in a tree on ,grant ,avenue will be the only observing post necessary for this support4 ,at night an outguard would be placed on ,grant ,avenue with continuous patrols along the front1 because the open ground furnishes easy approach to the enemy4 ,a post of four men might also be placed on the bridge over ,corral ,creek 7um'747 ,required1 #e4 ,the location of supports and the main body of detached post on ,engineer ,hill4 ,required1 #f4 ,what patrolling would be done from the left support8 ,,chapter ,,vi ,,the ,,company ,,on ,,outpost 7,establishing the ,outpost7 #ajhj4 ,we will now apply some of the general principles of outposts 7see ,par4 #ajea7 to a company taking up its position on the line of outposts4 ,let us suppose that our battalion has been detailed for outpost duty4 ,in order to understand more fully the duties and functions of the company commander1 we will first consider what the major does4 ,to begin with1 he and the battalion will have been detailed for outpost duty before the march was completed1 and he will have been told1 amongst other things1 what is known of the enemy and also what is known of other bodies of our own troops1 where the main body will halt1 the general position to be occupied by the outpost1 and what the commander intends doing in case of attack4 ,the major verbally designates1 say1 two companies1 as the reserve1 and the other two companies1 including our own1 as the support4 ,he places the senior officer of the reserve companies in command of the reserve and tells him where he is to go1 and he indicates the general line the outpost is to occupy and assigns the amount of front each of the other companies is to cover4 ,the limits of the sector so assigned should be marked by some distinctive features1 such as trees1 buildings1 woods1 streams1 etc41 as it is important that each company should know the exact limits of its frontage4 ,he tells the company commanders what he knows of the enemy and of our own troops so far as they affect the outposts1 he indicates the line of resistance and how much resistance is to be afforded in case of attack1 states whether intrenchments and obstacles are to be constructed1 gives instructions about lighting fires and cooking1 and states where he can be found4 ,upon receiving his orders from the major1 the company commander1 with a proper covering detachment1 moves to the locality allotted him and as he arrives upon the ground he is to occupy1 he sends out1 as temporary security1 patrols or skirmishers1 or both1 a short distance in front of the general position the outguards will occupy1 holding the rest of the company back under cover4 ,if practicable1 the company commander should precede the company and make a rapid examination of the ground4 ,he then sends out observation groups1 varying in size from four men to a platoon1 generally a squad1 to watch the country in the direction of the enemy4 ,these groups constitute the outguards1 and are just sufficient in number to cover the front of the supports1 and to connect where necessary with the outguards of adjoining supports4 ,the company commander next selects a defensive position on the general line of resistance1 from which not only can he command the approaches1 but where he can also give assistance to the adjoining supports2 he then gives instructions in regard to the intrenchments and obstacles1 after which he makes a more careful reconnaissance of the section assigned him2 corrects the position1 of the outguards1 if necessary2 gives them instructions as to their duties in case of attack or when strangers approach their posts2 tells them the number 7if any7 of their post1 the number of the outguard and support and the numbers of the adjoining outguards and supports2 points out lines of retreat in case they are compelled to fall back to the support1 cautioning the men not to mask the fire of the support2 he tells them the names of all villages1 rivers1 etc41 in view1 and the places to which the wagon roads and the railroads lead2 selects1 if necessary1 places for additional posts to be occupied at night and during fog2 sees that suitable connections are made between him and the adjoining outguards1 and between his support and the adjoining supports2 and questions subordinate commanders to test their grasp of the situation and knowledge of their duties1 and on returning to the support he sends a report with a sketch to the outpost commander1 showing the dispositions made4 ,after the line of observation has been established1 the support stacks arms and the men are permitted to remove their equipments1 except cartridge belts4 ,one or more sentinels are posted over these supports1 and they guard the property and watch for signals from the outguards4 ,fires are concealed as much as possible and the messing is done by reliefs4 ,mounted messengers ordinarily do not unsaddle2 they rest1 water and feed as directed4 ,after the major has received reports from both company commanders1 he will himself visit the outguards and supports and make such changes as he may deem necessary1 immediately after which he will submit to the commander of the troops a written report1 accompanied by a combined sketch showing the positions of the different parts of the outpost4 ,the major might begin his inspection of the line of outguards before receiving the reports of the company commanders4 ,in training and instructing the company in outpost work1 it is always best to send out a few patrols and scouts an hour or two in advance1 with definite instructions as to what they are to do1 and have them operate against the company as hostile scouts and patrols4 ,if the rest of the company know that patrols and scouts are operating in their front1 and will try to work their way through the outpost line1 they will naturally take a keener interest in their work4 ,exercises of this kind create a feeling of rivalry between the scouts and patrols1 who1 on the one hand1 are trying to work their way through the line of outposts1 and the outguards and patrols1 who1 on the other hand1 are trying to prevent them from so doing4 ,it makes the work much more human4 ,,chapter ,,vii ,,the ,,company ,,in ,,scouting#ac ,,and ,,patrolling #ajha4 ,the general principles of patrolling are explained in ,par4 #iei2 so we need not repeat them here4 ,many of the principles of scouting are1 in reality1 nothing but the fundamentals of patrolling1 and the main function of scouting1 reconnoitering1 is also the function of a certain class of patrols4 ,so1 we see that scouting and patrolling are inseparably connected1 and the importance of training the members of the company in the principles of scouting is1 therefore1 evident4 #ajhb4 ,requisites of a good ,scout4 ,a man1 to make a good scout1 should possess the following qualifications3-- ,have good eyesight and hearing2 ,be active1 intelligent and resourceful2 ,be confident and plucky2 ,be healthy and strong2 ,be able to swim1 signal1 read a map1 make a rough sketch1 and1 of course1 read and write4 #ajhc4 ,eyesight and ,hearing4 ,to be able to use the eye and the ear quickly and accurately is one of the first principles of successful scouting4 ,quickness and accuracy of sight and hearing are to a great extent a matter of training and practice4 ,the savage1 for instance1 almost invariably has quick eyesight and good hearing1 simply from continual practice4 ,get into the habit of seeing1 observing1 things--your eyesight must never be resting1 but must be continually glancing around1 in every direction1 and seeing different objects4 ,as you walk along through the country get into the habit of noticing hoof-prints1 wheel-ruts1 etc41 and observing the trees1 houses1 streams1 animals1 men1 etc41 that you pass4 ,practice looking at distant objects and discovering objects in the distance4 ,on seeing distant signs1 do not jump at a conclusion as to what they are1 but watch and study them carefully first4 ,get into the habit of listening for sounds and of distinguishing by what different sounds are made4 #ajhd4 ,finding your ,way in a strange ,country4 ,the principal means of finding one's way in a strange country are by map reading1 asking the way1 the points of the compass and landmarks4 ,map ,reading4 ,this1 of course1 presupposes the possession of a map4 ,the subject of map reading is explained in ,pars4 #ahei to #ahgg4 ,asking the ,way4 ,in civilized countries one has no trouble in finding his way by asking1 provided1 of course1 he speaks the language4 ,if in a foreign country1 learn as soon as you can the equivalent of such expressions as ,what is the way to ----8 ,where is ----8 ,what is the name of this place81 and a few other phrases of a similar nature4 ,remember1 however1 that the natives may sometimes deceive you in their answers4 ,points of the ,compass4 ,a compass is1 of course1 the best1 quickest and simplest way of determining the directions1 except in localities where there is much iron1 in which case it becomes very unreliable4 ,for determining the points of the compass by means of the ,north ,star and the face of a watch1 see ,par4 #ajif4 ,the points of the compass can also be ascertained by facing the sun in the morning and spreading out your arms straight from the body4 ,before you is east2 behind you1 west2 to your right1 south2 to your left1 north4 ,illustration ,the points of the compass can be determined by noting the limbs and bark of trees4 ,the bark on the north side of trees is thicker and rougher than that on the south side1 and moss is most generally found near the roots on the north side4 ,the limbs and branches are generally longer on the south side of the trees1 while the branches on the north are usually knotty1 twisted and drooped4 ,the tops of pine trees dip or trend to the north4 #ajhe4 ,lost4 ,in connection with finding your way through strange country1 it may be said1 should you find you have lost your way1 do not lose your head4 ,keep cool--try not to let your brains get into your feet4 ,by this we mean don't run around and make things worse1 and play yourself out4 ,first of all1 sit down and think2 cool off4 ,then climb a tree1 or hill1 and endeavor to locate some familiar object you passed1 so as to retrace your steps4 ,if it gets dark and you are not in hostile territory1 build a good big fire4 ,the chances are you have been missed by your comrades and if they see the fire1 they will conclude you are there and will send out for you4 ,also1 if not in hostile territory1 distress signals may be given by firing your rifle1 but don't waste all your ammunition4 ,if you find a stream1 follow it2 it will generally lead somewhere--where civilization exists4 ,the tendency of people who are lost is to travel in a circle uselessly4 ,remember this important rule3 ,always notice the direction of the compass when you start out1 and what changes of direction you make afterwards4 #ajhf4 ,landmarks4 ,landmarks or prominent features of any kind are a great assistance in finding one's way in a strange country4 ,in starting out1 always notice the hills1 conspicuous trees1 high buildings1 towers1 rivers1 etc4 ,for example1 if starting out on a reconnaissance you see directly to the north of you a mountain1 it will act as a guide without your having to refer to your compass or the sun4 ,if you should start from near a church1 the steeple will serve as a guide or landmark when you start to make your way back4 ,when you pass a conspicuous object1 like a broken gate1 a strangely shaped rock1 etc41 try to remember it1 so that should you desire to return that way1 you can do so by following the chain of landmarks4 ,on passing such landmarks always see what they look like from the other side2 for1 that will be the side from which you will first see them upon the return1 trip4 ,the secret of never getting lost is to note carefully the original direction in which you start1 and after that to note carefully all landmarks4 ,get in the habit of doing this in time of peace--it will then become second nature for you to do it in time of war4 ,it may sometimes be necessary1 especially in difficult country1 such as when traveling through a forest1 and over broken mountains and ravines1 for you to make your own landmarks for finding your way back by blazing 7cutting pieces of bark from the trees71 breaking small branches off bushes1 piling up stones1 making a line across a crossroad or path you did not follow1 etc4 #ajhg4 ,concealment and ,dodging4 ,both in scouting and patrolling it must be remembered not only that it is important you should get information1 but it is also fully as important that the enemy should not know you have the information--hence1 the necessity of hiding yourself4 ,and remember1 too1 if you keep yourself hidden1 not only will you probably be able to see twice as much of what the enemy is doing1 but it may also save you from being captured1 wounded or killed4 ,should you find the enemy has seen you1 it is often advisable to pretend that you have not seen him1 or that you have other men with you by signaling to imaginary comrades4 ,as far as possible1 keep under cover by traveling along hedges1 banks1 low ground1 etc4 ,if moving over open country1 make your way as quickly as possible from one clump of trees or bushes to another2 or1 from rocks1 hollows or such other cover as may exist1 to other cover4 ,as soon as you reach new cover1 look around and examine your surroundings carefully4 ,do not have about you anything that glistens1 and at night be careful not to wear anything that jingles or rattles4 ,and remember that at night a lighted match can be seen as far as #ijj yards and a lighted cigarette nearly #cjj yards4 ,in looking through a bush or over the top of a hill1 break off a leafy branch and hold it in front of your face4 ,in selecting a tree1 tower or top of a house or other lookout place from which to observe the enemy from concealment1 always plan beforehand how you would make your escape1 if discovered and pursued4 ,a place with more than one avenue of escape should be selected1 so that if cut off in one direction you can escape from the other4 ,for example1 should the enemy reach the foot of a tower in which you are1 you would be completely cut off1 while if he reached a house on whose roof you happened to be1 you would have several avenues of escape4 ,although trees make excellent lookout places1 they must1 for the same reasons as towers1 be used with caution4 ,in this connection it may be remarked unless one sees foot marks leading to a tree1 men are apt not to look up in trees for the enemy--hence1 be careful not to leave foot marks4 ,when in a tree1 either stand close against the trunk1 or lie along a large branch1 so that your body will look like a part of the trunk or branch4 ,in using a hill as a lookout place1 do not make the common mistake of showing yourself on the skyline4 ,reach the top of the hill slowly and gradually by crouching down and crawling1 and raise your head above the crest by inches4 ,in leaving1 lower your head gradually and crawl away by degrees1 as any quick or sudden movement on the skyline is likely to attract attention4 ,and1 remember1 just because you don't happen to see the enemy that is no sign that he is not about4 ,at maneuvers and in exercises soldiers continually make the mistake of exposing themselves on the skyline4 ,at night confine yourself as much as possible to low ground1 ditches1 etc4 ,this will keep you down in the dark and will enable you1 in turn1 to see outlined against the higher ground any enemy that may approach you4 ,at night especially1 but also during the day1 the enemy will expect you along roads and paths1 as it is easier to travel along roads and paths than across country and they also serve as good guides in finding your way4 ,as a rule1 it is best to use the road until it brings you near the enemy and then leave it and travel across country4 ,you will thus be able better to avoid the outposts and patrols that will surely be watching the roads4 ,practice in time of peace the art of concealing yourself and observing passers-by4 ,conceal yourself near some frequented road and imagine the people traveling over it are enemies whose numbers you wish to count and whose conversation you wish to overhear4 ,select a spot where they are not likely to look for you1 and which has one or more avenues of escape2 choose a position with a background that matches your clothes in color2 keep quiet1 skin your eyes2 stretch your ears4 ,a mounted scout should always have wire cutters when operating in a country where there are wire fences4 #ajhh4 ,tracking4 ,by tracking we mean following up footmarks4 ,the same as the huntsman tracks his game so should we learn how to track the enemy4 ,one of the first things to learn in tracking is the pace at which the man or horse was traveling when the track was made4 ,a horse walking makes pairs of footmarks1 each hind foot being close to the impression of the forefoot4 ,at a trot the tracks are similar1 but the pairs of footmarks are farther apart and deeper1 the toe especially being more deeply indented than at the walk4 ,at a canter there are two single footmarks and then a pair4 ,at a gallop the footmarks are single and deeply indented4 ,as a rule1 the hind feet are longer and narrower than the forefeet4 ,in case of a man walking1 the whole flat of the foot comes equally on the ground1 the footmarks usually about #cj inches apart4 ,if running1 the toes are more deeply indented in the ground1 and the footmarks are considerably farther apart than when walking4 ,note the difference between footmarks made by soldier's shoes and civilian's shoes1 and those made by men and those made by women and children4 ,study the difference between the tracks by a gun1 a carriage1 an escort wagon1 an automobile1 a bicycle1 etc41 and the direction in which they were going4 ,in addition to being able to determine the pace of tracks1 it is most important that you should be able to tell how old they are4 ,however1 ability to do this with any degree of accuracy1 requires a vast amount of practice4 ,a great deal depends on the kind and the state of the ground and the weather4 ,for example1 if on a dry1 windy day you follow a certain track over varying ground1 you will find that on light sandy soil1 for instance1 it will look old in a very short time1 because any damp earth that may have been kicked up from under the surface will dry very quickly to the same color as the rest of the surface1 and the edge of the footmark will soon be rounded off by the breeze blowing over the dry dust4 ,the same track in damp ground will look much fresher1 and in damp clay1 in the shade of trees1 a track which may be a day old will look quite fresh4 ,the following are clues to the age of tracks3 ,spots of rain having fallen on them since they were made1 if1 of course1 you know when the rain fell2 the crossing of other tracks over the original ones2 the freshness or coldness of the droppings of horses and other animals 7due allowance being made for the effect of the sun1 rain1 etc471 and1 in the case of grass that has been trodden down1 the extent to which it has since dried or withered4 ,having learned to distinguish the pace and age of tracks1 the next think to do is to learn how to follow them over all kinds of ground4 ,this is a most difficult accomplishment and one that requires a vast amount of practice to attain even fair proficiency4 ,in tracking where it is difficult to see the track1 such as on hard ground1 or in the grass1 note the direction of the last foot-print that you can see1 then look on ahead of you a few yards1 say1 #bj or #cj1 in the same direction1 and1 in grass1 you will probably see the blades bent or trodden1 and1 on ground1 you will probably see stones displaced or scratched--or some other small sign which otherwise would not be noticed4 ,these indistinct signs1 seen one behind the other1 give a track that can be followed with comparative ease4 ,if you should lose the track1 try to find it again by placing your handkerchief1 hat1 or other object on the last footmark you noticed1 and then work around it in a wide circle1 with a radius of1 say1 #cj1 #ej1 or #ajj yards1 choosing the most favorable ground1 soft ground1 if possible4 ,if with a patrol1 only one or two men should try to find the onward track2 for1 if everyone starts in to find it1 the chances are the track will be obliterated with their footmarks4 ,in trying to find the continuation of a track this way1 always place yourself in the enemy's position1 look around the country1 imagine what you would have done1 and then move out in that direction and look for his tracks in soft ground4 ,,practice ,in order to learn the appearance of tracks1 get a suitable piece of soft ground1 and across this have a man walk and then run1 and have a horse walk1 trot1 canter and gallop4 ,the next day make similar tracks alongside the first ones and then notice the difference between the two4 ,also1 make tracks on ordinary ground1 grass1 sand1 etc41 and practice following them up4 ,finally1 practice tracking men sent out for the purpose4 ,the work will probably be very difficult1 even disheartening at first1 but you will gradually improve1 if you persevere4 ,above all things1 get into the habit of seeing any tracks that may be on the ground4 ,when out walking1 when going through exercises at maneuvers1 and at other times1 always notice what tracks are on the ground before you1 and study them4 ,the following exercises in scouting and patrolling afford excellent practice and training3 #ajhi4 ,the ,mouse and ,cat ,contest4 #a4 ,a section of country three or four miles square1 with well-defined limits1 is selected4 ,the boundaries are made known to all contestants and anyone going outside of them will be disqualified4 #b4 ,two patrols of eight men each are sent out as mice4 ,they occupy any positions they may wish within the boundaries named1 and conceal themselves to watch for hostile patrols4 #c4 ,half an hour later two other squads1 wearing white bands around their hats1 or having other distinguishing marks1 are sent out as cats to locate1 if possible1 and report upon the position of the mice4 #d4 ,an hour is fixed when the exercise shall end1 and if within the given time the cats have not discovered the mice1 the mice win4 #e4 ,the cats will write reports of any mice patrols they may see4 ,rules #a4 ,an umpire 7officer or noncommissioned officer7 goes with each patrol and his decisions as to capture and other matters are the orders of the company commander4 ,the umpires must take every possible precaution to conceal themselves so as not to reveal the position of the patrols with which they are4 ,each umpire will carry a watch1 all watches being set with that of the company commander before the exercise commences4 #b4 ,any cat patrol coming within #ej yards of a mouse patrol1 without seeing the mice1 is considered captured4 #c4 ,when the time is up1 the umpires will bring in the patrols and report to the company commander4 #ajij4 ,flag-,stealing ,contest4 #a4 ,a section of country of suitable size1 with well-defined limits1 is selected1 the boundaries being made known to the contestants4 #b4 ,the contestants are divided into two forces of about #bj men each1 and each side will establish three ,cossack posts along a general line designated by the company commander1 the two positions being selected facing each other and being a suitable distance apart4 ,the men not forming part of the ,cossack posts will be used as reconnoitering patrols4 #c4 ,about three quarters of a mile in rear of the center of each line of outposts four flags will be planted1 in line1 about #cj yards apart4 #d4 ,the scouts and patrols of each force will try to locate the outposts of the other force1 and then to work their way around or between them1 steal the flags and bring them back to their own side4 ,they will endeavor to prevent the enemy from doing the same4 #e4 ,one scout or patrol will not carry away more than one flag at a time1 and will have to return to their side safely with the flag before they can come back and capture another4 #f4 ,scouts may work singly or in pairs4 ,any scout or patrol coming within #hj yards of a stronger hostile party1 or ,cossack post1 will be considered as captured1 if seen by the enemy1 and if carrying a captured flag at the time1 the flag will not count as having been captured4 ,of course1 if a scout or patrol can pass within #hj yards of the enemy without being discovered1 it may do so4 #g4 ,an umpire 7officer or noncommissioned officer7 will be with each ,cossack post1 each patrol1 and at the position of the flags4 #h4 ,the hour when the exercise ends will be designated in advance and at that hour the umpires will bring in the ,cossack posts and patrols4 ,the same requirements regarding watches obtains as in the ,mouse and ,cat ,contest4 #i4 ,at the conclusion of the contest the commander of each side will hand in to the company commander all sketches and reports made by his men4 #aj4 ,points will be awarded as follows3 ,each flag captured1 #e4 ,for each sketch and hostile report of the position of a ,cossack post1 #c4 ,for each report of movements of a hostile patrol1 #b4 ,the side getting the greatest number of points will win4 #aa4 ,umpires may penalize the contestants for a violation of the rules4 ,the same contest may be carried out at night1 substituting lighted ,japanese lanterns for the flags4 ,,footnotes3 #ac ,the best book on scouting that the author has ever seen1 is ,baden-,powell's ,aids to ,scouting1 which was consulted in the preparation of this chapter4 ,,chapter ,,viii ,,night ,,operations #ajia4 ,importance4 ,because of the long range and great accuracy of modern fire arms1 there has been in recent years a marked increase in the practice of night operations1 such operations being of common occurrence not only for massing troops under cover of darkness in favorable positions for further action1 but also for actually assaulting positions4 ,read carefully pars4 #dfd1 #dif1 #dih1 #ebc1 #ebd1 #ehj-eij4 ,,training ,,of ,,the ,,company #ajib4 ,night movements are amongst the most difficult operations of war1 and1 therefore require the most careful1 painstaking and thorough training and instruction of troops in all matters pertaining thereto4 ,the history of night fighting shows that in most cases defeat is due to disorganization through panic4 ,it is said that in daylight the moral is to the physical as three is to one4 ,that being the case1 it is hard to say what the ratio is at night1 when a general atmosphere of mystery1 uncertainty and fear of surprise envelops the operations1 and1 of necessity affects the nerves of the men4 ,the vital importance1 therefore1 of accustoming troops as much as we can in peace to the conditions that will obtain in night fighting1 cannot be overestimated4 ,the following outline shows the subjects in which individual and collective instruction and training should be given3 ,,individual ,,training #ajic4 ,general4 ,the first thing to be done is to accustom the soldier to darkness and to teach him to overcome the nervousness which is natural to the average man in darkness4 ,the best way to do this is to begin by training him in the use of his powers of vision and hearing under conditions of darkness1 which are strange to him4 ,the company should be divided into squads for this instruction4 #ajid4 ,vision4 ,take several men to ground with which they are familiar4 ,have them notice the different appearance which objects present at night2 when viewed in different degrees of light and shade2 the comparative visibility of men under different conditions of dress1 background1 etc42 the ease with which bright objects are seen2 the difference between the visibility of men standing on a skyline and those standing on a slope4 ,post the men in pairs at intervals along a line which the instructors will endeavor to cross without being seen4 ,the instructors should cross from both sides1 so as to compel observation in both directions4 ,have a man 7later1 several7 walk away from the rest of the men and when he is about to disappear from view1 halt him1 and estimate the distance4 ,send a man 7later1 several7 outside the field of vision1 to advance on the rest of the men4 ,halt him when he enters the field of vision and estimate the distance4 ,send a number of men outside the limit of vision and then let them advance on the rest of the men1 using cover and seeing how near they can approach unobserved4 #ajie4 ,hearing4 ,place a number of men a few yards apart and make them guess what a noise is caused by1 and its approximate position4 ,the rattle of a meat can1 the movement of a patrol1 the working of the bolt of a rifle1 the throwing down of accouterments1 low talking1 etc41 may be utilized4 ,take special pains to impress upon the men the penetrating power of the human voice1 and the necessity of preserving absolute silence in night operations4 ,have blank cartridges fired and teach the men to judge their direction and approximate distance away4 #ajif4 ,finding ,bearings4 ,show the men how to determine the points of the compass from the ,north ,star4 ,the ,big ,dipper constellation looks like this3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,the ,north ,star is on the prolongation of a line joining the two pointing stars1 and at above five times the distance between the two stars4 ,at another time have those same men individually locate the ,north ,star4 ,using this star as a guide1 practice the men moving in different directions1 by such commands as1 ,smith1 move southeast4 ,jones1 move northwest1 etc4 ,to test a man's ability to keep a given direction when moving in the darkness1 choose a spot from which no prominent landmarks are visible1 advance toward it accompanied by a man1 from a distance not less than #bjj paces4 ,while advancing the soldier must take his bearings4 ,on arriving at the spot chosen the instructor will turn the soldier around rapidly two or three times and then have him continue to advance in the same direction as before4 ,no prominent landmarks should be visible from the starting point4 #ajig4 ,moving in the ,dark4 ,form four or five men in line with about one pace interval1 the instructor being on one of the flanks4 ,place some clearly visible mark1 such as a lantern1 for the instructor to march on4 ,impress upon the men the importance of lifting their feet up high and bringing them to the ground quietly and firmly1 and of keeping in touch with the guide and conforming to his movements without sound or signal4 ,the pace should be slow and frequent halts should be made to test the promptness of the men in halting and advancing together4 ,as the line advances1 each man will in turn take his place on the flank and act as guide4 ,the light on which the men are marching should be hidden from view at intervals1 in order to test the ability of the men to maintain the original direction4 ,later on1 the number of men in a line may be increased considerably4 ,the rougher the ground1 the darker the night and the longer the line1 the slower must the pace be and the more frequent the halts4 ,after passing an obstacle men instinctively line up parallel to it1 and consequently if the obstacle does not lie at right angles to the line of advance1 the direction will be lost2 so1 be sure to guard against this4 #ajih4 ,night ,fencing4 ,practice the men in charging in the dark against a white cloth or the dummy figure of a man4 ,in the beginning have the figure in a fixed place1 but later have the soldier charge seeking the figure1 and not knowing just exactly where it is beforehand4 #ajii4 ,night ,entrenching4 ,it is frequently necessary in time of war to dig trenches at night in front of the enemy1 and while this work is easy in the moonlight1 it is very difficult in the dark4 ,bear in mind the following points3 #a4 ,the tendency is to make the trench too narrow2 hence1 guard against this4 #b4 ,be careful not to throw the earth too far or too near4 #c4 ,do not strike your neighbor's tools in working4 #d4 ,do not use the pick unless necessary1 because it makes considerable noise4 #e4 ,do not scrape the tools together in order to get off the dirt2 use a chip of wood or the toe of the shoe4 #f4 ,make as little noise as possible in digging and handling your tools4 #g4 ,if discovered by the enemy's searchlights1 do not become excited or confused2 simply lie down4 #h4 ,if attacked by the enemy1 do not get rattled and throw your tools away--put them in some fixed place where they can be found again4 #aajj4 ,equipment4 ,at first the men should be taken out without arms1 but later on they should be trained to work in full equipment4 ,teach every man what parts of his equipment are likely to make a noise under special circumstances1 such as lying down1 rising1 crossing obstacles1 etc41 and instruct him how to guard against it4 ,bayonets should always be fixed1 but in order to avoid accidents the scabbard should be left on them4 ,from the beginning of the training continually impress upon the men that it is absolutely criminal to fire without orders during a night operation and that the bayonet is the only weapon he can use with advantage to himself and safety to his comrades4 #aaja4 ,night ,firing4 ,as a rule men fire too high in the dark4 ,they must1 therefore1 be cautioned not to raise the rifle above the horizontal1 or incline the upper part of the body to the rear4 ,when the firing is stopped be sure to turn on the safety-lock4 ,experience during the ,russo-,japanese ,war taught the ,japanese the kneeling position is the most suitable for horizontal firing4 ,the following method1 to be conducted in daytime1 may be employed in training the soldier to hold his rifle parallel to the ground while firing in the dark3--,have each soldier1 kneeling1 close his eyes and bring his rifle to the position of aim1 barrel parallel to the ground4 ,with the rifle in this position1 let him open his eyes and examine it4 ,then have this done by squad1 by command4 ,when they become proficient in this movement1 have them close their eyes and while the eyes are closed1 put up a target and have them practice horizontal firing1 opening their eyes each time after pulling the trigger and then examining the position of the piece4 ,,collective ,,training ,at first practice squads1 then the platoons and later the company in simple movements1 such as squads right and left1 right and left oblique1 etc41 gradually leading up to more complicated ones in close and extended order1 such as right and left front into line1 advancing in platoon and squad columns1 charging the enemy1 etc4 ,as far as possible the movements should be executed by simple prearranged signals from the unit commanders4 ,the signals1 which must not be visible to the enemy1 may be made with a white handkerchief or a white flag1 if the night be not too dark2 with an electric flashlight1 a dark lantern or luminous disk4 ,the light of the flashlight or lantern must be screened1 so it cannot be seen by the enemy4 ,the following signals are suggested3 ,to advance3 ,raise vertically the lantern or other object with which the signal is made4 ,to halt3 ,lower and raise the object several times4 ,to lie down3 ,bring the object down near the ground4 ,to form squad columns3 ,move the object several times to the right and left4 ,to form platoon columns3 ,describe several circles4 ,as skirmishers3 ,move the object front to rear several times4 #aajb4 ,night ,marches4 ,in acting as an advance guard to a column1 the company would send out a point a few yards ahead1 which would be followed by the rest of the company4 ,three or four scouts should be sent out a hundred yards or so ahead of the point4 ,they should advance at a quick pace1 keeping in the shadow on the side of the road1 being constantly on the alert1 using their ears even more than their eyes4 ,they will halt to listen at crossroads and suspicious places1 and move on again when they hear the company approaching4 ,should the enemy be discovered1 one of the scouts will return to warn the advance guard--the others will conceal themselves and watch4 ,under no circumstances must the scouts ever fire1 unless it be for the purpose of warning the company and there is no other way of doing so4 ,the diagram on the opposite page is suggested as a good formation for a company acting as advance guard at night4 ,a company marching alone would move in the same formation as when acting as advance guard1 except that it would protect its rear with a few scouts4 ,of course1 the nature of the country and proximity and activity of the enemy1 will determine the best formation to be used1 but whatever the formation may be1 always remember to cover well your front1 rear and flanks1 with scouts1 whose distance away will vary with the light and nature of the country4 ,don't forget that protection in rear is very important4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,the men must be warned against firing1 smoking1 talking1 striking matches1 making noise1 etc4 ,they should also be informed of the object in view1 direction of the enemy1 etc4 ,in night marches the rests should not exceed five minutes2 otherwise1 many men will fall asleep4 ,,outposts ,careful training in outpost duty at night is very harassing1 but1 in view of its importance1 should not be neglected4 ,this instruction should be given with the greatest thoroughness1 strictness and attention to detail4 #aajc4 ,sentries ,challenging4 ,in challenging sentries must be careful to avoid any noise that would disclose their position4 ,in fact1 challenging by voice should be reduced to a minimum by arranging a system of signals by which the officers of the day1 patrols1 etc41 can be recognized4 ,the following signals1 any one of which may be decided upon1 which would be made first by the sentry and then answered by the approaching party1 are suggested3 ,clap the hands together twice2 strike the ground twice with the butt of the rifle2 strike the butt of the rifle twice with the hand2 whistle softly twice4 ,the replying signal would be the same as the sentry's signal1 except that in case of the use of the butt of the rifle1 an officer would reply by striking twice on his revolver holster4 ,after repeating the signal once1 if it is not answered1 the sentry will challenge with the voice1 but no louder than is necessary4 ,in case of a patrol only one man will advance to be recognized after the signal has been answered4 ,the sentry must always allow persons to approach fairly near before challenging4 #aajd4 ,sentries ,firing4 ,anyone who has been through a campaign knows how nervous green sentries are1 and how quick they are about firing4 ,during the beginning of the ,philippine ,campaign the author heard of several cases where sentries fired on fire-flies several hundred yards away4 ,never fire unless it be absolutely necessary to give an alarm1 or unless you can clearly distinguish the enemy and are fairly certain of hitting him4 ,in the ,french ,army in ,algeria1 there is a rule that any sentry who fires at night must produce a corpse1 or be able to show by blood marks that he hit the person fired at4 ,if he can do neither1 he is punished for giving a false alarm4 #aaje4 ,marking of ,route from ,outguards to ,supports4 ,the route from the support to the outguards1 and from pickets to their sentries1 should1 if necessary1 be clearly marked with scraps of paper1 green sticks with the bark peeled off1 or in any other suitable way4 #aajf4 ,readiness for ,action4 ,the supports should always be ready for action4 ,the men must sleep with their rifles beside them and in such places that they will be able to fall in promptly in case of attack4 ,some men have a way of sleeping with their blankets over their heads4 ,this should not be allowed--the ears must always be uncovered4 ,the commander1 or the second in command1 with several men1 should remain awake4 ,when the commander lies down he should do so near the sentry1 which is always posted over the support4 ,,general #aajg4 ,connections4 ,it is of the greatest importance that proper connection be maintained between the different parts of a command engaged in night operations4 ,it is astonishing with what facility units go astray and how difficult it is for them to find their way back where they belong4 #aajh4 ,preparation4 ,it matters not what the nature of the night operation may be1 the most careful preparation is necessary4 ,success often depends upon the care and thoroughness with which the plans are made4 ,all possible eventualities should be thought of and provided for as far as praticable4 ,the first thing to do is to get as much information as possible about the ground to be covered and the position of the enemy1 and care must be taken to see that the information is accurate4 ,reconnaissance must be made by night as well as by day2 for1 ground looks very different at night from what it does during the day4 ,,chapter ,,ix ,,field ,,engineering #aaji4 ,the following1 from the ,engineer ,field ,manual1 together with the elements of field engineering covered in ,chapter ,,xi1 on ,obstacles1 will give the company officer a good1 working knowledge of those parts of field engineering for which he is most likely to have need4 ,bridges #aaaa4 ,dimensions and guard rail4 ,a roadway #i ft4 wide in the clear should be provided to pass infantry in fours1 cavalry two abreast1 and military wagons in one direction2 a width of #f ft4 will suffice for infantry in column of twos1 cavalry in single file1 and field guns passed over by hand4 ,the clear width of roadway of an ordinary highway bridge should not be less than #ab ft4 for single track1 or #bj ft4 for double track4 ,the clear head room in ordinary military bridges should not be less than #i ft4 for wagons and cavalry2 for highway bridges not less than #ad ft4 ,ramps at the ends of a bridge1 if intended for artillery1 should not be steeper than #a on #g4 ,for animals1 slopes steeper than #a on #aj are inconvenient4 ,if the bridges are high1 hand rails should be provided4 ,a single rope may suffice1 or it may have brush placed upon it to form a screen4 ,a guard rail should be provided along each side of the roadway1 near the ends of the flooring planks4 ,in hasty bridges it may be secured by a lashing or lashings through the planking to the stringer underneath4 ,otherwise it may be fastened with spikes or bolts4 #aaab4 ,spar bridges4--,this name is applied to bridges built of round timbers lashed together4 ,intermediate points of support are provided by inclined frames acting as struts to transmit weight from the middle of the bridge to the banks4 ,the single-lock and double-lock bridges with two and three spans of #ae ft41 respectively1 are the ones of most utility4 ,the first step in constructing a spar bridge is to measure the gap to be bridged and select the position of the footings on either bank4 ,determine the distance from each footing to the middle point of the roadway if a single-lock1 or the two corresponding points of a double-lock bridge4 ,next determine and mark on each spar except the diagonals the places where other spars cross it4 ,the marking may be done with chalk1 or with an ax4 ,if possible a convenient notation should be adopted4 ,as1 for example1 in marking with chalk1 a ring around the spar where the edge of the crossing spar will come1 and a diagonal cross on the part which will be hidden by the crossing spar4 ,a simple way to determine the length of spars is the following3 ,take two small lines somewhat longer than the width of the gap1 double each and lash the bights together4 ,stretch them tightly across the gap so that the lashing comes at the middle as at ,a1 ,fig4 #h4 ,release one end of each and stretch it to the footing on the same side as indicated by the dotted lines4 ,mark each line at the footing ,c or ,c'1 and at the position chosen for the abutment sill1 ,b or ,b'4 ,cut the lashing and take each piece of rope to its own side4 ,the distances ,,ab and ,,ab' are the lengths between the transoms1 and with #b ft4 added give the length of road bearers required4 ,the distances ,,ac and ,,ac' are the lengths of struts from butt to top of transom1 and with #c ft added1 give the total length of spars required4 ,for a double lock bridge1 a piece of rope of a length equal to the length of the middle bay replaces the lashing4 ,if the banks are not parallel1 a measurement should be taken on each side of the bridge4 ,if desired1 a section of the gap may be laid down on the ground in full size and the lengths of spars determined by laying them in place4 ,this method1 though given as standard by all authorities1 requires more time and more handling of material than the other and gives no better results4 ,the construction of a frame is shown in ,fig4 #a1 and the system of marking in ,fig4 #b4 ,the arrangement of frames to form a single lock bridge is shown in ,figs4 #c and #d1 and a double lock bridge in ,fig #f4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i #aaac4 ,construction of single-lock bridges1 ,figs4 #c1 #d1 and #e4--,suitable for spans of #cj ft4 or less4 ,the two frames lock together at the center of the span2 their slope must not be more than #d on #g4 ,the bridge can be erected by two or three noncommissioned officers and #bj men1 one-half on each side of the gap4 ,heavy spars require more men4 ,the footings at ,a and ,b must be firm1 horizontal if possible1 and at right angles to the axis of the bridge4 ,in a masonry pier they may be cut out4 ,in firm soil a simple trench will suffice4 ,in yielding soil a plank or sill must be laid in the trench4 ,the frames are made of such length as to give a slight camber to the bridge1 which may be increased to allow for probable settlement of the footings4 ,the inside dimension of one frame is made slightly greater than the outside dimension of the other1 so that one frame may fall inside of the other when hauled into position4 ,for a #i ft4 roadway the standards of the narrow 7inside7 frame should be #i ft4 #f ins4 apart at the transom and #aj ft4 #f ins4 at the ledger1 in the clear1 and the other 7outside7 frame #a ft4 #f ins4 wider throughout4 ,a frame is constructed on each bank4 ,the standards are laid on the ground in prolongation of the bridge1 butts toward the bank4 ,the ledgers are lashed on above and the transoms beneath the standards at the positions marked4 ,the diagonal braces are lashed to the standards1 two butts and one tip above the latter1 and to each other4 ,before the braces are lashed the frame must be square by checking the measurements of the diagonals4 ,if necessary1 pickets for the foot and guy ropes are driven1 the former about #b paces from the bank and #d paces on each side of the axis of the bridge2 the latter about #bj paces from the bank and #aj paces on each side of the axis4 ,the foot ropes1 ,,cc1 ,fig4 #e1 are secured by timber hitches to the butts of the standards and the back and fore guys1 ,,dd and ,,ee1 to the tips the fore guys are passed across to the opposite bank4 ,the guys of the narrow frame should be inside the guys and standards of the wide frame4 ,the frames are put into position one after the other1 or simultaneously if there are enough men4 ,a man is told off to each foot rope and one to each back guy to slack off as required1 two turns being taken with each of these ropes around their respective pickets4 ,the other men raise the frame and launch it forward1 assisted by the men at the fore guys1 until the frame is balanced on the edge of the bank4 ,the frame is then tilted until the butts rest on the footing1 by slacking off the foot ropes and hauling on the fore guys1 ,fig4 #e4 ,after the head of the frame has been hauled over beyond the perpendicular1 it is lowered nearly into its final position by slacking off the back guys4 ,when the two frames are in this position opposite each other1 the narrow frame is further lowered until its standards rest upon the transom of the other4 ,the wider 7outer7 frame is then lowered until the two lock into each other1 the standards of each resting upon the transom of the other4 ,the center or fork transom1 ,figs4 #c and #d1 is then passed from shore and placed in the fork between the two frames4 ,this forms the central support to receive a floor system of two bays1 built as already described4 ,the estimated time for construction of such a bridge is about one hour if the material is available and in position on both sides of the stream4 ,the construction of the roadway requires about twenty minutes2 forming footings in masonry about one hour4 #aaad4 ,construction of double-lock bridge1 ,fig4 #f4--,suitable for spans not exceeding #de ft41 and consisting of two inclined frames which lock into a connecting horizontal frame of two or more distance pieces1 with cross transoms1 dividing the gap to be bridged into three equal bays of about #ae ft4 ,the force required is two or three noncommissioned officers and #be to #ej men2 the time for construction1 except roadway1 about two and one-half hours2 extra time to be allowed for difficult footings4 ,the width of gap is measured1 the position of footings determined1 and the length of standards from butt to transom determined and marked as before4 ,the inclined frames in this case are built of equal widths1 launched as before1 and held by guys just above their final position4 ,two stringers are launched out from each bank to the main transom4 ,the distance pieces1 ,fig4 #f1 are put into position inside the standards1 using tackle if necessary1 and the road transoms are placed and lashed to the distance pieces at the places marked4 ,both frames are now lowered until they jam4 #aaae4 ,roadway of spar bridge4--,for infantry in fours crowded the transoms should have a diam4 of not less than #i ins4 for a span of #ae ft4 ,five stringers #b ft4 #c ins4 c4 to c41 and #f ins4 diam4 at the tip will suffice4 ,if the sticks vary in size1 the larger ones should be notched down on the transom so as to bring the tops in the same plane4 ,the stringers should be long enough to overlap the transoms1 and should be lashed together at each tip4 ,the floor is held down by side rails over the outside stringers and lashed to them4 ,if lumber can not be obtained1 a floor may be made1 of small spars1 the interstices filled with brush1 and the whole covered with loam or clay2 ,figs4 #g and #i4 ,corduroy ,roads #aaaf4 ,corduroying is done by laying logs crosswise of the road and touching each other4 ,the result will be better if the logs are nearly of the same size4 ,the butts and tips should alternate4 ,if the logs are large the spaces may be filled with smaller poles4 ,the bottom tier of logs should be evenly bedded and should have a firm bearing at the ends and not ride on the middle4 ,the filling poles1 if used1 should be cut and trimmed to lie close1 packing them about the ends if necessary4 ,if the soil is only moderately soft the logs need be no longer than the width of the road4 ,in soft marsh it may be necessary to make them longer4 ,the logs may be utilized as the wearing surface4 ,in fact this is usually the case4 ,they make a rough surface1 uncomfortable for passengers and hard on wagons and loads1 but the resistance to traction is much less than would be expected1 and the roughness and slightly yielding surface make excellent footing for animals4 ,surface corduroy is perishable and can last but a short time4 ,in marshes1 where the logs can be placed below the ground-water level1 they are preserved from decay1 and if any suitable material can be found1 to put a thin embankment over them1 a good permanent road may be made4 ,any tough1 fibrous material may be used to temporarily harden the surface of a road4 ,hay or straw1 tall weeds1 corn and cane stalks have been used to good advantage4 ,such materials should be laid with the fibers crosswise of the road1 and covered with a thin layer of earth1 thrown on from the sides2 except in sand1 when it is better to dig a shallow trench across the road1 fill it with the material and then dig another trench just in front of and in contact with the first and throw the sand from it back onto the material in the first trench1 etc4 ,brush work #aaag4 ,a fascine is a cylindrical bundle of brush1 closely bound4 ,the usual length is #ah ft4 and the diam4 #i ins4 when compressed4 ,lengths of #i and #f ft41 which are sometimes used1 are most conveniently obtained by sawing a standard fascine into #b or #c pieces4 ,the weight of a fascine of partially seasoned material will average #adj lbs4 ,fascines are made in a cradle which consists of five trestles4 ,a trestle is made of two sticks about #f-a_/b ft4 long and #c ins4 in diam1 driven into the ground and lashed at the intersection as shown in ,fig4 #aj4 ,in making a cradle1 plant the end trestles #af ft4 apart and parallel4 ,stretch a line from one to the other over the intersection1 place the others #d ft4 apart and lash them so that each intersection comes fairly to the line4 ,to build a fascine1 straight pieces of brush1 #a or #b ins4 at the butt1 are laid on1 the butts projecting at the end #a ft4 beyond the trestle4 ,leaves should be stripped and unruly branches cut off1 or partially cut through1 so that they will lie close4 ,the larger straighter brush should be laid on the outside1 butts alternating in direction1 and smaller stuff in the center4 ,the general object is to so dispose the brush as to make the fascine of uniform size1 strength1 and stiffness from end to end4 ,when the cradle is nearly filled1 the fascine is compressed or choked by the fascine choker1 ,fig4 #aa1 which consists of #b bars #d ft4 long1 joined at #ah ins4 from the ends by a chain #d ft4 long4 ,the chain is marked at #ad ins4 each way from the middle by inserting a ring or special link4 ,to use1 two men standing on opposite sides pass the chain under the brush1 place the short ends of the handles on top and pass the bars1 short end first1 across to each other4 ,they then bear down on the long ends until the marks on the chain come together4 ,chokers may be improvised from sticks and rope or wire4 ,binding will be done with a double turn of wire or tarred rope4 ,it should be done in #ab places1 #ah ins4 apart1 the end binders #c ins4 outside the end trestles4 ,to bind a fascine will require #ff ft4 of wire4 ,improvised binders may be made from rods of live brush1 hickory or hazel is the best4 ,place the butt under the foot and twist the rod to partially separate the fibers and make it flexible4 ,a rod so prepared is called a withe4 ,to use a withe1 make a half turn and twist at the smaller end1 ,fig4 #ab2 pass the withe around the brush and the large end through the eye4 ,draw taut and double the large end back1 taking #b half-hitches over its own standing part1 ,fig4 #ac4 ,when the fascine is choked and bound1 saw the ends off square1 #i ins4 outside the end binders4 ,after a cradle is made1 #d men can make #a fascine per hour1 with wire binding4 ,withes require #a man more4 ,a fascine revetment is made by placing the fascines as shown in ,fig4 #ad4 ,the use of headers and anchors is absolutely necessary in loose soils only1 but they greatly strengthen the revetment in any case4 ,a fascine revetment must always be crowned with sods or bags4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ad ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ae #aaah4 ,in all brush weaving the following terms have been adopted and are convenient to use3 ,randing4--,weaving a single rod in and out between pickets4 ,slewing4--,weaving two or more rods together in the same way4 ,pairing4--,carrying two rods together1 crossing each other in and out at each picket4 ,wattling4--,a general term applied to the woven part of brush construction4 #aaai4 ,a hurdle is a basket work made of brushwood4 ,if made in pieces1 the usual size is #b ft4 #i ins4 by #f ft41 though the width may be varied so that it will cover the desired height of slope4 ,a hurdle is made by describing on the ground an arc of a circle of #h ft4 radius and on the arc driving #aj pickets1 #h ins4 apart1 covering #f ft4 out to out1 ,fig4 #ae4 ,brush is then woven in and out and well compacted4 ,the concave side of a hurdle should be placed next the earth4 ,it wraps less than if made flat4 ,in weaving the hurdle1 begin randing at the middle space at the bottom4 ,reaching the end1 twist the rod as described for a withe1 but at one point only1 bend it around the end picket and work back4 ,start a second rod before the first one is quite out1 slewing the two for a short distance4 ,hammer the wattling down snug on the pickets with a block of wood and continue until the top is reached4 ,it improves the hurdle to finish the edges with two selected rods paired1 ,fig4 #af4 ,a pairing may be introduced in the middle1 if desired1 to give the hurdle extra endurance if it is to be used as a pavement or floor4 ,if the hurdle is not to be used at once1 or if it is to be transported1 it must be sewed4 ,the sewing is done with wire1 twine1 or withes at each end and in the middle1 with stitches about #f ins4 long1 as shown in ,fig4 #af4 ,about #dj ft4 of wire is required to sew one hurdle4 ,no4 #ad is about the right size1 and a coil of #ajj lbs4 will sew #dj hurdles4 ,three men should make a hurdle in #b hours1 #b wattling and the third preparing the rods4 #aabj4 ,continuous hurdle4--,if conditions permit the revetment to be built in place1 the hurdle is made continuous for considerable lengths4 ,the pickets may be larger2 they are driven farther apart1 #ab or #ah ins41 and the brush may be heavier4 ,the construction is more rapid4 ,the pickets are driven with a little more slant than is intended and must be anchored to the parapet4 ,a line of poles with wire attached at intervals of #b or #c pickets will answer4 ,the wires should be made fast to the pickets after the wattling is done4 ,they will interfere with the wearing if fastened sooner4 ,two men should make #d yds4 of continuous hurdle of ordinary height in one hour4 #aaba4 ,brush revetment4--,pickets may be set as above described and the brush laid inside of them without weaving1 being held in place by bringing the earth up with it4 ,in this case the anchors must be fastened before the brush laying begins4 ,the wires are not much in the way in this operation4 #aabb4 ,gabion making4--,a gabion is a cylindrical basket with open ends1 made of brush woven on pickets or stakes as described for hurdles4 ,the usual size is #b ft4 outside diam4 and #b ft4 #i ins4 height of wattling4 ,on account of the sharp curvature somewhat better brush is required for gabions than will do for hurdles4 ,the gabion form1 ,fig4 #ag1 is of wood1 #ba ins4 diam41 with equidistant notches around the circumference1 equal in number to the number of pickets to be used1 usually #h to #ad1 less if the brush is large and stiff1 more if it is small and pliable4 ,the notches should be of such depth that the pickets will project to #a in4 outside the circle4 ,the pickets should be #a-a_/d to #a-c_/d ins4 diam41 #c ft4 #f ins4 long and sharpened1 half at the small and half at the large end4 ,to make a gabion1 the form is placed on the ground1 level or nearly so1 and the pickets are driven vertically in the notches1 large and small ends down1 alternately4 ,the form is then raised a foot and held by placing a lashing around outside the pickets1 tightened with a rack stick1 ,fig4 #ah4 ,the wattling is randed or slewed from the form up4 ,the form is then dropped down1 the gabion inverted and the wattling completed4 ,if the brush is small1 uniform1 and pliable1 pairing will make a better wattling than randing4 ,if not for immediate use1 the gabion must be sewed as described for hurdles1 the same quantity of wire being required4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #af ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ag ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ah ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ai ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bj ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ba ,the gabion1 when wattled and sewed1 is completed by cutting off the tops of the pickets #a in4 from the web1 the bottom #c ins41 the latter sharpened after cutting1 and driving a carrying picket through the middle of its length and a little on side of the axis4 ,see that the middle of this picket is smooth4 ,three men should make a gabion in an hour4 ,gabions may be made without the forms1 but the work is slower and not so good4 ,the circle is struck on the ground and the pickets driven at the proper points4 ,the weaving is done from the ground up and the entire time of one man is required to keep the pickets in proper position4 ,if brush is scarce1 gabions may be made with #f ins4 of wattling at each end1 the middle left open4 ,in filling1 the open part may be lined with straw1 grass1 brush cuttings1 or grain sacks1 to keep the earth from running out4 #aabc4 ,gabion revetment4--,the use of gabions in revetments is illustrated in ,fig4 #bj4 ,if more than two tiers are used1 the separating fascines should be anchored back4 ,gabion revetments should be crowned with sods or bags4 ,the advantages of the gabion revetment are very great4 ,it can be put in place without extra labor and faster and with less exposure than any other4 ,it is self-supporting and gives cover from view and partial cover from fire quicker than any other form4 ,several forms of gabions of other material than brush have been used4 ,sheet iron and iron and paper hoops are some of them4 ,the iron splinters badly1 is heavy1 and has not given satisfaction4 ,if any special materials are supplied the method of using them will1 in view of the foregoing explanation1 be obvious4 #aabd4 ,timber or pole revetment4--,poles too large for use in any other way may be cut to length and stood on end to form a revetment4 ,the lower ends should be in a small trench and have a waling piece in front of them4 ,there must also be a waling piece or cap at or near the top1 anchored back4 ,fig4 #ba shows this form4 #aabe4 ,miscellaneous revetments4--,any receptacles for earth which will make a stable1 compact pile1 as boxes1 baskets1 oil or other cans1 may be used for a revetment4 ,barrels may be used for gabions4 ,canvas stretched behind pickets is well thought of in a foreign service4 ,if the soil will make adobe1 or sun-dried bricks1 an excellent revetment may be made of them1 but it will not stand wet weather4 ,knots #aabf4 ,square or reef knot1 ,fig4 #bb1 commonly used for joining two ropes of the same size4 ,the standing and running parts of each rope must pass through the loop of the other in the same direction1 i4 e41 from above down ward or vice versa2 otherwise a granny1 is made1 which is a useless knot that will not hold4 ,the reef knot can be upset by taking one end of the rope and its standing part and pulling them in opposite directions4 ,with dry rope a reef knot is as strong as the rope2 with wet rope it slips before the rope breaks1 while a double sheet bend is found to hold4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bb ,square or ,reef #aabg4 ,two half hitches1 ,fig4 #bc1 especially useful for belaying1 or making fast the end of a rope round its own standing part4 ,the end may be lashed down or seized to the standing part with a piece of spun yarn2 this adds to its security and prevents slipping4 ,this knot should never be used for hoisting a spar4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bc ,two half hitches #aabh4 ,clove hitch1 ,fig4 #bd1 generally used for fastening a rope at right angles to a spar or at the commencement of a lashing4 ,if the end of the spar is free1 the hitch is made by first forming two loops1 as in ,fig4 #bf1 placing the right-hand loop over the other one and slipping the double loop 7,fig4 #bg7 over the end of the spar4 ,if this can not be done1 pass the end of the rope round the spar1 bring it up to the right of the standing part1 cross over the latter1 make another turn round the spar1 and bring up the end between the spar1 the last turn1 and the standing part1 ,fig4 #be4 ,when used for securing guys to sheer legs1 etc41 the knot should be made with a long end1 which is formed into two half hitches round the standing part and secured to it with spun yarn4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bd ,clove hitch ,illustration3 ,fig4 #be ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bf ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bg #aabi4 ,timber hitch1 ,fig4 #bh1 used for hauling and lifting spars4 ,it can easily be loosed when the strain is taken off1 but will not slip under a pull4 ,when used for hauling spars1 a half hitch is added near the end of the spar1 ,fig4 #bi4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bh ,timber hitch ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bi ,timber hitch and half hitch #aacj4 ,bowline1 ,fig4 #cj1 forms a loop that will not slip4 ,make loop with the standing part of the rope underneath1 pass the end from below through the loop1 over the part round the standing part of the rope1 and then down through the loop c4 ,the length of bight depends upon the purpose for which the knot is required4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cj ,bowline #aaca4 ,bowline on a bight1 ,fig4 #ca4 ,the first part is made like the above1 with the double part of a rope2 then the bight a is pulled through sufficiently to allow it to be bent past d and come up in the position shown4 ,it makes a more comfortable sling for a man than a single bight4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ca ,bowline on a ,bight #aacb4 ,sheep shank1 ,fig4 #cb1 used for shortening a rope or to pass by a weak spot2 a half hitch is taken with the standing parts around the bights4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cb ,sheep shank #aacc4 ,short splice4 ,to make a short splice1 ,figs4 #cc1 #cd1 #ce1 unlay the strands of each rope for a convenient length4 ,bring the rope ends together so that each strand of one rope lies between the two consecutive strands of the other rope4 ,draw the strands of the first rope along the second and grasp with one hand4 ,then work a free strand of the second rope over the nearest strand of the first rope and under the second strand1 working in a direction opposite to the twist of the rope4 ,the same operation applied to all the strands will give the result shown by ,fig4 #cd4 ,the splicing may be continued in the same manner to any extent 7,fig4 #ce7 and the free ends of the strands may be cut off when desired4 ,the splice may be neatly tapered by cutting out a few fibers from each strand each time it is passed through the rope4 ,rolling under a board or the foot will make the splice compact4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cc ,short splice ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cd ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ce #aacd4 ,long splice 7,figs4 #cf1 #cg74--,unlay the strands of each rope for a convenient length and bring together as for a short splice4 ,unlay to any desired length a strand1 d1 of one rope1 laying in its place the nearest strand1 a1 of the other rope4 ,repeat the operation in the opposite direction with two other strands1 c and f4 ,fig4 #cg shows strands c and f secured by tying together4 ,strands b and e are shown secured by unlaying half of each for a suitable length and laying half of the other in place of the unlayed portions1 the loose ends being passed through the rope4 ,this splice is used when the rope is to run through a block4 ,the diameter of the rope is not enlarged at the splice4 ,the ends of the strands should not be trimmed off close until the splice has been thoroughly stretched by work4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cf ,long splice ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cg #aace4 ,eye splice 7,figs4 #ch1 #ci1 #dj1 #da74--,unlay a convenient length of rope4 ,pass one loose strand1 a1 under one strand of the rope1 as shown in fig4 #ch1 forming an eye of the proper size4 ,pass a second loose strand1 b1 under the strand of the rope next to the strand which secures a1 ,fig4 #ci4 ,pass the third strand1 c1 under the strand next to that which secures b1 fig4 #dj4 ,draw all taut and continue and complete as for a short splice4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ch ,eye splice ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ci ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dj ,illustration3 ,fig4 #da ,lashings #aacf4 ,to lash a transom to an upright spar1 ,fig4 #db1 transom in front of upright4--,a clove hitch is made round the upright a few inches below the transom4 ,the lashing is brought under the transom1 up in front of it1 horizontally behind the upright1 down in front of the transom1 and back behind the upright at the level of the bottom of the transom and above the clove hitch4 ,the following turns are kept outside the previous ones on one spar and inside on the other1 not riding over the turns already made4 ,four turns or more are required4 ,a couple of frapping turns are then taken between the spars1 around the lashing1 and the lashing is finished off either round one of the spars or any part of the lashing through which the rope can be passed4 ,the final clove hitch should never be made around the spar on the side toward which the stress is to come1 as it may jam and be difficult to remove4 ,the lashing must be well beaten with handspike or pick handle to tighten it up4 ,this is called a square shears are laid alongside of each other with their butts on the ground1 lashing4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #db #aacg4 ,lashing for a pair of shears1 ,fig4 #dc4--,the two spars for the points below where the lashing is to be resting on a skid4 ,a clove hitch is made round one spar and the lashing taken loosely eight or nine times about the two spars above it without riding4 ,a couple of frapping turns are then taken between the spars and the lashing is finished off with a clove hitch above the turns on one of the spars4 ,the butts of the spars are then opened out and a sling passed over the fork1 to which the block is hooked or lashed1 and fore and back guys are made fast with clove hitches to the bottom and top spars1 respectively1 just above the each spar the distance from the butt to the center of the lashing4 ,lay two of the spars parallel to each other with an interval a little greater fork1 ,fig4 #dd4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dc ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dd #aach4 ,to lash three spars together as for a gin or tripod4--,mark on than the diameter4 ,rest their tips on a skid and lay the third spar between them with its butt in the opposite direction so that the marks on the three spars will be in line4 ,make a clove hitch on one of the outer spars below the lashing and take eight or nine loose turns around the three1 as shown in ,fig4 #de4 ,take a couple of frapping turns between each pair of spars in succession and finish with a clove hitch on the central spar above the lashing4 ,pass a sling over the lashing and the tripod is ready for raising4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #de #aaci4 ,holdfasts4--,to prepare a fastening in the ground for the attachment of guys or purchases1 stout pickets are driven into the ground one behind the other1 in the line of pull4 ,the head of each picket except the last is secured by a lashing to the foot of the picket next behind1 ,fig4 #df4 ,the lashings are tightened by rack sticks1 the points of which are driven into the ground to hold them in position4 ,the distance between the stakes should be several times the height of the stake above the ground4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #df ,another form requiring more labor but having much greater strength is called a deadman1 and consists of a log laid in a transverse trench with an inclined trench intersecting it at its middle point4 ,the cable is passed down the inclined trench1 takes several round turns on the log1 and is fastened to it by half hitches and marlin stopping1 ,figs4 #dg1 #dh1 #di4 ,if the cable is to lead horizontally or inclined downward1 it should pass over a log at the outlet of the inclined trench1 ,fig4 #dh4 ,if the cable is to lead upward1 this log is not necessary1 but the anchor log must be buried deeper4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dg ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dh ,illustration3 ,fig4 #di ,,chapter ,x ,,field ,,fortifications #aadj4 ,object4 ,the object of field fortifications is two-fold4 #a4 ,to increase the fighting power of troops by enabling the soldier to use his weapons with the greatest possible effect4 #b4 ,to protect the soldier against the enemy's fire4 #aada4 ,how these objects are accomplished4 ,these objects are accomplished3 #a4 ,by means of shelters--trenches1 redoubts1 splinterproofs1 etc41 which protect the soldier from the enemy's fire4 #b4 ,by means of obstacles--wire entanglements1 abatis1 pits1 etc41 which delay the advance of the enemy4 #aadb4 ,classification4 ,field fortifications are usually divided into three classes1 hasty intrenchments1 deliberate intrenchments and siege works4 ,nomenclature of the ,trench4 ,the following illustration shows the names of the various parts of the trench4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a #aadc4 ,hasty intrenchments include trenches dug by troops upon the battlefield to increase their fighting power4 ,they are usually constructed in the presence of the enemy and in haste and embrace three forms viz3--the lying trench1 the kneeling trench1 and the standing trench4 #aadd4 ,lying trench4 7,fig4 #b47 ,this trench gives cover to a man lying down4 ,when intrenching under fire the rifle trench can be constructed by a man lying down4 ,he can mask himself from view in about #aj to #ab minutes and can complete the trench in #dj to #de minutes4 ,a good method is to dig a trench #ah inches wide back to his knees1 roll into it and dig #ab inches wide alongside of it and down to the feet1 then roll into the second cut and extend the first one back4 ,conditions may require men to work in pairs1 one firing while the other uses his intrenching tool4 ,duties are exchanged from time to time until the trench is completed4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b;a ,intrenching under fire ,the height of the parapet should not exceed #a foot4 ,this trench affords limited protection against rifle fire and less against shrapnel4 #aade4 ,kneeling trench4 7,fig4 #c47 ,time permitting the lying trench may be enlarged and deepened until the kneeling trench has been constructed4 ,the width of the bottom should be #b-a_/b feet--preferably #c feet--and the relief 7distance from bottom of trench to top of parapet7 is #c feet--the proper height for firing over in a kneeling position4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c #aadf4 ,standing trench 7,fig4 #d7 has a bottom width of #c to #c-a_/b feet and a relief of #d-a_/b feet which is the proper firing height for men of average stature4 ,as this trench does not give complete cover to men standing in it a passage way should be constructed in rear of it not less than #f feet below the interior crest4 ,this forms the complete trench 7,fig4 #e74 ,figures #f-g-h show simple standing trenches used in the ,european ,war4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f ,simple ,standing ,trench1 ,parapet ,suppressed ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g ,simple ,standing ,trench1 ,rocky ,ground ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h ,narrow ,firing ,trench with ,parados #aadg4 ,deliberate intrenchments comprise trenches and works constructed by troops not in line of battle and are usually intended to enable a small force to resist a much larger one4 ,it frequently happens that hasty intrenchments are developed into deliberate intrenchments and from this stage pass into the domain of siege works4 #aadh4 ,fire trenches1--the trenches which shelter the firing line1--are of different types4 ,no fixed type can be prescribed4 ,the type must be selected with due regard to the terrain1 enemy1 time1 tools1 soil1 etc41 but all should conform to the requirements of a good field of fire1 and protection for the troops behind a vertical wall1 preferably with some head or over head cover4 ,the simplest form of fire trench is deep and narrow and has a flat concealed parapet 7,fig4 #i74 ,when time will permit the simple trench should be planned with a view to developing it into a more complete form 7,figs4 #aj and #aa74 ,in all trenches as soon as practicable a passage way--#b feet wide at the bottom--should be provided1 in rear of the firing step1 for the men carrying supplies1 ammunition1 etc41 and for the removal of the wounded4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa ,when the excavated earth is easily removed a fire trench without parapet may be the one best suited to the soil and other conditions affecting the conditions of profile 7,fig4 #ab74 ,the enemy's infantry as well as artillery will generally have great difficulty in seeing this trench4 ,fig4 #ac shows a squad trench4 ,fig4 #ad shows a fire trench provided with protection against shrapnel4 ,this trench is used in the ,european ,war4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ad ,protection against ,shrapnel ,in the ,european ,war the aim in constructing fire trenches seems to be to minimize and localize artillery effect as far as possible4 ,the main excavation along the front is a continuous1 very deep1 communication1 not in itself prepared for active defense4 ,the actual firing is done from banquettes or firing steps just to the front of the passage or from trenches dug as far as #e or #aj feet in front of the main excavation and reached by short passages4 ,figs #ae and #af show the type of this construction4 ,fig4 #ag shows a fire trench with parades and shelter4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ae ,two ,methods for ,communication ,trenches in rear of ,firing ,trenches ,illustration3 ,fig4 #af ,communication ,trenches in rear of ,firing ,trenches ,recessed and ,traversed ,firing ,trench ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ag ,trench ,shelter #aadi4 ,traverses4 ,fire trenches are divided into sections or bays by means of traverses which intercept side or enfilade fire and limit the effect of shells1 bombs or grenades1 which burst inside of the trench4 ,the traverses should be wide enough to screen the full width of the trench with a little to spare4 ,the thickness of the traverse varies from #c to #f feet or more4 ,six feet is the dimension generally found in the traverses in the trenches on the ,european battle fronts4 #aaej4 ,trench recesses2 sortie steps4 ,it will be noted that in some of the diagrams of the trenches now being used in the ,european ,war the berm has been eliminated entirely4 ,the object being to bring the firer closer to the vertical wall thus giving him better protection from shrapnel fire4 ,there have also been added to the trench1 recesses for hand grenades4 ,these recesses are similar to recesses dug in the front wall of the trench for ammunition4 ,one form of recess is shown in 7,fig4 #ah74 ,in order to provide facilities for rapidly mounting from the trench to charge1 sortie steps and stakes have been provided in some trenches as shown in 7,fig4 #af74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ah ,store ,recesses for ,water1 ,hand-,grenades1 ,reserve ,ammunition1 ,machine ,guns1 ,range ,finders1 ,blankets1 etc4 7,from ,field ,entrenchments--,solano47 #aaea4 ,parados4 ,instead of shrapnel1 explosive shell is most frequently used in the ,european ,war4 ,this necessitates the addition of a parados to the fire trench to protect against the back blast of high explosives4 ,this is shown in 7,figs4 #h and #ag74 ,an interesting development in cover for the firing line is shown in dugouts constructed in the fire trenches in the ,european war4 ,these dugouts are deep underground and shelter from #c to #h men each 7,fig4 #ai74 ,these dugouts will be discussed more in length under cover trenches4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ai #aaeb4 ,head cover is the term applied to any horizontal cover which may be provided above the plane of fire4 ,it is obtained by notching or loop-holing the top of the parapet so that the bottoms of the notches or loopholes are in the desired plane of fire4 ,the extra height of parapet may be #ab to #ah inches and the loopholes may be #c to #c-a_/b feet center to center4 ,head cover is of limited utility4 ,it increases the visibility of the parapet and restricts the field of fire4 ,at close range the loopholes serve as aiming points to steady the enemy's fire and may do more harm than good at longer ranges4 ,this is especially the case if the enemy can see any light through the loophole4 ,he waits for the light to be obscured1 when he fires1 knowing there is a man's head behind the loophole4 ,a background must be provided or a removable screen arranged so that there will be no difference in the appearance of the loophole whether a man is looking through it or not4 ,head cover is advantageous only when the conditions of the foreground are such that the enemy can not get close up4 #aaec4 ,notches and loopholes1 ,figs4 #bj-bb1 are alike in all respects1 except that the latter have a roof or top and the former have not4 ,the bottom1 also called floor or sole1 is a part of the original superior slope4 ,the sides1 sometimes called cheeks1 are vertical or nearly so4 ,the plan depends upon local conditions4 ,there is always a narrow part1 called the throat1 which is just large enough to take the rifle and permit sighting4 ,from the throat the sides diverge at an angle1 called the splay1 which depends upon the field of fire necessary4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bj ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ba ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bb ,the position of the throat may vary4 ,if on the outside1 it is less conspicuous but more easily obstructed by injury to the parapet and more difficult to use1 since in changing aim laterally the man must move around a pivot in the plane of the throat4 ,if the material of which the loophole is constructed presents hard surfaces1 the throat should be outside1 notwithstanding the disadvantages of that position1 or else the sides must be stepped as in ,fig4 #bb4 ,in some cases it may be best to adopt a compromise position and put the throat in the middle1 ,fig4 #bb4 ,figs4 #bc to #bf show details and dimensions of a loophole of sand bags4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bc ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bd ,illustration3 ,fig4 #be ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bf ,a serviceable form of loophole consists of a pyramidal box of plank with a steel plate spiked across the small end and pierced for fire4 ,fig4 #bg shows a section of such a construction4 ,it is commonly known as the hopper loophole4 ,the plate should be #c_/h in4 thick1 if of special steel2 or #a_/b in41 if ordinary metal4 ,fig4 #bh shows the opening used by the ,japanese in ,manchuria and ,fig4 #bi that used by the ,russians4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bg ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bh ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bi ,the construction of a notch requires only the introduction of some available rigid material to form the sides2 by adding a cover the notch becomes a loophole4 ,where the fire involves a wide lateral and small vertical angle1 loopholes may take the form of a long slit4 ,such a form will result from laying logs or fascines lengthwise on the parapet1 supported at intervals by sods or other material1 ,fig4 #ca1 or small poles covered with earth may be used1 ,fig4 #cj4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cj ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ca #aaed4 ,overhead cover4 ,this usually consists of a raised platform of some kind covered with earth4 ,it is frequently combined with horizontal cover in a single structure1 which protects the top and exposed side4 ,the supporting platform will almost always be of wood and may vary from brushwood or light poles to heavy timbers and plank4 ,it is better1 especially with brush or poles1 to place a layer of sods1 grass down1 or straw1 or grain sacks over the platform before putting on the earth1 to prevent the latter from sifting through4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cb ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cc ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cd ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ce ,the thickness of overhead cover depends upon the class of fire against which protection is desired1 and is sometimes limited by the vertical space available1 since it must afford headroom beneath1 and generally should not project above the nearest natural or artificial horizontal cover4 ,for splinter proofs a layer of earth #f to #h ins4 thick on a support of brush or poles strong enough to hold it up will suffice if the structure is horizontal4 ,if the front is higher than the rear1 less thickness is necessary2 if the rear is higher than the front1 more is required4 ,for bombproofs a minimum thickness of #f ins4 of timber and #c ft4 of earth is necessary against field and siege guns1 or #ab ins4 timber and #f ft4 of earth against the howitzers and mortars of a heavy siege train1 not exceeding #f inches in caliber4 ,in determining the area of overhead cover to be provided1 allow #f sq4 ft4 per man for occupancy while on duty only1 or #ab sq4 ft4 per man for continuous occupancy not of long duration4 ,for long occupation #ah to #bj sq4 ft4 per man should be provided4 ,it is not practicable to give complete cover to rifle positions that will successfully withstand the heavy artillery of today4 ,the use of overhead cover is usually limited to that sufficient for protection against rifle fire1 machine gun fire1 and shrapnel4 #aaee4 ,cover trenches are constructed to provide safe cover for the supports or reinforcements of the fire trenches or to provide cooking and resting facilities for the garrison of the neighboring fire trenches4 ,the important point in cover trenches is safety4 ,they vary in design from the simple rectangular trenches to elaborately constructed trenches having overhead cover1 kitchens1 shelters1 latrines1 dressing stations1 etc4 ,cover trenches must not be mistaken for a secondary position1 they are cover for the firing line1 supports and reserves until they are required in the fire trenches4 ,the cover trench requires a depth of at least #f feet to protect men standing4 ,greater depths may be used when necessary4 ,fig4 #cf is a section of an open cover trench and ,fig4 #cg of a closed one4 ,this section may be used for a communicating trench4 ,fig4 #ch shows a cover trench close to a fire trench4 ,the character of overhead cover for trenches is shown in the diagrams under overhead cover4 ,the distance of the cover trenches varies with the situation4 ,the experience of the ,european war places the cover trenches from #ae to #ej yards in rear of the fire trenches4 ,these trenches furnish shelter for at least #b_/c of the firing line and supports4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cf ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cg ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ch ,the reserves are furnished yet more elaborate shelter1 with plenty of room for the men to lie down and rest and when practicable1 bathing facilities are provided4 #aaef4 ,dugouts4 ,an elaborate system of dugouts has developed along the lines occupied by the troops in the ,european war4 ,these dugouts are located from #ad to #dj feet below the ground and are reached by stairs in timbered passage ways4 ,at the foot of the stairs a tunnel or corridor runs forward and on either side or at the end1 rooms have been dug out varying in size4 ,most of these rooms have been timbered and lined4 ,many are electrically lighted4 ,in some of these underground shelters1 accommodations for several hundred men have been prepared with all of the necessary facilities for making them comfortable4 ,it must be understood that such elaborate preparations can only be made when troops face each other in trenches where operations have developed into practically a siege4 #aaeg4 ,communicating trenches4 ,these trenches as the name implies are for the purpose of providing safe communication between the cover and fire trenches4 ,they may be also constructed just in rear of a series of fire trenches to provide a means of communication from one to the other4 ,communicating trenches also extend to the rear of the cover trenches and provide safe passage to fresh troops or supplies4 ,these trenches are usually laid out in zig zag or curved lines 7,fig4 #ci71 to prevent enfilade fire from sweeping them4 ,as a general rule excavated earth is placed on both sides of the trench to afford protection1 the depth is usually from #f to #g feet4 7,fig4 #ae7 shows a typical communicating trench4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ci ,typical ,passage ,trench from ,supports to ,firing ,line4 7,from ,field ,entrenchments--,solano7 #aaeh4 ,lookouts4 ,to enable the garrison of a trench to get the greatest amount of comfort and rest1 a lookout should be constructed and a sentinel stationed therein4 ,the simplest form would consist of two sandbags placed on the parapet and splayed so as to give the required view1 and carefully concealed4 ,better forms may be constructed1 with one side resting on the berm by using short uprights with overhead cover1 a slit on all sides being provided for observation4 ,at night1 lookouts are usually posted at listening points located in or beyond the line of obstacles4 ,these will be discussed under obstacles4 #aaei4 ,supporting ,points4 ,in some cases small supporting points may have to be established close behind the general line of trenches for the purpose of breaking up a successful attack on the trenches and to aid in delivering a counter attack4 ,these points are strongly entrenched and have all around wire entanglements and are garrisoned by from #bj to #dj picked men or by larger forces if the situation demand it4 ,in some cases machine guns are added to the force in the supporting point4 #aafj4 ,example of trench system4 ,having discussed trenches and obstacles somewhat in detail1 let us take a combination of the whole showing a complete system such as is used today4 7,fig4 #dj7 is a good example4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dj ,,first ,,line ,,firing ,,trench ,beginning at the front we have the line of wire entanglements or obstacles with their listening posts ,x1 for guarding them4 ,connecting the listening posts to the fire trenches are the communicating trenches4 ,the fire trenches are shown by the heavy black line running about #fj feet in rear of the obstacles4 ,note the many traverses shown by the indentations in the line4 ,points marked ,m with arrows projecting to the flanks are machine guns1 so located as to sweep the front of the position with a cross fire4 ,points marked ,s are underground shelters for from #c to #f men4 ,points marked ,s' are shelters for #cj men4 ,in rear of the firing trenches at a distance varying from #ajj to #bjj feet is the line of cover trenches4 ,this line is connected with the fire trenches by the zig zagged line of communicating trenches4 ,note that the latrines 7,l7 and first aid stations 7,f7 are just off from the communicating trenches1 while the larger shelter for men 7,s'7 are near the cover trenches4 ,as the note on the diagram shows1 the trench requires #bej men to occupy it with double that number in support4 ,the trench has #ajh loopholes with spaces between provided with a higher banquette so that the whole parapet may be manned for firing4 ,on the battlefields of ,europe today there are generally three lines of fire trenches4 ,this permits the defender to fall back to a #bnd or #crd prepared position in case he is driven out of his first trench4 ,on a hill we find a fire trench near the foot of the slope1 one just forward of the military crest1 and the third on the reverse slope of the hill4 ,in many instances the first line trenches consist of as many as four or five lines of trenches running in a general lateral direction and connected by deep narrow communicating trenches4 ,the depth between the first and last of these trenches is1 in some instances1 not over a hundred yards4 ,sign boards are necessary at short intervals to prevent the soldiers from getting lost4 ,the effect of having so many alternative firing trenches is to make it extremely difficult for an enemy to advance from1 or even to hold one of them1 even when he gains a footing1 as he would be swept by fire from the supporting trenches in rear and also by flanking fire from the adjacent trenches4 #aafa4 ,location4 ,there are two things to be considered in locating trenches3 7#a7 ,the tactical situation1 and 7#b7 the nature of the ground4 ,the first consideration requires that the trenches be so located as to give the best field of fire4 ,locating near the base of hills possesses the advantage of horizontal fire1 but1 as a rule1 it is difficult to support trenches so located and to retreat therefrom in case of necessity4 ,while location near the crest of hills--on the military crest--does not possess the advantage of horizontal fire1 it is easier to support trenches so located and to retreat therefrom4 ,depending upon circumstances1 there are times when it will be better to intrench near the base of hills and there are other times when it will be better to intrench on the military crest1 which is always in front of the natural crest4 ,the construction of trenches along the military crest does not give any dead space--that is1 any space to the front that can not be reached by the fire of the men in the trenches4 ,whether we should construct our trenches on high or low ground is a matter that should always be carefully considered under the particular conditions that happen to exist at that particular time1 and the matter may be summarized as follows3 ,the advantages of the high ground are3-- #a4 ,we can generally see better what is going on to our front and flanks2 and the men have a feeling of security that they do not enjoy on low ground4 #b4 ,we can usually reenforce the firing line better and the dead and wounded can be removed more easily4 #c4 ,the line of retreat is better4 ,the disadvantages are3-- #a4 ,the plunging fire of a high position is not as effective as a sweeping fire of a low one4 #b4 ,it is not as easy to conceal our position4 ,the advantages of low ground1 are3-- #a4 ,the low1 sweeping fire that we get1 especially when the ground in front is fairly flat and the view over the greater part of it is uninterrupted1 is the most effective kind of fire4 #b4 ,as a rule it is easier to conceal trenches on low ground1 especially from artillery fire4 #c4 ,if our trenches are on low ground1 our artillery will be able to find good positions on the hill behind us without interfering with the infantry defense4 ,the disadvantages are3-- #a4 ,as a rule it will be more difficult to reenforce the firing line and to remove the dead and wounded from the trenches4 #b4 ,on a low position there will usually be an increase of dead space in our front4 #c4 ,the average soldier acting on the defensive dreads that the enemy may turn his flank1 and this feeling is much more pronounced on low ground than on high ground4 ,should the enemy succeed in getting a footing on our flank with our trenches on top of the hill1 it would be bad enough1 but it would certainly be far worse if he got a footing on top of the hill1 on the flank and rear1 with our company on low ground in front4 ,we1 therefore1 see there are things to be said for and against both high and low ground1 and the most that can be said without examining a particular piece of ground is3 ,our natural inclination is to select high ground1 but1 as a rule1 this choice will reduce our fire effect1 and if there is a covered approach to our fire trenches and very little dead ground in front of it1 with an extensive field of fire1 there is no doubt the lower ground is better4 ,however1 if these conditions do not exist to a considerable degree1 the moral advantage of the higher ground must be given great weight1 especially in a close country4 ,the experience of the ,european war emphasizes the fact that the location of rifle trenches is today1 just as much as ever1 a matter of compromise to be determined by sound judgment on the part of the responsible officers4 ,the siting of trenches so that they are not under artillery observation is a matter of great importance1 but1 it has yet to be proven that this requirement is more important than an extensive field of fire4 ,there are many instances where to escape observation and fire from the artillery1 trenches were located on the reverse slopes1 giving only a limited field of fire4 ,this restricted field of fire permitted the enemy to approach within a few hundred yards of the trench and robbed them of the concealment they had hoped to gain4 ,the choice between a site in front1 and one in rear of a crest1 is influenced by local conditions which govern the effectiveness of our own and the enemy's fire4 ,in general1 the best location for effective fire trenches1 lies between the military crest of rising ground and the lowest line from which the foreground is visible4 ,if the position on the military crest is conspicuous1 it is inadvisable4 ,with regard to the nature of the ground1 trenches should1 if practicable1 be so located as to avoid stony ground1 because of the difficult work entailed and of the danger of flying fragments1 should the parapet be struck by an artillery projectile4 ,to locate the trace of the trenches1 lie on the ground at intervals and select the best field of fire consistent with the requirements of the situation4 ,trenches should be laid out in company lengths1 if possible1 and adjoining trenches should afford each other mutual support4 ,the flanks and important gaps in the line should be protected by fire trenches echeloned in rear4 #aafb4 ,concealment of trenches4 ,owing to the facilities for observation that the aeroplanes and other air craft afford1 and to the accuracy and effect of modern artillery fire1 every possible means should be taken to conceal trenches1 gun implacements1 and other works4 ,the aim should be to alter the natural surface of the ground as little as possible and to present a target of the smallest possible dimensions4 ,covering the parapet with brush or grass will afford temporary concealment4 ,if the new earth can be sodded it aids greatly in concealing the trench4 ,in some cases troops have gone to the extent of painting canvas to resemble the ground and have placed it over trenches1 guns1 etc4 ,straw and grass placed in the bottom of trenches make them less conspicuous to air scouts4 ,when trenches are dug on a fairly steep slope care must be used to conceal the back of the trench1 which1 being higher than the parapet1 will stand out as a scar on the hillside4 ,grass or brush may be used to conceal the back of the trench4 #aafc4 ,dummy trenches4 ,may be constructed which attract the enemy's attention and draw his fire1 or at least a part of it4 ,the extent to which this method may be used may include the construction of dummy obstacles and guns1 and even hats may be placed on the parapets4 #aafd4 ,length of trench4 ,the usual minimum allowance of trench space is one yard per man1 although in some tests1 two feet was found sufficient for men to fire satisfactorily4 ,ordinarily one squad will occupy the space between two traverses which experience has shown should be about #ae feet apart4 #aafe4 ,preparation of the foreground4 ,one of the first principles in improving the foreground is that an enemy attacking the trenches shall be continually exposed to fire especially in the last #djj or #ejj yards4 ,this requires a clearing of the foreground and a filling in of depressions or leveling of cover4 ,dead space may be swept by fire of trenches specially located for that purpose4 ,those features of the ground which obstruct the field of fire1 restrict the view1 or favor or the enemy's approach1 should be removed as far as possible4 ,on the other hand1 features which favor the concealment of the trenches or increase the difficulty of the attack would better be left standing1 especially when it is possible to fire through or over them4 #aaff4 ,revetments4 ,by a revetment we mean a facing placed against the front or back wall of a trench to keep the earth in place4 ,when trenches are to be occupied for any length of time1 they must be revetted4 ,there are many forms of revetments4 ,sod revetments1 stakes with brush behind them1 stakes with planks1 boards1 or poles behind them and a common form seen in the trenches in ,europe chicken wire with brush or canvas behind it4 #aafg4 ,drainage4 ,all trenches should be dug so as to drain in case of rain4 ,in favorable locations the trench may be constructed to drain automatically1 by constructing it with an incline to one end4 ,under ordinary circumstances dry standing has to be provided in trenches by raising the foot level by the use of brush1 boards1 poles1 etc4 ,bailing will have to be resorted to in most cases to drain the trench4 #aafh4 ,water ,supply4 ,at least #a_/b a gallon of water per man per day should be supplied4 ,the supply is almost invariably liable to be contaminated1 therefore1 it should be sterilized by boiling or by treating4 ,these are usually located just off from the communicating trenches4 ,some form of receptacle should be used and all deposits covered with chemicals4 #aafi4 ,latrines4 ,numerous latrines must be constructed in the trenches' earth4 ,these receptacles are removed from time to time and emptied in pits dug for that purpose4 ,urinal cans must also be provided and cared for in a similar manner4 #aagj4 ,illumination of the ,foreground4 ,battlefield illumination is a necessity where night attacks may be expected1 and also as a protection to the line of obstacles4 ,portable searchlights have become an accepted part of every army4 ,in addition to these1 trenches must be supplied with reflector lights1 star bombs1 rockets and flares1 arranged so that they can be put into action instantaneously when the enemy approaches4 ,the foreground should be entirely illuminated1 leaving the defenders in the shadow4 ,if the light is too close to the defenders parapet1 they are illuminated and become a good target4 ,some flares will burn for #bj minutes and may be thrown to the front as grenades1 fired as rockets1 shot from small mortars1 or placed well to the front to be set off by trip wires close to the ground4 ,the best light devised is one that can be fired well to the front from a small mortar and then hung suspended from an open parachute above the enemy4 ,bonfires can be laid ready for lighting when no other means is at hand4 ,whatever form of illumination is adopted1 it should withstand bad weather conditions and prolonged bombardment4 #aaga4 ,telephones4 ,when armies have been forced to trench warfare and time has permitted an elaborate system of trenches to be constructed1 telephone communication is established as soon as possible4 ,the central station1 with the switch-board is located in a shelter in rear of the cover trenches and lines are run to all trenches1 lookout stations and listening points4 #aagb4 ,siege works4 ,comprise devices used by besiegers and besieged in attack and defense of strong fortifications and especially those devices enable troops to advance under continuous cover4 ,,chapter ,,xi ,,obstacles #aagc4 ,object4 ,the main objects in placing obstacles in front of the trenches are1 to protect them from surprise1 and to stop the enemy's advance or to delay him while under the defender's fire4 #aagd4 ,necessity for obstacles4 ,it is evident that the present tendency is to reduce the number of men assigned to constant occupancy of the first line trenches4 ,this is due to the effectiveness of rifle fire at close range1 the destructive effect of shell and shrapnel1 the infrequency of daylight attack on intrenched positions1 and the severe strain on the men4 ,the aim seems to be the placing here and there of a lookout or trench guards1 who1 when necessity demands can call help from the near by splinterproofs1 dugouts1 etc41 before the enemy can make his way through the obstacles4 ,it has been found from experience in the ,european war that as long as shells are directed at the trenches no danger of attack is feared but1 when the shells are concentrated against the obstacles the trenches are manned and preparations are made to resist an assault4 #aage4 ,location4 ,obstacles must be so located that they will be exposed to the defenders' fire1 and should be sheltered as far as possible from the enemy's artillery fire4 ,they should be difficult to remove or destroy1 should afford no cover for the enemy1 and should not obstruct counter attacks4 ,no obstacle should be more than #ajj yards from the defender's trench4 ,care must be taken not to place them so close to the trench that hand grenades can be thrown into the trench from beyond the obstacle4 ,obstacles may be placed in one1 two or three lines4 ,as far as possible they should be concealed so that they will not betray the location of the trench4 #aagf4 ,kinds of ,obstacles4 ,the following are the most common kinds of obstacles3-- ,abatis consisting of trees lying parallel to each other with the branches pointing in the general direction of approach and interlaced4 ,all leaves and small twigs should be removed and the stiff ends of branches pointed4 ,abatis on open ground is most conveniently made of branches about #ae feet long4 ,the branches are staked or tied down and the butts anchored by covering them with earth4 ,barbed wire may be interlaced among the branches4 ,successive rows are placed1 the branches of one extending over the trunks of the one in front1 so as to make the abatis #e feet high and as wide as desired4 ,it is better to place the abatis in a natural depression or a ditch1 for concealment and protection from fire4 ,if exposed to artillery1 an abatis must be protected either as above or else by raising a glacis in front of it4 ,fig4 #a shows a typical form of abatis with a glacis in front4 ,an abatis formed by felling trees toward the enemy1 leaving the butt hanging to the stump1 the branches prepared as before1 is called a slashing1 ,fig4 #b4 ,it gives cover1 and should be well flanked4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b #aagg4 ,a palisade is a man-tight fence of posts4 ,round poles #d to #f inches in diameter at the large end are best4 ,if the sticks run #e to #h inches1 they may be split4 ,if defended from the rear1 palisades give some shelter from fire and the openings should be made as large as possible without letting men through4 ,if defended from the flank1 they may be closer1 say #c to #d inches apart4 ,the top should be pointed4 ,a strand or two of barbed wire run along the top and stapled to each post is a valuable addition4 ,palisading is best made up in panels of #f or #h feet length1 connected by a waling piece1 preferably of plank1 otherwise of split stuff4 ,if the tops are free1 two wales should be used1 both underground4 ,if the tops are connected by wires1 one will do4 ,palisades should be planted to incline slightly to the front4 ,as little earth should be disturbed in digging as possible1 and one side of the trench should be kept in the desired plane of the palisade4 ,if stones can be had to fit between the posts and the top of the trench1 they will increase the stiffness of the structure and save time in ramming1 or a small log may be laid in the trench along the outside of the posts4 ,figs4 #c and #d show the construction and placing of palisades4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d #aagh4 ,a fraise is a palisade horizontal1 or nearly so1 projecting from the scarp or counterscarp4 ,a modern and better form consists of supports at #c or #d feet interval1 connected by barbed wire1 forming a horizontal wire fence4 ,fig4 #e4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e #aagi4 ,cheveaux de frise are obstacles of the form shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,they are usually made in sections of manageable length chained together at the ends4 ,they are most useful in closing roads or other narrow passages1 as they can be quickly opened for friendly troops4 ,the lances may be of iron instead of wood and rectangular instead of round2 the axial beam may be solid or composite4 ,figs4 #h and #i show methods of constructing cheveaux de frise with dimension stuff4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i #aahj4 ,a formidable obstacle against cavalry consists of railroad ties planted at intervals of #aj feet with the tops #d-a_/b feet above the ground1 and connected by a line of rails spiked securely to each1 ,fig4 #g4 ,the rail ends should be connected by fish plates and bolted1 with the ends of the bolts riveted down on the ends4 ,figs4 #aj and #aa show forms of heavy obstacles employed in ,manchuria by the ,russians and ,japanese1 respectively4 ,the former is composed of timber trestles1 made in rear and carried out at night4 ,the latter appears to have been planted in place4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa #aaha4 ,a wire entanglement is composed of stakes driven in the ground and connected by wire1 barbed is the best1 passing horizontally or diagonally1 or both4 ,the stakes are roughly in rectangular or quincunx order1 but slight irregularities1 both of position and height should be introduced4 ,in the high entanglement the stakes average #d feet from the ground1 and the wiring is horizontal and diagonal1 ,fig4 #ab4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab ,high wire entanglement showing method of linking posts head to foot and foot to head4 ,wire1 plain or barbed1 then festooned with barbed wire4 ,bind wires where they cross4 ,use broken bottles1 crows feet1 planks with spikes or fishhooks in conjunction with this entanglement4 7,from ,knowledge of ,war--,lake47 ,the low wire entanglement has stakes averaging #ah inches above the ground and the wire is horizontal only4 ,this form is especially effective if concealed in high grass4 ,in both kinds the wires should be wound around the stakes and stapled and passed loosely from one stake to the next4 ,when two or more wires cross they should be tied together4 ,barbed wire is more difficult to string but better when done4 ,the most practicable form results from the use of barbed wire for the horizontal strands and smooth wire for the rest4 ,this is the most generally1 useful of all obstacles because of the rapidity of construction1 the difficulty of removal1 the comparatively slight injury from artillery fire1 and its independence of local material supplies4 #aahb4 ,time and materials4 ,one man can make #aj sq4 yds4 of low and #c sq4 yds4 of high entanglement per hour4 ,the low form requires #aj feet of wire per sq4 yd4 and the high #cj feet4 ,no4 #ad is a suitable size4 ,the smooth wire runs #eh4i ft4 to the lb4 ,a #ajj-lb4 coil will make #fjj sq4 yds4 of low or #bjj sq4 yds4 of high entanglement4 ,if barbed wire is used1 the weight will be about #b-a_/b times as much4 #aahc4 ,wire fence4 ,an ordinary barbed-wire fence is a considerable obstacle if well swept by fire4 ,it becomes more formidable if a ditch is dug on one or both sides to obstruct the passage of wheels after the fence has been cut4 ,the fence is much more difficult to get through if provided with an apron on one or both sides1 inclined at an angle of about #de deg41 as indicated in ,figs4 #ac and #ad4 ,this form was much used in ,south ,africa for connecting lines between blockhouses4 ,when used in this way the lines of fence may be #cjj to #fjj yds4 long1 in plan like a worm fence1 with the blockhouse at the reentrant angles4 ,fixed rests for rifles1 giving them the proper aim to enfilade the fence1 were prepared at the blockhouses for use at night4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ad ,such a fence may be arranged in many ways to give an automatic alarm either mechanically or electrically4 ,the mechanical forms mostly depend on one or more single wires which are smooth1 and are tightly stretched through staples on the posts which hold them loosely1 permitting them to slip when cut and drop a counterweight at the blockhouse1 which in falling explodes a cap or pulls the trigger of a rifle4 #aahd4 ,military pits or trous de loup are excavations in the shape of an inverted cone or pyramid1 with a pointed stake in the bottom4 ,they should not be so deep as to afford cover to the skirmisher4 ,two and one-half feet or less is a suitable depth4 ,fig4 #ae shows a plan and section of such pits4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ae ,they are usually dug in #c or #e rows and the earth thrown to the front to form a glacis4 ,the rear row is dug first and then the next in front1 and so on1 so that no earth is cast over the finished pits4 ,an excellent arrangement is to dig the pits in a checkerboard plan1 leaving alternate squares and placing a stake in each of them to form a wire entanglement1 ,fig4 #af4 ,one man can make #e pits on a #b-;hour relief4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #af #aahe4 ,miscellaneous barricades4 ,anything rigid in form and movable may be used to give cover from view and fire and to obstruct the advance of an assailant4 ,boxes1 bales and sacks of goods1 furniture1 books1 etc41 have been so used4 ,the principles above stated for other obstacles should be followed1 so far as the character of the materials will permit4 ,the rest ingenuity must supply4 ,such devices are usually called barricades and are useful in blocking the streets of towns and cities4 #aahf4 ,inundations4 ,backing up the water of a stream so that it overflows a considerable area forms a good obstacle even though of fordable depth4 ,if shallow1 the difficulty of fording may be increased by irregular holes or ditches dug before the water comes up or by driving stakes or making entanglements4 ,fords have frequently been obstructed by ordinary harrows laid on the bottom with the teeth up4 ,the unusual natural conditions necessary to a successful inundation and the extent and character of the work required to construct the dams make this defense of exceptional use4 ,it may be attempted with advantage when the drainage of a considerable flat area passes through a restricted opening1 as a natural gorge1 a culvert1 or a bridge4 ,open cribs filled with stones1 or tighter ones with gravel or earth may form the basis of the obstruction to the flow of water4 ,the usual method of tightening cracks or spaces between cribs is by throwing in earth or alternate layers of straw1 hay1 grass1 earth1 or sacks of clay4 ,unless the flow is enough to allow considerable leakage1 the operation will not be practicable with field resources4 ,when the local conditions permit water to be run into the ditch of a parapet it should always be done4 #aahg4 ,obstacles in front of outguards should be low so they cannot be seen at night4 ,a very simple and effective obstacle can be made by fastening a single strand of wire to the top of stout stakes about a foot high1 and then placing another wire a little higher and parallel to1 and about one yard in rear of1 the first4 ,the wires must be drawn tight1 and securely fastened1 and the stakes fairly close together1 so that if the wire is cut between any two stakes the remainder will not be cut loose4 ,any one approaching the enemy will trip over the first wire1 and before he can recover himself he will be brought down by the second4 ,in the absence of wire1 small sapplings may be used instead4 ,of course1 they are not as good as wire1 but it does not take much to trip up a man in the dark4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ag ,lessons from the ,european ,war ,what follows is based on reports from the battle fronts in ,europe4 #aahh4 ,wire entanglements4 ,the war in ,europe has proven that the wire entanglements are the most important and effective obstacle yet devised4 ,owing to the intensity of the opposing fire and in many cases to the short distance between the opposing trenches1 it has become necessary to construct all forms of obstacles in portable sections which are carried or rolled quickly into place1 either by soldiers rushing out in day light and quickly staking the obstacles down or by placing the obstacles quietly at night4 ,for placing wire entanglements at night1 an iron post has been devised about #a_/d of an inch in diameter1 with eyelets for attaching the wire4 ,the lower #ah inches is made as an auger1 so that the posts can be quietly screwed into the ground at night and the wire attached4 ,another method of placing wire entanglements is to make them in sections and roll them up4 ,these sections are usually about #bj feet long1 the wire firmly fastened to the sharpened stakes4 ,at a favorable moment the soldiers rush out1 unrolling the sections as they go and with mauls quickly drive the stakes4 ,loose ends of wire enable the sections to be bound together as placed4 ,another form of wire entanglement is shown in 7,fig4 #ah74 ,triangular pyramids #c feet #f inches high are made of poles or timber4 ,the pyramids are usually arranged in pairs with the wire on three faces so that1 no matter if the obstacle is rolled over1 a wire fence is presented4 ,these obstacles are carried out and placed so as to break joints and are staked down as soon as possible4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ah ,substitute for ,posts4 ,the wire used for entanglements is found more convenient to handle when wound on a stake a yard in length1 in a sort of figure eight winding4 ,special barbed wire of heavier material and barbs placed close together has been found much more effective than the commercial barbed wire4 ,in some localities electrified wire has been used4 ,in such cases the obstacle is charged in sections1 so that1 if one section is grounded it will not affect the others4 #aahi4 ,wire cheveaux de frise4 ,two forms of this obstacle have appeared4 ,both are portable4 ,they consist of two or more wooden crosses fastened at their centers to a long pole and connected with each other by barbed wire4 ,this obstacle retains its effectiveness when rolled over4 7,figs4 #ai and #bj7 give an idea of their construction4 ,the form shown in 7,fig4 #ai7 is often made small enough for individuals to carry4 ,these are prepared in the trenches and used for throwing into one's own entanglements to make them more complex or may be carried when making an assault and thrown into the enemy's trenches to prevent movements from one part of the trench to another4 ,the long stick projects out of the end to be used as a handle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ai ,wire ,cheveaux de ,frise ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bj ,wire ,cheveaux de ,frise #aaij4 ,guarding obstacles4 ,it has been found necessary to keep a constant watch over obstacles after they have been placed4 #aaia4 ,listening posts4 ,one of the best methods is to post one or more men in listening posts in or beyond the line of obstacles4 ,these listening posts are rifle pits with over head cover1 fully protected from fire from the rear as well as front1 and loop holes for observation and fire4 ,they are connected with the fire trenches by means of a covered communication or even tunnels in some cases and are provided with some form of prompt communication with the firing trenches by telephone1 bell or other means4 ,the communicating trench or tunnel is provided with a strong door which may be closed to prevent an enemy from securing access to the fire trench1 in case the lookout is surprised4 ,pits with trap doors are also used to prevent an enemy from creeping up the tunnel to the fire trench4 ,these lookouts can give early warning of the approach of an enemy1 either for the purpose of assault or cutting through the obstacles4 ,in many instances they have detected mining operations of the enemy by hearing the blows of picks under ground4 #aaib4 ,automatic alarms4 ,many automatic alarms have been used to give warning of attack on the obstacles4 ,these vary from the simple setting of a pistol or rifle1 which is fired when the enemy attempts to cut through the entanglement1 to intricate electrical alarms4 #aaic4 ,searchlights4 ,searchlights have been provided so that1 the instant an alarm is given the obstacles are flooded by a brilliant light and the enemy exposed to fire4 ,,chapter ,,xii ,,trench ,,and ,,mine ,,warfare#ad #aaid4 ,asphyxiating gases4 ,the asphyxiating gases employed may be divided into three general classes1 viz3 ,suffocating gases1 the most common of which are carbonic and nitrogen4 ,poisonous gases1 under which head come carbon monoxide and cyanogen4 ,gases which affect the throat and bronchial tubes1 such as chlorine and bromine4 ,the latter class is most commonly employed4 ,the methods usually employed for liberating these gases are to have a plant some distance in rear of the trenches where the gas is stored under pressure and carried to the trenches through pipes1 where it can be liberated towards the enemy's trenches when there is a favorable wind to carry it along2 or1 the gas may be carried in cylinders or other containers and liberated at the desired points4 ,hand grenades or bombs are also employed which1 upon bursting1 liberate the gas or in some cases scatter acids or caustic soda4 ,some of these bombs contain a chemical which when liberated affects the eyes1 causing impaired vision4 ,the ,germans employ several kinds of shell containing gases of different densities1 one of heavy gas fired as a curtain to the rear to permit reinforcement of the trenches and another of lighter gas to demolish the trenches and destroy the firing line4 ,as a general rule these gases are employed when the fire trenches of the opposing forces are close together though the shell containers may be used at long ranges4 ,all of these gases being heavier than air lie close to the ground and flow over and down into the trenches4 #aaie4 ,protection against gases4 ,the best protection against these gases1 is a mask of some kind4 ,the commonest form employed is a flexible mask that conforms to the head1 is fitted with glass for seeing through1 and has an arrangement of tubes and valves which require the wearer to inhale through his nose and exhale through his mouth4 ,these masks have an absorbent composed of hyposulphite of sodium or of #gb per cent of the nitrous thiosulphate and #bh per cent of bicarbonate of soda4 ,this absorbent placed so that air must be breathed through it1 neutralizes the acids in the gases4 ,soldiers are provided with these masks1 sometimes with two of them1 and are required to have them renewed every three months4 ,trench sprays may be used to spray neutralizing liquid in the trenches to kill the gases4 ,the favorable conditions for the employment of gases are wind blowing toward the enemy's trenches and warm weather4 ,unfavorable conditions are rain1 cold1 and adverse winds4 ,in some localities weather vanes placed in the direction of the enemy's trenches and arranged so that they may be watched at night give an indication of favorable winds and enable the defender to prepare for a gas attack4 ,before the masks were provided bonfires were prepared of oil soaked materials which2 when ignited1 produced an intense heat and the resulting column of air diverted the gas clouds4 #aaif4 ,liquid fire4 ,by use of hand or motor driven pumps1 and a light grade of petroleum1 columns of liquid fire may be squirted into the opposing trenches4 ,if the oil should fail to remain lighted it may be fired by bursting hand grenades or throwing fire balls into the trenches4 ,this means of attack is employed when opposing trenches are close together4 ,as a defense measure ditches may be dug in front of the trenches and filled with a porous material which is then soaked with oil4 ,heavy oils1 being hard to ignite1 are not dangerous to the defense1 and will remain with little loss for a long time4 ,to make sure of prompt ignition gas lines are laid in the ditches4 ,when turned on the gas readily ignites and the resulting fire produces great heat4 ,wire or barbed wire looped in the ditches and staked down makes this a formidable obstacle4 #aaig4 ,grenades and bombs are containers1 designed to be thrown by hand1 by a sling1 fired as a rocket or from specially constructed mortars1 or dropped from aerial craft4 ,they burst by time or percussion fuses and may be improvised in a variety of forms and are most useful in close attack or defense4 ,their effect is local but they are very demoralizing to men's nerves4 #aaih4 ,hand grenades are designed to be thrown by the hand and vary greatly in construction4 ,in general1 however1 they consist of a container filled with bullets or pieces of iron or other metal in the center of which is a charge of high explosive which scatters the bullets or fragments with deadly effect4 ,the three methods of discharging a hand grenade are3 ,by time fuse which is lighted by hand4 ,about #e to #i seconds is the time from ignition until the grenade bursts4 ,this does not give the defender time to pick up the bomb and throw it out of the trench4 ,by friction primer and fuse4 ,in this form of hand grenade a strap on the wrist with a short line attached with a hook on the end of it serves1 when the hook is engaged in the ring of the grenade1 to jerk the primer when the grenade is thrown4 ,this automatically ignites the fuse which bursts the grenade in from #d to #e seconds4 ,by percussion4 ,in this form of grenade the charge is fired when the grenade strikes the ground or object at which it is thrown4 ,in this form of grenade a safety pin holds the plunger from the cap4 ,when the grenade is to be thrown the safety pin is withdrawn4 ,as a general rule fuse burns at the rate of #a inch in #a and #a_/d seconds2 however each lot of fuse should be tested4 ,figs4 #a and #b show two forms of improvised grenades4 ,common cans1 such as preserved fruits and vegetables are shipped in commercially1 make good containers4 ,the usual weight of a hand grenade is about #a-a_/b pounds4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,hair ,brush ,bomb ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,hand ,grenade #aaii4 ,other methods of throwing grenades4 ,many grenades have been designed to be fired from the ordinary rifle4 ,this grenade has a rod which is inserted in the barrel of the rifle4 ,a special charge of powder is used in the cartridge from which the bullet has been withdrawn4 ,common slings1 catapults1 and other devises have been frequently used4 #abjj4 ,aerial mines4 7,fig4 #c47 ,this form of grenade is very heavy1 often weighing #bjj pounds and is fired from a trench mortar4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c ,aerial ,mine #abja4 ,winged torpedo4 7,fig4 #d47 ,this projectile is fitted with three winged vanes which steady its flight and greatly increase the accuracy4 ,a rod fitted into its base enables it to be fired from a comparatively small trench1 mortar4 ,the torpedo weighs about #dj pounds and the mortar #bjj pounds4 ,the mortar1 being light1 can be carried from one part of the trench to another by two men4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,winged ,torpedo ,the aerial mine and winged torpedo may be used effectively to beat down the enemy's defenses1 destroying his sand bags and trenches1 and cutting away wire entanglements and other obstacles4 ,the winged torpedo having a greater range 7#ejj yards7 and being more accurate1 is the more effective4 #abjb4 ,bombs from air-craft are some form of high explosive bomb which burst on striking4 ,another type of bomb used by aeroplanes consists of a container filled with steel darts4 ,the bursting charge is fired by a fuse4 ,the operator usually cuts the fuse so that the bomb will burst at a considerable altitude4 ,the steel darts are scattered in all directions and have sufficient velocity to pass through a man or horse4 #abjc4 ,protection against hand grenades4 7,fig4 #e47 ,for protection against hand grenades and bombs a screen of wire netting may be erected in front of the trenches and arranged at such a slope that most of the grenades passing over the screen will clear the trench while those striking the netting will roll away from the trench4 ,this protection is very satisfactory for communications1 machine gun emplacements1 etc41 but1 is of doubtful value in fire trenches as it does not permit an easy offensive by the defenders4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,bomb ,screen #abjd4 ,tanks4 ,the so-called tanks1 first used by the ,british armies in the battle of the ,somme in ,september1 #aiaf1 are in reality armored caterpillar tractors carrying machine guns and capable of traversing rough ground1 smashing down trees and entanglements1 and passing across the ground between the opposing trenches over the shell holes made by the opposing artillery4 ,the machinery1 guns and crew are contained in an armored body and the two tractor belts extend to full length on either side1 being so arranged that the tank can climb a steep slope4 ,from the meager data obtainable it would appear that the tanks carry from #d to #f machine guns in armored projections built out from the sides4 ,these are provided with revolving shields permitting two guns to fire in any direction at one time4 ,the principle of the tractor is similar to that of those manufactured in the ,united ,states and used commercially in reclamation work4 ,the addition of the armored body and guns makes the military tank4 ,these tanks have proven of great value in village fighting1 by smashing down barricades and driving machine guns from their positions in cellars and houses4 ,they have also been used with some success in destroying obstacles4 ,the power of these new engines may be judged from their ability to smash down trees six inches in diameter and by means of cables to uproot trees as large as #ae inches in diameter4 ,these tanks are proof against rifle and machine gun fire1 but are unable to withstand even light artillery4 #abje4 ,helmets4 ,steel helmets made their appearance in the ,european war in #aiae1 as a protection to the soldier's head against rifle1 machine gun and shrapnel fire4 ,so successful were they that they are being furnished to all troops on the battlefield4 ,already several millions have been supplied4 ,where heretofore head wounds accounted for over #bj per cent of the casualties in trench warfare1 the percentage has been reduced by the wearing of helmets to about one half per cent4 ,while the helmet does not afford complete protection against rifle and shrapnel fire1 it has been found that hits result only in severe concussion1 where before fatal wound resulted4 ,these helmets are painted khaki color4 #abjf4 ,masks4 ,steel masks for sentinels and snipers have been adopted by the ,germans4 ,this mask covers the head and face with curved surfaces which deflect bullets4 ,small eye holes permit a clear view of the target and a small section is omitted in the lower right side to permit bringing the rifle against the cheek in firing4 #abjg4 ,periscopes4 ,periscopes have been universally adopted in trench warfare for observing the enemy while keeping completely under cover4 ,it is a simple arrangement of two mirrors in a vertical tube4 ,the upper reflects the image of the object to the lower mirror which in turn reflects it to the eye of the observer4 ,by raising the top of the periscope above the parapet the soldier can watch the foreground while at the same time remaining completely concealed himself4 ,a more elaborate periscope for the control of artillery fire has a collapsible tube which may be extended and elevated to a height of #ge feet4 #abjh4 ,sniperscope4 ,this is a combination of the periscope and rifle by means of which a soldier can aim and fire his piece at an object without exposing himself above the parapet4 #abji4 ,aids to firing4 ,rifles laid in notched boards placed in the parapet may be sighted and prepared for night firing1 or a wire stretched just outside of the loophole on which the barrel of the rifle can rest when in the proper firing position to cover certain points1 enables the soldier to fire effectively at night when it is too dark to aim4 #abaj4 ,mining4 ,military mining consists of digging communications and chambers underground and placing therein charges of explosives and firing such charges4 ,mining is slow and restricted in its application and therefore this method of attack is used against very strong points of the enemy's line1--a salient1 a building1 or other point1--held in great force4 ,the aim in mine warfare is to make a sudden breach in the enemy's trench1 destroy the flanking supports which could be used to stop this breach and then to take the trench by assault and organize it for defense before the enemy's forces1 disorganized from the explosion1 can recover4 ,sometimes mines are placed in front of the trenches and exploded electrically when the enemy reaches them in attempting an assault4 #abaa4 ,countermining4 ,the enemy1 when mining operations are suspected1 runs out tunnels to meet the opposing mine4 ,sometimes listening galleries are driven underground and men posted to detect the sound of mining operations4 ,once the direction of the opposing tunnel is discovered a charge of explosive is laid across its approach and fired at a moment when it will cause the most damage4 ,,footnotes3 #ad ,to those desiring to go into the subject of trench warfare in detail1 the author would recommend ,trench ,warfare1 by himself4 ,george ,banta ,publishing ,co41 ,menasha1 ,wis42 #a4be4 ,,chapter ,,xiii ,,marches 7,based on ,infantry ,drill ,regulations and ,field ,service ,regulations7 #abab4 ,marching principal occupation of troops in campaign4 ,marching constitutes the principal occupation of troops in campaign and is one of the causes of heaviest loss4 ,this loss1 however1 may be materially reduced by proper training and by carrying out strictly the rules regulating the conduct of marches1 especially the rules of march discipline4 #abac4 ,physical training2 hardening new troops4 ,by systematic and progressive physical exercises and actual marching1 ,infantry can be accustomed to the fatigue of bearing arms and equipment4 ,with new or untrained troops1 the process of hardening the men to this work must be gradual4 ,it should begin with ten-minute periods of vigorous setting-up exercises three times a day to loosen and develop the muscles4 ,one march should be made each day with full equipment1 beginning with a distance of #b or #c miles and increasing the distance daily as the troops become hardened1 until a full day's march under full equipment may be made without exhaustion4 #abad4 ,long march not to be made with untrained troops4 ,a long march should not be made with untrained troops4 ,if a long distance must be covered in a few days1 the first march should be short1 the length being increased each succeeding day4 #abae4 ,a successful march4 ,a successful march1 whether in peace or war1 is one that places the troops at their destination at the proper time and in the best possible physical condition4 ,therefore1 every possible effort1 by exercising care and judgment1 and by enforcing march discipline1 must be made by all officers and noncommissioned officers to have the troops reach their destination in good physical condition1--ready for business4 ,preparation #abaf4 ,the commander4 ,the commander must give such instructions as will insure that the necessary preparations are made1--that the men and animals are in fit condition and that the men are properly equipped2 that provision has been made for rations and ammunition2 that the wagons are properly loaded2 that the necessary arrangements have been made for caring for the sick1 etc4 #abag4 ,organization commanders4 ,every organization commander is responsible that such of the above requirements as apply to his organization are complied with4 #abah4 ,filling canteens4 ,it is an invariable rule that all canteens must be filled before the march begins4 ,starting #abai4 ,time to start4 ,when practicable1 marches begin in the morning1 ample time being allowed for the men to breakfast1 animals to feed1 and the wagons or animals to be packed4 ,the time for reveille1 if different from the usual hour1 should be announced the evening before4 ,the exact hour for the start depends1 of course1 upon circumstances4 ,however1 as a rule1 foot troops do not start before broad daylight2 mounted troops1 when practicable1 about an hour after broad daylight4 ,in order to avoid intense heat1 especially in the tropics1 and also1 in the case of long marches1 to avoid reaching destination after dark1 an earlier start than usual must be made4 ,both men and animals rest well in the early morning hours1 and should not1 therefore1 have this rest interrupted unless there is some real necessity for it4 ,starting at night or at an hour that will cause a part of the march to be made at night1 should1 if possible1 be avoided1 because of the difficulties and disadvantages of night marching4 ,conduct of the march #abbj4 ,the rate of march4 ,the rate of march varies with the length of march1 kind of troops1 equipment carried1 size of command1 condition of troops1 state of the weather1 condition of roads1 and other circumstances4 ,however1 whatever the rate may be it should be uniform1 that is most important1 as there is nothing that will irritate and tire a command more than a varying1 un-uniform rate of march4 ,the rate of march is regulated by the commander of the leading company or some one designated by him1 who should give the matter special attention1 the rate being checked from time to time by a watch4 ,on a march of several days' duration the position of companies is ordinarily changed daily1 so that each in turn leads4 ,with trained troops1 in commands of a regiment or less1 marching over average roads1 the rate should be from #b-c_/d to #c miles per hour4 ,with larger commands carrying full equipment1 the rate will be from #b to #b-a_/b miles per hour4 ,assuming that the length of step of the average man is #cj inches1 the following rate-of-march table is deduced3 ------------------------------- ,miles ,steps per minute per hour ------------------------------- #ce 7#a_/e7 #a #gj #b #hh 7in practice1 #ij7 #b-a_/b #ig 7in practice1 #ajj7 #b-c_/d #ajf 7in practice1 #aaj7 #c ------------------------------- ,note4 ,by remembering that #ce 7#a_/e7 steps per minute gives #a mile per hour1 the number of steps per minute necessary to give a rate of #b1 #b-a_/b1 #b-c_/d and #c miles per hour1 is quickly and easily obtained by multiplying #ce 7#a_/e7 by these numbers4 ,in hot1 sultry weather1 with the men carrying the full pack1 the rate of march would naturally be considerably less than on a cool day1 with the command not carrying the pack4 ,it is most important that these and other considerations affecting the rate of march be constantly borne in mind by the officer in command of the column1 who should indicate to the commander of the leading company the number of steps to be taken per minute4 ,in indicating the number of steps to be taken per minute1 it should be considered whether the men at the head of the leading company are the average1 above the average1 or below the average in height4 ,a short man1 for example1 would probably have to take #ajj steps a minute to keep up with a tall man walking at the rate of #ij steps per minute4 #abba4 ,marching capacity4 ,the average marching capacity of ,infantry is about #ae miles a day1 but in extensive operations1 involving large bodies of troops1 the average is about #ab miles a day4 ,small commands of seasoned ,infantry marching on good roads in cool weather can average about #bj miles a day4 #abbb4 ,halts4 ,a halt of #ae minutes should be made after the first half or three quarters of an hour of marching to enable the men to attend to the calls of nature and adjust their clothing4 ,judgment must be exercised in selecting the place for this halt2 it should not be made in a village or other place where its object would be defeated4 ,after the first halt a halt of #aj minutes is made in each hour1 that is1 the troops march #ej minutes and then halt #aj4 ,of course1 the number and length of halts should be varied according to the weather1 condition of the roads and the equipment carried by the men4 ,in the tropics the best results are often obtained by marching #de minutes and halting #ae4 ,when the day's march will run well into the afternoon1 a halt of about one hour should be made at noon and the men allowed to eat4 ,places for long halts should be selected with care2 woods1 water and shade are desirable features4 ,arms are stacked and equipments removed4 ,halts should not be made in or near towns or villages unless to procure water or supplies1 and when so made1 the men remain in column1 details being sent for whatever is necessary4 ,in hot weather1 especially in the tropics1 it may be advisable in the case of long marches to halt for three or four hours during the hottest part of the day and finish the march in the late afternoon or early evening4 ,as a general proposition1 however1 it is inadvisable to arrive at a strange place after nightfall or even late in the afternoon4 #abbc4 ,crossing bridges and fords4 ,when a cause of delay1--for example1 a damaged bridge1--is encountered1 the troops in rear are notified of the minimum length of the delay2 they then conduct themselves as at regular halts4 ,in ascending or descending slopes1 crossing streams or other obstacles1 or passing through defiles requiring a reduction of front1 every precaution is taken to prevent interruption of the march of the troops in rear4 ,if the distances are not sufficient to prevent check1 units are allowed to overlap2 if necessary1 streams are crossed at two or more places at the same time2 in passing through short defiles the pace is accelerated and the exit cleared at once4 ,if a company unit is delayed while crossing an obstacle1 the head slackens the pace or halts until all of that unit has passed2 it then resumes its place in the column1 increasing the pace1 if necessary4 ,before attempting to cross with bodies of troops1 careful examination is made of fords1 boggy places1 bridges of doubtful character1 ice1 etc41 as the case may be4 ,troops must never cross a bridge in cadence1--that is1 the men must not be in step4 ,in fording a deep stream with a swift current1 the men cross on as broad a front as possible1 marching abreast and holding hands4 ,they should not look at the water1 but at the opposite shore4 ,if the ford is wide enough1 mounted troops may cross at the same time on the upstream side1 thus breaking the force of the current4 ,fords that are at all difficult delay long columns unless the troops cross at several places at once4 #abbd4 ,straggling and elongation of column4 ,the marching efficiency of an organization is judged by the amount of straggling and elongation of the column and the condition of the men at the end of the march4 ,an officer of each company marches in its rear to prevent undue elongation and straggling4 ,if there be only one officer with a company1 the first sergeant performs this duty4 ,no man should leave the ranks without permission4 ,if necessary for a man to fall out on account of sickness1 he should be given a permit to do so by the company commander or the officer at the rear of the company4 ,this permit is presented to the surgeon1 who will admit him to the ambulance1 have him wait for the trains1 or follow and rejoin his company at the first halt4 ,it is the duty of all officers and noncommissioned officers to prevent straggling and elongation of the column4 ,,miscellaneous #abbe4 ,forced marches4 ,a forced march may be said to be a march of more than average length4 ,forced marches seriously impair the fighting power of even the best troops1 and should be undertaken only in cases of necessity4 ,such marches are generally made by increasing the number of marching hours4 ,for large columns of ,infantry marching long distances1 increase of pace is seldom of value4 #abbf4 ,night marches4 ,while night marches are some times made in very hot weather to avoid the heat of the day1 they are generally made for the purpose of surprising the enemy1 escaping observation by aeroplane1 or for securing a favorable position from which to attack the enemy at dawn4 ,moonlight and good roads are favorable for night marches4 ,precaution must be taken that the proper road is followed and that contact between units is maintained1 men being stationed1 if necessary1 to mark changes of direction4 ,if necessary1 guides are secured and charged with the duty of following the right road4 ,when1 due to unfavorable conditions1 units cannot be kept well closed1 men will be placed at forks and crossings of roads1 especially on very dark nights4 ,when in hostile territory1 silence is maintained2 articles of equipment are secured to prevent rattling1 and smoking and talking are not permitted4 ,also1 under certain conditions villages and farmhouses are avoided on account of warning given by dogs4 ,night marches impair the efficiency of a command and are never undertaken without good reason4 #abbg4 ,compliments4 ,as a rule1 troops on the march pay no compliments2 individuals salute when they address1 or are addressed by1 a superior officer4 #abbh4 ,protection on the march4 ,protection on the march is furnished by covering detachments known as advance guards1 rear guards and flank guards4 #abbi4 ,fitting of shoes and care of feet4 ,in view of the fact that the greater part of the ,infantry soldier's occupation in the field consists of marching1 too much stress cannot be laid upon the importance of his paying special attention to the fitting of his shoes and the care of his feet4 ,an ,infantryman with sore feet is like a lame duck trying to keep up with the rest of the flock4 ,keep your feet clean4 ,dirty feet invite blisters4 ,an excellent preventative against sore feet is to wash them every night in hot 7preferably salt7 water and then dry them thoroughly4 ,if this is not practicable1 then mop them every evening with a wet towel and invigorate the skin with a good rubbing4 ,keep the nails cut close4 ,rubbing the feet with hard soap1 grease1 or oil of any kind1 and putting ordinary talcum powder in the shoes before starting on a march1 are very good to prevent sore feet4 ,blisters should be pricked and the water let out1 but the skin must never be removed4 ,adhesive plaster on top of the blister will prevent the skin from being pulled off4 ,in case of sore or blistered feet1 considerable relief can be obtained by rubbing them with tallow from a lighted candle and a little whiskey or alcohol in some other form1 and putting the socks on at once4 ,a little alum in warm water is excellent for tender feet4 ,the old soldier has learned from long experience in marching1 to turn his socks inside out before putting them on thus putting the smooth side next to his skin and possible seams or lumps next to the shoe4 ,the thickness of the sock protects the skin and helps prevent blisters4 ,under no circumstances should a soldier ever start on a march with a pair of new shoes4 ,each soldier should have on hand at all times two pair of serviceable shoes well broken in4 ,remember that it is much better to prevent sore feet by taking the precautions outlined above1 than it is to have to treat your feet after they have become sore4 ,,chapter ,,xiv ,,camps #abcj4 ,principles governing selection of camp sites4 ,the following basic principles govern in the selection of camp sites3 7a7 ,the water supply should be sufficient1 pure1 and accessible4 7b7 ,the ground should accommodate the command with as little crowding as possible1 be easily drained1 and have no stagnant water within #cjj yards4 7c7 ,there should be good roads to the camp and good interior communication4 7d7 ,camp sites should be so selected that troops of one unit need not pass through the camp grounds of another to reach their own camp4 7e7 ,wood1 grass1 forage1 and supplies must be at hand or obtainable4 7f7 ,in campaign1 tactical considerations come first in the selection of camp sites1 capability of defense being especially considered1 and1 as a result1 troops may have to camp many nights on objectionable ground4 7g7 ,however1 sanitary considerations must always be given all the weight possible consistent with the tactical requirements4 ,through no fault of their own1 troops occupying an unsanitary site may suffer greater losses than in the battles of a long campaign4 #abca4 ,desirable camp sites4 ,the following conditions are desirable for camp sites3 7a7 ,porous soil1 covered with stout turf and underlaid by a sandy or gravelly subsoil4 7b7 ,high banks of rivers1 provided no marshes are near4 7c7 ,in cold weather1 a southern exposure1 with woods to the north to break the cold winds4 7d7 ,in warm weather1 an exposure toward the prevailing winds1 with site moderately shaded by trees4 #abcb4 ,undesirable camp sites4 ,the following conditions are undesirable for camp sites3 7a7 ,clay soil1 or where the ground water approaches the surface1 such sites being damp and unhealthful4 7b7 ,alluvial1 marshy ground1 and ground near the base of hills1 or near thick woods or dense vegetation are also damp4 7c7 ,ravines and depressions are likely to be unduly warm and to have insufficient or undesirable currents4 7d7 ,proximity to marshes or stagnant water is usually damp1 and has mosquitoes1 which transmit malaria1 dengue fever and yellow fever4 7e7 ,old camp sites are dangerous1 as they are often permeated by elements of disease which persist for considerable periods4 7f7 ,dry beds of streams are subject to sudden freshets4 7g7 ,in the tropics troops should not camp nearer than #ejj yards to native huts or villages because of danger from malarial infection4 #abcc4 ,form and dimensions of camps4 ,the form and dimensions of camps depend upon the tactical situation and the amount and nature of ground available4 ,however1 in general1 the form and dimensions of a regimental or battalion camp should conform as nearly as practicable to the diagram on the opposite page1 and camps of all sizes should1 as far as possible1 conform to the principles1 regarding arrangement1 underlying the diagram given on the opposite page1 which gives the general form1 dimensions1 and interior arrangements of a camp for a regiment of ,infantry at war strength4 ,in certain cases1 particularly in one-night halts in the presence of the enemy1 camps must of necessity be contracted1 while in other cases1 where a more extended halt is contemplated and where tactical reasons will permit1 better camp sanitation may be secured1 and a more comfortable arrangement made by the expansion of camp areas4 #abcd4 ,making camp4 ,the command should be preceded by the commanding officer or a staff officer1 who selects the camp site1 and designates1 by planting stakes1 the lines of tents1 the positions of the sinks1 guard tent1 kitchens1 picket line1 etc4 ,after the companies are marched to their proper positions and arms are stacked1 the details for guard and to bring wood1 water1 dig sinks1 pitch tents1 handle rations1 etc41 should be made before ranks are broken4 ,immediately upon reaching camp and before the men are allowed to go around1 patrolling sentinels should be established to prevent men from polluting the camp site or adjoining ground before the sinks are constructed4 ,sentinels should be posted over the water supply without delay4 ,as soon as the tents have been pitched and the sinks dug1 the camp should be inspected and all unnecessary sentinels relieved4 ,the tents should be pitched and the sinks dug simultaneously4 ,should the troops reach camp before the wagons1 the companies may be divided into squads and set to work clearing the ground1 gathering fire wood1 collecting leaves1 grass1 etc41 for beds1 etc4 ,the moment a command reaches camp its officers and men usually want to go here and there under all sorts of pretexts4 ,no one should be allowed to leave camp until all necessary instructions have been given4 ,enlisted men should not be permitted to leave camp without permission of their company commanders4 ,sick call should be held as soon as practicable after the tents have been pitched4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,,camp ,,of ,a ,,regiment ,,of ,,infantry1 ,,war ,,strength ,,miscellaneous #abce4 ,retreat4 ,in camp retreat formation should always be under arms1 an officer being present with each company and inspecting the arms4 #abcf4 ,parade ground4 ,in front of every camp of permanent nature1 there should be a parade ground for drills and ceremonies4 #abcg4 ,camping on fordable stream4 ,in camping for the night on a fordable stream that is to be crossed1 cross before going into camp1 unless there is some tactical reason for not doing so2 for a sudden rise1 or the appearance of the enemy1 might prevent the crossing the next morning4 #abch4 ,windstorms4 ,whenever windstorms are expected1 the tent pegs should be secured and additional guy ropes attached to the tents4 ,tents may be prevented from blowing down by being made fast at the corners to posts firmly driven into the ground1 or by passing ropes over the ridge poles and fastening them to pegs firmly set into the ground4 #abci4 ,making tent poles and pegs fast in loose soil4 ,if the soil be loose or sandy1 stones or other hard material should be placed under the tent poles to prevent their working into the soil1 thus leaving the tent slack and unsteady4 ,when the soil is so loose that the pegs will not hold at all1 fasten the guy ropes to brush1 wood or rocks buried in the ground4 #abdj4 ,trees sometimes dangerous4 ,while trees add very much to the comfort of a camp1 care should be exercised not to pitch tents near trees whose branches or trunks might fall4 ,,chapter ,,xv ,,camp ,,sanitation #abda4 ,definition4 ,by ,camp ,sanitation is meant the adoption of measures to keep the camp in a healthy condition4 ,these measures comprise3 7a7 ,the disposal1 so as to render them harmless and prevent pollution1 of all wastes1 refuse and excreta from men and animals in suitable places provided therefor2 7b7 ,the care exercised in handling1 preparing and serving food2 7c7 ,the adequacy of shelter for the men2 7d7 ,the maintenance of proper drainage2 7e7 ,the supply of water for bathing and washing1 and the maintenance of a pure supply for drinking4 #abdb4 ,camp expedients4 ,camp-expedients is the name given the mechanical means used to put into effect some of the measures1 named above1 connected with camp sanitation1 and usually consist of latrines1 kitchen sinks1 urinal tubs1 rock or earth incinerators1 and drainage ditches4 #abdc4 ,latrines4 ,the latrines must be dug immediately upon reaching camp--their construction must not be delayed until the camps have been pitched and other duties performed4 ,the exact location of the latrines should be determined by the commanding officer1 or by some officer designated by him1 the following considerations being observed3 #a4 ,they should be so located as not to contaminate the water supply4 #b4 ,they should not be placed where they can be flooded by rain water from higher ground1 nor should they be so placed that they can pollute the camp by overflow in case of heavy rains4 #c4 ,they should be as far from the tents as is compatible with convenience--if too near1 they will be a source of annoyance2 if too far1 some men1 especially at night1 and particularly if affected with diarrhoea1 will defecate before reaching the latrine4 ,under ordinary circumstances1 a distance of about #ej yards is considered sufficient4 ,latrines for the men are always located on the opposite side of the camp from the kitchens1 generally one for each company unit and one for the officers of a battalion or squadron4 ,they are so placed that the drainage or overflow can not pollute the water supply or camp grounds4 ,when the camp is for one night only1 straddle trenches suffice4 ,in camp of longer duration1 and when it is not possible to provide latrine boxes1 as for permanent camps1 deeper trenches should be dug4 ,these may be used as straddle trenches or a seat improvised4 ,when open trenches are used the excrement must be kept covered at all times with a layer of earth4 ,in more permanent camps the trenches should be #b feet wide1 #f feet deep1 and #ae feet long1 and suitably screened4 ,seats with lids are provided and covered to the ground to keep flies from reaching the deposits2 urinal troughs discharging into trenches are provided4 ,each day the latrine boxes are thoroughly cleaned1 outside by scrubbing and inside by applying1 when necessary1 a coat of oil or whitewash4 ,the pit is burned out daily with approximately #a gallon oil and #ae pounds straw4 ,when filled to within #b feet of the surface1 such latrines are discarded1 filled with earth1 and their position marked4 ,all latrines and kitchen pits are filled in before the march is resumed4 ,in permanent camps and cantonments1 urine tubs may be placed in the company streets at night and emptied after reveille4 ,all latrines must be filled before marching4 ,the following illustration shows a very simple and excellent latrine seat which can be made and kept in the company permanently for use in camps on the march3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,urinal troughs1 made of muslin and coated with oil or paint1 should discharge into the trenches4 #abdd4 ,urinal tubs4 ,when obtainable1 urinal tubs or cans should be placed in the company streets at night1 their location being indicated by lighted lanterns1 the tubs or cans being removed at reveille4 #abde4 ,kitchens4 ,camp kettles can be hung on a support consisting of a green pole lying in the crotches of two upright posts of the same character4 ,a narrow trench for the fire1 about #a foot deep1 dug under the pole1 not only protects the fire from the wind but saves fuel4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,a still greater economy of fuel can be effected by digging a similar trench in the direction of the wind and slightly narrower than the diameter of the kettles4 ,the kettles are then placed on the trench and the space between the kettles filled in with stones1 clay1 etc41 leaving the flue running beneath the kettles4 ,the draft can be improved by building a chimney of stones1 clay1 etc41 at the leeward end of the flue4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c ,four such trenches radiating from a common central chimney will give one flue for use whatever may be the direction of the wind4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,a slight slope of the flue1 from the chimney down1 provides for drainage and improves the draft4 ,the lack of portable ovens can be met by ovens constructed of stone and covered with earth to better retain the heat4 ,if no stone is available1 an empty barrel1 with one head out1 is laid on its side1 covered with wet clay to a depth of #f or more inches and then with a layer of dry earth equally thick4 ,a flue is constructed with the clay above the closed end of the barrel1 which is then burned out with a hot fire4 ,this leaves a baked clay covering for the oven4 ,a recess can be similarly constructed with boards or even brushwood1 supported on a horizontal pole resting on upright posts1 covered and burnt out as in the case of the barrel4 ,when clay banks are available1 an oven may be excavated therein and used at once4 ,to bake in such ovens1 first heat them and then close flues and ends4 ,food must be protected from flies1 dust1 and sun4 ,facilities must be provided for cleaning and scalding the mess equipment of the men4 ,kitchens and the ground around them must be kept scrupulously clean4 ,solid refuse should be promptly burned1 either in the kitchen fire or in an improvised crematory4 ,in temporary camps1 if the soil is porous1 liquid refuse from the kitchens may be strained through gunny sacking into seepage pits dug near the kitchen4 ,flies must not have access to these pits4 ,boards or poles1 covered with brush or grass and a layer of earth may be used for this purpose4 ,the strainers should also be protected from flies4 ,pits of this kind1 dug in clayey soil1 will not operate successfully4 ,all pits should be filled with earth before marching4 ,as a precautionary measure against setting the camp on fire1 all dry grass1 underbrush1 etc41 in the immediate vicinity of the kitchen should be cut down4 ,in case of a fire in camp1 underbrush1 spades1 shovels1 blankets1 etc41 are used to beat it out4 ,gunny sacks dipped in water are the best fire fighters4 ,burning away dried grass and underbrush around exterior of camp is a great protection against fire from outside4 #abdf4 ,kitchen pits4 ,pits of convenient size should be constructed for the liquid refuse from the kitchens4 ,solid refuse should be burned either in the kitchen fire or at some designated place1 depending upon whether the camp is of a temporary or permanent nature4 ,unless the camp be of a very temporary nature1 the pits should be covered with boards or other material in order to exclude the flies4 ,all pits should be filled in with earth before breaking camp4 #abdg4 ,incinerators4 ,the incineration pit shown in the following diagram1 affords an excellent1 simple and economical way of disposing of camp waste and offal1 tin cans and dish-water included3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,description3 ,the pit is about #d-a_/b feet long1 #a-a_/b feet wide and #b feet deep at one end and #b-a_/b at the other4 ,it is partially filled with stones1 the larger ones on the bottom and the smaller on the top4 ,at one end of the pit the stones extend a little above the surface1 and slope gradually toward the other end until the fire pit is reached ten inches below the surface of the trench4 ,over the fire pit1 about five inches above the ground1 is placed a crab or a piece of boiler iron1 on which is boiled all the water for washing dishes1 etc4 ,the fire pit is only about one-half of the stone surface1 as the radiated heat keeps the rest of the stones hot1 causing all dish and slop water to evaporate quickly4 ,any tin cans that may be thrown into the fire pit are removed after a short exposure to the heat and placed in a trench especially dug for the purpose4 ,the company incinerator shown below was used with great success by some of our troops at ,texas ,city1 ,texas4 ,the rocks should not be too large4 ,the men should be instructed to drop all liquid on the sides of the incinerator and throw all solid matter on the fire--the liquids will thus be evaporated and the solids burned4 ,until the men learn how to use the incinerator properly1 a noncommissioned officer should be detailed to supervise its use4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f #abdh4 ,drainage4 ,when camp is established for an indefinite period1 drainage should be attended to at once4 ,each tent should have a shallow trench dug around it and the company and other streets ditched on both sides1 all the trenches and ditches connecting with a ditch that carries the water from the camp4 ,all surface drainage from higher ground should be intercepted and turned aside4 #abdi4 ,avoiding old camp sites4 ,the occupation of old camp sites is dangerous1 since these are often permeated by elements of disease which persist for considerable periods4 #abej4 ,changing camp sites4 ,camp sites must be changed promptly when there is evidence of soil pollution or when epidemic disease threatens4 ,also1 a change of camp site is often desirable in order to secure a change of surroundings and to abandon areas that have become dusty and cut up4 #abea4 ,bunks4 ,place a number of small poles about seven feet long close together1 the upper ends resting on a cross pole about six inches in diameter and the lower ends resting on the ground2 or1 the poles may be raised entirely off the ground by being placed on cross poles supported by forked stakes at the corners2 on the poles place grass1 leaves1 etc4 #abeb4 ,wood4 ,the firewood should be collected1 cut and piled near the kitchen4 ,dry wood is usually found under logs or roots of trees4 ,if wagons are not heavily loaded it is sometimes a good plan to bring a few sticks of dry wood from the preceding camp1 or to pick up good wood en route4 #abec4 ,water4 ,precautionary measures should always be taken to prevent the contamination of the water1 and a guard from the first troops reaching camp should at once be placed over the water supply4 ,if the water is obtained from a stream1 places should be designated as follows for getting water3 7#a7 ,for drinking and cooking2 7#b7 ,for watering animals2 7#c7 ,for bathing and for washing clothing4 ,the first designated place should be farthest up the stream2 the others1 in the order named1 downstream4 ,where two bodies of troops are to camp on the same stream one must not pollute the water to be used by the other4 ,this can be arranged by the commanders agreeing upon a point where both commands will obtain their drinking water1 upon a second point where animals will be watered1 etc4 ,if the stream be small1 the water supply may be increased by building a dam4 ,small springs may be dug out and each lined with a gabion1 or a barrel or box with both ends removed1 or with stones1 the space between the lining and the earth being filled with puddled clay4 ,a rim of clay should be built to keep out surface drainage4 ,the same method may be used near swamps1 streams1 or lakes to increase or clarify the water supply4 ,water that is not known to be pure should be boiled #bj minutes2 it should then be cooled and aerated by being poured repeatedly from one clean container to another1 or it may be purified by apparatus supplied for the purpose4 ,arrangements should be made for men to draw water from the authorized receptacles by means of a spigot or other similar arrangement4 ,the dipping of water from the receptacles1 or the use of a common drinking cup1 should be prohibited4 ,in the field it is sometimes necessary to sterilize or filter water4 ,the easiest and surest way of sterilizing water is by boiling4 ,boiled water should be aerated by being poured from one receptacle to another or by being filtered through charcoal or clean gravel4 ,unless boiled water be thus aerated it is very unpalatable and it is with difficulty that troops can be made to drink it4 ,filtration merely clarifies--it does not purify4 ,the following are simple methods of filtration3 #a4 ,dig a hole near the source of supply so that the water may percolate through the soil before being used4 #b4 ,sink a barrel or box into the ground1 the water entering therein through a wooden trough packed with clean sand1 gravel or charcoal4 #c4 ,place a box or barrel in another box or barrel of larger size1 filling the space between with clean sand1 gravel1 moss or charcoal1 and piercing holes near the bottom of the outer barrel and near the top of the inner4 ,the filter thus constructed is partly submerged in the water to be filtered4 #d4 ,bore a small hole in the bottom of a barrel or other suitable receptacle1 which is partly filled with layers of sand1 gravel1 and1 if available1 charcoal and moss4 ,the water is poured in at the top and is collected as it emerges from the aperture below4 ,the amount of water used by troops is usually computed at the rate of five gallons for each man and ten gallons for each animal per day4 #abed4 ,rules of sanitation4 ,the following rules of sanitation are to be observed3 ,men should not lie on damp ground4 ,in temporary camps and in bivouac they raise their beds if suitable material1 such as straw1 leaves1 or boughs can be obtained1 or use their ponchos or slickers4 ,in cold weather and when fuel is plentiful the ground may be warmed by fires1 the men making their beds after raking away the ashes4 ,when troops are to remain in camp for some time all underbrush is cleared away and the camp made as comfortable as possible4 ,watering troughs1 shelter in cold weather1 and shade in hot1 are provided for the animals1 if practicable4 ,the camp is policed daily after breakfast and all refuse matter burned4 ,tent walls are raised and the bedding and clothing aired daily1 weather permitting4 ,tents must be kept clean and in order4 ,the company street and the ground around the tents must be kept clean4 ,food1 slop water1 rags1 paper1 empty tin cans1 and other trash and refuse must not be thrown on the ground1 but should be put in the box1 can or other receptacle provided for the purpose or thrown into the incinerator4 ,the food must be protected from flies1 dust and sun4 ,under no circumstances must the company street or any other part of the camp grounds be defiled by urinating or deficating thereon4 ,the urinal tub and the latrine must invariably be used4 ,when an open trench is used as a sink1 each individual must always cover his excrement with dirt4 ,if the sink is inclosed by a box with stool-covers1 the covers must always be put down as soon as one is through using them so as to keep out the flies4 ,however it is found in practice that men will not do this therefore it is a good plan to construct the covers so that they will close automatically when a man rises from the seat4 ,kitchen garbage must be burned in a pit or incinerator1 or put into covered cans and hauled away4 ,the covers must be kept on the cans at all times1 so as to keep out the flies4 ,horses are not to be ridden through camp except on the roadways4 ,as soon as a tent is pitched it should be ditched4 ,when it rains the guy ropes must be loosened to prevent the tent pegs from pulling out and the tent falling down4 ,the body and the clothes should be cleaned daily as thoroughly as the means at hand will permit4 ,in the morning wash the face and neck and don't fail to use your tooth brush afterward4 ,in the continued absence of opportunity for bathing it is well to take an air bath and a moist or dry rub before getting into fresh underclothes4 ,if the lack of opportunity to wash clothes continues for any length of time1 soiled clothes and bedding must be frequently exposed to the sun and air4 ,sunshine is a good germ killer4 ,if there are mosquitoes in camp1 mosquito bars must be used by men when asleep1 and headnets by men on guard and other duty4 ,also1 if in a malarial country1 about five grains of quinine should be taken daily1 preferably just before supper4 ,in localities where a pernicious form of malaria prevails1 daily doses of ten grains of quinine should be given4 ,in the tropics troops are require to camp at least #ejj yards away from all native huts or villages as a preventative measure against malaria4 ,men are also prohibited from visiting these places at night for the same reason4 ,clean your mess kit thoroughly after every meal1 if practicable1 washing same with soap and boiling water4 ,the company cooks must keep everything in the kitchen and mess tent clean with hot water and soap4 ,boil the utensils and dish rags1 and be sure to throw all slops and garbage into the kitchen incinerator4 ,rest and sleep are most important to preserve the health1 so1 keep the body rested by plenty of sleep4 ,do not join idle parties going to walk the streets of the nearest town at nights1 nor sit up late playing cards4 ,observe in camp even with greater care than when in barracks the rules of health and personal hygiene4 7,see pars4 #adea-adgg47 #abee4 ,your camp1 your home4 ,a soldier should always look upon his camp as his home1 which it is for the time being4 ,your tent is your bedroom2 the company street1 your sitting-room2 the latrine1 your toilet2 the mess tent1 your dining-room2 the camp kitchen1 your kitchen2 the bathing facilities1 your bathroom4 ,and as you are careful about keeping your bedroom and the other rooms of your home in a clean and orderly condition1 so should you do your share to keep your tent and the other parts of camp in a clean1 sanitary condition4 ,,chapter ,,xvi ,,individual ,,cooking #abef4 ,importance of individual cooking4 ,it often happens in campaign that it is impossible to have the field ranges and cooking utensils accompany the troops1 and in such case each man must cook his own food in his mess kit4 ,also1 it frequently happens that detachments operating away from their companies must do individual cooking4 ,all food we eat should be properly cooked1 if not1 stomach or intestinal trouble will result4 ,hence1 the importance of every soldier learning how to cook in his mess kit the main components of the ration4 #abeg4 ,fire4 ,remember that the best fire for cooking is a small1 clear one1 or better yet1 a few brisk coals4 ,dig a hole in the ground with your bayonet and make your fire in it with dry wood1 starting it with paper1 shavings1 dry leaves or dry grass4 ,if preferred the fire may be made between two small flat stones or bricks1 care being taken to so place the stones that the draft will pass between them4 ,the mess pan can be placed on the stones1 across the fire1 and the cup for boiling the coffee at the end away from the draft where it will get the most heat4 ,this method will1 as a rule1 be necessary on rocky or stony ground4 #abeh4 ,recipes4 ,the following recipes1 which are based on the ,war ,department publication1 ,manual for ,army ,cooks1 require the use of only the soldier's mess kit1--knife1 fork1 spoon1 cup1 and mess pan3 ,meats #abei4 ,bacon4 ,cut side of bacon in half lengthwise4 ,then cut slices about five to the inch1 three of which should generally be sufficient for one man for one meal4 ,place in a mesa pan with about one-half inch of cold water4 ,let come to a boil and then pour the water off4 ,fry over a brisk fire1 turning the bacon once and quickly browning it4 ,remove the bacon to lid of mess pan1 leaving the grease for frying potatoes1 onions1 rice flapjacks1 etc41 according to recipe4 #abfj4 ,fresh meat4 ,to fry4--,to fry1 a small amount of grease 7#a to #b spoonfuls7 is necessary4 ,put grease in mess pan and let come to a smoking temperature1 then drop in the steak and1 if about one-half inch thick1 let fry for about one minute before turning--depending upon whether it is desired it shall be rare1 medium1 or well done4 ,then turn and fry briskly as before4 ,salt and pepper to taste4 ,applies to beef1 veal1 pork1 mutton1 venison1 etc4 #abfa4 ,fresh meat4 ,to broil4--,cut in slices about #a inch thick1 from half as large as the hand to four times that size4 ,sharpen a stick or branch of convenient length1 say from #b to #d feet long1 and weave the point of the stick through the steak several times so that it may be readily turned over a few brisk coals or on the windward side of a small fire4 ,allow to brown nicely1 turning frequently4 ,salt and pepper to taste4 ,meat with considerable fat is preferred1 though any meat may be broiled in this manner4 #abfb4 ,fresh meat4 ,to stew4--,cut into chunks from one-half inch to #a inch cubes4 ,fill cup about one-third full of meat and cover with about #a inch of water4 ,let boil or simmer about one hour or until tender4 ,add such fibrous vegetables as carrots1 turnips1 or cabbage1 cut into small chunks1 soon after the meat is put on to boil1 and potatoes1 onions1 or other tender vegetables when the meat is about half done4 ,amount of vegetables to be added1 about the same as meat1 depending upon supply and taste4 ,salt and pepper to taste4 ,applies to all fresh meats and fowls4 ,the proportion of meat and vegetables used varies with their abundance and fixed quantities can not be adhered to4 ,fresh fish can be handled as above1 except that it is cooked much quicker1 and potatoes1 onions1 and canned corn are the only vegetables generally used with it1 thus making a chowder4 ,a slice of bacon would greatly improve the flavor4 ,may be conveniently cooked in mess pan or tin cup4 ,fresh ,vegetables #abfc4 ,potatoes1 fried4 ,take two medium-sized potatoes or one large one 7about one-half pound71 peel and cut into slices about one-fourth inch thick and scatter well in the mess pan in which the grease remains after frying the bacon4 ,add sufficient water to half cover the potatoes1 cover with the lid to keep the moisture in1 and let come to a boil from fifteen to twenty minutes4 ,remove the cover and dry as desired4 ,salt and pepper to taste4 ,during the cooking the bacon already prepared may be kept on the cover1 which is most conveniently placed bottom side up over the cooking vegetables4 #abfd4 ,onions1 fried4 ,same as potatoes4 #abfe4 ,potatoes1 boiled4 ,peel two medium-sized potatoes or one large one 7about one-half pound71 and cut in coarse chunks of about the same size--say #a-a_/b-;inch cubes4 ,place in mess pan and three-fourths fill with water4 ,cover with lid and let boil or simmer for fifteen or twenty minutes4 ,they are done when easily penetrated with a sharp stick4 ,pour off the water and let dry out for one or two minutes over hot ashes or light coals4 #abff4 ,potatoes1 baked4 ,take two medium-sized potatoes or one large one cut in half 7about one-half pound47 ,lay in a bed of light coals1 cover with same and smother with ashes4 ,do not disturb for thirty or forty minutes1 when they should be done4 #abfg4 ,rice4 ,take two-thirds of a cup of water and bring to a boil4 ,add #d spoonfuls of rice and boil until soft1 that is1 until it can be mashed by the fingers with but little resistance4 ,this will require about #ae minutes4 ,add #b pinches of salt and1 after stirring1 pour off the water and empty the rice out on the lid of the mess pan4 #abfh4 ,canned ,tomatoes4 ,one #b-pound can is generally sufficient for five men4 ,stew4 ,pour into the mess pan one man's allowance of tomatoes1 add about two large hardtacks broken into small pieces1 and let come to a boil4 ,add salt and pepper to taste1 or add a pinch of salt and one-fourth spoonful of sugar4 ,or1 having fried bacon1 pour the tomatoes into the mess pan1 the grease remaining1 and add1 if desired1 two broken hardtacks4 ,set over a brisk fire and let come to a boil4 ,or1 heat the tomatoes just as they come from the can1 adding two pinches of salt and one-half spoonful of sugar if desired4 ,or1 especially in hot weather1 eaten cold with hard bread they are very palatable4 ,hot ,breads #abfi4 ,flapjack4 ,take #f spoonfuls of flour and one-third spoonful of baking powder and mix thoroughly 7or dry mix in a large pan before issue1 at the rate of #be pounds of flour and three half-pound cans of baking powder for #ajj men74 ,add sufficient cold water to make a batter that will drip freely from the spoon1 adding a pinch of salt4 ,pour into the mess pan1 which should contain the grease from fried bacon1 or a spoonful of butter or fat1 and place over medium hot coals sufficient to bake so that in from five to seven minutes the flapjack may be turned over by a quick toss of the pan4 ,fry from five to seven minutes longer or until1 by examination1 it is found to be done4 #abgj4 ,hoecake4 ,hoecake is made exactly the same as a flapjack by substituting corn meal for flour4 ,drinks #abga4 ,coffee4 ,fill cup about two-thirds full of water and when it boils add1 #a heaping spoonful of coffee1 and let boil #e minutes4 ,stir grains well when adding4 ,add #a spoonful of sugar1 if desired4 ,let simmer ten minutes after boiling4 ,settle with a dash of cold water or let stand for a few minutes4 #abgb4 ,tea4 ,fill cup about two-thirds full of water and when it boils add #a_/b spoonful of tea1 and let boil #e minutes4 ,add #a spoonful of sugar1 if desired4 ,let stand or draw #h minutes4 ,if allowed to stand longer1 the tea will get bitter1 unless separated from the grounds4 #abgc4 ,cocoa4 ,fill cup about two-thirds full of water and when it boils add #a heaping spoonful of cocoa and let boil #e minutes4 ,stir when adding until dissolved4 ,add #a-a_/b spoonful of sugar1 if desired4 ,let cool4 7,if available1 milk should be used instead of water1 and should be kept somewhat below the boiling point4 ,a #a-pound can of evaporated milk with #c-a_/b quarts of water will make #a gallon of milk of the proper consistency for making cocoa or chocolate47 #abgd4 ,chocolate4 ,same as cocoa1 using #a cubic inch of chocolate4 ,emergency ,ration #abge4 ,emergency ,rations4 ,detailed instructions as to the manner of preparing the emergency ration are found on the label with each can4 ,remember that even a very limited amount of bacon or hard bread1 or both1 taken with the emergency ration makes it far more palatable1 and greatly extends the period during which it can be consumed with relish4 ,for this reason it would be better to husband the supply of hard bread and bacon to use with the emergency ration when it becomes evident that the latter must be consumed1 rather than to retain the emergency ration to the last extremity to be used exclusively for a longer period than two or three days4 ,,chapter ,,xvii ,,care ,,and ,,preservation ,,of ,,clothing ,,and ,,equipment #abgf4 ,general4 ,a soldier's clothing and equipment are issued to him by his government for certain purposes1 and he has1 therefore1 no right to be in any way careless or neglectful of them4 ,the importance that the ,government attaches to the proper care and preservation of the soldier's clothing and equipment1 is shown by the fact that the matter is made the subject of one of the ,articles of ,war1 the #hdth1 which prescribes that any soldier who1 through neglect1 loses or spoils his arms1 clothing or accouterments shall suffer such punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,clothing #abgg4 ,every article of clothing in your hands should receive as much care and attention as you give your person4 ,not only will your clothes last longer if properly cared for1 but you will look neater and better dressed1 which will add much to your military appearance4 ,every soldier should have an ,a-#a whisk broom and no article of clothing should ever be worn without first being thoroughly brushed4 #abgh4 ,pressing4 ,occasional pressing helps to preserve and freshen clothes1--it puts new life into the cloth4 ,blue clothing and woolen olive drab when worn regularly should be pressed about once a week4 ,in a company where there is an iron for general use there is no reason why every soldier should not press his own clothes4 #abgi4 ,chevrons and stripes can be cleaned by moistening a clean woolen rag with gasoline and rubbing the parts and then pressing with a hot iron4 #abhj4 ,leggins4 ,when soiled1 leggins must be washed4 ,if the leggins are allowed to dry without being rung out1 they will look better4 #abha4 ,service hat and the caps require nothing but brushing4 ,shirts1 underwear1 socks1 etc41 should be carefully folded and put away neatly4 #abhb4 ,a special suit of clothing for inspections1 parades1 etc4 ,set aside your best suit of clothes for inspections1 parades and other ceremonies4 ,the uniform worn at these formations should not be worn around in the barracks1--every man has sufficient second best garments for barrack use4 #abhc4 ,putting away4 ,uniforms should be dried thoroughly1 brushed and properly folded before being put away4 ,the number of folds should be reduced to a minimum4 ,before uniforms are put away they should be carefully examined and any missing buttons1 tears or stains should be attended to at once4 ,lockers and other places in which clothing is kept must be free from dust4 ,they should be wiped off occasionally with a cloth wrung out of soap suds4 #abhd4 ,stains4 ,tailors usually remove stains with a rubber made by rolling tightly a piece of woolen cloth of some kind1 about #b inches wide1 until the roll is about an inch in diameter4 ,rings in removing stains may be avoided by rubbing until very nearly dry4 #abhe4 ,grease spots4 ,ordinarily benzine is a good stain remover in case of grease spots1 but its use is more or less dangerous4 ,it should be used in an open room or out of doors and never near a fire or lights4 ,carbona1 which can be purchased in almost any drug store1 is excellent for removing stains and it is perfectly safe4 ,carbon tetrachloride 7,merck's7 is much cheaper than ,carbona and about equally as good4 ,it retails at #de;c a pint at nearly all drug stores4 ,grease spots can also be removed by placing a piece of brown paper1 newspaper1 blotting paper or other absorbent paper over the stain1 and pressing with a hot iron4 #abhf4 ,rust or ink stains can be removed with a solution of oxalic acid4 ,apply rapidly and rinse at once with plenty of fresh water2 this is most important--otherwise it will probably discolor the material4 #abhg4 ,sweat stains can not be removed4 ,however1 the color can be partially restored and the material cleaned with a solution of ammonia and water--#a_/c liquid ammonia1 #b_/c water4 #abhh4 ,the shine that is sometimes left from pressing is caused by leaving the iron on too long or using an iron that is too hot4 ,this shine1 if the cloth is not scorched1 can be removed by sponging1 i4 e41 by placing a piece of damp muslin cloth on the material and then applying the iron only long enough to steam the surface of the garment4 #abhi4 ,grease and oil stains on white trouser stripes can be removed with benzine1 naptha or gasoline1 applied with a stiff nail brush4 ,stains of rust and ink can be removed by means of oxalic acid 7#b ounces of oxalic acid to #a pint of water--dissolves quickest in warm water7 applied with cloth or brush1 then rinsed thoroughly with plain water and sponge4 ,after the stripes have dried1 apply ,english pipe-clay1 rubbing with the cake itself2 then rub in uniformly with woolen cloth rubber--rub vigorously--then brush off surplus pipe-clay4 #abij4 ,paint spots4 ,turpentine will take out paint spots4 #abia4 ,gilt ornaments and gilt buttons should be polished as often as necessary in order to keep them fresh and bright4 ,use a button stick in cleaning buttons1 so as not to soil the cloth4 ,shoes 7,instructions issued by the ,quartermaster ,general's ,office1 ,june #af1 #ahii47 #abib4 ,general care4 ,shoes should at all times be kept polished4 ,by being so kept they are made more pliable and wear longer4 ,shoes must withstand harder service than any other article worn1 and more shoes are ruined through neglect than by wear in actual service4 ,proper care should be taken in selecting shoes to secure a proper fit1 and by giving shoes occasional attention much discomfort and complaint will be avoided4 #abic4 ,selection4 ,a shoe should always have ample length1 as the foot will always work forward fully a half a size in the shoe when walking1 and sufficient allowance for this should be made4 ,more feet are crippled and distorted by shoes that are too short than for any other reason4 ,a shoe should fit snug yet be comfortable over ball and instep1 and when first worn should not lace close together over the instep4 ,leather always stretches and loosens at instep and can be taken up by lacing4 ,the foot should always be held firmly1 but not too tightly in proper position4 ,if shoes are too loose1 they allow the foot to slip around1 causing the foot to chafe2 corns1 bunions1 and enlarged joints are the result4 #abid4 ,repairs4 ,at the first sign of break1 shoes should be repaired1 if possible4 ,always keep the heels in good condition4 ,if the heel is allowed to run down at the side1 it is bad for the shoe and worse for the foot2 it also weakens the ankle and subjects the shoe to an uneven strain1 which makes it more liable to give out4 ,shoes1 if kept in repair1 will give double the service and comfort4 #abie4 ,shoe dressing4 ,the leather must not be permitted to become hard and stiff4 ,if it is impossible to procure a good shoe dressing#ae1 neat's-foot oil or tallow are the best substitutes2 either will soften the leather and preserve its pliability4 ,leather requires oil to preserve its pliability1 and if not supplied will become brittle1 crack1 and break easily under strain4 ,inferior dressings are always harmful1 and no dressing should be used which contains acid or varnish4 ,acid burns the leather as it would the skin1 and polish containing varnish forms a false skin which soon peels off1 spoiling the appearance of the shoe and causing the leather to crack4 ,paste polish containing turpentine should also be avoided4 #abif4 ,perspiration4 ,shoe becoming damp from perspiration should be dried naturally by evaporation4 ,it is dangerous to dry leather by artificial heat4 ,perspiration contains acid which is harmful to leather1 and shoes should be dried out as frequently as possible4 #abig4 ,wet shoes4 ,wet or damp shoes should be dried with great care4 ,when leather is subjected to heat1 a chemical change takes place1 although no change in appearance may be noted at the time4 ,leather when burnt becomes dry and parched and will soon crack through like pasteboard when strained4 ,this applies to leather both in soles and uppers4 ,when dried the leather should always be treated with dressing to restore its pliability4 ,many shoes are burned while on the feet without the knowledge of the wearer by being placed while wet on the rail of a stove or near a steam pipe4 ,care should be taken while shoes are being worn never to place the foot where there is danger of their being burned4 7,note4 ,to dry wet shoes1 the last thing at night take a few handfuls of dry clean pebbles1 heat them in meat can1 kettle or campfire until very hot2 place them in the shoes1--they will dry them out thoroughly in a few hours1--shake once in awhile4 ,oats or corn may also be used1 but they are not available always and pebbles usually are4 ,now is an excellent time to grease or oil the shoes4--,author47 #abih4 ,keep shoes clean4 ,an occasional application of soap and water will remove the accumulation of old dressings and allow fresh dressing to accomplish its purpose4 #abii4 ,directions for polishing4 ,russet leather should be treated with great care4 ,neither acid1 lemon juice1 nor banana peel should be used for cleaning purposes4 ,only the best liquid dressing should be used and shoes should not be rubbed while wet4 #acjj4 ,liquid dressing4 ,care should be taken in using liquid dressing4 ,apply only a light coat and allow this to dry into the leather before rubbing with a cloth4 ,too much dressing is wasteful4 ,,equipment 7,instructions issued by the ,ordnance ,department in ,pamphlet ,no4 #aife1 ,july #ab1 #aiae47 ,cloth ,equipment #acja4 ,general4 ,all cloth equipment should be brushed frequently with a stiff bristle brush4 ,a dry scrub brush may be used4 ,it should be washed only under the direction and supervision of an officer4 ,during ordinary garrison duty it should rarely be necessary to wash the equipment4 ,when the equipment becomes soiled a light local washing will frequently be sufficient1 but when dirty it should unhesitatingly be given a good thorough washing1--otherwise it may be expected that it will become unsanitary and rot4 ,during field service it is to be expected that the equipment will become soiled much more rapidly4 ,always on return to garrison from field service and as opportunity offers in the field1 equipment should be thoroughly washed4 #acjb4 ,instructions for washing cloth equipment4 7a7 ,preparation of soap solution4 ,dissolve in nine cups of hot water one cake of ,h4 ,h4 soap or a substitute which is issued by the ,ordnance ,department4 ,one cup of this solution is sufficient to clean the entire cloth and web equipment of one man4 ,one cake per squad is a liberal allowance4 ,the ,h4 ,h4 soap issued by the ,ordnance ,department is made especially for washing cloth fabrics liable to fade4 ,if for any reason this soap is not obtainable1 a good laundry soap 7,ivory or equal7 may be used1 but in no case should the yellow soap issued by the ,quartermaster ,corps be used4 7b7 ,brushing4 ,brush the equipment thoroughly to remove all dust and mud before washing4 7c7 ,washing4 ,spread the belt1 haversack1 etc41 on a clean board or rock and apply the soap solution with a scrub brush4 ,when a good lather appears1 wash off with clear water4 ,in the case of a bad grease spot the direct application of soap to the brush will ordinarily be sufficient to remove it4 7d7 ,drying4 ,always dry washed equipment in the shade4 ,the sun will bleach the fabric4 ,on return from a march in the rain1 dry the equipment in the shade1 if practicable4 #acjc4 ,shelter tent4 ,the shelter tent is cleaned and cared for as prescribed above for the cloth equipment4 ,when practicable always dry your shelter tent before folding and packing it4 7,author47 ,mess ,outfit #acjd4 ,knife4 ,the knife blade is made of tempered steel1 and when put away for a long period should be covered with a light coating of oil to prevent rust4 ,keep your knife clean by washing in soap and water after every meal4 ,do not use the blade as a pry4 ,if the point is broken1 grind the blade down to a new point4 #acje4 ,fork4 ,keep your fork clean by washing with hot water and soap after every meal4 ,never use the prongs of your fork for prying open tops of cans1 extracting corks1 etc4 ,don't permit your knife1 fork or spoon to remain in vinegar or other foodstuffs for a long period1 as verdigris will form4 ,this corrodes the metal and is poisonous4 #acjf4 ,spoon4 ,keep your spoon clean by washing with soap and water after every meal4 #acjg4 ,meat can4 ,do not carry meat of any kind or other greasy substance in the meat can for a long period1 as it will corrode the aluminum4 ,if the rivets securing the hinge to the meat can become loose1 a few blows with a hammer or hand ax on the outside ends of the rivets1 the heads of the rivets being backed up on a piece of metal1 will tighten them4 ,if the hinge pin becomes loose1 a nail can be used to replace it1 the nail being cut with a service wire cutter and the ends of the nail headed over slightly with a few blows of a hammer4 #acjh ,bacon can4 ,the interior of the bacon can should always be kept clean and free from hardened grease or dirt by frequent washings with soar and water4 ,if the cover becomes loose on the body of the can1 the upper half of the body may be bent out until the cover is again tight4 ,if the cover is too tight1 a slight amount of flattening with a hammer on the edge of the cover1 resting on a wooden block1 will usually extend the cover sufficiently4 #acji4 ,condiment can4 ,when not in use1 always remove the contents4 ,many cans have been ruined by neglecting to do this4 ,see that the threaded ends do not become rusty4 ,the can should be disassembled at all inspections1 so that the inspecting officer may see that no rust is present4 #acaj4 ,cup4 ,the cup is made of aluminum and excessive heat damages aluminum4 ,in using the cup for cooking never allow the contents to evaporate entirely4 ,in other words1 never hold an empty cup over a fire4 ,keep your cup clean with hot water and soap1--preferably ,h ,h soap4 #acaa4 ,canteen4 ,although as a rule1 only soap and water should be used in cleaning aluminum1 a little sand can be used to advantage in cleaning the canteen4 ,particular attention must be taken to see that canteens are properly cleaned after they have been filled with coffee1 milk or any other fluid containing organic matter4 ,being made of aluminum the canteen is easily dented1 and care must be taken to prevent this4 ,when not actually in use the canteen should habitually be emptied and the cup left off to dry4 ,intrenching ,tools #acab4 ,pick mattock4 ,if the blade of the mattock is deformed1 it should be straightened in a vise4 ,in the field1 cracked handles of pick mattocks1 shovels1 and hand axes should be wrapped with cord4 #acac4 ,shovel4 ,do not use the side edges of the shovel blade as a mattock1 for this will deform the blade4 ,if the blade becomes bent1 straighten it with a hammer on a block of wood4 ,keep your intrenching tool free from rust1 being especially careful that no rust gets into the sockets4 ,leather ,equipment #acad4 ,general4 ,because of the value of leather equipment and its rapid deterioration if neglected1 the proper care of leather is most important4 #acae4 ,materials4 ,two agents are necessary to the proper cleaning of leather1--a cleaning agent and an oiling agent4 ,the cleaning agent issued by the ,ordnance ,department is castile soap2 the oiling agents are neat's-foot oil and harness soap4#af ,the soap cleans the surface of the leather1 and removes from the surface pores of the leather1 dirt1 sweat1 and other foreign matter1 so that the oil can more readily penetrate the pores and saturate the fibers1 thus making the leather pliable and elastic4 #acaf4 ,cleaning4 ,daily1 or as often as used1 leather equipment should be wiped off with a cloth slightly dampened in water1 merely to remove mud1 dust or other foreign substances4 ,this daily care will do much to maintain the appearance of the equipment1 but it is1 however1 insufficient of itself to properly preserve it4 ,leather should never be cleaned by immersing in water or holding under a hydrant4 ,at intervals of from one to four weeks1 depending upon the circumstances1 it is essential that the equipment be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the following instructions3 7a7 ,separate all parts1 unbuckle straps1 remove all buckles1 loops1 etc41 where possible4 7b7 ,wipe off all surface dust and mud with a damp 7not wet7 sponge4 ,after rinsing out the sponge1 a lather is made by moistening the sponge in clear water1 squeezing it out until nearly dry1 and rubbing it vigorously upon castile soap4 ,when a thick1 creamy lather is obtained1 thoroughly clean each piece of the equipment without neglecting any portion4 ,each strap should be drawn its entire length through the lathered sponge so as to actually remove the salt1 sweat1 and dirt from each leather piece4 7c7 ,after again rinsing the sponge make a thick lather as described above with the saddle soap4 ,go over each separate piece1 thoroughly working the lather well into every part of the equipment1 remembering that its action is that of a dressing4 7d7 ,after the leather has been allowed to become partially dry1 it should be rubbed vigorously with a soft cloth to give it the neat1 healthy appearance that is desired4 #acag4 ,oiling4 ,if the foregoing instructions have been carefully followed1 the appearance should now be perfect1 and if the leather is soft and pliable nothing further is required4 ,it will be found1 however1 that it will be necessary from time to time to apply a little oil4 ,it is not practicable1 owing to different conditions of climate and service1 to prescribe definitely the frequency of oiling4 ,it has been found that during the first few months of use a set of new equipment should be given at least two applications of oil per month4 ,thereafter it is entirely a matter of judgment1 as indicated by the appearance and pliability of the leather4 ,frequent1 light applications are of more value than infrequent heavy applications4 #acah4 ,new equipment4 ,before using1 perfectly new equipment should in all cases be given a light application of neat's-foot oil2 soap is unnecessary because the leather is clean4 ,the application of oil is important because leather equipment frequently remains a considerable time in an arsenal or depot and in spite of periodical inspections and dubbing it is probably too dry for severe service4 #acai4 ,how to apply oil4 ,the quantity of oil to be used can not be definitely prescribed4 ,if not enough oil is used1 the leather will be stiff and brittle2 if too much is used1 it will soil the clothing and accumulate dirt4 ,the leather should1 therefore1 be saturated with sufficient oil to be soft and pliable without excess sufficient to cause it to exude4 ,in applying the oil the following general instructions should govern3 7a7 ,the oil should be applied to the flesh side of the equipment where practicable when the leather is clean and still damp after washing 7about half dry71 because it penetrates more uniformly when applied from the flesh side1 and when the leather is damp4 ,if the leather is dry it will absorb the oil like blotting paper1 preventing proper distribution4 7b7 ,the oil should be applied with an oiled rag or cotton waste by long1 light1 quick strokes--light strokes1 so that the pressure applied may not squeeze out an excess of oil2 quick strokes1 so that the leather may not absorb an undue amount of oil4 ,the endeavor should be to obtain a light1 even distribution4 7c7 ,after applying the oil the leather equipment should be allowed to stand for #bd hours1 if practicable1 in a warm dry place4 ,it should then be rubbed with a dry cloth to remove any unabsorbed oil4 ,points to ,be ,remembered #acbj4 ,therefore1 from what has been said1 the following points must be remembered3 7a7 ,keep leather clean4 7b7 ,keep leather pliable by frequent applications of oil4 7c7 ,use only materials furnished by the ,ordnance ,department4 ,shoe polishes1 etc41 are almost invariably injurious4 7d7 ,dry all leather wet from whatever cause1 in the shade2 never in the sun or close to a steam radiator1 furnace1 or boiler4 7e7 ,leather should habitually be stored in a cool1 dry place1 without artificial heat4 ,,footnotes3 #ae ,viscol is the best oil for softening all kinds of leather that the author knows of4 ,it is made by ,the ,viscol ,co1 ,east ,cambridge1 ,mass41 and can be obtained from the post exchange4 #af ,propert's ,harness ,soap is excellent4 ,however1 since the ,european ,war its issue has been discontinued by the ,ordnance ,department4 ,viscol1 obtainable from the post exchange1 is the best oil for softening all kinds of leather that the author knows of4 ,,chapter ,,xviii ,,care ,,and ,,description ,,of ,,the ,,rifle ,care #acba4 ,importance4 ,the care of his rifle should be the soldier's first thought2 for1 if he would have it take care of him in time of danger1 he must take care of it at all times4 ,it is a generally recognized fact that more rifles become inaccurate and unserviceable by the lack of care than by firing4 ,the instructions for taking care of the rifle are few and simple4 ,learn them well and apply them constantly--it only requires a little care and patience4 ,you will be well repaid for it4 ,it may some day save your life4 #acbb4 ,care of bore requires work4 ,the bore of the rifle is manufactured with the greatest care in order that a high degree of accuracy may be obtained1 and it should1 therefore1 be properly cared for4 ,the proper care of the bore requires conscientious1 careful work1 but it pays well in reduced labor of cleaning and in prolonged accuracy life of the rifle1 and better results in target practice4 #acbc4 ,how to clean the bore4 ,with the cleaning rod the bore must always be cleaned from the breech--never from the muzzle4 ,cleaning from the muzzle is liable to wear and otherwise injure the mouth of the barrel1 which is easily injured and thus the piece rendered inaccurate4 ,first1 remove the bolt from the rifle1 place the muzzle on the floor1 a board1 or piece of canvas1 and do not remove it therefrom while the cleaning rod is in the bore4 ,never place the muzzle on the bare ground1 lest dirt should get into it4 7,note4 ,of course1 if a rack is provided for cleaning rifles1 it should be used instead of placing the muzzle on the floor47 ,to clean the bore use patches of rag1 preferably canton flannel1 cutting them into squares of such size that they may easily run through the barrel4 #acbd4 ,what care of the bore consists of4 ,briefly stated1 the care of the bore consists of removing the fouling resulting from firing to obtain a chemically clean surface1 and then coating this surface with a film of oil to prevent rusting4 #acbe4 ,kinds of fouling4 ,the fouling which results from firing is of two kinds--the powder fouling1 from the burning of the powder2 and the metal fouling1 from the nickel scraped off the bullet as it passes through the bore4 ,the powder fouling is highly corrosive1 that is1 it causes rust and eats into the metal1 and it must1 therefore1 be removed as soon as possible4 ,the metal fouling itself will not cause rust1 but it may cover the powder fouling and thus prevent the cleaning material from getting at the powder fouling1 which1 as stated before1 will eat into the metal4 ,when metal fouling accumulates in noticeable quantities it reduces the accuracy of the rifle4 #acbf4 ,how to remove powder fouling4 ,powder fouling may be readily removed by scrubbing the bore with the soda solution 7hot7 furnished by the ,ordnance ,department1 but this solution has no effect on the metal fouling4 ,it is1 therefore1 necessary to remove all metal fouling before we are sure that all powder fouling has been removed and that the bore may be safely oiled4 ,ordinarily1 after firing a barrel in good condition1 the metal fouling is so slight as to be hardly perceptible1 and is easily removed by solvents4 ,however1 due to the accumulation of metal fouling1 pitting 7little hollows in the metal7 or the presence of dust1 or other abrasives 7substances that cause the metal to wear away by rubbing71 the fouling may occur in clearly visible flakes or patches and be much more difficult to remove4 #acbg4 ,how to remove metal fouling4 ,after scrubbing out the bore with the soda solution1 plug it from the breech with a cork at the front end of the chamber or where the rifling begins4 ,slip one of the #b-;inch sections of rubber hose over the muzzle down to the sight and fill with the standard ,ordnance ,department solution to at least one-half inch above the muzzle of the barrel4 ,let it stand for #cj minutes1 then pour out the solution1 remove the hose and breech plug1 and swab out thoroughly with soda solution to neutralize and remove all trace of ammonia and powder fouling4 ,wipe the barrel clean1 dry1 and oil4 ,with few exceptions1 one application is sufficient1 but if all fouling is not removed1 repeat the operation4 ,hoppe's ,nitro ,solvent ,no4 #i will accomplish the same result even better and quicker and with much less labor4 #acbh4 ,how to proceed in cleaning the bore4 ,to clean the bore after firing1 proceed as follows3 ,swab out the bore with soda solution to remove powder fouling4 ,a convenient way to do this is to insert the muzzle of the rifle into the can containing the solution and with the cleaning rod inserted from the breech1 pump the barrel full a few times4 ,remove and dry with a couple of patches of cloth4 ,examine to see whether any patches of metal fouling are in evidence1 and if so1 then remove same as explained above4 ,if no metal fouling is in evidence1 then swab out with the swabbing solution4 ,the amount of swabbing required with the swabbing solution can be determined only by experience assisted by the color of the patches of cloth4 ,ordinarily a couple of minutes' work is sufficient4 ,dry thoroughly1 and oil with #c-;in-,one4 ,as a measure of safety a patch should always be run through the bore on the next day and the bore examined to insure that cleaning has been properly done4 ,the bore should then be oiled again with #c-;in-,one4 #acbi4 ,necessity for preventing formation of pits4 ,it is a fact recognized by all that a highly polished steel surface rusts much less easily than one which is roughened2 also that a barrel which is pitted fouls much more rapidly than one which is smooth4 ,every effort1 therefore1 should be made to prevent the formation of pits1 which are merely enlarged rust spots1 and which not only affect the accuracy of the piece but also increase the labor of cleaning4 ,if swabbing solution or standard metal fouling solution is not available1 the barrel should be scrubbed as already described1 with the soda solution1 dried1 and oiled with a light oil4 ,at the end of #bd hours it should again be cleaned1 when it will usually be found to have sweated4 ,usually a second cleaning is sufficient1 but to insure safety it should be again examined at the end of a few days1 before final oiling4 ,of course1 the swabbing solution should always be used1 if available1 for it must be remembered that each puff when the bore sweats is an incipient rust pit4 ,what has just been said contemplates the use of the solutions furnished by the ,ordnance ,department4 ,however1 the same result will be obtained with less labor by using ,hoppe's ,nitro ,powder ,solvent ,no4 #i1 which is sold by all post and camp exchanges1 and which the ,author1 as the result of experience1 highly recommends4 #accj4 ,how to oil a barrel4 ,the proper method of oiling a barrel is as follows3 ,wipe the cleaning rod dry2 select a clean patch of cloth and smear it well with sperm or warmed cosmic oil1 being sure that the cosmic has soaked into the patch well2 scrub the bore with patch1 finally drawing the patch smoothly from the muzzle to the breech1 allowing the cleaning rod to turn with the rifling4 ,the bore will be found now to be smooth and bright so that any subsequent rust or sweating can be easily detected by inspection4 7,by sweating is meant1 rust having formed under the coating of metal fouling where powder fouling was present1 the surface is puffed up47 #acca4 ,care of the chamber4 ,the chamber of the rifle is often neglected because it is not readily inspected4 ,care should be taken to see that it is cleaned as thoroughly as the bore4 ,a roughened chamber delays greatly the rapidity of fire1 and not infrequently causes shells to stick4 #accb4 ,the bolt4 ,to clean the bolt1 remove2 clean all parts thoroughly with an oily rag2 dry1 and before assembling lightly oil the firing pin1 the barrel of the sleeve1 the striker1 the well of the bolt1 and all cams4 #accc4 ,the sights4 ,both the front and rear sights should be cared for just as you would care for the works of your watch4 ,if the sights are injured1 the rifle will not shoot as aimed4 ,the front sight cover issued by the ,ordnance ,department protects the front sight4 #accd4 ,the magazine4 ,the magazine should be kept clean and covered with a thin coat of oil4 #acce4 ,the stock4 ,the stock should receive a light coat of raw linseed oil once a month1 or after any wetting from rain1 dew1 etc4 ,the oil should be thoroughly rubbed in with the hand4 #accf4 ,care of the mechanism4 ,when the rifle has been wet or exposed to unfavorable climatic conditions1 the bolt should be withdrawn and all working parts carefully wiped with a dry cloth1 and then gone over with an oily rag4 ,the same thing should be done after firing4 ,all working parts should habitually be lightly oiled with a thin-bodied oil1 such as #c-;in-,one4 #accg4 ,the care of all metal parts4 ,all metal parts of the rifle should be kept clean and free from rust4 #acch4 ,cams and bearings4 ,all cams and bearings must be kept constantly oiled4 #acci4 ,how to apply oil4 ,do not pour or squirt oil on the rifle4 ,put a few drops on a piece of clean cloth1 preferably cotton1 and rub with the cloth1 thereby avoiding the use of an unnecessary amount4 ,cams and bearings can be oiled this way4 ,however1 if the oiler is used instead because of greater ease in reaching them1 oil them lightly4 ,to soak with oil accomplishes no more than to cover with a light coating--it merely results in excessive1 undesirable smearing and a waste of oil4 ,remember #acdj4 #a4 ,it is easier to prevent than to remove rust4 #b4 ,to remove rust1 apply oil with a rag1 and let it stand for a while so as to soften the rust2 then wipe with a dry rag4 #c4 ,emery paper or a burnisher must never be used in removing rust1 for it also removes the bluing4 ,however1 an ordinary rubber eraser will be found very serviceable for removing rust4 #d4 ,to prevent rust and dirt in the bore1 run a rag through at least once each day4 #e4 ,never1 under any circumstances1 put away a rifle that has been fired or exposed to bad weather1 without first cleaning it4 #f4 ,never lay your rifle flat on the ground4 ,not only is there danger of dirt or other foreign matter getting into the bore1 but a vehicle may run over it1 or some one may step on the sight4 ,always rest it up securely against something4 ,on the target range it is well for every soldier to have a short wood or metal fork1 on which to rest his rifle4 #g4 ,in coming to the order from any position1 always bring the rifle to the ground gently4 ,army ,regulations ,regarding the ,rifle #acda4 ,are enlisted men allowed to take their arms apart8 ,no2 not unless they have the permission of a commissioned officer1 and even then only under proper supervision and in the manner prescribed in the descriptive pamphlet issued by the ,ordnance ,department4 7,a4 ,r4 #bib47 7,except when repairs are needed1 the following named parts should never be dismounted by the soldier1 and whenever they are taken apart they should be removed only by the company mechanic1 or someone else familiar with the handling of tools and delicate mechanism3 ,bolt stop1 cut off1 safety lock1 sleeve lock1 front sight1 front sight movable stud1 lower band1 upper band1 and stacking swivel screws47 7,unless the screw driver is handled carefully and with some skill the screws are sure to be injured either at the head or thread4 ,the soldier may dismount the bolt and magazine mechanism for the purpose of cleaning them1 but he is not permitted to do any further dismounting without the authority of a commissioned officer47 ,is the polishing of blued and browned parts permitted8 ,no1 and rebluing1 rebrowning1 putting any portion of an arm in fire1 removing a receiver from a barrel1 mutilating any part by fire or otherwise1 and attempting to beautify or change the finish1 are prohibited4 ,however1 the prohibition of attempts to beautify or change the finish of arms is not construed as forbidding the application of raw linseed oil to the wood parts of arms4 ,this oil is considered necessary for the preservation of the wood1 and it may be used for such polishing as can be given when rubbing in one or more coats when necessary4 ,the use of raw linseed oil only is allowed for redressing and the application for such purpose of any kind of wax or varnish1 including heelball1 is strictly prohibited4 7,army ,regulations #bib47 ,is the use of tompions#ag in small arms permitted8 ,no1 it is prohibited by regulations4 7,army ,regulations #bib47 ,should pieces be unloaded before being taken to quarters or tents8 ,yes1 unless it is otherwise ordered4 ,they should also be unloaded as soon as the men using them are relieved from duty4 7,army ,regulations #bib47 ,should a loaded or unloaded rifle or revolver ever be pointed at anyone in play8 ,no1 under no circumstances whatsoever4 ,a soldier should never point a rifle or revolver at a person unless he intends to shoot him4 ,description #acdb4 ,nomenclature of the rifle4 ,the illustrations on this page and those on the two following pages give the nomenclature of the rifles1 with which every soldier should be familiar4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,the bolt 7,fig4 #b7 consists of the handle1 ,a2 sleeve1 ,b2 safety lock1 ,c2 ,cocking piece1 ,d2 safety lug1 ,e2 extractor1 ,f2 extractor collar1 ,g2 locking lugs1 ,h2 extractor tongue groove1 ,i2 and gas escape hole1 ,j4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c #acdc4 ,rear-sight leaf2 drift slide2 wind gauge4 ,the illustration on the opposite page shows the rear sight leaf 7raised71 the drift slide 7,e71 and the wind gauge 7,f1 ,l474 ,it is most important that the soldier be thoroughly familiar with the use of these parts1 for otherwise it is impossible for him to sight correctly and use his rifle properly4 ,the leaf is graduated from #ajj to #bhej yards4 ,the lines that extend the whole way across the two branches of the leaf1 mark #ajj yard divisions2 those that extend about half way across1 mark #ej yard divisions1 and the shorter lines mark #be yard divisions4 ,the even numbers 7#d1 #f1 #h1 etc47 on the left branch of the leaf1 indicate #djj1 #fjj1 #hjj1 etc1 yards4 ,the odd numbered hundreds of yards 7#cjj1 #ejj1 #gjj1 etc47 are on the right branch of the leaf4 ,the numbers rest on top of the lines to which they refer4 ,so1 if you want to fire at a target #hjj yards away1 set the rear sight at #h2 #a1jjj yards1 at #aj2 #a1bjj yards1 at #ab1 etc4 ,with the fly leaf up1 ranges from #ajj to #bcej yards can be obtained through the peep hole1 ,k2 from #ajj to #bdej through the lower peep notch1 ,j2 and from #adjj to #bgej yards through the upper peep notch1 ,g4 ,there is a horizontal line on the drift slide1 across the peep hole1 ,k4 ,if the peep hole sight is used the sight is set by this horizontal line1 which is set opposite the proper graduation 7line across branch of leaf74 ,if the peep notch1 ,j1 is used1 the sight is set by the short horizontal line--that is1 on a line with the top of the notch4 ,if the peep notch1 ,g1 is used1 the sight is set by the top of the slide1 ,c1 which is set on the proper graduation4 ,care must be taken not to use one of the peep notches when the sight has been set for the peep hole1 or not to do the reverse1 without first changing the sight4 ,the sighting notch1 ,a1 used when the range is #bhej yards1 is hardly ever used1 because the rifle is very1 very seldom1 if ever1 fired at that range4 ,by battle sight we mean the position of the rear sight with the leaf down1 and it corresponds to a sight setting of #ecj yards4 ,the notch1 ,h1 that is used when the leaf is down is called the battle sight notch4 ,the battle sight is the only one used in rapid fire4 ,in unexpected1 close encounters the side that first opens a rapid and accurate fire has a great advantage over the other4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,,footnotes3 #ag ,wooden stoppers or plugs that are put into the muzzles of rifles and other arms to keep out dirt and water4 ,,part ,,iv ,,rifle ,,training ,,and ,,instruction 7,based on ,small-,arms ,firing ,manual7 #acdd4 ,object of system of instruction4 ,the object of the system of rifle training and instruction employed in our ,army is two-fold3 #a4 ,to make of ,,individuals1 shots who in battle will make hits instead of misses4 #b4 ,to make of ,,organizations1 pliable1 manageable ,,machines1 capable of delivering in battle a volume of ,,effective fire4 #acde4 ,to make of ,,individuals shots who in battle will make hits instead of misses4 ,this is accomplished by ,,individual training and instruction whereby the skill of the soldier as a rifleman is so developed as to be up to the capabilities of his rifle1 which is probably the best and most accurate rifle in the world1--that is to say-- ,effort is made to so develop the shooting skill of the soldier that he will be able to make his rifle do the things that it is capable of doing4 ,to accomplish this end the soldier is put through a course of individual instruction that divides itself into three main phases or stages1 viz3-- #a4 ,preliminary drills4 ,by means of preliminary drills in the form of sighting drills2 position and aiming drills2 and deflection and correction elevation drills1 he is taught the theoretical1 fundamental principles of shooting4 #b4 ,gallery practice4 ,having been taught the theoretical1 fundamental principles of shooting by means of the preliminary drills mentioned in the proceeding paragraph1 the soldier is then shown how to apply them in a simple1 elementary way by being put through a course of gallery practice with the 4#bb ,cal4 ,gallery ,practice ,rifle1 using reduced charges4 ,this practice may be called the transitory phase or period of individual instruction1 during which ,the soldier passes from his acquisition of the theoretical1 fundamental principles of shooting to their application to actual firing1 on the target range1 with the regulation ,army rifle4 #c4 ,range practice4 ,having gone through the course in gallery practice1 the soldier then fires on the target range1 applying and putting into practice1 with the regulation ,army rifle2 the theoretical principles of shooting taught him during the preliminary drills1 and in the application and practice of which he was also instructed during the gallery practice4 #acdf4 ,other ,instruction4 ,while the above phases embody the principal subjects in which a soldier is trained and instructed in developing his skill in shooting1 he is also instructed in other matters that are necessary to round out and complete his skill in marksmanship1--for example1 the care of the rifle1 estimating distances1 the effect of light1 wind1 and temperature1 etc4 #acdg4 ,to make of ,,organizations pliable1 manageable ,,machines1 capable of delivering in battle a volume of ,,effective fire4 ,this is accomplished by collective training and instruction1 in which a number of soldiers 7for example1 a squad1 platoon1 or company71 under command of a leader1 fire1 under assumed tactical situations1 at targets which simulate the appearance of an enemy under conditions approaching those found in war4 ,this kind of training and instruction is called1 ,combat practice4 ,in combat practice the individual is trained in firing as part of a tactical unit1--that is to say1 in cooeperation with others1--and the commanders of the tactical units are taught how to direct and control the fire of their units1#ah obtaining the maximum efficiency of fire by cooerdination of the skill and efforts of all the individuals of the unit4 ,,program ,,of ,,instruction #acdh4 ,the following outline of the program of instruction gives a sort of bird's-eye view of the system3 #a4 ,,individual ,,instruction 7a7 ,theory of sighting4 7,the trajectory2 ,the line of sight2 ,sighting or aiming47 #a4 ,sights and ,sighting4 7b7 ,kinds of sights4 7,open2 ,peep2 ,battle47 7c7 ,kinds of sight4 7,that is1 amount of front sight taken47 7,normal2 ,fine2 ,full47 7a7 ,sighting drills4 7,importance and purpose2 ,point of aim2 ,triangle of sighting47 7,verifying the triangle2 causes of errors47 7b7 ,position and aiming drills4 7,objects #b4 ,preliminary drills4 #c2 ,position exercise2 ,aiming exercise2 ,trigger-squeeze exercise2 ,rapid-fire exercise2 ,kneeling1 sitting down1 and prone47 7c7 ,deflection and elevation correction drills4 #c4 ,gallery practice4 7,object and importance47 #d4 ,range practice4 7,instruction practice2 ,range practice47 #e4 ,other ,instruction4 7,use of sling2 ,designation of winds2 ,zero of rifle2 ,estimating distances with the eye1 by trial shots1 and by trial volleys2 ,wind2 ,temperature2 ,light2 ,mirage2 ,care of rifle1 etc47 ,,individual ,,instruction ,sights and ,sighting ,theory of ,sighting #acdi4 ,the trajectory4 ,as the bullet passes through the air it makes a curved line something like this3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,this curved line is called the trajectory4 ,the resistance of the air and the force of gravity 7the force that pulls all bodies toward the earth7 are the two things that make the path of the bullet a curved line1 just the same as they make the path of the baseball thrown by the player a curved line4 ,the resistance of the air holds the bullet back and the force of gravity pulls it down1 so that the two acting together make the bullet's path curved4 ,the longer the range the more will the path of the bullet 7the trajectory7 be curved1 as shown by the following drawing3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b #acej4 ,sighting or aiming4 ,now1 on the rifle there are two sights1--the front sight and the rear sight1--which enable the rifleman to regulate the path of the bullet1 as the ball player regulates the path of the ball4 ,if the ball player wants distance1 he throws the ball high 7raises the path1 the trajectory71 using his eye and guesswork1 and likewise if the rifleman wants to shoot at a distant target1 he1 too1 shoots the bullet high 7that is1 he raises the muzzle of his rifle71 but he doesn't have to depend upon guesswork4 ,it is all worked out for him by experts and all he need do is to set the rear sight for the proper range1--that is1 for the distance the object is from him4 ,aiming or sighting a rifle consists in bringing into line three objects3 ,the target1 ,a1 the front sight1 ,b1 and the rear sight1 ,c4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c ,the rifle is so made and the sights placed on it in such a way that when the piece is held in such a position that the target1 the front sight and the rear sight are in line1 and the trigger is pulled 7squeezed7 the bullet will strike the target4 ,you raise the muzzle of the piece by raising the rear sight1--that is1 raising the rear sight has the effect of raising the muzzle1 for the higher you raise the rear sight the higher must you raise the muzzle in order to see the front sight and get it in line with the object aimed at and the rear sight4 ,this is shown in the following illustrations3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d;a ,the rear sight1 ,c1 the front sight1 ,b1 and the bull's eye1 ,a1 are all on a line with the eye1 ,d1 the rear sight being set for #bjj yards4 ,suppose we wanted to shoot at #bjjj instead of #bjj yards4 ,we would raise the slide up to #bj 7#bjjj yards7 on the sight leaf4 ,in order to see the bull's eye through the notch sight at #bjjj1 we must raise the eye to the position1 ,d4 ,we now have the rear sight1 the bull's eye and the eye in line1 but we must bring the front sight in line with them1 which is done by raising the muzzle of the piece1 giving the result shown in ,fig4 #d;a4 #acea4 ,line of sight4 ,with the open sight the line of sight is determined by a point on the middle line of the notch of the rear sight and the top of the front sight4 ,with the peep sight1 the line of sight is determined by the center of the peep and the top of the front sight4 ,kinds of sights #aceb4 7,see ,fig4 #c1 par4 #acdc1 giving rear sight leaf in detail47 ,the different kinds of sights are as follows3 7a7 ,open sight4 ,by open sight is meant the use of any one of the sighting notches4 ,to use the open sight3 #a4 ,look through the sighting notch at the target4 7,fig4 #e47 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f #b4 ,bring the top of the front sight on a line with the top and in the center of the sight notch1 the top of the front sight being just under the bull's eye4 ,because of its wide field of view and its readiness in getting a quick aim with it1 the open sight is the one that is generally used in the later stages of battle1 or when fire is to start immediately4 7b7 ,peep ,sight4 ,by peep sight is meant the use of the peep hole in the drift slide4 ,to use the peep sight3 #a4 ,look through the peep hole at the target4 7,fig4 #g47 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g #b4 ,bring the top of the front sight to the center of the peep hole1 the top of the front sight being just under the bull's eye4 7,fig4 #h7 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h ,correct ,be sure to get the top of front sight1 as in ,fig4 #h1 and not the bull's eye1 as in ,fig4 #i1 in center of the peep hole4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i ,incorrect ,advantage of the peep sight4 ,the advantage of the peep sight over the open sight is due to the fact that it is easier to center the top of the front sight in the peep hole and thus get the same amount of front sight each time4 ,for example you know at once1 without measuring1 that the dots in the circles1 ,fig4 #aj1 are not centered1 and that the one in the circle in ,fig4 #aa1 is4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa ,after a little practice1 in looking through the peep hole the eye almost automatically centers the top of the front sight4 ,disadvantage of the peep sight4 ,the disadvantage of the peep sight is that its limited field of view and lack of readiness in getting a quick aim with it limit its use to those stages of the combat when comparative deliberation will be possible4 7c7 ,battle sight4 ,by battle sight we mean the position of the rear sight with the leaf down4 ,there is a sighting notch on the top of the leaf1 or rather on top of the leaf slide which works up and down the leaf4 ,the battle sight is the only sight used in rapid fire4 ,in unexpected1 close encounters the side that first opens a rapid and accurate fire has a great advantage over the other4 ,again1 a soldier on patrol generally has no time to set his sight1 if suddenly attacked at close range4 ,the battle sight1 may1 therefore be called the emergency sight1--the handy1 quick sight4 ,the soldier should1 therefore1 become thoroughly familiar with the use of this sight4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab ,battle sight ,the sighting notch in the slide with the rear sight leaf down1 is the same height as is the sighting in the drift slide when the rear sight leaf is raised and set at #ecj yards4 ,that is to say1 battle sight is equivalent to a sight setting of #ecj yards4 ,therefore1 in shooting with battle sight at objects nearer than #ecj yards you must aim lower4 ,kinds of ,sight #acec4 7,amount of front sight taken7 7a7 ,normal sight4 ,the amount of front sight taken in ,figs4 #f and #h1 is called the normal sight and is the one that the soldier should always use1 either with the open notch or peep sight1 as it is the only sight which assures the taking of the same amount of front sight every time4 ,in other words it assumes a greater degree of uniformity in sighting1 which is one of the most important factors in shooting4 ,by uniformity in sighting is meant taking the same amount of sight each time4 ,if you take less than the amount of front sight used in the normal sight1 it will1 of course1 have the effect of lowering the muzzle of the piece1 and consequently you will hit a point lower than if you had used the normal sight4 ,on the other hand1 if you take more than the amount of front sight used in the normal sight1 it will1 of course1 have the effect of raising the muzzle and consequently you will hit a point higher than if you had used the normal sight4 7b7 ,fine sight4 ,although occasionally a man will be found who can get good results by using the fine sight1 the average man cannot1 and this form of sighting is1 therefore1 to be avoided4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac ,fine sight 7c7 ,full sight4 ,the so-called full sight must be avoided under all circumstances4 ,it is merely mentioned and shown here to point out a fault that must be carefully avoided4 ,the objections to its use are the same as in the case of the fine sight1--that is1 lack of uniformity in the amount of sight taken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ad ,full sight #aced4 ,what the rifleman looks at when he fires4 ,the eye can be focused accurately upon objects at only one distance at a time2 all other objects we see will be more or less blurred and fuzzy looking1 depending upon their distance from the object upon which our eye is focused4 ,the rifleman who attains proficiency focuses his eye on the target while aiming1 but he glances at one sight and then the other to see that they are aligned properly1 then back at the target1 and at the instant of discharge his eye is on the target4 ,preliminary ,drills #acee4 ,sighting1 ,position and ,aiming ,drills4 ,the importance of the following sighting1 position and aiming drills cannot be overestimated4 ,if they are carefully practiced1 before firing a single shot at a target1 you will have learned how to aim your piece correctly1 hold your rifle steadily1 squeeze the trigger properly1 assume that position best adapted to the particular conformation of your body1 and you will also have acquired the quickness and manual skill required for handling the piece in rapid fire4 ,the sighting1 position and aiming drills teach the fundamental principles of shooting1 which are the foundation upon which marksmanship is built4 ,do not confine yourself to going through these drills only during drill hours1 but go through them frequently at other times4 ,the extent to which it will improve your shooting will more than repay you for your trouble4 ,sighting ,drills #acef4 ,object4 ,the objects of the sighting drill are3 #a4 ,to show how to bring the rear sight1 the front sight and the target into the same line1--that is1 to show how to sight properly4 #b4 ,to discover and point out errors in sighting4--in other words1 to discover the errors you make in sighting and show the reasons for same1 so that you may be able to correct them properly4 #c4 ,to teach uniformity in sighting1--that is1 to teach you how to take the same amount of sight each time1--to see every time the same amount of front sight when you look through the rear sight4 ,sighting rest for rifle4 ,a good sighting rest for a rifle may be made by removing the top from an empty pistol ammunition box1 or a similar box1 and then cutting notches in the ends of the box to fit the rifle closely4 7,fig4 #ae47 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ae ,illustration3 ,fig4 #af ,place the rifle in these notches with the trigger guard close to and outside one end4 ,at a convenient distance above the ground fasten a blank sheet of paper on a wall or on a plank nailed to a stake driven into the ground4 ,three legs are fastened to the rest 7or it may be placed on the ground without any legs71 which is placed #bj or #cj feet from the blank sheet of paper4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ag ,make sure that the piece is canted neither to the right nor left1 and without touching the rifle or rest1 sight the rifle near the center of the blank sheet of paper 7,fig4 #ag47 ,changes in the line of sight are made by changing the elevation and windage4 ,a soldier acting as marker is provided with a pencil and a small rod bearing at one end a small piece of white cardboard1 with a black bull's eye pierced in the center with a hole just large enough to admit the point of a lead pencil4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ah ,the soldier sighting directs the marker to move the disk to the right1 left1 higher1 or lower1 until the line of aim is established when he commands1 ,mark1 or ,hold4 ,at the command ,mark1 being careful not to move the disk1 the marker records through the hole in the center the position of the disk and then withdraws it4 ,at the command ,hold1 the marker holds the disk carefully in place without marking1 until the position is verified by the instructor1 and the disk is not withdrawn until so directed4 #aceg4 ,point of ,aim4 ,always be sure to aim at a point just below the black bull's-eye1--that is1 aim so that there will be a fine line of light between the bottom of the bull's-eye and the-top of the front sight 7,fig4 #ai74 ,this is important to insure uniformity in sighting1--that is1 in order to make sure that you aim at the same place on the target each time4 ,if the top of the front sight touches the bottom of the bull's-eye it is impossible to say just how much of the front sight is seen1 and how far up into the bull's-eye you are4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ai ,first ,sighting ,exercise #aceh4 ,using the sighting rest for the rifle 7,fig4 #ag7 require each man to direct the marker to move the disk until the rifle is directed on the bull's-eye with the normal sight and command1 ,hold4 ,if aiming correctly the rear sight1 the front sight and the bull's-eye will look as shown in ,fig4 #ai1 above4 ,the instructor then verifies this line of sight4 ,errors1 if any1 will be pointed out to the soldier and another trial made4 ,if he is still unable to sight correctly1 he will be given as many more trials as may be necessary4 ,sometimes a man does not know how to place the eye in the line of sight2 he will look over or along one side of the notch of the rear sight and believe that he is aiming through the notch because he sees it at the same time that he does the front sight4 ,again some men in sighting will look at the front sight and not at the object4 ,repeat the above exercise1 using the peep sight4 ,if aiming correctly1 the rear sight1 the front sight and the bull's-eye will look as shown in ,fig4 #bj4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bj ,second ,sighting ,exercise #acei4 ,the triangle of sighting4 ,using the sighting rest for the rifle as before 7,fig4 #ag71 direct the marker to move the disk until the rifle is directed on the bull's-eye with the normal sight and command ,mark1 whereupon the marker1 being careful not to move the disk1 records through the hole in its center1 the position of the disk1 and withdraws it4 ,then1 being careful not to move the rifle or sights repeat the operation until three marks have been made4 ,join the three points by straight lines4 ,the shape and size of the triangle will indicate the nature of the variations made in sighting4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ba ,for example1 if you have taken the same aim each time1 you will get a very small triangle something like this3 ,illustration3 triangle which resulted from taking each time this aim1 for instance3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bb ,a triangle like ,fig4 #bb results from not taking the same amount of front sight each time1 as shown in ,fig4 #bc4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bc ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bd ,a triangle like ,fig4 #bd shows that the front sight was not in the middle of the notch each time1 as shown in ,fig4 #be4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #be ,a triangle like ,fig4 #bf results from a combination of the two errors mentioned above1--that is1 not taking the same amount of front sight each time and not having the front sight in the middle of the notch each time1 as shown in ,fig4 #bg4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bf ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bg ,if any one of the sides of the triangle is longer than one-half inch1 the exercise is repeated1 each sight being verified by the instructor1 who will call the soldier's attention to his errors1 if any4 ,the smaller the triangle1 the better the sighting4 #acfj4 ,verifying the triangle4 ,if the sides of the triangle are so small that they indicate regularity in sighting1 mark the center of the triangle and then place the center of the bull's-eye on this mark4 ,the instructor then examines the position of the bull's-eye with reference to the line of sight4 ,if the bull's-eye is properly placed with reference to the line of sight1 the soldier aims correctly and with uniformity4 ,if the bull's-eye is not properly placed with reference to the line of sight1 the soldier aims in a regular manner but with a constant error4 #acfa4 ,causes of errors4 ,if the bull's-eye is directly above its proper position1 the soldier has aimed high1--that is1 he has taken too little front sight4 ,if the bull's-eye is directly below its proper position1 the soldier has aimed low1--that is1 he has taken too much front sight4 ,if the bull's-eye is directly to the right or left of its proper position1 the soldier has not sighted through the center of the rear notch and over the top of the front sight4 ,if to the right1 the soldier has either sighted along the left of the rear sight notch or the right side of the front sight1 or has committed both of these errors4 ,if the bull's-eye is to the left of its proper place1 the soldier has probably-sighted along the right of the rear sight notch1 or to the left of the front sight1 or has committed both of these errors4 ,if the bull's eye is diagonally above and to the right1 the soldier has probably combined the errors which placed it too high and too far to the right4 ,any other diagonal position would be produced by a similar combination of vertical and horizontal errors4 ,after the above instruction has been given to one man1 the line of sight will be slightly changed by moving the sighting rest or by changing the elevation and windage1 and the exercises similarly repeated with other men4 ,repeat the exercise1 using the peep sight4 ,third ,sighting ,exercise #acfb4 ,this exercise shows the effect of canting the piece4 ,it is most important that in aiming the sights be kept vertical and the piece not be canted1--that is1 that the barrel be not tilted over to the right or left4 ,if the piece is canted to the right1 the sights are lowered to the right and consequently the bullet will strike to the right and below the point aimed at1 even though the rifle be otherwise correctly aimed and the sights correctly set4 ,similarly if the piece is canted to the left the sights are lowered to the left1 and consequently the bullet will strike to the left and low4 ,this effect of canting the piece may be shown as follows3 ,use the sighting rest with the rifle firmly held in the notches1 the bolt removed4 ,paste a black paster near the center of the bottom line of the target4 ,sight the rifle on this mark1 using about #bjjj yards' elevation4 ,then1 being careful not to move the rifle1 look through the bore and direct the marker to move the disk until the bull's-eye is in the center of the field of view and command1 ,mark4 ,next1 turn the rest 7with the rifle7 over #ij deg4 to the right1 on its side1 and with the same elevation1 sight on the same paster as above4 ,then1 being careful not to move the rifle1 look through the bore and again direct the marker to move the disk until the bull's-eye is in the center of the field of view and command1 ,mark4 ,not considering the fall of the bullet1 the first mark represents the point struck with the sight vertical1 the second mark represents the point struck1 low and to the right1 using the same elevation and the same point of aim1 when the piece is canted #ij deg4 to the right4 ,different degrees of canting the piece can be represented by drawing an arc of a circle through the two marks with the paster as a center4 ,the second mark will be at a point on this arc corresponding to the degree of canting the piece4 ,it is important to know that this effect of canting increases with the distance from the target4 ,fourth ,sighting ,exercise #acfc4 ,this exercise is to show the advantage of blackened sights4 ,in strong sunlight1 make a triangle of sighting1 using a rifle having sights worn bright4 ,then1 being careful not to move the rifle1 blacken the sights and make another triangle4 ,use dotted lines for the triangle with bright sights and full lines for the triangle made with blackened sights4 ,the position and size of the two triangles will plainly show the advantage of using blackened sights4 ,fifth ,sighting ,exercise #acfd4 ,this exercise is to illustrate the importance of knowing the effects of varying degrees of light4 ,in strong sunlight make a triangle of sighting4 ,then1 being careful not to move the piece1 make another triangle1 the target and the man sighting having first been shaded4 ,the relative positions of the triangles will show the importance of knowing the effects of varying degrees of light4 ,position and ,aiming ,drills #acfe4 ,object4 ,the object of the position and aiming drills are3 #a4 ,to so educate the muscles of the arm and body that the piece1 during the act of aiming1 shall be held without restraint1 and during the operation of firing shall not be deflected from the target by any convulsive or improper movement of the trigger finger or of the body1 arms1 or hands4 #b4 ,they also establish between the hand and eye such prompt and intimate connection as will insure that the finger shall act upon the trigger1 giving the final pressure at the exact moment when the top of the front sight is seen to be directed upon the mark4 #c4 ,if at the moment the piece is discharged1 it is properly supported and correctly aimed1 the mark will surely be hit4 ,since any fairly intelligent man can be taught to aim correctly and to hold the sights aligned upon the mark with a fair amount of steadiness1 it follows that bad shooting must necessarily arise from causes other than bad aiming4 ,the chief of these causes is known to be the deflection given to the rifle when it is discharged1 due to the fact that the soldier1 at the moment of firing1 instead of ,,squeezing the trigger1 jerks it4 ,this convulsive action is largely due to lack of familiarity with the methods of firing and to a constrained position of the muscles of the body1 arm1 and hands1 which constrained position it is the object of the position and aiming drills to correct4 #acff4 ,general4 ,in order to correct any tendency to cant the piece1 the rear sight is raised in all the exercises4 ,place a black paster at which to aim on the wall opposite each man4 ,the squad being formed in single rank1 with an interval of one yard between files1 the instructor directs the men to take the position of ,ready1 except that the position of the feet is such as to insure the greatest firmness and steadiness of the body4 ,the instructor then cautions1 ,position and aiming drill4 ,the exercise which is being taught should be repeated frequently and made continuous4 ,the instructor prefaces the preparatory command by1 ,continue the motion1 or ,at will1 and gives the command ,halt at the conclusion of the exercise1 when the soldier returns to the position of ,ready4 ,or the soldier may be made to repeat the first and second motions by the command ,one1 ,two1 the exercise concluding with the command ,halt4 ,care must be taken by the instructor not to make the position and aiming drills tedious4 ,thirty minutes daily should be spent in this practice during the period of preliminary instruction4 ,after gallery practice is taken up1 however1 five or ten minutes daily should be sufficient for these exercises4 ,in order that the instructor may readily detect and correct errors the squads for these drills should not consist of more than eight men4 ,the instructor should avoid holding the squad in tiresome positions while making explanations or corrections4 ,position ,exercise #acfg4 ,the instructor commands3 #a4 ,position1 #b4 ,,exercise4 ,at the command1 ,exercise without moving the body or eyes1 raise the rifle smartly to the front of the right shoulder to the full extent of the left arm1 elbow inclined downward1 the barrel nearly horizontal1 muzzle slightly depressed1 heel of the butt on a line with the top of the shoulder4 7,fig4 #bh47 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bh 7,two47 ,bring the piece smartly against the hollow of the shoulder1 without permitting the shoulder to give way1 and press the rifle against it1 mainly with the right hand1 only slightly with the left1 the forefinger of the right hand resting lightly against the trigger1 the rifle inclined neither to the right nor left4 7,three47 ,resume the position of ready4 7,fig4 #cj47 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bi ,remarks4 ,the instructor should especially notice the position of each soldier in this exercise1 endeavoring to give to each man an easy and natural position4 ,he should see that the men avoid drawing in the stomach1 raising the breast1 or bending the small of the back4 ,the butt of the piece must be pressed firmly1 but not too tightly1 into the hollow of the shoulder and not against the muscles of the upper arm4 ,if held too tightly1 the pulsations of the body will be communicated to the piece2 if too loosely1 the recoil will bruise the shoulder4 ,if only the heel or toe touches the hollow of the shoulder1 the recoil may throw the muzzle down or up1 affecting the position of the hit4 ,while both arms are used to press the piece to the shoulder1 the left arm should be used to direct the piece and the right forefinger must be left free to squeeze the trigger4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cj ,aiming ,exercise #acfh4 ,the instructor will first direct the sights to be adjusted for the lowest elevation and subsequently for the different longer ranges4 ,the instructor commands3 #a4 ,aiming4 #b4 ,,exercise4 ,at the last command execute the first and second motion of the position exercise4 7,two47 ,bend the head a little to the right1 the cheek resting against the stock1 the left eye closed1 the right eye looking through the notch of the rear sight at a point slightly below the mark4 7,fig4 #ca47 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ca 7,three47 ,draw a moderately long breath1 let a portion of it escape1 then1 with the lungs in a state of rest1 slowly raise the rifle with the left hand1 being careful not to incline the sight to either side1 until the line of sight is directly on the mark2 hold the rifle steadily directed on the mark for a moment2 then1 without command and just before the power to hold the rifle steadily is lost1 drop the rifle to the position of ,ready and resume the breathing4 #acfi4 ,remarks4 ,some riflemen prefer to extend the left arm4 ,such a position gives greater control over the rifle when firing in a strong wind or at moving objects4 ,it also possesses advantages when a rapid as well as accurate delivery of fire is desired4 ,whatever the position1 whether standing1 kneeling1 sitting1 or prone1 the piece should rest on the palm of the left hand1 never on the tips of the fingers1 and should be firmly grasped by all the fingers and the thumb4 ,the eye may be brought to the line of sight either by lowering the head or by raising the shoulder2 it is best to combine somewhat these methods2 the shoulder to be well raised by raising the right elbow and holding it well to the front and at right angles to the body4 ,if the shoulder is not raised1 it will be necessary for the soldier to lower the head to the front in order to bring the eye into the line of sight4 ,lowering the head too far to the front brings it near the right hand1 which grasps the stock4 ,when the piece is discharged1 this hand is carried by the recoil to the rear and1 when the head is in this position1 may strike against the nose or mouth4 ,this often happens in practice1 and as a result of this blow often repeated many men become gun-shy1 or flinch1 or close their eyes at the moment of firing4 ,much bad shooting1 ascribed to other causes1 is really due to this fault4 ,raising the right elbow at right angles to the body elevates the right shoulder1 and lifts the piece so that it is no longer necessary to incline the head materially to the front in order to look along the sights4 ,as the length of the soldier's neck determines greatly the exact method of taking the proper position1 the instructor will be careful to see that the position is taken without restraint4 ,as changes in the elevation of the rear sight will necessitate a corresponding change in the position of the soldier's head when aiming1 the exercise should not be held with the sight adjusted for the longer ranges until the men have been practiced with the sights as the latter would generally be employed for offhand firing4 ,the soldier must be cautioned that while raising the line of sight to the mark he must fix his eyes on the mark and not on the front sight2 the latter can then be readily brought into the line joining the rear-sight notch and mark4 ,if this plan be not followed1 when firing is held on the range at long distances the mark will generally appear blurred and indistinct4 ,the front sight will always be plainly seen1 even though the eye is not directed particularly upon it4 ,the rifle must be raised slowly1 without jerk1 and its motion stopped gradually4 ,in retaining it directed at the mark1 care must be taken not to continue the aim after steadiness is lost2 this period will probably be found to be short at first1 but will quickly lengthen with practice4 ,no effort should be made to prolong it beyond the time that breathing can be easily restrained4 ,each soldier will determine for himself the proper time for discontinuing the aim4 ,the men must be cautioned not to hold the breath too long1 as a trembling of the body will result in many cases4 ,some riflemen prefer1 in aiming1 to keep both eyes open but1 unless the habit is fixed1 the soldier should be instructed to close the left eye4 ,trigger-,squeeze ,exercise #acgj4 ,the instructor commands3 #a4 ,trigger squeeze4 #b4 ,,exercise4 ,at the command ,exercise1 the soldier executes the first motion of the aiming exercise4 7,two47 ,the second motion of the aiming exercise4 7,three47 ,draw a moderately long breath1 let a portion of it escape1 hold the breath and slowly raise the rifle with the left hand until the line of sight is on the mark1 being careful not to incline the sights to either side4 ,contract the trigger finger gradually1 slowly and steadily increasing the pressure on the trigger1 while the aim is being perfected2 continue the gradual increase of pressure so that when the aim has become exact the additional pressure required to release the point of the sear can be given almost insensibly and without causing any deflection of the rifle4 ,continue the aim a moment after the release of the firing pin1 observe if any change has been made in the direction of the line of sight1 and then resume the position of ,ready1 cocking the piece by raising and lowering the bolt handle4 ,remarks4 ,poor shooting is often the result of lack of proper cooerdination of holding the breath1 the maximum steadiness of aim1 and the squeeze of the trigger4 ,by frequent practice in this exercise1 each man may come to know the exact instant his firing pin will be released4 ,he must be taught to hold the breath1 bring the sights to bear upon the mark1 and squeeze the trigger all at the same time4 #acga4 ,the ,trigger ,squeeze4 ,the trigger should be squeezed1 not pulled1 the hand being closed upon itself as a sponge is squeezed1 the forefinger sharing in this movement4 ,the forefinger should be placed as far around the trigger as to press it with the second joint4 ,by practice the soldier becomes familiar with the trigger squeeze of his rifle1 and knowing this1 he is able to judge at any time1 within limits1 what additional pressure is required for its discharge4 ,by constant repetition of this exercise he should be able finally to squeeze the trigger to a certain point beyond which the slightest movement will release the sear4 ,having squeezed the trigger to this point1 the aim is corrected and1 when true1 the additional pressure is applied and the discharge follows4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cb ,rapid-,fire ,exercise #acgb4 ,object4 ,the object of this exercise is to teach the soldier to aim quickly and at the same time accurately in all the positions he will be called upon to assume in range practice4 ,the instructor commands3 #a4 ,rapid-fire exercise4 #b4 ,,commence ,,firing4 ,at the first command the first and second motions of the trigger-squeeze exercise are performed4 ,at the second command1 the soldier performs the third motion of the trigger-squeeze exercise1 squeezing the trigger without disturbing the aim or the position of the piece1 but at the same time without undue deliberation4 ,he then without removing the rifle from the shoulder1 holding the piece in position with the left hand1 grasps the handle of the bolt with the right hand1 rapidly draws back the bolt1 closes the chamber1 aims1 and again squeezes the trigger4 ,this movement is repeated until the trigger has been squeezed five times1 when1 without command1 the piece is brought back to the position of ,ready4 ,when the soldier has acquired some facility in this exercise1 he will be required to repeat the movement ten times1 and finally1 by using dummy cartridges1 he may1 by degrees1 gain the necessary quickness and dexterity for the execution of the rapid fire required in range firing4 #acgc ,methods4 ,the methods of taking position1 of aiming1 and of squeezing the trigger1 taught in the preceding exercises1 should be carried out in the rapid-fire exercises1 with due attention to all details taught therein2 the details being carried out as prescribed except that greater promptness is necessary4 ,in order that any tendency on the part of the recruit to slight the movements of aiming and of trigger squeeze shall be avoided1 the rapid-fire exercises will not be taught until the recruit is thoroughly drilled and familiar with the preceding exercises4 ,the recruit will be instructed that with practice in this class of fire the trigger can be squeezed promptly without deranging the piece4 #acgd4 ,repetition4 ,if the recruit seems to execute the exercise hurriedly or carelessly1 the instructor will require him to repeat it at a slower rate4 #acge4 ,manipulation of the ,breech ,mechanism4 ,to hold the piece to the position of the left hand should not be changed1 but the left forearm with the proper facility1 are learned only after much practice4 ,some riflemen1 especially men who shoot from the left shoulder1 find it easier1 in rapid firing1 to drop the piece to the position of load after each shot4 ,while at first trial this method may seem easier1 it is believed that1 with practice1 the advantage of the former method will be apparent4 ,position and ,aiming ,drill1 ,kneeling #acgf4 ,these exercises will be repeated in the kneeling position by causing the squad to kneel by the commands prescribed in the ,drill ,regulations4 ,the exercises will be executed as prescribed for standing1 except that the command ,two in the position exercise1 the soldier will rest the left elbow on the left knee1 the point of the elbow in front of the kneecap4 ,the pasters for the kneeling exercise should be at #b-a_/b feet from the floor or ground4 ,remarks4 ,frequent rests will be given during practice in these exercises kneeling1 as the position1 if long continued1 becomes constrained and fatigues the soldier unnecessarily4 ,in raising the rifle to the mark in the second and third exercises1 the position of the left hand should not be changed1 but the left forearm should be brought toward the body and at the same time the body bent slightly to the rear4 ,when aiming kneeling there is1 from the nature of the position1 a tendency to press the butt of the rifle against the upper arm instead of against the hollow of the shoulder2 this will necessitate inclining the head considerably to the right to get the line of sight1 and by bringing the rifle so far to the rear will1 if the thumb is placed across the stock1 cause it to give by the recoil a blow upon the nose or mouth4 ,these difficulties may be avoided by advancing the right elbow well to the front1 at the same time raising it so that the arm is about parallel with the ground4 ,the hollow of the shoulder will then be the natural place for the rifle butt1 and the right thumb will be brought too far from the face to strike it in the recoil4 ,some riflemen prefer1 by bending the ankle1 to rest the instep flat on the ground1 the weight of the body coming more on the upper part of the heel2 this obviates any tendency of the right knee to slip2 or1 by resting the right side of the foot on the ground1 toe pointing to the front1 to bring the weight of the body on the left side of the foot4 ,these positions are authorized4 #acgg4 ,choice of ,position4 ,in firing kneeling1 the steadiness obtained depends greatly upon the position adopted4 ,the peculiarities of conformation of the individual soldier exert when firing kneeling a greater influence than when firing either standing1 sitting1 or prone2 the instructor should1 therefore1 carefully endeavor1 noticing the build of each soldier1 to place him in the position for which he is best adapted and which will exert the least tension or strain upon the muscles and nerves4 ,it should be remembered1 however1 that without the rest of the left elbow on the knee this position possesses no advantage of steadiness over the standing position4 #acgh4 ,kneeling ,position2 ,when ,taken4 ,the kneeling position can be taken more quickly than either the sitting or the prone position4 ,it is1 therefore1 the position naturally assumed when a soldier1 who is standing or advancing1 has to make a quick shot at a moving or disappearing object and desires more steadiness than can be obtained standing4 ,position and ,aiming ,drill1 ,sitting ,down #acgi4 ,in many cases the men1 while able to kneel and hold the piece moderately steady1 can obtain in a sitting position much better results4 ,all should1 therefore1 be instructed in aiming sitting down as well as kneeling4 ,to practice the soldier in the preceding exercises in a sitting position1 the squad being formed in a single rank1 with an interval of one pace between files1 the rifle should first be brought to ,order arms2 the instructor then commands3 ,sit down4 ,at this command make a half face to the right and1 assisted by the left hand on the ground1 sit down1 facing slightly to the right1 the left leg directed toward the front1 right leg inclined toward the right1 both heels1 but not necessarily the bottoms of the feet1 on the ground1 the right knee slightly higher than the left2 body erect and carried naturally from the hips2 at the same time drop the muzzle of the piece to the front1 and to the position of the first motion of load1 right hand upon the thigh1 just in front of the body1 the left hand slightly above1 but not resting upon1 the left leg4 ,the exercise will be executed as heretofore prescribed1 except that at the command ,two 7position exercise7 the soldier will rest the left elbow on the left knee1 the point of the elbow in front of the kneecap1 and the right elbow against the left or inside of the right knee1 at the same time inclining the body from the hips slightly forward4 ,for the aiming and trigger-squeeze exercises the pasters1 used as aiming points1 will be #b-a_/b feet from the floor or the ground4 ,to afford the men rest or on the completion of the kneeling or sitting down exercises the instructor will command ,rise1 when the men rise1 face to the front1 and resume the ,order arms4 ,remarks4 ,if the preceding position is carefully practiced1 steadiness is quickly attained4 ,the right leg should not be carried so far to the right as not to afford a good support or brace for the right elbow4 ,this position may be modified1 but1 in general1 not without impairing the steadiness of the man1 by crossing the legs at the ankle1 the outside of each foot resting upon the ground1 body more erect1 and the knees slightly more raised than in the previous position4 ,position and ,aiming ,drill1 ,prone #achj4 ,from the nature of the position it is not practicable to execute these exercises according to the method followed when standing or kneeling4 ,instruction will1 however1 always be given with reference to the position1 to the manner of assuming it1 and to aiming and squeezing the trigger4 ,for this purpose the squad being formed as specified above1 in the position and aiming drill1 sitting down 7the black plasters therein mentioned being about #ab inches from the ground71 the squad will be brought to ,order arms4 ,then 7the squad either standing or kneeling71 the instructor commands3 ,lie down1 which will be executed as prescribed in the ,drill ,regulations2 the legs may be spread apart and the toes turned out if found to give a steadier position4 ,after the squad has taken the position as prescribed above1 the legs should be inclined well to the left1 and either crossed or separated as the soldier prefers or as his particular conformation appears to render most desirable1 and the body at the same time inclined slightly to the right4 ,with care and practice the soldier may acquire an easy position which he is able to assume with great facility4 #acha4 ,being at ,ready1 the instructor then commands3 #a4 ,trigger squeeze4 #b4 ,,exercise4 ,at the latter command carry the left elbow to the front and slightly to the right1 the left hand under the barrel at the balance1 weight of the body mainly supported by the left elbow1 the right resting lightly on the floor or ground4 7,two47 ,slide the rifle with the right hand through the left hand to the front until the left hand is a little in front of the trigger guard2 at the same time raise the rifle with both hands and press it against the hollow of the shoulder4 7,three47 ,direct the rifle upon the mark and carry out the further details of aiming and squeezing the trigger as prescribed in the trigger-squeeze exercise4 ,then resume the position1 lying down4 ,as soon as the men have acquired with accuracy the details of the position1 they will be practiced1 without the numbers1 in aiming and squeezing the trigger at will2 after which the rapid-fire exercise in the prone position will be practiced1 the necessary skill and dexterity being acquired by degrees4 ,to afford the men rest1 or on completion of the exercise1 the instructor will command3 ,rise1 which is executed as prescribed in the ,drill ,regulations4 #achb4 ,remarks4 ,the preceding position for firing lying down possesses in a greater degree than any other position the merit of adaptability to the configuration of the ground2 it enables the soldier to deliver fire over low parapets or improvised shelters1 thus making the best use of cover4 ,the importance of training the soldier in firing from the other positions should not1 however1 be lost sight of1 since from the prone position it will frequently be impossible to see the objective4 ,back positions are not authorized4 ,in the prone position1 when aiming1 the left elbow should be well under the barrel1 the other elbow somewhat to the right1 but not so far as to induce any tendency to slip on the floor or ground4 ,the greater changes in elevation required in first directing the rifle on the object should be given by altering the position of the left hand under the barrel1 the slighter changes only by advancing or withdrawing the shoulder4 ,as the body does not yield to the recoil1 as when firing standing or kneeling1 the force of recoil1 if the rifle is not properly held1 may severely bruise the soldier4 ,it is one of the objects of this exercise to so teach him that this will be prevented by assuming a correct position4 ,care must be exercised that the butt is not brought against the collar bone4 ,by moving the shoulder slightly to the front or rear1 and by moving the right elbow from the body or toward it1 each soldier may determine the position in which the shoulder gives to the butt of the rifle the easiest rest4 ,this will probably be the one in which the force of the recoil will be least felt4 ,the soldier should persist in this exercise until he obtains a position in which he feels no constraint1 which will not subject him to bruises from recoil1 and from which the mark appears plainly through the sights4 ,having secured such a position1 he must not change it when firing1 as a variation in the points of support of the rifle1 the distance of the eye from the rear sight1 or the tension of the hold has a decided effect1 especially at the longer ranges1 upon the location of the point struck4 ,important4 ,the soldier should be encouraged to go through these exercises frequently at other than drill hours1 care being taken that1 in the aiming and trigger-squeeze exercises1 he always has some definite object for a mark4 ,deflection and ,elevation ,correction ,drills 7,sight-,setting ,drills7 #achc4 ,sight ,correction4 ,you may find when firing at a target that the first shot has missed the bull's-eye or figure4 ,now1 one of two things may be done in order to cause the second shot to hit the bull's-eye or figure3 7#a7 ,the point of aim may be changed1 or 7#b7 the sights may be moved and the same point as before aimed at4 ,in order to do accurate shooting it is necessary to have a well-defined mark at which to aim2 consequently1 except for very slight corrections1 the method of moving the sights1 involving changes in elevation and windage1 is the one to be used4 ,exercises4 ,in order to give the soldier practice in making corrections in elevation and deflection 7windage71--that is1 in sight-setting1--proceed as follows3 ,take an ,a target and rule it off with red vertical lines to represent range and black or blue horizontal lines to represent windage deviations1 as in ,fig4 #cc4 ,tell the men to set their sights 7either peep or open7 for #bjj yards1 no windage4 ,examine the sights 7assisted by the lieutenants1 noncommissioned officers and expert riflemen74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cc ,then say1 for example1 ,you have fired a shot at #bjj yards with your sights set as you now have them4 ,the shot was marked here 7pointing to ',p1' ,fig4 #cc74 ,change your sights so as to move the next shot into the bull's-eye1--considering that you take the same hold as you did the last time4 7,note4 ,in this case the sight should be lowered #ge yards and #b points of left windage should be taken47 ,repeat with different positions for ,p until the men all understand the method and the reasons4 ,do same for #cjj yards1 #ejj yards1 and #fjj yards4 ,see ,figs4 #cd1 #ce1 and #cf4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cd ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ce ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cf ,explain that in firing no change in sights should be made until the man is sure that his hold was good1 and then change without hesitancy4 ,the correct use of sights and their proper adjustment can thus be taught without firing a shot4 ,this exercise will save much time and work on the range4 ,elevation4 ,as previously explained1 raising the rear sight increases the range of the bullet and lowering it decreases the range4 ,the amount of change which a given amount of elevation will cause in the point struck varies with the range and with the rifle and with the ammunition used4 ,for example1 generally and approximately1 in order1 at a range of #ejj yards1 to change the point struck #a foot1 the rear sight must be changed #dh yards1 while to change the point struck #a foot at #ajjj yards it must be changed #ab yards4 ,that is to say1 if you fired a shot at #cjj yards1 and then with the same aim1 hold and other conditions as before1 you raised your rear sight #dh yards1 the next shot would strike the target #a foot above the first one1 and if you lowered the rear sight #dh yards1 the bullet would then strike the target #a foot below the first one4 ,if firing at #ajjj yards1 raising the rear sight #ab yards would cause the bullet to strike the target #a foot higher and lowering the rear sight #ab yards would cause it to strike #a foot lower4 ,the following table gives the approximate changes in the rear sight to move the point struck #a foot at ranges from #ajj to #ajjj yards3 ----------------------------------- ,correction in elevation ,range necessary to change the point struck #a foot ---------------------------------- #ajj #dae #bjj #ahe #cjj #aje #djj #gj #ejj #dh #fjj #ce #gjj #be #hjj #bj #ijj #ae #a1jjj #ab ---------------------------------- ,the score-books issued by the ,ordnance ,department contain elevation charts and all you have to do is to consult the chart of your score-book in order to get the amount of elevation necessary at any particular range in order to raise or lower your shots any desired distance4 #achd4 ,deflection 7windage74 ,corrections in the deflection 7side movement7 of the bullet are made by means of the windage screw that moves the movable base1 each division of the graduations on the rear end of the movable base being called a point of windage4 ,one point of windage moves the point struck #d inches for each #ajj yards of range4 ,that is to say1 at #ajj yards1 #a point of windage moves the point struck #d inches2 at #bjj yards1 #h inches 7#b x #d72 at #cjj yards1 #ab inches 7#c x #d71 etc4 ,consequently1 if at #ajj yards the wind were carrying your bullets #h inches to the side1 you would take two points of windage to get the bull's-eye1 and if the wind were carrying your bullets #bj inches to the side1 you would take #e points of windage1 irrespective of the rate at which the wind was blowing4 ,again1 if at #bjj yards the wind were carrying your bullets #h inches to the side1 you would take #a point of windage1 and if it were carrying your bullets #bj inches to the side1 you would take #b-a_/b points1 irrespective of the rate at which the wind was blowing4 ,in using the wind gauge remember windage is always taken in the direction from which the wind is coming 7into the wind7 and the bullet moves in the same direction that the rear sight moves1--that is1 if the wind is coming from the right1 you take right windage and the bullet will strike to the right4 ,likewise if you move the rear sight to the left 7take left windage71 the bullet will strike to the left4 ,,gallery ,,practice #ache4 ,object and importance4 ,after the soldier has been thoroughly instructed in sighting1 and in the position1 aiming1 deflection1 and elevation correction drills1 he is exercised in firing at short ranges 7#ej and #ge feet7 with the gallery practice rifle 74#bb caliber74 ,notwithstanding the value of the position and aiming drills1 it is impossible to keep up the soldier's interest if these exercises are unduly prolonged4 ,by gallery practice1 however1 the interest is easily maintained and further progress1 especially in teaching the trigger squeeze1 is made4 ,many of the external influences1 which on the range affect the firing1 being absent1 the soldier is not puzzled by results for which1 at this stage of his education1 he could not account were he advanced to firing with full charges4 ,furthermore1 as there is no recoil to induce nervousness or flinching1 the soldier soon finds that he can make good scores1 and this success is the surest stimulus to interest4 ,not only to the beginner is gallery practice of value2 to the good shot it is a means of keeping1 to a certain extent1 in practice1 and practice in shooting1 as much as in anything else1 is essential4 ,since it can be carried on throughout the year1 gallery practice is of much value in fixing in the men the habit of aimed fire1 than which nothing in his training is of more importance4 ,,range ,,practice #achf4 ,having completed the gallery practice course1 the soldier is then advanced to known-distance firing on the target range where he uses the service rifle1 with service ammunition4 ,this known-distance practice is divided into certain regular courses and special courses4 ,the regular courses and ,special ,course ,a are for troops of the ,regular ,army4 ,there is also a special course for the ,organized ,militia and ,volunteers and one for ,volunteer recruits4 ,all the various courses are described in detail in the ,small-,arms ,firing ,manual and anyone having occasion to use any of them should familiarize himself thoroughly therewith4 ,,other ,,instruction #achg4 ,use of sling4 ,after the soldier has been drilled in the proper standing1 kneeling1 sitting1 and prone positions in the foregoing exercises1 the use of the sling will be taught4 ,adjustments and their advantages will be taught with the idea of noninterference with quickness and freedom of action4 ,the trigger squeeze exercises will then be continued in the different positions1 using the sling4 #achh4 ,description and adjustment4 ,the sling is made up of four parts3 the long strap1 ,a1 forming the arm loop2 the short strap1 ,b2 and the two keepers1 ,c and ,d4 ,at one end of each of the straps there is a metal claw1 used for adjusting the straps4 ,at the other end of the short straps there is a metal loop through which the longer strap is passed1 thus connecting the two straps4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cg ,to adjust the sling for firing1 the claw of the short strap is disengaged and reengaged in the proper holes of the short strap1 such adjustment as may be necessary being also made in the long strap 7the arm loop74 #achi4 ,what the sling does4 ,it does two things3 7#a7 ,it steadies the rifle1 and 7#b7 helps to take up the recoil1--that is1 to reduce the kick4 ,its use4 ,there are a number of different methods of using the sling4 ,experiment with different ones until you find and decide upon the method best suited to you4 ,the sling should be used in all firing1--combat practice as well as at target practice4 ,always adjust the sling so that it will be tight4 ,have the arm loop no longer than is necessary to reach the middle of the small of the stock4 ,when on the arm1 have the lower end of the arm loop well up near the arm pit1 with the keeper well pressed down so as to hold the loop fast4 ,note the proper adjustments of the sling for the different firing positions1--that is1 standing1 sitting1 kneeling1 and prone1 and mark the adjustments on the inside of the arm loop1 ,st 7standing71 ,si 7,sitting71 ,k 7kneeling71 and ,p 7prone74 ,it is sometimes advisable to sew a piece of rope to your shirt sleeve to keep the sling from slipping down4 #acij4 ,to put on the sling4 #a4 ,put your left hand in the loop1 twisting the sling to the left1 ,a1 ,fig4 #ch1 and holding the rifle with the right hand as shown in the figure4 ,twisting the sling to the left causes a flat surface instead of the cutting edge of the sling to rest against the wrist4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ch #b4 ,extend the arm on through the loop1 7,fig4 #ci71 bringing the loop well up near the pit of the arm1 grasping the piece with the left hand1 and pressing down keeper1 ,a4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ci #c4 ,place left hand between the sling and piece1 7,fig4 #dj71 the hand being pressed well forward toward the upper sling swivel1 ,a4 ,notice how the back of the hand is resting against the flat of the sling4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dj #d4 ,come to the position of aim1 ,fig4 #da4 ,pressure is applied to the sling by pressing forward the left hand1 and holding the rifle to the shoulder with the right hand4 ,remember that whatever pressure you apply must be the same for each shot4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #da ,right side view ,notice 7,figs4 #da and #db7 how well forward the left hand is1 and how the flat of the sling is resting against the wrist and back of hand4 ,see how the short strap1 ,c1 7,fig4 #da71 of the sling is correctly loose4 ,the thumb should be held along the stock as shown 7,a7 in ,fig4 #db4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #db ,left side view #acia4 ,designation of winds4 ,winds are designated as #ab o'clock1 #a o'clock1 #b o'clock1 etc41 winds1 depending on the direction from which they come4 ,imagine the firing point to be in the middle of the face of a clock and the target to be at #ab o'clock2 #c o'clock will be on your right1 #i o'clock on your left1 #f o'clock in your rear and #ab in your front4 ,a wind blowing from your right to your left is called a #c o'clock wind2 one blowing from your rear is called a #f o'clock wind2 one from your front1 #ab o'clock wind1 etc4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dc ,the score-books issued by the ,ordnance ,department have windage charts that have been carefully worked out and all you have to do is this3 ,estimate the force of the wind in miles per hour1 and determine the direction from which it comes 7whether a #i o'clock wind1 a #b o'clock wind1 etc474 ,then look at the windage chart and see just how much windage you must take4 ,the simplest and best rule for the beginner is for him to make his estimate and then ask an experienced shot what windage to use1 checking this up with what he found on the windage chart4 ,in this way he soon learns to estimate for himself4 ,practice estimating the wind4 ,ask a man who has been making #e's and #d's what windage he used and check up with your own estimate4 ,you can find out the direction of the wind by watching smoke1 grass or the limbs of trees4 ,throw up some small straws and watch which way they are blown1 or wet your finger and hold it up4 ,the wind cools the side it strikes4 ,a #ab o'clock wind slows up the bullet and a #f o'clock wind helps it along1--so1 in the first case you would need more elevation and in the second less elevation4 #acib4 ,the zero of a rifle4 ,the twist of the bullet given by the rifling of the barrel causes the bullet to move to right1 which movement1 called the drift1 is compensated by having the slot in the rear sight for the drift slide1 slope to the left4 ,however1 in some rifles the compensation is too great and in others it is not enough4 ,that reading of the wind gauge necessary to overcome the drift of a rifle at a particular range is called the zero of that rifle for that range1 and all allowances for wind should be calculated from this reading4 ,the zero of a rifle is found by shooting it on a perfectly calm day4 #acic4 ,estimating distance4 ,ability to estimate distances correctly is an important part of a soldier's education4 ,while it is true that fire on the battlefield will usually be by groups and the ranges will be given by officers1 the battlefield is reached only after a long series of experiences in scouting1 patrolling1 and outpost duty1 in which the soldier is frequently placed in positions where it is necessary that he shall determine for himself the range to be used in order that his fire may be effective4 ,there are different methods of estimating the range 7for example1 by sound1 trial shots1 range-finding instruments1 etc471 but the only ones that the average soldier need know are those of estimating distance by the eye and by trial shots4 ,to estimate distance by the eye with accuracy1 it is necessary to be familiar with the appearance1 as to length1 of a unit of measure which can be compared mentally with the distance which is to be estimated4 ,the most convenient unit of length is #ajj yards4 ,to impress upon the soldier the extent of a stretch of #ajj yards two posts #ajj yards apart1 with short stakes between to mark each #be yards1 should be placed near the barracks1 or on the drill ground1 and the soldier required to pace off the marked distance several times1 counting his steps4 ,he will thus learn how many of his steps make #ajj yards and will become familiar with the appearance of the whole distance and of its fractional parts4 ,next a distance of more than #ajj yards will be shown him and he will be required to compare this distance with the #ajj-yard unit and to estimate it4 ,having made his estimate1 he will be required to verify its accuracy by pacing the distance4 ,a few minutes each day should be spent in this practice1 the soldier often being required to make his estimate by raising his rear-sight leaf and showing it to the instructor4 ,after the first drills the soldier should be required to pace the distance only when the estimate is unusually inaccurate4 ,the soldier should be taught that1 in judging the distance from the enemy1 his estimate may be corrected by a careful observation of the clearness with which details of dress1 the movements of limbs or of the files in a line may be seen4 ,in order to derive the benefit of this method1 the soldier will be required to observe closely all the details noted above in single men or squads of men posted at varying distances1 which will be measured and announced4 ,although the standing and kneeling silhouettes used in field practice afford good objects upon which to estimate distances1 the instructor should make frequent use of living figures and natural objects1 as this is the class of targets from which the soldier will be compelled to estimate his range in active service4 #acid4 ,methods of estimating long distances by the eye4 ,the following methods are found useful3 7a7 ,the soldier may decide that the object cannot be more than a certain distance away nor less than a certain distance2 his estimates must be kept within the closest possible limits and the mean of the two taken as the range4 7b7 ,the soldier selects a point which he considers the middle point of the whole distance1 estimates this half distance and doubles it1 or he similarly divides the distance into a certain number of lengths which are familiar to him4 7c7 ,the soldier estimates the distance along a parallel line1 as a road on one side1 having on it well-defined objects4 7d7 ,the soldier takes the mean of several estimates made by different persons4 ,this method is not applicable to instruction4 #acie4 ,determination of distance by trial shots or volleys4 ,if the ground is so dry or dusty that the fall of the bullets is visible to the naked eye or through a field glass1 distance may be determined by using a number of trial shots or volleys4 ,in the case of individual trial shots1 the soldier sets his sight at the estimated range1 watching to see where the bullet strikes1--or some other man1 with or without field glasses1 may watch to see where it strikes4 ,if the bullet strikes beyond the target1 the estimated sight setting is decreased2 if it falls short1 the sight setting is increased4 ,in case of volleys1 the sights are set at the estimated range and a volley is fired4 ,if it appears to strike a little short of the mark1 an increase in elevation of #ajj yards is used for the next volley4 ,when we have the target inclosed between two volleys1 we take the mean of the estimated ranges for the correct range4 ,for example1 if the first estimated range were #ajjj and the second #aajj1 the correct range would be #ajej4 #acif4 ,appearance of objects3 ,how modified by varying conditions of light2 difference of level1 etc4 ,during instruction the men should be taught the effect of varying conditions of light and terrain upon the apparent distance of an object4 ,objects seem nearer-- 7a7 ,when the object is in a bright light4 7b7 ,when the color of the object contrasts sharply with the color of the background4 7c7 ,when looking over water1 snow1 or a uniform surface like a wheat field4 7d7 ,when looking from a height downward4 7e7 ,in the clear atmosphere of high altitudes4 ,objects seem more distant-- 7a7 ,when looking over a depression in the ground4 7b7 ,when there is a poor light or a fog4 7c7 ,when only a small part of the object can be seen4 7d7 ,when looking from low ground upward toward higher ground4 #acig4 ,effect of heat and cold4 ,heat causes shots to strike high1 and cold causes them to strike low4 ,therefore1 if you shot on a warm day and made #e's1 and recorded temperature and other conditions in your score-book1 you would know on looking at your score sheets that you should raise your elevation1 if you were firing on a cold day4 #acih4 ,effect of moisture4 ,dampness causes shots to strike high and dryness causes them to strike low4 ,therefore1 on damp days take lower elevations than on dry days4 #acii4 ,effect of light4 ,light affects the aiming without the beginner knowing it4 ,it does not1 however1 affect the travel of the bullet4 ,a dark target causes a tendency to aim farther below the bull's-eye than if the target were bright4 ,therefore1 use higher elevations with dark targets4 ,as it gets darker1 higher elevations should be used4 ,if you always aim carefully and correctly the light will have little effect on your aiming1--that is1 if your eyesight is good4 ,if you are shooting in a dull light and a bright sun comes out1 say on your right1 there is a tendency to move the front sight to the opposite 7left7 side of the rear sight notch1 since the near 7right7 edge is shaded and obscured somewhat4 ,therefore #a_/d to #a_/b windage into the sun 7right in this case7 should be taken to overcome this4 ,in using battle sight1 hold higher for a bright light4 ,we also raise our sights if a strong sun comes out4 ,therefore1 we have this rule3 ,move your rear sight into the sun1 just as you do for a wind1--and raise your elevation4 #adjj4 ,mirage gives a wavering appearance to the target4 ,it is heated air that is moving4 ,it is sometimes called heat waves4 ,with the wind between #b and #ad miles an hour on clear1 hot days the waves can be seen moving across the target4 ,when there is no wind or a light six o'clock wind1 the waves go straight up1 or boil4 ,never fire when the mirage is boiling1--wait for it to move from one side to the other and then take windage to correct for it4 #adja4 ,summary of temperature1 light and moisture effects3 ,raise elevation for-- ,dull target ,shooting in the sun ,hot gun ,dirty gun ,cold day ,bright or shining sight ,cloudy day #ab o'clock wind ,lower elevation for-- ,bright target ,target in sun ,cold gun ,clean gun ,hot day ,moist day ,full sights #f o'clock wind #adjb4 ,firing with bayonet fixed4 ,in firing with bayonet fixed usually a lower point on the target will be struck1 corresponding to a reduction of about #ej yards in the range4 #adjc4 ,care of rifle4 ,since the accuracy of a soldier's rifle has a most important bearing on his shooting1 and since the proper care of a rifle affects its accuracy1 the care of the rifle is an important subject in which every soldier should be thoroughly instructed4 ,the subject is fully covered in the preceding chapter4 7,chapter ,,xv1 ,part ,i74 ,,collective ,,instruction 7,combat practice7 #adjd4 ,general scheme4 ,while individual instruction is most important1 it is not everything4 ,the maximum effect of fire in battle is obtained when a command1 as a whole1 is a pliable1 manageable1 effective instrument in the hands of a commander who can use it intelligently and efficiently4 ,therefore1 the two objects to be obtained are3 #a4 ,to make the command a pliable1 manageable1 effective instrument in the hands of its commander4 #b4 ,to train and instruct the commander so that he will know how to use this instrument in an intelligent and efficient manner4 #adje4 ,to make the fire unit a pliable1 manageable1 efficient instrument4 ,in order that a unit may be a pliable1 manageable1 efficient instrument in the hands of its commander1 he must be able to control the unit absolutely1--that is to say1 not only must the individuals composing the unit be so trained that they will respond at once1 even in the din and confusion of battle1 to the will of the commander1 as expressed by his orders1 but they must also be so instructed and disciplined that they can1 as individual parts of the unit1 perform their functions efficiently4 ,this is accomplished by fire discipline4 #adjf4 ,fire discipline4 ,by fire discipline is meant a habit of obedience1 a control of the rifle1 and a display of intelligence1 all the result of training1 which will enable the soldier in action to make hits instead of misses4 ,it embraces taking advantage of the ground2 care in setting the sight and delivery of fire1 including proper fire distribution2 constant attention to the orders of the leaders and careful observation of the enemy2 an increase of fire when the target is favorable1 and a cessation of fire when the enemy disappears2 economy of ammunition4 #adjg4 ,to train and instruct the commander to use the unit with intelligence and efficiency4 ,in order to handle the unit with intelligence and efficiency1 utilizing to the greatest extent possible the power of all the rifles under his command1 not only must the commander be able to control the unit1 having it respond at once to his every command1 but he must also know tactics1 and be thoroughly familiar with the technical principles of infantry fire4 #adjh4 ,combat exercises4 ,a combat exercise consists of the application of tactical principles to certain assumed battle situation1 in the execution of which are employed the appropriate formations and movements of close and extended order drill1 and in which1 as a rule1 ball cartridges are used in firing at the targets4 ,by means of combat exercises1 the unit commanders are trained and instructed in applying tactical principles1 in controlling and directing the fire of their units and the men are trained and instructed in fire discipline4 ,the tactical principles applicable to combat exercises are covered in the ,infantry ,drill ,regulations1 under the headings of ,fire and ,combat4 #adji4 ,technical principles of firing4 ,the technical principles of firing are given in detail in the ,small-,arms ,firing ,manual1 a summary of which is given below under the headings of1 ,the ,effect of ,fire1 ,the ,influence of the ,ground1 and ,the ,adjustment of ,fire4 ,the ,effect of ,fire #adaj4 ,ballistic qualities of the rifle4 ,the accuracy of a rifle1 the flatness of its trajectory1 and its disabling power1--that is1 the power it has to disable the enemy1--are called its ballistic qualities4 ,the accuracy of the ,u4 ,s4 ,springfield rifle1 caliber 4#cj1 model of #aijc1 is very high1--probably superior to that of any other military rifle4 ,the flatness of trajectory is dependent upon the muzzle velocity1 and1 to some extent1 upon the form of the bullet4 ,our bullet is pointed and the muzzle velocity is #bgjj feet per second1 which is a very high muzzle velocity4 ,two rifles of different type may be equally accurate1 but the accuracy of the one having the flatter trajectory will1 naturally1 be less affected by slight errors in sight setting4 ,again1 another advantage of the rifle with the flatter trajectory is that it holds more ground under its fire4 ,for example1 take our service rifle3 ,at a range of #ejj yards1 the bullet1 at the highest point in its trajectory or line of flight1 is #b feet above the line of sight4 ,it is1 therefore1 apparent that if the bottom of an object #b feet or greater1 is aimed at1 it would be struck if it were anywhere under #ejj yards4 ,now1 take a rifle with a very curved trajectory1 say one whose bullet1 at the highest point of the trajectory corresponding to a range of #ejj yards1 is #aj feet above the line of sight4 ,there will be a large extent of ground between the target and the rifle that is not danger space for a target #b feet above the line of sight4 ,hence1 we see that the rifle with the flatter trajectory is better4 ,the continuous danger space afforded by the flat trajectory of our service rifle enables us to adopt a universal sight for all ranges up to #ejj yards1--that is1 the battle sight1 which is the rear sight ready for use when the sight leaf is laid down4 #adaa4 ,cone of fire or cone of dispersion4 ,if a body of soldiers fire at the same target the bullets will not1 of course1 follow the same path1 but will be scattered4 ,this is due to differences in sights1 parts of the rifle1 ammunition1 and to a greater extent1 to the individual errors of the soldiers in aiming and firing4 ,the trajectories or paths of the bullets considered together form a horn-shaped figure or cone1 called the ,cone of fire or cone of dispersion4 7,see ,fig4 #dd47 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dd #adab4 ,shot group and center of impact4 ,if the cone of fire be intercepted by a target 7for example1 ,a ,o1 ,fig4 #dd7 at right angles to the axis of the cone1 the shot holes will make a pattern or group called the shot group1 the holes being the thickest approximately in the center of the group1 called the center of impact4 ,from this point in all directions the density of the grouping decreases progressively1--at first gradually1 then more rapidly1 out to the limits of the group4 ,naturally1 the size of the cone of fire and of the shot group vary with the skill of those firing1 good shots making a small cone and small group1 and poor shots a large cone and large group4 #adac4 ,beaten zone4 ,the intersection of the cone of dispersion with the surface of the ground is called the beaten zone4 ,if the surface of the ground is horizontal1 the form of the beaten zone is that of an ellipse with its longer axis in the direction of the line of fire1 as shown in ,fig4 #de4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #de ,in view of the fact that at the long ranges the angle of fall of the bullets is much greater than at short ranges1 it follows that at short ranges the elliptical figure 7beaten zone7 is much more elongated than at long ranges4 ,in other words1 the longer the range1 the shorter is the depth of the beaten zone4 ,this is shown in ,fig4 #de4 #adad4 ,uncertainty and ineffectiveness of long-range fire4 ,it follows from what has been said1 that as the range increases the length of the beaten zone decreases1--that is1 a less depth of ground is held under fire4 ,that being the case1 if an error is made in sight setting due1 for example1 to an incorrect estimate of the range1 the proportionate loss of fire effect due to misplacement of the center of impact will be greater as the beaten zone is less1--that is1 as the range is greater4 ,furthermore1 the difficulty of exact range determination increases with the distance1 the two influences combining to make long-range fire uncertain and usually ineffective4 #adae4 ,zone of effective fire4 ,that portion of the ground which contains the best #ge per cent of the shots in the beaten zone1 is called the zone of effective fire4 ,effectiveness of ,fire #adaf4 ,factors involved4 ,the effectiveness of fire depends upon these three factors3 7#a7 ,the percentage of hits made2 7#b7 ,the number of targets hit2 7#c7 ,the time of execution4 ,that is to say1 the effectiveness of fire is determined by the number of enemies disabled or targets hit in a given time4 #adag4 ,percentage of hits4 ,by the percentage of hits is meant the proportion of all the bullets fired that hit the targets4 ,for example1 if #ajjj bullets are fired and #gej hit the targets1 then the percentage of hits is #ge4 ,the percentage of hits depends upon the dispersion1 and this is influenced by the precision of the arm1 the range1 the visibility of the target1 the atmospheric conditions1 the training and instruction of the troops1 and upon their physical and moral state at the time4 ,in addition1 the percentage of hits also depends upon the character of the ground as favoring ricochet hits1 upon the correct estimation of the range and the proper designation of the target4 #adah4 ,number of targets hit4 ,the number of targets hit1--that is1 the distribution of fire1--may be affected by varying degrees of visibility1 as men instinctively choose the more conspicuous marks as aiming points4 ,under any circumstances1 a poor distribution of the hits made will be due to an absence of proper instructions from the leaders2 or1 in other words1 to poor control1 or else to a want of understanding or lack of obedience on the part of the men4 #adai4 ,time of execution4 ,the time of execution is important in that the gaining of fire superiority is dependent less upon obtaining high percentages of hits than upon making an absolutely large number of hits in a unit of time4 ,there is necessarily a limit to the rapidity of fire which1 if exceeded1 will result in some loss of accuracy4 ,with targets of a fair degree of visibility1 the following may be taken as standard rates of fire for troops who have been given suitable training in target practice3 #bjj yards #cjj yards #aj shots per minute4 #djj yards #ejj yards #fjj yards #g4e shots per minute4 #gjj yards #hjj yards #ijj yards #e shots per minute4 #a1jjj yards ,greater ranges1 #c shots per minute4 ,the rates given should not exclude higher rates of fire in the case of large and conspicuous targets4 ,on the other hand1 when objectives1 or marks used as aiming points1 are very indistinct1 the requirement of correct aiming imposes rates of fire somewhat lower than the standard rates given even for well-instructed men4 ,with imperfectly trained men who have not fully acquired the habit of using aimed fire only1 and who are lacking in the manual dexterity required for executing the standard rates of fire1 the maximum rate can not well exceed six shots per minute without incurring the danger of lapsing into unaimed fire4 ,fatigue and exhaustion1 the results of marches or prolonged firing1 have a detrimental influence and tend to lower the rates of effective fire4 ,influence of ,ground #adbj4 ,defilade4 ,if we will consider a bullet just grazing the top of an impenetrable obstacle 7like ,a1 ,fig4 #df71 the space from the top of such obstacle to where the bullet strikes the ground 7space ,b ,e1 ,fig4 #df7 will be protected from fire4 ,such space is called1 defiladed space4 ,its extent will1 of course1 depend on the height of the obstacle1 the curvature of the trajectory and the slope of the ground in rear of the obstacles4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #df ,between ,b and ,d1 a soldier standing would be completely protected2 between ,d and ,e1 he would be only partially protected4 ,to obtain complete protection between ,d and ,e the soldier would have to assume the kneeling or prone position1 depending on how far away from ,d he was4 ,by cover is meant effective defilade from the enemy's fire4 ,by concealment is meant screening from view but not necessarily protection from fire4 #adba4 ,rising and falling ground4 ,the influence of the ground upon the effect of fire is at once seen by studying ,fig4 #dd4 ,if the ground rises1 as shown by ,b ,o and ,a ,o1 the depth of the beaten zone 7and consequently the effect of fire7 decreases4 ,on the other hand1 if the ground falls 7up to a certain point71 the depth of the beaten zone 7and consequently the effect of fire7 increases4 #adbb4 ,depth of beaten zone affects only targets having depth4 ,it should be remembered that depth of beaten zone can affect only targets which have depth4 ,on a target in the form of a line1--a line of skirmishers1 for example1--the depth of the beaten zone has no effect one way or the other4 ,if such a target1 however1 is backed up by supports and reserves1 the depth of the beaten zone may have a decided effect on them1 depending upon their distance in rear of the line forming the target and the slope of the ground in rear of such target4 ,in this connection1 attention is invited to ,fig4 #dg1 which shows how in the case of a fire delivered from a height at a target on a horizontal plane beneath1 the beaten zone is shortened and consequently the fire effect decreased4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dg ,an example of increasing the depth of beaten zone is seen in ,fig4 #dh1 which shows a fire delivered from low ground at a target on the edge of a plateau or crest of a ridge from which the ground slopes to the rear4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dh #adbc4 ,grazing fire4 ,shots which pass over a crest with an angle of fall conforming1 or nearly conforming1 to the slope of the ground beyond the edge of the crest 7as shown in ,fig4 #dh71 are called grazing shots and fire so delivered is called grazing fire4 #adbd4 ,diminution or increase in fire effect due to rising and falling ground4 ,in connection with the diminution or increase in fire effect due to rising and falling ground1 attention is invited to the following3 #a4 ,if the ground slopes upward to the rear from a firing line1 the supports may be placed closer without increasing the danger from fire aimed at the firing line4 #b4 ,when the ground slopes down and to the rear from the firing line forming the target1 the supports must be posted at a greater distance in rear1 unless the slope is so much greater than the angle of fall of the hostile bullets that a defiladed space is created in which no bullets strike1 in which case the supports may be brought up close to the crest4 #c4 ,on ground rising with respect to the line of sight1 column targets 7i4 e41 having depth7 will suffer greater losses than lineal targets4 #d4 ,on ground falling with respect to the line of sight1 the reverse slope of hills or the level grounds of plateaus1 line targets will suffer the greater losses4 #adbe4 ,ricochet shots4 ,when a bullet strikes any surface and is deflected it is called a ricochet shot4 ,not only do bullets that ricochet usually tumble after striking1 but they are also mutilated1 so that wounds inflicted by ricochet hits are usually severe4 ,the most favorable ground for ricochets is a smooth1 hard1 horizontal surface1 the aim being low1 the chance of ricochets in sand is very slight4 #adbf4 ,occupation of ground4 ,the question of the occupation of ground presents these two aspects3 #a4 ,what firing positions may be chosen which will tend to increase the losses of the enemy8 #b4 ,what positions may be chosen and formations adopted to minimize our own losses8 ,the selection of a defensive position presents this question3 ,shall it be near the crest or well down the slope8 ,a position well down the slope ,advantages3 #a4 ,the depth of the beaten zone for fire delivered from the position is increased and the upper portion of the cone of fire will include the supports and reserves advancing to reenforce the hostile firing line4 ,that is to say1 the fire will be a grazing fire4 #b4 ,it eliminates dead spaces that might otherwise exist at the bottom of the slope4 #c4 ,the hostile fire being directed against a point well down the slope1 the high ground in rear will interpose as a defilade and intercept the upper portion of the cone of fire which might otherwise take effect on the supports and reserves behind the crest4 ,disadvantages3 #a4 ,it makes withdrawal difficult in case it becomes necessary to fall back4 #b4 ,it is difficult to reenforce the firing line4 ,a position near the crest ,advantages3 #a4 ,it favors observation of the enemy4 #b4 ,it makes withdrawal easy in case it becomes necessary to fall back4 #c4 ,it is easy to reenforce the firing line by the supports advancing from behind the crest4 ,disadvantages3 #a4 ,the depth of the beaten zone is decreased and consequently the cone of fire will probably not include the supports and reserves advancing to reenforce the hostile firing fire4 ,in other words1 the fire will be a plunging fire4 #b4 ,it is likely to result in dead spaces at the bottom of the slope4 #c4 ,it affords a good target for the hostile artillery4 ,whether or not a position near the crest or a position down the slope should be chosen1 depends1 in each case1 upon circumstances4 ,for instance in a rear guard action1 where a determined stand is not contemplated1 a position near the crest would be occupied4 ,on the other hand1 if a determined stand were contemplated1 the terrain offered good opportunity for the delivery of an effective grazing fire1 and we had reason to believe that we were going to be subjected to heavy artillery fire1 a position at the foot of the slope would be selected4 ,however1 it may be said that1 in general1 a defensive position should be near the bottom of the slope4 #adbg4 ,gentle reverse slopes4 ,from the point of view of avoiding losses1 all gentle reverse slopes are dangerous and are to be avoided when possible4 ,when necessary to traverse or to occupy such ground1 precautions must be taken to protect the reserves or other bodies of troops by placing them on the flanks2 by disposing them in formations with a narrow front2 by causing them to lie down2 by the construction of suitable shelter1 and by avoiding useless movements4 ,adjustment of ,fire #adbh4 ,fire at stationary targets4 ,the correct adjustment of fire is attained by causing the center of impact to fall on the center of the target4 ,this is the problem constantly presented in combat firing4 ,the two important elements entering into this problem are1 7#a7 the commander and 7#b7 the troops4 ,when a body of troops has aimed correctly at the target indicated1 with the elevation ordered and has fired with steadiness1 it has done all that can be expected of it1 but that is not sufficient2 for1 if the commander1 by giving the wrong sight-setting1 for example1 has failed to cause the center of impact to fall on the center1 of the target1 the result may be nothing4 ,hence the vital importance of knowing and announcing the correct range4 ,it is known that good shots make a small group and poor shots a large group1 average shots making a group of intermediate size4 ,it is frequently stated that troops composed of good shots are not so effective in collective firing as poorer shots4 ,how is this possible8 ,the explanation is simple4 ,the shot group of the good shots is small and if misplaced by an error in range estimation few hits result while the shot group of poorer shots1 being larger1 is not so much affected by the same error in range estimation1 will cover the ground1 and probably hit more figures4 ,this1 of course1 is only true when a considerable error has been made in estimating the range4 ,as battle targets are mostly line targets1 a displacement to the right or left does not amount to much1 but an error in depth 7range71 as stated before1 is serious4 ,thus we1 see that the correct determination of the range is very important4 #adbi4 ,determination of range4 ,the range may be determined1 with only a small error1 by a range finder4 ,there are several other methods1 as1 for instance1 by trial shots1--the dust thrown up by the bullet showing whether the range is too short or too great1--by sound1 by the appearance of objects1 etc41 but except in deliberately prepared defensive positions1 estimating by eye will be the most practicable method of estimating the range4 ,for all practical purposes a very satisfactory result will be obtained by taking the average estimates of several trained men4 ,in observing the effect of the fire the ground may be wet1 or covered with turf1 sod or brush in which no signs of striking shots can be seen4 ,by careful use of good field glasses some indication of the place where the shots are going1 may be obtained4 ,the actions of the enemy may often indicate whether the fire is effective or not4 #adcj4 ,combined sights4 ,all other means failing1 combined sights may be resorted to4 ,by this is meant firing part of the troops with sights set at one range and part with a range greater or less by #ajj yards or more4 ,this increases the beaten zone and will generally assure a certain amount of fire effect4 ,this method is seldom used under #ejj yards4 #adca4 ,auxiliary aiming points4 ,it frequently happens that the target is so well concealed that it is invisible4 ,in this case some well defined object in front or behind it must be used as an aiming target1 and the range given so that the beaten zone will include the actual target at its center4 #adcb4 ,fire at moving targets4 ,in firing at a moving enemy1 a beaten zone must be established immediately in front1 his forward movement into this zone completing the adjustment of fire4 ,due to the chance of overestimating the range1 a sight-setting must be taken well under the estimated range 7usually about #bjj yards against advancing infantry74 ,when the fire becomes effective1 as may be judged by the actions and movements of the enemy1 the rate of fire should be quickened in order to increase the effect of the fire4 ,frequent changes of sight not only cause a loss of time1 but they also multiply chances of error in sight-setting4 ,changes in sight-setting against advancing infantry should not be less than #bjj yards at a time1 that is to say1 when the enemy has passed through the zone of effective fire1 the sight should be lowered #bjj yards and the operation repeated until the battle-sight zone is reached1 when the rear-sight leaf is thrown down and no other sight manipulation is made4 ,against skirmish lines advancing by rushes1 the sight-setting should not be changed during a rush1 but it should be done at the halts1 so that the greater vulnerability of the targets presented during the rush may be taken advantage of4 ,against retreating infantry1 use the estimated range1 and when the target appears to have passed beyond the zone of effective fire1 add #bjj yards to the sight-setting4 ,against attacking cavalry1 due to the rapidity of the advance1 there will not usually be time for sight manipulation other than throwing down the rear-sight leaf1 so that the battle should be resorted to at all ranges4 ,in firing at a target moving across the line of fire it is desirable1 on account of the confusion caused thereby1 to hit the head of the column4 ,it is necessary1 therefore1 to hold to the front a distance sufficient to allow for the time of flight and the rate of march4 ,this will be accomplished by the observance of the following rough rules3 #a4 ,against infantry1 hold against the head of the marching column2 #b4 ,against cavalry at a trot1 hold to the front #a yard for every #ajj yards of range2 and at a gallop1 #b yards for every #ajj yards of range4 #adcc4 ,night firing4 ,in night firing it is almost impossible to adjust the fire by ordinary means4 ,in night attacks the purpose of the offensive is to gain rapidly and quietly a position where the issue may be decided in a hand to hand encounter1 or a position from which the superiority of fire may be gained at daylight4 ,for the offensive1 therefore1 fire action is a subordinate consideration4 ,on the defensive1 when a night attack is apprehended1 preparations should be made to sweep with fire the ground immediately in front over which the assailant must advance4 ,special arrangements may sometimes be made for resting rifles on the parapet1 so that the ground in front will be suitably covered4 ,a solid support is necessary for maintaining the proper direction of the pieces during firing4 ,for this purpose notched boards or timbers are convenient4 ,the arrangements should be such that the operations of loading and firing may be performed without removing the rifles from the support4 ,searchlight illumination may reveal the position and movements of the enemy sufficiently well to permit the use of the sights4 ,in night operations of small parties fire may be well directed when a bright1 well-defined light1 such as a camp fire1 is presented as an aiming point4 ,in such a case a slight illumination of the front sight is required4 ,fire ,direction and ,control #adcd4 ,general4 ,as stated before in substance1 the maximum effect of fire can be gotten only by instructed and disciplined troops under a commander capable of directing and controlling their fire properly4 ,the fire of a company may be likened to spraying water from a hose1 and as the fireman can shift his stream of water from one point to the other with certainty1 being able to direct and control it with promptness and accuracy1 so should the company commander be able to switch the cone of fire of his company from one target to another1 having it at all times under direction and control4 ,in other words1 as the pliable1 manageable hose responds to the will of the fireman1 so should the company be so trained and instructed that it will respond to the will of the company commander on the firing line1 in the midst of the noise and confusion of battle4 ,no one except a man who has been in battle can realize how great are the noise and confusion1 and how necessary and important are cooeperation1 team-work1 discipline1 and communication1 in order for a company commander to control and direct the fire of the company--there must be absolute cooeperation1 team-work1 and communication between all parts of the company--between the captain and the platoon leaders1 the platoon leaders and the squad leaders1 and the squad leaders and the members of their squads4 ,each and every man must know and do his part and endeavor all he can to keep in touch with and help the others4 ,now1 the foundation of team-work and cooeperation1 is communication--communication between the company commander and the men on the firing line--the means by which1 the medium through which he will make known his will to the men on the firing line4 ,as stated before1 because of the noise and confusion on the firing line this is no easy matter4 ,the ideal way would be for the company commander to control the company by communicating direct with every man on the firing line1 as graphically shown on the following page3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #di ,however1 in the noise and confusion of battle it would be utterly impossible for all the men to hear the captain's voice4 ,experience shows that from #bj to #ce rifles are as many as one leader can control4 ,the captain1 must1 therefore1 control the company through the platoon commanders--that is to say1 he actually directs the fire and the platoon commanders1 assisted by the squad leaders1 actually control it4 ,in other words1 the captain communicates with the men on the firing line1 he makes his will known to them1 through his platoon commanders1 as graphically shown in this diagram3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ej ,however1 in order for our system of communication to be successful1 each and every man1 as stated above1 must know and do his part and endeavor all he can to help the others4 ,if this is done1 then the different parts and elements of the company will dove-tail and fit into one another1 resulting in a complete1 homogeneous whole1 in the form of an efficient1 pliable1 manageable instrument in the hands of the company commander4 ,and this is the object1 the result1 sought by practice and instruction in field firing1 and which will be obtained if the captain1 the platoon leaders1 the squad leaders1 the file closers1 the musicians1 and the privates1 will perform the following duties and functions3 #adce4 ,the ,captain4 7,fire direction47 ,the captain directs the fire of the company or of designated platoons4 ,he designates the target1 and1 when practicable1 allots a part of the target to each platoon4 ,before beginning the fire action he determines the range1 announces the sight setting1 and indicates the class of fire to be employed1 and the time to open fire4 ,thereafter1 he observes the fire effect1 corrects material errors in sight setting1 prevents exhaustion of the ammunition supply1 and causes the distribution of such extra ammunition as may be received from the rear4 7,i4 ,d4 ,r4 #bdi47 ,having indicated clearly what he desires the platoon leaders to do1 the captain avoids interfering1 except to correct serious errors or omissions4 7,i4 ,d4 ,r4 #bdj47 #adcf4 ,the ,platoon ,leaders4 7,fire direction47 ,in combat the platoon is the fire unit4 7,i4 ,d4 ,r4 #bej47 ,each platoon leader puts into execution the commands or directions of the captain1 having first taken such precautions to insure correct sight setting and clear description of the target or aiming point as the situation permits or requires2 thereafter1 he gives such additional commands or directions as are necessary to exact compliance with the captain's will4 ,he corrects the sight setting when necessary4 ,he designates an aiming point when the target cannot be seen with the naked eye4 ,in general1 platoon leaders observe the target and the effect of their fire and are on the alert for the captain's commands or signals2 they observe and regulate the rate of fire4 7,i4 ,d4 ,r4 #beb47 #adcg4 ,the ,guides watch the firing line and check every breach of fire discipline4 #adch4 ,the ,squad ,leaders transmit commands and signals when necessary1 observe the conduct of their squads and abate excitement1 assist in enforcing fire discipline and participate in the firing4 ,every squad leader should place himself just a little in advance of the rest of his squad and by occasionally glancing to the right and left1 observe how the men of their squads are doing--whether they are firing at the proper objective1 if the sights are apparently properly adjusted1 if they are firing too rapidly1 etc4 ,after each shot the squad leader should look toward his platoon leader1 and then glance to his right and left to observe his men1 and then load and fire again4 #adci4 ,the ,musicians assist the captain by observing the enemy1 the target1 and the fire effect1 by transmitting commands or signals1 and by watching for signals4 7,i4 ,d4 ,r4 #bce47 #addj4 ,the ,privates will take advantage of cover1 exercise care in setting the sights and delivering fire2 be on the constant lookout for orders from their leaders2 always aim deliberately2 observe the enemy carefully1 increasing the fire when the target is favorable and ceasing firing when the enemy disappears2 not neglect a target because it is indistinct2 not waste ammunition1 but be economical with it2 if firing without a leader to retain their presence of mind and direct an efficient fire upon the proper target4 #adda4 ,distribution of ,fire4 ,the distribution of fire over the entire target is of the greatest importance2 for1 a section of the target not covered by fire represents a number of the enemy permitted to fire coolly and effectively4 ,so1 remember that all parts of the target are equally important1 and care must be taken that the men do not neglect its less visible parts4 ,the captain allots a part of the target to each platoon1 or each platoon leader takes as his target that part which corresponds to his position in the company4 ,every man is so instructed that he will fire on that part of the target which is directly opposite him4 ,if the target cannot be seen with the naked eye1 platoon leaders select an object in front of or behind it1 designate this as the aiming point1 and direct a sight-setting which will carry the fire into the target4 ,the men aim at the good aiming point or line1 but with such an increased or decreased sight-setting1 as the case may be1 that the bullets will fall on the target instead of on the aiming point4 ,distribution of fire is assured by dividing the whole target assigned the company into definite parts or sectors1 and allotting these parts or sectors to the various platoons4 ,and1 of course1 the whole of the target must be kept under fire while the company is advancing4 ,this may be accomplished by one of two methods3 #addb4 ,overlapping ,method4 ,in this method each sector 7target7 is covered by more than one fire unit4 ,for example1 in a company of four platoons the entire company sector would be divided in two parts1 the right part being covered by the first and second platoons and the left part by the third and fourth platoons4 ,when the first platoon ceases fire to advance1 the second platoon would replace the lost rifles by firing faster4 ,with three platoons the company sector would be divided into two parts1 one being assigned to each flank platoon and the whole company sector to the center platoon4 ,when the first platoon advanced1 the center platoon would cover its target1 both the center and third platoons increasing their rate of fire4 ,with two platoons1 each would cover the whole company sector4 #addc4 ,switch ,method4 ,the company is divided into a number of parts1 one less than the number of platoons in the company4 ,one platoon is designated as the switch1 and swings into fire automatically into that sector from which the fire of its assigned unit is withdrawn4 ,for example1 with four platoons1 and platoon rushes to start from the right1 the company sector is divided into three parts assigned to the first1 second and third platoons1 the fourth being the switch4 ,when number #a ceases fire to advance1 ,no4 #d fires at ,no4 #a's target2 when ,no4 #b ceases to fire1 ,no4 #d fires at ,no4 #b's target1 then at ,no4 #c's target1 and finally ,no4 #d advances4 #addd4 ,individual instruction in fire distribution4 ,every man should be thoroughly drilled1 instructed and trained always to fire at that part of the hostile target which corresponds to the position he occupies in his platoon4 ,that is to say1 if on the right of his platoon1 he fires at the right 7as he faces it7 of the hostile target2 if in the right center of his platoon1 he fires at the right center 7as he faces it7 of the target1 and so on4 ,this is represented by the following diagram1 the points ,a'1 ,b'1 ,c'1 etc41 representing the parts of the hostile target at which the men occupying the positions ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 etc41 in their platoon1 would fire3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ea #adde4 ,designation of target4 ,it is very important that the commanders should be able to describe the objectives to be attacked and the sectors#ai to be defended1 and that individual soldiers should be able to understand and transmit to other soldiers such descriptions4 ,within the squad1 target designation implies ability on the part of the squad leader to understand and transmit to his squad the target designation received from his platoon leader1 and also ability on his own part to designate a target intelligently2 within the platoon1 target designation implies ability on the part of the platoon leader to understand the company commander's designation of the target and to transmit that designation to his platoon in such manner as to insure an equal distribution of its fire within the sector assigned to it2 within the company1 target designation implies ability on the part of the company commander to designate the targets into which the company sector is divided in such manner that the platoon leaders will have no trouble in understanding him4 ,it also implies ability on the part of the company commander to change the objectives or sectors of his platoons1 and his ability to cover the whole target of the company during a forward movement of a part of the company1 by the so-called switch or the overlapping method1 or by any other method which is practicable and accomplishes the desired end4 ,targets should be designated in a concise1 prompt1 unmistakable manner1 but1 as we all know1 it is not always an easy matter to describe the location of an object1 especially if the object be not conspicuous or readily recognized4 ,this is due to two reasons3 ,first1 the unit commander is likely to indulge in vague talk instead of accurate description1 and1 second1 even if correct terms are used1 it is more than likely that all members of the firing line will not be able to grasp the idea1 because the commander will be using expressions which1 although understood by himself 7in some cases perhaps due to the fact that he is looking at the objective71 they will not be clear to the men4 ,the secret of prompt1 accurate and concise designation of a target lies in the use of simple words and terms with which both the unit commander and the men on the firing line are thoroughly familiar4 ,of course1 if the target be distinct and clearly defined1 it can easily be designated by name1 as for example1 ,that battery on the hill just in front of us1 ,cavalry to our right front1 etc4 ,generally the designation of a target1 if not conspicuous nor readily recognized1 will include3 #a4 ,a statement of what the target is1 or its appearance 7shape1 color1 size1 etc47 #b4 ,where the target is with reference to some easily recognized reference point4 #c4 ,how wide the company sector is4 ,the following systems of target designation are used at the ,school of ,musketry4 ,each has its limitations1 defects and advantages1 under various conditions of ground1 etc4 ,a wise selection of one or a combination of two or more1 is a material factor in efficiency4 #addf4 ,horizontal ,clock ,face ,system4 7,used with visible1 distinct targets47 ,,system ,,example #a4 ,announce direction4 ,at one o'clock4 #b4 ,announce range4 ,range #ajjj4 #c4 ,announce objective4 ,a troop of cavalry dismounted4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eb ,,procedure3 #a4 ,all look along the line pointing toward one o'clock of a horizontal clock face whose center is at the firing point1 and whose #ab o'clock mark is directly perpendicular to the front of the firing line4 #b4 ,all look at a point about #ajjj yards away on the one o'clock line1 and #c4 ,at #ajjj yards on the one o'clock line find the objective4 #addg4 ,vertical ,clock ,face ,system4 7,used with small or indistinct targets47 ,,system ,,example #a4 ,announce the general direction ,to our right front 7or ,at two of the reference point4 o'clock74 #b4 ,designate as a reference point ,a stone house with two chimneys4 the most prominent object in the zone indicated4 #c4 ,announce the position of the ,at three o'clock4 target with respect to the reference point4 #d4 ,announce the range4 ,range #ajjj4 #e4 ,announce the objective4 ,a hostile patrol of four men4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ec ,,procedure3 #a4 ,all men look to their right front 7or along the two o'clock line74 #b4 ,the reference point 7stone house7 is found in the indicated direction4 #c4 ,a clock face 7vertical7 is imagined centered on the reference point1 and the men look along the line leading from the clock center through three o'clock1 and #d4 #ajjj yards from the firing point4 #e4 ,find the hostile patrol4 #addg;a4 ,finger ,system4 7,used with indistinct or invisible targets and to define sectors47 7,by one ,finger we mean the amount of frontage that one finger1 held vertically1 will cover1 the arm being extended horizontally to its full length4 ,in the average case this amount of frontage covered is about #a_/bj of the range4 ,for instance1 at a range of #ajjj yards1 one ,finger will cover fifty yards of the sector ,the same result will be obtained by using the rear-sight leaf in the position of aiming47 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ed ,,system ,,example #a4 ,announce direction to ,to our right front1 at #ajjj yards4 reference point as in the vertical clock face system4 #b4 ,announce reference point4 ,a stone house with two chimneys4 #c4 ,announce angular distance and ,four o'clock1 three fingers4 direction from the reference point to the target4 #d4 ,announce range4 ,range #ajjj4 #e4 ,announce objective4 ,a skirmish line alongside of the fence1 length about two fingers1 right at the dark bush4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ee ,,procedure3 ,the reference point is found as explained1 and the vertical o'clock line upon which the target will be found4 ,the soldiers who do not see the target will extend the aim to its full extent palm of the hand upward1 finger held vertically with one side of the hand against the reference point4 ,the target will be found on the four o'clock line1 and touching the third finger1 at #ajjj yards distance1 its right flank at the bush and its left flank about #ajj yards farther to the right4 ,the following case will illustrate more concretely the use of the ,finger system3 ,there is a red house about #c_/d mile to our front1 and to the right of this house and a hundred yards or so to its rear1 there is a line of trenches that can be seen with the aid of field glasses1 but the trenches are difficult to locate with the unaided eye4 ,there is no prominent landmark in the direction of this line of trenches1 or on either flank1 except the red house mentioned4 ,the company commander locates the flanks of the line of trenches through his field glasses2 he then extends his arm forward horizontally its full length1 palm up1 raises the fingers of his hand and1 sighting on the line of trenches1 finds that the trench line has a length of four finger widths1 and that the flank of the line nearest the red house is three finger widths from it4 ,he decides to divide the line into two sections of two fingers each1 and assign one section to each of his two platoons4 ,he then calls his platoon leaders 7and range finders1 if necessary71 and says1 for instance3 ,center of objective1 five to the right of that red house1 ,first ,platoon1 two fingers2 ,second ,platoon1 two fingers4 ,the two platoon leaders then estimate the range and give the company commander their estimates independently4 ,the company commander also estimates the range1 and taking the average1 then announces the range1 say #acjj yards1 after which the platoon leaders return to their platoons1 and give1 for instance1 these instructions3 ,the target is a line of trenches four 'fingers' long1 and about #acjj yards away2 the center of the target is five 'fingers' to the right of that red house1 at about #aj o'clock4 ,we are to fire at the two fingers on the right of the center and the ,second ,platoon will look after the two fingers on the left of the center4 7,the leader of the ,second ,platoon gives similar instructions47 ,every man in the platoon figures out the platoon objective and endeavors to fix it with respect to some features of the ground so that he will be able to pick it up promptly after his platoon starts to advance4 ,after fixing well in his mind the platoon objective1 he figures out what part of it belongs to his squad1 and then selects that portion of the squad objective corresponding to his position in the squad4 ,if during the advance1 his particular portion of the target should become hidden from view1 he will fire on the nearest portion of the trench line1 returning to his own part as soon as it becomes visible4 #addg;b4 ,communication4 ,after the company has been committed to the fire fight1 verbal commands cannot be heard1 and it is well nigh impossible even to secure attention to signals4 ,it is1 therefore1 most important that we should train and practice the company as much as possible during time of peace in the rapid and accurate transmission of orders and signals along the firing line4 ,matter upon which a commander would need to communicate with his subordinates1 in addition to tactical orders1 would generally be confined to3 7a7 ,changes of elevation and deflection4 7b7 ,changes in the apportionment of the target among the subdivisions4 7c7 ,changes within the limits of the sector1 or objective4 7d7 ,changes in the rate of fire4 7e7 ,and rarely change of target from one within to one without the limits of the objective or sector4 #addh4 ,procedure4 ,the following is given merely as a concrete example of the procedure that might be followed in certain ring exercises--it will not1 of course1 apply to all cases2 it is merely given as a concrete illustration of what might actually be done under certain conditions4 ,company ,commander4 ,on receiving his instructions from the officer in charge of the exercise1 the company commander returns to his company1 keeping track of the changing aspect of his target as he does so4 ,arriving at the center of his company1 he is met by his platoon leaders1 and range finders1 who have assembled in his absence4 ,the company commander says3 ,the target is a line of skirmishers1 visible in part4 ,it may be seen between us and that long line of green bushes which begins one finger to the right of that red water tower at #aa o'clock and it extends well beyond the bushes both to the right and to the left4 7,at this point the range finders begin their estimation and the captain pauses until the senior range finder1 or other designated person automatically announces the average estimate of the range1 saying for example1 range #aajj47 ,the captain then resumes1 saying3 ,the sector assigned to this company is three fingers long and extends from that group one finger to the right of the water tower1 to a point four fingers to the right of the tower4 ,each platoon will cover the entire company sector4 ,range ten-fifty and eleven-fifty4 ,fire at will at my signal4 ,posts4 ,platoon ,leaders4 ,the platoon leaders then hasten to the center of their platoons and put into execution the commands and directions of the captain1 having first taken such precautions to insure a correct sight-setting and clear description of the aiming point as the situation permits or requires 7,par4 #bea ,i4 ,d4 ,r471 by saying3 ,target3 ,the target is a line of skirmishers about #aajj yards to our front1 only parts of which are visible4 ,reference point3 ,that long line of bushes about #acjj yards to our left front4 ,the company sector is three fingers long and lies between us and that reference point1 extending one-half finger beyond each end of the bushes4 ,aiming point3 ,the bottom of the line of bushes4 ,range3 #ajej and #aaej4 ,as soon as the range is announced each front rank man sets his sight at #ajej and each rear rank man at #aaej4 ,squad leaders assure themselves that sights are set and that the men of their squads understand the aiming point and sector and then raise their hand as a signal that all are ready4 ,similarly1 the platoon leaders raise their hands to show that all of the squads are ready1 and when the captain sees that all of his platoons are ready1 he signals to begin firing4 ,at the captain's signal1 each platoon leader commands3 ,fire at ,will4 ,firing then begins at a rate of about #c shots per minute 7,par4 #ad1 ,i4 ,d4 ,r474 #addi4 ,points ,to ,be ,borne in ,mind4 ,bear in mind the following points in the solution of field firing problems3 #a4 ,combine sights should1 as a rule1 be used where the estimated range is #ajjj yards or more1 the two ranges being #ej yards on each side of the estimated range1 the even numbers firing at one range1 the odd numbers at the other4 #b4 ,when aiming points are chosen they should be clearly described4 ,bushes1 bunches of lines of grass1 fence posts1 etc41 should not be designated as aiming points when clear and more definite aiming points are available4 ,the choice of the best of several possible aiming points is of great importance4 #c4 ,have some system of simple signals whereby you may know when all your men are ready to begin firing4 ,otherwise1 you may begin the firing before some of your men have their sights set and before they understand the sector and point of aim4 ,for example1 let each squad leader raise his right hand when his squad is ready1 and each platoon leader his right hand when his platoon is ready4 #d4 ,platoon leaders must always be sure to designate a definite aiming point4 ,remember that in the case of an indistinct target1 the company commander describes the ,,target to the platoon leaders1 and they in turn announce the ,,aiming ,,point4 ,having seen and located the target1 the platoon leader must examine the terrain at1 in front of and behind the target1 and choose the aiming point for his men4 ,he must then determine the proper sight-setting for that particular aiming point4 ,he then announces both aiming point and range4 #e4 ,instead of describing a sector as1 for example1 extending so many yards 7or so many fingers7 north from the reference point1 it is better to describe it as extending from the reference point northward for a definite distance1 as ,to that tall red house4 ,the last method is the best1 because it leaves no room for guessing on the part of subordinates4 ,so1 remember it is always best1 when possible1 to define the limits of sectors physically1 as1 extending1 for example1 from ,that house to that windmill1 etc4 #f4 ,when acting as part of the battalion1 always be sure to designate someone 7usually one of the musicians7 to watch for signals from the battalion commander1 and don't fail to repeat back all signals4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ef #g4 ,in advancing by rushes1 always allow sufficient time between rushes to recover the loss in fire caused by the cessation of fire4 ,in other words1 the next rear unit should not start forward until the one that has just advanced has resumed an effective fire4 #h4 ,remember that in all field firing problems the distribution of hits has big weight4 ,consequently1 it should be definitely understood beforehand1 that1 in the absence of any target designation by the company commander1 each platoon leader will look after the sector corresponding to his front1 and that each man will fire at the part of the sector corresponding to his front4 ,should the targets in a given sector disappear1 then the platoon leader covering that sector will at once switch his fire to the adjoining sector until the reappearance of the targets in his own sector4 ,for example1 let us suppose the company sector1 ,a-,b 7the company being on the defense and not advancing7 is divided into four parts ,a-,b1 ,b-,c1 ,c-,d and ,d-,e4 ,platoon ,no4 #a would look after everything that appeared in ,d-,e2 ,no4 #b1 after everything that appeared in ,c-,d2 ,no4 #c1 everything that appeared in ,b-,c2 and ,no4 #d1 after everything that appeared in ,a-,b4 ,should the target suddenly disappear from ,d-,e1 then ,no4 #a would switch his fire over to ,c-,d1 and keep it there until the target reappeared in ,d-,e1 and if the targets disappeared from ,c-,d1 before reappearing in ,d-,e1 then both ,no4 #a1 and ,no4 #b1 would switch their fire cones to ,a-,c4 #adej4 ,exercises4 ,the following exercises for the elementary training of individuals and squads were used with success by the troops mobilized on the ,texas border3 ,,targets #a4 ,the target will be represented by individual soldiers4 #b4 ,with reference to their visibility1 the battlefield will present three classes of targets3 7a7 ,those which are visible throughout4 7b7 ,those which are visible in part4 7c7 ,those which are invisible1 but whose location might be described4 ,targets will be arranged to simulate one of the classes enumerated4 ,instruction will begin with simple exercises in which the target presented is plainly visible1 and represents only the objective of the unit undergoing instruction4 ,it should progress to the more difficult exercises in which the target is invisible and the line of figures is prolonged to include the objective of units on the right or left4 #c4 ,the limits of indistinct targets may be shown to unit commanders by the use of company flags4 ,these flags1 however1 will be withdrawn from sight before a description of the target or estimate of the range is attempted1 and before anyone but the commander of the unit undergoing instruction sees their location4 #d4 ,at the conclusion of each exercise in which flags are used to mark the limits of the target or its subdivisions1 they should be displayed1 in order that any existing errors may be readily pointed out4 #e4 ,to determine proficiency in target designation1 the instructor will provide a sufficient number of rifles1 placed on sand bags or other suitable rests1 and require those charged with fire direction and control to sight them at the limits of their objective4 ,an inspection by the instructor will at once detect errors4 ,similarly1 in those exercises in which all the members of the firing unit participate1 the percentage of rifles aimed at the correct target may be determined4 #f4 ,in these exercises no method of communication will be permitted that could not be used under the conditions assumed in the problem4 ,,exercise ,,no4 #a--,,ranging ,object3 ,to train the individual to set his sight quickly and accurately for the announced range and windage2 and to accustom leaders to the giving of windage data4 ,situation3 ,the company is formed in single rank at the ready with rear sight set at zero and the slide screw normally tight4 ,action3 ,the range and windage are announced1 sights are set accurately in accordance therewith and as rapidly as may be1 each man coming to port arms immediately upon completing the operation4 ,time3 ,time is taken from the last word of the command4 ,standard3 ,sights should be correctly set within #ae seconds4 ,note3 ,of the two elements1 time and accuracy1 accuracy is the more important4 ,par4 #daa1 ,i4 ,d4 ,r41 implies complete use of the rear sight1 that is1 utilization of the wind gauge1 and sight setting to the least reading of the rear sight leaf1 i4 e41 #be yards4 ,sight setting therefore in this exercise should include1 more often than not1 fractional ranges and windage data4 ,,exercise ,,no4 #b--,,ranging ,object3 ,to familiarize officers and noncommissioned officers in the use of an auxiliary aiming point4 ,situation3 ,two men with the company flags are stationed to mark the enemy's invisible position4 ,this position should be suitably located with reference to a practicable aiming point4 ,action3 ,the markers are signaled to display their flags4 ,an officer or noncommissioned officer is called up and the enemy's position is pointed out4 ,the flags are then withdrawn and the officer or noncommissioned officer selects an auxiliary aiming point and gives his commands for firing at that point4 ,,exercise ,,no4 #c--,,target ,,designation ,object3 ,to train the individual soldier to locate a target1 from a description solely4 ,to do so quickly and accurately and fire thereon with effect1 and to train officers and noncommissioned officers in concise1 accurate and clear description of targets4 ,situation3 ,the men are so placed as not to be able to see to the target4 ,the instructor places himself so as to see the objective4 ,action3 ,the instructor1 to one man at a time1 describes the objective1 and directs him to fire one simulated round4 ,the man immediately moves so as to see the target1 locates it1 estimates the range and fires one simulated shot4 ,standard3 ,for ranges within battle sight1 time #bj seconds2 beyond battle sight1 time #cj seconds4 ,not more than #ae error in the estimation of the range4 ,objective correctly located4 ,note3 ,arrangements made so that the description of the target is heard by only the man about to fire4 ,after firing the man will not mingle with those waiting to fire4 ,,exercise ,,no4 #d--,,target ,,designation ,object3 ,to train the squad leader in promptly bringing the fire of his squad to bear effectively upon the target presented4 ,to train the individuals of a squad to fire effectively from orders of the squad leader and automatically to obtain effective dispersion4 ,situation3 ,the squad is deployed1 the squad leader being in the firing line4 ,position prone4 ,a sighting rest is provided for each rifle4 ,action3 ,upon the appearance of the target the squad leader gives the necessary orders for delivering an effective fire4 ,the men under these orders sight their rifles and then rise4 ,the instructor then examines the position and sighting of each rifle4 ,time3 ,time is taken from the appearance of the target until the last man has risen4 ,target3 ,a squad of men to outline a partially concealed enemy emerges from cover1 advances a short distance and lies down4 ,standard3 #ij of the rifles should be sighted in conformity with the orders of the squad leader and should evenly cover the whole front of the objective4 ,the squad leader's estimate of the range should not be in error over #ae4 ,note3 ,the squad leader should not1 in general1 be allowed to divide the target into sectors but to obtain distribution by training the men to fire at that portion of the objective directly related to the position they occupy in their own line4 ,the exercise should be repeated with the squad leader in rear of the squad and not firing4 ,as to this1 it is to be noted that ,musketry ,school experiments prove that in small groups the directed fire of say seven 7#g7 rifles is more effective than the partially undirected fire of eight rifles obtained when the group leader is himself firing4 ,,exercise ,,no4 #e--;,,communication ,object3 ,to teach prompt and accurate transmission of firing data without cessation of fire1 and also to teach automatic readjustment of fire distribution4 ,situation3 ,a squad deployed in the prone position and with sighting rests1 is firing at a designated target4 ,action3 ,a squad with sights set at zero is deployed and brought up at the double time into the intervals of the firing line and halted4 ,the firing data is transmitted to them without cessation of fire4 ,at the command ,rise1 given #bj seconds after the command ,halt1 the first squad rises and retires a short distance to the rear4 ,at the same time1 the supports cease fire and adjust their rifles in the rests so as to be aimed at the target as they understand it4 ,they then rise and their rifles are examined by the instructor for range and direction4 ,standard3 #hj of the rifles should be sighted according to the transmitted data and aimed according to the principles of fire distribution4 ,target3 ,one target equal to a squad front1 which is increased to two squads prior to the arrival of the supports in the firing line4 ,note3 ,this exercise should be repeated with the supporting squad reenforcing on a flank4 ,to determine whether the original squad is able to keep its assigned sector during an advance1 this exercise should be repeated1 the supports being thrown in after a series of short advances by the original squad4 ,care should be exercised to prevent the transmission of firing data in a manner under which service conditions would be impracticable4 7,see ,exercise ,no4 #f47 ,,exercise ,,no4 #f--;,,communication ,object3 ,to train the squad leader in receiving and transmitting instructions by visual signals alone4 ,situation3 ,a squad with its leader in the firing line is deployed in the prone position firing at will4 ,action3 ,the instructor1 without sound or other cautionary means1 signals 7visually7 to the squad leader at various intervals to1 ,first3 ,change elevation4 ,swing the fire to the right or left4 ,suspend the firing4 ,etc41 etc4 ,the squad leader1 upon receiving a signal1 causes his squad to execute it without verbal command1 or exposing himself4 ,time3 ,no specified time limit4 ,standard3 ,the squad leader should fire with his squad1 but after each shot should look towards his platoon leader for any signal1 then observe the fire and conduct of his men1 then1 after glancing again at his platoon leader1 fire again4 ,this the squad leader should do without exposing himself4 ,by lying about a head's length ahead of his men he can see his squad front4 ,in transmitting orders he can accomplish it by nudging the men on his right and left and signaling to them with his hand4 ,note3 ,this exercise is essential to prepare men for the deafening noise of a heavy action when speech or sound signals are largely futile4 ,,exercise ,,no4 #g--;,,fire ,,discipline ,object3 ,to train men to carry out strictly the fire orders given them1 and to refrain from starting1 repeating or accepting any change therefrom without direct orders from a superior4 ,situation3 ,a squad deployed in the prone position4 ,action3 ,while the squad is firing at an indistinct but specified target1 another and clearly visible target appears in the vicinity of the first target but not in the same sector4 ,upon the appearance of this second target1 the instructor sees that the men continue firing at the assigned target4 ,the corporal should check any breach of fire discipline4 ,note3 ,variations of this exercise should be given to test the fire discipline of the men in other phases1 such as rate of fire 7,par4 #adg1 ,i4 ,d4 ,r471 etc4 ,,footnotes3 #ah ,the subjects of fire control and fire direction are coveted in pars4 #bhe-bij2 #adcd-adcf4 #ai ,in attack the target is called objective2 in the defense1 sector4 ,,part ,v ,,care ,,of ,,health ,,and ,,kindred ,,subjects ,,chapter ,i ,,care ,,of ,,the ,,health #adea4 ,importance of good health4 ,good health is just as necessary to an army as rifles and ammunition4 ,not only does every sick man take away one rifle from the firing line1 but in addition he becomes a care and a burden on the hands of the army4 ,indeed1 it is fully as important for a soldier to take care of his health as it is for him to take care of his rifle and ammunition4 ,the importance of doing everything possible to look after one's health is shown by the fact that in every war so far1 many more men have died from disease than were killed in battle or died from wounds4 ,in our ,civil ,war1 for instance1 for every man on the ,union side who was killed in battle or died from wounds1 two died from disease4 ,in the ,spanish ,american ,war the proportion was #a to #e-a_/b4 ,to do all that he can to keep in good health is a duty that the soldier owes his country4 #adeb4 ,germs4 ,diseases are caused by little1 tiny live animals or plants called germs4 ,they are so small that you require a magnifying glass to see them4 ,the following illustrations show the typhoid and malarial germs as seen through a magnifying glass3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,typhoid germs ,malarial germs ,the ,different ,ways of ,catching ,disease #adec4 ,five ways of catching disease4 ,there are only five ways to catch disease3 #a4 ,by breathing in the live germs4 #b4 ,by swallowing the live germs4 #c4 ,by touching the live germs4 #d4 ,by having the live germs stuck into the skin by insects that bite4 #e4 ,by inheritance from parents4 ,diseases ,caught by ,breathing in the ,germs #aded4 ,the more common diseases4 ,the following are some of the more common diseases caught by breathing in the germs3 ,colds1 diphtheria1 tonsilitis1 grippe1 scarlet fever1 pneumonia1 and consumption4 ,the germs that cause these diseases grow well in the dark1 warm1 moist lining of the nose1 throat1 windpipe and lungs1 and they are coughed or sneezed out or blown out and float in tiny bubbles in the air or fall to dry into dust which is blown about with the wind1 and so are breathed in1 or they may be transferred directly by kissing invalids and sick children4 #adee4 ,how to avoid breathing in sickness4 ,do not visit sick people or a house where the children are sick4 ,do not let other people cough or sneeze over your food or in your face4 ,do not allow others to spit on the floor of your squadron or tent4 ,do not do these things yourself4 ,blow your nose into a handkerchief that can be boiled or into a piece of paper that can be burned4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,distributing sickness ,put your hand before your face when you cough or sneeze4 ,rinse out the nose with hot1 weak salt water at night and especially if you have been inhaling dust4 ,brush the teeth after each meal and before going to bed4 ,do not pick the nose with the finger nails2 it makes sore spots in which germs grow4 ,on dusty hikes tie a handkerchief across the nose and mouth4 ,never sweep the floor with a dry broom4 ,use a damp mop and so pick the germs up and carry them out instead of driving them up in the air as dust4 ,diseases ,caught by ,swallowing the ,germs #adef4 ,the more common diseases4 ,the following are some of the more common diseases caught by swallowing the germs3 ,typhoid fever1 dysentery1 cholera1 and ptomaine poisoning4 #adeg4 ,water as a distributer of disease4 ,impure water is one of the most common distributers of disease that there is4 ,therefore1 water from sources unknown or soiled by sewage1 should be avoided as deadly and should not be used1 unless boiled1 for drinking1 brushing the teeth or rinsing mess kits4 ,you can not always tell polluted water by its appearance1 smell or taste4 ,unless from a sewer or drain1 it may look clear and sparkling1 with no smell and have a pleasant taste1 so1 water that is not known to be pure should not be drunk4 #adeh4 ,vegetables as a distributer of disease4 ,in some localities the inhabitants use the streams for all purposes2 drinking1 washing clothes1 bathing1 washing vegetables and table utensils and as a sewer4 ,when kitchen gardens are irrigated with such water the germs are to be found on the cabbages1 beets1 etc4 #adei4 ,food1 fruit1 cigarettes1 and drinking cups as distributers of disease4 ,germs may be smeared on the hands and thus transferred to articles of food1 fruit1 cigarettes1 or drinking cups1 especially in public places1 so that he who buys at the public stands may have disease handed to him with his purchase4 #adfj4 ,the fly as a disease carrier4 ,the ordinary fly is one of the worst and filthiest transmitters of disease in existence4 ,flies carry germs from privies1 latrines1 spitoons1 and sick rooms to the food on your table1 by means of their smeared feet1 in their spit or in their specks4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c #adfa4 ,the dog as a distributer of disease4 ,dogs are often distributers of disease4 ,they use their tongues for toilet paper and afterwards lick their coat or the hands of their friends4 ,petting dogs or letting them lick your hand is dangerous4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ',nice doggie' 7,and nice doggie may be giving him some disease7 #adfb4 ,how to avoid swallowing disease4 ,do not drink water that is not known to be safe4 ,if you have no one to ask and are traveling1 it is safer to drink tea or coffee1 because they have been made from boiled water1 or to drink bottled mineral waters4 ,in the field boil your drinking water4 ,boiled germs are dead and will not grow4 ,they are1 therefore1 harmless4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,boiling water to kill germs ,beware of water from wells1 farm pumps ponds1 cisterns1 water coolers and barrels1 especially in railroad cars1 stations1 and ferry boats4 ,do not drink lemonade1 soft drinks1 or milk from peddlers4 ,beware of the public drinking cup4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f ,next6 7,what germs will he leave on the cup87 ,always wash your hands before going to meals and before putting things into your mouth1 especially after going to the toilet or handling animals4 ,do not adopt strange dogs and do not pet dogs4 ,before eating fruit or raw vegetables1 wash and peel them unless picked from the tree by yourself4 ,do not eat food that is spoiled1 smells or tastes badly or is flyblown or maggoty or full of bugs4 ,do not eat food which is not sufficiently cooked4 ,all smoked1 dried or salt meats or fish1 such as ham1 bacon1 sausage1 dried beef1 bloaters1 salt mackerel or codfish1 must be well cooked1 as they may contain ,measles or other worm eggs4 ,cooking kills the egg4 ,do not eat food exposed on public stands to dust1 flies1 dirty hands1 dirty water1 dirty cans1 or dirty glasses and buckets4 ,do not allow flies to breed in dirt or other filth around the house1 nor allow them to walk on your food4 ,this is possible by burning1 burying or otherwise removing the dirt or filth1 and by using fly traps1 swatters and fly paper4 ,do not wet lead pencils with your spit4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g ,swallowing sickness ,do not wet your fingers with spit when you deal cards or turn over pages of books or magazines4 ,keep the teeth brushed and the mouth clean4 ,have decayed teeth repaired at once4 ,decayed teeth drop out and they cause abscesses1 which may destroy the jaw bone or cause brain fever4 ,old snags give the stomach the germs of rotting1 which cause dyspepsia4 ,diseases ,caught by ,touching the ,germs #adfc4 ,the more common diseases4 ,the following are some of the more common diseases caught by touching the germs3 ,ringworm1 mange1 barber's itch1 sore eyes1 boils1 carbuncles1 lockjaw1 small pox1 chancroid1 syphilis1 and gonorrhoea 7clap74 #adfd4 ,ringworm1 mange1 and barber's itch4 ,these diseases are carried from person to person by finger nails and hands and from dirty water to those who bathe in it or have their underwear washed in it4 #adfe4 ,lockjaw4 ,the germs of lockjaw are found in manure and in soil fertilized with it2 hence1 a bullet which passes through such soil before wounding carries these germs into the wound4 ,any wound soiled with such dirt will be infected4 ,also1 wounds made by toy pistols and fire-crackers often contain lockjaw germs4 #adff4 ,chancroid1 syphilis1 and gonorrhoea 7clap74 ,these are diseases whose germs are usually caught from prostitutes and whores1 or from husbands who have caught the germs from prostitutes and whores4 ,they are called ,venereal diseases1 after ,venus1 the ,roman goddess of lustful love1 but they are very often caught in other ways than in sexual intercourse1 and by innocent persons4 ,the chancroid plant causes a very nasty sore1 the chancroid1 which often destroys much flesh and causes buboes4 ,the germ can be carried on the fingers to any part of the body4 ,when the chancroid is healed and the bubo becomes a scar the disease is cured4 ,the syphilis germ will grow first where it is rubbed in1 causing a hard ulcer1 called a chancre1 and after that it travels through the entire body4 ,no place is sacred to its destructive power and it lives as long as the patient does4 ,it is the cause of much insanity1 palsy1 apoplexy1 deafness1 blindness and early death4 ,in mothers it causes miscarriages and in children it causes stillbirths1 freaks1 deformities1 feeble minds and idiots2 also1 deaf and dumb1 palsied1 stunted1 sickly and criminal conditions4 ,a syphilitic person is always dangerous although apparently well4 ,he often has a sore mouth and his spit is as dangerous as that of a mad dog4 ,the bite of such a man will develop a chancre and any pipe1 cup1 or tooth pick which he uses1 or his kiss1 will give syphilis4 ,a syphilitic tattooer who wets his needles and his ,india ink with spit will put a chancre into the skin with the picture4 ,the instruments of cheap advertising dentists and of quack doctors or ignorant nurses can carry these germs from one person to another4 ,so can the razors and caustic stick of barbers who are careless4 ,the clap plant likes to grow in the linings of the openings of the body where it is dark and warm and moist where it causes a catarrhal discharge called clap1 which is easily smeared on hands1 towels1 handkerchiefs or by actual contact4 ,it grows well in the eyelids1 causing great damage and often blindness4 ,many babies get the clap plant into the eyes during birth1 from the mother1 and unless treated within a few minutes after birth1 have sore eyes and go blind1--a terrible calamity to the child and the family4 ,if you have clap the germs can be carried on your hands to your eyes4 ,the clap plant also grows well in the cavities of the joints1 causing rheumatism and crippling2 it grows in the heart1 causing valvular heart disease1 which is incurable1 and also in the generative organs of men and women1 causing self-made eunuchs and childless wives4 ,it is the cause of most of the severe abdominal diseases of women requiring the use of the knife to cut out the diseased part4 ,the venereal diseases cause more misery than any others and most of the doctors would have to go into other professions to earn their living if these diseases did not exist4 ,when a young man is sowing his wild oats he is really planting in his own body the syphilis and clap plants1 and the harvest will be greater than any other crop4 ,he will reap it in days of bedridden misery1 and possible sudden death4 ,he will reap it in bitter hours by the bedside through the illness and death of his wife or in her long years of ill health4 ,he will reap it in little white coffins1 idiot babies2 blind1 deaf and dumb1 sickly and stunted children4 ,and it will cost him lost wages and hospital and doctor fees4 ,yes1 the wild oats crop is a bumper crop4 ,king ,solomon was wise when he warned his son against the harlot1 for her end is bitter4 ,the best way to avoid venereal diseases is to keep away from lewd women1 and live a clean moral life4 ,it is said by medical authorities that sexual intercourse is not necessary to preserve health and manly vigor1 and that the natural sexual impulse can be kept under control by avoiding associations1 conversations1 and thoughts of a lewd character4 ,however1 persons who will not exercise self-control in this matter can greatly lessen the risks of indulgence by the prompt use1 immediately upon return to camp or garrison1 of the prophylaxis prescribed by ,war ,department orders and which all soldiers are required to take after exposing themselves to the danger of venereal infection4 ,men who immediately after intercourse urinate and wash the private parts thoroughly with soap and water will lessen the chances of infection4 ,drunkenness greatly increases the risk of infection4 ,should one be so unfortunate as to contract venereal disease1 he should see a first-class1 reputable physician ,,at ,,once1 the sooner the better4 ,it is a fatal mistake to try to conceal venereal disease by not seeing a doctor1 he who does so is taking a most dangerous chance of ruining himself physically for life4 #adfg4 ,how to avoid diseases caught by touching the germs4 ,keep your skin clean with soap and water4 ,do not bathe or wash your clothes in dirty water1 have them boiled when laundered4 ,do not go barefoot1 even in barracks4 ,do not use towels or toilet articles of other people1 especially in public wash-rooms unless they furnish a fresh towel for you4 ,do not sleep in houses left empty by the enemy unless ordered to do so4 ,do not sleep in native shacks in the tropics4 ,do not rub the eyes with dirty hands4 ,when dirt gets in have a doctor get it out4 ,if you have clap1 do not rub your eyes with your hands1 and wash your hands well with soap and water after taking treatment or passing water4 ,do not handle dogs or cats1 especially strange or sickly ones4 ,do not clean the ears with sticks or straws1--have a doctor do it for you4 ,do not have cheap1 advertising dentists fix your teeth4 ,have the army dentist fix them and see him at least once every six months1--or see a good civilian dentist4 ,do not have pictures tattooed on your skin4 ,do not smoke other men's pipes4 ,do not handle or touch wounds with anything but a first aid package4 ,beware of chipped drinking glasses in cafes1 restaurants and other places4 ,the slightest cut from such a glass whoso clipped part has been in contact with the mouth of a syphilitic person will give you syphilis4 ,seek good companions like your mother and sister4 ,keep away from ,john ,barleycorn4 ,he always wants to turn you over to a harlot4 ,whores and prostitutes are all diseased and will give you germs that will live to give diseases to you1 your wife and your children1 forty years from now4 ,keep away from them4 ,diseases ,caught from ,biting ,insects #adfh4 ,the more common diseases4 ,the following are some of the more common diseases caught from the bites of certain insects3 ,malaria1 yellow fever1 and dengue fever4 ,the germs of malaria1 yellow fever and dengue fever live in the blood1 and are sucked up into the blood by mosquitoes when they bite4 ,malaria germs1 however1 will develop only in the mosquito called1 ,anopheles4 ,yellow fever germs will develop only in the mosquito called1 ,stegomyia4 ,dengue fever germs will develop in the mosquito called ,culex and in ,anopheles4 ,after a period of development in these mosquitoes the germs will find their way to the spit glands1 and are injected into the person whom the mosquito bites4 7,note4 ,male mosquitoes cannot bite47 ,absolutely the only way that malaria1 yellow and dengue fevers can possibly be caught is from mosquitoes4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h ,the malaria mosquito 7,she stands on her head7 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i ,culex the mosquito 7,she is humpbacked7 #adfi4 ,how to avoid malaria1 yellow and dengue fevers4 ,to avoid these diseases1 which are carried by mosquitoes1 we screen all houses with fine wire screens and use mosquito nets on the beds4 ,also1 under certain conditions we take daily doses of quinine in malarious regions4 ,we kill the mosquitoes4 ,to do this we must know their habits4 ,mosquitoes all lay eggs in water4 ,these hatch out as wigglers or larvae1 which have to come to the top frequently to breathe4 ,in about twelve days or longer they turn into tumblers or pupas1 which in a few days longer come to the top when their backs split open and the mosquito comes out and flies away4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj ,the eggs ,the larvae ,the pupa ,the mosquito leaving the pupa skin ,the malaria mosquito is domestic like the chicken and lives around in houses hiding in the grass1 bushes or dark corners and comes out to bite at night4 ,when a settlement is abandoned the malaria mosquito moves away also4 ,she rarely flies far from home and is not found much beyond #ejj yards from a house4 ,she lays her eggs in running clear water preferably1 but she will accept water in hollow trees1 between the leaves of lilies or air plants or in vases of flowers1 or in cisterns and water butts4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa ,catching malaria ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab ,on ,guard 7,no mosquito bites for him7 ,the yellow fever mosquito is domestic like the house cat4 ,she hangs around the house and rarely flies as far as the next house even1 preferring to travel on a visitor's coat4 ,she will bite in the day time and will lay her eggs in any little collection of water in the house1 the eaves trough1 the water barrel1 old tin cans or bottles1 pitchers1 vases or the refrigerator drip4 ,the dengue mosquito is a marsh and town mosquito4 ,she flies far and well and will breed in any sort of water1 even brackish4 ,to kill mosquitoes-- ,catch them in the house2 empty all water from tin cans1 old barrels1 etc2 cover with wire all cisterns and water barrels2 fill in all puddles and drain off marshes2 put oil on all pools and streams to choke the wrigglers2 cut down grass and bushes around houses4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,personal ,,hygiene #adgj4 ,the knowledge of taking care of the body is called ,personal ,hygiene1 the principal rules of which are as follows3 #a4 ,,keep ,,the ,,skin ,,clean4 #b4 ,,keep ,,the ,,body ,,properly ,,protected ,,against ,,the ,,weather4 #c4 ,,keep ,,the ,,body ,,properly ,,fed4 #d4 ,,keep ,,the ,,body ,,supplied ,,with ,,fresh ,,air4 #e4 ,,keep ,,the ,,body ,,well ,,exercised ,,without ,,exhaustion4 #f4 ,,keep ,,the ,,body ,,rested ,,by ,,sufficient ,,sleep4 #g4 ,,keep ,,the ,,body ,,free ,,of ,,wastes4 ,sanitation is the practice of the laws of ,hygiene4 #adga4 ,,rule #a4 ,keep the ,skin clean4 ,a dirty body invites sickness4 ,small troubles such as chafing1 sore feet1 saddle boils1 sore eyes1 felons1 whitlows1 earache1 toothache1 carbuncles1 fleas1 lice and ringworms1 are all caused by lack of cleanliness1 and they put men on sick report4 ,owing to excessive perspiration a daily bath with soap is desirable in summer and in the tropics1 the year around4 ,at least a weekly bath should always be taken when possible4 ,when not possible to bathe1 take a good rub daily with a dry towel4 ,keep your feet clean with soap and water and put on dry socks before sleeping at night4 ,soiled socks should be washed and hung up to dry over night4 ,keep your finger nails trimmed short with scissors or knife4 ,never bite them off4 ,keep them cleaned and keep your hands washed1 especially at meal times4 ,underwear must be washed in clean water1 hot when possible and when soiled change as soon as possible4 ,do not bathe or wash your clothes in dirty water4 ,bathing in water containing much alkali 7hard water7 or fine sand or mud will make the skin smart or chafe easily and cause sore eyes4 ,the hair of the head should be kept well-trimmed4 #adgb4 ,,rule #b4 ,keep the body properly protected from the weather4 ,clothing of the soldier is worn as a protection4 ,too much causes sweating and exhaustion on the march and too little causes chills and frost bite4 ,be careful to rebutton the clothing in winter time after attending to ,nature's calls4 ,cold fingers may make you careless1 but the cold is merciless and may cause a bad frost bite4 ,the first feeling of frost bite is numbness and the first sign is a marble whiteness4 ,frost attacks first the nose1 ears1 cheeks1 fingers and toes4 ,sun glare and snow blindness may be prevented by colored goggles or a handkerchief tied across the face with a small slit for the eyes or by greasing the face and eyelids and rubbing in charcoal around the eyes4 #adgc4 ,,rule #c4 ,keep the body properly fed4 ,your company mess is sufficient for your needs and is wholesome1 provided it is well chewed4 ,large lumps of food take a longer time to digest than small particles do1 and so they tire the stomach and also cause constipation1 gas and indigestion with headache4 ,do not eat food left behind in strange houses or by the enemy1 nor food that smells or looks badly4 ,if haversack rations are issued to you1 do not eat them all at the first meal1 but make a division for each meal4 ,stuffing will make you sick on a hike and later1 hunger will drive you to eat things you would not touch at other times4 ,before starting on the day's hike drink all the water you can and fill your canteen with water only4 ,be sure your canteen does not leak4 ,after starting1 do not drink anything until the end of the hike4 ,do not eat ice or snow to quench thirst4 ,it will make you more thirsty4 ,do not drink large quantities of cold spring water when heated1--it will give you a very bad bellyache4 ,do not drink whiskey or beer1 especially in the field4 ,it will weaken you and favor heat exhaustion1 sunstroke1 frost bite and other serious troubles4 ,alcohol muddles the mind and clouds thoughts1 and so causes a feeling of carelessness and silliness that may ruin some military plan1 or give the whole thing away to the enemy and with it the lives of yourself and your comrades4 ,the soldier who drinks alcohol will be among the first to fall out exhausted4 ,if you use tobacco1 do not chew or smoke while marching4 ,tobacco is only a dope and increases the work of the heart4 ,a cup of hot coffee is a good stimulant4 #adgd4 ,,rule #d4 ,keep the body supplied with fresh air4 ,the brain1 kidneys and other internal organs require oxygen 7a part of the air7 continually1 and if deprived of it for five minutes1 the body will die4 ,therefore1 it is easy to see that we must continually get plenty of fresh air into the lungs to supply the blood which carries the oxygen throughout the body4 ,except in winter time when steam-heated barracks are filled with sleeping men1 it is not1 as a rule1 difficult to get all the fresh air we need4 ,the air in a dormitory should smell sweet and clean1 even though warm4 ,fresh air should be continually admitted in a way that will not throw a draft on any of the sleepers4 ,it is much better to sleep in a cold room with fresh air than in a hot stuffy one4 ,fresh air not only prevents consumption1 but it will cure mild cases of consumption without other medicines4 #adge4 ,,rule #e4 ,keep the body well exercised without exhaustion4 ,exercise is absolutely necessary to good health4 ,lack of exercise of any set of muscles will cause them to grow flabby and weak4 ,outdoor sports are the best form of exercise1 because they use all the body muscles1 and are in the open clear air4 ,exhaustion1 on the other hand1 not only weakens the muscles of the body1 but it also lessens the vital forces and powers to resist germs4 #adgf4 ,,rule #f4 ,keep the body rested by sufficient sleep4 ,give the body enough sleep4 ,eight hours of uninterrupted sleep are enough for the average man1 and you should always have that much in every twenty-four hours4 ,remember your comrades need it also2 so1 if you come in after taps1 do not make a racket with slamming doors1 heavy tramping1 talking or whistling4 ,and in camp be careful not to fall over tent ropes or step on other sleepers4 ,do not drink coffee at night1--it will keep you awake and rob your body of needed rest4 ,when on the march take advantage of every halt to rest your body4 ,as soon as the command is given to fall out1 select1 if possible1 a dry place on the side of the road to sit or lie on4 ,if carrying the pack1 loosen it and rest back on it1 in a sitting or lying position4 ,if the march has been a long one1 lie flat on your back and raise the feet in the air4 ,this is a quick way to remove the heavy dragged feeling of the feet and legs and to rest the heart1 because the blood runs out of the legs into the body4 #adgg4 ,,rule #g4 ,keep the body free of wastes4 ,get into the habit of emptying the bowels at a certain hour each day4 ,immediately after breakfast is a good time4 ,this is a habit that can be cultivated just like any other habit4 ,cultivate it4 ,it will do much to keep you in good health4 ,always empty the bowels and bladder1 especially the bowels1 whenever you have the least desire to do so4 ,do not allow a little personal inconvenience or laziness to prevent you from doing this4 ,the wastes from the bowels and bladder1 especially the bowels1 are poisons that should always be expelled from the body just as soon as possible4 ,the free drinking of water flushes the bladder and helps to loosen the bowels4 ,a glass of hot water soon after reveille will not only help to loosen the bowels1 but it will also benefit the stomach and flush out the bladder4 ,some people drink a big glass of water1 either hot or cold1 every morning before breakfast4 ,proper physical exercise and eating ripe or cooked fruits will also do much to keep the bowels open4 ,pressing and rubbing downward with the left hand on the lower left side of the belly will do much to induce a movement of the bowels4 ,most constipation comes from swallowing food in large chunks1 drinking large quantities of cold liquids with the meals and eating heavy articles of diet1 such as beans1 fried pork1 hot bread4 ,do not get into the habit of using laxatives to keep the bowels open4 ,their continued use is injurious4 ,use the natural means suggested above4 ,the constant moderate use of alcohol injures the kidneys and when they become too weak to work and throw off the waste1 a deadly disease1 called ,bright's ,disease1 results4 ,,chapter ,,iii ,,first ,,aid ,,to ,,the ,,sick ,,and ,,injured #adgh4 ,object of teaching first aid4 ,the object of teaching first aid1 or early assistance of the injured or sick1 is not only to enable one person to help another1 but also in some measure to help himself1 until a surgeon or other thoroughly trained person can be seen4 ,it is a mistake to think you must know many things to be helpful1 it is only necessary to know a few simple things1 but you must understand them clearly and be able to do them well4 #adgi4 ,asphyxiation 7suffocation7 by ,gas4 ,asphyxiation by gas is treated the same as in the case of drowning1 omitting1 of course1 the operation of getting the water out of the body4 #adhj4 ,bite of dog4 ,either requires immediate and heroic treatment4 ,bite of snake4 ,lose no time4 #a4 ,prevent the poison from traveling toward the heart and brain by putting on at once a tourniquet between the wound and the heart4 #b4 ,suck the wound and be sure to spit out the poison and rinse the mouth afterward4 ,it is safe1 if you have no cuts or sores on the lips or in the mouth4 #c4 ,enlarge the wound with a knife 7in the direction of the bone1 not across7 to make it bleed more freely1 and again suck the wound4 #d4 ,apply to the wound any strong acid or caustic1 such as carbolic acid1 lime1 wood ashes or tincture of iodine1 or burn it with a hot iron4 ,telegraph wire will do4 #e4 ,wash out the wound with hot water and pack with equal parts of baking soda and salt1 and apply a bandage4 #f4 ,then1 in the case of a snake bite1 loosen the tourniquet little by little1 taking about half an hour so as to permit any poison that may remain in the wound to be gradually absorbed by the blood4 ,in the case of a dog bite1 the tourniquet is loosened at once4 ,after the tourniquet has been removed1 the patient must rest quietly for several hours4 ,if he feel faint1 he may have a stimulant1--alcohol1 coffee or tea1--but do not give the stimulant before the poison has been removed from the wound1 because stimulants increase the heart beats and thereby hurry the poison into the blood4 ,if the dog is not mad 7rabid71 the wound does not need treatment different from any other kind of a wound4 ,when bitten by a snake1 kill it1 if possible1 and have it shown to a doctor for examination4 #adha4 ,bleeding4 ,the following comparison between the blood and the water in a city will enable you to understand easily the question of bleeding3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,the water flows from a pump called waterworks through blood heart rigid pipes called watermains4 ,when there is a leak elastic tubes arteries bleeding the plumber stops the flow of the water by doctor blood turning a key valve between the waterworks and the pressing the blood tube shut heart leak and then proceeds to repair the leak bleeding cut by soldering 4 ,he then turns on the water by by sewing or by bandaging blood opening the valve in the water main 4 removing pressure on the blood tube ,fig4 #b shows where pressure with the thumb will squeeze the blood tube between the thumb and the bone4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,pressure with thumb at #a checks bleeding of left side of chin cheek and jaw4 ,pressure at #b stops bleeding from big blood tube on left side of head and neck and face4 ,pressure at #c controls bleeding in arm pit and shoulder4 ,pressure at #d checks bleeding in arm pit and anywhere down the arm and hand4 ,pressure at #e stops bleeding of arm and hand4 ,pressure at #f1 on either leg1 stops bleeding of leg and foot4 ,in addition to the pressure raise the leg or arm or head above the heart4 ,this will slow the flow of the blood and lessen leakage4 ,however1 one cannot hold the thumb forever on the blood tube1 so we make an artificial thumb1 called a tourniquet1 which is a pebble or other hard object wrapped in some soft material 7to prevent injury to flesh71 which is pressed down on the blood tube and held in place by a strip of any material which can be tied so as to keep up the pressure4 ,a tourniquet1 therefore1 is like the valve in a water main4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c ,the pebble ,the pebble wrapped to protect the flesh ,the bandage tied around over the pebble ,the bandage twisted tightly by means of a windlass 7stick7 which is held by another bandage ,this shows pressure applied by tourniquet 7also called ,spanish windlass7 instead of the hand and by direct pressure of the ,first ,aid ,packet ,the above diagrams show how a tourniquet is applied4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,bandage to stop bleeding in arm ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,bandage to stop bleeding in foot ,when no one is around to assist you1 sometimes it will be possible to plug the wound in your own body with the first aid packet or with your thumb or handkerchief4 ,when the bleeding is slight1 or is from the scalp or palm of the hand1 or sole of the foot1 direct pressure upon the wound itself with the pad of the first aid package will often be sufficient to stop the leak4 ,nature when left alone stops the leaks with her own solder1 called blood-clot1 which forms in the cut ends of blood tubes and corks them or seals them up until a scar forms a permanent seal4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f ,arm blown off at elbow ,,notice3 #a4 ,bandage on stump4 #b4 ,tourniquet below to check bleeding4 #c4 ,arm held upright to lessen bleeding4 #d4 ,strap supports arm and also acts as a tourniquet4 #adhb4 ,the dangers from a tourniquet are3 #a4 ,gangrene1--that is1 the death of a limb caused by the lack of blood1 which has been cut off by the tourniquet4 ,by watching the toes and finger tips and loosening the tourniquet if they are becoming blue black and remain white when pinched1 gangrene may be prevented4 ,however1 the wound should be plugged before loosening the tourniquet4 #b4 ,injury to nerves from pressure which may cause palsy 7paralysis74 ,however1 that will generally pass off in a few days4 #adhc4 ,broken ,bones 7,fractures74 ,a broken bone or fracture is known by pain in a particular place that hurts on movement or when touched4 ,also1 by a deformity or a movable lump1 caused by the broken end of the bone4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g ,compound fracture ,a broken bone should be handled with the greatest possible care4 ,careless handling may cause the broken ends to pierce the flesh and stick out through the skin4 ,this is called a compound fracture1 and is serious1 because it adds fuel to the fire by making a doorway for germs to enter1 which may cause death or the loss of the limb4 ,furthermore1 careless handling may make the bones grow together in a bad position1 causing a deformity4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h ,break of ,,upper arm bone4 ,pulling the broken bones out of flesh and into place ,treatment for break of upper arm bone #a4 ,padding of grass4 #b4 ,splints put on ,,front and ,,back4 #c4 ,splints extend beyond elbow joint4 #d4 ,arm is supported by a sling4 ,treatment for break of both bones of lower arm #a4 ,plenty of grass padding to protect the flesh4 #b4 ,the splints are put ,,front and ,,back and bound snugly4 ,the hand is included4 #c4 ,the whole dressing is held up by a sling4 ,the best way to treat a broken leg or arm bone is as follows3 7,fig4 #h47 ,pull until the ends come together4 ,you can tell this by the relief the patient feels and by the limb assuming its proper length1--that is1 the same length as the other side4 #adhd4 ,to keep the ends of the bones in place1 fasten to the limb two boards or any other substance that will not bend4 ,such boards or other substance are called splints4 ,they act as artificial bones4 ,all splints should be well padded with some soft material like raw cotton waste1 grass 7be sure the grass contains no biting insects71 leaves1 hay or excelsior1 to prevent pressure of the soft flesh on the ends of the bones4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i ,points to note3 ,plenty of grass between the legs4 ,plenty of grass between injured leg and splint4 ,splint extends from arm pit to foot4 ,the other leg is used for a splint4 ,plenty of strapping to keep leg quiet4 ,when the thigh bone is broken1 put a splint from the arm to the ankle and use the other leg as a splint4 ,fasten them by bandages1 belts1 gun sling1 etc41 passed around the chest1 waist1 hips1 knees and ankle4 ,when an arm is put in a splint1 hang the hand and forearm in a sling4 ,it will give much relief4 ,when the jaw is broken1 the upper jaw makes a good splint4 ,when the collar bone is broken this makes a good treatment3 ,fig4 #aj4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj ,broken collar bone ,the left collar bone is broken4 ,therefore1 pull ,,both shoulders backward away from the breast bone 7same action as for broken arm bone7 and hold in position with bandage or straps4 ,broken collar bone 7left side7 ,when the shoulders are pulled back then the hand is bound close to the chest high up4 ,this prevents it from flopping and so twisting the broken ends of the collar bone4 ,a broken rib is treated by putting a wide strap or bandage around the chest and drawing it tight while all the air is breathed out4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa ,treatment for broken ribs1 left side ,the patient breathes all the air out of the chest and at that moment the strap is buckled tightly4 ,this prevents the broken ends of the ribs from tearing the flesh or the lungs4 ,notice the roll of shirt which acts as a pad4 ,this keeps the rib quiet and the man will breathe with his belly instead of his chest4 ,a broken skull usually makes a man unconscious and may cause death4 ,it is recognized by a wound or swelling of the scalp and a dent in the skull4 ,a doctor should be called at once4 ,always examine an unconscious man for injury to the head4 #adhe4 ,burns4 ,if clothing sticks to the burn1 do not try to remove it1 but cut around it4 ,prick blisters at both ends with a perfectly clean needle1 and remove the water by gentle pressure1 being careful not to break the skin4 ,a good application for a burn is carbolic acid dissolved in water 7a teaspoonful in a pint of water71 or tincture of iodine dissolved in water 7one teaspoonful in a pint of water1 to which is added as much salt as will cover a dime71 or olive oil1 vaseline or butter4 ,lacking the remedies named above1 ordinary baking soda or flour may be dusted on the unbroken skin1 or a cloth dampened with salt water that has been boiled1 to which may be added the same amount of whiskey or brandy as there is water4 ,another application for burns recommended by some1 is the scraping of a raw potato1 renewed when it feels hot4 ,different burns should be treated as follows3 ,sunburn1--treat with olive oil1 vaseline or butter1 or with a glycerine or witchhazel1 applying with a dampened cloth4 ,quicklime or lye1--treat with vinegar4 ,carbolic acid1--treat with alcohol4 ,other acids1--treat with baking powder or lime water4 #adhf4 ,burning clothes1 particularly those of women and children1 has been the unnecessary cause of many horrible deaths1 either from ignorance of the proper means of extinguishing the flames1 or from lack of presence of mind to apply them4 ,a person whose clothing is blazing should 7#a7 immediately be made to lie down--be thrown if necessary4 ,the tendency of flames is upward1 and when the patient is lying down1 they have not only less to feed upon1 but the danger of their reaching the face1 with the possibility of choking and of ultimate deformity is greatly diminished4 7#b7 ,the person should then be quickly wrapped up in a coat1 shawl1 rug1 blanket or any similar article1 preferably woolen1 and never cotton1 and the fire completely smothered by pressing and patting upon the burning points from the outside of the envelope4 ,the flames having been controlled in this way1 when the wrap is removed1 great care should be taken to have the slightest sign of a blaze immediately and completely stifled4 ,this is best done by pinching it but water may be used4 ,any burns and any prostration by shock should be treated in the manner prescribed for them4 #adhg4 ,bruises4 ,the best treatment for a bruise is heat4 ,a hot brick or a bottle of hot water wrapped in cloth1 towels wrung out of hot water1 or even an electric light bulb1 will give much relief4 ,however1 always remember this3 ,never put the hot object on the bare skin--always wrap the source of heat in a thick cloth to hold the heat in and at the same time protect the skin4 ,if not practicable to do this wrap the source of heat1 then spread a towel over the skin before applying the hot object4 ,if you use an electric bulb1 watch it closely1 as it will char and possibly set things on fire4 ,the above treatment is also excellent for lumbago1 stiff neck1 and stiff muscles4 ,a tub bath as hot as you can stand it is fine for refreshing tired1 stiff muscles4 ,it is also good for lumbago4 #adhh4 ,chiggers4 ,apply kerosene oil4 ,bacon is also excellent1 and so is butter or lard with salt4 #adhi4 ,choking4 ,foreign body in the throat4 ,the common practice of slapping the back often helps the act of coughing to dislodge foreign bodies in the windpipe4 ,if this does not succeed1 have the patient lie over a chair with his head down low or hold him as in the first step to revive a drowning person and have him cough4 ,when in either of these positions have some one slap him on the back so as to induce coughing4 ,the above failing1 give him a large amount of warm water with a little salt1 mustard or baking soda in it1 and then have him put his finger in his throat so as to induce vomiting which will often bring up the obstruction4 ,in children1 and even in adults1 the expulsion of the body may be facilitated by lifting a patient up by the heels and slapping his back in this position4 ,if none of the methods above described are successful1 summon a physician1 taking care to send him information as to the character of the accident1 so that he may bring with him the instruments needed for removing the obstruction4 #adij4 ,cuts4 ,small cuts should be treated with tincture of iodine or washed with alcohol 7bay rum or listerine will do7 and bandage up4 ,large wounds may be similarly cleaned and then closed by adhesive plaster4 #adia4 ,diarrhoea4 ,apply warm bandages to the belly4 ,some woodsmen recommend the following3 ,fire brown a little flour to which two teaspoonfuls of vinegar and one teaspoonful of salt are added2 mix and drink4 ,they claim this is a cure nine cases out of ten4 ,a tablespoonful of warm vinegar and teaspoonful of salt will cure most severe cases4 ,also1 hot ginger ale or hot water containing a teaspoonful of witch hazel is good4 ,repeat any of the above drinks about every hour4 ,take a purgative1 which will usually expel the offending cause1 generally too much undigested food4 #adib4 ,dislocations4 ,the place where two bones come together is called a joint4 ,when two bones forming a joint are knocked apart1 it is called a dislocation1 and the bones are said to be out of joint4 ,the first sign of a dislocation is the accident4 ,the second sign is immediate interference with the motion of the joint and awkwardness in using the limb4 ,the third sign is deformity of the joint1--it looks queer when compared with the same joint on the other side4 ,if you are unsuccessful after trying several times to replace a dislocation1 get a doctor4 ,if no doctor is available1 make the man sick by having him drink some warm salt water and then put his finger in his throat4 ,when he vomits the muscles and ligaments 7tissue connecting the joints7 will relax and you may be able to get the bone back in place4 ,after replacing the bones put the joint at rest with a large compress and bandage4 ,when uncertain as to whether you have to deal with a broken bone or a dislocated joint1 give treatment for a broken bone1 because rest and quiet for the injured part are good in either case4 ,the following diagrams show the usual methods of replacing dislocations3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab ,to put the arm bone back into the shoulder socket #a,,st ,,move ,rest your weight at elbow1 pulling downward1 until the muscles at the shoulder are tired and will stretch4 #b,,nd ,,move ,swing the elbow across1 close to the chest1 and place the hand on other shoulder4 #c,,rd ,,move ,keep the elbow close to the chest and bring the hand forward as if held out for a penny4 ,this should twist the bone into the socket4 ,relocating the jaw ,when the jaw bone is out of place1 the man cannot shut his mouth4 ,put both thumbs 7protected by a handkerchief7 on the lower teeth and with the forefingers at the angles of the lower jaw push down in the back of the jaw4 ,relocating thumb ,when the thumb bone is dislocated it must be ,,pushed into place--not pulled4 ,relocating finger ,pull the finger bone back into place4 #adic4 ,drowning4 ,rescuing4 ,approach the drowning man from behind1 seizing him by the coat collar1 or a woman by the back hair1 and tow at arms length to boat or shore4 ,do not let him cling around your neck or arms to endanger you4 ,duck him until unconscious if necessary to break a dangerous hold upon you2 but do not strike to stun him4 ,a drowning person does not come to the top three times before giving up4 ,reviving4 ,when a person is apparently drowned he is unconscious and not breathing because his lungs are full of water and his skin is blue and cold because no air is getting into his blood to redden it and warm it2 remember the heart does not stop until some time after the breathing stops4 ,if we can get air into the blood and start breathing again before the heart stops we can save the patient's life4 ,if we cannot get the breath started in time the heart stops and the patient is then dead4 ,our problem then is this3 #a4 ,to get the water out of the lungs4 #b4 ,to get the air into the lungs and start the man breathing before the heart stops4 ,emptying the lungs is precisely similar to emptying a bottle4 ,the lungs are the bottle1 the windpipe is the neck of the bottle and the cork of the bottle may be the tongue turned back in the throat or mud and leaves from bottom of the pool and bloody froth in the nostrils4 ,we therefore-- #a4 ,pull out the cork4 ,remove mud1 mucus1 etc41 and pull the tongue forward4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac ,pulling out the cork #b4 ,turn the bottle neck down to pour out the contents4 ,place the patient's head lower than his chest so the water will run out4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ad ,then lay the patient on a blanket1 if possible1 and on his stomach1 arms extended from his body beyond his head1 face turned to one side so that the mouth and nose do not touch the ground4 ,this position causes the tongue to fall forward of its own weight and so prevents it from falling back into the air passages4 ,turning the head to one side prevents the face coming into contact with mud or water during the operation4 ,kneel and straddle the patient's hips1 facing his head4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ae ,roll up or rip off the clothing so as to get at the bare back4 ,locate the lowest rib1 and with your thumbs extending in about the same direction as your fingers1 place your spread hands so that your little finger curls over the lowest rib4 ,be sure to get the hands well away from the back bone1--the nearer the ends of the ribs the hands are placed without sliding off1 the better it is4 ,then with your arms held straight1 press down ,,slowly ,,and ,,steadily on the ribs1 bringing the weight of your body straight from your shoulders4 ,do not bend your elbows and shove in from the side4 ,release the pressure suddenly1 removing the hands from the body entirely1 and thus allowing the chest to fill with air4 ,wait a couple of seconds1 so as to give the air time to get into the blood4 ,this is most important4 ,repeat the pressure and continue doing so1 slowly and steadily1 pressing down at the rate of ordinary breathing4 ,that is to say1 pressure and release of pressure 7one complete respiration7 should occupy about five seconds4 ,guide yourself by your own deep1 regular breathing1 or by counting4 ,keep up for at least one hour the effort to revive the patient2 and much longer if there is any sign of revival by way of speaking1 breathing1 coughing1 sneezing or gurgling sounds4 ,do not stop working at the first signs of life1 but keep it up until the patient is breathing well and is conscious4 ,if you stop too soon he may stop breathing and die4 ,persons have been revived after two hours of steady work1 but most cases revive within about thirty minutes4 ,if you are a heavy man1 be careful not to bring too much force on the ribs1 as you might break one of them4 ,in the case of women or thin persons place a roll of clothing under them at the waist line before beginning the pressure4 ,if you happen to be of light build and the patient is a large1 heavy person1 you will be able to apply the pressure better by raising your knees from the ground1 and supporting yourself entirely on your toes and the heels of your hands1 properly placed on the floating ribs of the patient4 ,do not attempt to give liquids of any kind to the patient while he is unconscious1 for he cannot swallow them4 ,they will merely run into his windpipe and choke him1 and furthermore1 it will take up valuable time4 ,however1 after the patient has regained consciousness you may give him hot coffee or hot whiskey1 punch or aromatic spirits of ammonia 7a teaspoonful in water74 ,then wrap up the patient warmly in hot blankets with hot water bottles1 and take him to the nearest hospital or put him to bed and send for a doctor4 ,why8 ,because the dirty water in the lungs has damaged the lining and the patient is in danger of lung fever and needs care and nursing4 ,aromatic spirits of ammonia may be poured on a handkerchief and held continuously within about three inches of the face and nose4 ,if other ammonia preparations are used1 they should be diluted or held farther away4 ,try it on your own nose first4 ,the above method of artificial respiration is also applicable in cases of electric shock1 suffocation by gas and smoke4 #adid4 ,earache4 ,put a teaspoonful of salt into a quart of water and add #f teaspoonfuls of tea4 ,boil it4 ,as soon as it is cool enough to stand the finger1 drip some into the nostrils until it falls into the throat4 ,clear out the nose and throat by sniffing1--do not blow the nose4--and then gargle with the rest of the remedy as hot as can be taken1 holding each mouthful well back in the throat4 ,this will often open up the tubes running from the ears to the throat1 and relieve the pressure against the ear drum4 ,in addition1 a little hot oil may be dropped into the ear4 ,repeat the treatment in one-half an hour if not successful first time4 #adie4 ,ear1 foreign body in4 ,lay the head over1 with the affected ear up1 and pour in some warm oil or soap suds4 ,this will float the thing up1 unless it be a vegetable such as a grain of corn or a bean4 ,turning the affected ear down and then jumping1 jerking the head1 or pounding it gently1 may dislodge it4 ,a little peroxide of hydrogen poured into the ear will often dislodge the substance1 especially if it be wax4 ,in case of an insect1 a bright light held near the ear will often cause it to leave the ear to go to the light4 #adif4 ,electric ,shock4 ,failure of respiration following an electric shock by lightning or live wire is treated the same as in the case of drowning1 omitting1 of course1 the operation of removing the water out of the lungs4 ,do not try to pull a man away from a live wire until you have put on rubber overshoes or gotten a wooden stick with which to get the wire away from him4 ,otherwise you will yourself get a shock4 #adig4 ,eye1 foreign body in4 ,close the eye for a few moments and allow the tears to fill the eye2 upon opening it1 the body may be washed out by them4 ,never rub the eye4 ,the foreign body can often be removed by keeping the eye open with one hand and splashing water into it with the other1 or by dipping the eye into clean water while holding the eyelid open with the hand4 ,if the body lies under the lower lid1 make the patient look up1 and at the same time press down upon the lid2 the inner surface of the lid will be exposed1 and the foreign body may be brushed off with the corner of a handkerchief4 ,if the body lies under lid1 7#a7 grasp the lashes of the upper lid and pull it down over the lower1 which should at the same time1 with the other hand1 be pushed up under the upper4 ,upon repeating this two or three times1 the foreign body will often be brushed out on the lower lid4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #af 7#b7 ,if this fails1 the upper lid should be turned up2 make the patient shut his eye and look down2 then with a pencil or some similar article press gently upon the lid at about the middle1 and grasping the lashes with the other hand1 turn the lid up over the pencil1 when its inner surface will be seen1 and the foreign body may readily be brushed off4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ag ,if the body is firmly stuck in the surface of the eye1 a careful attempt may be made to lift it out with the point of a needle4 ,if not at once successful1 do not try again1 as you may injure the sight4 ,lime1 plaster or whitewash in the eye should be washed out with a very weak mixture of vinegar and water4 ,acids in the eye may be washed with baking soda in water4 ,olive oil will also afford relief4 ,after the removal of a foreign body from the eye1 a sensation as if of its presence often remains4 ,people not infrequently complain of a foreign body when it has already been removed by natural means4 ,sometimes the body has excited a little irritation1 which feels like a foreign body4 ,if this sensation remains over night1 the eye needs attention1 and a surgeon should be consulted2 for1 it should have passed away1 if no irritating body is present4 ,after the removal of an irritating foreign body from the eye1 salt water should be poured into it1 then butter1 lard or olive oil may be used for a salve4 #adih4 ,fainting4 ,fainting is caused by the blood leaving the head4 ,therefore1 we must get the blood back into the head1 which is done by placing the patient on his back1 with the head lower than the rest of the body4 ,if necessary1 make1 by digging1 a slight depression in the ground for the head1 neck and upper part of shoulders4 ,also1 the head may be placed lower than the rest of the body by putting a couple of folded blankets1 or a few folded coats or any other suitable article under the body3 also1 by raising the feet by hand or otherwise4 ,the clothing should be loosened by unbuttoning and the patient fanned4 ,give him as much fresh air as possible1--so1 do not let people crowd around him4 ,mop the face and forehead with a handkerchief soaked in cold water4 #adii4 ,fish hook4 ,if a fish hook gets caught in the flesh1 push it on through and when the end sticks out1 break off the hook and pull it out the other way4 ,put tincture of iodine on the wound and bandage4 #aejj4 ,fits4 ,the man falls over suddenly unconscious in a convulsion1 which continues until he is blue in the face1 when he gradually quiets down and regains consciousness4 ,he is liable to injure himself by the fall and by biting his tongue4 ,put a stick or cork between his teeth and let him lie quietly undisturbed4 ,don't try to hold him down or make him sit up4 ,he will come to no harm on the floor and you cannot stop the fit4 ,ammonia on a handkerchief held under the nose to smell will assist reviving consciousness4 ,put him in the hospital at once4 #aeja4 ,fracture4 ,see1 ,broken ,bones4 #aejb4 ,freezing4 ,if a man is overcome by the cold1 do not take him into a warm room1 or heated tent4 ,put him into a cool room without draughts and get a doctor at once4 ,meanwhile loosen his clothing and rub arms and legs towards the heart with cold water and a towel or sponge1 using pressure4 ,when he revives give him hot drinks and wrap him up well in hot blankets and put him in the hospital4 ,when freezing to death a man feels overcome with sleepiness and stupor4 ,take a switch or stick and beat him unmercifully4 ,remember that falling to sleep means death4 #aejc4 ,frost-bite4 ,the best way to get frost-bitten is to have on damp clothing1 such as wet shoes and socks or mittens4 ,the first feeling of frost bite is numbness1 and the first sign is marble whiteness4 ,treatment4 ,rub the frozen part briskly with snow or ice cold water1 if the frost-bite has just occurred4 ,if it has been frozen more than fifteen minutes1 rub very gently with snow1 cold water or coal oil 7kerosene74 ,if you rub hard1 it will break the frozen flesh4 ,returning pinkness is a sign of thawing2 if the parts turn a dark color1 see a surgeon at once1 for it means gangrene 7death of the flesh74 ,when thawed out apply plenty of oil1 tallow or vaseline4 ,if gangrene has set in and no doctor is available1 then treat as a burn4 ,by all means keep away from heat4 ,to toast frost-bitten fingers or toes before a fire is liable to result in chilblains4 #aejd4 ,headache4 ,among troops headache is usually due to intestinal indigestion1 combined with a congestion of the stomach4 ,take a tablespoonful of ,worcestershire sauce or #e drops of tobasco sauce in a tumbler of hot water as a drink and put a small piece of soap up into the bowel to cause a movement4 #aeje4 ,heat exhaustion4 ,the man falls out in a faint while marching1 or on fatigue or parade4 ,he looks pale1 his body is clammy and cold1 his breathing is sighing and heart fluttering4 ,what is the matter8 ,his heart is weak from poisons in the blood1 usually alcohol1 but often too much carbonic gas and too little oxygen4 ,this occurs when men are soft-muscled3 so1 young soldiers1 recruits and fat soldiers and especially those who drink alcohol1 use drugs or smoke or chew tobacco while hiking1 are the first to have it4 ,treatment4 ,loosen the man's clothing1 remove his pack1 lay him on his back in the shade1 with head and shoulders lower than his hips and raise his feet in the air4 ,this will make the blood flow to the heart and brain4 ,if he has fainted1 slap the bare chest with the hand or a wet towel and briskly rub the arms towards the heart4 ,if he does not revive1 apply hot bottles1 or bricks to the chest and abdomen1 and ammonia to the nose1 as a smelling salt4 ,do not give stimulants until he is conscious4 ,he should ride in the ambulance1 or go to the hospital4 #aejf4 ,lightning4 ,a man struck by lightning is treated the same as in the case of drowning1 omitting1 of course1 the operation of getting the water out of the lungs4 #aejg4 ,nose1 foreign body in4 ,if it cannot be sneezed out1 lean the head back and pour a little oil into the nostril4 ,then snift and blow the nose alternately4 ,if this is not successful1 take a lead pencil and try to push the object straight back into the throat4 ,this must be done very gently4 #aejh4 ,poison4 ,when poison has been swallowed1 cause the patient to take a large quantity of luke-warm water and make him vomit by putting his finger in his throat4 ,repeat this and then have him swallow the white of two eggs or some milk into which raw flour or corn-starch has been stirred4 ,if you know he took bichloride of mercury1 you may increase the amount of eggs and give one-half glass of weak lime water4 ,if you know he took carbolic acid1 give him alcohol 7pure alcohol or in the form of gin or whiskey7 and plenty of it in order to neutralize the acid4 ,get a doctor as soon as possible1 and save the vomit and poison not taken1 for him to see4 #aeji4 ,scalds4 ,apply at once common baking soda or olive oil and cover with a bandage4 ,to sprinkle with flour is also good4 #aeaj4 ,scratches of cats and other animals4 ,apply tincture of iodine or wash with soap and water4 #aeaa4 ,shock4 ,in case of collapse following an accident1 treat the accident2 then treat as for fainting4 ,apply hot plates1 stones or bottles of hot water1 or an electric light wrapped in towels over the stomach4 ,wrap up warmly4 ,keep the patient quiet1 in the dark1 and send for a doctor4 #aeab4 ,snow or sun blindness4 ,smear the nose and face about the eyes with charcoal1 and wear a cloth over the face with small holes for the eyes4 #aeac4 ,sore throat4 ,gargling with hot strong tea or hot water and salt is often effective4 ,listerine diluted in water and used as a gargle is also good4 ,peroxide of hydrogen is a good gargle4 #aead4 ,spider bite4 ,apply a cloth dampened with alcohol or weak ammonia and water4 #aeae4 ,suffocation by gas4 ,see ,asphyxiation by gas4 #aeaf4 ,sprains4 ,the regular medical treatment is to plunge a sprained ankle1 wrist or finger1 into water as hot as can be borne at the start1 and to raise the heat gradually thereafter to the limit of endurance4 ,continue for half an hour1 then put the joint in a hot wet bandage1 reheat from time to time1 and support the limb in an elevated position1--the leg on a chair or stool2 the arm carried in a sling4 ,in a day or two begin gently moving and kneading the joint1 and rub with liniment1 oil or vaseline4 ,as a soothing application for sprains1 bruises1 etc41 the virtues of witch hazel are well known4 #aeag4 ,stings4 ,stings of bees1 jelly fish and other stinging animals are treated with a very weak solution of ammonia in water applied as a lotion4 ,or apply a very weak solution of carbolic acid in water1 a strong solution of baking powder1 a slice of crushed raw onion1 a moist quid of tobacco1 witch hazel1 listerine1 or a paste of clay4 ,before applying any of these remedies1 extract the sting1 if left in the wound4 ,also1 work out as much of the poison as possible by massaging and sucking the wound4 #aeah4 ,sunburn4 ,treat with witch hazel or listerine or vinegar well diluted with water4 #aeai4 ,sunstroke4 ,in sunstroke the man has a blazing red face1 dry1 burning hot skin2 agitated heart2 snoring breathing2 a high fever1 and is unconscious and delirious4 ,what is the matter8 ,the part of the brain which regulates the heat of the body is overcome by the heat and loses control1--the man is entirely too hot all the way through4 ,treatment4 ,first of all remove the pack and shoes and loosen the clothing4 ,then souse the man1 clothing and all1 with water4 ,lay him in the shade and fan him1 keeping him covered and wet4 ,this will cool him off without chilling too much4 ,if possible1 rub the chest and legs1 but not the belly1 with ice4 #aebj4 ,wounds4 ,wounds may be made in every degree of size1 from the jab of a splinter to the loss of a part of the body from shrapnel4 ,no matter what form of the wound or the cause1 we know the following fact to be of the utmost importance3 ,a wound without germs in it will heal rapidly without pain1 redness1 heat1 or pus and the patient will have no fever4 ,he will eat his regular meals and act as though well4 ,such wounds we see made by surgeons when operating4 ,on the other hand1 wounds infected with germs are painful1 hot1 angry1 red1 and swollen and form large quantities of pus or matter4 ,pus is a mixture of germs1 blood and the flesh that they have destroyed4 ,this pus prevents wounds from healing and often burrows under the skin1 forming abcesses which cause fever and chills1 and the pus enters the blood causing delirium and death4 ,our one aim in treating wounds is to keep out germs1 and we accomplish this by means of the first aid packet4 #aeba4 ,the first aid packet consists of two gauze compresses sewed to two cotton bandages4 ,they are sealed in wax paper4 ,there are also two safety pins wrapped in wax paper4 ,these articles are placed in an airtight metal case which protects them from contamination4 ,now1 the one important fact about this first aid packet is that the bandage compresses and safety pins have been sterilized1--that is1 they contain no living germs of any kind4 ,it is1 therefore1 perfectly safe to put on a wound1 provided the pad touches the wound before it touches anything else and provided that the wound has not been handled4 ,therefore1 do not wash a fresh clean wound4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ah ,first ,aid ,packet ,after the removal of packet from tin can1 open the wax paper and hold the package as shown4 #a4 ,left hand holds the wax paper4 #b4 ,right hand holds the bandage4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ai ,first ,aid ,packet ,shake out packet with right hand so that the pad 7or compress7 does not touch anything until placed on the wound4 ,,caution4 ,have the wound ready before you open the packet4 ,do not touch the gauze pad with ,,anything4 ,do not breathe on it1 and be especially careful not to cough or sneeze over it4 ,these things put germs on it which will grow in the wound4 ,by observing these instructions you may save a man's life4 ,by not observing them1 you may cause his death1 or cause him much pain and suffering4 ,the life of a wounded man is often in the hands of the first one who attends him4 ,it is said that since the adoption of the first aid packet by armies1 it has done more than everything else to save the lives of those wounded in battle by preventing the infection of wounds4 ,in an emergency a pad from any kind of cloth may be boiled for ten minutes to kill the germs1 the water drained off to allow it to cool1 and then placed on the wound4 ,or1 the pad may be held over a clear fire until it is fairly scorched2 then let it cool4 ,a little charring of the surface will do no harm4 ,any kind of bandage may then be used to hold it in place4 ,when a bullet strikes a man first1 the wound is clean cut and germ free and it will heal rapidly4 ,if1 however1 it strikes something first1 and bounces off 7ricochets7 and then strikes a man1 it will be knocked into an irregular shape and1 therefore1 cause a ragged wound with much bruising4 ,what is more important1 such a bullet will carry germs into the wound from the object struck1 and almost surely some shreds of clothing4 ,when a wound is infected it is extremely difficult to kill the germs 7disinfect74 ,such a wound1 before applying the first aid dressing should be painted with a tincture of iodine1 or alcohol or be well washed with boiled salt water4 #aebb4 ,the illustrations below show improvised litters4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bj ,litter made of one-half shelter tent1 three shelter tent pins and one tent or other pole ,litter made of two poles1 two coats and one belt4 ,the coats are buttoned and the sleeves turned inside out1 the poles being run through the sleeves4 ,the belt is used as a head rest ,the coat litter in use ,,part ,,vi ,,military ,,courtesy ,,and ,,kindred ,,subjects ,,chapter ,i ,,military ,,deportment ,,and ,,appearance--,,personal ,,cleanliness--,,forms ,,of ,,speech--,,delivery ,,of ,,messages1 ,,etc4 #aebc4 ,military ,deportment and ,appearance4 ,the enlisted man is no longer a civilian but a soldier4 ,he is1 however1 still a citizen of the ,united ,states and by becoming a soldier also he is in no way relieved of the responsibilities of a citizen2 he has merely assumed in addition thereto the responsibilities of a soldier4 ,for instance1 if he should visit an adjoining town and become drunk and disorderly while in uniform1 not only could he be arrested and tried by the civil authorities1 but he could also be tried by the summary court at his post for conduct to the prejudice of good order and military discipline4 ,indeed1 his uniform is in no way whatsoever a license for him to do anything contrary to law and be protected by the government4 ,being a soldier1 he must conduct himself as such at all times1 that he may be looked upon not only by his superior officers as a soldier1 but also by the public as a man in every way worthy of the uniform of the ,american soldier4 ,whether on or off duty1 he should always look neat and clean1 ever remembering that in bearing and in conversation he should be every inch a soldier--shoes must be clean and polished at all times2 no chewing1 spitting1 gazing about1 or raising of hands in ranks--he should know his drill1 his orders and his duties--he should always be ready and willing to learn all he can about his profession--he should never debase himself with drink4 ,a soldier's uniform is more than a mere suit of clothes that is worn to hide nakedness and protect the body4 ,the uniform of an army symbolizes its respectability1 its honor1 its traditions1 and its achievements1 just as the flag of a nation symbolizes its honor1 dignity and history4 ,always remember this1 and remember1 too1 that the soldier who brings reproach upon his uniform is in the same class as the priest who brings dishonor upon his robes4 ,it is not given to every man to wear the uniform of his ,country's army1--it is an honor and a privilege to do so1 and no individual has a right to abuse this honor and privilege by bringing the uniform into disrepute through misbehavior4 ,it should be remembered that the soldiers of a command can make the uniform carry distinction and respect1 or they can make it a thing to be derided4 ,the soldier should take pride in his uniform4 ,a soldier should be soldierly in dress1 soldierly in carriage1 soldierly in courtesies4 ,a civilian owes it to himself to be neat in dress4 ,a soldier owes it to more than himself--he owes it to his comrades1 to his company--he owes it to his country1 for just so far as a soldier is slack so far does his company suffer2 his shabbiness reflects first upon himself1 then upon his company and finally upon the entire ,army4 ,it is a fact known to students of human nature that just in proportion as a man is neatly and trimly dressed is he apt to conduct himself with like decency4 ,the worst vagabonds in our communities are the tramps1 with their dirty bodies and dirty clothes2 the most brutal deeds in all history were those of the ragged1 motley mobs of ,paris in the days of the ,french ,revolution2 the first act of the mutineer has ever been to debase and deride his uniform4 ,the man who misbehaves himself in uniform in public creates a bad impression of the whole command1 as a result of which his comrades must suffer4 ,remember that a man in the uniform of a soldier is conspicuous1--much more so than a civilian1--and consequently any misconduct on his part is more noticeable than if done in civilian clothes4 ,the man who deliberately besmirches the uniform of his ,country's army by appearing in public drunk or by other misconduct1 not only fouls his own nest1 but he also dishonors the uniform worn by his self-respecting comrades4 ,it is a well known fact that laxity in dress and negligence in military courtesy run hand in hand with laxity and negligence in almost everything else1 and that is why we can always look for certain infallible symptoms in the individual dress1 carriage and courtesies of soldiers4 ,should a soldier give care and attention to his dress8 ,yes2 not only should a soldier be always neatly dressed1 but he should also be properly dressed--that is1 he should be dressed as required by regulations4 ,a soldier should always be neat and trim1 precise in dress and carriage and punctilious in salute4 ,under no circumstances should the blouse or overcoat be worn unbuttoned1 or the cap back or on the side of the head4 ,his hair should be kept properly trimmed1 his face clean shaven or beard trimmed and his shoes polished1 his trousers pressed1 the garrison belt accurately fitted to the waist so that it does not sag1 his leggins cleaned1 his brass letters1 numbers and crossed rifles polished1 and his white gloves immaculate4 ,should a man ever be allowed to leave the post on pass if not properly dressed8 ,no2 never4 ,the ,army ,regulations require that chiefs of squads shall see that such members of their squads as have passes leave the post in proper dress4 ,should a soldier ever stand or walk with his hands in his pockets8 ,no2 never4 ,there is nothing more unmilitary than to see a soldier standing or walking with his hands in his pockets4 ,the real soldier always stands erect4 ,he never slouches4 ,is it permissible1 while in uniform1 to wear picture buttons1 chains1 watch charms1 etc41 exposed to view8 ,no2 it is not4 ,may the campaign hat or any other parts of the uniform be worn with civilian dress8 ,no2 this is prohibited by the ,uniform ,regulations1 which especially states that when the civilian dress is worn it will not be accompanied by any mark or part of the uniform4 ,may a mixed uniform be worn--for example1 a cotton olive drab at and woolen olive drab breeches8 ,no2 under no circumstances4 ,when the company commander or any other officer sends for a soldier to report to him in the company office or any other place1 the soldier must report in proper uniform4 #aebd4 ,obedience4 ,what is ,obedience8 ,it is compliance with everything that is required by authority--it is the mainspring1 the very soul and essence of all military duty4 ,it is said a famous general once remarked every soldier should know three things--,first1 obedience2 second1 obedience2 third1 obedience4 ,cheerful1 earnest and loyal obedience must be paid by all subordinates to the orders of their superiors4 ,a soldier should obey first and if aggrieved complain afterward4 ,all duty should be performed cheerfully and willingly4 ,soldiers are sometimes required to perform duties that are not pleasant--for instance1 doing guard duty on a cold1 rainy night1 when tired and sleepy2 digging ditches or cleaning up dirt and filth that have accumulated around the barracks1 kitchens1 quarters1 etc41 scrubbing floors1 polishing stoves1 cleaning knives1 forks1 pots1 etc4 ,however1 by doing everything required of him in a cheerful manner1 a soldier will soon earn the respect of his comrades and the commendation of his officers4 #aebe4 ,respect and ,obedience to ,noncommissioned ,officers4 ,in the orders and directions that they give1 company noncommissioned officers represent the company commander1 and they must be obeyed and respected at all times and under all circumstances4 ,orders and regulations require that men respect and obey their noncommissioned officers1 and discipline makes it imperative that they do so4 ,it is not for a private to question in any way the fairness1 justice1 propriety or wisdom of an order received from a noncommissioned officer4 ,when ordered by a noncommissioned officer to do a thing1 whatever it may be1 do it promptly and thoroughly1 and then if you feel that you have been injured in any way1 report the matter to your company commander1 who will see that you receive justice4 ,if the noncommissioned officer made a mistake1 exceeded his authority1 or treated you unfairly1 he will be punished by the company commander4 ,the company commander1 and not the privates of the company1 is to judge the conduct of his noncommissioned officers1 who are directly responsible to him for every act of theirs4 ,if every subordinate were to question the fairness1 justice1 propriety or wisdom of orders received from noncommissioned officers or other superiors1 there would be no discipline1 and the ,army would soon degenerate into a mob4 ,remember1 a soldier is supposed to obey first1 and1 if aggrieved1 complain afterward4 ,and remember1 too1 that the authority of noncommissioned officers is not confined to the drill ground1 the barracks and the post or camp4 ,whether you are on pass1 in a theatre1 in a streetcar1 on a train on the street or anywhere else1 if you receive an order from a noncommissioned officer you are to obey it just the same as if it were given you at drill or in barracks4 #aebf4 ,forms of ,speech4 ,in speaking to an officer it is not proper for a soldier to say1 ,you1 etc41 but the third person should always be used1 as1 for example1 ,does the captain want his horse this morning8--do not say1 ,do you want your horse this morning8 ,the lieutenant is wanted on the 'phone1--not ,you are wanted on the 'phone4 ,in beginning a conversation with an officer1 a soldier should use the third person in referring to himself instead of the pronouns ,i and me4 ,however1 after the conversation has commenced1 it is perfectly proper1 and usual1 for the soldier to use the pronouns ,i and me1 but an officer is always addressed in the third person and never as you4 ,in speaking to an officer1 an enlisted man should refer to another enlisted man by proper title1 as1 ,sergeant ,richards1 ,corporal ,smith1 ,private ,wilson4 ,privates and others should always address noncommissioned officers by their titles4 ,for example1 ,sergeant ,smith1 ,corporal ,jones1 etc41 and not ,smith1 ,jones1 etc4 ,when asked his name1 a soldier should answer1 for instance1 ,private ,jones1 ,sir4 ,when given an order or instructions of any kind by an officer1 or noncommissioned officer1 a soldier should always say1 ,yes1 sir1 thus letting the officer or noncommissioned officer know that the soldier understands the order or instructions4 ,don't say1 ,very well1 sir1 or ,all right1 sir2 say1 ,yes1 sir1 it's the direct1 military way of answering4 ,short direct answers should be made in the form of1 ,no1 sir1 ,yes1 sir1 ,i don't know1 sir1 ,i will try1 sir1 etc4 ,do not use slang in speaking to an officer4 ,never interrupt an officer while he is speaking4 ,always wait until he is through talking before you begin to speak4 ,after a soldier has finished a thing that he was ordered to do1 he should always report to the officer who gave him the order4 ,for example1 ,the captain's message to ,lieutenant ,smith has been delivered4 ,if ordered to report to an officer for any purpose1 do not go away without first ascertaining if the officer is through with you1 as it often happens he has something else he would like to have you do4 ,after having finished the work given in the beginning1 report1 for instance1 ,sir1 is the captain through with me8 ,when an officer calls a soldier who is some distance away1 the soldier should immediately salute1 and say1 ,yes1 sir1 and1 if necessary1 approach the officer with a quickened step4 ,if the officer is waiting on the soldier1 the latter should take up the double time4 ,always salute an officer when he leaves you after a conversation or at any other time4 ,and always salute just as soon as the officer makes the first move to leave4 ,don't wait until he has moved away several feet before saluting4 ,miscellaneous #aebg4 ,how to ,enter an ,office4 ,in entering an office a soldier should give two or three knocks at the door 7whether it be open or closed72 when told to come in1 enter1 taking off the hat 7if unarmed71 close the door 7if it was closed before you entered7 and remain just inside the door until asked what is wanted2 then go within a short distance of the officer1 stand at attention1 salute1 and make known your request in as few words as possible4 ,on completion1 salute1 face toward the door1 and go out1 being careful to close the door if it was closed when you entered4 ,if it was not closed1 leave it open4 #aebh4 ,complaints to the ,captain4 ,complaints must never be made directly to the captain unless the soldier has the captain's permission to do so1 or the first sergeant refuses to have the matter reported4 ,if dissatisfied with his food1 clothing1 duties1 or treatment1 the facts should be reported to the first sergeant1 with the request1 if necessary1 to see the captain4 ,it is also customary for soldiers who wish to speak to the captain about anything to see the first sergeant first1 and when speaking to the captain to inform him that they have the first sergeant's permission to do so4 ,thus3 ,private ,smith has the first sergeant's permission to speak to the captain1 etc4 #aebi4 ,how the ,soldier is ,paid4 ,when your name is called1 answer ,here1 step forward and halt directly in front of the paymaster1 who will be directly behind the table2 salute him4 ,when he spreads out your pay on the table in front of you1 count it quickly1 take it up with your ungloved hand1 execute a left or right face and leave the room and building1 unless you wish to deposit1 in which case1 you will remain in the hall outside the payroom1 until the company has been paid1 when you enter the payroom4 ,men wishing to deposit money with the paymaster1 will always notify the first sergeant before the company is marched to the pay table4 #aecj4 ,delivery of ,messages4 ,when an enlisted man receives a message1 verbal or written1 from an officer for delivery1 he will1 in case he does not understand his instructions1 ask the officer to repeat them1 saying1 for instance1 ,sir1 ,private ,smith does not understand2 will the captain please repeat8 ,when he has received his instructions1 and understands them1 he will salute1 and say3 ,yes1 sir1 execute an about face1 and proceed immediately to the officer for whom the message is intended4 ,he will halt three or four paces directly in front of the officer and if the officer be junior to the officer sending the message1 he will say1 ,sir1 ,captain ,smith presents his compliments1 etc41 and then deliver the message1 or ,the commanding officer presents his compliments to ,lieutenant ,smith and would like to see him at headquarters4 ,he will salute immediately before he begins to address the officer and will hold his hand at the position of salute while he says1 ,sir1 ,captain ,smith presents his compliments1 or ,the commanding officer presents his compliments to ,lieutenant ,smith4 ,if the officer sending the message be junior to the one receiving it1 the soldier will not present his compliments1 but will say1 for instance1 ,sir1 ,lieutenant ,smith directed me to hand this letter to the captain1 or ,sir1 ,lieutenant ,smith directed me to say to the captain1 etc4 ,as soon as the message has been delivered1 the soldier will salute1 execute an about face1 and proceed at once to the officer who sent the message1 and will similarly report to him1 ,sir1 the lieutenant's message to ,captain ,smith has been delivered1 and leave4 ,before leaving an officer to whom you deliver a message always ascertain whether there is an answer4 ,the compliments of a junior are never presented to a senior4 ,for instance1 never say to a captain that a lieutenant presents his compliments to him4 #aeca4 ,appearance as ,witness4 ,the uniform is that prescribed4 ,proceed to the courtroom and remain outside4 ,when you are notified that you are wanted enter the room4 ,then take off your cap and right hand glove1 and raise your right hand above your head1 palm to the front1 to be sworn4 ,after the judge-advocate reads the oath1 say1 ,i do or ,so help me ,god4 ,then sit down in the chair indicated by the judge-advocate4 ,do not cross your legs1 but sit upright4 ,when asked1 ,do you know the accused8 ,if1 so1 state who he is1 answer1 ,i do2 ,corporal ,john ,jones1 ,co4 ',b' #ast ,infantry4 ,be sure you thoroughly understand every question before you start to reply1 answering them all promptly1 in a loud1 distinct1 deliberate voice1 and confining your answers strictly to the questions asked and telling all you know4 ,when the judge-advocate says1 ,that is all1 arise1 salute him1 execute an about face1 and leave the room4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,military ,,courtesy #aecb4 ,its importance4 ,some soldiers do not see the necessity for saluting1 standing at attention1 and other forms of courtesy1 because they do not understand their significance--their object4 ,it is a well-known fact that military courtesy is a very important part of the education of the soldier1 and there are good reasons for it4 ,general ,orders ,no4 #ahc1 ,division of the ,philippines1 #aija1 says3 ,in all armies the manner in which military courtesies are observed and rendered by officers and soldiers1 is the index to the manner in which other duties are performed4 ,the ,army ,regulations tells us1 ,courtesy among military men is indispensable to discipline2 respect to superiors will not be confined to obedience on duty1 but will be extended on all occasions4 ,illustration ,,the ,,nature ,,of ,,salutes ,,and ,,their ,,origin ,the ,civilian ,salute #aecc4 ,when a gentleman raises his hat to a lady he is but continuing a custom that had its beginning in the days of knighthood1 when every knight wore his helmet as a protection against foes4 ,however1 when coming among friends1 especially ladies1 the knight would remove his helmet as a mark of confidence and trust in his friends4 ,in those days failure to remove the helmet in the presence of ladies signified distrust and want of confidence--today it signifies impoliteness and a want of good breeding4 ,the ,military ,salute #aecd4 ,from time immemorial subordinates have always uncovered before superiors1 and equals have always acknowledged each other's presence by some courtesy--this seems to be one of the natural1 nobler instincts of man4 ,it was not so many years ago when a sentinel saluted not only with his gun but by taking off his hat also4 ,however1 when complicated headgear like the bearskin and the helmet came into use1 they could not be readily removed and the act of removing the hat was finally conventionalized into the present salute--into the movement of the hand to the visor as if the hat were going to be removed4 ,every once in a while a man is found who has the mistaken idea that he smothers the ,american spirit of freedom1 that he sacrifices his independence1 by saluting his officers4 ,of course1 no one but an anarchist or a man with a small1 shrivelled-up mind can have such ideas4 ,manly deference to superiors1 which in military life is merely recognition of constituted authority1 does not imply admission of inferiority any more than respect for law implies cowardice4 ,the recruit should at once rid himself of the idea that saluting and other forms of military courtesy are un-,american4 ,the salute is the soldier's claim from the very highest in the land to instant recognition as a soldier4 ,the raw recruit by his simple act of saluting1 commands like honor from the ranking general of the ,army--aye1 from even the ,president of the ,united ,states4 ,while the personal element naturally enters into the salute to a certain extent1 when a soldier salutes an officer he is really saluting the office rather than the officer personally--the salute is rendered as a mark of respect to the rank1 the position that the officer holds1 to the authority with which he is vested4 ,a man with the true soldierly instinct never misses an opportunity to salute his officers4 ,as a matter of fact1 military courtesy is just simply an application of common1 every-day courtesy and common sense4 ,in common1 every-day courtesy no man with the instincts of a gentleman ever thinks about taking advantage of this thing and that thing in order to avoid paying to his fellow-man the ordinary1 conventional courtesies of life1 and if there is ever any doubt about the matter1 he takes no chances but extends the courtesy4 ,and this is just exactly what the man who has the instincts of a real soldier does in the case of military courtesy4 ,the thought of ,should ,i salute or should ,i not salute never enters the mind of a soldier just because he happens to be in a wagon1 in a postoffice1 etc4 ,in all armies of the world1 all officers and soldiers are required to salute each other whenever they meet or pass1 the subordinate saluting first4 ,the salute on the part of the subordinate is not intended in any way as an act of degradation or a mark of inferiority1 but is simply a military courtesy that is as binding on the officer as it is on the private1 and just as the enlisted man is required to salute the officer first1 so is the officer required to salute his superiors first4 ,it is a bond uniting all in a common profession1 marking the fact that above them there is an authority that both recognize and obey--the ,country6 ,indeed1 by custom and regulations1 it is as obligatory for the ranking general of the ,army to return the salute of the recruit1 as it is for the latter to give it4 ,let it be remembered that the military salute is a form of greeting that belongs exclusively to the ,government--to the soldier1 the sailor1 the marine--it is the mark and prerogative of the military man and he should be proud of having the privilege of using that form of salutation--a form of salutation that marks him as a member of the ,profession of ,arms--the profession of ,napoleon1 ,wellington1 ,grant1 ,lee1 ,sherman1 ,jackson and scores of others of the greatest and most famous men the world has ever known4 ,the military salute is ours1 it is ours only4 ,moreover1 it belongs only to the soldier who is in good standing1 the prisoner under guard1 for instance1 not being allowed to salute4 ,ours is a grand fraternity of men-at-arms1 banded together for national defense1 for the maintenance of law and order--we are bound together by the love and respect we bear the flag--we are pledged to loyalty1 to one ,god1 one country--our lives are dedicated to the defense of our country's flag--the officer and the private belong to a brotherhood whose regalia is the uniform of the ,american soldier1 and they are known to one another and to all men1 by an honored sign and symbol of knighthood that has come down to us from the ages--,,the ,,military ,,salute6 ,,whom ,,to ,,salute #aece4 ,army officers4 ,all ,army officers are saluted by their juniors and by enlisted men4 #aecf4 ,navy1 ,marine ,corps1 ,volunteer and ,national ,guard officers4 ,soldiers at all times and in all situations salute officers of the ,navy1 ,marine ,corps1 and ,national ,guard the same as they salute officers of the ,regular ,army4 #aecg4 ,reserve ,corps officers4 ,although the subject is not at present 7,march1 #aiag7 covered by orders or regulations1 it goes without saying that soldiers would salute members of the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps on active duty the same as they salute their own officers4 #aech4 ,foreign naval and military officers4 ,the ,manual of ,interior ,guard ,duty requires sentinels to salute foreign naval and military officers1 but there are no instructions about other enlisted men saluting them4 ,however1 as an act of international courtesy1 they should be saluted the same as our own officers4 ,,when ,,and ,,how ,,to ,,salute #aeci4 ,general rule4 ,day or night1 covered or uncovered1 whether either or both are in uniform or civilian clothes1 salutes shall be exchanged between officers and enlisted men not in a military formation1 nor at drill1 work1 games or mess1 on every occasion of their meeting1 passing near or being addressed1 the junior in rank or the enlisted man saluting first4 #aedj4 ,saluting when making and receiving reports4 ,when making or receiving official reports1 or on meeting out of doors1 all officers will salute4 ,military courtesy requires the junior to salute first1 but when the salute is introductory to a report made at a military ceremony or formation1 to the representative of a common superior 7as1 for example1 to the adjutant1 officer of the day1 etc471 the officer making the report1 whatever his rank1 will salute first2 the officer to whom the report is made will acknowledge by saluting that he has received and understood the report4 #aeda4 ,saluting distance4 ,saluting distance is that within which recognition is easy4 ,in general1 it does not exceed #cj paces4 ,as to the distance at which the salute should be made1 the following is what has been the practice in the ,army3 ,in approaching or passing each other within saluting distance1 individuals or bodies of troops exchange salutes when at a distance of about #f paces4 ,if they do not approach each other that closely1 the salute is exchanged at the point of nearest approach4 ,for instance1 if the officer and soldier are approaching each other on the same sidewalk1 the hand is brought up to the headdress when about #f paces from the officer4 ,if they are on opposite sides of the street1 the hand is brought up when about ten paces in advance of the officer4 ,if the officer and soldier are not going in opposite directions and the officer does not approach within six paces1 the salute is rendered when the officer reaches the nearest point to the soldier4 ,if a soldier passes an officer from the rear1 the hand is raised as he reaches the officer2 if an officer passes a soldier from the rear1 the soldier salutes just as the officer is about to pass him4 #aedb4 ,officer entering room occupied by soldiers4 ,when an officer enters a room where there are several enlisted men1 the word attention is given by someone who perceives him1 when all rise1 uncover1 and remain standing at attention until the officer leaves the room or directs otherwise4 #aedc4 ,at meals4 ,enlisted men at meals stop eating and remain seated at attention when an officer enters the room4 #aedd4 ,when seated4 ,an enlisted man1 if seated1 rises on the approach of an officer1 faces toward him1 stands at attention1 and salutes4 ,standing he faces an officer for the same purpose4 ,if the parties remain in the same place or on the same ground1 such compliments need not be repeated4 #aede4 ,soldier indoors4 ,indoors1 an unarmed enlisted man uncovers and stands at attention upon the approach of an officer4 ,if armed with rifle1 he renders the rifle salute at the order or trail4 7,note4 ,according to custom1 the term indoors is interpreted as meaning military offices barracks1 quarters and similar places1--it does not mean such public places as stores1 storehouses1 riding halls1 stables1 post exchange buildings1 hotels1 places of amusement1 and railway and steamboat stations4 ,in such places an unarmed soldier renders the right hand salute47 #aedf4 ,officers approaching number of soldiers in open4 ,when an officer approaches a number of enlisted men out of doors1 the word attention should be given by someone who perceives him1 when all stand at attention and all salute4 ,it is customary for all to salute at or about the same instant1 taking the time from the soldier nearest the officer1 and who salutes when the officer is six paces from him4 #aedg4 ,at work4 ,soldiers actually at work do not cease work to salute an officer unless addressed by him4 #aedh4 ,riding in wagon4 ,a soldier riding in a wagon should salute officers that he passes4 ,he would salute without rising4 ,likewise1 a soldier driving a wagon should salute1 unless both hands are occupied4 #aedi4 ,passing officer on staircase4 ,it is customary for a soldier who is passed by an officer on a staircase to come to a halt and stand at attention4 #aeej4 ,addressing or being addressed by an officer4 ,before addressing an officer1 or when addressed by an officer1 an enlisted man makes the prescribed salute with the weapon with which he is armed2 or1 if unarmed1 with the right hand4 ,he also makes the same salute after receiving a reply4 #aeea4 ,how salutes are rendered in uniform4 ,in uniform1 covered or uncovered1 but not in formation1 officers and enlisted men salute military persons as follows3 ,with arms in hand1 the salute prescribed for that arm 7sentinels on interior guard duty excepted72 without arms1 the right-hand salute4 #aeeb4 ,rifle salute4 ,enlisted men out of doors and armed with the rifle1 salute with the piece at the right shoulder2 if indoors1 the rifle salute is rendered at the order or trail4 #aeec4 ,saber salute4 ,an enlisted man armed with the saber renders the saber salute1 if the saber is drawn2 otherwise he salutes with the hand4 #aeed4 ,sentinels on post4 ,a soldier salutes with the present arms only when actually on post as a sentinel doing interior guard duty4 ,at all other times when armed with the rifle he salutes with the prescribed rifle salute4 ,the general rules and principles of saluting apply to sentinels on post doing interior guard duty1 except1 as just stated1 they salute by presenting arms when armed with the rifle4 ,however1 they do not salute if it interferes with the proper performance of their duties4 #aeee4 ,how salutes are rendered in civilian dress4 ,in civilian dress1 covered or uncovered1 officers and enlisted men salute military persons with the right-hand salute4 #aeef4 ,saluting in military manner4 ,officers and enlisted men will render the prescribed salutes in a military manner4 #aeeg4 ,several officers together4 ,when several officers in company are saluted1 all entitled to the salute shall return it4 #aeeh4 ,dismounting before addressing superior not mounted4 ,except in the field under campaign or simulated campaign conditions1 a mounted officer or soldier dismounts before addressing a superior officer not mounted4 #aeei4 ,man addressed in formation4 ,a man in formation shall not salute when directly addressed1 but shall come to attention if at rest or at ease4 #aefj4 ,in public places and conveyances4 ,in public conveyances1 such as railway trains and street cars1 and in public places1 such as theaters1 honors and personal salutes may be omitted when palpably inappropriate or apt to disturb or annoy civilians present4 ,for instance1 as a rule1 it may be said that an enlisted man riding in a street car1 or in the act of purchasing goods in a store1 or eating in a restaurant1 would not salute unless addressed by an officer4 ,however1 in case of a soldier occupying a seat in a crowded street or railway car1 if he recognized a person standing to be an officer1 it would be but an act of courtesy for him to raise1 salute and offer the officer his seat4 #aefa4 ,salutes by commanders of detachments or other commands4 ,commanders of detachments or other commands will salute officers of grades higher than the person commanding the unit1 by first bringing the unit to attention and then saluting as prescribed1--that is1 with arms in hand1 the salute prescribed for that arm2 without arms in hand1 the right-hand salute4 #aefb4 ,officer passing in rear of troops4 ,when an officer entitled to the salute passes in rear of a body of troops1 the troops are brought to attention when he is opposite the post of the commander4 #aefc4 ,bringing command to present arms or sabers before commander salutes4 ,if the command is in line at a halt 7not in the field7 and armed with the rifle1 or with sabers drawn1 it shall be brought to present arms or present sabers before its commander salutes in the following cases3 ,when the ,national ,anthem is played1 or when to the color or to the standard is sounded during ceremonies1 or when a person is saluted who is its immediate or higher commander or a general officer1 or when the national or regimental color is saluted4 #aefd4 ,no compliments paid at drill1 on march1 etc4 ,salutes and honors1 as a rule1 are not paid by troops actually engaged in drill1 on the march1 or in the field under campaign or simulated campaign conditions4 ,troops on the service of security pay no compliments whatever4 #aefe4 ,no saluting at double time1 trot or gallop4 ,salutes are not rendered when marching in double time or at the trot or gallop4 ,the soldier must first come to quick time or walk before saluting4 ,the question of gait applies to the person saluting and not to the one saluted1--so1 a soldier would salute an officer passing in double time or at a trot or gallop4 ,,miscellaneous #aeff4 ,soldier walking with officer4 ,a soldier accompanying an officer walks on the officer's left and about one pace to his rear4 #aefg4 ,prisoners do not salute4 ,prisoners do not salute officers4 ,they merely stand at attention4 ,in some commands it is customary for paroled prisoners and others who are not under the immediate charge of sentinels1 to fold their arms when passing or addressing officers4 #aefh4 ,unmilitary salutes4 ,it is very unmilitary to salute with the coat unbuttoned or with the hand in the pocket1 or a cigarette1 cigar or pipe in the mouth4 #aefi4 ,headdress not raised in saluting4 ,the headdress must not be raised to ladies1 but they must be given the military salute4 7,war ,dept4 decision4 ,august1 #aiac47 #aegj4 ,caution4 ,in saluting1 the hand or weapon is held in the position of salute until the salute has been acknowledged or until the officer has passed or has been passed4 ,,usual ,,mistakes ,,in ,,saluting #aega4 ,the following are the mistakes usually made by soldiers in rendering salutes3 #a4 ,they do not begin the salute soon enough2 often they do not raise the hand to the headdress until they are only a pace or two from the officer--the salute should always begin when at least six paces from the officer4 #b4 ,they do not turn the head and eyes toward the officer who is saluted--the head and eyes should always be turned toward the officer saluted and kept turned as long as the hand is raised4 #c4 ,the hand is not kept to the headdress until the salute is acknowledged by the officer--the hand should always be kept raised until the salute has been acknowledged1 or it is evident the officer has not seen the saluter4 #d4 ,the salute is often rendered in an indifferent1 lax manner--the salute should always be rendered with life1 snap and vim2 the soldier should always render a salute as if he meant it4 ,,respect ,,to ,,be ,,paid ,,the ,,national ,,anthem1 ,,the ,,colors ,,and ,,standards #aegb4 ,the ,national ,anthem4 ,whenever the ,national ,anthem is played at any place when persons belonging to the military service are present1 all officers and enlisted men not in formation shall stand at attention facing toward the music 7except at retreat when they shall face toward the flag74 ,if in uniform1 covered or uncovered1 or in civilian clothes1 uncovered1 they shall salute at the first note of the ,anthem1 retaining the position of salute until the last note of the ,anthem4 ,if not in uniform and covered1 they shall uncover at the first note of the ,anthem1 holding the headdress opposite the left shoulder and so remain until its close1 except that in inclement weather the headdress may be held slightly raised4 ,the same rules apply when ,to the ,color or ,to the ,standard is sounded as when the ,national ,anthem is played4 #aegc4 ,national anthems of other nations4 ,the same marks of respect prescribed for observance during the playing of the ,national ,anthem of the ,united ,states shall be shown toward the national anthem of any other country when played upon official occasions4 #aegd4 ,at retreat4 ,the flag will be lowered at the sounding of the last note of the retreat1 and while the flag is being lowered the band will play the ,national ,anthem1 or1 if there be no band present1 the field music will sound ,to the ,color4 ,when ,to the ,color is sounded by the field music while the flag is being lowered the same respect will be observed as when the ,national ,anthem is played by the band1 and in either case officers and enlisted men out of ranks will face toward the flag1 stand at attention1 and render the prescribed salute4 #aege4 ,colors and standards4 ,officers and enlisted men passing the uncased color 7or standard7 will render honors as follows3 ,if in uniform they will salute as described in par4 #aeea2 if in civilian dress and covered1 they will uncover1 holding the headdress opposite the left shoulder with the right hand2 if uncovered1 they will salute with the right-hand salute4 ,by ,colors and ,standards is meant the national flags and the regimental flags that are carried by regiments and separate battalions4 ,the national flag may be of either silk or bunting2 the regimental flag is always of silk4 ,in the ,army ,regulations the word ,color is used in referring to regiments of ,infantry1 the ,coast ,artillery and battalions of ,philippine ,scouts1 while ,standard is used in reference to regiments of ,cavalry and ,field ,artillery4 ,by uncased colors and standards are meant colors and standards when not in their waterproof cases4 ,by ,flag is meant the national emblem that waves from flag staffs and other stationary poles4 ,they are always of bunting4 ,,part ,,vii ,,guard ,,duty 7,to include ,changes ,no4 #a1 ,february #bd1 #aiae47 7,the numbers following the paragraphs are those of the ,manual of ,interior ,guard ,duty47 #aegf4 ,importance4 ,guard duty is one of the soldier's most important duties1 and in all armies of the world the manner in which it is performed is an index to the discipline of the command and the manner in which other duties are performed4 ,upon the guard's vigilance and readiness for action depend not only the enforcement of military law and orders1 but also the safety and protection of the post and the quelling of sudden disorder1 perhaps even mutiny4 ,the importance of guard duty is increased during times of war1 when the very safety of the army depends upon the vigilance of the sentinels1 who are required to watch that others may sleep and thus refresh themselves from the labors of the day4 ,the sentinels are the guardians of the repose1 quiet and safety of the camp4 #aegg4 ,respect for ,sentinels4 ,respect for the person and office of a sentinel is as strictly enjoined by military law as that required to be paid to an officer4 ,as it is expressed in the ,manual of ,guard ,duty1 ,all persons of whatever rank in the service are required to observe respect toward sentinels4 ,invested as the private soldier frequently is1 while on his post1 with a grave responsibility1 it is proper that he should be fully protected in the discharge of his duty4 ,to permit anyone1 of whatever rank1 to molest or interfere with him while thus employed1 without becoming liable to severe penalty1 would clearly establish a precedent highly prejudicial to the interests of the service4 7,davis' ,military ,law74 #aegh4 ,duty of sentinels4 ,a sentinel1 in respect to the duties with which he is charged1 represents the superior military authority of the command to which he belongs1 and whose orders he is required to enforce on or in the vicinity of his post4 ,as such he is entitled to the respect and obedience of all persons who come within the scope of operation of the orders1 which he is required to carry into effect4 ,over military persons the authority of the sentinel is absolute1 and disobedience of his orders on the part of such persons constitutes a most serious military offence and is prejudicial in the highest degree to the interests of discipline4 7,davis' ,military ,law74--,author4 ,,introduction #aegi4 ,guards may be divided into four classes3 ,exterior guards1 interior guards1 military police1 and provost guards4 7#a7 #aehj4 ,exterior guards are used only in time of war4 ,they belong to the domain of tactics and are treated of in the ,field ,service ,regulations and in the drill regulations of the different arms of the service4 ,the purpose of exterior guards is to prevent surprise1 to delay attack1 and otherwise to provide for the security of the main body4 ,on the march they take the form of advance guards1 rear guards1 and flank guards4 ,at a halt they consist of outposts4 7#b7 #aeha4 ,interior guards are used in camp or garrison to preserve order1 protect property1 and to enforce police regulations4 ,in time of war such sentinels of an interior guard as may be necessary are placed close in or about a camp1 and normally there is an exterior guard further out consisting of outposts4 ,in time of peace the interior guard is the only guard in a camp or garrison4 7#c7 #aehb4 ,military police differ somewhat from either of these classes4 7,see ,field ,service ,regulations47 ,they are used in time of war to guard prisoners1 to arrest stragglers and deserters1 and to maintain order and enforce police regulations in the rear of armies1 along lines of communication1 and in the vicinity of large camps4 7#d7 #aehc4 ,provost guards are used in the absence of military police1 generally in conjunction with the civil authorities at or near large posts or encampments1 to preserve order among soldiers beyond the interior guard4 7#e7 ,,interior ,,guard ,classification #aehd4 ,the various elements of an interior guard classified according to their particular purposes and the manner in which they perform their duties are as follows3 7a7 ,the main guard4 7b7 ,special guards3 ,stable guards1 park guards1 prisoner guards1 herd guards1 train guards1 boat guards1 watchmen1 etc4 7#f7 ,details and ,rosters #aehe4 ,at every military post1 and in every regiment or separate command in the field1 an interior guard will be detailed and duly mounted4 ,it will consist of such number of officers and enlisted men as the commanding officer may deem necessary1 and will be commanded by the senior officer or noncommissioned officer therewith1 under the supervision of the officer of the day or other officer detailed by the commanding officer4 7#g7 #aehf4 ,the system of sentinels on fixed posts is of value in discipline and training because of the direct individual responsibility which is imposed and required to be discharged in a definite and precise manner4 ,in order1 however1 that guard duty may not be needlessly irksome and interfere with tactical instruction1 the number of men detailed for guard will be the smallest possible4 ,commanding officers are specifically charged with this matter1 and1 without entirely dispensing with the system of sentinels on fixed posts will1 as far as practicable in time of peace1 replace such sentinels with watchmen4 7,see ,par4 #agha47 7#h7 #aehg4 ,at posts where there are less than three companies the main guard and special guards may all be furnished by one company or by detail from each company4 ,where there are three or more companies1 the main guard will1 if practicable1 be furnished by a single company1 and1 as far as practicable1 the same organization will supply all details for that day for special guard1 overseer1 and fatigue duty4 ,in this case the officer of the day1 and the officers of the guard1 if there are any1 will1 if practicable1 be from the company furnishing the guard4 7#i7 #aehh4 ,there will be an officer of the day with each guard1 unless in the opinion of the commanding officer the guard is so small that his services are not needed4 ,in this case an officer will be detailed to supervise the command and instruction of the guard for such period as the commanding officer may direct4 7#af7 #aehi4 ,the detail of officers of the guard will be limited to the necessities of the service and efficient instruction2 inexperienced officers may be detailed as supernumerary officers of the guard for purposes of instruction4 7#ah74 #aeij4 ,the strength of guards and the number of consecutive days for which an organization furnishes the guard will be so regulated as to insure privates of the main guard an interval of not less than five days between tours4 ,the ,commanding ,officer #aeia4 ,the commanding officer will exact a faithful1 vigilant1 and correct performance of guard duty in all of its details1 giving his orders to the officer of the day1 or causing them to be communicated to him with the least practicable delay4 ,he will prescribe the strength of the guard1 and the necessary regulations for guard1 police1 and fatigue duty4 7#bg7 #aeib4 ,the commanding officer receives the reports of the officers of the day immediately after guard mounting1 at his office1 or at some other place previously designated2 carefully examines the guard report and remarks thereon 7questioning the old officer of the day1 if necessary1 concerning his tour of duty71 relieves the old officer of the day and gives the new officer of the day such instructions as may be necessary4 7#bh7 ,the ,officer of the ,day #aeic4 ,the officer of the day is responsible for the proper performance of duty by the guard with which he marches on and for the enforcement of all police regulations4 ,he is charged with the execution of all orders of the commanding officer relating to the safety and good order of the post or camp4 ,his actual tour begins when he receives the instructions of the commanding officer after guard mounting1 and ceases when he has been relieved by the commanding officer4 ,in case of emergency during the interval between guard mounting and reporting to the commanding officer1 the senior officer of the day will give the necessary instructions for both guards4 7#bi7 #aeid4 ,in the absence of special instructions from the commanding officer1 the officer of the day will inspect the guard and sentinels during the day and at night at such times as he may deem necessary4 ,he will visit them at least once between #ab o'clock midnight and daylight4 7#cj7 ,he may prescribe patrols 7,par4 #aggh7 and visits of inspection to be made by officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard whenever he deems it necessary4 7#ca7 #aeie4 ,he will see that the commander of the guard is furnished with the parole and countersign before retreat in case they are to be used1 and will inform him of the presence in post or camp of any person entitled to the compliment4 7#cb7 #aeif4 ,in case of alarm of any kind he will at once take such steps as may be necessary to insure the safety of life and public property and to preserve order in the command1 disposing his guard so as best to accomplish this result4 7#cc7 #aeig4 ,in the performance of his duties as officer of the day he is subject to the orders of the commanding officer only1 except that in case of an alarm of any kind1 and at a time of great danger1 the senior line officer present is competent to give necessary orders to the officer of the day for the employment of the guard4 7#cd7 #aeih4 ,at the inspection and musters prescribed in ,army ,regulations1 the officer of the day will be present at the post of the guard1 but all commands to the guard will be given by the commander of the guard4 7#ce7 ,both officers of the day together verify the prisoners and inspect the guardhouse and premises4 7#cf7 #aeii4 ,in the absence of special instructions1 the old officer of the day will1 at guard mounting1 release all garrison prisoners whose sentences expire that day4 ,if there are any prisoners with no record of charges against them1 the old officer of the day will report that fact to the commanding officer who will give the necessary instructions4 7#cg7 #afjj4 ,the old officer of the day signs the report of the commander of the guard4 ,he also enters on it such remarks as may be necessary4 7#ch7 #afja4 ,the officers of the day then report to the commanding officer4 ,on presenting themselves1 both salute with the right hand1 remaining covered4 ,the old officer of the day1 standing on the right of the new1 then says3 ,sir1 ,i report as old officer of the day1 and presents the guard report4 ,as soon as the commanding officer notifies the old officer of the day that he is relieved1 the old officer of the day salutes the commanding officer and retires4 ,the new officer of the day again salutes and says3 ,sir1 ,i report as new officer of the day1 and then receives his instructions4 7#ci7 #afjb4 ,the officer of the day will always keep the guard informed as to where he may be found at all hours of the day and night4 7#dj7 ,commander of the ,guard #afjc4 ,the commander of the guard is responsible for the instruction and discipline of the guard4 ,he will see that all of its members are correctly instructed in their orders and duties1 and that they understand and properly perform them4 ,he will visit each relief at least once while it is on post1 and at least one of these visits will be made between #ab o'clock midnight and daylight4 7#da7 #afjd4 ,he receives and obeys the orders of the commanding officer and the officer of the day1 and reports to the latter without delay all orders to the guard not received from the officer of the day2 he transmits to his successor all material instructions and information relating to his duties4 7#db7 #afje4 ,he is responsible under the officer of the day for the general safety of the post or camp as soon as the old guard marches away from the guardhouse4 ,in case of emergency while both guards are at the guardhouse1 the senior commander of the two guards will be responsible that the proper action is taken4 7#dc7 #afjf4 ,officers of the guard will remain constantly with their guards1 except while visiting patrols or necessarily engaged elsewhere in the performance of their duties4 ,the commanding officer will allow a reasonable time for meals4 7#dd7 #afjg4 ,a commander of a guard leaving his post for any purpose will inform the next in command of his destination and probable time of return4 7#de7 #afjh4 ,except in emergencies1 the commander of the guard may divide the night with the next in command1 but retains his responsibility2 the one on watch must be constantly on the alert4 7#df7 #afji4 ,when any alarm is raised in camp or garrison1 the guard will be formed immediately4 7,par4 #agic47 ,if the case be serious1 the proper call will be sounded1 and the commander of the guard will cause the commanding officer and the officer of the day to be at once notified4 7#dg7 #afaj4 ,if a sentinel calls3 ,the ,guard1 the commander of the guard will at once send a patrol to the sentinel's post4 ,if the danger be great1 in which case the sentinel will discharge his piece1 the patrol will be as strong as possible4 7#dh7 #afaa4 ,when practicable1 there should always be an officer or noncommissioned officer and two privates of the guard at the guardhouse1 in addition to the sentinels there on post4 7#di7 #afab4 ,between reveille and retreat1 when the guard had been turned out for any person entitled to the compliment 7,see ,pars4 #aghb and #aghd71 the commander of the guard1 if an officer1 will receive the report of the sergeant1 returning the salute of the later with the right hand4 ,he will then draw his saber1 and place himself two paces in front of the center of the guard4 ,when the person for whom the guard has been turned out approaches1 he faces his guard and commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms2 faces to the front and salutes4 ,when his salute is acknowledged he resumes the carry1 faces about1 and commands3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms2 and faces to the front4 ,if it be an officer entitled to inspect the guard1 after saluting and before bringing his guard to an order1 the officer of the guard reports3 ,sir1 all present or accounted for2 or1 ,sir1 7so and so7 is absent2 or1 if the roll call has been omitted3 ,sir1 the guard is formed1 except that at guard mounting the commanders of the guards present their guards and salute without making any report4 ,between retreat and reveille1 the commander of the guard salutes and reports1 but does not bring the guard to a present4 7#ej7 #afac4 ,to those entitled to have the guard turned out but not entitled to inspect it1 no report will be made2 nor will a report be made to any officer1 unless he halts in front of the guard4 7#ea7 #afad4 ,when a guard commanded by a noncommissioned officer is turned out as a compliment or for inspection1 the noncommissioned officer1 standing at a right shoulder on the right of the right guide1 commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,he then executes the rifle salute4 ,if a report be also required1 he will1 after saluting1 and before bringing his guard to an order1 report as prescribed for the officer of the guard4 7,par4 #afab47 7#eb7 #afae4 ,when a guard is in line1 not under inspection1 and commanded by an officer1 the commander of the guard salutes his regimental1 battalion1 and company commander1 by bringing the guard to attention and saluting in person4 ,for all other officers1 excepting those entitled to the compliment from a guard 7,par4 #aghd71 the commander of the guard salutes in person1 but does not bring the guard to attention4 ,when commanded by a noncommissioned officer the guard is brought to attention in either case1 and the noncommissioned officer salutes4 ,the commander of a guard exchanges salutes with the commanders of all other bodies of troops2 the guard is brought to attention during the exchange4 ,present arms is executed by a guard only when it has turned out for inspection or as a compliment1 and at the ceremonies of guard mounting and relieving the old guard4 7#ec7 #afaf4 ,in marching a guard or a detachment of a guard the principles of paragraph #afae apply4 ,eyes right is executed only in the ceremonies of guard mounting and relieving the old guard4 7#ed7 #afag4 ,if a person entitled to the compliment1 or the regimental1 battalion1 or company commander1 passes in rear of a guard1 neither the compliment nor the salute is given1 but the guard is brought to attention while such person is opposite the post of the commander4 ,after any person has received or declined the compliment1 or received the salute from the commander of the guard1 official recognition of his presence thereafter while he remains in the vicinity will be taken by bringing the guard to attention4 7#ee7 #afah4 ,the commander of the guard will inspect the guard at reveille and retreat1 and at such other times as may be necessary1 to assure himself that the men are in proper condition to perform their duties and that their arms and equipments are in proper condition4 ,for inspection by other officers1 he prepares the guard in each case as directed by the inspecting officer4 7#ef7 #afai4 ,the guard will not be paraded during ceremonies unless directed by the commanding officer4 7#eg7 #afbj4 ,at all formations members of the guard or reliefs will execute inspection arms as prescribed in the drill regulations of their arm4 7#eh7 #afba4 ,the commander of the guard will see that all sentinels are habitually relieved every two hours1 unless the weather or other cause makes it necessary that it be done at shorter or longer intervals1 as directed by the commanding officer4 7#ei7 #afbb4 ,he will question his noncommissioned officers and sentinels relative to the instructions they may have received from the old guard2 he will see that patrols and visits of inspection are made as directed by the officer of the day4 7#fj7 #afbc4 ,he will see that the special orders for each post and member of the guard1 either written or printed1 are posted in the guardhouse1 and1 if practicable1 in the sentry box or other sheltered place to which the member of the guard has constant access4 7#fa7 #afbd4 ,he will see that the proper calls are sounded at the hours appointed by the commanding officer4 7#fb7 #afbe4 ,should a member of the guard be taken sick1 or be arrested1 or desert1 or leave his guard1 he will at once notify the officer of the day4 7#fc7 #afbf4 ,he will1 when the countersign is used 7,pars4 #aggj to #aggf71 communicate it to the noncommissioned officers of the guard and see that it is duly communicated to the sentinels before the hour for challenging2 the countersign will not be given to sentinels posted at the guardhouse4 7#fd7 #afbg4 ,he will have the details for hoisting the flag at reveille1 and lowering it at retreat1 and for firing the reveille and retreat gun1 made in time for the proper performance of these duties4 7,see ,pars4 #ahcd1 #ahce1 #ahcf1 #ahcg74 ,he will see that the flags are kept in the best condition possible1 and that they are never handled except in the proper performance of duty4 7#fe7 #afbh4 ,he may permit members of the guard while at the guardhouse to remove their headdress1 overcoats1 and gloves2 if they leave the guardhouse for any purpose whatever he will require that they be properly equipped and armed according to the character of the service in which engaged1 or as directed by the commanding officer4 7#ff7 #afbi4 ,he will enter in the guard report a report of his tour of duty1 and1 on the completion of his tour1 will present it to the officer of the day4 ,he will transmit with his report all passes turned in at the post of the guard4 7#fg7 #afcj4 ,whenever a prisoner is sent to the guardhouse or guard tent for confinement1 he will cause him to be searched1 and will1 without unnecessary delay1 report the case to the officer of the day4 7#fh7 #afca4 ,under war conditions1 if anyone is to be passed out of camp at night1 he will be sent to the commander of the guard1 who will have him passed beyond the sentinels4 7#fi7 #afcb4 ,the commander of the guard will detain at the guardhouse all suspicious characters or parties attempting to pass a sentinel's post without authority1 reporting his action to the officer of the day1 to whom persons so arrested will be sent1 if necessary4 7#gj7 #afcc4 ,he will inspect the guard rooms and cells1 and the irons of such prisoners as may be ironed1 at least once during his tour1 and at such other times as he may deem necessary4 7#ga7 #afcd4 ,he will cause the corporals of the old and new reliefs to verify together1 immediately before each relief goes on post1 the number of prisoners who should then properly be at the guardhouse4 7#gb7 #afce4 ,he will see that the sentences of prisoners under his charge are executed strictly in accordance with the action of the reviewing authority4 7#gc7 #afcf4 ,when no special prisoner guard has been detailed 7,par4 #agih71 he will1 as far as practicable1 assign as guards over working parties of prisoners sentinels from posts guarded at night only4 7#gd7 #afcg4 ,the commander of the guard will inspect all meals sent to the guardhouse and see that the quantity and quality of food are in accordance with regulations4 7#ge7 #afch4 ,at guard mounting he will report to the old officer of the day all cases of prisoners whose terms of sentence expire on that day1 and also all cases of prisoners concerning whom no statement of charges has been received4 7#gf7 #afci4 ,the commander of the guard is responsible for the security of the prisoners under the charge of his guard2 he becomes responsible for them after their number has been verified and they have been turned over to the custody of his guard by the old guard or by the prisoner guard or overseers4 7#gg7 #afdj4 ,the prisoners will be verified and turned over to the new guard without parading them1 unless the commanding officer or the officer of the day shall direct otherwise4 7#gh7 #afda4 ,to receive the prisoners at the guardhouse when they have been paraded and after they have been verified by the officers of the day1 the commander of the new guard directs his sergeant to form his guard with an interval1 and commands3 #a4 ,prisoners1 #b4 ,right1 #c4 ,,face1 #d4 ,forward1 #e4 ,,march4 ,the prisoners having arrived opposite the interval in the new guard1 he commands3 #a4 ,prisoners1 #b4 ,,halt1 #c4 ,left1 #d4 ,,face1 #e4 ,right 7or left71 #f4 ,,dress1 #g4 ,,front4 ,the prisoners dress on the line of the new guard4 7#gi7 ,sergeant of the ,guard #afdb4 ,the senior noncommissioned officer of the guard always acts as sergeant of the guard1 and if there be no officer of the guard1 will perform the duties prescribed for the commander of the guard4 7#hj7 #afdc4 ,the sergeant of the guard has general supervision over the other noncommissioned officers and the musicians and privates of the guard1 and must be thoroughly familiar with all of their orders and duties4 7#ha7 #afdd4 ,he is directly responsible for the property under charge of the guard1 and will see that it is properly cared for4 ,he will make lists of articles taken out by working parties1 and see that all such articles are duly returned4 ,if they are not1 he will immediately report the fact to the commander of the guard4 7#hb7 #afde4 ,immediately after guard mounting he will prepare duplicate lists of the names of all noncommissioned officers1 musicians1 and privates of the guard1 showing the relief and post or duties of each4 ,one list will be handed as soon as possible to the commander of the guard2 the other will be retained by the sergeant4 7#hc7 #afdf4 ,he will see that all reliefs are turned out at the proper time1 and that the corporals thoroughly understand1 and are prompt and efficient in1 the discharge of their duties4 7#hd7 #afdg4 ,during the temporary absence from the guardhouse of the sergeant of the guard1 the next in rank of the noncommissioned officers will perform his duties4 7#he7 #afdh4 ,should the corporal whose relief is on post be called away from the guardhouse1 the sergeant of the guard will designate a noncommissioned officer to take the corporal's place until his return4 7#hf7 #afdi4 ,the sergeant of the guard is responsible at all times for the proper police of the guardhouse or guard tent1 including the ground about them and the prison cells4 7#hg7 #afej4 ,at first sergeant's call he will proceed to the adjutant's office and obtain the guard report book4 7#hh7 #afea4 ,when the national or regimental colors are taken from the stacks of the color line1 the color bearer and guard1 or the sergeant of the guard1 unarmed1 and two armed privates as a guard1 will escort the colors to the colonel's quarters1 as prescribed for the color guard in the drill regulations of the arm of the service to which the guard belongs4 7#hi7 #afeb4 ,he will report to the commander of the guard any suspicious or unusual occurrence that comes under his notice1 will warn him of the approach of any armed body1 and will send to him all persons arrested by the guard4 7#ij7 #afec4 ,when the guard is turned out1 its formation will be as follows3 ,the senior noncommissioned officer1 if commander of the guard1 is on the right of the right guide2 if not commander of the guard1 he is in the line of file closers1 in rear of the right four of the guard2 the next in rank is right guide2 the next left guide2 the others in the line of file closers1 usually1 each in rear of his relief2 the field music1 with its left three paces to the right of the right guide4 ,the reliefs form in the same order as when the guard was first divided1 except that if the guard consists of dismounted cavalry and infantry1 the cavalry forms on the left4 7#ia7 #afed4 ,the sergeant forms the guard1 calls the roll1 and1 if not in command of the guard1 reports to the commander of the guard as prescribed in drill regulations for a first sergeant forming a troop or company2 the guard is not divided into platoons or sections1 and1 except when the whole guard is formed prior to marching off1 fours are not counted4 7#ib7 #afee4 ,the sergeant reports as follows3 ,sir1 all present or accounted for1 or ,sir1 7so-and-so7 is absent2 or if the roll call has been omitted1 ,sir1 the guard1 is formed4 ,only men absent without proper authority are reported absent4 ,he then takes his place1 without command4 7#ic7 #afef4 ,at night1 the roll may be called by reliefs and numbers instead of names2 thus1 the first relief being on post3 ,second relief2 ,no4 #a2 ,no4 #b1 etc42 ,third relief1 ,corporal2 ,no4 #a1 etc4 7#id7 #afeg4 ,calling the roll will be dispensed with in forming the guard when it is turned out as a compliment1 on the approach of an armed body1 or in any sudden emergency2 but in such cases the roll may be called before dismissing the guard4 ,if the guard be turned out for an officer entitled to inspect it1 the roll will1 unless he directs otherwise1 always be called before a report is made4 7#ie7 #afeh4 ,the sergeant of the guard has direct charge of the prisoners1 except during such time as they may be under the charge of the prisoner guard or overseers1 and is responsible to the commander of the guard for their security4 7#if7 #afei4 ,he will carry the keys of the guardroom and cells1 and will not suffer them to leave his personal possession while he is at the guardhouse1 except as hereinafter provided4 7,par4 #affa47 ,should he leave the guardhouse for any purpose1 he will turn the keys over to the noncommissioned officer who takes his place4 7,par4 #afdg47 7#ig7 #affj4 ,he will count the knives1 forks1 etc41 given to the prisoners with their food1 and see that none of these articles remain in their possession4 ,he will see that no forbidden articles of any kind are conveyed to the prisoners4 7#ih7 #affa4 ,prisoners when paraded with the guard1 are placed in line in its center4 ,the sergeant1 immediately before forming the guard1 will turn over his keys to the noncommissioned officer at the guardhouse4 ,having formed the guard1 he will divide it into two nearly equal parts4 ,indicating the point of division with his hand1 he commands3 #a4 ,right 7or left71 #b4 ,,face1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march1 #e4 ,guard1 #f4 ,,halt1 #g4 ,left 7or right71 #h4 ,,face4 ,if the first command be right face1 the right half of the guard only will execute the movements3 if left face1 the left half only will execute them4 ,the command halt is given when sufficient interval is obtained to admit the prisoners4 ,the doors of the guardroom and cells are then opened by the noncommissioned officer having the keys4 ,the prisoners will file out under the supervision of the sergeant1 the noncommissioned officer1 and sentinel on duty at the guardhouse1 and such other sentinels as may be necessary2 they will form in line in the interval between the two parts of the guard4 7#ii7 #affb4 ,to return the prisoners to the guardroom and cells1 the sergeant commands3 #a4 ,prisoners1 #b4 ,right 7or left71 #c4 ,,face1 #d4 ,column right 7or left71 #e4 ,,march4 ,the prisoners1 under the same supervision as before1 return to their proper rooms or cells4 7#ajj7 #affc4 ,to close the guard1 the sergeant commands3 #a4 ,left 7or right71 #b4 ,,face1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march1 #e4 ,guard1 #f4 ,,halt1 #g4 ,right 7or left71 #h4 ,,face4 ,the left or right half only of the guard as indicated1 executes the movement4 7#aja7 #affd4 ,if there be but few prisoners1 the sergeant may indicate the point of division as above1 and form the necessary interval by the commands3 #a4 ,right 7or left7 step1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,guard1 #d4 ,,halt1 and close the intervals by the commands3 #a4 ,left 7or right7 step1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,guard1 #d4 ,,halt4 7#ajb7 #affe4 ,if sentinels are numerous1 reliefs may1 at the discretion of the commanding officer1 be posted in detachments1 and sergeants1 as well as corporals1 required to relieve and post them4 7#ajc7 ,corporal of the ,guard #afff4 ,a corporal of the guard receives and obeys orders from none but noncommissioned officers of the guard senior to himself1 the officers of the guard1 the officer of the day1 and the commanding officer4 7#ajd7 #affg4 ,it is the duty of the corporal of the guard to post and relieve sentinels1 and to instruct the members of his relief in their orders and duties4 7#aje7 #affh4 ,immediately after the division of the guard into reliefs the corporals will assign the members of their respective reliefs to posts by number1 and a soldier so assigned to his post will not be changed to another during the same tour of guard duty1 unless by direction of the commander of the guard or higher authority4 ,usually1 experienced soldiers are placed over the arms of the guard1 and at remote and responsible posts4 7#ajf7 #affi4 ,each corporal will then make a list of the members of his relief including himself4 ,this list will contain the number of the relief1 the name1 the company1 and the regiment of every member thereof1 and the post to which each is assigned4 ,the list will be made in duplicate1 one copy to be given to the sergeant of the guard as soon as completed1 the other to be retained by the corporal4 7#ajg7 #afgj4 ,when directed by the commander of the guard1 the corporal of the first relief forms his relief1 and then commands3 ,,call ,,off4 ,commencing on the right1 the men call off alternately rear and front rank1 one1 two1 three1 four1 and so on2 if in single rank1 they call off from right to left4 ,the corporal then commands3 #a4 ,right1 #b4 ,,face1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march4 ,the corporal marches on the left1 and near the rear file1 in order to observe the march4 ,the corporal of the old guard marches on the right of the leading file1 and takes command when the last one of the old sentinels is relieved1 changing places with the corporal of the new guard4 7#ajh7 #afga4 ,when the relief arrives at six paces from a sentinel 7,see ,par4 #agbi71 the corporal halts it and commands1 according to the number of the post3 ,no4 7--74 ,both sentinels execute port arms or saber2 the new sentinel approaches the old1 halting about one pace from him4 7,see ,par4 #agcc47 7#aji7 #afgb4 ,the corporals advance and place themselves1 facing each other1 a little in advance of the new sentinel1 the old corporal on his right1 the new corporal on his left1 both at a right shoulder1 and observe that the old sentinel transmits correctly his instructions4 ,the following diagram will illustrate the positions taken3 ,illustration ,r is the relief2 ,a1 the new corporal2 ,b1 the old2 ,c1 the new sentinel3 ,d1 the old4 7#aaj7 #afgc4 ,the instructions relative to the post having been communicated1 the new corporal commands1 ,post2 both sentinels then resume the right shoulder1 face toward the new corporal and step back so as to allow the relief to pass in front of them4 ,the new corporal then commands1 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march2 the old sentinel takes his place in rear of the relief as it passes him1 his piece in the same position as those of the relief4 ,the new sentinel stands fast at a right shoulder until the relief has passed six paces beyond him1 when he walks his post4 ,the corporals take their places as the relief passes them4 7#aaa7 #afgd4 ,mounted sentinels are posted and relieved in accordance with the same principles4 7#aab7 #afge4 ,on the return of the old relief1 the corporal of the new guard falls out when the relief halts2 the corporal of the old guard forms his relief on the left of the old guard1 salutes1 and reports to the commander of his guard3 ,sir1 the relief is present2 or ,sir1 7so and so7 is absent1 and takes his place in the guard4 7#aac7 #afgf4 ,to post a relief other than that which is posted when the old guard is relieved1 its corporal commands3 #a4 7,such7 relief1 #b4 ,,fall ,,in2 and if arms are stacked1 they are taken at the proper commands4 ,the relief is formed facing to the front1 with arms at an order2 the men place themselves according to the numbers of their respective posts1 viz41 two1 four1 six1 and so on1 in the front rank1 and one1 three1 five1 and so on1 in the rear rank4 ,the corporal1 standing about two paces in front of the center of his relief1 then commands3 ,call off4 ,the men call off as prescribed4 ,the corporal then commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,order1 #d4 ,,arms2 faces the commander of the guard1 executes the rifle salute1 reports3 ,sir1 the relief is present1 or ,sir1 7so and so7 is absent2 he then takes his place on the right at order arms4 7#aad7 #afgg4 ,when the commander of the guard directs the corporal3 ,post your relief1 the corporal salutes and posts his relief as prescribed 7,pars4 #ajh to #aaa72 the corporal of the relief on post does not go with the new relief1 except when necessary to show the way4 7#aae7 #afgh4 ,to dismiss the old relief1 it is halted and faced to the front at the guardhouse by the corporal of the new relief1 who then falls out2 the corporal of the old relief then steps in front of the relief and dismisses it by the proper commands4 7#aaf7 #afgi4 ,should the pieces have been loaded before the relief was posted1 the corporal will1 before dismissing the relief1 see that no cartridges are left in the chambers or magazines4 ,the same rule applies to sentinels over prisoners4 7#aag7 #afhj4 ,each corporal will thoroughly acquaint himself with all the special orders of every sentinel on his relief1 and see that each understands and correctly transmits such orders in detail to his successor4 7#aah7 #afha4 ,there should be at least one noncommissioned officer constantly on the alert at the guardhouse1 usually the corporal whose relief is on post4 ,this noncommissioned officer takes post near the entrance of the guardhouse1 and does not fall in with the guard when it is formed4 ,he will have his rifle constantly with him4 7#aai7 #afhb4 ,whenever it becomes necessary for the corporal to leave his post near the entrance of the guardhouse1 he will notify the sergeant of the guard1 who will at once take his place1 or designate another noncommissioned officer to do so4 7#abj7 #afhc4 ,he will see that no person enters the guardhouse1 or guard tent1 or crosses the posts of the sentinels there posted without proper authority4 7#aba7 #afhd4 ,should any sentinel call for the corporal of the guard1 the corporal will1 in every case1 at once and quickly proceed to such sentinel4 ,he will notify the sergeant of the guard before leaving the guardhouse4 7#abb7 #afhe4 ,he will at once report to the commander of the guard any violation of regulations or any unusual occurrence which is reported to him by a sentinel1 or which comes to his notice in any other way4 7#abc7 #afhf4 ,should a sentinel call3 ,the ,guard1 the corporal will promptly notify the commander of the guard4 7#abd7 #afhg4 ,should a sentinel call3 ,relief1 the corporal will at once proceed to the post of such sentinel1 taking with him the man next for duty on that post4 ,if the sentinel is relieved for a short time only1 the corporal will again post him as soon as the necessity for his relief ceases4 7#abe7 #afhh4 ,when the countersign is used1 the corporal at the posting of the relief during whose tour challenging is to begin gives the countersign to the members of the relief1 excepting those posted at the guardhouse4 7#abf7 #afhi4 ,he will wake the corporal whose relief is next on post in time for the latter to verify the prisoners1 form his relief1 and post it at the proper hour4 7#abg7 #afij4 ,should the guard be turned out1 each corporal will call his own relief1 and cause its members to fall in promptly4 7#abh7 #afia4 ,tents or bunks in the same vicinity will be designated for the reliefs so that all the members of each relief may1 if necessary1 be found and turned out by the corporal in the least time and with the least confusion4 7#abi7 #afib4 ,when challenged by a sentinel while posting his relief1 the corporal commands3 #a4 ,relief1 #b4 ,,halt2 to the sentinel's challenge he answers ,relief1 and at the order of the sentinel he advances alone to give the countersign1 or to be recognized4 ,when the sentinel says1 ,advance relief1 the corporal commands3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,if to be relieved1 the sentinel is then relieved as prescribed4 7#acj7 #afic4 ,between retreat and reveille1 the corporal of the guard will challenge all suspicious looking persons or parties he may observe1 first halting his patrol or relief1 if either be with him4 ,he will advance them in the same manner that sentinels on post advance like parties 7,pars4 #agea to #ageg71 but if the route of a patrol is on a continuous chain of sentinels1 he should not challenge persons coming near him unless he has reason to believe that they have eluded the vigilance of sentinels4 7#aca7 #afid4 ,between retreat and reveille1 whenever so ordered by an officer entitled to inspect the guard1 the corporal will call3 ,turn out the guard1 announcing the title of the officer1 and then1 if not otherwise ordered he will salute and return to his post4 7#acb7 #afie4 ,as a general rule he will advance parties approaching the guard at night in the same manner that sentinels on post advance like parties4 ,thus1 the sentinel at the guardhouse challenges and repeats the answer to the corporal1 as prescribed hereafter 7,par4 #agfj72 the corporal1 advancing at port arms1 says3 ,advance 7so and so7 with the countersign1 or to be recognized1 if there be no countersign used2 the countersign being correctly given1 or the party being duly recognized1 the corporal says3 ,advance 7so and so72 repeating the answer to the challenge of the sentinel4 7#acc7 #afif4 ,when officers of different rank approach the guardhouse from different directions at the same time1 the senior will be advanced first1 and will not be made to wait for his junior4 7#acd7 #afig4 ,out of ranks and under arms1 the corporal salutes with the rifle salute4 ,he will salute all officers whether by day or night4 7#ace7 #afih4 ,the corporal will examine parties halted and detained by sentinels1 and if he has reason to believe the parties have no authority to cross sentinel's posts1 will conduct them to the commander of the guard4 7#acf7 #afii4 ,the corporal of the guard will arrest all suspicious looking characters prowling about the post or camp1 all persons of a disorderly character disturbing the peace1 and all persons taken in the act of committing crime against the ,government on a military reservation or post4 ,all persons arrested by corporals of the guard1 or by sentinels1 will at once be conducted to the commander of the guard by the corporal4 7#acg7 ,musicians of the ,guard #agjj4 ,the musicians of the guard will sound call as prescribed by the commanding officer4 7#ach7 #agja4 ,should the guard be turned out for national or regimental colors or standards1 uncased1 the field music of the guard will1 when the guard present arms1 sound1 ,to the color or ,to the standard2 or1 if for any person entitled thereto1 the march1 flourishes1 or ruffles1 prescribed in paragraphs #cge1 #cgf1 and #cgg1 ,a4 ,r4 7#aci7 ,orderlies and ,color ,sentinels #agjb4 ,when so directed by the commanding officer1 the officer who inspects the guard at guard mounting will select from the members of the new guard an orderly for the commanding officer and such number of other orderlies and color sentinels as may be required4 7#adj7 ,for these positions the soldiers will be chosen who are most correct in the performance of duty and in military bearing1 neatest in person and clothing1 and whose arms and accouterments are in the best condition4 ,clothing1 arms1 and equipments must conform to regulations4 ,if there is any doubt as to the relative qualifications of two or more soldiers1 the inspecting officer will cause them to fall out at the guardhouse and to form in line in single rank4 ,he will then1 by testing them in drill regulations1 select the most proficient4 ,the commander of the guard will be notified of the selection4 7#ada7 #agjc4 ,when directed by the commander of the guard to fall out and report1 an orderly will give his name1 company1 and regiment to the sergeant of the guard1 and1 leaving his rifle in the arm rack in his company quarters1 will proceed at once to the officer to whom he is assigned1 reporting3 ,sir1 ,private ----1 ,company ----1 reports as orderly4 7#adb7 #agjd4 ,if the orderly selected be a cavalryman1 he will leave his rifle in the arm rack of his troop quarters1 and report with his belt on1 but without side arms unless specially otherwise ordered4 7#adc7 #agje4 ,orderlies1 while on duty as such1 are subject only to the orders of the commanding officer and of the officers to whom they are ordered to report4 7#add7 #agjf4 ,when an orderly is ordered to carry a message1 he will be careful to deliver it exactly as it was given to him4 7#ade7 #agjg4 ,his tour of duty ends when he is relieved by the orderly selected from the guard relieving his own4 7#adf7 #agjh4 ,orderlies are members of the guard1 and their name1 company1 and regiment are entered on the guard report and lists of the guard4 7#adg7 #agji4 ,if a color line is established1 sufficient sentinels are placed on the color line to guard the colors and stacks4 7#adh7 #agaj4 ,color sentinels are posted only so long as the stacks are formed4 ,the commander of the guard will divide the time equally among them4 7#adi7 #agaa4 ,when stacks are broken1 the color sentinels may be permitted to return to their respective companies4 ,they are required to report in person to the commander of the guard at reveille and retreat4 ,they will fall in with the guard1 under arms1 at guard mounting4 7#aej7 #agab4 ,color sentinels are not placed on the regular reliefs1 nor are their posts numbered4 ,in calling for the corporal of the guard1 they call3 ,corporal of the guard4 ,color line4 7#aea7 #agac4 ,officers or enlisted men passing the uncased colors will render the prescribed salute4 ,if the colors are on the stacks1 the salute will be made on crossing the color line or on passing the colors4 7#aeb7 #agad4 ,a sentinel placed over the colors will not permit them to be moved1 except in the presence of an armed escort4 ,unless otherwise ordered by the commanding officer1 he will allow no one to touch them but the color bearer4 ,he will not permit any soldier to take arms from the stacks1 or to touch them1 except by order of an officer or noncommissioned officer of the guard4 ,if any person passing the colors or crossing the color line fails to salute the colors1 the sentinel will caution him to do so1 and if the caution be not heeded he will call the corporal of the guard and report the facts4 7#aec7 ,privates of the ,guard #agae4 ,privates are assigned to reliefs by the commander of the guard1 and to posts1 usually1 by the corporal of their relief4 ,they will not change from one relief or post to another during the same tour of guard duty unless by proper authority4 7#aed7 ,orders for ,sentinels #agaf4 ,orders for sentinels are of two classes3 ,general orders and special orders4 ,general orders apply to all sentinels4 ,special orders relate to particular posts and duties4 7#aee7 #agag4 ,sentinels will be required to memorize the following3 ,my general orders are3 #a4 ,to take charge of this post and all ,government property in view4 #b4 ,to walk my post in a military manner1 keeping always on the alert and observing everything that takes place within sight or hearing4 #c4 ,to report all violations of orders ,i am instructed to enforce4 #d4 ,to repeat all calls from posts more distant from the guardhouse than my own4 #e4 ,to quit my post only when properly relieved4 #f4 ,to receive1 obey1 and pass on to the sentinel who relieves me all orders from the commanding officer1 officer of the day1 and officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard only4 #g4 ,to talk to no one except in line of duty4 #h4 ,in case of fire or disorder to give the alarm4 #i4 ,to allow no one to commit a nuisance on or near my post4 #aj4 ,in any case not covered by instructions to call the corporal of the guard4 #aa4 ,to salute all officers1 and all colors and standards not cased4 #ab4 ,to be especially watchful at night1 and1 during the time for challenging1 to challenge all persons on or near my post1 and to allow no one to pass without proper authority4 7#aef7 ,regulations ,relating to the ,general ,orders for ,sentinels #agah4 ,no4 #a3 ,to take charge of this post and all ,government property in view4 ,all persons1 of whatever rank in the service1 are required to observe respect toward sentinels and members of the guard when such are in the performance of their duties4 7#aeg7 #agai4 ,a sentinel will at once report to the corporal of the guard every unusual or suspicious occurrence noted4 7#aeh7 #agbj4 ,he will arrest suspicious persons prowling about the post or camp at any time1 all parties to a disorder occurring on or near his post1 and all1 except authorized persons1 who attempt to enter the camp at night1 and will turn over to the corporal of the guard all persons arrested4 7#aei7 #agba4 ,the number1 limits1 and extent of his post will invariably constitute part of the special orders of a sentinel on post4 ,the limits of his post should be so defined as to include every place to which he is required to go in the performance of his duties4 ,no4 #b3 ,to walk my post in a military manner1 keeping always on the alert and observing everything that takes place within sight or hearing4 7#afj7 #agbb4 ,a sentinel is not required to halt and change the position of his rifle on arriving at the end of his post1 nor to execute to the rear1 march1 precisely as prescribed in the drill regulations1 but faces about while walking1 in the manner most convenient to him1 and at any part of his post as may be best suited to the proper performance of his duties4 ,he carries his rifle on either shoulder1 and in wet or severe weather1 when not in a sentry box1 may carry it at a secure4 7#afa7 #agbc4 ,sentinels when in sentry boxes stand at ease4 ,sentry boxes will be used in wet weather only1 or at other times when specially authorized by the commanding officer4 7#afb7 #agbd4 ,in very hot weather1 sentinels may be authorized to stand at ease on their posts1 provided they can effectively discharge their duties in this position1 but they will take advantage of this privilege only on the express authority of the officer of the day or the commander of the guard4 7#afc7 #agbe4 ,a mounted sentinel may dismount occasionally and lead his horse but will not relax his vigilance4 ,no4 #c3 ,to report all violations of orders ,i am instructed to enforce4 7#afd7 #agbf4 ,a sentinel will ordinarily report a violation of orders when he is inspected or relieved1 but if the case be urgent he will call the corporal of the guard1 and also1 if necessary1 will arrest the offender4 ,no4 #d3 ,to repeat all calls from posts more distant from the guardhouse than my own4 7#afe7 #agbg4 ,to call the corporal1 or the guard1 for any purpose other than relief1 fire1 or disorder 7,pars4 #agbh and #agcd71 a sentinel will call1 ,corporal of the guard1 ,no4 7--71 adding the number of his post4 ,in no case will any sentinel call1 ,never mind the corporal2 nor will the corporal heed such call if given4 ,no4 #e3 ,to quit my post only when properly relieved4 7#aff7 #agbh4 ,if relief becomes necessary1 by reason of sickness or other cause1 a sentinel will call1 ,corporal of the guard1 ,no4 7--71 ,relief1 giving the number of his post4 7#afg7 #agbi4 ,whenever a sentinel is to be relieved1 he will halt1 and with arms at a right shoulder1 will face toward the relief when it is thirty paces from him4 ,he will come to a port arms with the new sentinel1 and in a low tone will transmit to him all the special orders relating to the post1 and any other information which will assist him to better perform his duties4 ,no4 #f3 ,to receive1 obey1 and pass on to the sentinel who relieves me1 all orders from the commanding officer1 officer of the day1 and officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard only4 7#afh7 #agcj4 ,during this tour of duty a soldier is subject to the orders of the commanding officer1 officer of the day1 and officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard only2 but any officer is competent to investigate apparent violations of regulations by members of the guard4 7#afi7 #agca4 ,a sentinel will quit his piece on an explicit order from any person from whom he lawfully receives orders while on post2 under no circumstances will he yield it to any other person4 ,unless necessity therefor exists1 no person will require a sentinel to quit his piece1 even to allow it to be inspected4 7#agj7 #agcb4 ,a sentinel will not divulge the countersign 7,pars4 #agfi to #aggg7 to anyone except the sentinel who relieves him1 or to a person from whom he properly receives orders1 on such person's verbal order given personally4 ,privates of the guard will not use the countersign except in the performance of their duties while posted as sentinels4 ,no4 #g3 ,to talk to no one except in line of duty4 7#aga7 #agcc4 ,when calling for any purpose1 challenging1 or holding communication with any person1 a dismounted sentinel1 armed with a rifle or saber1 will take the position of port arms or saber4 ,at night a dismounted sentinel1 armed with a pistol1 takes the position of raise pistol in challenging or holding communication4 ,a mounted sentinel does not ordinarily draw his weapon in the daytime when challenging or holding conversation2 but if drawn1 he holds it at advance rifle1 raise pistol1 or port saber1 according as he is armed with a rifle1 pistol1 or saber4 ,at night1 in challenging and holding conversation1 his weapon is drawn and held as just prescribed1 depending on whether he is armed with a rifle1 pistol1 or saber4 ,no4 #h3 ,in case of fire or disorder to give the alarm4 7#agb7 #agcd4 ,in case of fire1 a sentinel will call1 ,fire ,no4 7--71 adding the number of his post2 if possible1 he will extinguish the fire himself4 ,in case of disorder1 he will call3 ,the ,guard1 ,no4 7--71 adding the number of his post4 ,if the danger be great1 he will1 in either case1 discharge his piece before calling4 ,no4 #aa3 ,to salute all officers and all colors and standards not cased4 7#agc7 #agce4 ,when not engaged in the performance of a specific duty1 the proper execution of which would prevent it1 a member of the guard will salute all officers who pass him4 ,this rule applies at all hours of the day or night1 except in the case of mounted sentinels armed with a rifle or pistol1 or dismounted sentinels armed with a pistol1 after challenging4 7,see ,par4 #agdb47 7#agd7 #agcf4 ,sentinels will salute as follows3 ,a dismounted sentinel armed with a rifle or saber1 salutes by presenting arms2 if otherwise armed1 he salutes with the right hand4 ,a mounted sentinel1 if armed with a saber and the saber be drawn1 salutes by presenting saber2 otherwise he salutes in all cases with the right hand4 7#age7 #agcg4 ,to salute1 a dismounted sentinel1 with piece at a right shoulder or saber at a carry1 halts and faces toward the person to be saluted when the latter arrives within thirty paces4 ,the limit within which individuals and insignia of rank can be readily recognized is assumed to be about #cj paces1 and1 therefore1 at this distance cognizance is taken of the person or party to be saluted4 7#agf7 #agch4 ,the salute is rendered at #f paces2 if the person to be saluted does not arrive within that distance1 then when he is nearest4 7#agg7 #agci4 ,a sentinel in a sentry box1 armed with a rifle1 stands at attention in the doorway on the approach of a person or party entitled to salute1 and salutes by presenting arms according to the forgoing rules4 ,if armed with a saber1 he stands at a carry and salutes as before4 7#agh7 #agdj4 ,a mounted sentinel on a regular post halts1 faces1 and salutes in accordance with the foregoing rules4 ,if doing patrol duty1 he salutes1 but does not halt unless spoken to4 7#agi7 #agda4 ,sentinels salute1 in accordance with the foregoing rules1 all persons and parties entitled to compliments from the guard 7,pars4 #aghg1 and #aghh73 officers of the ,army1 ,navy1 and ,marine ,corps2 military and naval officers of foreign powers2 officers of volunteers1 and militia officers when in uniform4 7#ahj7 #agdb4 ,a sentinel salutes as just prescribed when an officer comes on his post2 if the officer holds communication with the sentinel1 the sentinel again salutes when the officer leaves him4 ,during the hours when challenging is prescribed1 the first salute is given as soon as the officer has been duly recognized and advanced4 ,a mounted sentinel armed with a rifle or pistol1 or a dismounted sentinel armed with a pistol1 does not salute after challenging4 ,he stands at advance rifle or raise pistol until the officer passes4 7#aha7 #agdc4 ,in case of the approach of an armed party of the guard1 the sentinel will halt when it is about #cj paces from him1 facing toward the party with his piece at the right shoulder4 ,if not himself relieved1 he will1 as the party passes1 place himself so that the party will pass in front of him2 he resumes walking his post when the party has reached #f paces beyond him4 7#ahb7 ,an officer is entitled to the compliments prescribed1 whether in uniform or not4 7#ahc7 #agdd4 ,a sentinel in communication with an officer will not interrupt the conversation to salute4 ,in the case of seniors the officer will salute1 whereupon the sentinel will salute4 7#ahd7 #agde4 ,when the flag is being lowered at retreat1 a sentinel on post and in view of the flag will face the flag1 and1 at the first note of the ,star ,spangled ,banner or to the color will come to a present arms4 ,at the sounding of the last note he will resume walking his post4 ,no4 #ab3 ,to be especially watchful at night and during the time for challenging1 to challenge all persons on or near my post1 and to allow no one to pass without proper authority4 7#ahe7 #agdf4 ,during challenging hours1 if a sentinel sees any person or party on or near his post1 he will advance rapidly along his post toward such person or party and when within about #cj yards will challenge sharply1 ,,halt4 ,who is there8 ,he will place himself in the best possible position to receive or1 if necessary1 to arrest the person or party4 7#ahf7 #agdg4 ,in case a mounted party be challenged1 the sentinel will call1 ,,halt4 ,,dismount4 ,who is there8 7#ahg7 #agdh4 ,the sentinel will permit only one of any party to approach him for the purpose of giving the countersign 7,pars4 #agfi to #aggg71 or if no countersign be used1 of being duly recognized4 ,when this is done the whole party is advanced1 i4 e41 allowed to pass4 7#ahh7 #agdi4 ,in all cases the sentinel must satisfy himself beyond a reasonable doubt that the parties are what they represent themselves to be and have a right to pass4 ,if he is not satisfied1 he must cause them to stand and call the corporal of the guard4 ,so1 likewise1 if he have no authority to pass persons with the countersign1 or when the party has not the countersign1 or gives an incorrect one4 7#ahi7 #agej4 ,a sentinel will not permit any person to approach so close as to prevent the proper use of his own weapon before recognizing the person or receiving the countersign4 7#aij7 #agea4 ,when two or more persons approach in one party1 the sentinel on receiving an answer that indicates that someone in the party has the countersign1 will say1 ,advance one with the countersign1 and1 if the countersign is given correctly1 will then say1 ,advance 7,so and so71 repeating the answer to his challenge4 ,thus1 if the answer be1 ,relief 7friends with the countersign1 patrol1 etc471 the sentinel will say1 ,advance one with the countersign2 then1 ,advance relief 7friends1 patrol1 etc474 7#aia7 #ageb4 ,if a person having the countersign approach alone1 he is advanced to give the countersign4 ,thus1 if the answer be1 ,friend with the countersign 7or officer of the day1 or etc471 the sentinel will say1 ,advance1 friend 7or officer of the day1 or etc471 with the countersign2 then1 ,advance1 friend 7or officer of the day1 or etc474 7#aib7 #agec4 ,if two or more persons approach a sentinel's post from different directions at the same time1 all such persons are challenged in turn and required to halt and to remain halted until advanced4 ,the senior is first advanced1 in accordance with the foregoing rules4 7#aic7 #aged4 ,if a party is already advanced and in communication with a sentinel1 the latter will challenge any other party that may approach2 if the party challenged be senior to the one already on his post1 the sentinel will advance the new party at once4 ,the senior may allow him to advance any or all of the other parties2 otherwise1 the sentinel will not advance any of them until the senior leaves him4 ,he will then advance the senior only of the remaining parties1 and so on4 7#aid7 #agee4 ,the following order of rank will govern a sentinel in advancing different persons or parties approaching his post3 ,commanding officer1 officer of the day1 officer of the guard1 officers1 patrols1 reliefs1 noncommissioned officers of the guard in order of rank1 friends4 7#aie7 #agef4 ,a sentinel will never allow himself to be surprised1 nor permit two parties to advance upon him at the same time4 7#aif7 #ageg4 ,if no countersign be used1 the rules for challenging are the same4 ,the rules for advancing parties are modified only as follows3 ,instead of saying ,advance 7so and so7 with the countersign1 the sentinel will say1 ,advance 7so and so7 to be recognized4 ,upon recognition he will say1 ,advance 7so and so74 7#aig7 #ageh4 ,answers to a sentinel's challenge intended to confuse or mislead him are prohibited1 but the use of such an answer as ,friends with the countersign1 is not to be understood as misleading1 but as the usual answer made by officers1 patrols1 etc41 when the purpose of their visit makes it desirable that their official capacity should not be announced4 7#aih7 ,special ,orders ,for ,sentinels at the ,post of the ,guard #agei4 ,sentinels posted at the guard will be required to memorize the following3 ,between reveille and retreat to turn out the guard for all persons designated by the commanding officer1 for all colors or standards not cased1 and in time of war for all armed parties approaching my post1 except troops at drill and reliefs and detachments of the guard4 ,at night1 after challenging any person or party1 to advance no one but call the corporal of the guard1 repeating the answer to the challenge4 7#aii7 #agfj4 ,after receiving an answer to his challenge1 the sentinel calls1 ,corporal of the guard 7,so and so71 repeating the answer to the challenge4 ,he does not in such cases repeat the number of his post4 7#bjj7 #agfa4 ,he remains in the position assumed in challenging until the corporal has recognized or advanced the person or party challenged1 when he resumes walking his post1 or1 if the person or party be entitled thereto1 he salutes and1 as soon as the salute has been acknowledged1 resumes walking his post4 7#bja7 #agfb4 ,the sentinel at the post of the guard will be notified by direction of the commanding officer of the presence in camp or garrison of persons entitled to the compliment 7,par4 #aghd47 7#bjb7 #agfc4 ,the following examples illustrate the manner in which the sentinel at the post of the guard will turn out the guard upon the approach of persons or parties entitled to the compliment 7,pars4 #aghd1 #aghg1 and #aghh73 ,turn out the guard1 ,commanding ,officer2 ,turn out the guard1 ,governor of a ,territory2 ,turn out the guard1 national colors2 ,turn out the guard1 armed party2 etc4 ,at the approach of the new guard at guard mounting the sentinel will call ,turn out the guard1 armed party4 7#bjc7 #agfd4 ,should the person named by the sentinel not desire the guard formed1 he will salute1 whereupon the sentinel will call ,never mind the guard4 7#bjd7 #agfe4 ,after having called ,turn out the guard1 the sentinel will never call ,never mind the guard1 on the approach of an armed party4 7#bje7 #agff4 ,though the guard be already formed he will not fail to call ,turn out the guard1 as required in his special orders1 except that the guard will not be turned out for any person while his senior is at or coming to the post of the guard4 7#bjf7 #agfg4 ,the sentinels at the post of the guard will warn the commander of the approach of any armed body and of the presence in the vicinity of all suspicious or disorderly persons4 7#bjg7 #agfh4 ,in case of fire or disorder in sight or hearing1 the sentinel at the guardhouse will call the corporal of the guard and report the facts to him4 7#bjh7 ,countersigns and ,paroles #agfi4 ,seventy-seventh ,article of ,war4 ,any person subject to military law makes known the parole or countersign to any person not entitled to receive it according to the rules and discipline of war1 or gives a parole or countersign different from that which he received1 shall1 if the offense be committed in time of war1 suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 7,see ,par4 #agcb47 7#bji7 #aggj4 ,the countersign is a word given daily from the principal headquarters of a command to aid guards and sentinels in identifying persons who may be authorized to pass at night4 ,it is given to such persons as may be authorized to pass and repass sentinels' posts during the night1 and to officers1 noncommissioned officers1 and sentinels of the guard4 7#baj7 #agga4 ,the parole is a word used as a check on the countersign in order to obtain more accurate identification of persons4 ,it is imparted only to those who are entitled to inspect guards and to commanders of guards4 ,the parole or countersign1 or both1 are sent sealed in the form of an order to those entitled to them4 7#baa7 #aggb4 ,when the commander of the guard demands the parole1 he will advance and receive it as the corporal receives the countersign4 7,see ,par4 #afie47 7#bab7 #aggc4 ,as the communications containing the parole and countersign must at times be distributed by many orderlies1 the parole intrusted to many officers1 and the countersign and parole to many officers and sentinels1 and as both the countersign and parole must1 for large commands1 be prepared several days in advance1 there is always danger of their being lost or becoming known to persons who would make improper use of them2 moreover1 a sentinel is too apt to take it for granted that any person who gives the right countersign is what he represents himself to be2 hence for outpost duty there is greater security in omitting the use of the countersign and parole1 or in using them with great caution4 ,the chief reliance should be upon personal recognition or identification of all persons claiming authority to pass4 ,persons whose sole means of identification is the countersign1 or concerning whose authority to pass there is a reasonable doubt1 should not be allowed to pass without the authority of the corporal of the guard after proper investigation2 the corporal will take to his next superior any person about whom he is not competent to decide4 7#bac7 #aggd4 ,the countersign is usually the name of a battle2 the parole1 that of a general or other distinguished person4 7#bad7 #agge4 ,when they can not be communicated daily1 a series of words for some days in advance may be sent to posts or detachments that are to use the same parole or countersign as the main body4 7#bae7 #aggf4 ,if the countersign be lost1 or if a member of the guard desert with it1 the commander on the spot will substitute another for it and report the case at once to headquarters4 7#baf7 #aggg4 ,in addition to the countersign1 use may be made of preconcerted signals1 such as striking the rifle with the hand or striking the hands together a certain number of times1 as agreed upon4 ,such signals may be used only by guards that occupy exposed points4 ,they are used before the countersign is given1 and must not be communicated to anyone not entitled to know the countersign4 ,their use is intended to prevent the surprise of a sentinel4 ,in the daytime signals such as raising a cap or a handkerchief in a prearranged manner may be used by sentinels to communicate with the guard or with each other4 7#bag7 ,guard ,patrols #aggh4 ,a guard patrol consists of one or more men detailed for the performance of some special service connected with guard duty4 7#bah7 #aggi4 ,if the patrol be required to go beyond the chain of sentinels1 the officer or noncommissioned officer in charge will be furnished with the countersign1 and the outposts and sentinels warned4 7#bai7 #aghj4 ,if challenged by a sentinel1 the patrol is halted by its commander1 and the noncommissioned officer accompanying it advances alone and gives the countersign4 7#bbj7 ,watchmen #agha4 ,enlisted men may be detailed as watchmen or as overseers over prisoners1 and as such will receive their orders and perform their duties as the commanding officer may direct4 7#bba7 ,compliments ,from ,guards #aghb4 ,the compliment from a guard consists in the guard turning out and presenting arms4 7,see ,par4 #afab47 ,no compliments will be paid between retreat and reveille except as provided in paragraphs #cfa and #cfb1 nor will any person other than those named in paragraph #bbd receive the compliment4 7#bbb7 #aghc4 ,though a guard does not turn out between retreat and reveille as a matter of compliment1 it may be turned out for inspection at any time by a person entitled to inspect it4 7#bbc7 #aghd4 ,between reveille and retreat the following persons are entitled to the compliment3 ,the ,president1 sovereign or chief magistrate of a foreign country1 and members of a royal family2 ,vice-,president2 ,president and ,president pro tempore of the ,senate2 ,american and foreign ambassadors2 members of the ,cabinet2 ,chief ,justice2 ,speaker of the ,house of ,representatives2 committees of ,congress officially visiting a military post2 governors within their respective ,states and ,territories2 governors general#bj2 ,assistant ,secretary of ,war officially visiting a military post2 all general officers of the ,army2 general officers of foreign services visiting a post2 naval1 marine1 volunteer1 and militia officers in the service of the ,united ,states and holding the rank of general officer2 ,american or foreign envoys or ministers2 ministers accredited to the ,united states3 charges d'affaires accredited to the ,united ,states2 consuls general accredited to the ,united ,states2 commanding officer of a coast artillery district1 coast defense command1 post1 fort or camp2 officer of the day4 7#bbd7 7,c4 ,m4 ,i4 ,g4 ,d41 ,no4 #a1 ,feb4 #bd1 #aiae47 #aghe4 ,the relative rank between officers of the ,army and ,navy is as follows3 ,general with admiral1 lieutenant general with the vice admiral1 major general with rear admiral1 brigadier general with commodore1#ba colonel with captain1 lieutenant colonel with commander1 major with lieutenant commander1 captain with lieutenant1 first lieutenant with lieutenant 7junior grade71 second lieutenant with ensign4 7,a4 ,r4 #ab47 7#bbe7 #aghf4 ,sentinels will not be required to memorize paragraph #aghd1 and except in the cases of general officers of the ,army1 the commanding officer1 and the officer of the day1 they will be advised in each case of the presence in camp or garrison of persons entitled to the compliment4 7#bbf7 #aghg4 ,guards will turn out and present arms when the national or regimental colors or standards1 not cased1 are carried past by a guard or an armed party4 ,this rule also applies when the party carrying the colors is at drill4 ,if the drill is conducted in the vicinity of the guardhouse1 the guard will be turned out when the colors first pass1 and not thereafter4 7#bbg7 #aghh4 ,in case the remains of a deceased officer or soldier are carried past1 the guard will turn out and present arms4 7#bbh7 #aghi4 ,in time of war all guards will turn out under arms when armed parties1 except troops at drill and reliefs or detachments of the guard1 approach their post4 7,see ,par4 #afae47 7#bbi7 #agij4 ,the commander of the guard will be notified of the presence in camp or garrison of all persons entitled to the compliment1 except general officers of the ,army1 the commanding officer1 and the officer of the day4 ,members of the guard will salute all persons entitled to the compliment and all officers in the military or naval service of foreign powers1 officers of the ,army1 ,navy and ,marine ,corps1 officers of volunteers1 and officers of militia when in uniform4 7#bcj7 ,general ,rules ,concerning ,guard ,duty #agia4 ,eighty-sixth ,article of ,war4 ,any sentinel who is found drunk or sleeping upon his post1 or who leaves it before he is regularly relieved1 shall1 if the offense be committed in time of war1 suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct2 and if the offense be committed in time of peace1 he shall suffer any punishment1 except death1 that a court-martial may direct4 7#bcb7 #agib4 ,all material instructions given to a member of the guard by an officer having authority will be promptly communicated to the commander of the guard by the officer giving them4 7#bcc7 #agic4 ,should the guard be formed1 soldiers will fall in ranks under arms4 ,at roll call1 each man1 as his name or number and relief are called1 will answer ,here1 and come to an order arms4 7#bcd7 #agid4 ,whenever the guard or a relief is dismissed1 each member not at once required for duty will place his rifle in the arms racks1 if they be provided1 and will not remove it therefrom unless he requires it in the performance of some duty4 7#bce7 #agie4 ,without permission from the commander of the guard1 members of the main guard1 except orderlies1 will not leave the immediate vicinity of the guard house4 ,permission to leave will not be granted except in cases of necessity4 7#bcf7 #agif4 ,members of the main guard1 except orderlies1 will not remove their accouterments or clothing without permission from the commander of the guard4 7,par4 #afbh47 7#bcg7 ,guarding ,prisoners #agig4 ,the sentinel at the post of the guard has charge of the prisoners except when they have been turned over to the prisoner guard or overseers4 7,par4 #agih to #ahjb and #cjj to #cjd47 7a7 ,he will allow none to escape4 7b7 ,he will allow none to cross his post leaving the guardhouse except when passed by an officer or noncommissioned officer of the guard4 7c7 ,he will allow no one to communicate with prisoners without permission from proper authority4 7d7 ,he will promptly report to the corporal of the guard any suspicious noise made by the prisoners4 7e7 ,he will be prepared to tell whenever asked how many prisoners are in the guardhouse and how many are out at work or elsewhere4 ,whenever prisoners are brought to his post returning from work or elsewhere1 he will halt them and call the corporal of the guard1 notifying him of the number of prisoners returning4 ,thus3 ,corporal of the guard1 7so many7 prisoners4 ,he will not allow prisoners to pass into the guardhouse until the corporal of the guard has responded to the call and ordered him to do so4 7#bii7 #agih4 ,whenever practicable special guards will be detailed for the particular duty of guarding working parties composed of such prisoners as cannot be placed under overseers4 7#cjj7 #agii4 ,the prisoner guard and overseers will be commanded by the police officer2 if there be no police officer1 then by the officer of the day4 7#cja7 #ahjj4 ,the provost sergeant is sergeant of the prisoner guard and overseers1 and as such receives orders from the commanding officer and the commander of the prisoner guard only4 7#cjb7 #ahja4 ,details for prisoner guard are marched to the guardhouse and mounted by being inspected by the commander of the main guard1 who determines whether all of the men are in proper condition to perform their duties and whether their arms and equipments are in proper condition1 and rejects any men found unfit4 7#cjc7 #ahjb4 ,when prisoners have been turned over to the prisoner guard or overseers1 such guards or overseers are responsible for them under their commander1 and all responsibility and control of the main guard ceases until they are returned to the main guard4 7,par4 #ahjd47 7#cjd7 #ahjc4 ,if a prisoner attempts to escape1 the sentinel will call ,halt4 ,if he fails to halt when the sentinel has once repeated his call1 and if there be no other possible means of preventing his escape1 the sentinel will fire upon him4 #ahjd4 ,on approaching the post of the sentinel at the guardhouse1 a sentinel of the prisoner guard or an overseer in charge of prisoners will halt them and call1 ,no4 #a1 7so many prisoners47 ,he will not allow them to cross the post of the sentinel until so directed by the ,corporal of the guard4 7#cjf7 #ahje4 ,members of the prisoner guard and overseers placed over prisoners for work will receive specific and explicit instructions covering the required work2 they will be held strictly responsible that the prisoners under their charge properly and satisfactorily perform the designated work4 7#cjg7 ,stable ,guards #ahjf4 ,under the head of stable guards will be included guards for cavalry stables1 artillery stables and parks1 mounted infantry stables1 machine-gun organization stables and parks1 and quartermaster stables and parks4 ,where the words troop and cavalry are used they will be held to include all of these organizations4 7#cjh7 #ahjg4 ,when troop stable guards are mounted they will guard the stables of the cavalry4 ,when no stable guards are mounted1 the stables will be guarded by sentinels posted from the main guard1 under the control of the officer of the day4 ,the instructions given for troop stable guard will be observed as far as applicable by the noncommissioned officers and sentinels of the main guard when in charge of the stables4 7#cji7 ,troop ,stable ,guards #ahjh4 ,troops stable guards will not be used except in the field1 or when it is impracticable to guard the stables by sentinels from the main guard4 7#caj7 #ahji4 ,troop stable guards will be under the immediate control of their respective troop commanders2 they will be posted in each cavalry stable1 or near the picket line1 and will consist of not less than one noncommissioned officer and three privates4 ,stable guards are for the protection of the horses1 stables1 forage1 equipments1 and public property generally4 ,they will in addition enforce the special regulations in regard to stables1 horses1 and parks4 7#caa7 #ahaj4 ,sentinels of stable guards will be posted at the stables or at the picket lines when the horses are kept outside4 ,the troop stable guard may be used as a herd guard during the day time or when grazing is practicable4 7#cab7 #ahaa4 ,the troop stable guard1 when authorized by the post commander1 will be mounted under the supervision of the troop commander4 ,it will be armed1 at the discretion of the troop commander1 with either rifle or pistol4 7#cac7 #ahab4 ,the tour continues for #bd hours1 or until the guard is relieved by a new guard4 7#cad7 #ahac4 ,the employment of stable guards for police and fatigue duties at the stables is forbidden2 but this will not prohibit them from being required to assist in feeding grain before reveille4 7#cae7 ,the troop stable guard will attend stables with the rest of the troop and groom their own horses1 the sentinels being taken off post for the purpose4 7#caf7 #ahad4 ,neither the noncommissioned officer nor the members of the stable guard will absent themselves from the immediate vicinity of the stables except in case of urgent necessity1 and then for no longer time than is absolutely necessary4 ,no member of the guard will leave for any purpose without the authority of the noncommissioned officer of the guard4 7#cag7 #ahae4 ,the noncommissioned officer and one member of the stable guard will go for meals at the proper hour2 upon their return the other members of the guard will be directed to go by the noncommissioned officer4 7#cah7 #ahaf4 ,when the horses are herded each troop will furnish its own herd guard4 7#cai7 #ahag4 ,smoking in the stables or their immediate vicinity is prohibited4 ,no fire or light1 other than electric light or stable lanterns1 will be permitted in the stables4 ,a special place will be designated for trimming1 filling1 and lighting lanterns4 7#cbj7 ,noncommissioned ,officer of the ,troop ,stable ,guard #ahah4 ,the noncommissioned officer receives his orders from his troop commander1 to whom he will report immediately after posting his first relief1 and when relieved will turn over all his orders to his successor4 ,he instructs his sentinels in their general and special duties2 exercises general supervision over his entire guard2 exacts order and cleanliness about the guardroom2 prevents the introduction of intoxicants into the guardhouse and stables2 receives1 by count1 from his predecessor1 the animals1 horse equipments1 and all property 7both private and public7 pertaining thereto2 examines1 before relieving his predecessor1 all locks1 windows1 and doors1 and should any be found insecure he will report the fact to his troop commander when he reports for orders4 ,he will personally post and relieve each sentinel1 taking care to verify the property responsibility of the sentinel who comes off post1 and see that the sentinel who goes on post is aware of the property responsibility that he assumes4 7#cba7 #ahai4 ,that the noncommissioned officer may be more thoroughly informed of his responsibility1 all horses returning1 except those from a regular formation1 will be reported to him4 ,he will then notify the sentinel on post1 and1 in the absence of the stable sergeant1 will see that the horses are promptly cared for4 ,in case of abuse1 he will promptly report to the troop commander4 ,should the horse be the private property of an officer1 he will report such abuse to the owner4 7#cbb7 #ahbj4 ,the noncommissioned officer will report any unusual occurrence during his tour direct to his troop commander4 7#cbc7 #ahba4 ,horses and other property for which the noncommissioned officer is responsible will not be taken from the stables without the authority of the post or troop commander4 7#cbd7 #ahbb4 ,the noncommissioned officer must answer the sentinel's calls promptly4 7#cbe7 #ahbc4 ,in case of fire1 the noncommissioned officer will see that the requirements of paragraph #ahca are promptly carried out4 7#cbf7 #ahbd4 ,whenever it becomes necessary for the noncommissioned officer to leave his guard1 he will designate a member of it to take charge and assume his responsibility during his absence4 7#cbg7 ,sentinels of the ,troop ,stable ,guard #ahbe4 ,the sentinel in the discharge of his duties will be governed by the regulations for sentinels of the main guard whenever they are applicable--such as courtesies to officers1 walking post in a soldierly manner1 challenging1 etc42 he will not turn out the guard except when ordered by proper authority4 7#cbh7 #ahbf4 ,the sentinel will receive orders from the commanding officer1 the troop commander1 and the noncommissioned officers of the stable guard only1 except when the commanding officer directs the officer of the day to inspect the stable guard4 7#cbi7 #ahbg4 ,in the field and elsewhere when directed by the commanding officer the sentinel when posted will verify the number of horses for which he is responsible1 and when relieved will give the number to his successor4 7#ccj7 #ahbh4 ,the sentinel will not permit any horse or equipments to be taken from the stables1 except in the presence of the noncommissioned officer4 7#cca7 #ahbi4 ,should a horse get loose1 the sentinel will catch him and tie him up4 ,if he be unable to catch the horse1 the noncommissioned officer will at once be notified4 ,in case a horse be cast1 or in any way entangled1 he will relieve him1 if possible2 if unable to relieve him1 he will call the noncommissioned officer4 ,sentinels are forbidden to punish or maltreat a horse4 7#ccb7 #ahcj4 ,when a horse is taken sick1 the sentinel will notify the noncommissioned officer1 who in turn will call the farrier1 and see that the horse is properly attended to4 7#ccc7 #ahca4 ,in case of fire the sentinel will give the alarm by stepping outside the stable and firing his pistol or piece repeatedly1 and calling out at the same time1 ,fire1 stables1 ,troop 7----74 ,as soon as the guard is alarmed1 he will take the necessary precautions in opening or closing the doors so as to prevent the spreading of the fire and make it possible to remove the horses2 he will drop the chains and bars1 and1 with the other members of the guard1 proceed to lead out the horses and secure them at the picket line or such other place as may have been previously designated4 7#ccd7 #ahcb4 ,sentinels over horses1 or in charge of prisoners1 receive orders from the stable sergeant1 so far as the care of the horses and the labor of prisoners are concerned4 7#cce7 #ahcc4 ,in field artillery and machine-gun organizations1 the guard for the stables has charge of the guns1 caissons1 etc41 with their ammunition and stores1 as well as the horses1 harness1 and forage4 7#ccf7 ,the ,flag #ahcd4 ,the lowering of the flag will be regulated as to be completed at the last note of ,the ,star ,spangled ,banner or to the color4 7#cch7 #ahce4 ,when practicable1 a detail consisting of a noncommissioned officer and two privates of the guard will raise or lower the flag4 ,this detail wears side arms or1 if the special equipments do not include side arms1 then belts only4 ,the noncommissioned officer1 carrying the flag1 forms the detail in line1 takes his post in the center1 and marches it to the staff4 ,the flag is then securely attached to the halyards and rapidly hoisted4 ,the halyards are then securely fastened to the cleat on the staff and the detail marched to the guardhouse4 7#cdd7 #ahcf4 ,when the flag is to be lowered1 the halyards are loosened from the staff and made perfectly free4 ,at retreat the flag is lowered at the last note of retreat4 ,it is then neatly folded and the halyards made fast4 ,the detail is then reformed and marched to the guardhouse1 where the flag is turned over to the commander of the guard4 ,the flag should never be allowed to touch the ground and should always be hoisted or lowered from the leeward side of the staff1 the halyards being held by two persons4 7#cde7 ,reveille and ,retreat ,gun #ahcg4 ,the morning and evening gun will be fired by a detachment of the guard1 consisting1 when practicable1 of a corporal and two privates4 ,the morning gun is fired at the first note of reveille1 or1 if marches be played before the reveille1 it is fired at the beginning of the first march ,the retreat gun is fired at the last note of retreat4 ,the corporal marches the detachment to and from the piece1 which is fired1 sponged out1 and secured under his direction4 7#cdf7 ,guard ,mounting #ahch4 ,guard mounting will be formal or informal as the commanding officer may direct4 ,it will be held as prescribed in the drill regulations of the arm of the service to which the guard belongs2 if none is prescribed1 then as for infantry4 ,in case the guard is composed wholly of mounted organizations1 guard mounting may be held mounted4 7#cdg7 #ahci4 ,when infantry and mounted troops dismounted are united for guard mounting1 all details form as prescribed for infantry4 7#cdh7 ,formal ,guard ,mounting for ,infantry #ahdj4 ,formal guard mounting will ordinarily be held only in posts or camps where a band is present4 7#cdi7 #ahda4 ,at the assembly1 the men designated for the guard fall in on their company parade grounds as prescribed in paragraph #ajf4 ,i4 ,d4 ,r4 ,the first sergeant then verifies the detail1 inspects it1 replaces any man unfit to go on guard1 turns the detail over to the senior noncommissioned officer1 and retires4 ,the band takes its place on the parade ground so that the left of its front rank shall be #ab paces to the right of the front rank of the guard when the latter is formed4 7#cej7 #ahdb4 ,at adjutant's call1 the adjutant1 dismounted1 and the sergeant-major on his left1 marches to the parade ground4 ,the adjutant halts and takes post so as to be #ab paces in front of and facing the center of the guard when formed2 the sergeant-major continues on1 moves by the left flank1 and takes post1 facing to the left1 #ab paces to the left of the front rank of the band2 the band plays in quick or double time2 the details are marched to the parade ground by the senior noncommissioned officers2 the detail that arrives first is marched to the line so that1 upon halting1 the breast of the front-rank man shall be near to and opposite the left arm of the sergeant-major2 the commander of the detail halts his detail1 places himself in front of and facing the sergeant-major1 at a distance equal to or a little greater than the front of his detail1 and commands3 #a4 ,right1 #b4 ,,dress4 ,the detail dresses up to the line of the sergeant-major and its commander1 the right front-rank man placing his breast against the left arm of the sergeant-major2 the noncommissioned officers take post two paces in rear of the rear rank of the detail4 ,the detail aligned1 the commander of the detail commands3 ,,front1 salutes1 and then reports3 ,the detail is correct2 or ,so many sergeants1 corporals1 or privates are absent2 the sergeant-major returns the salute with the right hand after the report is made2 the commander then passes by the right of the guard and takes post in the line of noncommissioned officers in rear of the right file or his detail4 ,should there be more than one detail1 it is formed in like manner on the left of the one preceding2 the privates1 noncommissioned officers1 and commander of each detail dress on those of the preceding details in the same rank or line2 each detail commander closes the rear rank to the right and fills blank files1 as far as practicable1 with the men from his front rank4 ,should the guard from a company not include a noncommissioned officer1 one will be detailed to perform the duties of commander of the detail4 ,in this case the commander of the detail1 after reporting to the sergeant-major1 passes around the right flank between the guard and the band and retires4 7#cea7 #ahdc4 ,when the last detail has formed1 the sergeant-major takes a side step to the right1 draws sword1 verifies the detail1 takes post two paces to the right and two paces to the front of the guard1 facing to the left1 causes the guard to count off1 completes the left squad1 if necessary1 as in the school of the company1 and if there be more than three squads1 divides the guard into two platoons1 again takes post as described above and commands3 #a4 ,open ranks1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 the rear rank and file closers march backward four steps1 halt1 and dress to the right4 ,the sergeant major aligns the ranks and file closers and again1 taking post as described above1 commands3 ,,front1 moves parallel to the front rank until opposite the center1 turns to the right1 halts midway to the adjutant1 salutes1 and reports3 ,sir1 the details are correct2 or1 ,sir1 7so many7 sergeants1 corporals1 or privates are absent2 the adjutant returns the salute1 directs the sergeant-major3 ,take your post1 and then draws saber2 the sergeant-major faces about1 approaches to within two paces of the center of the front rank1 turns to the right1 moves three paces beyond the left of the front rank1 turns to the left1 halts on the line of the front rank1 faces about1 and brings his sword to the order4 ,when the sergeant-major has reported1 the officer of the guard takes post1 facing to the front1 three paces in front of the center of the guard1 and draws saber4 ,the adjutant then commands3 #a4 ,officer 7or officers7 and noncommissioned officers1 #b4 ,front and ,center1 #c4 ,,march4 ,at the command center1 the officers carry saber4 ,at the command march1 the officer advances and halts three paces from the adjutant1 remaining at the carry2 the noncommissioned officers pass by the flanks1 along the front1 and form in order of rank from right to left1 three paces in rear of the officer1 remaining at the right shoulder2 if there is no officer of the guard the noncommissioned officers halt on a line three paces from the adjutant2 the adjutant then assigns the officers and noncommissioned officers according to rank1 as follows3 ,commander of the guard1 leader of first platoon1 leader of second platoon1 right guide of first platoon1 left guide of second platoon1 left guide of first platoon1 right guide of second platoon1 and file closers1 or1 if the guard is not divided into platoons3 ,commander of the guard1 right guide1 left guide1 and file closers4 ,the adjutant then commands3 #a4 ,officer 7or officers7 and noncommissioned officers1 #b4 ,,posts1 #c4 ,,march4 ,at the command posts1 all1 except the officer commanding the guard1 face about4 ,at the command march1 they take the posts prescribed in the school of the company with open ranks4 ,the adjutant directs3 ,inspect your guard1 sir2 at which the officer commanding the guard faces about1 commands3 ,prepare for inspection1 returns saber1 and inspects the guard4 ,during the inspection1 the band plays2 the adjutant returns saber1 observes the general condition of the guard1 and falls out any man who is unfit for guard duty or does not present a creditable appearance4 ,substitutes will report to the commander of the guard at the guardhouse4 7#ceb7 #ahdd4 ,the adjutant1 when so directed1 selects orderlies and color sentinels1 as prescribed in paragraphs #adj and #ada1 and notifies the commander of the guard of his selection4 7#cec7 ,if there be a junior officer of the guard he takes post at the same time as the senior1 facing to the front1 #c paces in front of the center of the first platoon2 in going to the front and center he follows and takes position on the left of the senior and is assigned as leader of the first platoon2 he may be directed by the commander of the guard to assist in inspecting the guard4 ,if there be no officer of the guard1 the adjutant inspects the guard4 ,a noncommissioned officer commanding the guard takes post on the right of the right guide1 when the guard is in line2 and takes the post of the officer of the guard1 when in column or passing in review4 7#ced7 #ahde4 ,the inspection ended1 the adjutant places himself about #cj paces in front of and facing the center of the guard1 and draws saber2 the new officer of the day takes post in front of and facing the guard1 about #cj paces from the adjutant2 the old officer of the day takes post #c paces to the right of and #a pace to the rear of the new officer of the day2 the officer of the guard takes post #c paces in front of its center1 draws saber with the adjutant and comes to the order2 thereafter he takes the same relative positions as a captain of a company4 ,the adjutant then commands3 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest1 #c4 ,,sound ,,off1 and comes to the order and parade rest4 ,the band1 playing1 passes in front of the officer of the guard to the left of the line1 and back to its post on the right1 when it ceases playing4 ,the adjutant then comes to attention1 carries saber1 and commands3 #a4 ,guard1 #b4 ,,attention1 #c4 ,close ranks1 #d4 ,,march4 ,the ranks are opened and closed as in paragraph #gde1 ,i4 ,d4 ,r4 ,the adjutant then commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms1 faces toward the new officer of the day1 salutes1 and then reports3 ,sir1 the guard is formed4 ,the new officer of the day1 after the adjutant has reported1 returns the salute with the hand and directs the adjutant3 ,march the guard in review1 sir4 ,the adjutant carries saber1 faces about1 brings the guard to an order1 and commands3 #a4 ,at trail1 platoons 7or guard7 right1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,guard1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,the platoons execute the movements2 the band turns to the right and places itself #ab paces in front of the first platoon4 ,the adjutant places himself #f paces from the flank and abreast of the commander of the guard2 the sergeant major1 #f paces from the left flank of the second platoon4 ,the adjutant then commands3 #a4 ,pass in review1 #b4 ,,forward1 #c4 ,,march4 ,the guard marches in quick time past the officer of the day1 according to the principles of review1 and is brought to eyes right at the proper time by the commander of the guard2 the adjutant1 commander of the guard1 leaders of platoons1 sergeant-major1 and drum major salute4 ,the band1 having passed the officer of the day1 turns to the left out of the column1 places itself opposite and facing him1 and continues to play until the guard leaves the parade ground4 ,the field music detaches itself from the band when the latter turns out of the column1 and1 remaining in front of the guard1 commences to play when the band ceases4 ,having passed #ab paces beyond the officer of the day1 the adjutant halts2 the sergeant-major halts abreast of the adjutant and #a pace to his left2 they then return saber1 salute1 and retire2 the commander of the guard then commands3 #a4 ,platoons1 right by squads1 #b4 ,,march1 and marches the guard to its post4 ,the officers of the day face toward each other and salute2 the old officer of the day turns over the orders to the new officer of the day4 ,when the band is sounding off1 and while the guard is marching in review1 the officers of the day stand at parade rest with arms folded4 ,they take this position when the adjutant comes to parade rest1 resume the attention with him1 again take the parade rest at the first note of the march in review1 and resume attention as the head of the column approaches4 ,the new officer of the day returns the salute of the commander of the guard and the adjutant1 making one salute with the hand4 7#cee7 #ahdf4 ,if the guard be not divided into platoons1 the adjutant commands3 #a4 ,at trail1 guard right1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,guard1 #d4 ,,halt1 and it passes in review as above2 the commander of the guard is #c paces in front of its center2 the adjutant places himself #f paces from the left flank and abreast of the commander of the guard2 the sergeant covers the adjutant on a line with the front rank4 7#cef7 ,informal ,guard ,mounting for ,infantry #ahdg4 ,informal guard mounting will be held on the parade ground of the organization from which the guard is detailed4 ,if it is detailed from more than one organization1 then at such place as the commanding officer may direct4 7#ceg7 #ahdh4 ,at assembly1 the detail for guard falls in on the company parade ground4 ,the first sergeant verifies the detail1 inspects their dress and general appearance1 and replaces any man unfit to march on guard4 ,he then turns the detail over to the commander of the guard and retires4 7#ceh7 #ahdi4 ,at adjutant's call1 the officer of the day takes his place #ae paces in front of the center of the guard and commands3 #a4 ,officer 7or officers7 and noncommissioned officers1 #b4 ,front and center1 #c4 ,,march2 whereupon the officers and noncommissioned officers take their positions1 are assigned and sent to their posts as prescribed in formal guard mounting4 7,par4 #ahdc47 ,the officer of the day will then inspect the guard with especial reference for its fitness for the duty for which it is detailed1 and will select as prescribed in paragraphs #agjb1 the necessary orderlies and color sentinels4 ,the men found unfit for guard will be returned to quarters and will be replaced by others found to be suitable1 if available in the company4 ,if none are available in the company1 the fact will be reported to the adjutant immediately after guard mounting4 ,when the inspection shall have been completed1 the officer of the day resumes his position and directs the commander of the guard to march the guard to its post4 7#cei7 ,relieving the ,old ,guard #ahej4 ,as the new guard approaches the guardhouse1 the old guard is formed in line1 with its field music #c paces to its right2 and when the field music at the head of the new guard arrives opposite its left1 the commander of the new guard commands3 #a4 ,eyes1 #b4 ,,right2 the commander of the old guard commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms2 commanders of both guards salute4 ,the new guard marches in quick time past the old guard4 ,when the commander of the new guard is opposite the field music of the old guard1 he commands3 ,,front2 the commander of the old guard commands3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms1 as soon as the new guard shall have cleared the old guard4 ,the field music having marched #c paces beyond the field music of the old guard1 changes direction to the right1 and1 followed by the guard1 changes direction to the left when on a line with the old guard2 the changes of direction are without command4 ,the commander of the guard halts on the line of the front rank of the old guard1 allows his guard to march past him1 and when its rear approaches forms it in line to the left1 establishes the left guide #c paces to the right of the field music of the old guard1 and on a line with the front rank1 and then dresses his guard to the left2 the field music of the new guard is #c paces to the right of its front rank4 7#cfj7 #ahea4 ,the new guard being dressed1 the commander of each guard1 in front of and facing its center1 commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms1 resumes his front1 salutes1 carries saber1 faces his guard and commands3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,should a guard be commanded by a noncommissioned officer1 he stands on the right or left of the front rank1 according as he commands the old or new guard1 and executes the rifle salute4 7#cfa7 #aheb4 ,after the new guard arrives at its post1 and has saluted the old guard1 each guard is presented by its commander to its officer of the day2 if there be but one officer of the day present1 or if one officer acts in the capacity of old and new officer of the day1 each guard is presented to him by its commander4 7#cfb7 #ahec4 ,if other persons entitled to a salute approach1 each commander of the guard will bring his own guard to attention if not already at attention4 ,the senior commander of the two guards will then command #a4 ,old and new guards1 #b4 ,present1 #c4 ,,arms4 ,the junior will salute at the command ,present ,arms given by the senior4 ,after the salute has been acknowledged1 the senior brings both guards to the order4 7#cfc7 #ahed4 ,after the salutes have been acknowledged by the officers of the day1 each guard is brought to an order by its commander2 the commander of the new guard then directs the orderly or orderlies to fall out and report1 and causes bayonets to be fixed if so ordered by the commanding officer2 bayonets will not then be unfixed during the tour except in route marches while the guard is actually marching1 or when specially directed by the commanding officer4 ,the commander of the new guard then falls out members of the guard for detached posts1 placing them under charge of the proper noncommissioned officers1 divides the guard into three reliefs1 first1 second1 and third1 from right to left1 and directs a list of the guard to be made by reliefs4 ,when the guard consists of troops of different arms combined1 the men are assigned to reliefs so as to insure a fair division of duty1 under rules prescribed by the commanding officer4 7#cfd7 #ahee4 ,the sentinels and detachments of the old guard are at once relieved by members of the new guard2 the two guards standing at ease or at rest while these changes are being made4 ,the commander of the old transmits to the commander of the new guard all his orders1 instructions1 and information concerning the guard and its duties4 ,the commander of the new guard then takes possession of the guardhouse and verifies the articles in charge of the guard4 7#cfe7 #ahef4 ,if considerable time is required to bring in that portion of the old guard still on post1 the commanding officer may direct that as soon as the orders and property are turned over to the new guard1 the portion of the old guard at the guardhouse may be marched off and dismissed4 ,in such a case1 the remaining detachment or detachments of the old guard will be inspected by the commander of the new guard when they reach the guardhouse4 ,he will direct the senior noncommissioned officer present to march these detachments off and dismiss them in the prescribed manner4 7#cff7 #aheg4 ,in bad weather1 at night1 after long marches1 or when the guard is very small1 the field music may be dispensed with4 7#cfg7 ,,footnotes3 #bj ,the term governors general shall be taken to mean administrative officers under whom officers with the title of governor are acting4 #ba ,the grade of commodore ceased to exist as a grade on the active list of the ,navy of the ,united ,states on ,mar4 #c1 #ahii4 ,by section #g of the act of ,mar4 #c1 #ahii1 the nine junior rear admirals are authorized to receive the pay and allowances of a brigadier general of the ,army4 ,,part ,,viii ,,military ,,organization #aheh4 ,the tabulations that follow are based on the ,national ,defense ,act of ,june #c1 #aiaf1 and on the ,tables of ,organization4 ,composition of ,infantry ,units ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ,regiment ,battalions 7#c7 ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ,each ,each ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- #a ,colonel #a ,major #a ,lt4 ,colonel #a #ast ,lieut41 mounted #c ,majors 7battalion adjutant7 #ae ,captains #d ,companies4 #af #ast ,lieuts4 #ae #bnd ,lieuts4 ,attached -- #ea #a ,battalion ,sergt4 ,major -- 7from ,hdqrs4 ,co47 #a ,hdqrs4 ,co4 #a ,machine ,gun ,co4 #a ,supply ,co4 #ab ,infantry ,cos41 organized into #c battalions of #d companies each ,attached #a ,major1 ,med4 ,dept4 #c ,capts41 or #ast ,lieuts41 ,med4 ,dept4 #a ,chaplain ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- --------------------------------- ,companies ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ,infantry 7#ab7 ,headquarters 7#a7 ,machine ,gun 7#a7 ,supply 7#a7 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------ #a ,captain #a ,captain1 mounted1 #a ,captain1 ,mtd4 #a ,captain1 ,mtd4 #a #ast ,lieut4 7,regtl4 ,adjt47 #a #ast ,lt41 ,mtd4 #a #bnd ,lt41 ,mtd4 #a #bnd ,lieut4 #b #bnd ,lts41 ,mtd4-- -- #a ,regtl4 ,sergt4 -- #b #c ,major1 mounted4 #d -- -- #c ,batln4 ,sergts4 -- #c ,regtl4 ,supply ,major1 mounted4 #a #ast ,sergt41 ,sergts41 ,mtd4 #a #ast ,sergt4 #a #ast ,sergt4 ,mtd4 #a #ast ,sergt41 #a ,mess ,sergt4 7drum major7 #a ,mess ,sergt4 ,mtd4 #a ,supply ,sergt4 #b ,color ,sergts4 #a ,supply ,sergt41 #a ,mess ,sergt4 #f ,sergts4 #a ,mess ,sergt4 ,mtd4 #a ,stable ,sergt4 #aa ,corpls4 #a ,supply ,sergt4 #a ,stable ,sergt41 #a ,corpl41 ,mtd4 #b ,cooks #a ,stable ,sergt4 ,mtd4 #a ,cook #b ,buglers #a ,sergt4 #a ,horseshoer #a ,saddler #a ,mechanic #b ,cooks #e ,sergeants #a ,horseshoer #ai ,pvts4 7#ast #a ,horseshoer #f ,corporals #a ,wagoner for ,class7 #a ,band leader #b ,cooks each #ef ,pvts4 #a ,asst4 ,band leader #b ,buglers authorized --- #a ,sergt4 bugler #a ,mechanic wagon #ajj #b ,band ,sergts4 #h ,pvts41 #ast of the field --- #d ,band ,corpls4 ,class and combat 7,the ,president #b ,musicians1 #ast #bd ,privates train4 may add #b ,class -- ,sergts41 #f #d ,musicians1 #bnd #ec ,corpls41 #a ,class -- ,mechanic1 #i ,pvts4#ac ,musicians1 #crd 7,the ,president #ast ,class and #ca ,class may add #b ,pvts4--total1 #di7 #d ,pvts41 #ast ,class1,sergts41 #b ,mtd4 ,corpls41 #ab ,pvts1 ,mtd4 #a ,mechanic1 -- #d ,pvts41 #ast #eh ,class and #ab -- ,pvts4--total1 #ba7 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ,transportation1 orderlies1 etc4 ,to ,hdqrs4 ,co41 #bg riding horses2 to ,machine ,gun ,co41 #f riding horses and #h pack mules2 to ,supply ,co41 #c riding horses2 to each ,battalion ,hdqrs41 #f riding horses1 #a wagon1 #d draft mules1 and #b mounted orderlies2 to ,regtl4 ,hdqrs41 #e riding horses4 ,composition of ,cavalry ,units ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ,regiment ,squadrons 7#c7 ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ,each ,each ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- #a ,colonel #a ,major #a ,lt4 ,colonel #a #ast ,lieut41 squadron adjutant #c ,majors #ae ,captains #d troops #af #ast ,lieuts4 #af #bnd ,lieuts4 ,attached -- #eb #a ,squadron ,sergt4 ,major -- 7from ,hdqrs4 ,troop7 #a ,hdqrs4 ,troop #a ,machine ,gun ,troop #a ,supply ,troop #ab ,troops organized into #c squadrons of #d troops each ,attached #a ,major1 ,med4 ,dept4 #c ,capts41 or #ast ,lieuts41 ,med4 ,dept4 #a ,chaplain ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- --------------------------------- ,troops ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ,cavalry 7#ab7 ,headquarters 7#a7 ,machine ,gun 7#a7 ,supply 7#a7 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------ #a ,captain #a ,captain1 ,regtl4 #a ,captain #a ,captain1 #a #ast ,lieut4 ,adjt4 #a #ast ,lieut4 ,regtl4 ,supply #a #bnd ,lieut4 #a ,regtl4 ,sergeant #b #bnd ,lieuts4 ,officer -- ,major -- #b #bnd ,lieuts4 #c #c ,squadron ,sergts4 #d -- -- ,major -- #c #a #ast ,sergt4 -- #a #ast ,sergt4 7,drum ,major7 #a #ast ,sergt4 #a ,mess ,sergt4 #b ,color ,sergts4 #a ,mess ,sergt4 #c ,regtl4 ,supply #a ,supply ,sergt4 #a ,mess ,sergt4 #a ,supply ,sergt4 ,sergts4 #a ,stable ,sergt4 #a ,supply ,sergt4 #a ,stable ,sergt4 #a #ast ,sergt4 #e ,sergts4 #a ,stable ,sergt4 #b ,horseshoers #a ,mess ,sergt4 #h ,corpls4 #a ,sergt4 #e ,sergts4 #a ,stable ,sergt4 #b ,cooks #b ,cooks #f ,corpls4 #a ,corpl4 #b ,horseshoers #a ,horseshoer #b ,cooks #a ,cook #a ,saddler #a ,saddler #a ,mechanic #a ,horseshoer #b ,buglers #b ,pvts4 7#ast ,class7 #a ,saddler #a ,saddler #aj ,pvts4 7#ast #i ,pvts4 #b ,buglers #a ,wagoner for ,class7 #a ,band leader #ab ,pvts4 #ast each #cf ,pvts4 #a ,asst4 ,band ,leader ,class authorized -- #a ,sergt4 ,bugler #ce ,pvts4 wagon of the #gj #b ,band ,sergts4 -- field and -- #d ,band ,corpls4 #gj combat train4 #b ,musicians1 #ast -- 7,the ,president ,class may add #aj ,pvts4 #d ,musicians1 #bnd 7,the ,president 7#ast ,class7 and ,class may add #c #be ,pvts4--total1 #ac ,musicians1 #crd ,sergts41 #b #ce7 ,class ,corpls41 #a -- ,mechanic1 #a ,pvt4 #ed #ast ,class1 #ad -- ,pvts4--total1 #ba7 7,the ,president may add #b ,sergts1 #e ,corpls41 #a ,horseshoer1 #e ,pvts4 #ast ,class1 #ah ,pvts4--total1 #ca7 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ,transportation1 orderlies1 etc4 ,to each ,squadron ,hdqrs41 #f or #g riding horses and #b orderlies2 to each squadron2 #bib riding horses1 #a wagon and #d draft mules4 ,composition of ,field ,artillery ,units ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------- ,battalion ,battery ,regiment 7,gun or ,howitzer7 7,gun or ,howitzer7 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------- ,each ,each ,each ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------- #a ,colonel #a ,major #a ,captain #a ,lt4 ,colonel #a ,captain #b #ast ,lieuts4 #a ,captain -- #b #bnd ,lieuts4 -- #b -- #c -- #e -- -- ,batteries as follows3 #a ,hdqrs4 ,co41 #a #ast ,sergt4 #a ,supply ,co41 ,mountain artillery #a ,supply ,sergt4 battalions and light #a ,stable ,sergt4 ,and such number of artillery gun or #a ,mess ,sergt4 guns and howitzer as howitzer battalions #f ,sergts4 the ,president may serving with the field #ac ,corpls4 direct4 artillery or ,infantry #a ,chief ,mechanic divisions shall contain #a ,saddler ,attached three batteries2 horse #b ,horseshoers artillery battalions #a ,mechanic #a ,major1 ,med4 ,dept4 and heavy field #b ,buglers #c ,capts4 or #ast artillery gun or #c ,cooks ,lieuts41 ,med4 ,dept4 howitzer battalions #bb ,pvts41 #ast ,class #a ,chaplain shall contain two #ga ,pvts4 batteries4 --- #abe --- ,when no enlisted men of the ,quartermaster ,corps are attached for such positions there shall be added to each battery of mountain artillery3 #a ,packmaster ,sergt41 #ast ,class #a ,asst4 ,packmaster ,sergt4 #a ,cargador1 ,corpl4 7,the ,president may add #c ,sergts41 #g ,corpls41 #a ,horseshoer1 #b ,mechanics1 #a ,bugler1 #ac ,pvts4 #ast ,class1 #cg ,pvts4--total1 #fd7 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ,headquarters ,company of ,regt41 of #b battalions ,supply 7#a7 ,regt4 of #b ,batlns4 ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- #a ,captain #a ,captain #a #ast ,lieut4 #a #ast ,lieut4 -- -- #b #b -- -- #a ,regtl4 ,sergt4 ,major #b ,regtl4 ,supply ,sergts4 #b ,batln4 ,sergts4 ,major #a #ast ,sergt4 #a #ast ,sergt4 #a ,mess ,sergt4 #b ,color ,sergts4 #a ,corpl4 #a ,mess ,sergt4 #a ,cook #a ,supply ,sergt4 #a ,horseshoer #a ,stable ,sergt4 #a ,saddler #b ,sergts4 #b ,pvts4 #i ,corpls4 #a ,wagoner for each authorized #a ,horseshoer wagon of the field train4 #a ,saddler #a ,mechanic ,when ,regt4 consists of #c ,batlns4 #c ,buglers there shall be added #a #bnd ,lieut4 #b ,cooks 7#a71 #a ,regtl4 ,supply ,sergt41 #a #e ,pvts4 #ast ,class ,pvt41 #a ,wagoner for each #ae ,pvts4 additional authorized wagon of the #a ,band leader field train4 #a ,asst4 ,band leader #a ,sergt4 ,bugler 7,the ,president may add #a ,corpl41 #a #b ,band ,sergts4 ,cook1 #a ,horseshoer1 #a #d ,band ,corpls4 ,saddler4--total1 #d7 #b ,musicians1 #ast ,class #d ,musicians1 #bnd ,class ,supply ,co41 of ,regt4 of #c ,batlns4 #ac ,musicians1 #crd ,class may have added1 the same number as -- given above for ,regt4 of #b ,batlns4 #gf -- ,when a regiment consists of three battalions there shall be added to ,hdqrs4 ,co43 #a ,batln4 ,sergt4 ,major1 #a ,sergt41 #c ,corpls41 #a ,bugler1 #a ,pvt4 #ast ,class1 #e ,pvts4--total1 #ab4 ,when no enlisted men of the ,quartermaster ,corps are attached for such positions there shall be added to each mountain artillery ,hdqrs4 ,co41 #a ,packmaster ,sergt41 #ast ,class #a ,asst4 ,packmaster1 ,sergt4 #a ,cargador1 ,corpl4--total1 #c4 7,the ,president may add #b ,sergts41 #e ,corpls41 #a ,horseshoer1 #a ,mechanic1 #a ,pvt4 #ast ,class1 #f ,pvts4--total #af to a regiment of #b battalions2 and to a regiment of #c battalions #a ,sergt41 #g ,corpls41 #a ,horseshoer1 #a ,mechanic1 #b ,cooks1 #b ,pvts4 #ast ,class1 #g ,pvts4--total1 #ba7 ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ,transportation1 orderlies1 etc4 ,to ,battery ,hdqrs41 #h riding horses2 to each ,battery1 #bd riding horses1 #hh draft horses1 #a ,battery wagon1 #a ,store wagon1 #h ,caissons and #d ,guns4 ,,part ,,ix ,,map ,,reading ,,and ,,military ,,sketching ,,chapter ,i ,,map ,,reading #ahei4 ,definition of map4 ,a map is a representation on paper of a certain portion of the earth's surface4 ,a military map is one that shows the things which are of military importance1 such as roads1 streams1 bridges1 houses1 depressions1 and hills4 #ahfj4 ,map reading4 ,by map reading is meant the ability to get a clear idea of the ground represented by the map1--of being able to visualize the ground so represented4 ,for some unknown reason1 military map reading is generally considered a very difficult matter to master1 and the beginner1 starting out with this idea1 seemingly tries to find it difficult4 ,however1 as a matter of fact1 map reading is not difficult1 if one goes about learning it in the right way1--that is1 by first becoming familiar with scales1 contours1 conventional signs1 and other things that go to make up map making4 ,practice is most important in acquiring ability in map reading4 ,practice looking at maps and then visualizing the actual country represented on the map4 #ahfa4 ,scales4 ,in order that you may be able to tell the distance between any two points on a map1 the map must be drawn to scale1--that is1 it must be so drawn that a certain distance on the map1 say1 one inch1 represents a certain distance on the ground1 say1 one mile4 ,on such a map1 then1 two inches would represent two miles on the ground2 three inches1 three miles1 and so on4 ,therefore1 we may say-- ,the scale of a map is the ratio between actual distances on the ground and those between the same points as represented on the map4 #ahfb4 ,methods of representing scales4 ,there are three ways in which the scale of a map may be represented3 #ast4 ,by words and figures1 as #c inches #a mile2 #a inch #bjj feet4 #b;d4 ,by ,representative ,fraction 7abbreviated ,r4 ,f471 which is a fraction whose numerator represents units of distance on the map and whose denominator1 units of distance on the ground4 ,for example1 ,r4 ,f4 #a inch 7on map7_/#a mile 7on ground7 which is equivalent to ,r4 ,f4 #a_/fccfj1 since #a mile #fc1cfj inches4 ,so the expression1 ,r4 ,f4 #a_/fccfj on a map merely means that #a inch on the map represents #fc1cfj inches 7or #a mile7 on the ground4 ,this fraction is usually written with a numerator #a1 as above1 no definite unit of inches or miles being specified in either the numerator or denominator4 ,in this case the expression means that one unit of distance on the map equals as many of the same units on the ground as are in the denominator4 ,thus1 #a_/fccfj means that #a inch on the map #fc1cfj inches on the ground1 #a foot on the map #fc1cfj feet on the ground2 #a yard on the map #fc1cfj yards on the ground1 etc4 #c;d4 ,by ,graphical ,scale1 that is1 a drawn scale4 ,a graphical scale is a line drawn on the map1 divided into equal parts1 each part being marked not with its actual length1 but with the distance which it represents on the ground4 ,thus3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,for example1 the distance from #j to #ej represents fifty yards on the ground2 the distance from #j to #ajj1 one hundred yards on the ground1 etc4 ,if the above scale were applied to the road running from ,a to ,b in ,fig4 #b1 it would show that the length of the road is #fge yards4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b #ahfc4 ,construction of ,scales4 ,the following are the most usual problems that arise in connection with the construction of scales3 #a4 ,having given the ,r4 ,f4 on a map1 to find how many miles on the ground are represented by one inch on the map4 ,let us suppose that the ,r4 ,f4 is #a_/baabj4 ,solution ,now1 as previously explained1 #a_/baabj simply means that one inch on the map represents #ba1abj inches on the ground4 ,there are #fc1cfj inches in one mile4 #ba1abj goes into #fc1cfj three times--that is to say1 #ba1abj is #a_/c of #fc1cfj1 and we1 therefore1 see from this that one inch on the map represents #a_/c of a mile on the ground1 and consequently it would take three inches on the map to represent one whole mile on the ground4 ,so1 we have this general rule3 ,to find out how many miles one inch on the map represents on the ground1 divide the denominator of the ,r4 ,f4 by #fc1cfj4 #b4 ,being given the ,r4 ,f4 to construct a graphical scale to read yards4 ,let us assume that #a_/baabj is the ,r4 ,f4 given--that is to say1 one inch on the map represents #ba1abj inches on the ground1 but1 as there are #cf inches in one yard1 #ba1abj inches #ba1abj_/cf yds4 #ehf4ff yds4--that is1 one inch on the map represents #ehf4ff yds4 on the ground4 ,now1 suppose about a #f-;inch scale is desired4 ,since one inch on the map #ehf4ff yards on the ground1 #f inches 7map7 #ehf4ff x #f #c1eai4if yards 7ground74 ,in order to get as nearly a #f-;inch scale as possible to represent even hundreds of yards1 let us assume #c1ejj yards to be the total number to be represented by the scale4 ,the question then resolves itself into this3 ,how many inches on the map are necessary to represent #c1ejj yards on the ground4 ,since1 as we have seen1 one inch 7map7 #ehf4ff yards 7ground71 as many inches are necessary to show #c1ejj yards as #ehf4ff is contained in #c1ejj2 or #cejj_/ehf4ff #e4if inches4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c ,now lay off with a scale of equal parts the distance ,a-,i 7,figure #c7 #e4if inches 7about #e and #i-a_/b tenths71 and divided it into #g equal parts by the construction shown in figure1 as follows3 ,draw a line ,a-,h1 making any convenient angle with ,a-,i1 and lay off #g equal convenient lengths 7,a-,b1 ,b-,c1 ,c-,d1 etc471 so as to bring ,h about opposite to ,i4 ,join ,h and ,i and draw the intermediate lines through ,b1 ,c1 etc41 parallel to ,h-,i4 ,these lines divide ,a-,i into #g equal parts1 each #ejj yards long4 ,the left part1 called the ,extension1 is similarly divided into #e equal parts1 each representing #ajj yards4 #c4 ,to construct a scale for a map with no scale4 ,in this case1 measure the distance between any two definite points on the ground represented1 by pacing or otherwise1 and scale off the corresponding map distance4 ,then see how the distance thus measured corresponds with the distance on the map between the two points4 ,for example1 let us suppose that the distance on the ground between two given points is one mile and that the distance between the corresponding points on the map is #c_/d inch4 ,we would1 therefore1 see that #c_/d inch on the map one mile on the ground4 ,hence #a_/d inch would represent #a_/c of a mile1 and #d-d1 or one inch1 would represent #d x #a_/c #d_/c #a-a_/c miles4 ,the ,r4 ,f4 is found as follows3 ,r4 ,f4 #a inch_/7#a-a_/c mile7 #a inch_/7#fc1cfj x #a-a_/c inches7 #a_/hddhj4 ,from this a scale of yards is constructed as above 7#b74 #d4 ,to construct a graphical scale from a scale expressed in unfamiliar units4 ,there remains one more problem1 which occurs when there is a scale on the map in words and figures1 but it is expressed in unfamiliar units1 such as the meter 7 #ci4cg inches71 strides of a man or horse1 rate of travel of column1 etc4 ,if a noncommissioned officer should come into possession of such a map1 it would be impossible for him to have a correct idea of the distances on the map4 ,if the scale were in inches to miles or yards1 he would estimate the distance between any two points on the map to be so many inches and at once know the corresponding distance on the ground in miles or yards4 ,but suppose the scale found on the map to be one inch #ajj strides 7ground71 then estimates could not be intelligently made by one unfamiliar with the length of the stride used4 ,however1 suppose the stride was #fj inches long2 we would then have this3 ,since #a stride #fj inches1 #ajj strides #f1jjj inches4 ,but according to our supposition1 #a inch on the map #ajj strides on the ground2 hence #a inch on the map #f1jjj inches on the ground1 and we have as our ,r4 ,f41 #a inch 7map7_/#f1jjj inches 7ground7 #a_/fjjj4 ,a graphical scale can now be constructed as in 7#b74 ,problems in ,scales #ahfd4 ,the following problems should be solved to become familiar with the construction of scales3 ,problem ,no4 #a4 ,the ,r4 ,f4 of a map is #a_/ajjj4 ,required3 #a4 ,the distance in miles shown by one inch on the map2 #b4 ,to construct a graphical scale of yards2 also one to read miles4 ,problem ,no4 #b4 ,a map has a graphical scale on which #a4e inches reads #ejj strides4 #a4 ,what is the ,r4 ,f4 of the map8 #b4 ,how many miles are represented by #a inch8 ,problem ,no4 #c4 ,the ,leavenworth map in back of this book has a graphical scale and a measured distance of #a4be inches reads #a1ajj yards4 ,required3 #a4 ,the ,r4 ,f4 of the map2 #b4 ,number of miles shown by #a inch on the map4 ,problem ,no4 #d4 #a4 ,construct a scale to read yards for a map of ,r4 ,f4 #a_/baabj4 #b4 ,how many inches represent #a mile8 #ahfe4 ,scaling distances from a map4 ,there are four methods of scaling distances from maps3 #a4 ,apply a piece of straight edged paper to the distance between any two points1 ,a and ,b1 for instance1 and mark the distance on the paper4 ,now1 apply the paper to the graphical scale1 7,fig4 #b1 ,par4 #ahfb71 and read the number of yards on the main scale and add the number indicated on the extension4 ,for example3 #fjj #ge #fge yards4 #b4 ,by taking the distance off with a pair of dividers and applying the dividers thus set to the graphical scale1 the distance is read4 #c4 ,by use of an instrument called a map measurer1 ,fig4 #d1 set the hand on the face to read zero1 roll the small wheel over the distance2 now roll the wheel in an opposite direction along the graphical scale1 noting the number of yards passed over4 ,or1 having rolled over the distance1 note the number of inches on the dial and multiply this by the number of miles or other units per inch4 ,a map measurer is valuable for use in solving map problems in patrolling1 advance guard1 outpost1 etc4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d #d4 ,apply a scale of inches to the line to be measured1 and multiply this distance by the number of miles per inch shown by the map4 #ahff4 ,contours4 ,in order to show on a map a correct representation of ground1 the depressions and elevations1--that is1 the undulations1--must be represented4 ,this is usually done by contours4 ,conversationally speaking1 a contour is the outline of a figure or body1 or the line or lines representing such an outline4 ,in connection with maps1 the word contour is used in these two senses3 #a4 ,it is a projection on a horizontal 7level7 plane 7that is1 a map7 of the line in which a horizontal plane cuts the surface of the ground4 ,in other words1 it is a line on a map which shows the route one might follow on the ground and walk on the absolute level4 ,if1 for example1 you went half way up the side of a hill and1 starting there1 walked entirely around the hill1 neither going up any higher nor down any lower1 and you drew a line of the route you had followed1 this line would be a contour line and its projection on a horizontal plane 7map7 would be a contour4 ,by imagining the surface of the ground being cut by a number of horizontal planes that are the same distance apart1 and then projecting 7shooting7 on a horizontal plane 7map7 the lines so cut1 the elevations and depressions on the ground are represented on the map4 ,it is important to remember that the imaginary horizontal planes cutting the surface of the ground must be the same distance apart4 ,the distance between the planes is called the contour interval4 #b4 ,the word contour is also used in referring to contour line1--that is to say1 it is used in referring to the line itself in which a horizontal plane cuts the surface of the ground as well as in referring to the projection of such line on a horizontal plane4 ,an excellent idea of what is meant by contours and contour-lines can be gotten from ,figs4 #e and #f4 ,let us suppose that formerly the island represented in ,figure #e was entirely under water and that by a sudden disturbance the water of the lake fell until the island stood twenty feet above the water1 and that later several other sudden falls of the water1 twenty feet each time1 occurred1 until now the island stands #ajj feet out of the lake1 and at each of the twenty feet elevations a distinct water line is left4 ,these water lines are perfect contour-lines measured from the surface of the lake as a reference 7or datum7 plane4 ,figure #f shows the contour-lines in ,figure #e projected1 or shot down1 on a horizontal 7level7 surface4 ,it will be observed that on the gentle slopes1 such as ,f-,h 7,fig4 #e71 the contours 7#bj1 #dj7 are far apart4 ,but on the steep slopes1 as ,r-,o1 the contours 7#bj1 #dj1 #fj1 #hj1 #ajj7 are close together4 ,hence1 it is seen that contours far apart on a map indicate gentle slopes1 and contours close together1 steep slopes4 ,it is also seen that the shape of the contours gives an accurate idea of the form of the island4 ,the contours in ,fig4 #f give an exact representation not only of the general form of the island1 the two peaks1 ,o and ,b1 the stream1 ,m-,n1 the ,saddle1 ,m1 the water shed from ,f to ,h1 and steep bluff at ,k1 but they also give the slopes of the ground at all points4 ,from this we see that the slopes are directly proportional to the nearness of the contours--that is1 the nearer the contours on a map are to one another1 the steeper is the slope1 and the farther the contours on a map are from one another1 the gentler is the slope4 ,a wide space between contours1 therefore1 represents level ground4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f ,the contours on maps are always numbered1 the number of each showing its height above some plane called a datum plane4 ,thus in ,fig4 #f the contours are numbered from #j to #ajj using the surface of the lake as the datum plane4 ,the numbering shows at once the height of any point on a given contour and in addition shows the contour interval--in this case #bj feet4 ,generally only every fifth contour is numbered4 ,the datum plane generally used in maps is mean sea level1 hence the elevations indicated would be the heights above mean sea level4 ,the contours of a cone 7,fig4 #g7 are circles of different sizes1 one within another1 and the same distance apart1 because the slope of a cone is at all points the same4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g ,the contours of a half sphere 7,fig4 #h71 are a series of circles1 far apart near the center 7top71 and near together at the outside 7bottom71 showing that the slope of a hemisphere varies at all points1 being nearly flat on top and increasing in steepness toward the bottom4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h ,the contours of a concave 7hollowed out7 cone 7,fig4 #i7 are close together at the center 7top7 and far apart at the outside 7bottom74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i ,the following additional points about contours should be remembered3 7a7 ,a ,water ,shed or ,spur1 along with rain water divides1 flowing away from it on both sides1 is indicated by the higher contours bulging out toward the lower ones 7,f-,h1 ,fig4 #f74 7b7 ,a ,water ,course or ,valley1 along which rain falling on both sides of it joins in one stream1 is indicated by the lower contours curving in toward the higher ones 7,m-,n1 ,fig4 #f74 7c7 ,the contours of different heights which unite and become a single line1 represent a vertical cliff 7,k1 ,fig4 #f74 7d7 ,two contours which cross each other represent an overhanging cliff4 7e7 ,a closed contour without another contour in it1 represents either in elevation or a depression1 depending on whether its reference number is greater or smaller than that of the outer contour4 ,a hilltop is shown when the closed contour is higher than the contour next to it2 a depression is shown when the closed contour is lower than the one next to it4 ,if the student will first examine the drainage system1 as shown by the courses of the streams on the map1 he can readily locate all the valleys1 as the streams must flow through valleys4 ,knowing the valleys1 the ridges or hills can easily be placed1 even without reference to the numbers on the contours4 ,for example3 ,on the ,elementary ,map1 ,woods ,creek flows north and ,york ,creek flows south4 ,they rise very close to each other1 and the ground between the points at which they rise must be higher ground1 sloping north on one side and south on the other1 as the streams flow north and south1 respectively 7see the ridge running west from ,twin ,hills74 ,the course of ,sandy ,creek indicates a long valley1 extending almost the entire length of the map4 ,meadow ,creek follows another valley1 and ,deep ,run another4 ,when these streams happen to join other streams1 the valleys must open into each other4 #ahfg4 ,map ,distances 7or horizontal equivalents74 ,the horizontal distance between contours on a map 7called map distance1 or ,m4 ,d42 or horizontal equivalents or ,h4 ,e47 is inversely proportional to the slope of the ground represented--that it to say1 the greater the slope of the ground1 the less is the horizontal distance between the contours2 the less the slope of the ground represented1 the greater is the horizontal distance between the contours4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj --------------------------------- ,slope ,rise ,horizontal 7degrees7 7feet7 ,distance 7inches7 --------------------------------- #a deg4 #a #fhh #b deg4 #a #fhh_/b #cdd #c deg4 #a #fhh_/c #bbi #d deg4 #a #fhh_/d #agb #e deg4 #a #fhh_/e #ach --------------------------------- ,it is a fact that #fhh inches horizontally on a #a degree slope gives a vertical rise of one foot2 #acgf inches1 two feet1 #bjfd inches1 three feet1 etc41 from which we see that on a slope of #a degree1 #fhh inches multiplied by vertical rises of #a foot1 #b feet1 #c feet1 etc41 gives us the corresponding horizontal distance in inches4 ,for example1 if the contour interval 7,vertical ,interval1 ,v4 ,i47 of a map is #aj feet1 then #fhh inches x #aj equals #fhhj inches1 gives the horizontal ground distance corresponding to a rise of #aj feet on a #a degree slope4 ,to reduce this horizontal ground distance to horizontal map distance1 we would1 for example1 proceed as follows3 ,let us assume the ,r4 ,f4 to be #a_/aehdj--that is to say1 #ae1hdj inches on the ground equals #a inch on the map1 consequently1 #fhhj inches on the ground equals #fhhj_/aehdj1 equals 4#dd inch on the map4 ,and in the case of #b degrees1 #c degrees1 etc41 we would have3 ,m4 ,d4 for #b deg4 #fhhj_/7aehdj x #b7 4#bb inch2 ,m4 ,d4 for #c deg4 #fhhj_/7aehdj x #c7 4#ae inch1 etc4 ,from the above1 we have this rule3 ,to construct a scale of ,m4 ,d4 for a map1 multiply #fhh by the contour interval 7in feet7 and the ,r4 ,f4 of the map1 and divide the results by #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 etc41 and then lay off these distances as shown in ,fig4 #aa1 ,par4 #ahfg;a4 ,,formula ,m4 ,d4 7inches7 7#fhh x ,v4 ,i4 7feet7 x ,r4 ,f47 _/ 7,degrees 7#a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 etc477 #ahfg;a4 ,scale of ,map ,distances 7or1 ,scale of ,slopes74 ,on the ,elementary ,map1 below the scale of miles and scale of yards1 is a scale similar to the following one3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa ,the left-hand division is marked #a_/b deg42 the next division 7one-half as long7 #a deg42 the next division 7one-half the length of the #a deg4 division7 #b deg41 and so on4 ,the #a_/b deg4 division means that where adjacent contours on the map are just that distance apart1 the ground has a slope of #a_/b a degree between these two contours1 and slopes up toward the contour with the higher reference number2 a space between adjacent contours equal to the #a deg4 space shown on the scale means a #a deg4 slope1 and so on4 ,what is a slope of #a deg48 ,by a slope of #a deg4 we mean that the surface of the ground makes an angle of #a deg4 with the horizontal 7a level surface4 ,see ,fig4 #aj1 ,par4 #ahfg74 ,the student should find out the slope of some hill or street and thus get a concrete idea of what the different degrees of slope mean4 ,a road having a #e deg4 slope is very steep4 ,by means of this scale of ,m4 ,d4's on the map1 the map reader can determine the slope of any portion of the ground represented1 that is1 as steep as #a_/b deg4 or steeper4 ,ground having a slope of less than #a_/b deg4 is practically level4 #ahfh4 ,slopes4 ,slopes are usually given in one of three ways3 #ast1 in degrees2 #b;d1 in percentages2 #c;d1 in gradients 7grades74 #ast4 ,a one degree slope means that the angle between the horizontal and the given line is #a degree 7#a deg474 ,see ,fig4 #aj1 ,par4 #ahfg4 #b;d4 ,a slope is said to be #a1 #b1 #c1 etc41 per cent1 when #ajj units horizontally correspond to a rise of #a1 #b1 #c1 etc41 units vertically4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab #c;d4 ,a slope is said to be one on one 7#a_/a71 two on three1 7#b_/c71 etc41 when one unit horizontal corresponds to #a vertical2 three horizontal correspond to two vertical1 etc4 ,the numerator usually refers to the vertical distance1 and the denominator to the horizontal distance4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac ,degrees of slope are usually used in military matters2 percentages are often used for roads1 almost always of railroads2 gradients are used of steep slopes1 and usually of dimensions of trenches4 #ahfi4 ,effect of ,slope on ,movements #fj degrees or #g_/d inaccessible for infantry2 #de degrees or #a_/a difficult for infantry2 #cj degrees or #d_/g inaccessible for cavalry2 #ae degrees or #a_/d inaccessible for artillery2 #e degrees or #a_/ab accessible for wagons4 ,the normal system of scales prescribed for ,u4 ,s4 ,army field sketches is as follows3 ,for road sketches1 #c inches #a mile1 vertical interval between contours 7,v4 ,i47 #bj ft42 for position sketches1 #f inches #a mile1 ,v4 ,i4 #aj ft42 for fortification sketches1 #ab inches #a mile1 ,v4 ,i4 #e ft4 ,on this system any given length of ,m4 ,d4 corresponds to the same slope on each of the scales4 ,for instance1 4#ae inch between contours represents a #e deg4 slope on the #c-;inch1 #f-;inch and #ab-;inch maps of the normal system4 ,figure #aa1 ,par4 #ahfg;a1 gives the normal scale of ,m4 ,d4's for slopes up to #h degrees4 ,a scale of ,m4 ,d4's is usually printed on the margin of maps1 near the geographical scale4 #ahgj4 ,meridians4 ,if you look along the upper left hand border of the ,elementary ,map 7back of ,manual71 you will see two arrows1 as shown in ,fig4 #ad1 pointing towards the top of the map4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ad ,they are pointing in the direction that is north on the map4 ,the arrow with a full barb points toward the north pole 7the ,true ,north ,pole7 of the earth1 and is called the ,true ,meridian4 ,the arrow with but half a barb points toward what is known as the ,magnetic ,pole of the earth1 and is called the ,magnetic ,meridian4 ,the ,magnetic ,pole is a point up in the arctic regions1 near the geographical or ,true ,north ,pole1 which1 on account of its magnetic qualities1 attracts one end of all compass needles and causes them to point towards it1 and as it is near the ,true ,north ,pole1 this serves to indicate the direction of north to a person using a compass4 ,of course1 the angle which the ,magnetic needle makes with the ,true ,meridian 7called the ,magnetic ,declination7 varies at different points on the earth4 ,in some places it points east of the ,true ,meridian and in others it points west of it4 ,it is important to know this relation because maps usually show the ,true ,meridian and an observer is generally supplied with a magnetic compass4 ,fig4 #ae shows the usual type of ,box ,compass4 ,it has #d cardinal points1 ,n1 ,e1 ,s and ,w marked1 as well as a circle graduated in degrees from zero to #cfj deg41 clockwise around the circle4 ,to read the magnetic angle 7called magnetic azimuth7 of any point from the observer's position the north point of the compass circle is pointed toward the object and the angle indicated by the north end of the needle is read4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ae ,you now know from the meridians1 for example1 in going from ,york to ,oxford 7see ,elementary ,map7 that you travel north2 from ,boling to ,salem you must travel south2 going from ,salem to ,york requires you to travel west2 and from ,york to ,salem you travel east4 ,suppose you are in command of a patrol at ,york and are told to go to ,salem by the most direct line across country4 ,you look at your map and see that ,salem is exactly east of ,york4 ,next you take out your field compass 7,figure #ae1 ,par4 #ahgj71 raise the lid1 hold the box level1 allow the needle to settle and see in what direction the north end of the needle points 7it would point toward ,oxford74 ,you then know the direction of north from ,york1 and you can turn your right and go due east towards ,salem4 ,having once discovered the direction of north on the ground1 you can go to any point shown on your map without other assistance4 ,if you stand at ,york1 facing north and refer to your map1 you need no guide to tell you that ,salem lies directly to your right2 ,oxford straight in front of you2 ,boling in a direction about halfway between the directions of ,salem and ,oxford1 and so on4 #ahga4 ,determination of positions of points on map4 ,if the distance1 height and direction of a point on a map are known with respect to any other point1 then the position of the first point is fully determined4 ,the scale of the map enables us to determine the distance2 the contours1 the height2 and the time meridian1 the direction4 ,thus 7see map in pocket at back of book71 ,pope ,hill 7sm'7 is #hjj yards from ,grant ,hill 7um'7 7using graphical scale71 and it is #cj feet higher than ,grant ,hill1 since it is on contour #hgj and ,grant ,hill is on contour #hdj2 ,pope ,hill is also due north of ,grant ,hill1 that is1 the north and south line through ,grant ,hill passes through ,pope ,hill4 ,therefore1 the position of ,pope ,hill is fully determined with respect to ,grant ,hill4 ,orientation #ahgb4 ,in order that directions on the map and on the ground shall correspond1 it is necessary for the map to be oriented1 that is1 the true meridian of the map must lie in the same direction as the true meridian through the observer's position on the ground1 which is only another way of saying that the lines that run north and south on the map must run in the same direction as the lines north and south on the ground4 ,every road1 stream or other feature on the map will then run in the same direction as the road1 stream or other feature itself on the ground1 and all the objects shown on the map can be quickly identified and picked out on the ground4 ,methods of ,orienting a ,map #ast4 ,by magnetic needle3 ,if the map has a magnetic meridian marked on it as is on the ,leavenworth map 7in pocket at back of book71 place the sighting line1 a-b1 of the compass 7,fig4 #ae7 on the magnetic meridian of the map and move the map around horizontally until the north end of the needle points toward the north of its circle1 whereupon the map is oriented4 ,if there is a true meridian on the map1 but not a magnetic meridian1 one may be constructed as follows1 if the magnetic declination is known3 7,figure #af73 ,place the true meridian of the map directly under the magnetic needle of the compass and then move the compass box until the needle reads an angle equal to the magnetic declination4 ,a line in extension of the sighting line a'-b' will be the magnetic-meridian4 ,if the magnetic declination of the observer's position is not more than #d deg4 or #e deg41 the orientation will be given closely enough for ordinary purposes by taking the true and magnetic meridians to be identical4 #b;d4 ,if neither the magnetic nor the true meridian is on the map1 but the observer's position on the ground is known3 ,move the map horizontally until the direction of some definite point on the ground is the same as its direction on the map2 the map is then oriented4 ,for example1 suppose you are standing on the ground at #h1 q k' 7,fort ,leaven worth ,map71 and can see the ,u4 ,s4 penitentiary off to the south4 ,hold the map in front of you and face toward the ,u4 ,s4 penitentiary1 moving the map until the line joining #h and the ,u4 ,s4 penitentiary 7on the map7 lies in the same direction as the line joining those two points on the ground4 ,the map is now oriented4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #af ,having learned to orient a map and to locate his position on the map1 one should then practice moving over the ground and at the same time keeping his map oriented and noting each ground feature on the map as it is passed4 ,this practice is of the greatest value in learning to read a map accurately and to estimate distances1 directions and slopes correctly4 ,true ,meridian #ahgc4 ,the position of the true meridian may be found as follows 7,fig4 #ag73 ,point the hour hand of a watch toward the sun2 the line joining the pivot and the point midway between the hour hand and ,,xii on the dial1 will point toward the south2 that is to say1 if the observer stands so as to face the sun and the ,,xii on the dial1 he will be looking south4 ,to point the hour hand exactly at the sun1 stick a pin as at 7a7 ,fig4 #ag and bring the hour hand into the shadow4 ,at night1 a line drawn toward the north star from the observer's position is approximately a true meridian4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ag ,the line joining the pointers of the ,great ,bear or ,dipper1 prolonged about five times its length passes nearly through the ,north ,star1 which can be recognized by its brilliancy4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ah #ahgd4 ,conventional ,signs4 ,in order that the person using a map may be able to tell what are roads1 houses1 woods1 etc41 each of these features are represented by particular signs1 called conventional signs4 ,in other words1 conventional signs are certain marks or symbols shown on a map to designate physical features of the terrain4 7,see diagram1 ,par4 #ahge ,plate ,i and ,,ii47 ,on the ,elementary ,map the conventional signs are all labeled with the name of what they represent4 ,by examining this map the student can quickly learn to distinguish the conventional signs of most of the ordinary features shown on maps4 ,these conventional signs are usually graphical representations of the ground features they represent1 and1 therefore1 can usually be recognized without explanation4 ,for example1 the roads on the ,elementary ,map can be easily distinguished4 ,they are represented by parallel lines 774 ,the student should be able to trace out the route of the ,valley ,pike1 the ,chester ,pike1 the ,county ,road1 and the direct road from ,salem to ,boling4 ,private or farm lanes1 and unimproved roads are represented by broken lines 7 74 ,such a road or lane can be seen running from the ,barton farm to the ,chester ,pike4 ,another lane runs from the ,mills farm to the same ,pike4 ,the small crossmarks on the road lines indicate barbed wire fences2 the round circles indicate smooth wire2 the small1 connected ovals 7as shown around the cemetery7 indicate stone walls1 and the zigzag lines 7as shown one mile south of ,boling7 represent wooden fences4 ,near the center of the map1 by the ,chester ,pike1 is an orchard4 ,the small circles1 regularly placed1 give the idea of trees planted in regular rows4 ,each circle does not indicate a tree1 but the area covered by the small circles does indicate accurately the area covered by the orchard on the ground4 ,just southwest of ,boling a large woods 7,boling ,woods7 is shown4 ,other clumps of woods1 of varying extent1 are indicated on the map4 ,the course of ,sandy ,creek can be readily traced1 and the arrows placed along it1 indicate the direction in which it flows4 ,its steep banks are indicated by successive dashes1 termed hachures4 ,a few trees are shown strung along its banks4 ,baker's ,pond receives its water from the little creek which rises in the small clump of timber just south of the pond1 and the hachures along the northern end represent the steep banks of a dam4 ,meadow ,creek flows northeast from the dam and then northwest toward ,oxford1 joining ,woods ,creek just south of that town4 ,york ,creek rises in the woods #a-a_/d miles north of ,york1 and flows south through ,york4 ,it has a west branch which rises in the valleys south of ,twin ,hills4 ,a railroad is shown running southeast from ,oxford to ,salem4 ,the hachures1 unconnected at their outer extremities1 indicate the fills or embankments over which the track runs4 ,notice the fills or embankments on which the railroad runs just northwest of ,salem2 near the crossing of ,sandy ,creek2 north of ,baker's ,pond2 and where it approaches the outskirts of ,oxford4 ,the hachures1 connected along their outer extremities1 represent the cut through which the railroad passes4 ,there is only one railroad cut shown on the ,elementary ,map--about one-quarter of a mile northeast of ,baker's ,pond--where it cuts through the northern extremity of the long range of hills1 starting just east of ,york4 ,the wagon roads pass through numerous cuts--west of ,twin ,hills1 northern end of ,sandy ,ridge1 southeastern end of ,long ,ridge1 and so on4 ,the small ,t's along the railroad and some of the wagon roads1 indicate telegraph or telephone lines4 ,the conventional sign for a bridge is shown where the railroad crosses ,sandy ,creek on a trestle4 ,other bridges are shown at the points the wagon roads cross this creek4 ,houses or buildings are shown in ,oxford1 ,salem1 ,york and ,boling4 ,they are also shown in the case of a number of farms represented--,barton farm1 ,wells farm1 ,mason's1 ,brown's1 ,baker's and others4 ,the houses shown in solid black are substantial structures of brick or stone2 the buildings indicated by rectangular outlines are out buildings1 barns1 sheds1 etc4 ,plates ,i and ,,ii give the ,conventional ,signs used on military maps and they should be thoroughly learned4 ,illustration3 ,plate ,i ,illustration3 ,plate ,,ii ,in hasty sketching1 in order to save time1 instead of using the regulation ,conventional ,signs1 very often simply the outline of the object1 such as a wood1 a vineyard1 a lake1 etc41 is indicated1 with the name of the object written within the outline1 thus3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ai ,such means are used very frequently in rapid sketching1 on account of the time that they save4 ,by reference to the map of ,fort ,leavenworth1 the meaning of all its symbols is at once evident from the names printed thereon2 for example1 that of a city1 woods1 roads1 streams1 railroad1 etc42 where no ,conventional ,sign is used on any area1 it is to be understood that any growths thereon are not high enough to furnish any cover4 ,as an exercise1 pick out from the map the following conventional signs3 ,unimproved road1 cemetery1 railroad track1 hedge1 wire fence1 orchard1 streams1 lake4 ,the numbers on the various road crossings have no equivalent on the ground1 but are placed on the maps to facilitate description of routes1 etc4 ,often the numbers at road crossings on other maps denote the elevation of these points4 ,visibility #ahge4 ,the problem of visibility is based on the relations of contours and map distances previously discussed1 and includes such matters as the determination of whether a point can or can not be seen from another2 whether a certain line of march is concealed from the enemy2 whether a particular area is seen from a given point4 ,on account of the necessary inaccuracy of all maps it is impossible to determine exactly how much ground is visible from any given point--that is1 if a correct reading of the map shows a certain point to be just barely visible1 then it would be unsafe to say positively that on the ground this point could be seen or could not be seen4 ,it is1 however1 of great importance for one to be able to determine at a glance1 within about one contour interval1 whether or not such and such a point is visible2 or whether a given road is generally visible to a certain scout1 etc4 ,for this reason no effort is made to give an exact mathematical solution of problems in visibility further than would be useful in practical work with a map in the solution of map problems in patrolling4 ,in the solution of visibility problems1 it is necessary that one should thoroughly understand the meaning of profiles and their construction4 ,a profile is the line supposed to be cut from the surface of the earth by an imaginary vertical 7up and down7 plane4 7,see ,fig4 #ba47 ,the representation of this line to scale on a sheet of paper is also called a profile4 ,figure #ba shows a profile on the line ,d--y 7,figure #bj7 in which the horizontal scale is the same as that of the map 7,figure #bj7 and the vertical scale is #a inch #dj feet4 ,it is customary to draw a profile with a greater vertical than horizontal scale in order to make the slopes on the profile appear to the eye as they exist on the ground4 ,consequently1 always note especially the vertical scale in examining any profile2 the horizontal scale is usually that of the map from which the profile is taken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bj ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ba ,a profile is constructed as follows3 7,fig4 #ba73 ,draw a line ,d'--y' equal in length to ,d--y on the map4 ,lay off on this line from ,d' distances equal to the distances of the successive contours from ,d on the map4 ,at each of these contour points erect a perpendicular equal to the elevation of this particular contour1 as shown by the vertical scale 7#ifj1 #idj1 #ibj1 etc47 on the left4 ,join successively these verticals by a smooth curve1 which is the required profile4 ,cross section paper with lines printed #a_/aj inch apart horizontally and vertically simplifies the work of construction1 by avoiding the necessity of laying off each individual distance4 #ahgf4 ,visibility ,problem4 ,to determine whether an observer with his eye at ,d can see the bridge at ,,xx 7,figure #bj74 ,by examining the profile it is seen that an observer1 with his eye at ,d1 looking along the line ,d--,,xx1 can see the ground as far as 7a7 from 7a7 to 7b71 is hidden from view by the ridge at 7a72 7b7 to 7c7 is visible2 7c7 to 7d7 is hidden by the ridge at 7c74 ,by thus drawing the profiles1 the visibility of any point from a given point may be determined4 ,the work may be much shortened by drawing the profile of only the observer's position 7,d7 of the point in question1 and of the probable obstructing points 7a7 and 7c74 ,it is evidently unnecessary to construct the profile from ,d to x1 because the slope being concave shows that it does not form an obstruction4 ,the above method of determining visibility by means of a profile is valuable practice for learning slopes of ground1 and the forms of the ground corresponding to different contour spacings4 ,visibility of ,areas #ahgg4 ,to determine the area visible from a given point the same method is used4 ,first mark off as invisible all areas hidden by woods1 buildings1 high hills1 and then test the doubtful points along lines such as ,d--,,xx1 ,figure #bj4 ,with practice the noncommissioned officer can soon decide by inspection all except the very close cases4 ,this method is a rapid approximation of the solution shown in the profile4 ,in general it will not be practicable to determine the visibility of a point by this method closer than to say the line of sight pierces the ground between two adjoining contours4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,military ,,sketching 7,while this chapter presents the principal features of military sketching in a simple1 clear manner1 attention is invited to the fact that the only way that any one who has never done any sketching can follow properly the statements made1 is to do so with the instruments and the sketching material mentioned at hand4 ,in fact1 the only way to learn how to sketch is to sketch47 #ahgh4 ,a military sketch is a rough map showing the features of the ground that are of military value4 ,military sketching is the art of making such a military sketch4 ,military sketches are of three kinds3 ,position sketches1 ,fig4 #a2 ,outpost sketches2 ,road sketches4 ,all kinds of military sketches are intended to give a military commander detailed information of the ground to be operated over1 when this is not given by the existing maps1 or when there are no maps of the area4 ,the general methods of sketching are3 7#a7 ,the location of points by intersection4 7#b7 ,the location of points by resection4 #ahgi4 ,location of points by intersection4 ,to locate a point by intersection proceed as follows3 ,set up1 level and orient the sketching board 7,par4 #ahgb71 at ,a1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the board is said to be oriented when the needle is parallel to the sides of the compass trough of the drawing board1 ,fig #b4 7,at every station the needle must have this position1 so that every line on the sketch will be parallel to the corresponding line or direction on the ground47 ,assume a point 7,a7 on the paper1 ,fig4 #a ,y1 in such a position that the ground to be sketched will fall on the sheet4 ,lay the ruler on the board and point it to the desired point 7,c71 all the while keeping the edge of the ruler on the point 7,a71 ,fig4 #a ,y4 ,draw an indefinite line along the edge4 ,now move to 7,b71 ,fig4 #a ,x1 plotted on the map in 7b71 ,fig4 #a ,x1 and having set up1 leveled and oriented as at 7,a71 ,fig4 #a ,y1 sight toward 7,c7 as before4 ,the intersection 7crossing7 of the two lines locates 7,c7 on the sketch at 7c71 ,fig4 #a ,x4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a #ahhj4 ,locating points by resection4 ,a sketcher at an unknown point may locate himself from two visible known points by setting up and orienting his sketching board4 ,he then places his alidade 7ruler7 so that it points at one of the known points1 keeping the edge of the alidade touching the corresponding point on the sketch4 ,he then draws a ray 7line7 from the point toward his eye4 ,he repeats the performance with the other visible known point and its location on the map4 ,the point where the rays intersect is his location4 ,this method is called resection4 ,however1 local attractions for the compass greatly affect this method4 #ahha4 ,the location of points by traversing4 ,to locate a point by traversing is done as follows3 ,with the board set up1 leveled and oriented at ,a1 ,fig4 #a ,y1 as above1 draw a line in the direction of the desired point ,b1 ,fig4 #a ,x1 and then move to ,b1 counting strides1 keeping record of them with a tally register1 ,fig4 #c1 if one is available4 ,set up the board at ,b1 ,fig4 #a ,x1 and orient it by laying the ruler along the line 7a7-7b71 ,fig4 #a ,x1 and moving the board until the ruler is directed toward ,a1 ,fig4 #a ,y1 on the ground2 or else orient by the needle as at ,a4 ,with the scale of the sketcher's strides on the ruler1 lay off the number of strides found from ,a1 ,fig4 #a ,y1 to ,b1 ,fig4 #a ,x1 and mark the point 7b71 ,fig4 #a ,x4 ,other points1 such as ,c1 ,d1 etc41 would be located in the same way4 #ahhb4 ,the determination of the heights of hills1 shapes of the ground1 etc41 by contours4 ,to draw in contours on a sketch1 the following steps are necessary3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b 7a7 ,from the known or assumed elevation of a located station as ,a1 ,fig4 #a ,y1 7elevation #hij71 the elevations of all hill tops1 stream junctures1 stream sources1 etc1 are determined4 7b7 ,having found the elevations of these critical points the contours are put in by spacing them so as to show the slope of the ground along each line such as 7a7-7b71 7a7-7c71 etc41 ,fig4 #a ,y1 as these slopes actually are on the ground4 ,illustration3 7,tally ,register7--,fig4 #c ,illustration3 7,clinometer7--,fig4 #d ,to find the elevation of any point1 say ,c 7shown on sketch as c71 proceed as follows3 ,read the vertical angle with slope board1 ,fig4 #b1 or with a clinometer1 ,fig4 #d4 ,suppose this is found to be #b degrees2 lay the scale of ,m4 ,d4#bb 7ruler1 ,fig4 #b7 along 7a7-7c71 ,fig4 #a ,y1 and note the number of divisions of -#b degrees 7minus #b deg47 between 7a7 and 7c74 ,suppose there are found to be #e-a_/b divisions2 then1 since each division is #aj feet1 the total height of ,a above ,c is #ee feet 7#e-a_/b x #aj74 ,c is therefore #hce ft4 elev4 which is written at 7c71 ,fig4 #a ,y4 ,now looking at the ground along ,a-,c1 suppose you find it to be a very decided concave 7hollowed out7 slope1 nearly flat at the bottom and steep at the top4 ,there are to be placed in this space 7a7-7c71 ,fig4 #a ,y1 contours #hij1 #hhj1 #hgj1 #hfj and #hej1 and they would be spaced close at the top and far apart near 7c71 ,fig4 #a ,y1 to give a true idea of the slope4 ,the above is the entire principle of contouring in making sketches and if thoroughly learned by careful repetition under different conditions1 will enable the student to soon be able to carry the contours with the horizontal locations4 #ahhc4 ,in all maps that are to be contoured some plane1 called the datum plane1 must be used to which all contours are referred4 ,this plane is usually mean sea level and the contours are numbered from this plane upward1 all heights being elevations above mean sea level4 ,in a particular locality that is to be sketched there is generally some point the elevation of which is known4 ,these points may be bench marks of a survey1 elevation of a railroad station above sea level1 etc4 ,by using such points as the reference point for contours the proper elevations above sea level will be shown4 ,in case no point of known elevation is at hand the elevation of some point will have to be assumed and the contours referred to it4 ,skill in contouring comes only with practice but by the use of expedients a fairly accurate contoured map can be made4 ,in contouring an area the stream lines and ravines form a framework or skeleton on which the contours are hung more or less like a cobweb4 ,these lines are accurately mapped and their slopes determined and the contours are then sketched in4 ,if the sketcher desires he may omit determining the slopes of the stream lines and instead determine the elevations of a number of critical points 7points where the slope changes7 in the area and then draw in the contours remembering that contours bulge downward on slopes and upward on streams lines and ravines4 ,if time permits both the slopes of the stream lines and the elevation of the critical points may be determined and the resulting sketch will gain in accuracy4 ,figs4 #e1 #f1 #g1 #h1 and #i show these methods of determining and sketching in contours4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i #ahhd4 ,form lines4 ,it frequently happens that a sketch must be made very hastily and time will not permit of contouring4 ,in this case form lines are used4 ,these lines are exactly like contours except that the elevations and forms of the hills and depressions which they represent are estimated and the sketcher draws the form lines in to indicate the varying forms of the ground as he sees it4 #ahhe4 ,scales4 ,the ,army ,regulations prescribe a uniform system of scales and contour intervals for military maps1 as follows3 ,road sketches and extended positions2 scale #c inches to a mile1 vertical 7or contour7 interval1 #bj feet4 ,position or outpost sketches2 scale #f inches to a mile1 vertical 7or contour7 interval1 #aj feet4 ,this uniform system is a great help in sketching as a given map distance1 ,par4 #ahfg;a1 represents the same degree of slope for both the #c inch to the mile or the #f inch to the mile scale4 ,the map distances once learned can be applied to a map of either scale and this is of great value in sketching4 ,construction of ,working ,scales #ahhf4 ,working scale4 ,a working scale is a scale used in making a map4 ,it may be a scale for paces or strides or revolutions of a wheel4 #ahhg4 ,length of pace4 ,the length of a man's pace at a natural walk is about #cj inches1 varying somewhat in different men4 ,each man must determine his own length of pace by walking several times over a known distance4 ,in doing this be sure to take a natural pace4 ,when you know your length of pace you merely count your paces in going over a distance and a simple multiplication of paces by length of pace gives your distance in inches4 ,in going up and down slopes one's pace varies4 ,on level ground careful pacing will give you distances correct to within #c or less4 ,the following tables give length of pace on slopes of #e degrees to #cj degrees1 corresponding to a normal pace on a level of #cj4d inches3 ---------------------------------------- -------------------- ,slopes #j deg4 #e deg4 #aj deg4 #ae deg4 #bj deg4 #be deg4 #cj deg4 ---------------------------------------- -------------------- ,length of step ascending #cj4d #bg4f #bd4d #bb4a #ai4g #ag4h #ae4j ,length of step descending #cj4d #bi4b #bh4c #bg4f #bf4d #bc4f #ai4g ---------------------------------------- -------------------- ,for the same person1 the length of step decreases as he becomes tired4 ,to overcome this1 ascertain the length of pace when fresh and when tired and use the first scale in the morning and the latter in the afternoon4 ,the result of the shortening of the pace due to fatigue or going over a slope1 is to make the map larger than it should be for a given scale4 ,this is apparent when we consider that we take more paces in covering a given distance than we would were it on a horizontal plane and we were taking our normal pace4 ,in going up or down a slope of #c or #d we actually walk #e units1 but cover only #d in a horizontal direction4 ,therefore1 we must make allowance when pacing slopes4 ,in counting paces count each foot as it strikes4 ,in counting strides count only #a foot as it strikes4 ,a stride is two paces4 ,in practice it has been found that the scale of strides is far more satisfactory than a scale of paces4 #ahhh4 ,how to make a scale of paces4 ,having determined the length of our pace1 any one of the following three methods may be used in making a working scale3 #ast method4 ,the so-called ,one thousand unit rule method is as follows3 ,multiply the ,r4 ,f4 7representative fraction7 by the number of inches in the unit of measure multiplied by #ajjj2 the result will be the length of line in inches necessary to show #ajjj units4 ,for example1 let us suppose that we desire a graphic scale showing #ajjj yards1 the scale of the map being #c inches equal #a mile3 ,multiply #a_/baabj 7,r4 ,f47 by #cf 7#cf inches in #a yard1 the unit of measure7 by #ajjj1--that is1 7#a_/baabj7 x #cf x #ajjj #cfjjj_/baabj #a4gjdf inches4 ,therefore1 a line or graphic scale #a4g inches in length will represent #ajjj yards4 ,if we desire a working scale of paces at #c inches to the mile1 and we have determined that our pace is #ca inches long1 we would have 7#a_/baabj7 x #ca x #ajjj #cajjj_/baabj #a4dfg inches4 ,we can now lay off this distance and divide it into ten equal parts1 and each will give us a #ajj-pace division4 #bnd method4 ,lay off #ajj yards2 ascertain how many of your paces are necessary to cover this distance2 multiply ,r4 ,f4 by #g1bjj1jjj1 and divide by the number of paces you take in going #ajj yards4 ,the result will be the length of line in inches which will show #bjjj of your paces4 #crd method4 ,construct a scale of convenient length1 about #f inches1 as described in ,par4 #ahfc1 to read in the units you intend to measure your distance with 7your stride1 pace1 stride of a horse1 etc471 to the scale on which you intend to make your sketch4 ,for example1 suppose your stride is #ff inches long 7#cc inch pace7 and you wish to make a sketch on a scale of #c inches #a mile4 ,the ,r4 ,f4 of this scale is #c inches_/#a mile #c inches_/#fccfj inches #a_/baabj4 ,that is #a inch on your sketch is to represent #baabj inches on the ground4 ,as you intend to measure your ground distances by counting your strides of #ff inches length1 #a inch on the sketch will represent as many of your strides on the ground as #ff is contained into #baabj #cbj strides4 ,for convenience in sketching you wish to make your scale about #f inches long4 ,since #a inch represents #cbj strides1 #f inches will represent #f x #cbj #a1ibj strides4 ,as this is an odd number1 difficult to divide into convenient subdivisions of hundreds1 fifties1 etc41 construct your scale to represent #b1jjj strides1 which will give it a length slightly in excess of #f inches--#f4be4 ,lay off this length and divide it into ten main divisions of #bjj strides each1 and subdivide these into #ej stride divisions as explained in ,par4 #ahfb4 #ahhi4 ,position sketching4 ,the following are the instruments used in position sketching3 #a4 ,drawing board with attached compass 7,fig4 #b72 #b4 ,loose ruler1 on board 7,fig4 #b72 #c4 ,rough tripod or camera tripod2 #d4 ,scale of ,m4 ,d4's 7shown on ruler1 ,fig4 #b72 #e4 ,scale of sketchers1 strides or paces 7at six inches to one mile71 on ruler2 #f4 ,clinometer 7not necessary if board has slope board1 ,fig4 #f72 #g4 ,scale of hundreds of yards shown on ruler2 #h4 ,scale of paces4 ,methods to be used 7#a7 ,select a base line1--that is1 a central line #a_/d to #a_/b mile long in the area to be sketched4 ,it should have at its ends some plainly marked objects1 such as telegraph poles1 trees1 corners of buildings1 etc41 and from its ends1 and intermediate points1 a good view of the area should be possible4 ,the base line selected should be capable of being measured4 7#b7 ,set up1 level and orient the drawing board at one end of the base 7,a71 ,fig4 #a1 ,y1 for example4 ,draw a meridian on the sheet parallel to the position of the magnetic needle4 ,assume a point 7,a71 ,fig4 #a1 ,y1 corresponding to the ground point 7,a71 #hij1 on the sheet1 in such a position that the area to be sketched will lie on the sheet4 7#c7 ,sight at hilltops1 stream junctures1 stream heads1 etc41 to begin the locations of these points by intersection1 labelling each ray so as to be able to identify it later4 7#d7 ,traverse to 7b7 and complete the locations by intersection as previously explained4 ,if the base line is not accurately measured1 the map will be correct within itself in all of its proportions1 but its scale will not necessarily be the scale desired4 7#e7 ,draw the details of the country between ,a and ,b and in the vicinity of this line1 using the conventional signs for roads1 houses1 etc4 7#f7 ,the lines from station 7b71 ,fig4 #a1 ,x1 to any of the other located points may now be used as a new base line to carry the work over additional area4 7#g7 ,in case parts of the area are not visible from a base line1 these parts are located by traversing as before explained4 7#h7 ,having learned by several repetitions the above steps1 the sketcher will then combine contouring with his horizontal locations4 #ahij4 ,outpost sketching4 ,the same instruments are used as in position sketching1 and so are the methods the same1 except that the sketcher cannot advance beyond the outpost line1 toward the supposed position of the enemy4 ,it is often possible to select a measurable base line well in rear of the line of observation1--for instance1 along the line of resistance4 ,secondary base lines may then be taken on or near the line of observation1 from the extremities of which additional base lines may be selected1 if necessary1 and points toward the enemy's position located by intersection4 ,details are sketched in as in position sketching4 ,for obvious reasons1 no traversing should be done along the line of observation4 #ahia4 ,road sketching4 ,the following are the instruments used in road sketching3 #a4 ,drawing board or sketching case2 #b4 ,loose ruler2 #c4 ,scale of strides1 or paces1 if made dismounted2 scale of time trotting or walking1 if mounted2 #d4 ,scale of hundreds of yards1 at three inches to #a mile2 #e4 ,scale of ,m4 ,d4's2 #f4 ,slope board 7if clinometer is not available74 ,methods to be used 7#a7 ,at station #a1 ,fig4 #aj1 orient the board as described in par4 #ahgb1 holding the board in the hands1 in front of the body of the sketcher1 who faces toward station #b4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj 7#b7 ,important points in the vicinity1 such as the railroad bridge1 the stream juncture1 hilltops1 are sighted for intersections1 lines drawn as shown and the sketcher traverses to station #b4 7#c7 ,at station #b he locates and draws in all details between station #a and #b1 to include about #cjj yards on each side of the road4 7#d7 ,the traverse is then continued forward as described for #a and #b4 7#e7 ,after some practice of horizontal sketching1 as just described1 the sketcher will be able to take up contouring in combination4 ,the methods are as described in the paragraph on contouring4 7#f7 ,when the traverse runs off the paper as at ,a1 ,fig4 #aj1 the following method is followed3 ,reorient the board so that the road forward will lie across the long dimensions of the paper2 draw a meridian parallel to the compass needle and assume a point on the new sheet corresponding to the last point 7,a7 plotted on the first sheet4 7#g7 ,on completion of the sketch various sections will be pasted together1 so that all the meridians are parallel4 #ahib4 ,combined sketching4 ,let us suppose that we have the rectangle ,w1 ,x1 ,y1 ,z1 ,fig4 #aa1 assigned to us to map and that we have been given four sketching parties1 and that the locations and elevations of ,a and ,b have been previously determined by triangulation and are plotted to scale on our rectangle4 ,a logical step would be to carefully plot the line a' b'1 and then the lines c' c and c d4 ,if the area is densely wooded we run line of level by using the slope board or clinometer and by taking elevations at points arbitrarily selected4 ,our lines will look something like this3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa ,each party will be given its rectangle with the traverses sketched in4 ,they will each then run similar traverses over the other two sides of their area and then fill in4 ,in this manner the whole work is tied up to the original lines4 ,another method ,the line ,a ,b1 ,fig4 #ab1 is carefully plotted4 ,each of the four sketching parties has two sketching groups4 ,one group of party ,no4 #a traverses line a' ,y2 then the other group of the party traverses the line a y'4 ,the first group of party of ,no4 #b accompanies them4 ,the second group of party ,no4 #b traverses the line c d1 accompanied by the first group of party ,no4 #c2 the second group of party ,no4 #c1 and the first group of party ,no4 #d traverse b z'1 and the second group of party ,no4 #d traverses b' ,z4 ,when the first group of party ,no4 #a arrives at ,y1 it traverses ,y y'4 ,the second group of party ,no4 #a1 arriving at y'1 cuts the sheet along traverse and gives the first group of party ,no4 #b the part which shows their area2 and then traverses toward ,y from y'4 ,upon meeting the first group of party ,no4 #a1 they join forces and proceed to fill in their area4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab ,in the same manner areas ,w ,x a' b' are filled in4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac ,the method described above is useful in working over country which is densely wooded1 and in which a general view cannot be obtained1 for example1 in mapping jungles4 ,an additional article of the sketcher's equipment is a holder for his pencils1 alidade1 eraser1 knife1 pins1 etc4 ,this consists of a series of small pockets sewed on to a piece of canvas about #g inches by #d inches4 ,this can be attached to the left breast of the sketcher's coat or shirt by means of two pins4 ,in addition to keeping all of his implements in a handy place the holder prevents the loss of the several articles4 ,nothing is so discouraging to the sketcher as to look for his pencil1 eraser1 knife or even alidade and find that he has left it several hundred yards back where he sat down last to sketch in details4 ,by using the holder the sketcher gets into the habit of replacing articles after they are used and consequently always has them with him when needed4 ,these holders ready made can be obtained from the ,secretary1 ,army ,service ,schools at ,fort ,leavenworth1 ,kansas4 ,in sketching a good quality of paper should always be used as erasures will be frequent4 ,a specially prepared paper that has the appearance of oiled paper can be obtained commercially and is excellent for sketching in damp weather4 ,it has considerable resistance to rain4 ,sheets of celluloid prepared for sketching are invaluable in sketching in the rain4 ,these are a part of the equipment of the case of sketching instruments supplied battalions in the regular army4 ,these sheets may be procured at most any dealers4 ,points for ,beginners to ,remember #ahic4 #a4 ,always keep your pencils sharpened and have an eraser handy4 ,no one but an expert can sketch with a dull pencil4 #b4 ,use hard pencils when learning to sketch--#d;,h to #f;,h--and go over your work afterwards with a softer pencil--#b;,h4 #c4 ,do not try to put down on your sketch a mass of small details that are too small to be shown on the scale at which you are sketching4 ,for example1 if you are making a sketch on a scale of #c inches #a mile1 do not try to show each house in a row of houses2 simply indicate that there is a row of houses1 by putting down several distinct conventional signs for houses in a row2 nor should you try to show every little cut through which the road may run4 ,only use about one sign to the inch of telegraph or telephone lines1 for wire fences1 etc4 #d4 ,when first practicing sketching only plot the route over which you walk1 indicating it by a single line4 ,when you can do this with facility1 go back over one of these plotted routes and fill in the woods1 houses1 streams and the other large features4 #e4 ,the beginner should sketch the same ground several times over--at least three or four times4 ,practice alone will make perfect4 #f4 ,always try to compare your finished sketch with an accurate map of the ground1 if one is obtainable4 ,try to practice on ground of which you can obtain a map4 #g4 ,make each course 7the distance you go between points where the direction of your route changes7 as long as possible4 #h4 ,do not try to contour until you are expert at making a sketch showing all the flat details 7roads1 streams1 woods1 houses1 etc474 #i4 ,never try to sketch in the contours until you have plotted the stream lines or the direction of the valleys1 ravines1 etc4 ,the contours are fitted to or sketched around the drainage system2 not the drainage system to the contours4 #aj4 ,always size up ground before you sketch it2 that is1 take a general view of it1 noticing the drainage system 7the direction in which the streams flow or ravines run71 the prominent hills and ridges1 the direction the roads run1 etc4 #aa4 ,above all things1 ,,don',t ,,fake ,,any ,,part ,,of ,,your ,,map4 ,if the man using your map happens to strike the faked portion1 he immediately condemns your whole map as incorrect4 ,every other part may be highly accurate1 but your whole map is discredited because the user strikes the bad part first4 ,you will naturally put little faith in the man who has told you something you know to be untrue4 ,you will always suspect him4 ,so it is with maps4 ,don't put down anything that you don't know to be correct4 ,if any guess work is to be done1 let the man using the map do it1--he knows that he is guessing and will be governed accordingly1 but if you do the guessing1 he doesn't know where the guessing begins and the accurate work leaves off4 ,don't fudge4 ,your name is on the map1--don't have any questionable work hitched up to your name4 ,,footnotes3 #bb ,sheets of working scales reading in paces1 strides1 minutes1 etc1 at a scale of #c and #f inches to the mile can be obtained at little cost from the ,secretary1 ,army ,service ,schools1 ,fort ,leavenworth1 ,kansas ,,index 7,the numbers refer to paragraphs7 ,a ,par4 ,no4 ,abatis #aagf ,about face1 how executed #aje #a4 ,about1 #b4 ,,face1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march #bbi ,about1 turning by mounted officer #gd ,abstract of clothing #ije ,abstract record of memorandum receipts #ija ,adjustment of fire #adbh ,adjutant1 formation of battalion #cjg2 #cjh ,adjutant of general officer1 post of #gc ,adjutant's call #faf2 #fic ,advance by crawling1 etc4 #bfa ,,advance ,,by ,,rushes3 ,commands #bei ,company as whole led by captain #bfj ,position1 fire #bic ,when impossible for company to advance as a whole #beh ,,advance ,,guard3 ,commander with #edb ,connecting files #ehd ,machine guns #eec ,meeting engagement #edb2 #edc ,,advance ,,of3 ,battalion acting as part of firing line #cdc ,company into an engagement #bdi-beg ,firing line #cdf ,,advancing3 ,improvised formations for #beg ,in succession of thin lines #bee2 #bef ,the attack #dfg2 #dga ,aerial mines #abjj ,aides1 post of #gc ,aim1 commands for #ahi ,aiming and sighting #acej ,aiming exercise #acfh ,aiming point #aceg ,,aiming ,,point3 ,announced before or after range #aha ,designations1 practice in repeating #bja ,once designated not changed unless ordered #ahb ,use #bhd ,,alignment3 ,battalion1 rectifying #caj2 #cab ,command of captains in battalion drill at command guide right 7left7 #cja ,company #bah ,definition #bd ,deployed lines preserve general alignment #bdj ,dressing companies in formation of battalion in line #cjh ,placing left hand on hip #gj ,position of captain and platoon leaders in prolongation #bah ,position of captains in dressing companies in battalion drill #cjb ,preservation while marching #aee ,rules for guides in close order #baj2 #baa ,squad #aed ,,ammunition3 ,bandoleers #egc ,combat train and major's responsibility for ammunition in belts #egb ,destination of combat wagons when refilled #ega ,expenditure of #dcb2 #dcc ,for company1 husbanding and distribution #bhf ,issue before deployment of battalion #bfi ,issue upon deployment of battalion #cca ,men not to be sent back from firing line for ammunition #egd ,of dead and wounded #egb ,rendezvous for each brigade #egj ,replenishment of ammunition after engagement #ege ,sent forward with reinforcements #egd ,supply #cfj2 #efi-ege ,thirty rounds in right pocket section #egc ,amusement room #hgi ,appearance of objects in firing #acif ,appendices1 ,infantry ,drill ,regulations #fif-gaj and pp4 #aib a b c d ,arm1 disengaged1 position at double time #aba 7eighth7 ,arm signals #ib2 #dja ,arrangement of companies in battalion formation #big ,art of instruction on varied ground #icc ,art of leadership #cgb ,art of war1 definition #idc ,,artillery3 ,action of infantry in case enemy has powerful artillery #dah ,change of target by infantry warranted in case of flanking fire against artillery #dbd ,communication with firing line #djb ,covering deployment of artillery in meeting engagement #eda ,deployment of troops when exposed to hostile artillery #dfc ,effect on deployed infantry usually unimportant #cde ,infantry against #eig-fjj ,infantry passing through deployed artillery #dgj ,in pursuit #did ,in withdrawal from action #edf ,part played in pursuit #dia2 #did ,supported by infantry #dcd-dcg ,use against machine guns #eee ,use in delaying action #ecc ,withdrawal of attacking troops covered by artillery #dhi ,,artillery ,,supports3 ,charged only with protection of artillery #fje ,detailing of supports #fjb ,formation and location in action #fjd ,formation on march #fjc ,purpose #fja ,asphyxiating gases #aaid ,asphyxiation1 first aid #adgh ,,assemble ,,from3 ,deployment ,battalion #cbf ,company #bdh ,squad #agc ,distances #aei ,intervals #aeg ,platoon or squad columns #bed ,assembled skirmishers not while marching to rear #agc ,,assembly3 ,arm signals #ib ,call #fic ,point indicated by company flag #ie ,,as ,,skirmishers3 ,action of squad leaders at preparatory command #bcg ,deployment squad #agj ,deployment in oblique direction #bde ,deployment to flank or rear #bdf ,from a column of twos or files #bdd ,from platoon or squad column #bec ,guide right 7left or center7 7being in column of squads7 #bdd ,guide right 7left or center7 7being in line7 #bdc ,rules for deployment #bcf-bdg ,to increase or decrease intervals #agb ',as you were' #fd ,,at ,,ease3 ,applicable to any marching formation #bcc ,extended order executed at ease #ee 7b7 ,how executed #ajj ,to march #bcc ,with arms1 executed as without arms #aba 7fifth7 ,athletic apparatus1 company #hhj ,,attack3 ,advancing #dfg-dga ,battalion in #cdb-cef ,company in #bdi-bid ,deployment for #dfc-dff ,enveloping #dfa2 #dfb ,feint #ejb ,fire attack #beh-bfa2 #dad-dch ,flank #dei-dfb ,fortifications #die-dih ,frontal #deg2 #dfb ,general principles #def-ejb ,holding attack #dii-ejb ,machine guns #eee ,opening fire #dag ,pursuit #dij-did ,range #cdd2 #dbf ,the charge #dgh-dhi ,unit1 the battalion #cdb ,,attention3 ,command for #hb ,drills at are disciplinary exercises #ee 7a7 ,forced at first word of command note of bugle or whistle #hb ,from parade rest #ach ,from rest and at ease resumed at order #aba 7fifth7 ,from route step or at ease #bcc ,position of #ii ,at trail 7command7 #aba 7sixth7 ,at will fire #aij ,automatic alarms trenches #aaib ,auxiliary aiming points #adca ,b ,back ,step 7backward march7 #aae ,bacon can1 care of #acjh ,balance position of left hand #abb 7first7 ,ballistic qualities of rifle #adaj ,,band3 ,in reviews #fbc2 #fbd ,post of #ga2 #gb2 #bii ,bandoleers ammunition in to be used first #egc ,barricades #aahe ,base company in advancing by rushes #cdh ,base1 definition #be ,base squad in deployment #bcf-cbi2 #bdc-bde ,,battalion3 ,adjutant1 formation of battalion #cjg2 #cjh ,advance close in on enemy as much as possible before opening fire #cdd ,advance when part of firing line #cdc ,advance of firing line #cdf ,alignment rectifying #caj2 #caa ,ammunition issue upon deployment #cca ,arrangement of companies in battalion #big ,assembly from deployment #cbf ,attack principles #cdb-cef ,attack unit1 the #cdb ,base company in attack #cbi ,battalion a tactical unit #bie ,battalion right 7left7 #cah ,bayonets order to fix given by major #cee2 #cfa ,charge1 the #cef ,close on first 7fourth7 company #cbj ,close order drill #cjj-cbf ,column rectifying #cab ,column of companies1 first company squads right 7left7 #cae ,column of squads first company1 squads right 7left7 #caf ,column of squads first 7fourth7 company1 squads right 7left7 7from close column7 #cbc ,column of squads first 7fourth7 company forward 7from close line7 #cbd ,column right 7left7 #cag2 #cai ,combat principles #cbg-cfc ,command for guides repeated by captain #cja ,commands repeated by captains #cjj ,consolidation to provide war strength organizations #ee 7d7 ,counter attack #cfc ,covering fire rushes made under #cdi ,defense #cga ,defense opening fire #cfj ,deployment ,avoidance of premature #ccb ,companies and detachments taking their places #ccd ,depth of #ccd ,designation of base company #cbi ,designation of companies #bih ,dismissing #cji ,division of battalion into support and firing line #cce ,dressing battalion #caj2 #caa ,dressing companies1 action of guides #cjb ,dressing companies1 position of captains #cjb ,extend on first 7fourth7 company #cba ,file closers1 post in route marches #cbe ,fire1 delayed opening as long as possible #cdd ,fire fight1 where and when to begin1 indicated by major #cda ,fire to be directed against hostile infantry #cde ,firing line3 ,advance #cdf ,companies to be kept closed in on center #ced ,placing entire battalion or regiments into #cci ,fix bayonets1 ordered by major #cee ,flanks1 protection #ccj ,flank units to begin rush #cdh ,formations #cjg2 #cjh ,front occupied by #ccd-cci ,guides1 action when companies are dressed #cjb ,guides1 command for1 repeated by captains #cja ,hostile infantry target #cde ,inspection #fej-fed ,intervals between battalions on firing line #dfe ,largest unit executing movement at command of the commander #hh ,loading and firing #cjf ,mass formations #cbj ,major3 ,apportions target #cdj ,duties and responsibilities #bie ,gives orders to charge #cef ,gives order to fix bayonet #cee2 #cfa ,his order making disposition of battalion for combat #cbi ,indicates where or when fire fight begins #cda ,locates trenches and obstacles #ceh ,post during attack #ceb ,post in route march #cbe ,reenforces firing line 7,see ,battalion ,commander7 #cei ,movements executed as in school of the company #cbe ,movements executed as in school of soldier1 squad and company #cjc2 #cjd ,movements explained for four companies #bif ,musicians repeat signals to charge #cef ,musicians repeat signal to fix bayonet #cee ,muster #fee-feg ,on right 7left7 into line #cac ,opening fire on defense #cfj ,order of companies #big ,parade #fcf ,plate showing formations #cjj ,positions of captains in dressing companies #cjb ,post of band and other special units #bii ,post of major during attack #ceb ,reconnaissance #ccj ,rectifying column #cab ,reenforcing firing line1 two methods #ced ,reenforcements size #cec ,repetition of command by captains #cjj ,review #fca-fcc ,right 7left7 #cah ,right 7left7 7center7 dress #caj2 #caa ,right front 7left7 into line 7from column of squads or companies7 #cad ,right front into line 7from close column7 #cbb ,rushes3 ,advance made under covering fire #cdi ,begin by flank company #cdh ,prearranged methods prohibited #cea ,subsequent to advancing #cej ,rushing units1 size #cdf2 #cdg ,school of #bie ,simultaneous movements by companies or platoons #cje ,size of reenforcements #cec ,staff officers #egi ,support3 ,battalion acting alone in defense #cfb ,none at beginning #cci ,position #ccg ,size #ccf ,to cover withdrawal #cfb ,tactical unit best suited for defense #ceg ,target1 apportioned by major #cdj ,target1 hostile infantry #cde ,trenches located by major #ceh ,withdrawal covered by support #cfb ,,battalion ,,commanders3 ,duty regarding reconnaissance #dab-dac ,equipped with different tone of whistle #hc ,responsibility regarding ammunition #egj ,signal to rear when ready to charge #dhj ,see ,major under ,battalion ,battalion drill #cjj-cfc ,battalion inspection #fej-fed ,battalion parade #fcf ,battalion staff officers1 training in patrolling and reconnaissance #egi ,,battle3 ,integrity of squads in #aea ,separated officers and others placing themselves under order of nearest higher commander #cij2 #cia ,battlefields1 bugle signals used on #ij ,battle order #cib ,battle sight #bf2 #aceb 7c7 ,,bayonet3 ,charge in combat #cef ,confidence in #dhe ,fixing #adb ,habitually not fixed #aba 7fourth7 ,order to fix in combat given by major #cee-cfa ,position at charge #add ,unfixing #adc ,when fixed in combat #cee2 #cfa2 #eij ,beaten zone #adac ,bite of dog #adhj ,bite of snake #adhj ,blank cartridges1 use #bgc ,bleeding1 first aid #adha ,books and records1 company #hhg-iji ,bombs and grenades #aaig-aaii ,bombs from air craft #abjb ,bore of rifle1 care #acbb-acbd2 #acbh2 #accj ,bridges #aaaa-aabe ,,brigade3 ,commander1 action in deployment #ddj ,review #fbh2 #fbi ,broken bones #adhc ,bruises1 first aid #adhg ,brush work1 field engineering #aaag ,bugle calls1 explanation #fib-fie ,,bugle ,,signals3 ,communication between firing line and rear #dja ,those used on and off battlefields #ij ,bunks1 camping #abea ,burning clothes #adhf ,burns1 first aid #adhe ,by platoon 7squad1 etc471 from right 7left7 rush #bei ,by the numbers #abb 7fifth7 ,by the right 7left7 flank1 how executed #aag ,by the right 7left7 flank in forming skirmish line #bcg ,c ,,cadence ,,of3 ,manual of arms #abb 7fourth7 ,marching #ajh ,,calls3 ,alarm #fid ,formation #fic ,service #fie ,warning #fib ,,camps3 ,camping on fordable stream #abcg ,desirable sites #abca ,form and dimensions of camps #abcc ,making camp #abcd ,making tent poles and pegs fast in loose soil #abci ,parade ground #abcf ,retreat in camp #abce ,sanitation4 ,see ,camp ,sanitation ,selection of site #abcj ,trees in camp #abdj ,undesirable sites #abcb ,windstorms #abch ,see ,camp ,sanitation ,,camp ,,sanitation3 ,avoiding old camp sites #abdi ,bunks #abea ,camp expedients #abdb ,canteen1 care #acaa ,changing camp site #abej ,definition #abda ,drainage #abdh ,incinerators #abdg ,kitchens #abde ,kitchen pits #abdf ,latrines #abdc ,rules of sanitation #abed ,urinal tubs #abdd ,water #abec ,wood #abeb ,your camp1 your home #abee ,,captain3 ,directs the fire #bhe2 #bhf ,duties1 etc4 #hfh2 #hga ,indicates point on which base squad marches in deployment #bch ,leads depleted company as platoon #bji ,leads company as whole in rushes #bfj ,position at alignment #bah2 #cjb ,post during firings #bfi2 #cjf ,responsible for instruction #bjb ,,care ,,of3 ,clothing #abgg ,equipment #abgf ,feet #abbi ,rifle #acba ,shoes #abib ,cartridges not to be carried in piece #aba 7first7 ,cased colors1 defined #fei ,cat and mouse contest #ajhi ,,cavalry3 ,infantry against #eia-eif ,in pursuit #did ,in withdrawal from action #edf ,patrols #daa ,,cease ,,firing3 ,bugle signal for #ij ,how executed #aid ,krag rifle #gje ,center company1 defined #bih ,center1 definition #bg ,center of impact #adab ,,ceremonies3 ,battalion parade #fcf ,battalion review #fca ,escorts of-- ,funeral #fdj-fde ,honor #fci ,the ,color #fcg-fci ,formation of battalion #cjh ,general rules #fad-faf ,mounted enlisted men formed into detachment #gf ,parades1 general rules #fcd2 #fce ,post of dismounted noncommissioned staff officers #gg ,reviews1 general rules #fag-fcj ,ceremonies and drills at attention teach precision1 etc4 #ee 7a7 ,,challenging ,,on3 ,guard #agdf ,outpost #aajc ,chancroid #adff ,change elevation2 signal for #ib ,,change ,,of ,,direction3 ,battalion #cag-cai ,company #bai2 #bbc2 #bbd ,partial #fg ,squad #afd2 #afe ,change step1 how executed #aai ,,charge1 ,,the3 ,additional force for pursuit #dhc ,avoiding too dense a mass #dha ,battalion commanders signal commanders of line when ready to charge #dhj ,bayonet1 confidence in ability to use #dhe ,charging without authority from rear #dhd ,counter attack1 preparations to meet #dhg ,fire superiority1 what it accomplishes #dgh ,line to be strengthened by prolongations #dhb ,not to be made without sufficient troops #dha ,premature charges to be avoided #dhd ,psychological moment for charge determined by tactical instinct #dgh ,pursuing fire #dhf ,pursuing troops #dhg ,pursuit1 disordered units not to participate in #dhf ,reorganization of charging line #dhg ,reserves give impetus to charge #dha ,steps to be taken in case of temporary set back #dhh ,steps to be taken if attack is abandoned #dhi ,strength of charging line #ddi ,to be made simultaneously #dhj ,to be made with approval of commander of attacking line #dhj ,when and distance over which charge should be made #dgi ,without fire preparation #dig ,charge bayonet #add ,charges1 preferring #hhb ,cheerfulness1 factor in training #icj ,cheveaux de frise #aagi2 #aahi ,chiggers #adhh ,choking1 first aid #adhi ,chop-chop signal #hfc ,clap #adff ,classes of firing #bgh-bhj ,clearness in instruction #ibb ,,clip ,,fire3 ,how executed #aib ,krag rifle #gjd ,use #bhj ,clock system of target designation #addf2 #addg ,clock system of wind designation #acia ,close on first 7fourth7 company #cbj ,,close ,,order3 ,advantage of formation #eci ,battalion #cjj2 #cbf ,company #baj ,double rank1 habitual formation #gj ,firings in #bfi ,necessity for #cgi ,close packs #fdh ,close range #bge ,close ranks #fdh ,cloth equipment1 care #acja ,clothing1 care of #abgg ,cohesion and order in combat #cgf ,cold1 effect on shooting #acig ,,color3 ,escort of #fcg2 #fch ,manual of #fgj ,receiving #ffg-ffi ,regimental saluting #fbb ,saluting in reviews #fah ,with reserve in battle #ffe ,see ,the ,color ,,color ,,company3 ,defined #ffc ,receiving the colors #ffh ,,color ,,guard3 ,carrying of color #ffa ,composition #ffa ,escorting color to office or quarters of colonel #fgj ,formation and marching #ffb ,in battle joins reserve #ffe ,loadings and firings #fff ,manual of the color #fgj ,manual of arms #ffj ,movements executed #fff ,post in various formations #ffd ,receiving the color #ffg-ffi ,remains with color company #ffc ,colors and standards #aege ,column1 definition #bh ,column half right 7left7 #fg ,columns of companies to form successively to right or left #cae ,column of squads1 first 7fourth7 company forward 7from close line7 #cbd ,column of squads1 first 7fourth7 company1 squads right 7from close column7 #cbc ,column of squads1 first company1 squads right 7left7 #caf ,column of squads1 habitual column of route #bcc2 #bgf ,column of subdivisions1 full distance defined #fi ,column1 rectifying 7battalion7 #cab ,column1 right 7left7 7battalion7 #cag2 #cai ,column1 right 7company7 #bbd ,,combat ,,exercises3 ,definition #ee 7d7 ,effective method of conducting #cga ,explained #adjh ,to be conducted under assumed tactical situations #cgj ,to be followed by brief drill at attention #ee 7d7 ,combat1 modern1 demands upon infantry #cfe ,combats offering no chance of valuable results to be avoided #cgd ,combat patrols to protect flanks of company acting alone #bfh ,combat practice #adjd ,,combat ,,principles3 ,battalion #cbg ,summary #eej ,combat reconnaissance #djc ,combat tactics1 general #cfd ,combined sights #adcj ,combined sketching #ahib ,commander of the guard #afjc ,commanding officer accountable for training #ea ,commanding officer1 guard duty #aeia ,,commands3 ,battalion and higher commanders repeat commands of superiors #hh ,battalion largest unit executing movement at command of its commander #hh ,definition #hf ,facing troops and avoiding indifference when giving commands #hi ,for guides1 repeated by captains at battalion drill #cja ,how given #hf2 #hi ,loading and firing #agi ,of executions #hg ,preparatory #eg2 #hg ,repetition by3 ,battalion and higher commanders #hh ,captains at battalion drill #cjj ,leaders of subdivisions when necessary #hc ,platoon leaders and platoon drill #bad ,use in battalion combat #cbh ,when used #hj ,commander's post in fight #chc ,commence firing1 bugle signal for #ij ,common tents #fhh2 #fij ,communication between firing line and reserve #if ,communicating trenches #aaeg ,communication1 how maintained1 etc4 #cih-djb ,communication in fire control and direction #addg 7b7 ,,company3 ,abstract of clothing #ije ,abstract record of memorandum receipts #ija ,acting alone #bfg2 #bfh ,arrangement in battalion formation #big2 #fad ,arrangement of men according to height #bjc ,athletic apparatus #hhj ,base #cbi-cdh ,books and records #hhg-iji ,captain1 duties etc4 #hfh2 #hga ,center #bih ,certain movements executed by company and platoons as prescribed in school of the ,soldier and the squad #bjh ,close order drill #baj ,column right 7being in column of squads7 #bbd ,companies to be consolidated to provide war strength organizations #ee 7a7 ,company attention1 from route step or at ease #bcc ,company fund book #hib ,company return #ijh ,company musicians carry company flags #djb ,company right #bai ,complete equipment carried into action #chb ,completion of task1 rejoining command after #cij ,contentment and harmony #hgg ,correspondence book #hic ,delinquency record #hie ,depleted company led as platoon #bji ,deployment as skirmishers #bda2 #bdc2 #bdd ,deployment in oblique direction #bde ,descriptive card of animals #hih ,descriptive list #hig ,designation in battalion formation #big ,devolution of work and responsibility #hfi ,division into platoons #bjd ,division into squads #bje ,document file #hid ,dressing #bah ,drill #bjb ,duty roster #hij ,establishing outpost #ajhj ,extended order drill #bcf ,files of orders #hia ,first ,sergeant duties #hgc ,first sergeant's report when company is formed #bae ,flags #id2 #ie2 #dja ,formations in single rank #baf ,formed in double rank #bjc ,forms of company punishment #hhc ,half right #fg2 #bai ,inspection #fdf-fdi ,inspections1 object of #hh ,instruction4 ,see ,training and instruction ,in support #bfb-bff ,largest unit executing extended order #ee 7b72 #cbh ,library and amusement room #hgi ,lieutenants1 duties1 etc4 #hgj2 #hga ,lieutenants taking post when company is formed #bae ,memorandum receipts #ijj ,mess #hgh ,morning report #hhh ,muster #fee-feg ,noncommissioned officers #hgd ,noncommissioned officers confining enlisted men #hge ,paperwork #hhg ,platoons1 assignment #bjf ,platoons1 designation #bje ,property responsibility #hhf2 #hif ,protection against surprise #bfh ,punishment #hhb ,ration return #iji ,record of rifles #ijb ,record of size of clothing #ijf ,reduction and resignation of noncommissioned officers #hgf ,retained copies of rolls1 etc4 #hii ,rewards and privileges #hha ,right #bai ,school of #baj-bid ,sick report #hhi ,squads designation #bje ,statement of clothing charged to enlisted men #ijd ,summary ,court records #ijc ,target records #ijg ,to be kept closed in on center on firing line #ced ,to dismiss #bag ,to form #bae-baf ,training4 ,see ,training and instruction ,treatment of soldiers #hgb ,trials by court martial #hhb ,withholding privileges #hhd ,compass1 points of #ajhd ,complaints to captain #aebh ,,complicated ,,maneuvers3 ,impracticable #cfe ,to be avoided #cge ,compliments from guards #aghb ,compliments not paid on marches #abbg ,composition of infantry and other units #aheh ,comradeship1 factor in training #ica ,concealment and dodging1 training in #ajhg ,condiment can1 care #acji ,cone of fire or dispersion #adaa ,conical wall tent #fhi ,connecting ,files at night #ehd ,consolidation of organizations to provide war strength #ee 7d7 ,contentment and harmony in company #hgg ,contentment1 factor in training #ica ,contours #ahhb2 #ahff ,cooking individual #abef ,contract #bdi2 #djc-dac ,conventional signs #ahgd ,cooeperation between frontal and enveloping attacks #dfb ,cooeperation of subordinates #chg ,corduroying #aaaf ,corporal is squad leader #aej ,corporal of the ,guard #afff ,correction of errors1 staying of execution of movements for #fc-fd ,correspondence book #hic ,,counter ,,attack3 ,battalion #cfc ,general principles #ebe-ecj ,preparations #dhg ,countermining #abaa ,countersigns and paroles #agfi ,counting1 indicating cadence #ajh ,counting off #aec2 #bjc ,courage #ibg ,,cover3 ,skirmishers take advantage of1 on halting #bdj ,use #aie-aii2 #dbj ,training in use of #ici ,covering fire1 rushes made under #cdi ,cover trenches #aaee ,crawling1 advance of firing line #bfa ,cup1 care #acaj ,cut off habitually turned off #bah 7third7 ,cuts1 first aid1 #adij ,courtesy4 ,see ,military courtesy ,d ,daily sick report #hhi ,datum plane #ahhc ,decreasing intervals #bdg ,,defense3 ,action when target disappears #bid ,active defense #ebg ,battalion on #ceg ,counter attack3 ,communicating and cover trenches head cover1 etc41 construction #eje ,cover1 utilization #ejd ,importance of counter-attack #ebg ,manner of making #ebi ,minor #ecj ,post of troops #ebh ,delaying action3 ,important considerations #eca ,purposes of support and reserve #ecb ,thin firing line to be used #ecb ,value of artillery #ecc ,deployment3 ,advance posts and other dispersion to be avoided #ebj ,assignment of front to units #eaf ,battalions to be kept intact #eah ,dead space to be covered by adjoining section or machine guns #eai ,density #eji2 #eaj ,division of positions into sections #eag ,fire alone unable to stop attack2 use of bayonet #ebb ,night attack1 steps to be taken if expected #ebc ,position not to be fully occupied until infantry attack begins #eba ,reserve1 detaching part of1 to protect opposite flank #eae ,reserve posts #eac2 #ead ,sections1 divisions of positions into #eag ,size of units occupying sections #eah ,short range fire and bayonet in night attack #ebd ,strength in rear to be increased when change from defensive to offensive is contemplated #eaa ,supports1 post and cover #eab ,dummy trenches #ejf ,field works3 ,construction #ejd ,location1 extent1 garrison1 etc4 #ejg ,machine guns #eef2 #eff ,obstacles1 construction #ejd ,opening fire #cfj2 #dah ,passive #ebe ,position and intrenchments #ejc-ejh ,requisites of defensive position #ejc ,trenches1 outlining trace in combat exercises #ejh ,defilade #adbj ,deflection #achd ,deflection and elevation connection drills #achc ,deliberate intrenchments #aadg ,delinquency record #hie ,delivery of messages #ieh2 #aecj ,density of firing line #ddf-dec2 #ecb ,deploy1 definition #bi ,deployed line1 faces to front and takes advantage of cover on halting #bci ,deployed lines1 alignment #bci ,deployed troops1 leading difficult #cgi ,,deployment3 ,action of brigade and regimental commanders in deployment of division #ddj ,as skirmishes #fe2 #ib2 #agj2 #bci-bdf ,battalion1 depth of #ccd ,battalions furnish firing lines and support #dee ,company1 rules for #bcf ,companies and detachments taking their places #ccd ,dense1 well directed and controlled fire gives fire superiority #ddf ,density of charging line #ddi ,density of one man per yard #ddg ,density of whole deployment varies with size of command #dea ,division of battle line into battle districts #deb ,each commander to guard his command against surprise #ddb ,extent of front occupied by unit depends upon security of flanks #dec ,for attack3 ,distance for hostile position at which deployment is made #dfc ,each unit to deploy on its own direction line #dfc ,foreground to be cleared of hostile detachments before deployment #dfc ,intervals between battalions #dfe ,moving well forward and deploying at night #dfd ,post of reserve #dff ,reserve charged with flank protection #dff ,formations of troops before and during #dci ,in defense4 ,see ,deployment under ,defense ,in oblique direction #bde ,length of firing line employed by whole force #ddi ,mechanism taught by extended order #ee 7b7 ,occupation of only sections of long lines #ddg ,of squads when company is deployed #bci ,on wrong lines1 avoided by reconnaissance #djc ,orders for #cib ,personal reconnaissance before deployment #dda ,premature to be avoided #ccb2 #ddc ,rectification of deployments in wrong direction #ddd ,reserves1 how employed #dee ,reserves furnished by units larger than battalion #dda ,rules for #bcf-bdb ,side by side of regiments1 battalions and companies #ded ,strength of support and reserves #ddi2 #dej ,supports furnished by battalion #dee ,to flank or rear #bdf ,troops deployed vary from #a to #aj men per yard #dej ,use of thin firing lines #ddh ,when made #dfc ,deportment1 military #aebc ,depth1 definition #cj ,descriptive card of animals #hih ,descriptive list #hig ,,designation ,,of3 ,companies in battalion formation #bih ,squads and platoons #bje ,designation of targets #adde-aadg a ,designation of winds #acia ,details and roster of guards #aehe ,details to be left to subordinates #chd2 #che ,determination1 factor in warfare #ibd ,deviation from orders #chh ,devolution of work and responsibility #hfi ,diarrhoea #adia ,diminish intervals #agb ,directions given subordinates through immediate superiors #cig ,,discipline3 ,definition #iaj ,general principles #iaf ,importance #iab ,methods of attaining good discipline #iaa2 #iad ,punishment #iae ,sound system #iac ,disciplinary exercises--drills at attention and ceremonies #ee a ,discipline and training necessary #cgi ,discipline1 fire #bia2 #dcj2 #dca ,dislocations1 first aid #adib ,,dismissing3 ,battalion #cji ,company #bag ,squad #adg ,dismounted noncommissioned staff officers1 posts #gg2 #gh ,dismounting1 before addressing dismounted superior #aeeh ,dismounting before saluting dismounted senior #ge ,,distance3 ,between firing line and support #cch ,between front and rear rank #aec ,between units in column of subdivisions #fi ,definition #ca ,plates showing distances3 ,battalion near1 #cjj ,company near1 #bjg ,taken by file closers in take distance and take interval #bac ,,distance ,,taking3 ,action of guides #bac ,how executed #aeh ,distant range #bge ,distance to target1 determination of #bgf ,distribution of fire #adda-addd ,distribution of fire and target #bhb2 #bhc2 #dbg ,division of battalion into firing line and support #cce ,document file #hid ,dog's bite #adhj ,do something #chf ,,double ,,rank3 ,company to be formed in #bjc ,habitual close order formation #gj ,kneeling and lying down in #agh ,rear rank loading and firing #agi ,double sleeping bag #fhf ,,double ,,time3 ,adding preparatory command #aji ,any movement executed in1 unless excepted #fj ,cadence #ajh ,command for #aaa ,command for precedes command of execution #fj ,dropping hands by side upon halting #aaf ,half step1 length #aac ,in successive movements1 base unit marches in quick time #fa ,position of disengaged hand #aaa2 #aba ,to hasten movements begun in quick time #agg ,to the rear #aah ,drainage1 camping1 #abdh ,drainage of trenches #aafg ,draw saber #fga ,dress1 appearance #aebc ,,dressing3 ,battalion #caj2 #caa ,company #bah ,companies1 position of captain #bah2 #cjb ,deployed lines #bdj ,drill at attention after combat exercises #ee 7d7 ,squad 7right or left7 #aed ,verify both ranks #aed ,,drill3 ,battalion #bie-cfc ,company #bjb-bid ,squad #adh-bjb ,drills at attention and ceremonies designed to teach precision1 etc4 #ee 7a7 ,drill regulations furnished as guide1 providing principles for training1 etc4 #ec ,drill regulations1 interpretation of #ec ,drowning #adic ,drum major at battalion inspection #fej ,dugouts1 trenches #aaef ,dummy trenches #aafc ,duties of infantry1 many and difficult #cff ,duties of officers and noncommissioned officers in battle #chi ,duty roster #hij ,e ,earache #adid ,ear1 foreign body in #adie ,echelon definition #di ,effect of fire #adaj ,effect of heat1 light1 etc4 #acig-adjc ,effectiveness of fire #adaf ,effective range #bge ,efficiency dependent upon thorough and uniform training #ea ,elastic formations essential to correct battle training #eb ,electric shock #adif ,element1 definition #cb ,elevation1 change of #ib ,encroachment upon functions of subordinates #cif ,endurance1 limit of1 exacted #chj ,enemy--imaginary outlined and represented #ef2 #cgj ,entrenching at night #ajii ,,enveloping ,,attack3 ,advantages #dei2 #dfa ,resulting in local frontal attack #dfa ,to be started at considerable distance from enemy #dfb ,envelopment of both flanks1 when allowable #dfj ,,equipment3 ,carried into action #chb ,display for inspection #fhb ,,equipment1 ,,care ,,of3 ,cloth equipment3 ,general instructions #acja ,intrenching tools #acab ,shelter tent #acjc ,washing #acjb ,clothing3 ,grease spots #abhe2 #abhi ,ink stains #abhg ,leggins #abhj ,paint spots #abij ,rust #abhf ,stains #abhd ,importance #abgf ,leather equipment3 ,cleaning #acaf ,cleaning materials #acae ,new equipment #acah ,oiling #acag2 #acai ,points to be remembered #acbj ,mess outfit3 ,bacon can #acjh ,canteen #acaa ,condiment can #acji ,cup #acaj ,fork #acje ,knife #acjd ,meat can #acjg ,spoon #acjf ,rifle #acba ,shoes3 ,care #abib ,polishing #abie2 #abii2 #acjj ,repairing #abid ,selection #abic ,wet shoes #abig ,equipment4 ,see ,care and preservation ,errors staying execution of movement1 for correction of #fc2 #fd ,,escorts ,,of3 ,funeral #fdj-fde ,honor #fci ,the ,color #fcg2 #fch ,establishing outpost by company #ajhj ,estimate of situation #iej ,estimating distance #acic-acie ,estimating distances1 training in #bja ,estimators of ranges #bgh ,exercises in fire control and direction #adej ,,extended ,,order3 ,certain movements executed as in close order #bda ,company #bcf-bfh ,company largest unit executing #ee 7b7 ,company largest unit to execute movements by prescribed commands #cbh ,exercises to be in nature of combat exercise #cgj ,purpose #ee 7b7 ,squad #agj ,to be executed at ease #ee 7b7 ,extended on first 7fourth7 company #cba ,eye1 foreign body in #adig ,eyes left1 when post of reviewing officer is on left of column #fbf ,,eyes ,,right3 ,how executed #ajc ,battalion review #fca2 #fcb ,eyesight in scouting #ajhc ,eyes1 use of #bjj ,f ,facings #ajd ,facing about to give commands1 staff stands fast #gd ,facing about1 mounted officer turns to left #gd ,facing troops when giving commands #hi ,fainting1 first aid #adih ,fall in #ajj2 #aec ,fall in executed at order #aba 7fifth7 ,fall out #ajj ,fall out executed as without arms #aba 7fifth7 ,falling in with hands on hips #gj ,fascines #aaag2 #aaah ,faster1 command for increasing rate of fire #aia ,fear #ibf ,feet1 care of #abbi ,feint attacks #ejb ,field efficiency of organization #ea ,,field ,,engineering3 ,bridges3 ,double lock #aaad ,roadway of spar #aaae ,single lock #aaac ,spar #aaab ,brush work #aaag ,corduroying #aaaf ,fascines #aaag2 #aaah ,gabions #aaba-aabc ,hurdles #aaai ,knots3 ,bowline #aacj ,clove hitch #aabh ,eye splice #aace ,long splice #aacd ,sheep shank #aacb ,short splice #aacc ,square or reef #aabf ,timber hitch #aabi ,two-half hitches #aabg ,lashings #aacf-aaci ,revetments #aabd2 #aabe ,field exercises1 definition #ee 7c72 #ef ,,field ,,fortifications3 ,classification #aadb ,communicating trenches #aaeg ,concealment of trenches #aafb ,cover trenches #aaee ,deliberate intrenchments #aadg ,drainage #aafg ,dugouts #aaef ,dummy trenches #aafc ,example of trench system #aafj ,fire trenches #aadh ,hasty intrenchments #aadc ,head cover #aaeb ,illumination of foreground #aagj ,kneeling trench #aade ,latrines #aafi ,length of trench #aafd ,location of trenches #aafa ,lookouts #aaeh ,loopholes and notches #aaec ,lying trench #aadd ,notches and loopholes #aaec ,object #aadj ,overhead cover #aaed ,parados #aaea ,preparation of foreground #aafe ,revetments #aaff ,siege works #aagb ,sortie steps #aaej ,standing trench #aadf ,supporting points #aaei ,telephones #aaga ,traverses #aadi ,trench recesses #aaej ,water supply #aafh ,field officers1 habitually mounted #gc ,file definition #cc ,,file ,,closer3 ,darting through column of squads #bba ,execution of loadings and manual of arms #bab ,on the right 7left7 flank #baa ,post in column of squads #bba ,post in route marches #cbe ,to correct mistakes #ga ,files1 advancing by #bee ,files of orders1 company #hia ,fill magazine #gjb ,finding way in strange country #ajhd ,fine sight #acec 7b7 ,finger system of target designation #addg 7a7 ,,fire3 ,by volley #ahi2 #bgh ,classes of #agi2 #aid2 #bgh-bhj ,clip #aib2 #bhj ,commands for #agi2 #ahi2 #aid ,delay opening as long as possible #cdd ,in deployment controlled by platoon leaders #bfi ,long range1 when effective #daf ,observation of #dbh2 #dbi ,opening in attack #cdd2 #dag ,opening in defense #dag ,purpose and nature #dad2 #dae ,rate of #aia2 #bib ,to be directed against hostile infantry #cde ,fire action #bfi ,,fire ,,attack3 ,fire superiority sought at first firing position and to be maintained until charging point is reached #dgb ,futility of advancing without fire superiority #dgc ,general principles #beh2 #dgb ,intrenching #dge ,retiring under fire suicidal #dge ,signs that fire superiority has been gained #dgd ,size of rushing units #dgb ,supports and reserves occupying trenches vacated by firing line to improve same #dgf ,,fire ,,at ,,will3 ,how executed #aij ,use #bgi ,fire control1 company #bhg-bij ,fire direction1 company #bhe2 #bhf ,,fire ,,control ,,and ,,direction3 ,general considerations #daf ,signals #dca ,fire direction and control #adcd-addj ,fire discipline #bia2 #dcj2 #dca ,fire discipline1 definition #adjf ,fire distribution #dbg2 #adda-addd ,fire fight1 where and when to begin1 indicated by major #cda ,,fire ,,of ,,position3 ,use of machine guns #eee ,when used #dch ,,fire ,,superiority3 ,futility of advancing without #dgc ,purpose and nature #dad ,signs that it has been gained #dgd ,sought at first firing position #dgb ,to be maintained until charging point is reached #dgb ,what it accomplishes #dgh ,fire trenches #aadh ,fire unit1 platoon #bhg ,firing at night #aaja ,firing at stationary targets #adbh ,firing by sentries at night #aajd ,firing1 classes of #bgh-bhj ,,firing ,,line3 ,advance #beh-bfa2 #cdf ,advance as far as possible before opening fire #dfg ,advanced elements not to open fire on main position #dga ,companies to be kept closed in on center #ced ,control by signals #ee 7d7 ,controlled by commander when whole line has been absorbed #chc ,density #ddf-dec ,furnished by battalion #dee ,placing entire battalion or regiment into #cci ,premature formation to be avoided #ddc ,reenforcement by major #cei ,to advance as far as possible before opening fire #dfg ,firing line and support1 division of battalion #cce ,firings in close order #bfi ,firings and loadings1 see ,loadings and firings ,first aid packet #aeba ,first aid to sick and injured #adgh ,,first ,,sergeant3 ,accompanies captain when company is deployed #bjg ,assists in fire control in case of depleted company #bji ,duties #hgc ,never assigned as guide #bjg ,post #bjg ,report when company is formed #bae ,fish hook1 first aid #adii ,fits1 first aid #aejj ,fix bayonets1 how executed #adb ,fix bayonet order1 given by major #cee ,fixed forms covering all cases impossible #cfi ,,fixed ,,pivot1 ,,turn ,,on3 ,company #bai-bba ,squad #afe ,when used #ff ,,flag3 ,company signal carried by company musicians 7now buglers7 #dja ,defined #aege ,of general officers1 post of #gc2 #fah ,respect paid to #aegd2 #aege ,signals #id2 #djj2 #dja ,signaling to artillery #dcg ,to outline enemy #cga ,flag-stealing contest #ajij ,,flank3 ,by the right1 how executed #aag ,definition #ce2 #ed ,deployment as skirmishers #bdf ,movements executed towards either1 explained toward but one flank #eh ,unit to begin rush #cdh ,,flourishes ,,at3 ,funeral #fda ,review #fbd ,fly1 disease carrier #adfj ,folding tents #fia ,,follow ,,me3 ,in forming skirmish line #bcg ,in rushes #bei ,to follow corporal #afi ,footmarks1 following #ajhh ,forced marches #abbe ,fork1 care #acje ,,form3 ,column of companies #cae ,column of squads #caf ,for shelter tents #aha ,formation calls #fic ,formation definition #cf ,,formations ,,for3 ,advancing improvised #beg ,support #bfb ,,formation ,,of3 ,battalion #cjg2 #cjh ,company #bae ,squad #aec ,form lines #ahhd ,forms of speech #aebf ,fortifications1 attack #die-dih ,,forward ,,march3 ,from half step1 halt and mark time #aac ,from halt #aaj ,from oblique #afc ,pieces brought to right shoulder from order1 at command #aba 7sixth7 ,fractures #adhc ,fraise #aagh ,freezing1 first aid #aejb ,front1 definition #cg ,front1 extent of in deployment #ddf-dec ,,front ,,of3 ,deployed battalion #ccd-ccg ,deployed squad #aga ,frontal attacks1 when they may be successful #deg ,,front ,,into ,,line3 ,battalion #cad ,company #bca ,frost-bite1 first aid #aejc ,full distance1 definition #fi ,full sight #acec 7c7 ,full step1 length and cadence #ajh ,funeral escort #fdj-fde ,g ,gabions #aaba-aabc ,gallery practice #ache ,gangrene #adhb ,gases1 asphyxiating #aaid ,,general ,,common ,,sense ,,principles ,,of ,,applied ,,minor ,,tactics3 ,art of war1 definition #idc ,estimating the situation #iej ,maneuvers #idg2 #idi ,map problems #ide2 #idi ,mission1 defined #iej ,noncommissioned officers1 responsibilities in time of war #idd ,orders1 tactical1 preparation #ieb ,terrain exercises #ide2 #idi ,war game #idf2 #idi ,general officers habitually mounted #gc ,general plan to be furthered by subordinates #chf ,,general ,,rules ,,for3 ,ceremonies #fad-faf ,drills and formations #eg-gi ,parades #fcd2 #fce ,reviews #fag-fcj ,gentle reverse slopes #adbg ,germs #adeb ,gonorrhoea #adff ,grazing fire #adbc ,grease spots1 how removed #abhe2 #abhi ,grenades and bombs #aaig-aaii ,ground1 use of #dbj2 #dba ,,guard ,,duty3 ,challenging #agdf ,classification of guards #aehd ,commander of the guard #afjc ,commanding officer #aeia ,compliments from guard #aghb ,corporal of the guard #afff ,countersigns and paroles #agfi ,details and roster #aehe ,duty of sentinels #aegh ,general rules concerning guard duty #agib ,guarding prisoners #agig ,guard mounting3 ,formal #ahdj ,informal #ahdg ,guard patrols #aggh ,importance #aegf ,musicians of the guard #agjj ,officer of the day #aeic ,orderlies and color sentinels #agjb ,orders for sentinels #agaf ,paroles and countersigns #agfi ,privates of the guard #agae ,relieving old guard #ahej ,respect for sentinels #aegg ,reveille and retreat gun #ahcg ,sentinels of troops stable guard #ahbe ,sentinels' orders #agaf ,sergeant of the guard #afdb ,special orders for sentinels at post of guard #agei ,stable guards #ahjf ,troop stable guards #ahjh ,watchmen #agha ,,guard ,,mounting3 ,formal #ahdj ,informal #ahdg ,guard patrols #aggh ,guarding prisoners #agig ,,guide3 ,announcing before executing platoons right 7left7 #bbj ,definition #ch ,in deployment #bcf ,in successive formations #fe ,right 7left7 #aee ,what it is1 unless otherwise announced #fe ,when given in connection with movement1 follows command of execution #fe ,,guides3 ,alignment of battalion #caa ,assignment to platoons #bjf ,battalion formed in line #cjh ,battalion marching in column of companies or platoons #cbe ,battalion parade #fcf ,close on first 7fourth7 company #cbj ,column of companies1 first company1 squads right #cae ,column right 7left7 battalion #cag ,dressing company when battalion is in line #cjb ,duties in battle #chi ,duties in fire fight #bhi ,equipped with whistles #hc ,execution of loading and manual of arms as file closers #bab ,first ,sergeant never assigned as #bjg ,guide #fe ,guide of leading subdivision charged with step and direction in column of subdivisions #fi ,in successive formation guide is toward base #fe ,manual of arms1 execution by file closers #bab ,partial changes of direction #fg ,platoon guides #baj ,platoon guides accompany leader when platoon is deployed #bjf ,positions shown in plates of company and battalion #aff ,post in column of squads #baa ,post of file closers in route marches #cbe ,rectifying column 7battalion7 #cac ,repeating signals #hc ,taking intervals and distances #bac ,taking place in front rank at command about face #bbi ,to change guides to opposite flank #baa ,guide center designate left guide of center company #cja ,guide right 7left7 command #aee ,h ,half step 7command7 #aac ,,halt3 ,any movement executed from1 unless otherwise prescribed #ei ,firing executed at #agi ,from half step and mark time #aac ,how executed #aaf ,piece brought to the order #aba 7seventh7 ,halting1 skirmishers face to the front and take advantage of cover #bdj ,halts on marches #abbb ,,hand3 ,disengaged1 position at double time #aaa2 #aba 7,eighth7 ,left1 position at balance #abb 7,first7 ,on hip falling in with #gj ,salute #ajf ,hand grenades #aaih ,harmony and contentment in company #hgg ,hasty intrenchments #aadc ,head1 definition #ci ,headache #aejd ,head cover1 trenches #aaeb ,,health1 ,,care ,,of3 ,chancroid #adff ,clap #adff ,five ways of catching disease #adec ,fly1 disease carrier #adfj ,germs #adeb ,gonorrhoea #adff ,importance #adea ,malaria fever #adfi ,mosquito1 carrier of disease #adfi ,syphilis #adff ,vegetables1 distributer of disease #adeh ,venereal disease #adff ,water1 distributer of disease #adeg ,yellow fever #adfi ,hearing at night #ajie ,hearing in scouting #ajhc ,heat1 effect on shooting #acig ,heat exhaustion #aeje ,height1 men to fall in according to #bjc ,heliographing #hfd ,helmets1 steel #abje ,hits1 percentage #adag ,holding attack #dii-ejb ,horizontal clock face system of target designation #addf ,horizontal equivalents #ahfg ,hostile ,infantry1 target #cde ,human element in training and instruction #ibe ,hurdles #aaai ,hygiene4 ,see ,personal hygiene ,i ,illumination of foreground of trenches #aagj ,imaginary enemy1 definition #ef2 #cgj ,improvised formations for advancing #beg ,incinerators1 camp #abdg ,incline to the right 7left7 #fg ,,increasing ,,intervals3 ,company #bdg ,squad #agb ,,individual ,,cooking3 ,fire1 how to make #abeg ,importance #abef ,recipes #abeh-abge ,individual intelligence1 factor in warfare #ibd ,,infantry3 ,against artillery3 ,action against artillery limbering or coming into action #fjj ,action against guns out of ammunition #eii ,flank attack #eih ,frontal attack usually futile #eig ,machine guns #eig ,wheel horses best targets #fjj ,against ,cavalry3 ,cavalry charge against infantry usually futile #eia ,infantry attacking dismounted cavalry #eif ,measures to check charges from front and flanks #eib ,meeting of cavalry charge by infantry in column #eie ,rifle fire main dependence of infantry #eid ,standing position1 best to meet charge #eic ,demands upon it by modern combat #cfe ,duties many and difficult #cff ,good ,infantry can defeat superior troops of poor quality #cfh ,modern war requires good infantry #cff ,moving to attack1 passing through deployed artillery #dgj ,requisites of good infantry #cfh ,trained to bear heaviest burdens #cfh ,infantry ,drill ,regulations #bd ,influence of ground #adbj ,initial combat order #cid ,initiative in warfare #ibc ,initiative of subordinates not to be hampered #chd2 #che2 #chf ,ink stains1 how removed #abhg ,in place halt #fc ,,inspection3 ,band #fej2 #fec ,battalion #fej2 #fed ,company #fdf-fdi ,display of equipment #fhb ,equipment #fdh ,of pieces when troop are formed and when dismissed #aba 7,second7 ,pistol #fdf ,prepare for #fdf2 #fdi-fea2 #fec ,quarters #fdg2 #fed ,saber #fdf2 #fhj ,seniority at #fcj2 #fej ,inspection and port arms when dismissing squad #adg ,inspection arms from order #ade ,inspection arms1 ,krag rifle #fih ,inspections1 object of #hhe ,,instruction3 ,captain's responsibility for #bjb ,commanding officers accountable for #ea ,in use of signals #ha ,of battalion1 major responsible for #bie ,of recruits #ig-ih 7a72 #abj ,without arms #ih 7a7 ,instruction given subordinates through immediate superiors #cig ,instruction4 ,see ,training and instruction ,integrity of squads in battle #aea ,intelligence1 factor in warfare #ibd ,interest in training and instruction #ibb ,intermingling of units in firing line #chi ,interpretations of ,drill ,regulations1 spirit to govern #ec ,,interval3 ,action of guides in taking #bac ,battalion in deployment #ded2 #dfe ,between companies in deployment #ced2 #ddg ,between files obtained by placing hands on hip #gj ,between platoon columns #beb ,between regiments in deployment #ded ,between skirmishers #aga ,definition #dj ,increasing or decreasing between skirmishers #agb2 #bdg ,of file closers in column of squads #bba ,plates showing intervals3 ,battalion near1 #cjj ,company near1 #bjg ,to take #aef ,intrenching tools1 care #acab ,,intrenchments3 ,construction in action #dge ,order of importance of operations in construction #fjf ,intrenchments4 ,see ,field ,fortifications ,introduction #ej-gi2 #cfd-cga ,inundations1 trenches #aahf ,invisibility best protection while advancing #dfh ,j ,jab1 bayonet #hbd 7d7 ,k ,kitchen pits1 camping #abdf ,kitchens1 camp #abde ,,kneel3 ,from lying down #agg ,from standing #agd ,position of piece #ahe ,to aim #ahi ,use of position #agh ,kneeling trench #aade ,knife1 care of #acjd ,knots #aabf-aace ,knowledge of subordinates #cgh ,krag rifle 7,infantry ,drill ,regulations7 #fif ,l ,landmarks1 observing #ajhf ,largest unit executing extended order #ee 7b72 #cbh ,lashings #aacf ,latitude allowed subordinates #chd2 #che ,latrines1 camping #abdc ,latrines in trenches #aafi ,,leadership3 ,general consideration #cgb-chd ,necessary to success in battle #cfe ,,leading3 ,company #bji2 #bfj ,platoon #bej2 #bea2 #bei ,rush #bfj ,squad #aej2 #afi2 #bcg2 #bei2 #bhi ,,leather ,,equipment3 ,cleaning #acaf ,cleaning materials #acae ,oiling #acag2 #acai ,left arm1 position when piece is diagonally across the body #abb 7,second7 ,left1 definition #da ,left foot1 stepping off with #ajg ,left hand1 position at balance #abb 7,first7 ,,left ,,shoulder ,,from3 ,order #acf ,port #acf ,present #acf ,right shoulder #acf ,leggins1 how cleaned #abhj ,length of steps #ajg-aae ,library1 company #hgi ,,lieutenants3 ,assisting captain in fire control of depleted company #bji ,assignment of platoons to #bjf ,duties1 etc41 #hgj2 #hga ,fire control #bgj2 #bhg-bhi ,intermingling of units in firing line #chi ,leading in charges #cef ,posts of #ga ,rushes by platoons #bei2 #bic ,suspending fire when target disappears #bid ,taking post when company is formed #bae ,training #cfi ,,lieutenant ,,colonel3 ,salute in ceremonies #fae ,light1 effect on shooting #acii ,lightning1 struck by #aejg ,line1 definition #db ,line of platoons1 companies1 etc41 definition #fh ,line of skirmishers #afi-agb2 #bcf-bdg ,lines of information #cih-djb ,liquid fire #aaif ,listening posts1 trenches #aaia ,litters1 improvised #aebb ,loaded pieces not to be carried #aba 7,first7 ,loading pieces before deployment #bfi ,loading1 with ,krag rifle #gja ,,loadings ,,and ,,firings3 ,aiming point3 ,announced before or after range #aha ,once designated1 not changed unless ordered #ahb ,by battalion #cjf ,cease firing #aid ,clip fire #aib ,color guard does not execute #fff ,commands #agi2 #ahe-aid ,continuing the fire 7command7 #ahi ,execution by file closers #bab ,fire at will #aij ,fire faster 7slower7 #aia ,firing3 ,executed in line and skirmish line only #agi ,instruction in1 preceded by command to load #agi ,rear rank kneeling or lying down #agi ,firings executed at halt #agi ,instruction in firing to be preceded by command for loading #agi ,load3 ,command #ahe ,position of1 when taken #ahc ,rear rank1 kneeling or lying down #agi ,target3 ,announced before or after range #aha ,once designated1 not changed unless ordered #ahb ,loadings executed in line and skirmish line only #agi ,long whistle blast #aic ,pieces once loaded1 so kept until command to unload #ahj ,position of load1 when taken #ahc ,range and command announcing #ahh ,sight setting1 aiming point announced before or after #aha ,simulate load 7command7 #ahf ,single loader1 use of piece as #ahf ,sling1 use when deployed #ahd ,suspend firing #aic2 #aid ,local successes necessary to general success #cfg ,location of trenches #adbf ,lock pieces #gjj ,long blast of whistle #aic2 #bga ,long range #bge ,long-range fire #adad ,long-range fire1 when effective #daf ,lookouts in trenches #aaeh ,loopholes and notches #aaec ,loose pieces #afa ,lost1 what to do #ajhe ,lying down #age2 #ahe2 #ahi ,lying down position1 use #agh ,lying trench #aadd ,m ,,machine ,,guns3 ,concealment #efd ,covering dead spaces on defensive #eai ,covering withdrawal #edf2 #eeg ,effectiveness against skirmish line #eei ,fire of position #dch2 #eee ,in attack #eee ,in defense #eee ,in infantry attack against artillery #eig ,in meeting engagements #eec ,lessons of ,european war #efa-efh ,location on defense #eff ,methods of transportation #efc ,not to form part of firing line of attack #eeh ,silencing of machine guns by infantry #efj ,to be used for short periods #eeb ,use in villages #efe ,weapons of emergency #eea ,with advance guard #eec ,with rear guard #eed ,with reserve #eeg ,,machine ,,gun ,,company3 ,post in formations #ga2 #gb ,post when attached to battalion #bii ,,major3 ,apportions target #cdj ,controls support #bfc ,duties and responsibilities as battalion commander #bie ,duty regarding protection of flanks #dab2 #dac ,gives order to charge #cef ,gives order to fix bayonets #cee ,indicates where or when fire fight begins #cda ,locates trenches and obstacles #ceh ,order making disposition of battalion for combat #cbi ,orders bayonets fixed on defense #cfa ,post during attack #ceb ,post in route march #cbe ,reenforces firing line #cei ,responsibility regarding ammunition #egj ,see ,battalion commander ,malarial fever #adfi ,maneuvers #idg2 #idi ,maneuvers effective method of conducting #cga ,,manual ,,of3 ,arms3 ,by the numbers #abb 7,fifth7 ,cadence #abb 7,fourth7 ,carrying rifle in any position #abb 7,sixth7 ,executed by color guard #fff ,general principles and the manual #abj-adg ,regular positions assume without regard to previous ones #abb 7,sixth7 ,without the numbers #abb 7,fifth7 ,bugle #fib-fie ,color #feh-fgj ,saber #fga-fhj ,tent pitching #fha-fia ,the color #fgj ,,manual ,,of ,,bayonet3 ,bayonet combat #gfj ,combined movements #hjb ,fencing at will #hjg ,fencing exercises #ggb ,general remarks #gaa ,guard #gbe ,hints for instructors #hbc ,instruction with rifle #gcd ,instruction without bayonet #gee ,instruction without rifle #gbc ,jab #hbd 7d7 ,lessons of ,european war #hbd ,nomenclature #gba ,short point #hbd 7d7 ,map1 definition #ahei ,map distances #ahfg ,map problems #ide2 #idi ,map problems1 instruction in #ied ,,map ,,reading3 ,contours #ahff ,conventional signs #ahgd ,definition of map #ahei ,determination of positions of points on map #ahga ,horizontal equivalents #ahfg ,map distances #ahfg ,meaning of map reading #ahfj ,meridians #ahgj ,north star #ahgc ,orientation #ahgb ,problems in scales #ahfd ,scale of map distances #ahfg 7a7 ,scales #ahfa-ahfc ,scaling distances from map #ahfe ,slopes #ahfh ,true meridian #ahgc ,visibility problem #ahge ,map sketching4 ,see ,military map sketching ,,march3 ,at funeral #fda ,played as honor #fbd ,,marches3 ,a successful march #abae ,at night #aajb ,care of feet and fitting of shoes #abbi ,compliments not paid on marches #abbg ,conduct on march #abbj ,crossing bridges and fords #abbc ,elongation of column #abbd ,fitting shoes and care of feet #abbi ,forced matches #abbe ,halts #abbb ,hardening new troops #abac ,long march not to be made with new troops #abad ,marching capacity #abba ,marching1 principal occupation of troops in campaign #abab ,night marches #abbf ,no compliments paid on #aefd ,physical training #abac ,preparation for march #abaf-abah ,protection on march #abbh ,rate of march #abbj ,starting on march #abai ,straggling #abbd ,marching1 any movement executed when1 unless otherwise prescribed #ei ,marching to rear1 skirmishes1 not assembled #agc ,marchings and steps #ajg-aai ,,mark ,,time3 ,executed from half step1 halt and mark time #aac ,how executed #aab ,while obliquing #afc ,masks1 protection against gases #abjf ,mass formation1 battalion #cbj ,meat can1 care #acjg ,mechanism of deployment taught by extended order #ee 7b7 ,meeting engagements3 ,action of advance guard prior to receipt of order #edc ,action of column #edb ,action of the leading troops #eda ,advantage accrues to side deploying the faster #eci ,afford ideal opportunity to certain commanders #ecg ,boldness and determination of commander #ecf ,characteristics of #ecd ,first troops deploying have advantage #eci ,function of advance guard #edb ,general action #ece ,machine guns1 use #eeb ,main body not to be put into action piece meal #edd ,meagerness of information #ecf ,mission determines method of attack #ech ,post of commander #edb ,memorandum receipts1 company #ijj ,meridians #ahgj ,mess1 company #hgh ,mess outfit care #acjd ,messages1 delivery #aecj ,messages1 instruction in delivering #ieh ,metal fouling1 removing from bore #acbg ,method in training and instruction #iah ,military appearance and deportment #aebc ,,military ,,courtesy3 ,colors and standards #aege ,headdress not raised in saluting #aefi ,national anthem #aegb ,national anthems of other nations #aegc ,nature and origin of salutes #aecc2 #aecd ,prisoners do not salute #aefg ,soldier walking with officer #aeff ,unmilitary salutes #aefh ,usual mistakes in saluting #aega ,when and how to salute3 ,at meals #aedc ,at work #aedg ,bringing command to present before commander salutes #aefc ,commanders of detachments or other commands #aefa ,dismounting before addressing1 superior not mounted #aeeh ,general rule #aeci ,how to salute in uniform #aeea ,indoors #aede ,in public places and conveyances #aefj ,man addressed in formation #aeei ,no compliments paid at drill1 on march1 etc4 #aefd ,no saluting at double time1 trot or gallop #aefe ,officer approaching number of soldiers in open #aedf ,officer entering room occupied by soldiers #aedb ,officer passing in rear of troops #aefb ,passing officer on staircase #aedi ,riding in wagon #aedh ,rifle salute #aeeb ,saber salute #aeec ,saluting distance #aeda ,saluting in civilian dress #aeee ,saluting in military manner #aeef ,sentinels on post #aeed ,several officers together #aeeg ,soldier addressing or being addressed by officer #aeej ,when making and receiving reports #aedj ,when seated #aedd ,whom to salute3 ,army officers #aece ,foreign1 naval and military attaches #aech ,navy1 ,marine ,corps1 ,volunteer and ,national ,guard officers #aecf ,reserve ,corps officers #aecg ,,military ,,map ,,sketching3 ,combined sketching #ahib ,contours #ahhb ,datum plane #ahhc ,different methods of sketching #ahgh ,form lines #ahhd ,kinds of military sketches #ahgh ,location of points by intersection #ahgi ,location of points by resection #ahhj ,location of points by traversing #ahha ,outpost sketching #ahij ,points for beginners to remember #ahic ,position sketching #ahhi ,road sketching #ahia ,scales #ahhe2 #ahhh ,military organization #aheh ,military pits #aahd ,military training object of #ej ,mine warfare4 ,see1 ,trench and mine warfare ,,minor ,,warfare3 ,camp or bivouac protection #fab ,dividing marching column into two or more detachments #faa ,formations in close country #faj ,formation in open country #fji ,irregular operations #fjg ,march and bivouac formations to admit of rapid action in any direction #fjh ,night operations frequently advisable #fac ,regular operations #fjf ,selection of site for camp or bivouac #fab ,what it embraces #fjf ,mirage #adjj ,mission1 defined #iej ,mistakes1 staying execution of movement for correction of #fc2 #fd ,modern combat1 demands upon infantry #cfe ,modern war requires good infantry #cff ,moisture1 effect on shooting #acih ,morning report #hhh ,morse code #hff ,mosquito1 carrier of disease #adfi ,mounted enlisted men formed into a detachment for ceremonies #gf ,mounted officer in making about face1 turns to left #gd ,,mounted ,,scouts3 ,battalion staff officers1 training in patrolling and reconnaissance #egi ,dismounted patrolling #egh ,how used #egf ,post when attached to battalion #bii ,to be trained in patrolling and reconnaissance #egf ,use for reconnoitering #egg2 #egh ,mouse and cat contest #ajhi ,movement1 any executed in double time unless excepted #fj ,,movements3 ,begun in quick time1 hastened by command1 ,double time #fb ,executed toward either flank1 explained toward but one flank #eh ,general rules #eg2 #fc ,may be executed from halt or when marching #ei ,,moving ,,pivot1 ,,turning ,,on3 ,company #bbb2 #bbg ,squad #afd ,when used #ff ,moving targets1 firing at #adcb ,,musicians3 7now buglers7 ,duties during firing #bgb ,equipped with whistles and repeating signals #hc ,join their companies at battalion inspection #fej ,post #bjg ,to carry signal flags #id2 #dja ,to repeat signal to fix bayonet and charge #cee2 #cef ,musicians 7now buglers7 of the ,guard #agjj ,muster #fee-feg ,n ,,national ,,air3 ,at funeral #fda ,playing as honor at review #fbd ,national ,anthem #aegb ,national color does not salute #ffj ,next to last motion in resuming order from any position #abb 7,third7 ,night firing #adcc ,night marches #abbf ,,night ,,operations3 ,advance and rear guards #ehd ,approaching charging point under cover of darkness #dif ,attack1 time of making #ehh ,bayonet use #ehc2 #ehf2 #ehi ,challenging #aajc ,connections #aajg ,defense1 measures taken to resist night attacks #eij ,deployment at night #dfd ,equipment #aajj ,finding bearings #ajif ,fire action to be avoided #ehc ,fire not effective beyond #ej yards #eij ,formations #eha2 #ehf2 #ehi ,hearing #ajie ,importance #ajia ,individual training #ajic ,marches #aajb ,marking route outguards to supports #aaje ,moving in dark #ajig ,night advance followed by attack by day #ehe ,night entrenching #ajii ,night fencing #ajih ,night firing #aaja ,night matches #ehd ,outposts #aajc ,practice in offensive and defensive operations #eha ,preparation #aajh ,purposes #ehj ,readiness for action #aajf ,reconnaissance #ehg ,secrecy #ehc ,sentries firing #aajd ,surprise #ehg ,trained troops necessary #ehf ,training of company #ajib ,unfriendly guides #ehc ,vision #ajid ,white rag1 tying around muzzle of rifle #eij ,nomenclature of rifle #acdb ,noncommissioned officer commanding platoon or company carrying of piece and taking of post #gi ,noncommissioned officers1 post of #ga ,noncommissioned officers to be obeyed and respected #aebe ,noncommissioned officers1 company1 duties #hgd ,noncommissioned officers confining men #hge ,noncommissioned officers2 instructions in map problems #ied ,noncommissioned officers2 reduction and resignation #hgf ,noncommissioned officers2 responsibilities in time of war #idd ,normal forms covering all cases impossible #cfi ,normal sight #acec 7a7 ,north star #ahgc ,nose1 foreign body in #aejg ,notches and loopholes #aaec ,number of troops to be deployed in beginning #dde ,numbers1 by the #abb 7fifth7 ,o ,obedience #aebd ,object of military training #aej ,,objective-- ,announced before or after range #aha ,once designated not changed unless ordered #ahb ,oblique deployment as skirmishers #bde ,oblique march #afb-afc ,observation #bjj-bja ,observation of target and fire #dbh-dbi ,,obstacles3 ,abatis #aagf ,against cavalry #aahj ,automatic alarms #aaib ,barricades #aahe ,cheveaux de frise #aagi2 #aahi ,fraise #aagh ,guarding obstacles #aaij ,in front of outguards #aahg ,inundations #aahf ,kinds #aagf ,lessons from ,european ,war #aahh ,listening posts #aaia ,location #aage ,military pits #aahd ,necessity for #aagd ,object #aagc ,palisade #aagg ,search lights #aaic ,trous de loup #aahd ,wire entanglements #aaha2 #aahb2 #aahh ,wire fence #aahc ,obstacles located by ,major #ceh ,occupation of ground #adbf ,offensive necessary for decisive results #cfg ,office1 how to enter #aebg ,officer of the ,day #aeic ,,officers3 ,posts of #ga ,to be true leaders #cgg ,to comply with spirit of orders #cgg ,oil1 use on rifle #accj2 #acci ,,on ,,right 7,,left7 ,,into ,,line3 ,battalion #cac ,company #bcj ,open packs #fdh ,open ranks #fdf ,open sight #aceb 7a7 ,opening fire on defense #cfj ,,order3 ,assumed in resuming attention from rest or at ease #aba 7fifth7 ,piece brought to1 upon halting #aba 7seventh7 ,piece striking ground gently #abb 7third7 ,position in next to last motion #abb 7third7 ,position of piece at #abc ,order and cohesion in combat #cgf ,order1 close1 definition #dc ,order1 extended1 definition #dd ,,order ,,from3 ,inspection #adf ,left shoulder #acf ,port #abh ,present #abh ,right shoulder #acj ,trail #adj ,,orderlies3 ,carrying signal flags #djj ,do not change position when commander faces about to give command #gd ,posts of #gc2 #gh ,,orders3 ,battle #cib ,brigade and division1 usually written #cib ,compliance with spirit of #cgg ,composition of combat order #cie ,definition #he ,deployment #cib ,deviation from #chh ,encroaching upon functions of subordinates1 prohibited #cif ,given subordinates through immediate superiors #cig ,reconnaissance to precede issuing of initial combat orders #cid ,regiment1 usually verbal #cic ,repetition of #hc ,to be definite #cif ,use in battalion combat #cbh ,verbal #cic ,when used #hj2 #he ,orders1 files of1 company #hia ,orders for sentinels #agaf ,orders1 tactical preparation #ieb ,organization1 military #aheh ,orientation #ahgb ,outlined enemy #ef2 #bgc2 #cgj2 #cga ,outpost1 establishing by company #ajhj ,outpost sketching #ahij ,outposts at night #aajc ,overhead cover1 trenches #aaed ,p ,pace1 definition #de ,,pack3 ,close #fdh ,display of contents for inspection #fhb ,laid aside in action #chb ,open #fdh ,packs1 unslinging1 old equipment #gjf ,paint spots1 how removed #abij ,palisade #aagg ,paperwork1 company #hhg ,,parade ,,rest3 ,with arms #acg ,without arms #aja ,,parades3 ,battalion #fcf ,general rules #fcd2 #fce ,post of color guard #ffc2 #ffd ,parados #aaea ,paroles and countersigns #agfi ,partial changes of direction1 commander of #fg ,patrolling4 ,see1 ,scouting and patrolling ,payment of soldier #aebi ,peep sight #aceb 7b7 ,percentage of hits #adag ,periscopes #abjg ,personal hygiene #adgj ,,personal ,,reconnaissance3 ,deployment #dda ,formation of plan #cid ,,physical ,,training3 ,commands #hbf ,double timing #hdf ,methods #hbe ,rifle exercises #hdg ,setting up exercises #hbf2 #hcg ,starting positions #hcd ,walking and marching #hde ,,piece3 ,carrying in any position #abb 7,sixth7 ,diagonally across the body #abb 7,second7 ,loading before deployment #bfi ,not to be carried loaded #aba 7,first7 ,once loaded1 so kept until command to unload #ahj ,rules governing carrying #aba ,to strike ground gently in coming to order #abb 7,third7 ,use as single loader #ahf ,pitching tents #fhd ,,plan3 ,of battle preceded by personal reconnaissance #cid ,of combat1 adherence to original #cgc ,,plates3 ,battalion near1 #cjj ,company near1 #bjg ,equipment near1 #fdf ,,platoon ,,column3 ,assembly from #bed ,deployment #bec ,how executed #bej ,use in advancing #bdi-beb ,,platoon ,,drill3 ,assembling from deployment #bdh ,column right 7left7 7company being in column of platoon7 #bbc ,extended order #bdb ,on right into line 7being in column of platoons7 #bcj ,platoons column right 7left7 7company being in column of squad7 #bbe ,platoon light 7left7 #bbj ,platoons right 7left7 by squads 7being in line7 #bbg ,platoons right 7left7 front into line #bcb ,squads right about 7being in line of platoons7 #bbh ,squads right 7left71 platoons column right 7left7 7being in line7 #bbg ,,platoon ,,guides3 ,close order drill #baj ,duties in fire fight #bhi ,,platoon ,,leader3 ,allotment of target to #bhb ,control the fire in deployment #bgj ,duties on fire fight #bhh2 #bhi ,equipped with whistles #hc ,of flank platoons when company acts alone #bfh ,positions in verifying alignments #bah ,repeating commands #bad ,platoon1 the fire unit of #bhg ,,platoons3 ,advance into an engagement #bdi ,assignment #bjf ,designation #bje ,division of company into #bjd ,point of aim #aceg ,point of rest1 definition #df ,point on which base squad marches in deployment #bch ,points of compass #ajhd ,poison1 first aid #aejh ,,port ,,arms ,,from3 ,inspection #adf ,left shoulder #acf ,order #abe ,present #abf ,right shoulder #acb ,position and aiming drills #acfe ,,position ,,fire3 ,advance by rushes #bic ,when used #dch ,,position ,,of3 ,captain in dressing company #cjb ,load1 when taken #ahc ,piece at order #abc ,piece diagonally across the body #abb 7,second7 ,the soldier #ii ,position sketching #ahhi ,,post ,,of3 ,band #ga2 #bii ,commander in fight #chc ,color #fcg2 #fch2 #fej2 #ffd2 #ffe ,file closers in column of squads #bba ,major during attack #ceb ,major in route order #cbe ,mounted enlisted men #gc2 #gf2 #gh ,noncommissioned officer in command of troops #gi ,noncommissioned staff officers #gg2 #gh ,officers1 noncommissioned officers and special units 7band and machine gun company7 shown in plates #ga2 #gb ,reviewing officer #fag ,special units #ga2 #gb2 #bii ,staff officers #gc ,powder fouling1 removing from bore #acbg ,practical instruction1 purpose #cfi ,precision taught by drill at attention #ee 7a7 ,preliminary drills #acee ,,preparatory ,,command3 ,arrangements of elements #eg ,to revoke #fd ,what it indicates #hg ,,present ,,arms ,,from3 ,left shoulder #acf ,order #abd ,port #abg ,right shoulder #acc ,present saber #fgc ,principles of combat1 extent to which treated in ,part ,i #ed ,prisoners do not salute #aefg ,privates of the ,guard #agae ,privileges1 awarding #hha ,privileges1 withholding #hhd ,program of training #iai ,progression in training and instruction #iag ,property1 responsibility1 company #hhf2 #hif ,,protection3 ,by reconnaissance #daj2 #dab ,when battalion is acting alone #ccj ,when company is acting alone #bfh ,protection against surprise when company is acting alone #bfh ,,punishment3 ,awarding #iae ,company #hhb2 #hhc ,,pursuit3 ,additional force for #dhc ,general principles #dij2 #did ,pursuing fire #dhf ,troops used for #dhg ,q ,quartermaster sergeant 7now supply sergeant7 assignment at drill #bjg ,quibbling1 avoiding1 in interpreting drill regulations #ec ,,quick ,,time3 ,cadence #ajh ,from double time #aaa ,movements habitually executed in #aji ,r ,,range3 ,classification #bge-bgg ,command announcing #ahh ,determining of #bgf2 #bgg2 #dbf ,finders #bgg ,importance of correct sight setting #dbe ,in attack #cdd2 #dbf ,in defense #dbf ,signal for announcing #ib ,range1 how determined #adbi ,range practice #achf ,ranging volleys #bgh ,rank1 definition #dg ,rapid fire exercises #acgb ,,rate ,,of3 ,fire #aia2 #bib2 #dae2 #adai ,quick and double time #ajh ,ration return #iji ,ready #ahi ,reality in training #ibb ,rear guard1 use of machines guns as part of #eed ,rear marching1 skirmishers1 not assembled #agc ,rear rank not loading nor firing kneeling or lying down #agi ,rear sight1 description #acdc ,rear1 to the1 how to execute #aah ,,reconnaissance3 ,battalion acting alone #ccj ,combat #djc-dac ,company acting alone #bfh ,company advancing into an engagement #bdi ,each commander to guard against surprise #ddb ,meeting engagement #ecd2 #ech ,minor warfare #fjh ,night operations #ehg ,personal before deployment #dda ,to precede formation of plan #cid ,record of rifles #ijb ,record of size of clothing #ijf ,records1 company #hhg-iji ,recruits1 instruction #ig-ih2 #abj2 #aeb-aef ,rectifying column1 7battalion7 #cab ,red bugs #adhh ,reduction and resignation of noncommissioned officers #hgf ,reenforcement of firing line by major #cei ,reenforcements1 size #cec ,reenforcing firing line #bfc-cff2 #ced ,,regiment3 ,interval in deployment #ded ,lines of communication established by #djj ,muster #fee-feg ,,regimental ,,color3 ,salutes by #ffj ,saluting reviewing officer #fbb ,,regimental ,,commander3 ,action in deployment of division #ddj ,decide equipment carried into action #chb ,rejoining command after completion of task #cij ,,repetition ,,of3 ,command for guides1 by captains at battalion drill #cja ,commands by captains at battalion drill #cjj ,orders1 commands and signals #hc2 #hh ,report1 first sergeant's when company is formed #bae ,reports1 saluting when making or receiving #ge ,represented enemy1 definition #ef ,requisites of good scout #ajca ,,reserve3 ,captured position strengthened by reserves #dib ,commander of troops in action habitually with reserve #chc ,covering withdrawal of attacking troops #dhi ,deployment to enable withdrawal of faulty firing line #ddd ,enveloping attack #dfa2 #dfb ,fire of position in decisive action #dch ,furnished by units larger than battalion #dee ,gives impetus to charge #dha ,how used #dee ,in attack charged with flank protection #dff ,in withdrawal from action #edg ,machine guns as part of #eeg ,occupying trenches vacated by firing line to improve same #dgf ,of firing line1 strength #ddi2 #dej ,part played by1 in pursuit #dia ,post and strength in holding attack #ejj ,post of1 in attack #dff ,post of1 in defense #eac ,post of1 in delaying action #ecb ,reduction of reserve in case of protected flanks #deb ,regimental3 ,ammunition sent from #egd ,use of1 in case of victory #chc ,respect1 factor in training #ibi ,respect for sentinels #aegg ,respect to noncommissioned officers #aebe ,responsibility1 devolution of #hfi ,responsibility for proper training #iba ,rest1 executed as without arms #aba 7,fifth7 ,rests1 the #ajj2 #aja2 #aba #a4 ,resume #b4 ,march #fc ,retained copies of rolls1 etc41 company #hii ,retiring under fire #dge ,return saber #fgi ,reveille and retreat gun #ahcg ,reverse slopes #adbg ,revetments #aabd2 #aabe2 #aaff ,,reviews3 ,band #fbc2 #fbd ,battalion #fca-fcc ,battalions1 after passing reviewing officer #fbh ,brigades1 or larger commands #fbh2 #fbi ,cadence at which troops pass in review #fbg ,commander faces command #fad ,flank to pass #ab paces from reviewing officer #fag ,flourishes #fbd ,formation of companies1 battalions and regiments #faf ,general rules #fag-fcj ,march1 played as honor #fbd ,national air1 playing as honor #fbd ,order in which troops are arranged #fad ,passing around line #fah2 #fca ,points where column changes direction #fag ,post of reviewing officer on left of column #fbf ,post of reviewing officer and others #fag ,reviewing officer returns only salute of commanding officer #fah ,reviewing officer1 post #fag ,reviewing officer junior to commanding officer #fcj ,riding around troops #fah ,ruffles #ebd ,salute by regimental color #fbb ,salute returned by reviewing officer #fah ,salute by lieutenant colonel #fae ,saluting by staff #fae2 #fai ,saluting the color #fah ,standing at ease etc41 in case of brigade or larger command #fbi ,subordinates face to front #fad ,to the color #fbd ,turning out of column by commanding officer of troops #fbj2 #fba ,revoking preparatory command #fd ,rewards and privileges1 company #hha ,ricochet shots #adbe ,,rifle1 care and description3 ,army regulations #acda ,bore #acbb-acbd2 #acbh ,description #acdb ,importance #acba ,kinds of fouling #acbe ,oil1 how to apply #acci ,oiling barrel #accj ,rear-sight leaf #acdc ,removing metal fouling #acbg ,removing powder fouling4 ,see ,piece #acbf ,rifle exercises #hdg ,,rifle ,,salute ,,at3 ,order or trail #ada ,right shoulder #adj ,,rifle ,,training ,,and ,,instruction3 ,adjustment of fire #adbh ,aiming exercise #acfh ,aiming point #aceg ,aiming and sighting #acej ,appearance of objects #acif ,auxiliary aiming points #adca ,ballistic qualities of rifle #adaj ,battle sight #aceb 7c7 ,beaten zone #adac ,center of impact #adab ,clock system of target designation #addf2 #addg ,clock system of wind designation #acia ,cold1 effect on shooting #acig ,collective instruction #adjd ,combat exercises #adjh ,combat practice #adjd ,combined sights #adcj ,communication in fire control and direction #addg 7b7 ,cone of fire or dispersion #adaa ,defilade #adbj ,deflection #achd ,deflection and elevation correction drills #achc ,designation of targets #adde-addg 7a7 ,designation of winds #acia ,distribution of fire #adda-addd ,effect of fire #adaj ,effect of heat1 light1 etc4 #acig2 #adjc ,effectiveness of fire #adaf ,estimating distance #acic-acie ,exercises in fire control and direction #adej ,finger system of target designation #addg 7a7 ,fine sight #acec 7b7 ,fire direction and control #adcd-addj ,fire discipline1 definition #adjf ,fire distribution #adda-addd ,firing at stationary targets #adbh ,full sight #acec 7c7 ,gallery practice #ache ,gentle reverse slopes #adbg ,grazing fire #adbc ,heat1 effect on shooting #acig ,hits1 percentage #adag ,horizontal clock face system of target designation #addf ,individual instruction #acdi ,influence of ground #adbj ,light1 effect on shooting #acii ,location of trenches #adbf ,long range fire #adad ,mirage #adjj ,moisture1 effect on shooting #acih ,moving targets1 firing at #adcb ,night firing #adcc ,normal sight #acec 7a7 ,object of system #acdd ,occupation of ground #adbf ,open sight #aceb 7a7 ,peep sight #aceb 7b7 ,percentage of hits #adag ,point of aim #aceg ,position and aiming drills #acfe ,preliminary drills #acee ,program of instruction #acdh ,range1 how determined #adbi ,range practice #achf ,rapid fire exercise #acgb ,rate of fire #adai ,reverse slopes #adbg ,ricochet shots #adbe ,sighting and aiming #acej ,shot group #adab ,sighting drills #acef2 #achc ,sights1 kinds of #aceb ,sling1 use #achg ,slopes gentle reverse #adbg ,stationary targets firing at #adbh ,target designation #adde-addg 7a7 ,targets1 number hit #adah ,technical principles of firing #adji ,trajectory #acdi ,trial shots1 determination of range #acie ,triangle of sighting #acei ,trigger squeeze exercise #acgj ,vertical clock face system of target designation #addg ,volleys1 determination of range #acie ,windage #achd ,zero of rifle #acib ,zone of effective fire #adae ,right 7left7 about1 squad #afg ,,right 7,,left7 ,,by3 ,file #bce ,squads #bbf ,two's #bcd2 #bce ,right1 definition #dh ,right 7left1 center7 dress #aed2 #caj2 #caa ,right face #ajd ,,right 7,,left7 ,,front ,,into ,,line ,,from3 ,close column #cbb ,column of platoons or squads 7company7 #bca ,column of squads or companies #cad ,column of two's #bce ,right half face #ajd ,,right 7,,left7 ,,half ,,turn3 ,command #fg ,squad #afd ,right 7left7 oblique #afc ,,right ,,shoulder ,,from3 ,inspection #adf ,left shoulder #acf ,order #abi ,port #aca ,present #acd ,right shoulder1 pieces brought to1 from order at command ,march #aba 7,sixth7 ,right 7left7 step1 how executed #aad ,,right 7,,left7 ,,turn3 ,company #bbb ,squad #afd ,rise1 how executed #agf ,road sketching #ahia ,route march1 post of major and file closers #cbe ,route step #bcc ,,ruffles ,,at3 ,funeral #fda ,review #fbd ,,rules ,,for3 ,carrying piece #aba 7,first7 ,ceremonies #fad-faf ,close order 7battalion7 #cjj-cjf ,close order1 company #baj-bad ,deployment #bcf-bdb ,drills and formations #eg-gi ,execution of manual #abb ,parades #fcd2 #fce ,reviews #fag-fcj ,salutes #ge ,steps and marchings #ajg-aai ,,rushes3 ,advances made under covering fire #cdi ,begun by flank company #cdh ,command for #bei ,company as whole led by captain #bfj ,prearranged methods prohibited #cea ,size of rushing units #cdf2 #cdg ,subsequent advancing #cej ,use of position fire #bic ,when impossible for company to advance as a whole #beh ,rust1 how removed #abhf ,s ,saber1 manual of #fga-fhj ,safety lock #aba2 #ahe ,,salutes3 ,hand #ajf ,returned by reviewing officer #fah ,rifle #ada ,saber #ge2 #fgc ,with color #ffj ,see ,honors and salutes also ,military ,courtesy ,,saluting3 ,by lieutenant colonel in ceremonies #fae ,by staffs in ceremonies #fai ,mounted junior to dismount before saluting dismounted senior #ge ,on marches #abbg ,regimental color #fbb ,the color in reviews #fah ,when making or receiving reports #ge ,saluting volleys fired in close order #bfi ,sapping1 advancing to charging point #dih ,scalds1 first aid #aeji ,scale of map distances #ahfg 7a7 ,scales #ahfa-ahfi ,scales of maps #ahhe-ahhh ,scaling distances from map #ahfe ,,school ,,of ,,the3 ,battalion #bie-cfc ,company #bjb-bid ,soldier #ig-adg ,squad #adh-bja ,,scouting ,,and ,,patrolling3 ,eyesight and hearing #ajhc ,cat and mouse contest #ajhi ,concealment and dodging #ajhg ,finding way in strange country #ajhd ,flag stealing contest #ajij ,footmarks1 following #ajhh ,landmarks1 observing #ajhf ,lost1 what to do #ajhe ,mouse and cat contest #ajhi ,points of compass #ajhd ,requisites of good scouts #ajca ,tracking #ajhh ,scouts2 ,see1 ,mounted ,scouts ,scratches1 first aid #aeaj ,search lights1 trench warfare #aaic ,seeing at night #ajid ,semaphore signaling #hfc ,semi-blindness #aeab ,sentinel's orders #agaf ,sentinels1 respect for #aeag ,sentries firing at night #aajd ,separated officers and others placing themselves under order of nearest higher commander #cij2 #cia ,sergeant of the guard #afdb ,service calls #fie ,,service ,,of ,,information3 ,bridges1 facts to be obtained about #ajjj ,bridges1 reconnoitering of #iib ,buildings1 reconnoitering of #iif ,camp noises #ihe ,camps1 abandoned #ihf ,canals1 facts to be obtained about #ajjc ,cross roads1 how reconnoitered #ihi ,defiles1 facts to be obtained about #ajjf ,defiles1 reconnoitering of #iia ,demolitions #ajaa ,enclosures1 reconnoitering of #iid ,facts to be obtained about various objects #iih ,fords1 reconnoitering of #iib ,heights1 facts to be obtained about #ajaj ,heights1 reconnoitering of #iij ,houses1 reconnoitering of #iif ,indications to be noticed by patrols #ihc ,marches1 facts to be obtained about #ajjg ,patrolling3 ,facts to be obtained about various objects by patrols #iih ,civilians #igj ,flames and smoke #ihg ,messages #igi2 #ihj ,model reports #ajaf ,night work #ige ,patrol fighting #igg ,principles of patrolling #ifg ,patrols3 ,acting upon meeting hostile patrols #iga ,by whom furnished #ifb ,cooerdination before departure #iff ,definition #iei ,formation #ifh ,guarding against being cut off #igd ,halts #igj ,inspection before departure #ifa ,leaders #ifa ,orders and instructions #ifc ,preparation for starting #ife ,prisoners to be captured #ihd ,problems #ajag-ajai ,rate of march #ifi ,report on return #ajae ,returning by different route #igc ,scattered patrols #igb ,signals #igh ,size #ifj ,ponds1 facts to be obtained about #ajjg ,positions1 reconnoitering of #iie ,railroads3 ,demolitions #ajac ,facts to be obtained about #iii ,reconnaissance of positions #ihi ,rivers1 facts to be obtained about #ajja ,roads1 facts to be obtained about #iih ,signs to be noticed by patrols #ihc ,springs1 facts to be obtained about #ajjh ,suggestions for gaining information about the enemy #ihc ,suggestions for reconnaissance of positions #ihi ,telegraph line1 demolition #ajab ,telegraphs1 facts to be obtained about #ajjd ,valleys1 facts to be obtained about #ajji ,villages1 facts to be obtained about #ajje ,villages1 reconnoitering of #iig ,vision limits of #ihh ,wagon roads1 demolition #ajad ,woods1 facts to be obtained about #ajjb ,woods1 reconnoitering of #iic ,,service ,,of ,,security3 ,advance guard1 general principles #ajba-ajbd ,advance guard order #ajbe-ajbf ,advance guard problems #ajcc-ajdf ,general principles #ajbj ,outposts3 ,advance cavalry #ajef ,cavalry outpost #ajga ,changes for the night #ajge ,communication between subdivision #ajgd ,composition #ajec ,concealment #ajfh ,cossack post #ajfa ,definition and duties #ajea-ajeb ,detached posts #ajfi ,distances between subdivisions #ajee ,entrenchments #ajfg ,establishing the outpost #ajgc ,examining posts #ajgj ,flags of truce #ajff ,formation #ajed ,intercommunication #ajgd ,obstacles #ajfg ,outguards #ajeh ,outpost order #ajgc ,patrols #ajfd-ajfe ,pickets #ajei ,problems #ajgg2 #ajgh2 #ajgi ,relieving outpost #ajgf ,reserves #ajfc ,sentinels #ajfb ,sentry squad #ajfj ,subdivisions #ajed ,supports #ajeg ,problems1 advance guards #ajcc-ajdf ,rear guard1 general principles #ajdg-ajej ,setting-up exercises #hbf2 #hcg ,,shelter ,,tent3 ,care of #acjc ,pitching3 ,new model #fhb ,old model #gjg-gaj ,striking #fhg ,shock1 first aid #aeaa ,,shoes3 ,care #abib ,on marches #abbi ,polishing #abie2 #abii2 #acjj ,repair #abid ,selection #abic ,short point #hbd 7d7 ,shot group #adab ,shots grazing enemy have approximate value of hits #bia ,sick report #hhi ,side step #aad ,siege operations #dif ,siege works #aagb ,sight rear1 description #acdc ,,sight ,,setting3 ,command #ahh ,importance #dbe ,sighting and aiming #acej ,sighting drills #acef2 #achc ,sights1 kinds of #aceb ,signal ,corps1 establishment of lines of communication #cii ,,signal ,,flags3 ,carried by musician 7now bugler7 #id2 #dja ,carried by orderlies #djj ,description #id ,use #ie ,,signaling3 ,chop chop signal #hfc ,general service code #hfa ,heliograph1 flash lantern1 searchlight #hfd ,morse code #hff ,semaphore code #hfc ,sound signals #hfe ,wigwag #hfb ,,signals3 ,arm #ib ,attention fixed at first motion #hb ,bugle used on and off the battlefield #ij ,captain of supporting company to look out for major's signals #bfc ,cease firing #ij ,change elevation #ib ,commence firing #ij ,communication between firing line and reserve #if ,flag #id2 #if ,for ,platoon and ,squad1 use of #ic ,instruction in use of #ha ,limitation of #hd ,long blast of whistle3 ,signifies suspension of firing #aic ,to be avoided as signal for cease firing in rushes #bcd ,movement commences when signal is understood #hb ,range1 to announce #ib ,repetition of #hc ,special prearranged #hd ,training in use of1 to control firing line #ee 7d7 ,use during firing #bga ,use on firing line #dca ,use of saber1 rifle1 or headdress in making #ha ,when used #hj ,whistle #ia ,simple maneuvers best #cge ,simple movements essential to correct battle training #eb ,simulate load1 how executed #ahf ,simultaneous movements by companies or platoons in battalion drill #cje ,single loader1 use of rifle as #ahf ,single rank #ih 7a72 #faf ,sitting position used instead of kneeling one #agh ,size of clothing1 record #ijf ,,skirmishers3 ,deployment3 ,company #bdc ,general rules #bcf-bdd ,squad #agj ,to rear #bdf ,face to front and take advantage of cover on halting #bdj ,interval between #agj2 #agb2 #bdg2 #bee2 #ddg ,not assembled1 marching to rear #agc ,to form from platoon or squad column #bec ,skulking of troops carrying back wounded #cha ,sky lines to be avoided #dba ,sleeping bag #fhe2 #fhf ,,sling1 ,,gun3 ,adjustment and use #achg ,included in grip of piece at balance #abb 7,first7 ,use when deployed #ahd ,sling packs1 old equipment #gjf ,slopes1 gentle reverse #adbg ,slopes on maps #ahfh ,slower1 fire #aia ,small arms firing4 ,see ,rifle training and instruction ,smartness taught by drills at attention1 etc4 #ee 7a7 ,snake's bites #adhj ,sniperscope #abjh ,snow blindness #aeab ,sore throat #aeac ,sortie steps #aaej ,sound signals #hfe ,special units2 posts of #ga2 #gb ,spider bites #aead ,spirit of order to be complied with by officers #cgg ,spirit to govern in interpreting drill regulations #ec ,splicing #aacc-aace ,splints #adhd ,spoon1 care #acjf ,sprains1 first aid #aeaf ,,squad3 ,base #bcf2 #bci ,composition #adi ,dressing #aed ,front when deployed #aga ,integrity in battle #aea ,movements executed as prescribed in school of the soldier #aeb ,right #afe ,right 7left7 about #afg ,to dismiss #adg ,to form #aec ,,squad ,,column3 ,deployment #bec ,how executed #bea ,to assemble from #bed ,use in advancing #bdi2 #beb ,squad drill1 object #adi ,,squad ,,leader3 ,action at preparatory command for forming skirmish line #bcg ,corporal is #aej ,duties in fire fight #bhi ,post #aej ,,squads3 ,deployment when company is deployed #bci ,designation #bje ,division of company into #bjc ,grouping soldiers into #adh ,preservation of integrity in battle #aea ,right 7left7 about #bbh ,right 7left7 column right 7left7 #bbf ,right 7left7 front into line #bce ,stable guards #ahjf ,stack arms #afj2 #afa ,,staff3 ,does not change position when commander faces about to give command #gd ,draws and returns saber with chief #gc ,habitually mounted #gc ,post of #gc ,saluting by1 in review #fai ,turning out of column in review #fbj2 #fba ,stains1 how removed #abhd ,standards and colors #aege ,standing trench #aadf ,star ,spangled ,banner #aegb ,,star ,,spangled ,,banner ,,played ,,at3 ,funeral #fda ,review #fbd ,statement of clothing charged to enlisted men #ijd ,stationary targets1 firing at #adbh ,step1 change1 how executed #aai ,stepping off with left foot #ajg ,steps and marchings #ajg-aai ,stings1 first aid #aeag ,straggling in marches #abbd ,strange country1 finding way in #ajhd ,striking tents #fhg2 #fij ,,subordinates3 ,cooeperation #chg ,latitude allowed and initiative #chd2 #che2 #chf ,,success ,,in ,,battle3 ,depends upon leadership1 etc4 #cfe ,factors entering into #cgc2 #cgf ,object of military training #ej ,principles for increasing probability of1 provided for in drill regulations #ec ,,succession ,,of ,,thin ,,lines3 ,command for advancing #bee ,use in advancing #bdi ,use and purpose #bef ,successive formations1 guide toward point of rest #fe ,successive movements in double time1 base unit marches in quick time #fa ,suffocation1 first aid #adgh ,summary court records #ijc ,summary of combat principles #eej ,sunburn1 first aid #adhe2 #aeah ,sunstroke #aeai ,superiority of fire #dad-dch ,,support3 ,artillery #fja-fje ,battalion3 ,battalion acting alone in defense #ceg ,distance from firing line #cch ,division of battalion into support and firing line #cce ,furnished by battalion #dee ,none at beginning #cci ,position #ccg ,size #ccf ,company3 ,captain to look out for major's signals #cfc ,control by major #bfc ,duties of officers and sergeants upon joining firing line #bff ,formations for #bfb ,original platoon divisions to be maintained #bff ,promptness in reenforcing firing line #bfe ,reenforcements joining firing line #bfd ,occupying trenches vacated by firing line1 to improve same #dgf ,of firing line1 strength #ddi2 #dej ,post and strength1 in holding attack #ejj ,to cover withdrawal #cfb ,supporting artillery #dcd-dcg ,supreme will1 but one in battle #chg ,,surprise3 ,each commander to guard his command against #ddb ,human element #ib ,protection against1 when company is acting alone #bf ,suspend firing #aic2 #aid ,syphilis #adf ,t ,tactical exercises1 methods of conducting #cg ,tactical orders #cb ,tactical principles1 application of #e ,take arms #af ,,take ,,interval3 ,actions of guides and file closers #bac ,how executed #aef ,,taking ,,distance3 ,actions of guides and file closers #ff ,how executed #aeh ,tanks #abjd ,,target3 ,action in defense when it disappears #bid ,aiming points1 use #bhd ,announced before or after range #aha ,allotment to platoon leaders #bhb ,apportioned by major #cdj ,assignment by major #bha ,change to be avoided #bha ,choice of1 etc4 #dbb ,designation #bja2 #adde2 #addg 7a7 ,determination of distance to #bgf ,distribution of fire #bhb2 #bhc2 #dbg ,hostile firing line usual target #bha2 #cde ,observation of #dbd2 #dbi ,once designated1 not changed unless ordered #ahb ,target practice4 ,see ,rifle training and instruction ,target records1 company #ijg ,targets1 number hit #adah ,,teamwork3 ,developed by thorough and uniform training #ea ,general principles #che-cia ,technical principles of firing #adji ,telegraph code #hff ,telephones in trenches #aaga ,tent folding #fia ,,tent ,,pitching3 ,all types except shelter and conical wall #fhh ,conical wall #fhi ,shelter #fha2 #fhb ,tent striking #fhg2 #fij ,terrain exercises #ide2 #idi ,,the ,,color3 ,cased1 defined #fei ,meaning of ,color #feh ,national1 renders no salute #ffj ,receiving of #ffi ,salute by regimental #ffj ,where kept #fei ,theoretical instruction1 purpose #cfi ,the ,star ,spangled ,banner1 see ,star ,spangled ,banner ,,thin ,,lines ,,succession ,,of3 ,commands for advancing #bee ,use and purpose #bef ,use in advancing #bdi ,thoroughness in training #ibb ,to the ,color sounded at review #fbd ,to the rear1 how executed #aah ,tourniquet #adha ,tracking #ajhh ,trail1 at1 7command7 #aba 7sixth7 ,trail from order #aci ,,training ,,and ,,instruction3 ,art of instruction on varied ground #icc ,captain's responsibility for #bjb ,cheerfulness #icj ,clearness #ibb ,commanding officers accountable for #ea ,comradeship #icb ,contentment #ica ,courage #ibg ,cover1 training in use of #ici ,delivery of messages #ieh ,determination and individual intelligence #ibd ,fear #ibf ,for battle1 simple movements and elastic formations #eb ,human element #ibe ,individual initiative #ibc ,interest #ibb ,in use of signals to control fire line #ee 7d7 ,map problems #ied ,method and progression #iah ,object #ej2 #iag ,of battalions1 major responsible for #bie ,operating against other troops #ida ,practice in commanding mixed squads #idj ,principles provided for in ,drill ,regulations #ec ,program #iai ,reality #ibb ,respect #ibi ,responsibility #iba ,see1 ,general ,common ,sense ,principles of ,applied ,minor ,tactics ,simultaneous instruction and training #ibj ,surprise #ibh ,thoroughness #ea2 #ibb ,vanity #ibb ,trajectory #acdi ,traveling in strange country #ajhd ,traverses #aadi ,treatment of soldiers #hgb ,,trench ,,and ,,mine ,,warfare3 ,aerial mines #abjj ,aids to firing #abji ,asphyxiating gases #aaid ,bombs from air-craft #abjb ,countermining #abaa ,grenades and bombs #aaig2 #aaih2 #aaii ,helmets #abje ,liquid fire #aaif ,masks #abjf ,mining #abaj ,periscopes #abjg ,protection against gases #aaie ,protection against hand grenades #abjc ,sniperscope #abjh ,tanks #abjd ,winged torpedoes #abja ,,trenches3 ,located by major #cea ,occupied by supports and reserves1 to be improved #dfb ,see ,field fortifications ,trial shots1 determination of range #acie ,trials by court-martial #hhb ,triangle of sighting #acei ,trigger-squeeze exercise #acgj ,troops stable guards #ahjh ,trous de loup #aahd ,true meridian #ahgc ,turning about1 mounted officer #gd ,turning movements when allowable #deh ,,turning ,,on ,,fixed ,,pivot3 ,how executed #afd ,when used #ff ,two's right 7left7 front into line #bce ,u ,umpire #ee2 #cga ,,unfix ,,bayonet3 ,krag rifle #fid ,springfield rifle #adc ,uniform1 dignity of #aebc ,,unit3 ,attack #cdb ,fire #bhg ,units not to be broken up #cgh ,unload #ahj2 #ahg ,unload1 ,krag rifle #gjc ,unnecessary hardship to be avoided #chj ,unsling equipment #fdh ,unsling packs1 old equipment #gjf ,urinal tubs #abdd ,use of cover #aie-aii ,use of ground #dbj2 #dba ,v ,valleys determination of range #acie ,variety in instruction #ibb ,vegetables1 distribution of disease #adeh ,venereal disease #adff ,verbal orders #cic ,vertical clock face system of target designation #addg ,visibility problem #ahge ,vision at night #ajid ,,volley ,,firing3 ,how executed #ahi ,use #bgh ,w ,wall tents #fhh ,war game #idf2 #idi ,warning calls #fib ,watchmen #agha ,,water3 ,distribution of disease #adeg ,in camp #abec ,in trenches #aafh ,whistle1 long blast #aic ,whistle signals #ia ,whistles1 by whom carried1 different tones1 etc4 #hc ,wigwag #hfb ,will supreme1 but one in battle #chg ,windage #achd ,winged torpedoes #abja ,wire entanglements #aaha2 #aahb2 #aahh ,wire fence1 trenches #aahc ,,withdrawal ,,from ,,action3 ,action by commander #edi ,covered by support #cfb ,generally effected at heavy cost #ede ,part of line to be withdrawn first #edh ,rear guard and distance to be placed between enemy and defeated troops #ede ,reserve used to check pursuit #edg ,retreating troops to be gotten under control as soon as possible #edh ,selection of rendezvous point #edi ,under fire #dge ,use of artillery1 machine guns and cavalry #edf ,use of machine guns #eeg ,with dummy 7blank or ball7 cartridges1 load #ahe ,without the numbers #abb 7,fifth7 ,witness1 appearance as #aeca ,wood1 camping #abeb ,work1 devolution of #hfi ,wounded not to be carried back by fighting troops #cha ,wounds1 first aid #aebj ,y ,yellow fever #adfi ,z ,zero of rifle #acib ,zone of effective fire #adae ,,the ,,moss ,,publications ,,officers' ,,manual #b4ej ,,noncommissioned ,,officers' ,,manual #a4ej ,,privates' ,,manual #a4jj ,,manual ,,of ,,military ,,training #b4be ,,questions ,,on ,,manual ,,of ,,military ,,training 4#ej ,,applied ,,minor ,,tactics #a4be ,,field ,,service #a4be ,,infantry ,,drill ,,regulations ,,simplified 4#ge ,,spanish ,,for ,,soldiers #a4jj ,,self-,,helps ,,for ,,the ,,citizen-,,soldier #a4be ,,riot ,,duty 4#ej ,,army ,,changes ,single copies1 #ej;c2 annual subscription #a4ej ,,army ,,paperwork #b4jj ,,military ,,training ,,for ,,boys 4#ej ,,peace ,,and ,,war ,,duties ,,of ,,the ,,enlisted ,,man 4#ej ,,trench ,,warfare #a4be ,,questions ,,on ,,infantry ,,drill ,,regulations 4#ej ,,company ,,training 4#ej ,,extracts ,,from ,,army ,,regulations #a4ej ,,combined ,,army ,,publications #b4be ,,questions ,,on ,,combined ,,army ,,publications #a4be ,,our ,,flag ,,and ,,its ,,message 4#be ,,what ,,sammy',s ,,doing 4#ge ,,origin ,,and ,,significance ,,of ,,military ,,customs 4#ej ,,army ,,manual ,,for ,,military ,,surgeons #b4jj ,a ,b ,c',s ,,of ,,personal ,,preparedness 4#ej ,intended to be used with the ,dandy ,dummy ,gun 4#ge ----- #a4be 7,plus transportation charges on gun47 ,illustration ,,publishers ,,george ,,banta ,,publishing ,,company ,,menasha1 ,,wisconsin -- ,banta's ,complete ,catalogue of ,military ,books will be mailed on application4 ,illustration ,,corona ,the ,pen of the ,army ,note the ease with which this portable writing machine may be used under service conditions4 ,its parts never work loose or drop off4 ,it has no attachments and does not take down4 ,you can carry ,corona anywhere for1 case and all1 it weighs but #i lbs4 and measures only #aj x #aa-a_/d x #d-a_/d ins4 ,being built almost entirely of aluminum and steel1 ,corona is practically indestructible4 ,the ,corona ,folding ,stand adds greatly to the convenience of using ,corona in the field4 ,this stand has three telescopic brass legs1 stands #bd ins4 high and collapses to #aj-c_/d ins4 ,it weighs #b lbs4 ,price of ,corona and case1 #ej ,price of ,folding ,stand1 #e ,corona ,typewriter ,co41 ,inc4 ,,groton1 ,,new ,,york ,to make your shoes waterproof ,to make your shoes soft and comfortable ,to make your shoes wear #c times longer ,to keep the harness and saddle in good order ,use ,viscol ,illustration ,viscol makes the leather soft and pliable and also waterproof4 ,viscolized leather remains soft and pliable under continuous hard service1 even when it is worn in salt water or in snow4 ,viscol is a solution of a rubber-like material which amalgamates with the leather substance and is not driven out of the leather by heat or by water1 the way oils are4 ,its beneficial effect is lasting4 ,leather that is treated with ,viscol wears several times as long as leather that has not been thus treated4 ,viscol is sold by many of the ,post ,exchanges and by most shoe dealers4 ,if you can not procure it at the nearest ,post ,exchange or from your shoe dealer1 write to ,,viscol ,,company ,east ,cambridge ,boston1 ,mass4 ,,trophies ,,and ,,prizes ,for ,military1 ,athletic and ,sporting ,events ,of ,quality as ,designed and made for the ,u4 ,s4 ,army and ,navy1 ,west ,point ,academy and ,u4 ,s4 ,naval ,academy ,catalogues and ,information upon ,request ,,bailey1 ,,banks ,,biddle ,,co4 ,diamond ,merchants1 ,jewelers1 ,silversmiths1 ,goldsmiths1 ,heraldists ,,philadelphia ,illustration ,eisner ,,uniforms ,for ,u4 ,s4 ,,army and ,,national ,,guard ,officers and ,enlisted ,men ,,uniforms ,independent ,military ,organizations ,,uniforms ,military ,training ,camps ,,uniforms ,boys ,military and ,society ,clubs ,,uniforms ,official ,national ,outfitter ,boy ,scouts of ,america ,,sigmund ,,eisner ,,co4 ,red ,bank1 ,n4 ,j4 ,new ,york ,office1 #ajc ,fifth ,avenue ,,comfort ,,your ,,feet ,keep shoes1 puttees and all leather accouterments soft1 water proof and pliable with #c-;in-,one4 ,not sticky or greasy4 ,contains no acid4 ,after a march or tiresome drill1 rub #c-;,,in-,,one ,,oil on your feet--wonderful how it helps take the smart out6 ,illustration ,use #c-;in-,one on gun and revolver--prevents rust and keeps them in order for inspection4 ,use on bayonet and side arms1 too4 #c-;in-,one will make your gun work with out sticking or jamming4 ,best shots use and recommend it4 ,put #c-;in-,one on your razor strop2 also draw razor blade between thumb and finger moistened with #c-;in-,one after shaving4 ,you'll shave easier4 ,illustration ,sold at ,post ,exchanges and ,ship's ,stores3 #a-oz4 bottle1 #aj;c2 #c-oz41 #be;c2 #h-oz4 7#a_/b pt47 #ej;c4 ,also in ,,handy ,oil ,cans1 #c-oz4 #be;c4 ,avoid substitutes4 ,,free a generous sample and ,dictionary of uses ,,three-,,in-,,one ,,oil ,,co41 #db ,,dal1 ,broadway1 ,new ,york ,outdoor ,equipage ,,meyer',s ,,military ,,shops ,illustration ,riding ,breeches and ,habits ,,tailors ,f ,street1 between #acth and #adth ,sts4 ,n4 ,w4 ,,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,complete ,outdoor ,equipage ,ready to ,wear ,for ,men1 ,women1 and ,children ,,riding ,,breeches1 ,,puttee ,,leggins1 ,,norfolk ,,jackets1 ,,hunting ,,clothes1 ,,boots ,,and ,,shoes1 ,,middy ,,blouse ,,and ,,skirts1 ,,tents ,,and ,,sleeping ,,bags1 ,,riding ,,skirts ,,and ,,norfolk ,,jackets1 ,,moccasins ,write for ,catalogue ,visit ,our ,camp ,rooms ,when in ,washington ,,ridabock ,,company #adi-aea ,west #cfth ,st41 ,new ,york ,u4 ,s4 ,army1 ,national ,guard ,officers' ,uniforms and ,equipments ,military ,school ,uniforms and ,equipments ,military ,training ,camp ,outfits ,military ,supplies1 ,military ,textbooks ,individual ,departments and ,workshops for the ,respective ,grades of ,uniforms4 ,,used ,,by ,,uncle ,,sam',s ,,expert ,,riflemen ,illustration ,hoppe's ,nitro ,powder ,solvent ,no4 #i ,trade ,mark ,registered ,for ,cleaning ,high ,power 7,springfield7 ,rifles1 ,revolvers and ,firearms of ,all ,kinds ,a compound that will remove the residue of any high-power powder1 including ,black ,powder4 ,it will neutralize and residue and loosen metal fouling and leading that may be left in the barrel after cleaning1 and prevent ,pitting4 ,no4 #i is the only ,rifle cleaning ,solvent that will remove ,rust1 ,metal ,fouling and ,leading4 ,for cleaning the 4#bb cal4 ,rifles1 ,revolvers and ,automatic ,pistols it has no equal4 ,nitro ,powder ,solvent ,no4 #i is endorsed by the most prominent ,riflemen in ,america4 ,used by ,u4 ,s4 ,rifle ,teams1 and at ,buenos ,ayres1 ,argentine ,matches4 ,no ,rifleman or ,quartermaster's ,department should be without it4 ,sold by ,sporting ,goods ,dealers and at ,post ,exchanges ,,frank ,a4 ,,hoppe1 ,sole ,manufacturer1 ,station ,o1 ,philadelphia1 ,u4 ,s4 ,a4 ,,established #ahed ,b4 ,pasquale ,company #aae-aag ,post ,st4 ,,san ,,francisco1 ,,cal4 ,the ,only ,manufacturers of ,army and ,navy ,equipments and ,uniforms on the ,pacific ,coast ,,quality ,,and ,,fit ,,guaranteed 7,write for ,catalogue7 ,,the ,,military ,,historian ,,and ,,economist ,,quarterly ,harvard ,university ,press1 ,cambridge1 ,mass4 ,subscription1 #c4jj per annum4 ,edited by ,,major ,a4 ,l4 ,,conger1 ,u4 ,s4 ,a41 and ,,professor ,r4 ,m4 ,,johnston1 ,harvard ,university4 ,advisory ,board3 ,general ,j4 ,f4 ,morrison1 ,u4 ,s4 ,a41 ,colonel ,j4 ,w4 ,mc,andrew1 ,u4 ,s4 ,a41 ,professors ,c4 ,j4 ,bullock1 ,a4 ,bushnell ,hart1 ,o4 ,m4 ,w4 ,sprague1 and ,justin ,h4 ,smith1 ,esq4 ,original articles and notes on military history1 the ,conduct of ,war1 ,strategy1 ,tactics4 ,military economics by the best ,american and foreign authorities4 ,,clausewitz ,,to ,,date ,edited by ,r4 ,m4 ,,johnston ,synopsis of the views of ,clausewitz with selected quotations from the best military theorists1 systematically modernized4 ,the volume measures only #a-c_/d x #b-a_/b inches4 ,field service binding4 ,price1 postpaid #a4jj4 ,,the ,,military ,,historian ,,and ,,economist #bge ,widener ,hall ,,cambridge1 ,,massachusetts ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------- ,,transcriber',s ,,note4 ,irregularities within the original book have been preserved1 notably3 ,part ,i has appendicies ,a1 ,b and ,d4 ,there is no ,appendix ,c4 ,part ,i ,chapter ,i contains plates ,,ii1 ,,iii and ,,vi4 ,plates ,i1 ,,iv and ,v are not present nor referenced4 ,references to other paragraphs within the text mostly use the book paragraph number4 ,however1 there are some cases where the paragraph number relates to the source document paragraph number 7in brackets at the end of the paragraph7--these have been left as shown in the book4 ,the link in the html version does1 however1 point to the intended paragraph4 ,spelling variants 7e4 g4 reinforce vs reenforce7 have been preserved4 ,the 'pointing finger' picture has been transcribed as -- in the text version4 ,brackets have been added as necessary to equations to aid clarity4 ,for consistency1 subheadings which originally appeared next to a paragraph number have been extracted out to the line above 7i4 e4 they do not appear on the same line as the paragraph number in this transcription47 ,affected paragraphs are3 #hag1 #hah1 #hbf1 #hbh-cd1 #hcf-dg1 #hfj1 #hfb1 #hfd-f1 #ajaf-i1 #ajcd-de1 #ajgh1 #abgg1 #acbj1 #acdj-a1 #aceb-c1 #acef1 #aceh-fe1 #acfg-gj1 #acgb1 #acgf1 #acgi-hj1 #achc4 ---------------------------------------- ----------------------------